—s we poe eee gee OPT Oe ee Sas cpmd ne dhasaae niet pa-ttsh-<-iseh annie hada taid PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 29 September, 1974 No. | | (ROA ny Low § % FS .. CONTENTS BOTANICAL. GARDEN KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CXXVII. Additions to the American and Pacific Adenostemmatinae. Adenostemma, Gymnocoronis and OID DRCIIIGU Foe oe ee Se EA oo oe Re l MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Amasonia. VI ...... 21 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Bouchea. IV ....... 38 RENO ES. AAs. OOK FEPIOWS: 5 20 PE gata ol eos pod ie be Slap ele De Be 6€ Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road 71 Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 U.S.A. Price of this number, $1.50; per volume, $9.00 in advance or $9.50 at close of volume; 50 cents extra to foreign addresses STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CXXVII. ADDITIONS TO THE AMERICAN AND PACIFIC ADENOSTEMMATINAE . ADENOSTEMMA, GYMNOCORONIS AND SCIADOCEPHALA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The tribe Eupatorieae has been divided into four subtribes by B. L. Robinson (1913). The groups were largely artificial and have only nomenclatural significance at present. The Adenostem- matinae, however, represented, with the exclusion of the genus Hartwrightia, a natural group and one of the most distinctive elements in the tribe. No taxonomic study of the American or Pacific members of the group seems to have been undertaken in this Century and the present work is an effort to correct the various errors and omissions in the established generic and specific concepts. The subtribe Adenostemmatinae has been rather accurately circumscribed in the past in spite of the lack of any one obvious unifying character. Most members of the group have the distinct- ive stout gland-tipped arms of the pappus but these are lacking in Gymocoronis. The latter genus and Adenostemma share the usually greatly expanded soft style branches but these are lack- ing in Sciadocephala. Distinctive features of the subtribe that are common to all genera but are less obvious are in the struct- ure of the receptacle. This is shown partially in the broad and rather indefinite bases of the involucral bracts. More definite is the persistence of soft tissue between the areolae allowing the latter to shift in position. In other Eupatorieae the cells of the ridges between the areolae are sclerified and sometimes highly ornamented. The three genera of the Adenostemmatinae can be distinguish- ed by the following key. 1. Pappus lacking; style glabrous ....... . . Gymnocoronis 1. Pappus with 2-5 distinct gland-tipped knobs ........2 2. Anther appendages longer than wide; ie glabrous, with firm narrow branches ....... - « ». Sciadocephala 2. Anther appendages not as long as wide; style often with numerous hairs on shaft, with soft usually expanded Bravnchesea 6. Gears re ae tas eh ee Adenostenma a 2 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 1 The generic concepts are reenforced by additional characters. Adenostemma has anther collars more swollen in the lower part with few to many distinct subquadrate basal cells, while the other genera have only oblong basal cells with transverse annu- lations. Gymnocoronis has five ribbed achenes where the ribs expand more at maturity. Sciadocephala has the pappus knobs proportionately longer with the glandular tips short and sharply demarcated basally. In Adenostemma the glandular surfaces extend downward on the outer side of the knobs. Gymnocoronis has the anther appendages mostly recessed between the anther sacs and very emarginate at the tip while Adenostemma has appendages simply truncate. Some Old World species of Adenostemma may have less swollen anther collars or glabrous stlyes but do not other- wise depart from the overall generic pattern. The evolution of the Adenostemmatinae most likely involves an ancestral form closer to Sciadocephala which has the firmer less expanded style branches and the longer ovate anther append- ages. Such forms are the ones common in the rest of the Eupator- ieae. Gymnocoronis seems less specialized than Adenostemma, but has more modified styles and anthers than Sciadocephala. Gymno- coronis retains traces of the pappus knobs in one species, G. nutans, where the knobs are very vestigial and have no special- ized glandular tips. The genus Adenostemma has the greatest concentration of specialized features, including the setiferous styles and reduced anther appendages as well as the reduction to three angles or knobs on the achenes in most species. Each of the genera of the subtribe has proven to need considerable revision. ADENOSTEMMA The genus as circumscribed here excludes two species, A. nutans is a Gymnocoronis and A. pakaraimae is a Sciadocephala. The remaining element of the genus Adenostemma still retains the great majority of the species in the subtribe and includes all the species that have reached the Eastern Hemisphere. Although Sciadocephala also has gland-tipped pappus knobs, it is Adenostemma in which these structures seem to have func- tioned most successfully. The glandular part of the knobs produces a very sticky substance when mature and some achenes are still sticky after many years in the herbarium. It seems obvious that animals are common agents in the distribution of these achenes and birds have probably introduced the genus into the Eastern Hemisphere more than once. The genus is the most highly speciated member of the tribe in the African and Asiatic region. These Old World species are not well known though a recent study of those from Ceylon (Grierson, 1972) is very helpful. The distribution by animals seems to be successful only within limits and long range dispersal over larger areas of water is rare enough that most of the results have achieved species distinction. 1974 King & Robinson, Additions to the Adenostemmatinae 3 . GN Distribution of three Andean species of Adenostemma, dots A. platyphyllum, circles A. fosbergii, stars A. cuatrecasasii. 4 Pex TO LeO'GsTk Vol. 29, now 1 The reinterpretation of A. lavenia (L.) O.Kuntze shows that its elements are not conspecific as often assumed, and not even the West Indian and South American elements are the same. The South American A. brasilianum has also been interpreted too broadly. The species occurs naturally only in eastern South America. West Indian material under the latter name is A. berter- ii DC. and a single specimen from Nicaragua (Flint 1868 US) probably represents a recent introduction. The direct effects of animals seem evident in the distribut- ions of three species of Adenostemma in western South America. One of these species, A. platyphyllum Cass., ranges from the coast of Venezuela and Colombia with one station in Panama southward in Ecuador west of the Andes. The species reaches intermontane valleys in central Peru and occurs east of the Andes in Bolivia and northernmost Argentina. The species occurs mostly at low elevations. The second species, A. fosbergii, occurs on the average at slightly higher elevations beginning in the north in the Western Cordillera and first intermontane valley of the Cauca and Valle regions of Colombia. The species occurs in the second intermontane valley slightly farther south in Dept. Huila in Colombia. Elsewhere in Colombia and in Ecuador and northern Peru the species occurs only on the eastern slope of the Andes. The third species, A. cuatrecasasii, occurs at distinctly higher elevations in central and northern Colombia and in adjacent Venezuela. It seems remarkable that the three species would have such closely adjacent and extensive rather parallel distributions without any actual overlap. Two of the species have extended their ranges quite far north and south, each crossing the main ranges of the Andes at different places. It seems likely that there are distinctive bird migration patterns that would explain these distributions. The distribution of Adenostemma in Central America seems unexpectedly limited. There is one species known from Guatemala, A. hirtiflorum Benth., which is quite distinctive in many feat- ures including the characteristic five knobs of the pappus. There are two species in the Greater Antilles, A. berterii DC., an erect growing plant and A. verbesina (L.) 0.Kuntze, a mostly creeping plant. There are seven species in South America, including three that are undescribed. The seven species can be distinguished by the following key. 1. Leaves mostly elliptical, entire to subserrulate ... A. suf fruticosum 1. Leaves ovate or Leah arie MT Sie distinctly serrate or Gigi) 56 6 66 6 6 oO oh) oteties) eluopme Miek its) Ufc. Wel Cte asm 2. Plants mostly creeping, erect only near tips . A. verbesina 2. Plants mostly erect, procumbent only at base .......3 197k King & Robinson, Additions to the Adenostemmatinae 5 3. Mature corollas not or scarcely exserted beyond the long involucral bracts; plants of higher elevations, above 1000 m in Colombia and Venezuela... . A. cuatrecasasii 3. Mature corollas distinctly exserted beyond involucral bracts; plants mostly of Jlower elevations). <9. 9. s)- « «2 «« «4 4. Leaves triangular with angulate lateral margins; plants of BESULSrN OULD AMOrICACs. ahsn.aienekets +) ela tames.« 5 4. Leaves ovate without angulate lateral margins; plants of western South America to Bolivia and northern Argentina RR ta? RO 2a te ad, A ees | sede AG eon rete 'O 5. Leaf blades longer than wide; involucre with prominent scarious margins; limb of corolla short and mostly hirsute Ne ee ee een ar Se eee sci Coe | 5. Leaf blades about as wide as long; involucral bracts with only slight scarious margins; limb of corolla cylindrical and glabrous in lower part ........ . A. brasilianum 6. Corolla limb very short and densely ngs ed style branches not broadened distally ...... s (are) oe Ae Posberpad 6. Corolla limb cylindrical and glabrous in lower part; style branches greatly enlarged distally ... . A. platyphyllum Adenostemma verbesina (L. ) O.Kuntze is rather widely distributed in South America, A. suffruticosum Gardn. is known only from eastern Brasil. The following three species from South America and one species from Fiji are previously undescr- ibed. Adenostemma cuatrecasasii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae erectae aliquantum grosse herbaceae usque ad 2 m altae annuae vel subperennes. Folia opposita, petiolis 2-11 cm longis superne sensim distincte alatis sub medio teretibus; laminae late ovatae vel subtriangulares usque ad 18 cm longae et 16 cm latae base rotundatae vel truncatae vel subcordatae abrupte late decurrentes margine valde serratae vel sunintegrae ad apicem obtuse acutae supra et subtus persparsim puberulae prope basem valde trinervatae, nervis secondariis sensim valde ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae laxe profuse cymosae, pedicellis 5-18 mm longis dense glandulo-puberulis. Capitula 5-7 mm alta 5-10 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 15-25 eximbricatae irregulariter biser- iatae anguste oblongae subacutae vix vel non scariosae 4-5 mm longae base breviter connatae extus saepe glanduliferae. Flores ca. 15-55. Corollae albae 2.5-3.5 mm longae anguste infundibul- ares, tubis vix angustioribus, limbis elongatis extus pauce 6 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 1 glanduliferis, lobis base pauce vel dense setiferis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore base dilatata 150-200 yp, longis, cellulis plerumque subquadratis; thecae ca. 1 mm longae; scapi stylorum distincte setiferi, appendicibus grosse elongate clavatis usque ad 4 mm exsertis. Achaenia ca. 2.0-2.5 mm longa leniter curvata subtrigona plerumque dense glandulo-tuberculata; carpo- podia distincte obliqua; clavulae pappis plerumque 3 ca. 0.5-0.7 mm longae. Grana pollinis 18-20 » diam. Type: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: entre El Salto y El Colegio, 1680 m, March 10, 1940, Cuatrecasas 8237 (Holotype US). Paratypes COLOMBIA: Antioquia: Rio Anorf between Cruces and Madreseca, 800 m, Core 679 (US); Boyaca: extreme western part, region of Mt. Chapon, 3000 ft., Lawrance 178 (US); Cundinamarca: La Vega, 1300 m, Arbel4ez & Cuatrecasas 5352 (US); Sasaima, vereda San Bernardo; La Maria entre las quebradas La Maria y La Victoria, 1850-1940 m, Garcia-Barriga 12600 (US); Norte de Santander: Regién de Sarare, entre el Alto del Loro y el Alto de Santa Inés, 1800-2200 n, Cuatrecasas, Schultes & E.Smith 12487 (US); Santander: Jordan, 10 k_ sse Landazguri, ca. 2300 m, Ewan 15671 (US); Tolima: Quindio, Triana 1160 (US); VENEZUELA: Merida: Tabay 1800-2000 nm, Gehriger 365 (US); Trujillo: entre Boconé y El Batatal, 1800 mn, Steyermark & Rabe 97367 (US). The new species is most closely related to A. platyphyllum Cass. but it can be distinguished rather easily by its somewhat larger size, by its more cordate or subcordate main leaves and by the higher elevations where it occurs. The most distinctive difference of the new species is the length of the involucral bracts which are pointed and mostly reach the level of the corolla lobes. The bracts of A. platyphyllum are particularly short and rounded at the tip in contrast. The new species has some variation with the Venezuelan specimens tending to have larger heads with more densely glanduliferous involucral bracts and less serrate leaf margins. Adenostemma fosbergii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae erectae herbaceae usque ad 1 m altae subperennes. Folia opposita, petiolis 1-7 cm longis superne sensim alatis sub medio teretibus; laminae late ovatae non angulatae usque ad 13 em longae et 10 cm latae base rotundatae abrupte late decurrentes margine subintegrae vel subcrenatae ad apicem breviter acutae supra et subtus sparsim minute puberulae prope basem valde trinervatae, nervis secondariis valde ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae laxe profuse cymosae, pedicellis 7-21 mm longis dense minute puberulis non glanduliferis. Capitula ca. 3.5 mm alta ca. 4.0-4.5 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 15-20 eximbri- catae plerumque biseriatae oblongae vel ovales ad apicem rotundatae anguste scariosae ca. 2.5 mm longae base breviter connatae extus subglabrae. Flores ca. 15-20. Corollae albae 1.3-1.5 mm longae, tubis distinctis ca. 0.5 mm longis pauce glanduliferis, limbis brevibus late campanulatis ca. 0.5 mm 197k King & Robinson, Additions to the Adenostemmatinae 7 longis extus dense setiferis; lobis 4-5; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore base dilatata ca. 150 » longis, cellulis plerum- que subquadratis; thecae ca. 0.5 mm longae, appendicibus subtriangularibus ca. 75 » longis et 125 y latis; scapi stylorum distincte setiferi, appendicibus late linearibus usque ad 1 m exsertis. Achaenia ca. 2 mm longa leniter curvata subtrigona plerumque dense glandulo-tuberculata; carpopodia aliquantum obliqua; clavulae pappi plerumque 3 ca. 0.5 mm longae. Grana pollinis ca. 18 y diam. Type: COLOMBIA: Huila: 12 km ese of Garzé6n below Finca la Estrella on Quebrada Cucaracha, one of headwaters of Quebrada Damas, 2000 m, Fosberg 19918 (Holotype US). Paratypes COLOMBIA: Cauca: Micay Valley, "La Gallera", 1400-1500 m, Killip 7679 (US); Cundinamarca: "Susumuco" southeast of Quetame, 1200-1400 m, Pennell 1737 (US); Putumayo: rio San Miquel, en el afluente izquierda Quebrada de la Hormiga, 290 m, Cuatrecasas 11089 (US); Valle: hoya de Rio Anchicay4, Quebrada del Dunubio, 300-350 m, Cuatrecasas 13721 (US); Valle: Cauca Valley, east of Zarzal, Quebrada Nueva to Cuchilla, 1100-1300 m, Pennell, Killip & Hazen 8487 (US); ECUADOR: Napo: at Rio. Suno, 3 km w of Rio Napo, 400 n, Holm-Nielsen & Jeppesen 908 (AAU); Pastaza, vicinity of Puyo, 750-1000 m, Skutch 4546 (US); Tungurahua: Valley of Pastaza River, between Bafios and Cashurco, 1300-1800 m, Hitchcock 2179 (US); PERU: Huanuco: Tingo Marfa, 625-1100 m, Allard 20609 (US); Loreto: Divisoria, 59 km from Tingo Marfa on highway to Pucallpa, ca. 1600 m, Allard 21804 (US); Loreto: Gamitanacocha, Rio Maz4n, 100-125 m, Schunke 262 (US); Loreto: lower Rio Huallaga, 155- 210 m, Williams 5164 (US); Loreto: Mishuyacu, near Iquitos, 100 m, Klug 222 (US); San Martin: Prov. de Lamas Trocha, Desquite- Cufiumbuqui, camino Sisa-Tarapoto, 1000-1200 m, Ferreyra 7991 (US); Zepelacio, near Moyobamba, 1100-1200 m, Klug 3379 (US). Adenostemma fosbergii is distributed along the eastern side of the Andes in Peru and Ecuador and crosses over to the Western Cordillera in Colombia. The species is very distinct by the short and densely hirsute corolla limbs and by the rather slender style branches. The heads are generally smaller than those of A. platyphyllum which is vegetatively similar. The new species also seems to occur at slightly higher elevations on the average than the related species. The short corolla and small style branches are most like A. viscosum Forst. of the Indian and Pacific Oceans and A. perrottetii DC. of Africa. Both the latter species differ primarily by the more pubescent leaves and involucre and by the lack of hairs on the style. Adenostemma involucratum R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. antae erectae herbaceae usque ad 1 m altae subperennes. Folia opposita, petiolis usque as 10 cm longis superne sensim alatis sub medio teretibus; laminae ovato-triangulares vel hastatae usque ad 14 cm longae et 12 cm latae distincte longiores quam latiores base late cuneatae vel truncatae et abrupte longe 8 Po YeTO*Lv0 Gurva Vol. 29, no. 1 decurentes margine subintegrae vel partim argute dentatae ad apicem argute acutae vel breviter acuminatae supra et subtus sparsim minute puberulae prope basem valde trinervatae, nervis secondariis valde ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae laxe profuse cymosae, pedicellis 5-26 mm longis dense minute puberulis non glandiferis. Capitula 4-5 mm alta et 5-7 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 15-20 eximbricatae extus subglabrae aliquantum regulariter biseriatae exteriores anguste oblongae ca. 2.0-3.0 mm longae interiores late obovatae ca. 2.5-3.5 mm longae ad apicem late rotundatae late scariosae. Flores ca. 15-25. Corollae albae 2.0-2.3 mm longae, tubis distinctis ca. 0.6 mm longis, limbis anguste campanulatis ca. 1 mm longis extus pauce glanduliferis; lobis 5 extus pauce setiferis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore base dilatata ca. 100 p longis, cellulis plerumque subquadratis; thecae ca. 1 mm longae, appendicibus truncatis ca. 80 » longis et 300 y latis; scapi stylorum distincte setiferi, appendicibus grosse elongate clavatis usque ad 3.0 mm exsertis. Achaenia ca. 2.0-2.5 mm longa leniter curvata subtrigona glandul- fera vix tuberculata; carpopodia distincte obliqua; clavulae pappi plerumque 3 ca. 0.5 mm longae. Grana pollinis ca. 23 » diam. Type: BRASIL: S80 Paulo: Ubatuba, Est. Exp., March 14, 1939, Killip 3498 (Holotype US). Paratypes: BRASIL: without precise locality, Gardner (US 1066363); Minas Gerais: Vigosa, State Agricultural School, Irwin 2700 (US); Parana: Morretes, entre Cabrestante e Pildo de Pedra, Hatschbach 14059 (US); Rio de Janeiro: Corcovado, Brook Trail between Sylvestre and Paineiras, 200-469 m, L.B.Smith & Vieira 1377 (US); Parque Nacional de Itatiaia, Barth 1117 (US); Itatiaia, Porto 2861 (US); Porte R. Doce, Esp. Santo - Matas do R. S&o Gabriel, Vieira 33 (US); Santa Catarina: Mina Velha, Garuva, S. Francisco do Sul, 10 m, Reitz & Klein 6259 (US). The new species has triangular leaves similar to A. brasil- ianum (Pers.) Cass. which occurs in the same areas of eastern South America. The distinctions of the species include the leaf blades being longer than wide and more broadly cuneate at base, the involucre being more regular in its structure with more scarious margins on the inner bracts, the pedicels being essent- ially without glands, and the limbs of the corollas being shorter and more hirsute. The structure of the involucre is the most patterned that has been seen in the genus but the regular- ity is often broken by two or more scarious inner bracts or more rarely two narrower outer bracts occurring together. Material of this species (Irwin 2700) is the source of a chromosome report of n= 5. Adenostemma vitiense H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae erectae herbaceae usque ad 1-2 m altae annuae vel subperennes. Folia opposita, petiolis 2-5 cm longis superne sensim distincte alatis sub medio teretibus; laminae late ovatae 197 King & Robinson, Additions to the Adenostemmatinae 9 usque ad li, cm longae et 9.5 cm latae base late rotundatae abrupte decurrentes margine serratae ad apicem argute acutae supra perpauce minute piliferae subtus distincte sparse minute glandulo-punctatae prope basem valde trinervatae, nervis secondariis sensim valde ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae laxe corymboso-paniculatae, pedicellis 6-25 mm longis hirtellis. Capitula 6-7 mm alta 8-10 m lata; squamae involucri ca. 16-20 eximbricatae irregulariter biseriatae oblongae vel obovatae subacutae margine et apice plerumque anguste vel distincte scariosae 4.0-4.5 mm longae base breviter connatae extus distincte sparse puberulae. Flores ca. 20-30. Corollae albae ca. 2 m longae anguste infundibulares extus multo glanduliferae, tubis subdistinctis usque ad 1 mm longis, limbis anguste infundibular- ibus extus hirsutis, lobis latioribus quam longioribus; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore base aliquantum dilatata 300-350 y longa, cellulis plerumque subquadratis; thecae ca. 0.7 mm longae, appendicibus ca. 100 y longis 250 y latis; scapi stylorum glabri, appendicibus distincte leniter clavatis usque ad 2-3 mm exsertis. Achaenia ca. 3 mm longa leniter curvata biconvexa vel trigona sparse glandulifera non tuberculata; carpopodia distincte obliqua; clavulae pappi 2-3 ca. 0.7 mm longae. Grana pollinis 23-25 uy diam. Type: FIJI: Viti Levu: Mba (formerly Tholo North), western slopes of Mt. Nanggara-nambuluta (Lomalangi), east of Nandarivatu, 1000-1100 m, A.C.Smith 4799 Holotype US). Paratype: FIJI: Nania, Wilkes s.n. (US). Adenostemma vitiense seems unique in the glandular punctate lower surfaces of the leaves and it is one of the few species with nontuberculate achenes. The other species that has been seen from Fiji is A. viscosum Forst., described from the Society Islands and distributed from Hawaii to Ceylon. This latter species has short narrow style branches and a very short corolla limb in addition to tuberculate achenes. The Forster species seems to be the same as A.parvifolium (Bl.) DC. origin- ally described from Java. A third species, A. lanceolatum Miq., occurring in the Pacific and perhaps occurring in Fiji, has long exserted style branches, usually less sharply pointed leaves and tuberculate achenes. Glabrous styles are apparently character- istic of all the Pacific species of Adenostemma. GYMNOCORONIS The species of the genus are characteristically marsh plants occurring in two widely separated areas of Latin America. The genus is represented in South America by a single species, G. spilanthoides (D.Don.) DC. Blake (1923) thought it necessary to revert to the later name G. attenuata DC. for this species, but what Blake interpreted as a homonym for G. spil- anthoides should be treated simply as a miscitation of author. 10 Pons TO EcOrGoLvs Vol, 29, no. 1 The species is known primarily from Paraguay, Uruguay and adjacent Argentina with one collection from Bolivia. A still more northward extension of the natural range is now known from extreme western Brazil: Terr. do Acre: Sumpfpflanze am Ufer des Rio Mamoré bei Guajaramirim, Jan. 1965, St.Vogel 369 (US). A collection from the coast of North Carolina dating from 1888 seems to represent a short-lived introduction. The genus Gymnocoronis in Mexico seems more complex and the number of collections is less than adequate. The present study has arrived at only limited conclusions that should be carefully rechecked against future collections. The specimens include one with densely glanduliferous corollas. A111 other specimens have corollas with few or no glands. The strictly alternate branches of the inflorescence are an additional but perhaps unreliable distinction of the more glanduliferous material described below as a new species. Among the less distinctive members of the genus in Mexico the oldest name is G. latifolia Hook. & Arn., described originally from Jalisco. On the basis of a Blake photograph of the type and an additional specimen from the southern coast of Chiapas the species seems to have rather narrow bases on most of its leaves and seems to be restricted to the Pacific Coast of Mexico. The remaining specimens from along the Gulf Coast of Mexico with opposite basal branches of the inflorescence and generally broader leaf bases include G. nutans, originally described as an Adenostemma, and perhaps a second species, G. sessilis Blake. The Blake species was separated from G. latifolia by the obviously sessile leaves but the relationship to the previously described Adenostemma nutans was not recognized. The latter species had been placed in Adeno- stemma because of the vestigial knobs at the top of the Achene. The knobs are so vestigial that they are probably of more sign- ificance for phyletic interpretation than for taxonomy. Still, such knobs have not yet been seen in any other specimens and the involucral bracts of the type specimen are more broadly rounded than the bracts of any other specimen. It would be premature to reduce G. sessilis to synonymy, but a new combina- tion is required for G. nutans in any case. Gymnocoronis nutans (Greenman) R.M.King & H.Robinson, comb. nov. denostemma nutans Greenman, Field Mus. Bot. 2: 344. 1912. Gymnocoronis matudae R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae erectae herbaceae minimum 40 cm altae non ramosae. Caules castanei hexagoni striati glabri. Folia plerumque opposita sessilia oblonge elliptico-lanceolata usque ad 13 cm longa et 4 em lata base cuneata et vix amplexicaulia margine crenulato-serrulata apice anguste acuta supra et subtus glabra, nervis secondariis paucis subpinnatis ascendentibus. Inflores- centiae corymboso-paniculatae, ramis alternatis glabris vel pauce minute glanduliferis, pedicellis 7-13 mm longis saepe 197, King & Robinson, Additions to the Adenostemnatinae a cernuis. Capitula 4-6 mm alta et 4-6 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 20 eximbricatae plerumque biseriatae anguste oblongae 3.5- 4.5 mm longae apice obtusae vel anguste rotundatae interdum lanceolatae non scariosae extus sparse glanduliferae. Flores ca. 50. Corollae ca. 3.2 mm longae extus multo glanduliferae, tubis basilaribus brevibus ca. 0.7 mm longis, limbis cylindricis, lobis 5 triangularibus 300-400 » longis ca. 400 y latis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore crassa ca. 350-400 » longis; thecae ca. 1 mm longae; rami stylorum valde incrassati. Achaenia ca. 3 mm longa 5-costata intercostate dense glandulifera; pappus nullus. Grana pollinis 18-20 » diam. Type: MEXICO: Campeche: Palizada, July 25-28, 1939, Matuda 3844 (Holotype US). The species is distinguished by the densely glanduliferous corollas and the strictly alternate branches of the inflorescence. SCIADOCEPHALA The genus is known only from northern South America and has previously had only one recognized species. The original description by Mattfeld (1938) and another collection from near the type locality in coastal Ecuador have provided a clear concept of the type species. It has been rather surprising to find that a more recent collection from the interior of Colombia that has been placed under the name is a totally distinct species. This second species is of further interest because of the form of its nectary which seems unique in the family. A final surprise is the existance of a third species from British Guiana which has been described as an Adenostemma. At present the three species are separated in the three main isolated areas of moist tropical low lands in northern South America, the Pacific Coastal, the Amazonian, and the Guianian. The three species can be distinguished by the following key. 1. Plants creeping; leaves broadly ovate with rounded to ibeuncabe base@as \.c6 ue ww id wild lide Geodesy, Daypakamieae 1. Plants erect; leaves elliptical to ovate-lanceolate with RUROGLO: DASE inka sdxlallh’ a YREe ae Bales Ye Splat Geld ate 2s hate 2. Leaves entire, with secondary veins pinnate in 4-5 pairs mse © we 4 ee ow oo De SAZONICA 2. Leaves serrate-dentate, with few secondary veins, lower veins prominently trinervate ... S. schultze-rhonhofiae The three species of Sciadocephala are as follows: 12 POHSY TAO lL0 Grtck Vol. 29, no. 1 Sciadocephala schultze-rhonhofiae Mattf., Notizbl. Bet. Gart. Berlin seo 938: Sciadocephala pakaraima e (Maguire & Wurdack) R.M.King & H.Robin- son, comb. nov. jiciediont enna akaraimae Maguire & Wurdack, Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 9: 366. 1957. Sciadocephala amazonica R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae erectae herbaceae usque ad 40 cm altae perennes. Caules base decumbentes superne evanescentiter breviter rufo- hirsuti anguste fistulosi. Folia opposita, petiolis 5-15 m longis; laminae ellipticae vel anguste obovatae 5-9 cm longae et 2- cm latae base cuneatae margine integrae ad apicem obtusae vel breviter acutae supra et subtus sparsim minute puberulae, nervis pinnatis, paribus secondariis ca. 5 valde ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae subcymosae pauce capitatae, pedicellis ca. 1-2 em longis puberulis. Capitula ca. 1 cm alta ca. 3-4 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 10 plerumque uniseriatae plerumque 5-7 mm longae lineari-lanceolatae extus sparsim puberulae ad apicem anguste obtusae base vix connatae. Flores ca. 9. Corollae albae 6-7 mm longae anguste infundibulares extus sparsim puberulae, tubis indistinctis, lobis triangularibus ca. 0.8 m longis et 0.5 mm latis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 0.6 mm longa; thecae ca. 1.8 mm longae, appendicibus ovatis ca. 300 » longis et 250 y latis; nectaria ad apicem setifera; styli glabri, appendicibus linearibus. Achaenia 6-8 mm longa sparsim puberula; carpopodia leniter asymmetrica; clavulae pappi 4-6 plerumque 3 ca. 3.5 mm longae, partibus glanduliferis discretis ca. 0.3 mm longis. Grana pollinis argute spinosa ca. 30 w diam. Type: COLOMBIA: Amazonas: Loretoyacu River, 100 m, Oct. 1945, Schultes 6674 (Holotype US). The new species differs from S. schultze-rhonhofiae Mattf. most noticeably in the leaves which are entire with many pairs of secondary veins pinnately arranged. In the Mattfeld species the leaves are prominently serrate and there are only two remote pairs of secondaries with the lower pair forming a trinervate base of the lamina. The new species is also distinct in the feature that seems unique in the entire family, the presence of hairs on the tip of the nectary. Other Asteraceae have nectar- ies of various shapes and with variously positioned stomata but none have previously been seen with any kind of pubescence. LITERATURE CITED Blake, S. F. 1923. A new Gymnocoronis from Mexico. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 36: 179-180. Grierson, A. J. C. 1972. Critical notes on the Compositae of 1974 King & Robinson, Additions to the Adenostemmatinae 13 Ceylon. Ceylon J. Sci. (Bio. Sci.) 10: 42-60. Mattfeld, J. 1938. Compositae in L, Diels, Neue Arten aus Ecuador. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. u Mus. Berlin 14: 41-44. Robinson, B. L. 1913. 1. A. Generic key to the Compositae - Fupatorieae. Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 42: 429-137. 14 Ponee TsOrL) 0 Goivk Vol. 29, no. 1 Adenostemma cuatrecasasii R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. 1974 King & Robinson, Additions to the Adenostemmatinae 15 S A PLANTS OF COLOMBIA Adenostemma fosbergii R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 16 PehYet OlLyO GEA Vol. 29, no. 1 w Adenostemma involucratum R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 197i King & Robinson, Additions to the Adenostemmatinae a7 f iu Ii 6h * Rs . | “ey i DAY Adenostemma vitiense H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 18 PvyHi YT OVhrO Gets Vol. 29, no. 1 ite FLORA MEXICANA Matude bMorloarnan Gymnocoronis matudae R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 1974 King & Robinson, Additions to the Adenostemmatinae 19 Sciadocephala amazonica R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbariun. 20 Paty TOL 0rGt ah Vol. 29, now 1 Enlargements of heads of Adenostemmatinae. Top left; Adenostemma cuatrecasasii. Top right; A. fosbergii. Middle left; A. involucratum. Middle right; ie vitiense. Bottom left; Gymnocoronis ma matudae. Bottom right; Sciado: Sciadocephala amazonica. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS AMASONIA. VI Harold N. Moldenke AMASONIA L. f. Additional & emended synonymy: Diplostemma Neck. apud P. C., Prodr. 7: 306, sphalm. 1838 [not Diplostenma Steud, & Hochst., 1838]. Tachigalea Griseb. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 1030, in syn. 1895 [not Tachigalia Aubl., 1775]. Hassleria Briq. ex Moldenke, in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 46: 19h, in syn. 1939. Hassleria "Briq. ex Moldenke" apud Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 251, in syn. 197. Diplostemma DC. apud Airy Shaw in Wills, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 365, in syn. 1966. Amsonia Stearn, Humb, Ponpl. Kuntn Trop. Am. Bot. 16, sphalm. 1968 [not Amsonia Walt., 1788]. Additional & emended bibliography: Scop., Introd. Hist. Nat, 169. 1777; L. f., Suppl. Pl., pr. 1, 48 & 29h. 17813; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, pr. 1, 2: 887, 890, 922, & 965. 1789; A. L. Juss., Gen. Pl., ed. 1, 109, 119--123, & 118 (1789) and ed. 25 109, 119-123, & 18. 1791; Je F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, pr. 2, 2: 887, 890, 922, & 965. 1796; Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth. Bot. [Illustr.] 3: pl. 543. 1797; Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, 378. 1797; H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 2: 205 (1817) and ed, quart., 2: 253. 1818; Pers. - Pl. 3: 355. 1819; Reich- enb., Conspect. Reg. Veg. 1: 117. 1628; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. 473. 1845; Schau., Linnaea 20: 8). 187; Schnitzl., Icon. Fam. Nat. Reg. Veg. 137. 1856; Griseb., Fl. Brit. W. Ind., pr. 1, 501. 1861; Bocq., Rev. Verbénac. 7, 9, 50, 54, 64, 69, 75, & 86 (the- sis). 1862; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 2: 87, 110, 11, 117, 119, 121, 128--130, 13h, lbh, 1h9, 155, 156, & 163 (1862) and 3: 183 & 217-219, pl. 5, fig. 1I—18. 1863; Bocq., Rev. Verbénac. 87, 110, 111, 117, 119, 121, 128-130, 134, sh, iho, 155, 156, 163, 178, 180, 183, & 217--219, pl. 5, fig. 11-18. 1863; Preiffer, Nom. Bot. 1 (1): 135. 1873; Benth. in Benth. & Hook. f., Gen. Pl. 2 (2): 1132-1136 & 1147. 1876; Anon., Handelsbl. Tuinb. Sempervirens 1): 201 & 20). 1885; Anon., Journ. Hort. & Cottage Gard., ser. 3, 10: 435--1,36, fig. 109. 1865; [Lebl], Dllustr. Gartenzeit. Stuttg. 29: 193, pl. 26. 1885; W. Robinson, Garden 27: 130—131, pl. 79. 1885; Beck von Mannagetta & Abel, Wien. Illustr. Gartenzeit. 15: 68-69, fig. 9. 1890; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 103 & 769. 1893; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfan., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 156. bol; Méller, Deutsch. Gartn.-Zeit. 9: LjA— 142. 1894; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 1030 & 1032. 1895; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 23. 1901) Barnhart, Bull. Torrey Vot. Club 29: 590. 1902; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 419. 1906; M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch,. Verb. 58-59. 1911; P. Ce Standl., Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 23: 1335. 1926; Benoist, Arch. Bot. Caen 5, Mém. 1: 258. 1931; Benoist, Bois Guyan. Fran¢g. 259. 1933; Moldenke, Brittonia 1: 260. 193k; L. 3 Suppl. Pia, pr. 2; 48 & 29h. 1936; As We Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 21 22 PRYTOLOG TA Vol. 29, no. 1 9: 1h. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 16. 1939; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 23 & 19. 1941; Wangerin & Krause in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (15: 6%. 191; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 91. 1945; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 103 & 769 (1946) and pr. 2, 2: 1030 & 1032. 1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 198-~199 (196) and 2: 246--2h7. 1947; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 12, 105, 227, & 251. 1947; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 1031, 1032, & 100. 1950; Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan. 17: 2. 1956; Angely, Fl. Paran. 7: . 1957; Moldenke in Dawson, Los Angeles Co. Mus. Contrib. Sci. 7: 11. 1957; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj. Ind. 15: 14353. 1958; Cuatrecasas, Revist. Acad, Colomb. Cienc. 10: 238. 1958; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 23 & 19. 1959; An- gely, Liv. Gen. Bot. Bras. 35 & 37. 1960; Braga, Pl. Nordest., ed. 2, 99 & 100. 1960; Encke, Pareys Blumengrt., ed. 2, 2: hhh. 1960 Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 103 & 769 (1960 and pr. 3, 2: 1030 & 1032. 1960; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 611 & 689. 1960; Potztal in Encke, Pareys Blumengirt., ed. 2, 2: 439. 1960; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 36: 2311. 1961; Mol- denke, Phytologia 7: 338--342. 1961; Runner, Rep. G. W. Groff Coll. 362. 1961; Angely, Fl. Bacia Paran, 22: 39. 1962; Graf, Ex- otica 3: 1483 & 1531. 1963; Griseb., Fl. Brit. W. Ind., pr. 2, 501. 1963; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: 532. 1963; Melchior in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 12, 2: 437. 1964; F. A. Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 75, 138, 171, & 21). 1965; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 12: 6 & 21. 1965; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 3. 1965; Van Donselaar, Wentia 1: 70. 1965; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 48, 306, 362, 365, 521, 1097, & 1099. 1966; Huinink, Wentia 17: 136. 1966; Encke, Schonst. Kalt & Warnhauspfl. 393. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 21, 22, & 27. 1968; Stearn, Humb. Bonpl, Kunth Trop. Am. Bot. 16. 1968; J. A. Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 3: 156. 1968; Van Donselaar, Meded. Bot. Mus. Rijksuniv. Utrecht 306: Ok. 1968; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 1: 8. 1969; Anon., Torr. Bot. Club Ind. Am. Bot. Lit. 3: 30h, 306, & 308. 1969; Foley, Flow. World Wilson 25) & [325]. 1969; Lasser, Act. Bot. Venez. : h8. 19693 El-Gazzar & Wats., New Phytol. 69: 169, 473, 483, & 485. 1970; Goodland, Phytologia 20: 78. 19703; Soukup, Raymondiana 3: 26 & 38. 1970; Teunissen & Wildschut, Verh. Konink. Nederl. Akad. Wet. Natuurk. 59 (2): 28 & table 2. 1970; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeo- gre S. Paulo, ed. 1, h: 826, 831, & i, map 1377. 19713; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 5, 111, 115, 122, 129, 191, 133, 139, 146, 147, 185, 35h, 389, & 476 (1971) and 2: 526, 639, 755, 771, & 850. 1971; Teunissen & Wildschut, Meded. Bot. Mus. Utr. 31: 28 & table 2. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 503 (1971) and 23: 18, 431, & 50h. 1972; Encke & Buchheim in Zander, Handworterb. Pflanzennam., ed. 10, wh & 102. 1972; Stafleu, Internat. Code Bot. Nom. 35h & 378. 1972; ez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 9, ho, & S761. 29734 Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 235 & 503 1973), 26: 499 & 511 (1973), and 28: 437, 438, 453, 463, 506, & 512. 197h; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 297, 299, 303, 307, 398—W0L, 408, & hl, fig. 38 & 39. 197k. 197k Moldenke, Notes on Amasonia 23 It should be noted that there is also a gems Diplostema of Steudel & Hochstetter which is a synonym of Geigeria Griesselich in the Carduaceae. Although Airy Shaw (1966) credits this same generic name to De Candolle, consultation of the De Candolle ref- erence shows that this author there plainly credits the name to Necker. The Amsonia of Stearn (1968) is plainly the result of a typo- graphic error -——- Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth distinctly spell the name “Amasonia" in the work referred to by Stearn. Amsonia Walt. is a handsome genus in the Apocynaceae. The generic name Tachigalea, accredited to Grisebach by Jackson (1895), occurs in the Grisebach work (1861) only as "Tachigalea campestris Aubl." —- an obvious error in spelling of Taligalea campestris Aubl. Tachigalia Aubl. is a genus in the Caesalpinia~ cease. This Grisebach reference has previously been cited by me, and and by numerous other workers, as "186", the title-page date, but pages 315 [bis] to 506 were actually issued in 1861. According to Rickett & Stafleu (1960) "7156. Amasonia Linnaeus f., Suppl. 8, 294. 1781 sem. 2", typified by "A. erecta Limaeus £.", is conserved by the International Code of Botanical Nomen- clature over "Taligalea Aublet, Pl. Guiane 625. 1775", typified by "T. campestris Aublet." Stafleu (1972) also tells us that the type species of Amasonia is A, erecta L. f. and of Taligalea is T. campestris — both of these binomials are regarded by me as syno- nyms of Amsonia campestris (Aubl.) Moldenke. Barkley (1965) lists Hassleria among the valid genera of Verbenaceae, but in my opinion it is a complete and undoubted synonym of Amasonia. Encke (1960) records the common German name for the members of this gems as "Amasonie" and gives the following description of the group: "(Thomas Amason, amerikanischer Reisender, wahrschein- lich des 18. Jahrhunderts). Halbstraucher, mit wechelstdndigen, gezahnten Blattern und gelben oder schwefelgelben Bliiten in ver- lingerten, endstandigen Trauben oder in rispigen Trauben oder ein- zeln in den Achseln groszerer und kleinerer — wie Kelch und Bliitenstiele -- rotgefarbter Deckblatter. Kronrohre lang, gerade oder am Grunde gebogen. Kronsaum 5Sspaltig, mehr oder weniger 2lippig. Kronabschnitte ausgebreitet oder zuriickgebogen. —- Etwa 8 Arten im tropischen Amerika," In reviewing the systematic position of this genus, Troncoso (197h) says: "Briquet en Die nat, Pflanzenfamilien, 1897 ubica Amasonia (sub Taligalea Aubl.) en la Tribu Monochileae de la Sub- fam. Ver Verbenoideae por su fructo drup&ceo con ) pirenas unisemina- das, sin tener en cuenta su inflorescencia de tipo cimoso. Este criterio fue adoptado por Moldenke, 1959. Por el contrario, Schauer en el -Prodromus, 187 lo considera en la Subtribu Viticeae Sch., junto con Aegiphila, Tectona, Callicarpa, Clerodendrum, Vitex, etc., todos géneros de inflorescencia definida, cimosa. Esta misma posic- ién adopta Junell, 193) bas4ndose en el estudio de la estrictura del 2h PAeYeT* Ob O1GIk Vol. 29, now 1 ovario que dice ser la misma que en el género Clerodendrun, Segfin mi opinién éste es el criterio m4s correcto a siguir, correspon- diéndole por sus caracteres la siguiente ubicacién en el sistema, Subfam. Viticoideae, Tribu Clerodendreae." In this connection it is rather interesting to note that Junell (193), in coming to this apparently very important taxonomic conclusion examined ovarian material from seven species of the 570 taxa at present ac- cepted in this genus. The Grubb, Lloyd, Pennington, & Whitmore 140, distributed as Amasonia, is not verbenaceous. AMASONIA ANGUSTIFOLIA Mart. & Schau. Additional & emended bibliography: Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 3: [Rev. Verbénac.] 219. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 509. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 103. 1893; Dur- and & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 419. 1906; M. Kunz, Ana- tom. Untersuch. Verb. 58. 1911; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 419. 1941; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 103. 196; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 12. 197; Dur- and & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 19. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 103. 1960; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 7: 339. 1961; El-Gazzar & Wats., New Phytol. 69: 183 & 485. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 146 & 389 (1971) and 2: 639 & 850. 1971; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 58 & 61. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as an herb, 30 cm, tall, the upper leaves and stems red, the corollas yellow, and found it growing in open grassy savannas, blooming in November. The type specimen, G. Gardner 311, was photographed in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum in Munich by Macbride as his type photo- graph number 203),5, while an isotype in the Delessert Herbarium at the Conservatoire et Jardin Botaniques in Geneva is the basis of his type photograph number 28390. Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Amaz6énas: Ducke 1903 (W—-1908343); Prance, Pena, & Ramos 3370 (Ld, N, S). Goids: G. Gardner 3411 [Macbride photos 20345 & 28390] (F—830281—-photo of isotype, F—68h152—-photo of type, F—686619—isotype, N—photo of type, V--29);783--isotype, W--photo of isotype, W—photo of type). Par&: Spruce s.n. [In vicinibus Barra] (V—29),705). oa ARBOREA H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 23 205. 1817. Additional synonymy: Amasonia arborea (Aubl.) Moldenke, Phyto- logia h: 454, in syn. 1953. Amazonia arborea H.B.K. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 453, in syn. 197k. Additional & emended bibliography: H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pls, ed. folio, 2: 205 (1817) and ed. quart., 2: 253. 1818; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 103. 1893; Barnhart, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 29: 590. 1902; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 103. 1946; Moldenke in Dawson, Los Angeles Co. 197 Moldenke, Notes on Amasonia 25 Mus. Contrib. Sci. 7: 11. 1957; Cuatrecasas, Revist. Acad. Colomb. Cienc. 10: 238. 1958; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 103. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 339-—-30. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 122, 129, 131, 133, 146, & 389 (1971) and 2: 80. 1971; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): L9 & 58—61. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 453. 197k. Recent collectors describe this plant as a perennial herb, sub- ligneous herb, or a shrub, simple-stemmed, 0.5--1 m. tall, the leaves blue-green, purple beneath, and the bracts red, deep-red, crimson, or scarlet. The corollas are described as having been "yellow" on Steyermark & Bunting 102910, "lemon~yellow" on Phil- cox & Freeman 1,659, and "greenish-white" on Maguire, Maguire, & Wilson-Browne ],6050a. It has been found growing in dry forests and in rain-forests, under subshrubs, or "occasional" on escarp- ments, at altitudes of 125—915 m., flowering in April and Septen- ber. It should be noted here that the Humboldt, Bonpland, & Kunth reference dates given above — correcting the one given by me in my original monograph (1939) -- have been authenticated by the late Dr. John Hendley Barnhart (1902). Material of Amasonia arborea has heen misidentified and dis- tributed in some herbaria as A. campestris (Aubl.) Moldenke. On the other hand, the Petitbon 62, distributed as A. arborea, is ac- tually A. campestris, while Lourteig 1803, Philipson, Idrobo, & Fernandez 1188, and R. E. Schultes 5665 are A. lasiocaulos Mart. & Schau. Additional & emended citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Cardona 166 (W--1832666); Foldats 3718 (N, Ve—l7282, W—230L52), 386) (N, Ve—l7308, W—23)0L61); Holt & Blake 71 (W—-1517871), 1483 (W--1517880), 729 (W—1519322); Holt & Gehriger 273 (W—1471983); Maguire, Cowan, & Wurdack 29158 (W—2058976); Maguire, Wurdack, & Bunting 36787 (W-—217l991); Steyermark & Bunting 102910 (N); Ll. Williams 15175 (W—1878502). Bolfvar: Bernardi 1188 (N); J. A. Steyermark 90207 (Ca); Wurdack & Monachino )10)7 (N). GUYANA: Maguire, Maguire, & Wilson-Browne ],6050a (W--2563597). BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Holt & Blake 61 (W--1517862); J. A. Steyermark 10031 (N). Maranhfo: G. Gardner 608) (V-—-29)78)).. Mato Grosso: Phil- cox & Freeman 1,659 (N). Par&: Black, Egler, Cavalcante, & Silva 57-195h2 (8); Killip & Smith 30322 (W—1]63h7). AMASONIA CALYCINA Hook. f. Additional synonymy: Taligalea punicea Hort. ex Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 23, in syn. 1901 [not T. punicea (Vahl) Poir., 1806]. hie reads Additional & emended bibliography: W. Robinson, Garden 27: 130— 131, pl. 479. 1885; [Lebl], Illustr. Gartenzeit. Stuttgart 29: 193, pl. 26. 1885; Anon., Handelsbl. Tuinb. Sempervirens 1): 201 & 20). 1885; Anon., Journ. Hort. & Cottage Gard., ser. 3, 10: 435— 26 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 1 436, fig. 109. 1885; Meehan, Gard. Month. & Hort. 27: 300—301. 1885; Regel, Gartenfl. 35: 336—338, fig. 35. 18863; Hook. f. in Curtis, Bot. Mag. 113 [ser. 3, 43]: pl. 6915. 1887; Veitch, Cat. Pl. 1889: pl. 27. 1889; Beck von Mannagetta & Abel, Wien. Illustr. Gartenzeit. 15: 68—69, fig. 9. 1890; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 509. 1891; Moller, Deutsch. Gartn.-Zeit. 9: ljl—12. 189); Pucci, Bull. Soc. Tose. Ortic. 22: 232—233, pl. 10. 1897; Durand & Jacks., Ind, Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 23 (1901) and pr. 1, 19. 1906; Veitch, Hort, Veitch. 226. 1906; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 1: 16). 1929; Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 6: 217-219. 1939; Molden- ke, Lilloa ): 306—307. 1939; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 23 & 19. 191; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 200. 196; Molden- ke in Cheesman, Fl. Trin. & Tob. 2 (6): 399. 1955; Moldenke, Fam. 2 Verbenac. 18. 1955; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 23 & 19. 1959; Encke, Pareys Blumeng&rtn., ed. 2, ARE 1960; Graf, Exotica 3: 1483 & 1531. 1963; Encke, Schonst. Kalt & Warm- hauspfl. 393. 1968; Foley, Flow. World Wilson 25). 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 129, 354, & 389 (1971) and 2: 639 & 850. 1971; Encke & Buchheim in Zander, Handworterb. Pflanzennam., ed. 10, 102. 1972; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 58. 1973; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 01 & 08. 197). Illustrations: W. Robinson, Garden 27: 130, pl. 479 [in color]. 1885; [Leb1], Dlustr. Gartenzeit. Stuttgart 29: pl. 26. 1885; Anon., Handelsbl. Tuinb. Sempervirens 1): 20). 1885; Anon., Journ. Hort. & Cottage Gard., ser. 3, 10: 436, fig. 109. 185; Meehan, Gard. Month. & Hort. 27: 300—301. 1885; Regel, Gartenfl. 35: fig. 35. 1886; Hook. f. in Curtis, Bot. Mag. 113 [ser. 3, 3]: pl. 6915 [in color]. 1887; Veitch, Cat. Pl. 1889: pl. 27. 1889; Beck von Mannagetta & Abel, Wien. Illustr. Gartenzeit. 15: 69, fig. 9. 1890; Moller, Deutsch. Gdrtn.-Zeit. 9: 142. 1893; Pucci, Bull. Soc. Tosc. Ortic. 22: pl. 10. 1897; Veitch, Hort. Veitch. 226. 1906; Encke, Pareys Blumengadrtn., ed. 2, hhh. 1960; Graf, Exotica 3: 1531. 1963. In the Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener (1885) the anonymous author says that "This is one of the distinct new plants which Messrs. Veitch & Sons (to whom we are indebted for the il- lustration) from time to time introduce to the public, and their description of it, as follows, appears to be very accurate -- 'This is unquestionably one of the most beautiful of flowering shrubs that have been brought under the notice of horticulturists for many years. It was introduced by us from British Guiana through our collector, Mr. Davis Burke. It is of direct habit, with elegant spreading foliage; the leaves are of elliptic—lanceo- late form, from 9 to 10 inches long. The inflorescence is very brilliant, being particularly striking from having a series of the richest vermilion-crimson Poinsettia-like spreading bracts ar- ranged in pairs along the entire length of the racemes, which are a foot long; these bracts, the lowermost of which are inches long, are very persistent, remaining in perfection fully two months. From the base of each bract are produced pendulous tubu- lous flowers, in twos and threes, of a creamy white colour, of- fering a striking contrast to the rich colouring of the other 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Amasonia 27 parts of the inflorescence.' Two first-class certificates have been awarded to this plant -- one last year by the Floral Commit- tee of the Royal Horticultural Society, and the other last week at the Royal Botanic Society's Show at Regent's Park. Those honours sufficiently indicate the merit of the plant, which, by its long-continued brightness and apparent easiness of culture, is likely to find its way into most gardens where stove decora- tive plants are grown." Encke (1960) has the following to say about this plant: "Brit. Guayana. Winter. 30—60 cm hoher, wenig odor gar nicht verzweig- ter Halbstrauch. Blatter langlich- oder elliptisch-lanzettlich, 15--30 cm lang, unregelmiszig gezahnt oder ausgebuchtet, mit Aus- nahme der obersten Blatter glatt. Bliiten hell schwefelgelb, —5 cm lang, hingend. Kelch etwa 2 1/2 cm lang, wie die Bliitenstiele rot. Deckblatter grosz, rot, mit purpurroten Haaren besetzt, nach dem Abfallen der Bliiten bis 3 Monate lang an der Pflanze haftend. — 1881.....++e..Prachtvolle, viele Monate lang blithende Warmhauspflanze ftir Schausammlungen und Liebhaber, auch fiir warme, geschlossene Wintergarten. Kultur im Warmhaus, hell, luftig und feucht, in lehmig-humoser oder in Einheitserde. Vermehrung durch Stecklinge im geschlossenen Warmbeet bei 25-—-30°." In his 1968 work he gives almost the same description but adds "Leider ist diese prachtvolle und dankbare Pflanze fast vollig aus den Samm- lungen verschwunden. Man sollte sie wieder einfthren. Sie ge- hort ins Warmhaus, wo sie genauso kultiviert wird wie Clerodendrun speciosissimum. Die Vermehrung erfolgt durch Stecklinge, die im geschlossenen Warmbeet bei 25—-30° bald wurzeln. Leider aber bil- den die Mutterpflanzen nur wenige Stecklinge, da sie sich so gut wie gar nicht verzweigen, so dasz es oft schwierig ist, auf diese Weise zu einem gewissen Bestand zu kommen," I am indebted to my very esteemed friend, Dr. J. L. van Soest, for the following summary of the "Sempervirens" article about this plant: "on p. 201 there is a short notice about Amasonia. It tells that it is imported from Brit. Guyana by David Burke for James Veitch & Sons. It is still expensive to buy, but it is to be hoped that the price will go down in future. It is mentioned a year ago (188) by Gardeners Chronicle, the Garden and Journal of Horticulture. The figure is = 1/2 x. No author and no names of the editorial staff and no indication from where the illustra- tion is taken." Graf (1963) describes it as a "subshrub with scattered oblong, toothed leaves 6—12 in. long; flowered with colored bell-shaped calyx and long corolla tube, sulphur-yellow in nodding purple- hairy racemes, bracts red." Lebl (18885 says "Diese unstreitig wertvolle Neuheit wurde von dem Sammler David Burke in British Guiana entdeckt, an der Firma Veitch in London gesendet und von da aus in den Handel gegeben. Die hervorragendsten englischen Fachzeitschriften sprechen sich sehr giinstig tiber die Pflanze aus und die kdénigl. Gartenbaugesell- schaft in London belohnte sie mit einem Zeugnis I. Klasse. Amasonia punicea ist von aufrechtem, tippigem Wuchs und hat elegant aufge- 28 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 1 breitete, elliptisch-lanzettformige Blatter von ca. 22--25 cm Lange. Der reizende Bliitenstand besteht aus zwei Reihen reich hochroter Brakteen langs der ca. 30 cm langen Bliitenahre und aus je 2—3 beisammenstehenden, abwirtshdngenden Rohrenblumen von rahmweiszer Farbe, die aus den Achseln der Brakteen oder Deck- blattern zum Vorschein kommen. Die Deckblatter, von welchen die untersten 10 cm lang sind, sehen jenen von Poinsettia pulcherrima &hnlich und behalten ihre Schonheit volle 2 Monate. So lautet die Beschreibung dieser Pflanze, auf die wir die Aufmerksamkeit der Blumenfreunde lenken." The identical illustration is reproduced here as is found also in the Sempervirens article, on p. 12 of Méller's work, and in the Journal of Horticulture and Cottage Gardener article. Moller (189) follows Hooker (1887) in distinguishing between tea cultivated plant and the A, punicea of Vahl [now known as A. estris (Aubl.) Moldenke] under whose name it was originally _ distributed to gardeners. He says "Eine andere, durch die Herren Veitch ' Sohn aus Britisch-Guyana eingefuhrte und vielfach falsch- lich als A. punicea verbreitete Art ist A. calycina Hook. (Syn.: A. punicea a Hort. non Vahl). Es ist dies ebenfalls eine prachtige Pflanze, die sich von der echten A. punicea Vahl hauptsachlich durch den breiteren Kelch und durch die verschieden geformten Brakteen deutlich underschiedet; ebenso sind auch die Zipfel des Kelches groszer und lang zugespitzt. A. calycina ist ebenfalls ein Halbstrauch mit 15--30 cm langen, elliptisch | oder langlich lanzettformigen, zugespitzten Blattern, die grob oder unregelmds- zig gebuchtet oder gezahnt sind und zu einem 3—5 cm langen Blattstiel sich verengern. Sie sind ganzlich glatt, mit Ausnahme der am Blitenstande sitzenden Blatter, die oft hellrot gefleckt sind. Der 15 bis 25 cm lange Bliitenstand ist etwas geneigt, reichlich belaubt und schwach mit roten bis purpurfarbenen Haaren besetzt. Die Brakteen oder Bltitendeckblatter sind glatt, sichel- formig gebogen und zugespitzt, die oberen oft bliitenlos oder nur mit unvollkonmmen ausgebildenten Blumen versehen. "Die unmittelbar am Bliitenstande befindlichen Bliitendeckblat- ter sind ofters ganz hellrot, 6fters auch wieder griin mit Hellrot gefleckt oder scharlachrot in Griin verlaufend. "Die Blumen selbst sind kurzgestielt, hangend und bis 5 cm lang. Der Kelch ist fast 21/2 cm lang, glatt und ebenfalls hellrot gefarbt. Die Korolla ist mattschwefelgelb, zylindrisch geformt, leicht gebogen und schwach behart, mist Ausnahme des kurzen, verengten Teiles der Rohre im Grunde des Kelches. "Es ” sind jener zu Schnitzwecken verwendbaren Pflanzen, die sich gleich den Amsonien, Bougainvilleen und Poinsettien durch lebhaft gefarbte Blitenhillblatter auszeichnen, nicht sehr viele. Umso- mehr ist es geraten, ihre Kultur zur Ausbildung zu bringen, weil durch ihren Bliitenstand der Blumenbindekunst ein ganz eigenartig schon wirkender Werkstoff zuganglich gemacht wird. "Wir haben zu unserem Bedauern sowol von der Amasonia cea wie auch von der A. calycina in Deutschland eine Vorlage fir die bildliche Veranscha hung nicht aufzutreiben vermocht und geben 197) Moldenke, Notes on Amasonia 29 deshalb die Darstellung der erstgenannten nach einer in E. Pynaert's ‘Revue de 1'Horticulture Belge et Etrangére' veroffentlichen Far- bentafel und der letzteren nach einer englischen Vorlage wieder, deren eigentlichen Ursprung wir nicht zu ermitteln in der Lage waren. "Die tbrigen etwa 8 bis 10 noch bekannten, zu dieser Gattung gehorenden Spezies sind bisjetzt noch nicht eingefthrt; da sie auch keine besonders hervorragenden blumistischen Eigenschaften aufweisen, so durften sie wol nur fur botanische Garten Wert ha- ben." [It should be noted that the Pynaert illustration which he reproduces seems to represent A. spruceana Moldenke, rather than the true A. calycina.] AMASONIA CAMPESTRIS (Aubl,) Moldenke Additional & emended synonymy: Amasonia erecta L. f., Suppl. Pl., pr. 1, 294. 1781. Tachigalea campestris Aubl. ex Griseb., Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 501, sphalm. 1861. Amasonia erecta L. ex Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 3: 219. 1862, Amasonia camprestris (Aubl.) Moldenke, R6é- sumé Suppl. 3: 30, in syn. 1962. Amazonia campestris (Aubl.) Mol- denke, Résumé Suppl. 15: 16, in syn. 1967. Amasonia campestria (Aubl.) Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 235, in syn. 1973. Additional & emended bibliography: Aubl., Hist. Pl. Guian. 2: 625, pl. 252. 1775; L. f., Suppl. Pl., pr. 1, 29h. 1781; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, pr. 1, 2: 922 & 965 (1789) and ed. 13, pr. 2, 2: 922 & 965. 17963 Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, 182. 1797; Vahl, Eclog. Amer. 2: 51. 1798; Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 7: 556. 1806; H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 2: 205 (1817) and ed. quart., 2: 253. 1818; Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 355. 1819; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 7h. 180; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Cale. 473. 1845; Schau., Linnaea 20: 8h. 1447; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 677. 1847; Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: 291—293. 1851; Griseb., Fl. Brit. W. Ind., pr. 1, 501. 1861; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 2: 76, 87, 110, 156, & 163 (1862) and 3: 219, pl. 5, fig. 11--18. 1863; Bocq., Rev. Verbénac. 76, 87, 110, 156, 163, & 219, pl. 5, fig. 11--18. 1863; Anon., Journ. Hort. & Cottage Gard., ser. 3, 10: 435--436, fig. 109. 1885; [Lebl], Mlustr. Gartenzeit. ' Stuttg. 29: 193, pl. 26. 1885; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 509. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 103. 1893; Mol- ler, Deutsch. Gartn.-Zeit. 9: ljl--1y2. 189); Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 1032. 1895; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, h (3a): 157. 1895; Hook. f. in Curtis, Bot. Mag. 121: pl. 745. 1895; Pucci, Boll. Soc. Tosc. Ortic. 22: 232--233, pl. 10. 1897; Barnhart, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 29: 590. 1902; T. Peckolt, Bericht. Deutsch. Pharm. Gesell. 1: 480. 190); M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. 58--59. 1911; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 19. 1906; Pulle, Enum, Pl. Surinam. 402. 1906; Gleason, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 58: 63. 1931; Molden- ke, Torreya 34: 8. 1931; Junell, Symb. Bot. Upsal. : 107, pl. 7, fig. 2. 193k; L. f., Suppl. Pl., pr. 2, 29). 1936; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 1). 1938; Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 46: 210—216. 1939; Moldenke, Lilloa 4: 305—306. 1939; Mol- 30 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 1 denke, Prelim, Alph. List Invalid Names 4, 5, & 2. 1940; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 419. 19f1; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 103 (196) and pr. 2, 2: 1032. 196; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 200. 196; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 12 & 227. 1947; Moldenke, Alph. List Invalid Names Suppl. 1: 2. 1947; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 502. 198; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 57, 62, 65, 67, 68, 75, 156, & 176. 1949; F. C. Hoehne, Ind. Bibl. & Num. Pl. Col. Com. Rondon 346. 1951; Moldenke in Cheesman, Fl. Trin. & Tob. 2 (6): 398--399. 1955; Moldenke, Fan. 2 Verbenac. 17-18. 1955; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 19. 1959; Braga, Pl. Nordest., ed. 2, 88 & 100. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 103 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: 1032. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia Ts 340—3h1. 1961; Griseb., Fl. Brit. W. Ind., pre 25 50l. 19633 Van Donselaar, Wentia 1): 70. 1965; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 3. 19653 Huinink, Wentia 17: 136—137. 1966; J. A. Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 3: 156. 1968; Van Donselaar, Meded. Bot. Mus. Rijks- univ. 306: Oh. 1968; Foley, Flow. World Wilson 25). 1969; Lasser, Act. Bot. Venez. : 48. 1969; Teunissen & Wildschut, Verh. Konink. Nederl, Akad. Wet. Natuurk. 59 (2): 28 & table 2. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 111, 122, 129, 131, 133, 147, 354, & 389 (1971) and 2: 639 & 850. 1971; Tewnissen & Wildschut, Meded. Bot. Mus. Utr. 31: 28 & table 2. 1971; Stafleu, Internat. Code Bot. Nom. 35h. 1972; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 58-61. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 235 (1973) and 28: os 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 00, 401, & 08, fig. 39. 1974. Illustrations: Aubl., Hist. Pl. Guian. h: pl. 262. 1775; Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 3: pl. 543. 1797; Vahl, Eclog. Amer. 2: pl. 20. 1798; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 2: pl. 5, fig. 11-18. 1863; Bocq., Rev. Verbénac. pl. 5. 1863; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. (3a): 157. 1895; Hook. in Curtis, Bot. Mag. 121: pl. 7hhS [in color]. 1895; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 00, fig. 39. 197k. Recent collectors describe this plant as an erect perennial herb, a half=shrub, or a subshrub, 0.3--2 m. tall, usually with a single erect stem and no branches, or occasionally with red branches, the leaves scattered along the stem, the midrib and veins purple beneath, the inflorescences 30--50 cm. tall, the hairs dark-violet, the bracts red, bright-red, dark-red, or cardi- nal-red to vermillion or even “brown-purple", or else "greenish outside and red inside", the calyx red or dark-red, the corollas yellow or pale-yellow to cream-color, the filaments white, the anthers brown or mstard-green, and the fruit green or light-green to yellowish—green when immature, turning black at maturity. The Sastres say "nervures face inférieure des fevilles rougeftres, tiges rouges; bractées rouges, nervures face inférieure vertes saillantes; pédoncules rouges, sépales vert rougefitres, pétales jaunes grande racine pivotante blanche; fruits immatures verts." The corollas are said to have been "yellow" on Cavalcante 21,09, D. H. Davis 43, and J. A. Steyermark 86561, "pinkish-white" on W. 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Amasonia 31 R. Anderson 7732, and "cream" on Irwin, Harley, & Smith 30808; on Davis 903 the ie label states "bracts and flowers red", bu but this is most certainly due to an error in observation on the part of the collector. The Eitens describe the plant as a "low subshrub, the flowers 22 mm. long from base of the calyx plus 8 m. more of projecting style, face of corolla (looking into its mouth) 11 x 12 m., out- side of corolla light-green tinged with red, upper surface of limb light-green with reticulate red lines, filaments whitish, anthers mustard-green, ripe berry spherical, 7 mm. in diameter, black." They encountered it growing in a "chapada" of tall trees in decid- uous to evergreen xeromorphic tree woodland (cerrado) on the tops and sides of sandstone plateaus and some low flat land, at 300 n. altitude, flowering and fruiting in April. It should be pointed out that the fruits are actually drupes, not "berries", The plant has been found growing in forest shade, in open woods, on savannas, in thickets in savanna meadows near streams, in hammocks in the middle of savannas, on white or gray sand of dry savannas of Byrsonima verbascifolia, in sandy cerrado or on cerrado slopes, in "cerrado xeromorphic arboreal woodlands", and in cutover semi-deciduous forests on slopes. Goodland found it in the partial shade of shrubs on dry lateritic ridged savanna grassland with scattered trees, the dominant plants being Cura- tella, Byrsonima, Trachypogon, and Fimbristylis. Anderson found it in. cerrado in an area of "mesophytic woods by stream, open marshy place near stream, and cerrado on hillsides above", Lens encountered it on loamy soil of savannas dominated by Trachypogon and Curatella americana. Irwin and his associates report it from cerrado in regions of gallery forest and adjacent cerrado in Goids and assert that it is "infrequent in cerrado" in Bahia. The Eitens found it "on natural lithosol campo, in the stony soil on top of bedrock sandstone pavement". Amasonia campestris has been found at altitudes of 300 to 1000 meters, flowering (in addition to the months previously reported by me) in August and fruiting in February and March. Huinink (1966) states that it is found in the Polycarpaeo-Trachypogonetum cyperetosum and Polycarpaeo-Trachypogonetum curatelletosum asso- ciations. The vernacular names, “cacho vermelho", "cola de gallo", and "mendéca", are recorded for. it, and it is said to be used by natives in the treatment of stomach inflammations. Peckolt (190h) says of it "Ein Strauch der Staaten vom Xquator bis zum 9.° sudl. Br.......Das Dekokt der Blatter ist ein Volksmittel bein Gonor- rhode." The type specimen of Taligalea campestris, Aublet s.n., in the herbarium of the British Museum (Natural History) in London, was photographed there by F. G. Meyer as his type photograph number 4070. The type specimen of A. velutina, Blanchet 3156, was photo- graphed by Macbride in the DeCandolle Herbarium at the Conserva- toire et Jardin Botaniques in Geneva and is his type photograph number 7887. It should also be noted here that the Humboldt, Bonpland, and 32 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 1 Kunth reference dates given in the emended bibliography above have been authenticated by Barnhart (1902). It is interesting to note, also, that Raeuschel (1797) gives the native habitat of A. erecta as Surinam and of A. taligalea as "Guiana", Foley (1969) describes what he calls Amasonia cea as a "pretty flowering plant, native of British Guiana. Each shoot terminates in a raceme of many white tubular flowers each 1" long and subtended by a bright red bract which persists for a couple of months after the flowers have fallen." Obviously, he is speaking of A. calycina Hook. f. (the "A. punicea Hort.", not A. punicea Vahl). Similarly, the description and illustration given by Pucci (1897) refer to A. calycina -- they are merely copies of those in Tllustr. Gartenzeit. TeSGy, Moller's Deutsch. Gartn.-Zeit. (189), etc. Steyermark (1968) cites J. A. Steyermark 86561 & 8888. Mater- ial of A. campestris has been distributed in some herbaria as "Amazonia sp." On the other hand, the Maguire, Maguire, & Wilson- Browne 1,6050a, distributed as Awasonia camestris, is actually A. eee eee ee Benth, and Prance & Silva 58720 is A. lasiocaulos Mart. & Schau. Maguire & Stahel 22782 is a mixture with Aegiphila laevis (Aubl.) Gmel. — its label is inscribed "Frequent; liana", a statement which doubtless applies to the Aegiphila portion of the number. Additional & emended citations: TRINIDAD & TOBAGO: Trinidad: Britton, Coker, & Rowland 112 (W--10,6816); W. E. Broadway 2138 (F—218873), 6950 (F—-9722]1); Eggers 1003 (Ca--153283, V--98099), 1389 (W—11)8085); D. G. Fairchild s.n. [Feb. 15, 1932] (E— 1082993, W--1626013); Ryan s.n, [Macbride photos 22773] (F—- 687347—photo); Warming 207 (W—123l,850); Webster, Ellis, & Mil- ler 9653 (S). VENEZUELA: Anzoategui: H. Pittier 15089 (W— 1876257). Bolivar: Maguire, Wurdack, & Bunting 35955 (W— 217498); Pannier 822 (Ve—51181); J. A. Steyermark 86561 (W— 2186289), 88488 (N); Ll. Williams 13420 (W—1800636). Gudrico: Aristeguieta 2317 (Ve—l3038), 4206 (Ve—-l6120), 5669 (N); Bly- denstein 273 (Ve--9237); Tamayo 4115 (Ve—38h21, W-—-2220993) . Monagas: Tamayo 31,88 (Ve--51,03). Sucre: Lasser & Vareschi 3883 (Ve—38121). GUYANA: Cowan & Soderstrom 1759 (W—2370L83), 1771 (W-—-237048), W--2370)85); D. H. Davis 43 (N), 903 (N); Goodland 209 (Ld, W—25)6183); A. S. Hitchcock 16956 (W--1056155, W—- 1056156); Irwin 301 (W-—21726)0), 593 (Au—1654,80), 1039 (Au— 165661); Jenman 5567 (W—57332, W—1323169); Rob. Schomburgk 228 (V--294781, V—29]785, W--702593); A. C. Smith 2hi1 (F—1023682). SURINAM: Archer 2772 (W--1592347); D. G. Fairchild s.n. [March 3, 1932] (W—1626066); Hostmann 893 (V—1]1721, V—29780), 1409 (v— 123450); Lems 60223 (N); Maguire & Stahel 22782, in part (W— 1902626); Wullschlagel 403 (V—132182, V-—161105), 1982 (V—-132181). 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Amasonia 33 FRENCH GUIANA: Aublet s.n. [F. G. Mey. photo 070) (Gz--photo of type, N--photo of type); W. B. Broadway 176 (G, W—1068512), 77 (W--1068901); M6linon 82 (F——539771, W--1123381); Petitbon 62 (P); Poiteau s.n. [Cayenne] ~(V=-125539) ; Sagot 42h (vV--122956), 1319 (V—-122957), s.n. (Pd); Sastre & Sastre 21 (N, P), lh (N, P), 219 (P, P); Schnell 11068 (P), 11089 (N). BRAZIL: heuea Black & Lo~ pate 50-93) (Ga—91)82); Irwin & Westra 47249 (N); Maguire & wre 47025 (W--256359)); Murga Pires, Rodrigues, & & Irvine ato 2 (W—2563595), 51120 (W--256 359 a. Bahia: Bl Blanchet et 3156 fe siride photos 7887] (F (F--6)5561—photo, F—686)11, F— F--869622, F—923105—photo, W—photo); Irwin, Grear, Souza, & Reis dos San- tos 14681 (Ld), Irwin, Harley, & Smith 30808 (La, N). Ceardé: Freire Allemfo 1168 168 (W--1199360); G. Gardner 1987 (V—-29),782) ; Luetzelburg burg 26095 ( (F--912251), 26162 (F-83665). Goids: W. Re Anderson 7732 2 (Ub); Irwin, Grear, Souza, & Reis dos Santos ; ULI (N); Irw Irwin, i Maxell, & Wasshausen 21253 (N), 21390 90 (Ac). Maran- h&o: Eiten & Eiten “Biten 3586 (N, W—245203), 391h (W-- (W---2l45200) , 4158 (N, N, W—2)),5197, W—2h)5212) , 4353 (W-~2))5215) , 10374 (W#—- 2687975) , 10505 (W--2701739). Minas Gerais: Belém & Mendes 451 (Ac); Irwin, Re: Reis dos Santos, Souza, & Fonseca 23879 (Ac, N). Pard: Archer 7606 ‘(¥--21,39056) ; favalaants 209 (La, (Ld, N); Drouet 2125 (F—99136, Mi, W--159)7h2); Guedes 100 0 (Ba); Mexia 592ha, in part (E~-1068925) ; Monteiro da Costa 263 (F—-693999); Murga Pires & Silva 1052) (Ld). Piauf: Ge G. Gardner 2276, in part (V-- 291706) « ~Trauira Island: Frées 1862 (E--10)1569, F—707013, W— ats LOCALITY OF COLLECTION N UNDETERMINED: Herb. Barbier sn. (P). AMASONIA CAMPESTRIS var, SURINAMENSIS Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 6: 216. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verhen- ace, ed. 1, 33 & 86. 192; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 200. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., fed. 2], 67 & 176. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 76 & 2. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, l: 131 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac, Fam. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 58 & 61. 1973. Lépez-Palacios (1973) feel that this plant may yet be found in Bolivar or Amazonas, Venezuela. AMASONIA HIRTA Benth. Additional synonymy: Gesnera pilosa Glaz. ex Moldenke, Phyto- logia 23: 31, in syn. 1972. Gesneria pilosa Glaz. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 431, in syn. 1972 [not G. pilosa Hort., 137]. Additional & emended bibliography: Jacks.in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 103. 1893; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pre 1, 419. 1306; M. Kunz, Anatom, Untersuch. Verb. 58. 19113 Moldenke in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 46: 203--205. 1939; Durand 3h PHYTO LOG TA Vol. 29, now. 1 & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 419. 19413 Moldenke, Lilloa 6: 313. 1941; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 103. 1946; Moldenke in Dawson, Los Angeles Co. Mus. Contrib. Sci. 7: 11. 1957; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, h19. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 103. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 31. 1961; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 4: 831 & i, map 1377. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 147 & 185 (1971) and 2: 639 & 850. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 431. 1972; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 ee 1973; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 399, 01, & 408, fig. 38. 197). Tllustrations: Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 399, fig. 38. 197k. Recent collectors describe this plant as a tall erect herb, subshrub, or small shrub, 0.25—-1 m. tall, the stems simple, in clumps, red or reddish, the leaves softly hairy, dark-green a- bove, paler beneath, the inflorescence apex nodding, the bracts red, reddish, or red-orange to orange-red, orange, or scarlet, sometimes described as "yellow-green to red or rusty-red", "yel- low to red-orange", "yellow-green and red", or "red inside and greenish outside". The calyx, similarly, is described as red, reddish, bright-red, orange-red, or scarlet, yellow-green and red, yellow-green to rusty-red, or sometimes orange-yellow. The imma- ture fruits are described as green or yellow-green. Irwin and his associates speak of "heads violet—brown" and "heads cream", but I am not certain to what they are here referring since there are no capitate inflorescences in this gems. The corollas are said to have been "white" on R. P. Belém 77, "cream" on Irwin, Anderson, Stieber, & Lee 3164, 34509, & 34750, Irwin, Grear, Souza, & Reis dos Santos 12305, Irwin, Harley, & Smith 32793, Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 1180 & 1882), Irwin, Onishi, Fons8ca, Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 25008 & 26161, and Irwin, Reis dos Santos, Souza, & Fons&ca 23990 & 2,967, "yel- low" on Murga Pires & Cavalcante 51993, “pinkish-yellow" on Irwin, Onishi, Fons&ca, Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 25718, "“pinkish- cream" on Philcox & Fereira 3886, and "cream, pinkish in throat" 437 they are described as "corolla-tube fawnish-cream". Some collectors have described the calyx as "reddish-green". The plant has been found growing among grasses on campo slopes and among newly invading vegetation, in cerrado, on rocky slopes, in grassy cerrado on very dry soil, on dry campos, in stony pas- tured campos on gentle slopes or in pastured cerrado, in wet places on campo on rocky slopes, in cerrado in areas of brejo (wet sedge meadow), cerrado, and gallery woods, cerrado and adjacent slope forest. Irwin and his associates describe it as canmon on campos; others refer to it as frequent at gallery margins and on upland savannas and have found it on campos in regions of cerrado on steep slopes surrounded by campo. It has been collected at al- titudes of 700-1250 meters, flowering from January to March, in July, and in October, fruiting from January to March and in July. 197k Moldenke, Notes on Amasonia 35 Irwin & Soderstrom aver that it is "infrequent" in Goids. Kuntze (1891) reduces A. lasiocaulos Mart. & Schau. to the synonymy of A, hirta, a disposition with which I cannot agree, Oliveira descrites A. hirta as an "arbustinho, c4lice vermelho, pétalas brancas tubulosas, estames e anteras brancas" and "fl6r evermelhada" and found it” in a high forest on sandy terrafirma (non-inundated land). The Eitens call it a "tall herb, petals pale light-yellow, filaments pale light~-yellow, anthers yellow, calyx in flower pale-peach tinged with green, in fruit reddish- peach", A vernacular name recorded for the plant is "mendoca", A specimen of Martius 583 in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum in Munich was photographed there by Macbride as his type photograph number 2036 and another of the same collection at the Conservatoire et Jardin Botaniques in Geneva as his type photo- graph number 7886, but this collection is not one on which the species was based. The type of Gesneria pilosa is Glaziou 21835 from Goids, Brazil, deposited in the herbarium of the Muséum Nat- ional d'Histoire Naturelle in Paris. Some material of A. hirta has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as A. campestris (Aubl.) Moldenke. Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Amap&: Murcga Pires & Cavalcante 51993 (Ld, N, S). Distrito Federal: R. P. Belém 77 (Ac, Ld, N); Irw Irwin, Souza, & Reis dos Santos 11389 (Ac); Mu Murga_ Pires, Silva, ~& Souza ane 958 (B). Goids: Glaziou 21835 (P); Har Harley, Barroso, & al. 1431 (N)5 Irwin, Anderson, Stieber, & Lee 34161 (Ub), 3416) (N), 34509 (Ld, N, * N, W--2709617), 3750 (Ac, N, W-- 2709859) ; j Irwin, Grear, Souza, & Reis dos Santos ntos 12305 (Ac) . 14296 (Ld); Irw. Irwin, Har. Harley, & | & Smith h 31820 (A Ac), 32793 (Ld, N, W-- 2709810) ; ; Irwin, | Uaxwell, & Wasshausen sen 1882 (ac), 188),0 (La); ; Irwin, Onishi, | Fonséca 6ca, Souza, Reis dos Sant Santos, & Ramos amos 25008 (1d, (id, N); ; Irwin, “Reis d dos Sant Santos, So Souza, & & Fonséca 23990 (Ac, (Ac, N), 24967 (Ld, DN); Irwin & 5 Sodeeai oon 7227 (N). Mato Grosso: Malme 1318 1318 (W--1483h71); Martius us 583 [Macbride photos 7886 & 2036] _ (E~131932, F—61572h—photo, | F--68),153—photo, N--photo, W#— photo) ; Philcox & Fereira 3886 (N), 4374 (N); Retter, Bertoldo, Castro, Santos, & Souza R.915 (N). Minas Gerais: Bi Eiten & Eiten 3566 ( (N, “W—2he209); I Irwin, Onishi, Fons&ca, Souza, a, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 25748 (Ac, N); 26161 (Ac); M Macedo edo 195 ; (W—219725h) 5 Tamberlik 8.n. 3.n. (F—87632h). Paré: E E. Oliveira ira WLS ( (N), L469 (N); Spruce s. S.n. [In vicinibus Barra] (F—686 366), s.n. wn. [In vicinibus Santarem, 1850] (V-—29708). S&o Paulo: L. Riedel 37x (W— 15736), sen. [Villa Franca, June 1834] (W—15736h7). AMASONIA LASIOCAULOS Mart. & Schau. Additional synonymy: Amasonia lasiocaulis Mart. & Schau. ex Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 509, in syn. 1091. Additional & emended bibliography: Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., 36 P°H Yo TV0) Lx 'G-1 A Vol. 29, no. 1 Ind, Kew., pr. 1, 1: 103. 1893; M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. 58—59. 1911; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 227. 1947; Cuatrecasas, Revist. Acad. Colomb. Cienc. 10: 238. 1958; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 689—690. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 31. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 115, 139, 17, & 389 (1971) and 2: 639 & 950. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 18. 1972; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 58 & 61. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 437, 38, & 453. 197h. Recent collectors describe this plant as an herb, 20--50 cn. tall, or a shrub, 1--1.5 m. tall, the stem leafless below, the upper leaves whorled, purple beneath or bright-red or red when young and maroon when adult, the inflorescence rosy-coral or scar=- let, the bracts red, cardinal-red, or vermillion to scarlet, or bright-red when young and maroon when adult, the calyx red or scarlet, the corollas lemon-yellow or cream, and the immature fruit green, becoming deep-red when mature. The corollas are said to have been "yellow" on Prance & Silva 58720, “light-green" on Prance, Maas, Kubitzki, Steward, Ramos, Pinheiro, & Lima 11782, and "red" on Silva & Souza 2278. The plant has been found growing in clay or limestone soil in dense humid or shaded forests or in moist forests on white sand, at altitudes of )00--600 meters, flowering from July to September (in addition to months previously reported by me), and fruiting in February, August, and November. Cowan & Soderstrom report it "locally occasional" in Guyana, while Miss Lourteig refers to it as "rare" in Amap&, Brazil. A vernacular name reported for it is | "mendoca", the same as is used for other species of the genus. Lépez-Palacios (1973) thinks that it may yet be found in Amazonas or Bolivar, Venezuela. Macbride (1960) cites only Allard 20522 from San Martin, Peru. The Eitens call A. lasiocaulos a subshrub, with the bracts red, the corollas light-green, the filaments and style light~green, and the anthers light-browmm. They encountered it growing in virgin upland semideciduous mesophytic forest 11 m. tall, the tree canopy over 60 percent, with a few shrubs, the ground layer of dense mar- antaceous herbs and low Olyra-like grass [this type of forest is locally called ear flowering in January. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbar- ia as A. arborea H.B.K., A. campestris (Aubl.) Moldenke, or "Ama- zonia arborea H.B.K." Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Méta: Philipson, Id- robo, & Fernandez 1188 (W—20261)6). Vaupés: Cuatrecasas 7017 (W— 177h22h); R. E. Schultes 5665 (W—18750)0). GUYANA: Cowan & So- derstrom 1712 (Fg, W—2678022). BRAZIL: Acre: Prance, Maas, Ku- bitzki, Steward, Ramos, Pinheiro, & Lima 11782 (Id, N). dAmapa: Egler & Irvine 626 (N); lourteig 1803 (W—2595102); Murcga Pires, Rodrigues, & Irvine 50308 (N), 50761 (N). Amaz6nas: Prance, Pena, Ramos, & Monteiro 2203 (N); Ule 8961 (W—1615262). MaranhSo: Eiten & Eiten 10275 (W--2689051). Par&: Dahlgren & Sella 53 (F— 197k Moldenke, Notes on Amasonia 37 602561), 637 (F--602980); Kauffmann 5 (F—603452); Mexia 592ha, in part (F—6709)2, F—6709)3); Prance & Silva 58720 (N, W—251755); Silva & Souza 2278 (N). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: pl. 8. 1851 (N, 2). AMASONIA OBOVATA Gleason Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 1k. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 16. 1939; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 31. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 122 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 58, &, & 61. 1973. Lépez—Palacios asserts (1973) that "Sin embargo, en algunos ejemplares de A. campestris de los Llanos venezolanos se encuen- tran también brdcteas obovadas." AMASONIA SPRUCEANA Moldenke Additional synonymy: Amasonia sprucena [Moldenke] ex Lépez- Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 59, sphaln. 1973. Additional bibliography: Seghers, Rev. Hort. Belg. 20: 13—15. 1894; Moller, Deutsch. Gart.-Zeit. 9: ljl--12. 189); A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 1). 1938; Cuatrecasas, Revist. Acad. Colomb. Cienc. 10: 238. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 342. 19613; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 115, 122, 147, & 35h (1971) and 2: 850. 1971; Lépez- Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 9 & 58--61. 19733 Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 453. 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 401 & 08. 197]. Illustrations: Seghers, Rev. Hort. Belg. 20: 13 (in color). 1894; Moller, Deutsch. Gart.-Zeit. 9: 11. 189). Recent collectors have found this plant growing in forests on terrafirma (non-inundated land), flowering and fruiting in Octo- ber, and describe the plant as a shrub, 1m. tall, with white flowers and red fruit. Lépez-Palacios (1973) wonders if this taxon may not be merely an anomalous form of A. arborea H.B.K. An isotype of A. spruceana, Spruce 3288, in the Delessert Her- barium at the Conservatoire et Jardin Botaniques at Geneva was eal there by Macbride as his type photograph number 28391. Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Vaupés: Cuatrecasas 6853 (W—17767)). VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Spruce 3288 [Macbride photos 28391] (F—686512—isotype, F--830282—photo of isotype, V--29],707--isotype, W—photo of isotype). BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Prance, Maas, Woolcott, Monteiro, & Ramos 15818 (Ld, N). ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS BOUCHEA. IV Harold N. Moldenke BOUCHEA Cham. Additional synonymy: Fovearia L. C. Rich. ex Moldenke, Alph. List Invalid Names 2, in syn. 1942. Buchea Cham. ex Moldenke, Alph. List Invalid Names Suppl. 1: 3, in syn. 1947. Beuchea Tron- coso, Darwiniana 18: 302, sphalm. 197). Additional & emended bibliography: Breyn., Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pl. Anno 1679 Hort. 1680; Breyn., Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pl. Secund. 10h. 1689; Pluk., Phytogr. 2: pl. 70, fig. 1, & pl. 321, fig. 1. 1691; Sloane, Cat. Pl. Ins. Jamaic. 64. 1696; Moris., Pl. Hist. Univ. Oxon. 3: 418 [",08"] & 419. 1699; Ray, Hist. Plant. 3: Suppl. 285 & 286. 170); Herm., Cat. Plant. Nond. 13 & 15. 1705; Breyn., Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pl. Prim. & Sec. 2: 10h. 17393 Crantz, Inst. Rei Herb. 1: 572. 1766; [Retz.], Nom. Bot. 11. 1772; Christm. & Panzer, Vollst. Pflanzensyst. Houttuyn 5: 121-122. 1779; J. F. Gmel. in Le, Syst. Nat., ed. 13, pr. 1, 22 12 (1789) and ed. 13, prs 22 2: 1. 1796; Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, 3. 1797; Balbis, Cat. Pl. Hort. Bot. Taur. 48. 180); Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 351. 1819; Petern., Cod. Bot. Linn. Ind. Alph. 196. 180; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 2: 629 & 750. 181; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Cale. 473. 185; Schau., Linnaea 20: 78. 1847; D. Clos, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 3, 10: 378— 381. 1848; C. Gay, Hist. Fis. Chile Bot. 5: 25—-27 & Atlas 1: pl. 55. 1849; Schnitzl., Icon. Fam, Nat. Reg. Beg. 137. 1856; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum, Pl. Zeyl., pr. 1, 21. 1861; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 2: 89, 110, 115, 12h, 125, 127, 128, 132, 139, 143, & 146—148 (1862) and 3: 180—182, 184, 185, 235—237, & 2h, pl. 16. 1863; Bocq., Rev. Verbénac. (repr.) 89, 110, 115, 12h, 125, 127, 128, 132, 139, 153, 1:6~—1)8, 180~182, 164, 185, 235—" 237, & 2h1, pl. 16. 1863; Griseb., Cat. Pl. Cuba 21). 1866; Harv., Gen, S. Afr. Pl., ed. 2, 288 & 290. 1868; R. A. Phil., Anal. Univ. Chil. 35: 193. 1870; Preiffer, Nom. Bot. 1 (1): 450 & 702 (1873) and 2 (1): 759. 187); A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am., ed. 1, 2 (1): 333— 335. 1878; C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 4: 56. 1885; Trimen, Journ. Ceylon Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 9: [Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceylon] 68. 1885; A. S. Hitchce., Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. : 117. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 327, 349, & 753 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 50h, 56h, & 567. 1893; T. R. Sims, Sketch & Check-list Fl. Kaffr. 63. 189); Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 974 & 1178. 1895; Robinson & Greemm., Am. Journ. Sci. 150 [ser. 3, 50]: 147. 18953; Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 3: 347—348. 1895; Just, Bot. Jahresber. 23 (2): 76. 1897; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 273 & 281—283. 1900; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 61. 1901; T. Peckolt, Bericht. Deutsch. Pharm. Gesell. lj: 66. 190); M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb, 38—l1. 1911; J. Matsumura, Ind. Pl. Jap. 2 (2): 533. 1912; Loes., Verh. ae Ver. Brand. 53: 79 [Abhandl. 197) Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea 39 2h). 1912; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. h, pr. 1, 28. 1913; Chiov., Result. Scient. Miss. Stef. 1: 143. 1916; Prin, Ind. Kew. Suppl. Sm pr. 1, 35. 1921; Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras 6: 1085 & 1089. 192h; Bews, Pf. Forms & Evol. S. Afr. 156 & 188. 1925; Britton & P, Wils., Scient. Surv. Porto Rico 6: 137 & 142—-1)3. 1925; Wan- gerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5) (1): 1170 [366]. 1932; Steyerm. & Moore, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 20: 801. 1933; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5 (2): 7h6--7)7. 193k; P. C. Standl., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 18: 993. 1938; Tharp, Veg. Tex. 67. 19393 Robledo, Lecce. Bot. 2: 498. 190; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 61. 1941; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 569 & 571. 1941; Wangerin & Krause in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (1): 653. 1941; Savage, Cat. Linn. Herb. Lond. ). 1945; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 327, 39, & 753 (196) and pr. 2, 2: 504, 564, & 567. 196; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 33 & 222. 1947; Selling, Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 38: 27 & 39h. 1947; E. D. Merr., Ind. Raf. 20). 1949; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 1031, 1032, & 100. 1950; Chittenden, Roy. Hort. Soc. Dict. Gard., ed. 1, 1: 302. 1951; Kearney, List Citations Place Publ. Spp. Ariz. 19 [thesis]. 1951; Rambo, Sellowia 3: 72 & 78. 1951; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 1, 48 & hW9, fig. 256 C & D. 1952; Arnoldo, Zakf1l. 125--126, 154, & 163, pl. 55, fig. 119. 1954; Rambo, Sellowia 6: 59, 67, & 153. 1954; J. B. Gillett, Kew Bull, Misc. Inf. 1955: 132--135. 1955; Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan. 17: 3. 1956; Chittenden, Roy. Hort. Soc. Dict. Gard., ed. 2, 1: 302. 1956; Rambo, Sellowia 7: 207. 1956; Angely, Fl. Paran. 7: 4 & 11. 1957; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 31: 561. 1957; Schnack & Fehleisen, Darwiniana 11: 25-255. 1957; Vélez, Herb. Angiosp. Lesser Ant. 116. 1957; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj. Index 15: 1435). 1958; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromosome Nos. 1: vi & 53. 1958; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18: 169. 1958; Humbert, Fl. Sahara Sept. & Cent. 07. 19583 Prain, Ind. Kew. “Suppl. h, pr. 2, 28. 1958; Van Campo, Bull. I. F. A. Ne 20 (A-3): 753-760. 1958; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Index 1929-1956, 7. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 61. 1959; J. Hutch- inson, Fam. Flow. Pl., ed. 2, 2: 395. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 12: 23. 1959; Angely, Liv. Gen. Bot. Bras. 35 & 39. 1960; Howell & McClintock in Kearney & Peebles, Ariz. Fl., ed. z, 730. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 327, 3h9, & 753 (1960) and 2: 50), 56h, & 567. 1960; Kevorkian, Phytopath. 43: 406. 1960; Kevorkian, Mycologia 52: 523-52. 1960; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot, 13 (5): 611 & 656—657. 1960; Martin & Noel, Fl. Albany & Bathhurst 92. 1960; Prin, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 5, pr. 2, 35. 1960; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. Minas 149. 1960; Rambo, Pesquis. Bot. : 18 (1960) and 12: 21. 1961; Kevork- ian, Mycologia 53: 37--438. 1961; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 345— 350. 1961; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 36: 2311. 1961; Runner, Rep. G. W. Groff Coll. 362. 1961; Angely, Fl. Paran. 17: 6. 1961; Angely, Fl. Bacia Paran. 22: 39. 1962; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 76: 3. 1962; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 39: 614. 1962; Soukup, Biota 4: 123-12) (1962) and 4: 366. 1963; Hepper in Hutchinson & Dalz., Fl. W. Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 2: 437. 1963; Erdtman in Preston, hO PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 1 Adv. Bot. Res. 149--208. 1963; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: 532 & 535. 1963; Legris, Trav. Sect. Scient. Inst. Frang. Pond. 6: 395, 535, & 558. 1963; J. K. Maheshwari, Fl. Delhi 276 & 279. 1963; Quezel & Santa, Nouv. Fl. Alg. 2: 779 & 781. 1963; H. P. Riley, Fam. Flow. Pl. S. Afr. 128. 1963; Santapau & Wagh, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 108. 1963; Angely, Bibl. Veg. Paran. 195. 196; R. Good, Geogr. Flow. Pl. iho. 1964; Melchior in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 12, 2: 437. 1964; Langman, Select. Guide Lit. Flow, Pl. Mex. 208, 335, 517, & 1010. 196); Puri, Jain, Mukerjee, Sarup, & Kotwal, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 19: 107. 196); C. M. Row- ell, Sida 1: 268. 196; Santapau, Excerpt. Bot. A.7: 16. 196h; W. T. Stearn, System. Assoc. Publ. 6: ah. 1964; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum, Pl. Zeyl., pr. 2, 21. 1964; Moldenke in Shreve & Wig- gins, Veg. & Fl. Son. Des. 2: 1255--1256. 196; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 11: 6 (1964) and 12: 3, 5, & 9. 1965; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 577. 1965; F. A. Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 75, 146, & 158. 1965; Gooding, Loveless, & Proctor, Fl. Barbados 383, 355-356, & 466. 1965; Liogier, Rhodora 67: 349--350. 1965; Moldenke, Phytologia 12: 6. 1965; Rambo, Pesquis. Bot. 21: 13, 14, & [59]. 1965; Airy-Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 150, 163, 664, & 896. 1966; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 2, 8 & hh9, fig. 256 C & D. 1966; Hirata, Host Range & Ge- ogr. Distrib. Powd. Mild. 276. 1966; Jafri, Fl. Karachi 286 & 287, fig. 282. 1966; Jiménez, Supl. Cat. Fl. Doming. 1: 210. 1966; J. K. Maheshwari, Dllustr. Fl. Delhi 172. 1966; Rzedowski & McVaugh, Contrib. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 107. 1966; W. T. Stearn, Botan. Latin 292 & 297. 1966; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.ll: 503. 1967; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 15: 2, 3, & 16. 1967; Puig, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse 103: 309. 1967; Sladkov, Introd. Sporo- poll. Analys. 1967; Burlage, Ind. Pl. Tex. 182 & 193. 1968; Mol- denke, Biol, Abstr. 9: 1199. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 5, 16, & 28 (1968) and 17: 8. 1968; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 1: xii & 8. 1969; Anon., Torr. Bot. Club Ind. Am. Bot. Lit. 3: 30) & 309. 1969; Bolkh., Grif, Mayvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl. 714. 1969; M. Martinez, Pl. Med. Mex., ed. 5, 505. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 50). 1969; A. L. Woldenke, Phytologia 18: 113—11). 1969; Quezel, Fl. & Veg. Plat. Darfur [Doss. 5 Rscherch. Coop. Prog. 5:] 131. 1969; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3 (2): 362 & 366. 1969; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val. Mex., ed. 1, 325 & 326. 1969; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 2: xxx. 1970; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found, Bot. 6:] 1807 & 1871. 1970; E1- Gazzar & Wats., New Phytol. 69: 457, 469, 71, 473, 477, 183, & 485. 1970; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2f, (9): 168 & 179-182, fig. 33. 1970; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. {Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1313 & 1335-1336. 1970; Ober- winkler, Pterid. & Sperm. Venez. 12 & 78. 1970; Reitz, Sellowia 22: 22. 19703 Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. (3): 542 & 765. 1970; Soukup, Raymondiana 3: 26 & 43. 1970; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fito- geogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, : iii, 826, & 836—837, map 1388. 1971; Bews in Kyre, World Veget. Types 161. 1971; Dwyer, Raymond- iana : 70. 19713 Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 3, 48. 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea fal 1971; Moldenke in Wiggins & Porter, Fl. Gald4p. Isls. 500. 1971; Wiggins & Porter, Fl. Galfp. Isls. 980. 1971; C. D. Adams, Flow. Pl, Jam. 626, 631, & 804. 1972; Anon., Biol. Abstr. Sy (yj: B. A. S. I. C. 5.33. 19723 Cuf., Bull. Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg. 2 (3): Suppl. [Emum. Pl. Aethiop.] 1629. 1972; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 5): 1725. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 210, 414, 416, 425, & 50k. 1972; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 318. 1972; J. Mukherjee, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. Calcutta 35: 37--y. 1972; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vol. 1—20 part 1: 5) & 379. 1972; Stafleu, Internat. Code Bot. Nom. 73, 354, & 380. 1972; R. R. Stewart in Nair & Ali, Fl. West Pakist. 605. 1972; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Frang. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. & Techn. 12 (1): 35. 19723 Whipple, Journ. Elisha Mitch. Sci. Soc. 88: [1], 9, & 13. 1972; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): 9 & 62}--63. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 236 & 50h (1973) and 26: 500. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 57 (12): B.A.S.1.C. E.3h. 1974; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 290. 197k; "H. Ro", Biol. Abstr. 57: 6940. 197; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 507. 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 296, 301, 302, 305, 348-350, 08, 411, & 412, fig. 13. 197). Airy-Shaw (1966) avers that the Buchia D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 370--371 (183) is a synonym of Bouchea Cham. In this disposition he is obviously following Jackson in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 349 (1893). However, it appears evident that the Buchia attributed to Dietrich is identical with the Buchia H.B.K. (1517) referred to by Dietrich and which Jackson on the same page of his work reduces to synonymy under Perama Aubl. in the Rubiaceae. The description is "Cal. bipartitus, laciniis acuminatis carina- to-concavis. Cor. basi extus pilis seriatis cincta infundibuli- formis h-partita. Ovarium depresso-globosum. Stigma 3-partitum laciniis capillaribus. Fructus 3-cuspidatus 3-locularis." It seems unquestionable that both names belong in the synonymy of Perama, not Bouchea. Barkley (1965) lists Denisia among the valid genera of Verbena- cease, although he also correctly lists it among the synonyms of Bouchea, where, in my opinion, it belongs. Chascamm E,. Mey, often listed in the synonymy of Bouchea, is a valid separate genus and Pleurostigma Hochst. and Plexipus Raf. belong in its synonymy. According to Rickett & Stafleu (1960), the generic name Bouchea has been conserved under the International Code of Botanical Nomen- clature as follows: "f 7148. Bouchea Chamisso, Linnaea 7: 252. 1832", typified by B. pseudogervao (A. Saint-Hilaire) Chamisso (Verbena pseudogervao A. Saint-Hilaire) (typ. cons.)." Nair & Rehman (1962) say that "It is known that in Bouchea, there are either 3}-porate or 3-colpate grains on which basis the genus could be divided into two groups (Erdtman, 195). But the Indian species of Bouchea have shown a 3-colporate condition as different from earlier reports." Actually, there are no true members of the genus Bouchea native to India — the plants referred to by Nair & Rehmann are probably Chascanum marrubiifolium Fenzl and 2 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 1 Svensonia hyderobadensis (Walp.) Moldenke, and I am not at all surprised to learn that the pollen grains are distinct. The late Dr. Gunnar Erdtman, in a letter to me dated December 21, 1972, says "I am writing a short critical note on the (very abundant?) occurrence of Bouchea (maybe several species) similar to or, amazingly enough, almost identical with recent taxa in Late Cretaceous deposits in northeastern Brazil. Can you possibly drop me a line on your opinion in this matter? I consider my opinion (i.e. the determination of the fossil remains) as perfectly safe. What about paleoecology? What about connections betw. America, Africa, Madagascar and India? (Bouchea & Chascammm)." In a fol- lowing letter, received by me on | January 20, 1973, he says "Thank you so very much indeed for your very kind and prompt answer to my letter of December 21st. Bouchea seems to be a very interesting genus for several reasons and I would like to have a young paly- nologist making a detailed study of it before the publication of any data on its eee history. 5B. linifolia, prismatica, pseudogervao, rusbyi etc. seem to be eo particularly interesting." It should be noted here that Merrill (199) and Airy Shaw (1966) erroneously reduce the genus Lomake Raf. to synonymy un- der Stachytarpheta Vahl -- it definitely belongs in the synonymy of Bouchea. Soukup (1963) records the vernacular name "pacunga" as applied to a species of Bouchea in Peru [probably B. fluminensis (Vell.) Moldenke}. The Angely (1971) work referred to in the above bibliography bears the date "1970" on its title-page, but was not actually published until 1971. It is also worth noting here that the Schauer (187) reference from Linnaea was published in August of 1847, while his generally quoted work in De Candolle's Prodranus did not appear until November 26 of that year. The Index Kewensis uses the latter work as the original place of publication of the several new binamials published by Schauer in the Linnaea work. I am informed that this will be corrected in the next Index Kew- ensis Supplement. Gibson (1970) makes the curious statement of the genus Bouchea: "Ten species, one in Abyssinia, the others found in tropical America", She does not indicate what the Abyssinian species is. Actually the genus is confined entirely to the New World. The Ethiopian species which formerly were placed in Bouchea are now regarded as Chascanum (, species) and Svensonia (2 species). She lists only B. nelsonii, B. prismatica, B. prismatica var. brevi- rostra, and B B. “prismatica - var. longirostra from Central America. Standley (1938) says "The genus Bouchea is represented in Central America, and perhaps in Costa Rica." Seven species and varieties occur in Mexico; the only one known to me from Costa Rica is B. nelsonii. Sanchez Sanchez (1969) says "Este género comprende _ unas 17 especies en América tropical y subtropical" — actually 16 species and 7 named varieties and forms are now recognized. Martinez (1969) notes for an unidentified species from Veracruz 197k Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea 43 the following information: "Bouchea sp. Tierra Blanca, Ver. EL cocimiento de las hojas se usa contra la diarrea." Tharp (1939) comments that some unidentified members of this genus in Texas [there are 3 in the state] are found "in mesquite chaparral and sotol-lechuguilla regions." The "Bouchea sp." recorded by Robinson & Greenman (1895) is actually Stachytarpheta cayennensis (L. C. Rich.) Vahl. The Breedlove 10268, distributed as Bouchea sp., is actually Ghinia curassavica (L.) Millsp., Stuessey 1031 is Priva grandiflora (Ort.) Moldenke, and C. C. Albers 62122 is not verbenaceous. BOUCHEA AGRESTIS Schau. Additional & emended bibliography: Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 327 (1893), pr. 2, 1: 327 (1946), and pr. 3, 1: 327. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 36. 1961; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 3. 1965; Moidenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 147 & 399 (1971) and 2: 768 & 850. 1971. Two cotype specimens, Blanchet 3731 and 3907, deposited in the herbarium of the Conservatoire et Jardin Botaniques at Geneva, were photographed there by Macbride as his type photograph number Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Blanchet 3731 [Macbride photos 7851, in part] (E—13933--cotype, W—photo of cotype), 3907 (Macbride photos 7851, in part] (W--photo of co- type). Maranhfo: Eiten & Eiten ))15 (N). BOUCHEA BOLIVIANA (Kuntze) Moldenke Additional synonymy: Bouchea pseudogervao f. pilosa Herzog a- pud R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 15h: 169, in syn. 1958. Bouchea boliviana Mold. ex Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 350. 197). Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 39. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 569. 191; Moldenke, Phytologia : 88—{89. 1954; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18): 169. 1958; Moldenke, Résumé 113, 123, 239, 37, 356, & 43. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 181, 195, & 00 (1971) and 2: 628, 66, & 850. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: ll & 953. 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 1b: 350. 197. Recent collectors describe this plant as herbaceous, 1 m. tall, frequent in wet soil "en seja de monte", and have found it growing at 00 m. altitude, blooming in March. The corollas on R. F. Steinbach 789 are described as having been "violet" in color when fresh. Troncoso (1974) cites Burkart & al. s.n. [Ledesma; Herb. Inst. Darwinion 152hh} from Jujuy and Rodrfguez 17) from Salta, Argen- tina, in the Darwinion herbarium. a: Additional & emended citations: BOLIVIA: Santa Cruz: R. Gi Steinbach 789 (N, S, W—2533570, Ws). Tarija: Pflanz 2037 (W— 1234317) . hh P Hey 20) EO 'G2r sk Vol. 29, no. 1 BOUCHEA BOYACANA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 36 (1961) and 13: 22. 1966; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.l1: 503. 1967; Molden- ke, Biol. Abstr. ho: 4199. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 115 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 43h. 197). BOUCHEA BOYACANA var. GLABRATA Moldenke Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 13: 22. 1966; Hocking, Ex- cerpt. Bot. A.11: 503. 1967; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 9: 199. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 139 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971. Material of this taxon has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as B. fluminensis (Vell.) Moldenke. Citations: PERU: Piura: Hutchison & Wright 6592 (W--2h67554—— isotype, Z—type). BOUCHEA CHASCANOIDES Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 36. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 1:7 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971. BOUCHEA CIPOENSIS Moldenke Synonymy: Bouchea cipoensis Moldenke ex Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. Minas 149. 1960. Additional bibliography: Renn6, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. Minas 19. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 346—3l7. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 147 & 399 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971. BOUCHEA DISSECTA S. Wats. Additional synonymy: Bouchea dessecta S. Wats. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 453, in syn. 197k. Additional & emended bibliography: Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 61 (1921) and pr. 2, 61. 191; Moldenke, Phyto- logia h: 489—l90. 195); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 61. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 3h, 238, 239, & hl3. 1959; Molden- ke in Shreve & Wiggins, Veg. & Fl. Son. Des. 2: 1256. 1963 Lang- man, Select. Guide Lit. Flow. Pl. Mex. 335. 196h3; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 67, 399, & 00 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 28: 453. 197). In Shreve & Wiggins (196l,) the distribution of this species is given as "In shade on llanos, in pebbly, slightly red soil and fields, and on rocky ridges, ledges, and hill slopes, Lower Sonoran to Tropical Zones, central Sonora to Guerrero". Gentry found it on an open slope with turf grass and thin arid soil in the Lowland Forest Area, at 1500 feet altitude, and notes "the corollas falling before midday". Other recent collectors have found the species in fields, on dry llanos, on hillsides with dense shrubs and woods, and "occasional" on wooded bluffs with Cordia, Acacia, and Lysiloma tergemina. The corollas are described as having been "pink" on Hinton 6492, 12019, & 1211), "bright pink" on H. S. Gentry 6133, "laven- der-pink" on Dieterle 317, and "purple" on McVaugh 17993. The plant has been found in fruit in September. Hinton, on the label 197) Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea hs of his no. 6492, says of it "very rare; a new record". Still other recent collectors have encountered B. dissecta in fields and on forested slopes with Bursera, Pseudobombax, Ipomoea, and Guazuma, while Dieterle refers to it as an "occasional herb in the shade of shrubs in cultivated land with remnants of thorn forest and areas of old lava flows", Additional & emended citations: MEXICO: Guerrero: Hinton & al. 6492 (Ld, Se—103)32, Tu--112028). Michoac4én: Dieterle 1317 (Mi); Hinton & al. 12019 (Id, Se—103433, Tu--112029), 12062 (Mi, S), 1211) (Id, Mi, Se—10331, Tu—112030); McVaugh 17993 (Mi). Sinaloa: T. S. Brandegee s.n. [Culiacan] ees, W—87 3656) ; Breedlove & Thorne 17986 (Gg--532706); H. S. Gentry 6133 (Du— 319742, Tu—12h391); J. Gonzalez Ortega 621 (W—1083758), 681 mer 185 (W-—305276); Waterfall 12757 (St, Z). Sonora: M. E. Jones 22361 (E—-969938); Edw. Palmer 259 (W—l6708—isotype), B (W—208736); I. L. Wiggins 7292 (Ca—665313, Ld, Se—168355, Tu— 98,86) . BOUCHEA FLABELLIFORMIS M. E. Jones Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 39. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia : 90. 1954; Moldenke, Résumé 3h & 4h3. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 67 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971. Emended citations: MEXICO: Baja California: M. E. Jones 2739 (E--103h293—isotype, F—721365—isotype). Ieee as y BOUCHEA FLUMINENSIS (Vell.) Moldenke Additional & emended synonymy: Verbena fluminensis Arrab. ex Steud., Nom, Bot., ed. 2, 750. 1841. Verbena pseudo-gervao A. St.-Hil. ex Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 2: 750, in syn. 181. Bouchea pseudogervaé Cham. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 1179. 1895. Bouchea pseudogervao Cham. ex M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. LO. 1911. Verbena fluminensis (Vell.) Moldenke, Résum$ Suppl. 16: 28, in syn. 1968. Bouchea fluminensis Vell. ex Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 399, in syn. 1971. Bouchea fluminensis Mold. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 236, in syn. 1973. Additional & emended bibliography: Cham., Linnaea 7: 252--25). 1832; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 2: 750. 1841; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 3: [Rev. Verbénac.] 237. 1863; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 327 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 1179. 1895; T. Peck- olt, Bericht. Deutsch. Pharm. Gesell. 14: 466. 190); M. Kunz, An- atom. Untersuch. Verb. 40. 1911; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 54 (1): 1170 [366]. 1932; Moldenke, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 522: 176. 1940; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 327 (1946) and pr. 2, 2: 1179. 1946; Chittenden, Roy. Hort. Soc. Dict. Gard., ed. 1, 1: 302. 19513; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 1, 48. 19523 Chittenden, Roy. Hort. Soc. Dict. Gard., ed. 2, 1: 302. 1956; Rambo, Sellowia 7: 207. 1956; Angely, Fl. 46 P BeYoTsO ByOcG2T A Vol. 29, no. 1 Paran. 7: 11. 1957; Schnack & Fehleisen, Darwiniana 11: 2)5--255. 1957; Cave, Ind. Pl. Chromosome Nos. 1: vi & 53. 1958; R. C. Fos- ter, Contrib, Gray Herb. 18): 169. 19538; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 327 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: 1179. 1960; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus, Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 656—657. 1960; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. Minas 149. 1960; Rambo, Pesquis. Bot. hs 18 (1960) and 12: 21. 19613 Angely, Fl. Paran. 17: 6. 1961; Soukup, Biota : 12). 1962; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: 535. 1963; Angely, Bibl. Veg. Paran. 195. 1964; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 11: 6 (1964) and 12: 3& 5. 1965; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 577. 1965; Rambo, Pesquis. Bot. 21: 13--14 & [59]. 1965; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 2, 48. 19663; Moldenke, Résumé Sup- pl. 16: 28. 1968; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 1: xli. 1969; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chron. Numb. Flow. Pl. 714. 1969; Reitz, Sellowia 22: 22. 1970; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, : 837, iii, & xix, map 1388. 1971; Dwyer, Raymondiana : 70. 1971; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 3, 8. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 135, 139, 147, 181, 188, 195, 355, & 399—-HOl (1971) and 2: 628-631, 668, 680, 691, 768, & 850. 1971; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vol. 1-20 part 1: 54 & 379. 1972; Stafleu, Internat. Code Bot. Nom. 35h. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: hos (1972) and 25: 236. 1973; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 348—350, 11, & 12, fig. 12. 197k. aang illustrations: Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 39, fig. 12. 197. Recent collectors describe this plant as an herb, subshrub, or open irregularly branched shrub, 1—1.5 m,. tall, the leaves grayish-green, glabrous, and soft, the flowers slightly zygomor- phic, and found it growing in open places, gallery forests, cap- oeira at the edge of streams, partial shade on wooded calcareous outcrops, and in semi-arid cactus-Acacia forests, at altitudes of 800-1200 m., flowering in March and from May to December, and fruiting in March, May, and October. Hatschbach describes the species as "ruderal", while Macbride (1960) actually makes the amazing statement that "Too many collec- tions have been made of this weedy plant". Actually, not inten- sive enough collecting of it has been done as yet in order to de- termine more accurately the distribution of its several names (and perhaps other as yet unnamed) subspecific taxa. Macbride also notes that correspondence between Saint-Hilaire and Kunth, from which I have quoted in a previous work (190), "shows, in- terestingly, that the observing and extremely able French botan- ist [Saint-Hilaire] was deterred by his friend [Kunth] from pro- posing a new genus based on his V[erbena] pseudogervao, six years before Chamisso's segregation was published." Stafleu (1972) in- forms us that Bouchea pseudogervao (A. St.-Hil.) Cham. is the conserved type ["type cons."] for the gemus Bouchea, The corollas are described as having been "blue" on Hatschbach 32635 and Sehnem 071, "purple" on Woytkowski 5801, "blue to purple" on Ferreyra 17429, "lilac" on Krapovickas, Cristébal, & Marufiak 15775, "violet" on Hatschbach Bee. Wpale rosy—Lavender" 197 Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea 7 on Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 21013, and "light-violet, the tube paler" o on Irwin, | Souza, Grear, & Reis dos Santos 15702, while on Madison 1047-70 it is stated that the calyx was Wlight-green, corolla-tube white, the lobes lavender, the anthers bright-yellow!? Erdtman (1966) has examined the pollen of Widgren 34), from Brazil and describes the grains as more or less like those seen in B. prismatica (L.) Kuntze, but slightly smaller, being 121 m x 77 mu in dimensions. Soukup (1962) records the vernacular names "pacunga" and "pacungua" for B, fluminensis in Peru. Cave (1958) reports the haploid chromosome number as 20. Peckolt (190h) says "In den Staaten vom Xquator bis zur siidlichen Tropenzone be- kannt als GervaS de folha grande — Groszblatteriger G[ervad]. Diese Pflanze wird als Ersatz der folgenden [Stachytarpheta di- chotoma (Ruiz & Pav.) Vahl] genommen, doch nicht so geschatzt," A ~— A cotype specimen of Verbena pseudogervao, A. Saint-Hilaire 497, was photographed in the | the herbarium of the Botanischer Garten und Museum at Berlin by Macbride as his type photograph number 17583, but is now destroyed, and a specimen of Reineck s.n. in the same herbarium is his type photograph number 1760) [although it is not a type number of anything] and is also now destroyed. Chittenden (1956) describes B. fluminensis as an "Evergreen perennial. Stems l-angled, 2 to 5 ft. hligh]", the leaves "ovate or elliptic-ovate, slender-pointed, toothed", the flowers [corol- las] "purplish with white throat, in terminal spikes, 6 to 10 in. long, slender", flowering in September [in England]. He says that it was introduced into cultivation in England from Brazil in 187 and should be grown there in the "Stove". "A well-drained compost or loam and sandy peat suits them. Propagated by cut- tings taken in spring, placed in sand under a hand-glass in gentle heat." The Ledingham 39, cultivated in Argentina, is said to have come originally from Misiones. Rambo (1965) cites the following Herb. Anchieta numbers, all collected by himself except where otherwise noted: 1135, 27h9, 9496, 30646, 35480 [Henz s.n.}, 37900, 38378, 42k31, 42763, 12903, 42950, 43792, 44756, 47069 17761 (Sepnen 4056], 47762 [Sehnem Loi}, 17763 [Sehnem 38197, L873u, 48093, L9118, 50473 (Sehnem 1,056], and 52259 [Spies s.n.] from Rio Grande do Sul, 30453 TReitz 995] and 320 ‘32076 from Santa Catarina, and 39821 [Hatschbach TUS) and 53477 from Paran4, Brazil. The 47761 [Sehnem 1,056], however, has been examined by me and proves es actually t to be f. albiflora Moldenke. Macbride (1960) cites from Peru: Cuzco: Diehl 229, Soukup 800. Junin: Killip & Smith 26625, Klug 2839, Macbride 530}. San Mar— tin: Goodspeed 3500) & 25103, Klug 3904 “390l, & 1,206, Ll. Williams 5169, 5561, & 5808, Woytkows 3500). He records the vernacular names “pacunga" an and "pakungua a and and gives the extra-limital distribution of the species as ey cen and Brazil", Troncoso (1974) cites Rojas s.n. [Puerto Aguirre; Herb. Osten 48 PHYTO LO'GT A Vol. 29, no. 1 807] and Schnack s.n. [Iguazi; Herb. Inst. Darwin. 19855] from Misiones, Argentina, the former deposited in the herbarium of the Museo de Historia Natural in Montevideo and the latter in the Darwinion herbarium, and Ule 3886 from Santa Catarina, Brazil, in the Hamburg herbarium. Dwyer (1971) cites Woytkowski 5728 from Cajamarca, Peru, 5801 from Junin, and 7152 from San Martin. oe Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as B. ehrenbergii Cham. and as something in the Acanthaceae or Gesneriaceae. On the other hand, the Hutchison & Wright 6592, distributed as B. fluminensis, is actually the type collection of B. boyacana var. glabrata Moldenke, while Eggers 1618 is Stachytarpheta cayennensis (L. C. Rich.) Vahl. Additional & emended citations: ECUADOR: Manabi: Anthony & Tate 87 (W—-1192177). PERU: Cajamarca: Woytkowski 5728 (W—2397000). Cuzco: Diehl 2429 (F—630092). Junin: Killip & Smith 23397 (W— 1358097), 25023 (W—1359316), 26625 (W—160505); Macbride 5304 (F--536329, W—1515778); M. T. Madison 1047-70 (F—-172600h); _ Woytkowski 5801 (W—23970)0). Loreto: Klug 2839 (W—1065h12); Spruce 1528 (V--29)397). San Martin: Ferreyra 1729 (W--2552872); Klug 390 (E—110)925); Ll. Williams 5469 (F--626650), 5561 (F— 623226), 5808 (F-62686, W--1)96555). BRAZIL: Acre: Ule 9725 (Ut—-l920), W--161522)). Distrito Federal: Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 21013 (ld). Goids: Irwin, Souza, Grear, & Reis dos Santos 15702 (Ac). Guanabara: N. Santos 5u25 (Ja). Minas Gerais: Mexia 5268 (Au--120850, F--866392, Go, Mi); Regnell 1.340 [1856] (W—20965h); A. Saint-Hilaire 947 [Macbride photos 17583] (E— 663062-—photo, E--91]102--photo, N—-photo, W--photo); Widgren s. n. (Caldas, 13/)/18)6] (W—1323026). Parand: Dusén 7567 (W— 1181823), 950 (D--683010, E—1035819, F—668)16, W—1}8182h) ; Hatschbach 26162 (1d), 32635 (Ld). Rio de Janeiro: Aguillar s.n. [Estac&o Experimental, 2 Nov. 1922] (Ja—}5980, Ja); A. Lutz 23668 (F—656559). Rio Grande do Sul: Leite 2025 (G); Rambo Herb. Anchieta 18893 (W—20)7022), 19118 (Du—376556, Go); Rei- neck s.n. [Macbride photos 1760] (W—photo); Sehnem 1071 [Herb. Anchieta 7762] (B). Santa Catarina: Reitz & Klein 2626 (Ww— 2340820). BOLIVIA: El Beni: H. H. Rusby 915 (Du—382293, E— 118620, V-—-928, W—32698, W—1323027). La Paz: Krukoff 1061 (W—-177816)). ARGENTINA: Corrientes: Pedersen 2914 (W—2263157). Misiones: Krapovickas, Cristébal, & Maruffak 15778 (Id). CULTI- VATED: Argentina: Ledingham 11,39 (N). BOUCHEA FLUMINENSIS f. ALBIFLORA Moldenke Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 8: 273. 1962; Moldenke, Bi- ol. Abstr. 39: 61). 1962; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 4: 5. 1962; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: 535. 1963; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 147 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971. 197k Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea 9 Citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do Sul: Sehnem 056 [Herb. Anch- ieta 7761] (B--type). BOUCHEA FLUMINENSIS var. PILOSA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Paran. 7: 11 (1957) and 17: 46. 1961; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 38. 1961; Angely, Bibl. Veg. Paran. 195. 196; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 577. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 147 & 195 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in forests, woods, and pastures, at 200--300 m. altitude, flowering in May, October, and December, and fruiting in December. They describe it as a .subshrub, 70 cm. tall. The corollas are said to have been "lilac" in color when fresh on Hatschbach 29683 and this collection was made on the banks of an "“areia”, Additional citations: BRAZIL: Parand: Hatschbach 29683 (Ld). Santa Catarina: Smith & Klein 14100 (N, Z); Smith & Reitz 12670 (W—~21,51606) . BOUCHEA INOPINATA Moldenke Additional bibliography: A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 39. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia : 93--l:9h. 1954; Moldenke, Résumé 87 & 43. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 147 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971. The type specimen, Schiich s.n., in the herbarium of the Naturhistorisches Museum in Vienna, was photographed there by Macbride as his type photograph number 3})325. Additional citations: BRAZIL: State undetermined: Schuch s.n. [Macbride photos 3325] (W--photo of type). BOUCHEA LINIFOLIA A. Gray Additional synonymy: Bouchea linitolia A. Gray ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 6: 0, in syn. 1963. Additional & emended bibliography: A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am., ed. 1, 2 (1): 335 (1878) and ed. 2, 2 (1): 335. 1886; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 327 (1893) and pr. 2, 1: 327. 196; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 1, Lh8 & Lig, fig. 256 C. 1952; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 327. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 38 (1961) and 9: 165. 1963; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 6: 9. 1963; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 2, 448 & hh9, fig. 256 C. 1966; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3 (2): 366. 1969; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. (Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1807. 1970; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1336. 1970; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 3, 448 & HO, fig. 256 C. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 5h, 61, 67, & 400 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971. Additional illustrations: Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 1, fig. 256 C (1952), ed. 2, fig. 256 C (1966), and ed. 3, fig. 256 C. 1971. Recent collectors describe this plant as an erect shrub, 1--3 feet tall, or an "infrequent perennial", with large showy flowers, 50 Pro 0 L.O.G:Trk Vol. 29, no. 1 growing on limestone hills, in limestone crevices, on open, dry, rocky or dry calcareous hillsides, in small rocky canyons, and falong permanent streams of water", at 1100--3800 feet altitude, flowering in April and from June to October, and fruiting from June to October. Warnock & McBryde describe it as "infrequent" in Val Verde County, Texas, but R. M. Stewart asserts that it is "fairly common" or "common" in Coahuila, Mexico. The corollas are described as having been "lavender" when fresh on Warnock 1333) and on Warnock & McBryde 15100, "purple" on R. M. Stewart 1611, and "magenta" on Johnston & | & Mueller 32. Erdtman (1966) examined the pollen from Wynd & & Mueller 409 and describes the grains as —5-colpate, subprolate, and 76 mu x 65 mu in size. The Sperry T.125 & T.563, distributed as B. linifolia, are ac- tually Verbena perennis Wooton, Additional & emended citations: TEXAS: Brewster Co.: Havard s. n. [W. of Taelingra] (F--252020). Kinney Co.: Havard 1383 (E- a 11863h, F—-252147, W—-155945). Pecos Co.: Flyr 199 199 (Au—23532h) ; B. H. Warnock 1333 (Ld). Presidio Co.: Tharp 253 253 (Ca--882),36) Terrell Co.: B. H. Warnock 14001 (1d). Uvalde Co.: E. J. Palmer 13007 (Au, Ca—l25600, E—827557, Tu—69660). Val Verde Co.: G. G. L. Fisher )9109 (Ew); Schott s.n. [Emory 81] (W—l3500); B. H. Warnock 11170 (1d), 11289 (Ld); Warnock & McBryde 15100 (Au, Ld); C. Wright 49 (Ca—221687--cotype, W—l3509—cotype), 1509 (E— 118619--cotype, W—113510—cotype). MEXICO: Coahuila: Gould 10605 (Au—23639h); Johnston & Mueller 342 (Au--299425); E.G. Marsh 1383 (Au, St); Re M. Stewart 645 (Au—30129h), 1611 (Au—300789) ; Wynd & Mueller 109 (E—111)105, Mi, st). BOUCHEA NELSONII Grenz. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5h (1): 1170 [366]. 1932; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. Sh (2): 7h6+ 193k; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 348. 1961; Langman, Select. Guide Lit. Flow, Pl. Mex. 335 & 1010. 196); Moldenke, *Ré- sumé Suppl. 15: 3. 1967; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2) (9): 179-181, fig. 33. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 67, 78, 87, & 400 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 1h & hi6. 1972. Illustrations: Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2h (9): 181) fies: 1970. Recent collectors describe this plant as herbaceous, 60 cm. tall, with flowers 1/l inch long, and have found it growing on Limestone hillsides, on road shoulders, in chaparral, on slopes, in matorral vegetation in canyons, and on wet alluvium at small streamsides, at altitudes of 1)—-1100 m. Tapia encountered it on "ladera granftica con vegetacién de bosque tropical decidua", while Ventura A. refers to it as "scarce" or "rare", The corollas are described as having been "lavender" when fresh on R. M. King oT "pink" on Breedlove 6303 and Hinton 10862, “blue” on Laughlin 2617, "light-blue" on Pfeifer r 1613, 197k Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea 51 "purple" on Tapia s.n. and Ventura A. 2616, and "light red-violet" on Moldenke & Moldenke 2285. King describes this species as "common", growing in open sun on clay-loam of flat grazed areas with the vegetation consisting mainly of cacti and leguminous shrubs. Gibson (1970) gives its distribution as "Brushy, rocky slopes or plains, 150—800 meters; Huehuetenango; Zacapa [Guatemala]. Mexico (Oaxaca and Chiapas) ; Honduras" and reports the vernacular name "verbena" Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as B. prismatica (L.) Kuntze and as B. prismatica var. longirostra Grenz. On the other hand, the Horton | & Morrison 8854, distributed as B. nelsonii, is actually Be . prismatica var. longirostra Grenz. Additional & emended citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Breedlove 6303 (Ac); Laughlin 2617 (W—2557095); Moldenke & Moldenke 2285 (Ld); E. W. Nelson 2867 (E--923400—photo of type, W--229331—type) . Guerrero: a & Hernandez Xolocotzi lil [E. J. Alexander 2122] (N, N, N, N); Hinton 10062 (Id, Se--12007h); Webster, Row- ell, & Bardey UIE "17718 8 (Au—123230). Oaxaca: E. J. Alexander 272 (N, N, Z)3 G. L. Fisher 35472 (E—1097034), s.n. (Tu—107930); Re M. King 877 “aa; Matuda 6119 (Ld); Orcutt 5268 (W—1266957); Tapia s.n. 86M. n. [25/1X/1965] (Ip). Veracruz: ruz: Ventura A. 2646 (Au— 303155, Mi, N). GUATEMALA: Zacapa: Kellerman 7932 (F--22)758, W— 21442732) , 3.n. [Zacapa, 1908] (W—2,2663); H. Pittier 1779 (Ww 578173). HONDURAS: Distrito Central: Pfeifer 1613 (W). COSTA RICA: Guanacaste: A. R. Moldenke 1217 (Ac). BOUCHEA NOTABILIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia ): 495. 195h; Moldenke, Résumé 65 & 3. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 115 (1971) and 2: 850. 1971. BOUCHEA PRISMATICA (L.) Kuntze Additional synonymy: Verbena americana media annua, ocymi folio lanuginoso, flore purpureo amplo Breyn., Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pl., ed. 1, 2: 104. 1686. ss americana annua, folio ocymi Breyn., Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pl., ed. 1, 2: Mba in syn. n. 1688. Ve Verbena scutellariae, — Hist. Ind, or. Suete atta Verbena Swe anaviae scutellariae foliis, flore purpurascente Pluk., Phytogr. 1: pl. 70, fig. 1. 1691. Verbena minima chamaedryos folio Sloane, Cat. Pl. Ins. Jamaic. 6). 1696. Verbena americana media annua ocimi folio lanuginoso, flores purpur eo amplo amplo Breyn. apud Moris., Pl. Hist. Univ. Oxon. 3: is ("408"]. 1699. Verbena curassavica scutellariae foliis, flore purpurascente Herm. ex Moris., Pl. Hist. Univ. Oxon. 3: "138 ("08"), in syn. 1699. Verbena americana media annua, ocimifolio lanuginoso, flore purpureo amplo Breyn. apud Ray, Hist. Plant. 3: Suppl. 285. 52 Po HeeT 0) EVOrG) PA Vol. 29, nosL 170,. Verbena scutellariae sive cassidae folio dispermos Pluk. apud Ray, Hist. Plant. 3: Suppl. 285, in syn. 170). Verbena scutellariae foliis dispermos americana Pluk. ex Herm., Cat. Plant. Nond. 13 & 15. 1905. Verbena americana media annua, ocymi folio lanuginoso, flore purpureo amplo Breyn., Prod. 2: 10. 1739. ee eee eS eee ee ee Nat. Hist. Jamaic., ed. 1, 116, in syn. 1755. Verbena scutellariae sive cassidae folio, &. Pluk. ex Sloane, Civil & Nat. Hist. Jamaic., ed. 1, 116, in syn. 1755. Verbena diandra, spic. laxis, obtusis J. A. Murr. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 13, 62.177). Verbena diandra, spicis laxis, calycib. alternis prismaticis truncatis aristatis, fol. ovatis obtusis L. apud H. E. Richter, Cod. Bot. Linn. 35. 1835. Verbena minima, chamaedryos fol. Sloane apud H. E. Richter, Cod. Bot. Linn, 35, in syn. 1835. Verbena, scutellariae s. cassidae fol., dispermos americ. Pluk. apud H. E. Richter, Cod. Bot. Linn. 35, in syn. 1835. Verbena minima, chamaedr. fol. Sloane apud Peterm., Cod. Bot. Linn. Ind. Alph. 196, in syn. 180. Verbena scutellariae s. cassid. fol. etc. Pluk. apud Peterm., Cod. Bot. Linn. Ind. Alph. 196, in syn. 180. Stachytarpheta prismatica Vahl ex Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. 473. 1845. Bouchéa ehrenbergiana Cham. ex Schau., Linnaea 20: 78. 1847. Bouchea vrismatica Briq. ex Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 61, in syn. 1901. Bouchea prismatica Kuntze a- pud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 61, in syn. 1901. Callicarpa prismatica Robledo, Lecc. Bot. 2: 498. 1940. Verbena eee ee ee Fifth Summ. 23 Tits in Syne 1971. Additional & emended bibliography: Breyn., Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pl. Secund. 10). 1689; Pluk., Phytogr. 1: pl. 70, fig. 1. 1691; Sloane, Cat. Pl. Ins. Jamaic. 6). 1696; Moris., Pl. Hist. Univ. Oxon. 3: 418 ["08"]. 1699; Ray, Hist. Plant. 3: Suppl. 285--286. 170k; Herm., Cat. Plant. Nond. 13 & 15. 1705; Breyn., Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pl. Prim. & Sec. 2: 10h. 1739; Sloane, Civil & Nat. Hist. Jamaic., ed. 1, 115—116. 1755; Crantz, Inst. Rei Herb. 1: 572. 1766; (Retz.}], Nom. Bot. 11. 1772; J. A. Murr. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 13, 62. 177); Christm. & Panzer, Vollst. Pflanzensyst. Houttuyn 5: 121--122. 1779; Sloane, Civil & Nat. Hist. Jamaic., ed. 2, 115— 116. 1789; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, pr. 1, 2: fl (1789) and pr. 2, 2: hl. 1796; Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, 3. 1797; Balbis, Cat. Pl. Hort. Taur. 8. 180); Dum. Cours, Bot. Cult, ed. 2, 2: 62h. 1811; Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 351. 1819; H. E. Richter, Cod. Bot. Linn. 35. 1835; Peterm., Cod. Bot. Linn. Ind. Alph. 196. 180; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 2: 629 & 750. 1841; Voigt, Hort. 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea 53 Suburb. Calc. 473. 1845; Schau., Limnaea 20: 478. 187; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 3: [Rev. Verbénac.] 237. 1863; Griseb., Cat. Pl. Cuba 21). 1866; A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am., ed. 1, 2 (15: 33h. 1878; A. S. Hitchc., Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. : 117. 1893; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 327. 1893; Just, Bot. Jahresber. 23 (2): 76. 1897; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 61. 1901; M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. 39. 1911; J. Matsumura, Ind. Pl. Jap. 2 (2): 533. 1912; Loes., Verh. Bot. Ver. Brand. 53: 79 [Abhandl, 2h]. 1912; Britton & P. Wils., Sci- ent. Surv. Porto Rico 6: 143. 1925; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber, 54 (1): 1160 [366]. 1932; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jah- resber. 54 (2): 746. 1934; Robledo, Lecc. Bot. 2: 498. 190; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 61. 1941; Savage, Cat. Linn, Herb. Lond. 4. 195; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 327. 1946; Selling, Bishop Mus. Spec. Publ. 38: 27h & 394. 1947; E. D. Merr., Ind. Raf. 20). 199; Kearney, List Cita- tions Place Publ. Spp. Ariz. Fl. 19 [thesis]. 1951; Erdtman, Pol- len Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 1, 8 & 449, fig. 256 D. 1952; Arnol- do, Zakfl. 125—126, 154, & 163, pl. 55, fig. 118. 195h; Vélez, Herb. Angiosp. Lesser Ant. 116. 1957; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 61. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 327. 1960; Howell & McClintock in Kearney & Peebles, Ariz. Fl., ed. 2, 730. 1960; Kevorkian, Phytopath. 3: 06. 1960; Kevorkian, Mycologia 52: 523—-52h. 1960; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 657. 19603; Kevorkian, Mycologia 53: 37--)38. 1961; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 348—39. 19613 Langman, Select. Guide Lit. Flow. Pl. Mex. 335. 196; C. M. Rowell, Sida 1: 268. 196; Gooding, Loveless, & Proctor, Fl. Barbados 355—356 & 1,66. 1965; Liogier, Rhodora 67: 349-350. 1965; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 3 & 9. 1965; Ertdman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 2, UuB & bh9, fig. 256 D. 1966; Hirata, Host Range & Gepgr. Distrib. Powd. Mild. 276. 1966; Rzedowski & McVaugh, Contrib. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 107. 1966; Puig, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse 103: 309. 1967; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 15: 2 (1967) and 16: 5 & 28. 1968; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 113—11). 1969; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3 (2): 366. 1969; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val. Mex., ed. 1, 326. 1969; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Con- trib. Tex. Res. Found, Bot. 6:] 1807. 1970; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2h (9): 179, 180, & 182. 1970; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man, Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 13%. 1970; Oberwinkler, Pterid. & Sperm. Venez. 12 & 78. 1970; Rick- ett, Wild Fls. U. S. (3): 543 & 765. 1970; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 3, 48. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 62, 67, 78, 82, 85, 93, 9h, 100, 102, 10h, 106, 108, 112, 113, 115, 122, 135, 1k7, 355, 398—hoO, 402, 416, & 475 (1971) and 2: 519, 568, 627, 631, 639, 646, 647, 651, 653, 665, 666, 68h, 691, 695, 696, 737, 790, & 851. 1971; C. D. Adams, Flow. Pl. Jam. 631, 797, & 846. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: lil. 1972; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 318. 1972; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): [62]—63, fig. 1-12. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 3h, 436, & 46h. 197k. Additional illustrations: Pluk., Phytogr. 1: pl. 70, fig. 1. 5h PHYTO LO GIA Vol. 29, no. 1 1691; Erdtman, Svensk Bot. Tidsk. 39: 282, fig. 8. 1945; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. *& Pl. Tax., ed. 1, hh9, fig. 256 D. 1952; *arnoldo, Zakfl. pl. 55, fig. 118. 195k; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl, Tax., ed. 2, hho, fig. 256 D. 1966; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): [62], fig. 1—l. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as an erect anmal herb or subshrub ["sufrutice"], unarmed, 15 cm. to 1m. tall, with zy- gomorphic flowers, the calyx green, the corolla easily detached, filaments white, anthers yellow, ovary and style light-green, and stigma darker green. Erdtman (1966) describes the pollen grains as 3-colporate, trans- and brevicolpate, the colpi not very dis- tinct, about mu x 27 mu in size, the ora more or less circular, diameter about 27 mu (margins included), prolate, 156 mu x 96 mu overall. He asserts that this is the longest axis of any pollen grains [which he has examined] in the Verbenaceae, Avicenniaceae, Stilbaceae, and Symphoremaceae, and that the grains of B. flumin- ensis are similar but slightly smaller. The corollas are described as having been "lavender" when fresh on Laughlin 822 and Lundell & Lundell 7876, "violet" on Daniel 228) and Hutchison, “Idrobo, "& Wright 3085, “carmine" on Contreras as 1523, "lilac® on Arnoldo 1693, "purple" on H. Pittier 7887, “violet~blue" on pugand & & Jaramillo 332h, "blue" on Breed- love 10615 & 12080, R. Irving 196 196, and To Ton "1385, "lilac" on m Con- treras 3 3311 and Ro Romero C. 9797, , “pink” on on Fe A. Barkley 380431 38031, “purplish-pink" on on Liogier 17637, "rose-violet" on Lépez-Palacios 3095, “lilac to clear purple" on Rufz-Teran & Lépez-Palacios 6197, "pale-green" on Liogier 17505, and "lavender above, white below" on Crosby, Hespenheide, & Anderson 132. This plant has been found growing in vacant lots, waste places, airfield clearings, and low forests, on bottomlands with large forest trees, along roadsides, on wooded slopes, and, according to Crosby and his associates, "very common in waste areas on back of river bed" [in Jamaica], from sealevel to 1950 m. altitude, flow- ering in February ami from April to November, and fruiting in Ap- ril and from July to November. Matsumura (1912) asserts that it is cultivated in Japan, Irving remarks that he found it to be frequent "in dense stands of Melampodium americanum", Ton found it on slopes with Heliocar- pus, Croton, and Erythrina along a small river and on grassy slopes with Quercus, and liogier says that it is "common in open places along roadsides in coastal thickets on limestone". The vernacular name, "wild vervine" [sic] is recorded for it in Jamai- ca and the names "shon Lena" and "yerba distatia" in Curacao. Rickett (1969) describes the plant as "erect or rather spread- ing, not usually more than 16 inches tall. The paired leaves have slender stalks up to an inch long and mostly elliptic, blunt, toothed blades up to 11/2 inches long. The spikes terminate the’ stems and branches which rise from the axils. They are 2—6 inches 197 Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea oS long, quite narrow, and many-flowered. The small corolla is funnel-shaped, from rose to blue and purple, and less than 1/2 inch long." He avers that it blooms from March to November "in fields and waste land from western Texas to Arizona; also in Kex- ico, South and Central America, and the West Indies". Raeuschel (1797) refers to it as a perennial. Macbride (1960) says that it "probably" extends into Peru from northern South America, but I have as yet seen no material of it from that country. He describes it as having the "calyx 5—9 (10) mm. long, the 2 cocci separating, about 7.5 mm. long, beak 1--1.5 (3) mm. long, dorsal surface often smooth, commissural often rough. Too many collections have been made of this weedy plant." Gibson (1970) tells us that "Plants of this species usually wither when the rains end and are seldom seen during the dry months", Adams (1972) says "Rather local in the southern parish- es [of Jamaica], a weed of open ground in thin pastures on lime- stone and dry alluvial gravel; 20--1000 feet; fl. and fr. June-— Jan." and cites Adams 5511 & 5655, Harris 11792, and Powell 1020, giving its overall distribution as "S. United States, Mexico to northern S. Amer., Bahamas, Greater Antilles, Virgin Is., Antig- ua, Barbados." Lépez-Palacios (1973) illustrates very well the seed character— istics of the typical form of B. prismatica as compared with those of var. brevirostra Grenz. and var. longirostra Grenz. He cites Miller & Johnston 205 from Margarita Island and notes that B. prismatica and its var. longirostra "aparecen simult4neamente en varios estados {of Venezuela] y aun en el mismo lugar". According to Savage (195) the Linnean Herbarium in London con- tains one specimen of this plant: "35 VERBENA 3 Verbena ) prismatica [m. Sol.] Br. (Sm: ] Stachytarpheta prismatica Sm. in R. Cycl. n. 11" Here, according to his explanation, "Verbena" is in Solander's handwriting, “prismatica" in Linnaeus's, the Stachytarpheta citation in Smith's, and "Br" stands for Patrick Browne, the collector of the specimen in Jamaica, Alma Moldenke (1969) lists some references in mycological lit- erature to fungi infesting Bouchea prismatica, notably Elsinoé boucheae Kevork., a spot anthracnose disease on the stems, leaf- blades, and petioles of this host. Hirata (1966) records Oidium verbenae on this host in Dominica and 0. sp. in Venezuela. The type of Rafinesque's Lomake brachiata was collected in Cuba, but Merrill (199) is in error when he reduces it to syn- onymy under the genus Stachytarpheta Vahl. A specimen of C. A. Ehrenberg 112, deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum in Berlin, was photographed there by Macbride as his type photograph number 17582, but is now destroyed. It should be noted here that the Verbena curassavica scutellar- iae foliis, flore purpurascente accredited to William Sherard in 56 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 1 P. Hermann, Par. Bat. Prod. (1689) by Plukenet (1691) and Morison (1699) does not appear to occur in the New York Botanical Garden copy of that work. Sloane (1696) notes for his Verbena minima chamaedryos folio "Ad ripas fluvii Cobre dicti infra urbem St. Jago de las Vega repetitur". This locality is in Cuba, not Jam- aica. Crantz (1766) cites "SLOAN. iam. 63. hist. 1. p. 172. T. 107. F. 2" for this species and this citation is repeated by Schauer, but thus far I have been unable to locate or verify the existence of this illustration. The Bouchea prismatica recorded by Gooding, Loveless, & Proctor (1965) from the Barbados Islands is most probably var. brevirostra Grenz. I have seen no material of typical B. prismatica from those islands, but have seen material of the variety from there. They cite Herb. Barb. Mus, 222 and Herb. Univ. W. Ind. 79. Sloane (1755) calls this plant "The larger erect Vervine" [sic] and comments that "This plant has been commonly confounded with the following species [Stachytarpheta jamaicensis (L.) Vahl], from which it is easily distinguished by its growth and appearance; it is commonly divided into a great number of branches, and generally rises from one to two feet, or more, above the root." This state- ment is well illustrated by the fact that his Verbena folio subrotundo serrato flore caeruleo has often been placed in the synonymy of Stachytarpheta jamaicensis by various authors, in- cluding myself in my 1971 work! Material of Bouchea prismatica has been misidentified and dis- tributed in some herbaria as Priva lappulacea (L.) Pers., Stachy- tarpheta cayennensis (L. C. Rich.) Vahl, S. straminea Moldenke, and S. sp., as Bouchea prismatica var. longirostra Grenz., and as Pluchea sp. Grenz., Hitchcock & Stanford 6905 is Ghinia curassavica (L.) Mill- sp., and Cuatrecasas & Castafieda 2572 is Stachytarpheta angusti- folia f. elatior (Schrad.) Lépez—-Palacios. Additional & emended citations: MEXICO: Aguas Calientes: Rose & Hay 6220 (W--396033). Chiapas: Breedlove 10615 (W—2h70262), 12080 (W—2h70267); Laughlin 822 (Ac); Ton 1075 (W—2556595), 1385 (N, W—2557238). Federal District: W. Schumann 232 [1885] (W--1323023), 232 [1887] (W—1323022). Guanajuato: Knobloch 1078 (Mi). Hidalgo: Purpus 85 (Ca—13882), W—-l)70290). Oaxaca: Ro- well, Webster, & Barkley 17M88 (Mi); H. H. Rusby 49 (W—57l555). 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea 57 Puebla: Rose & Hay 5949 (W—395740). Quintana R6o: G, F. Gaumer 1935, in part (F—58733). Veracruz: R. Irving 196 (Au—2h669)). Yucatén: Arrington & al. s.n, ([27.IX. 1964] (Ip); D Degener & Dege- ner 26761 (N), 26762 (N, W); G. F. Gaumer 1139 (D—659191, E— 954564, F. F—38519, V--10525, W—1269789), 1160 (F—385)0), 2305 (F—552310) ; Lundell & Lundell 7876 (Du-— 362752, Ld, N, Se—165626); Steere 1071 (F——668593), 2127 (F--668596). State endatersined: Ce Ae Ehrenberg 112 [Macbride photos 17582] (F--663061, N—photo). GUATEMALA: El Petén: A a Hidalgo 166 (E—~1067875, F—-713087); Contreras 1523 (Id, Mi, S), 3311 (La, ds S); R. T. Ortiz 905 (N). HONDURAS: Copdn: as & Veles 0291 (Id) . CUBA:Las Villas: A. Gonzalez 447 (N). JAMAICA: Crosby, Hespenheide, & Anderson 132 (fi, N). HISPANIOLA: Dominican Republic: Abbott 958 (W—1078766); B. Augusto 1208 (N); Eggers 1878 (W~—1323018); Faris 189 (W— 10h, » 199 (W--1048),7 j Liogier 17505 (x), 17637 (N); Raun- kiaer 1102 ~ (W—1110127) ; ficckiei 2532 (E—118633, V--1132, W#— 656068). Haiti: Ekman H.7072 (W—1304615); Harshberger 51 (W— 42676)). PUERTO RICO: Britton & Britton 9199 (W—109710) ; Britton & Wheeler 252 (W--87282); Goll 689 (W—}09232); A. A. Heller 6109 (D--500590, E—-118623, Ms—30912, W—l263)6); Sin- tenis 2117 (E~118626, V--70, W—l03386); Underwood & Griggs 585 (W—L05528). VIRGIN ISLANDS: St. Thomas: Eggers s.n. [Juli 1887) (W—1323202). LEEWARD ISLANDS: Antigua: Wullschlagel 35 (V— 88207). CURACAO: Rose & Rose 22012 (W--763,2h). NORTHERN SOUTH AMERICAN ISLANDS: Margarita: Gines 4031 (W—217)911); Miller & Johnston 205 (E--118625, W--53)020). COLOMBIA: Antioquia: F. A. Barkley 36C)31 (Ft—3948) ; Daniel 228) (Mi); F. W. Pennell 10825 (D--62 3263, 63, W--11)3079) ; Toro ro 32h (W—-13)28))3) « ~Atldntico: “Allen 7 (E—-1013896); Elias 1068 (F--680933). Bolivar: Dugand & Jara— millo 332 (W—18529h7), 3379 (W--1852979); Heriberto 51 (W— 1036845); Romero-Castafieda 97: 9797 (NM), 9981 (Ac). , Cauca: 7: Holton 505 (D—610666); H. Pittier 833 (W--53102h) . Magdalena: Allen 517 (E--10140). Valle del Cauca: Dryander 260 (W—16905)1) ; Hutchison, Idrobo, & Wright 3085 (Ac, N). VENEZUELA: Aragua: H. Pittier 3830 (W—6015],0), 5832 (W--601542). Barinas: Lépez- Palacios | 3095 (La). Federal District: Eggers 13069 (W—12345h)) ; E. Pittier 72 (W—1186939); H. Pittier 7887 (Mi), 9720 (w#— 1120755). Lar&: Birkart 16621 (Ve). Mérida: Lépez—Palacios 2564 (Ft); Rufz-Teran & Lépez—Palacios 6197 (N); Vareschi & Pannier 1546 (Ve—323]4). Tdchira: Steyermark & Velasco 100029 (1d). Trujillo: E. Reed 1068 (W—1693919). | State undetermined: Bold- ingh s.n. [coast] (Ut--1439)). CULTIVATED: Curacao: Arnoldo 1693 (#—2110533). 58 P BETO Lr OGRea Vol. 29, no. 1 BOUCHEA PRISMATICA var. BREVIROSTRA Grenz. Additional synonymy: Bouchea prismatica brevirostra Grenz. ex Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1807, in syn. 1970. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 54 (1): 1170 [366]. 1932; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5h (2): 746. 1934; Kearney, List Citations Place Publ. Spp. Ariz. Fl. 19 [thesis]. 1951; Howell & McClintock in Kearney & Peebles, Ariz. Fl., ed. 2, 730. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 349. 19613 Langman, Select. Guide Lit. Flow. Pl. Mex. 335. 1964; Moldenke in Shreve & Wiggins, Veg. & Fl. Son. Des. 2: 1256--1257. 196; Good- ing, Loveless, & Proctor, Fl. Barbados 355-356. 1965; Liogier, Rhodora 67: 350. 1965; Rzedowski & McVaugh, Contrib. Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 107. 1966; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 15: 2. 1967; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val. Mex., ed. 1, 326. 1969; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. (Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1807. 1970; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2) (9): 179 & 180. 1970; Moldenke in Cor- rell & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. (Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1336. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 31, 54, 62, 67, 78, 84, 106, 109, 112, 115, 122, & OO (1971) and 2: 518, 571, 626, 628, 631, 665, 666, 736, 737, & 851. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 14. 1972; Lépez—-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): [62] & 63, fig. 9--12. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 43h. 197). Illustrations: Grenz., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 13: pl. 9, fig. 9— 12, & pl. 12, fig. 30. 1926; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val. Mex., ed. 1, fig. 261-B. 1969; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): [62], fig. 9-12. 1973. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in fields, llanos, wet or wet open meadows, grassland, deserts, clearings, roadside marshes, dry open roadsides, in moist gravel, granitic soil on cliffs of sandstone and soft granite, in black volcanic soil among boulders, on hills, limestone hills with Prosopis and Acacia, and gently sloping pastured hills, in secondgrowth bor- dering airfields and in moist draws, among Quercus emoryi and in matorral of Prosopis, Celtis, and Karwinskia, in pestizal on hillsides and volcanic soil on mountainsides, in vacant lots and grassy valleys, in moist soil or fairly moist sandy-loam soil, in moist gravel and in black soil of basaltic outcrops, often in the open sun, on cropped hillsides, steep rocky volcanic outcrops, wet stony hillsides with Acacia, banks of irrigation ditches, shrubby or gentle igneous west slopes, shrub-covered flats and silty flats in deserts, among grasses, along roadsides, on hill- tops, in cropped grassland, and among shrubbery in sandy barran- cas, at altitudes of 330--2)90 m., flowering and fruiting from April to October. Ugent and his associates have found this plant in weedy bean fields with Solanum cardiophyllum var. endoiodandrum and S. ros- tratum, on north-facing steep dry grazed slopes under Acacia and Opuntia with Castilleja and Solanum cardiophyllum, and at the 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea 59 base of adobe walls and along roadsides under scattered acacias in a grazed field with Solanum pinnatisectum. Howell & McClin- tock refer to it as "frequent _ in rich shaded ground along streams", Stuessy calls it "common", while Iltis and his associ- ates record it as "common in dense pure stands in wet open mead- ore Diaz Luna encountered it "in potrero with isolated Pinus ocarpa and P. michoacana", while Rzedowski collected it on air caliza con Weddteeitn de matorral bajo de Karwinskia y Condalia" and "ladera de roxa cristalina con vegetacién de mator- ral de Prosopis, Myrtillocactus, Agave, Opuntia y Eysenhardtia". Contreras 8731 exhibits unusually large leaves, much like those normally seen in typical B. prismatica (L.) Kuntze. Bouchea prismatica var. brevirostra is described by recent collectors as an erect herb, 50—60 cm. tall, although on the label of Waterfall 1638 it is stated that the plant may be "3-- feet tall". It is said to be branched, often smaller in stat- ure when growing among grasses. The corollas are described as having been "blue" on Breedlove 10615, 12080, & 1h)15, Stewart & Johnston 2105, and S. S. White | 2605, ‘wale Hidew Gn on Spivey pivey 17h, Wpurple-blue" on Feddema | 1627, "purple" on Hinton 12998, Laughlin 1105, J. Rzedowski 286, 1. 1318, & 16193, and Stuessy essy 1006, "lavender" o: on Harker & eit owen" 29 and Schery S.De, "pink" | on Hinton 13036 & 13968 a and Moore ‘& Wood 4229, "pink=purple" on Con- treras 5669, "rose" on J. Rzedowski 26h), "reddish" on H. Bar ae Moore Jr. 1508, "carmine-lilac" on Contreras 8731, "purple to pink, white at base of lower lip" on McVaugh 16633, "lavender with whitish throat" on Feddema 1736, and "purple to lavender or pinkish, lower lip white at center" on McVaugh 16313. McVaugh refers to this variety as "abundant" in Jalisco and "abundant especially in disturbed ground" in Aguas Calientes; Stewart & Johnston found it to be "frequent" in Chihuahua, and Feddema says that it is a "common weed" in Jalisco and Morelos, but "not abundant" in Nayarit. JIltis and his associates found it growing in "wet open meadows in openings high up near top of cerro" in Jalisco. The Moldenkes refer to it as "abundant on road shoulders and grazed areas" in Oaxaca. The vernacular name, "shep-uén", has been recorded for it. Sanchez Sanchez (1969) describes the variety as "Planta herbé- cea, que midi 20-—-35 cm de altura, con el tallo tetra-angulado, pubescente, poco ramoso. Hojas ovales, crenado-dentadas, espar— cidamente pilosas en ambas caras, que miden )--8 cm de largo, por 3—5 de ancho. Racimos terminales, de 8 cm o algo mds, con las flores pequefias, cortamente pedunculadas, subsésiles, bracteadas, con las corolas violdceas......Colectada los mesas de julio y agosto. Desierto de Los Leones, Caflada de Contreras.” Lépez-Palacios (1973) illustrates very well the differences in the seeds of this variety as compared to those of the typical form and of var. longirostra Grenz. He cites Miller & Johnston 205a from Margarita Island and notes that this variety often grows 60 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, now. 1 together with the typical form in Mérida, Venezuela, and on Mar- garita Island. The original description of Stachytarpheta laxiflora (regarded by me as a synonym of Bouchea prismatica var. brevirostra) is as follows: "(Tarphostachydes spicis elongatis). St caule fruticoso subtetragono tenuiter puberulo trichotomo, ramis dichotomis; foliis longiuscule petiolatis, basi parum attematis subrhomboi- beis, a medio ad apicem argute serratis, utrinque vix puberulis; spicis e dichotomiis nascentibus longissimis laxifloris; calycis dentibus ) setaceis bracteas oblongas aristatas fere duplo super- antibus. Corolla coerulea, tubo e calyce parum exserto. In prov. Pamplona Novae Granadae, prope San Jose de Cuente, alt. 200 hexap. Linden No 1380." The Bouchea prismatica recorded by Gooding, Loveless, & Proc- tor (1965) from the Barbados Islands is more probably var. brevi- rostra, since I have not as yet seen any of the typical form from those islands. They cite Herb. Barb. Mus. 222 and Herb. Univ. W. Ind. 79. The latter is probably the the Barron 8. SNe [Bot. S$ Stat. Herb. Barbados 79] which I have cited in a previous Ss work as var. brevi- rostra. Lomake brachiata Raf. is cited in the synonymy of this variety in Shreve & Wiggins (196), but on what basis is not clear to me, since the type came from Cuba and this variety is not known from that island. Dr. Barkley's surname is misspelled "Berkley" on the label of Barkley, Rowell, & Paxson 737 at Austin. Material of this variety | Ben been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria under the names Bouchea prismatica (Jacq.) Kuntze, B. prismatica (L.) Kuntze, Phyla sp., Stachytarpheta sp., Valeri- anoides mutabilis (Jacq. ) Kuntze, Verbena sp., and even Escholtzia glabra | Benth. Additional & emended citations: TEXAS: Val Verde Co.: C. Wright 1508 (W--)3511). ARIZONA: Cochise Co.: Goodding 905 (Tu—96]L9h), 235-60 (Tu--151336); Peebles, Harrison, & Kearney - 3523 (W-- 1367918). Santa Cruz Co.: H Harrison 8168 y (W—1530787) 5 J. Kaiser 459 (Gg—373579, Tu—106950). MEXICO: Aguas Calientes: Hartweg_ 17 (V—29y1); R. McVaugh 16633 (Ip, Mi, N); J. Rzedowski 16193 (Ip, Mi). Chiapas: Breedlove 10615 (Ac, Ip), 12080 (Ld), 115 (Ac, N, Ws); Laughlin 1105 (Ld). Chihuahua: LeSueur Mex.91 1 (Ca— 712706) ; Pringle 325 (Ms—30913, V—-2513, W—-57336), 994 (Ca— 10499, B--118631); Shreve 9093 (Ca-—731836); Stewart & Johnston 2105 (Au—300682, G); Stuessy 1006 sy 1006 (Au—257715, , Bl—236060, Ws); Waterfall 12508 (St), 16113 (Ca); S.S. White 2325 (Mi), 281 (Mi), 2605 (Mi) (Mi). Colima: E Edw. Palmer 10h (Ww (W—31557) . Durango: Edw. Palmer 16 (Ca—138822, E E—118622, W--30,365); Shreve 9162 (Ca—731726). Federal District: Balls B.5212 (Ca--68)203); Ps Bopp 0. 215 (Ip); Bourgeau 545 (W—l3505); G. L. Fisher 327 (E— 914798, F—555003, W—-1207h12), 7480 (Ta—107688), sen. s.n. [Tlalpam, 197 Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea 61 Aug. 3, 192k] (Ws); E. Lyonnet 317 (W—1034197); J. Rzedowski 236 (Ip), 1348 (Au--2))1396, Ip); Schmitz s s.n. [Valle de Mejico) (Bm). Guanajuato: Furness s.n. (F-67638); S “Spi 174 (Ca--916735) ; Waterfall & Wallis Wallis 13003 prime tect St 13920 (St). Guerrero: R. Q. Abbott 309 (Ip FF; roves & Moldenke 2319 oe (ta) Hidalgo: Harker & Mellowes 29 frp, iat , Ws); I Tltis, erties & Iltis s 823 ne Mi, Ws); R. McVaugh 16313 Qd, N); Edw. Palmer 261 (W—-1,3502) ; Tuttle 333 33 (Tu—187728); Waterfall 15622 (St). 1638 (Ca); Wein- traub | & Roller 118 (Mi). México: Berlandier 838 8 (V—1h4780); Hinton 1152 (Ld, Se—120051, Tu—112077); Paray 213 (Ip); Parra Ae A. 10 (Mi, N); Peflalosa 871 (Gg); J. Rzedowski 15845 (Ip). Mich- oacdén: Arséne 2857 (E—8],5039-—type, W—1003539—isotype), 3040 (E—8)5038, W—56668, W--100350), 889 (E--839731, W—-1003462) ; Hinton 12998 (la, Se—1200h7, Tu—112076), 13036 (Mi), 13968 (Id, Se—120069, | Tu—1120h2); Schery s.n. [near Morelia, July y lb, 191) (Ws). Morelos: Feddema 1627 (Mi); Pipes 58 8 (Mi); J.R. Walther 61 (Mi). Nayarit: +: Feddema ma 595 (Ip, “Mi); Waterfall 16341 (Ca). Oaxaca: Johnston & Davis s.n. n. [June 28, 1947] (Au—278271); Lieb- mann 1118) (W—131503h) ; Moldenke & Moldenke 2313 (Ac); Purpus 3405 (Ca—138823, E--118612, W—1138); Rowell, Webster, & Barkley 17M,88 (Au--17005h) ; Seler & Seler 112 (W==1323017); U- ent, Ugent, & Flores C. 2625 (Ws) (Ws). Querétaro: Arséne 9997 (E—~ 07, W—1003L0); Barkley, Rowell, & Paxson ET, 7 (Au—123232) ; Barkley, Webster, & Paxson 697 (Au—-1701h6, Mi Mi, Ws); Basile 98 (W—1268615) ; Rose, Painter, & Rose 9570 (W—-1153061) ; Waterfall 16533 (Ca). San Luis meepotonts “Par arry & & Palmer 716 (E—11862h, E—- 118632, W--57335); J. Rzedowski 3767 (Ip), 2644 (Ip). Sonora: Thurber 109) Lee Q EE Turner, Dodge, & Mason 2061 (Du—500k79, Tu——142270); S. S. White 263) (M (i), 3728 (Mi), O55 (Mi, Tu— 118661); Wiggins =i 55 (Tu—96488). Tamaulipas: “Stanford, Lauber, & Taylor 2302 (Se—1)7716). GUATEMALA: El Petén: Contreras 5669 (Au--25),130, Ld), 8731 (Id, Id). Huehuetenango: Seler & Seler 3072 (W--1205600). Santa Rosa: Heyde & Lux 2965 (W—L3508, W— 1323019). EL SALVADOR: Santa Ana: Calderén 2169 (W—126653h) . San Vicente: P. C. Standley 21620 (W—1137386). WINDWARD ISLANDS: Barbados: Barron s.n. [Barbados Bot. Stat. Herb. 79] (W—8)5525). COLOMBIA: Narifio: Lehmann B.T.687 (W--79L779). Norte de Santan- (ye) Linden 1380 (V—29h467). VE VENEZUELA: Aragua: Burkart 1691) Ve 62 P Hee 2-8 L:01Gera Vol. 29, no. 1 BOUCHEA PRISMATICA var. LACINIATA Grenz. . Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 54 (2): 746. 19343; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 349 (1961) and 9: 388 & 393. 196; Langman, Select. Guide Lit. Flow. Pl. Mex. 335. ee Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 67 & 399 (1971) and 2: 678, 679, & 851. 1971. Emended citations: MEXICO: Veracruz: Ervendberg 102 (E--92590h --photo of type). BOUCHEA PRISMATICA var. LONGIROSTRA Grenz. Additional synonymy: Veronica spicata jamaicana teucrii praten- sis folio dispermos Pluk. apud Moris., Pl. Hist. Univ. Oxon. 3: 419, in syn. 1699. Verbena dispermos americana lignescens veroni- cae foliis Moris., Pl. Hist. Univ. Oxon. 3: 19. 1699. Additional bibliography: Pluk., Phytogr. 2: pl. 321, fig. 1. 1691; Moris., Pl. Hist. Univ. Oxon. 3: 419. 1699; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5), (1): 1170 [366]. 1932; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 54 (2): 746. 193h; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 34h9--350. 1961; Liogier, Rhodora 67: 349. 1965; Jiménez, Supl. Cat. Fl. Doming. 1: 210. 1966; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2h (9): 179, 180, & 182. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 67, 81, 82, 93, 9h, 100, 102, 10h, 113, 115, & 122 (1971) and 2: 709 & 851. 1971; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 318. 1972; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): [62] & 63, fig. 5--8. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 436. 197h. Illustrations: Pluk., Phytogr. 2: pl. 321, fig. 1. 1691; Lépez—Palacios, Reviet. Fac, Farm. Univ. Los Andes 9 (13): [62], Tigre 5--8. 19736 Recent collectors describe this plant as an annual herb, 0.5—-1 m. tall, with its leaves lighter green beneath. The corollas are described as having been "purple" on Mexia 107 and J. Rzedowski 18653, "pinkish-purple" on Holdridge 102, "pink" on Hinton 12050, "rose-pink" on H. E. Moore 4928, "delicate pale-lavender" on D. Powell 1020, "mauve" on Alston 54,38, and "lilac" on Romero-Castafi- eda 9797, while Rufz-Teran & Lépez-Palacios describe it as "flores de color lila a morado claro". The plant has been found growing in dry soil, in poor dry soil on open hillsides, on dry hillsides with thin black soil over limestone outcrops, in deserts with water only in the rainy season, along roadsides and shaded roadsides, in tropical deciduous for- ests, and in tall stands with grass in sunny locations, at alti- tudes from sea-level to 700 feet, flowering in March and from August to November, fruiting in March and from August to November. Miss Mexia describes the plant as "common" in Sinaloa. Rzedowski encountered it on "ladera basAltica con vegetacién de bosque trop- ico deciduo". Material of this variety has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria under the names B. prismatica (L.) Kuntze, B. nelsonii Grenz., Stachytarpheta cayennensis (L. C. Rich.) Vahl, and S. jamaicensis L. On the other hand, the Dugand & Jaramillo 197k Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea 63 332 & 3379, distributed as this variety, are actually typical B. prismatica (L.) Kuntze, while Tapia s.n. [25/IX/1965] is a mixture with B. nelsonii Grenz. Additional & emended citations: ALABAMA: Mobile Co.: C. T. Mohr 79 (W--1323021), s.n. (Mobile, 1883] (W--771823). MEXICO: Guer- rero: J. Rzedowski 18653 (Z). Hidalgo: H. E. Moore 4928 (Ba). Michoac4n: Hinton 12050 (Ld, Mi, Se—120050). Oaxaca: Nelson 1599 (W—-566032); Tapia s.n. [25/IX/1965] (Au—-256588). Sinaloa: J. Gonzalez Ortega 6051 (D—615075, W--1209723); Mexia 107 (Ca— 36735). Yucatd4n: Seler & Seler 3951 (F—-152h, F—689831, W-- 1323025). BRITISH HONDURAS: Gentle s.n. [C. L. Lundell 4,856] (F— 683507). HONDURAS: Amapala: Horton & Morrison 885) (Ca--6),3903) . CUBA: Camaguey: Shafer 2861 (W—697308). Havana: Baker & Wilson 52h (W--845219); A. S. Hitchcock s.n. [Santiago de las Vegas} (F-- 229957). Las Villas: Combs 15 (E—118627, F—-357965, W—1,11616) ; A. Gonzales 47 (Mi, S); C. Wright 3660 (W--43515). Province un- determined: Sagra 818 (P). JAMAICA: R. C. Alexander s.n. [Kings- ton] (W--108363); W. Harris 11792 (E--792611--type, W—790854— isotype); A. S. Hitchcock s.n. [Kingston streets] (E--118628, F— 228168), sn. [Port Royal] (E—118630); H. A. Lang 594 (D—551667)5 Maxon & Killip 314 (W--106010); D. Powell 1020 (Mi); Yuncker 17366 (Mi). HISPANIOLA: Dominican Republic: Valeur 217 (W— 11677). Haiti: Eyerdam 29 (W—1303137); Holdridge 1042 (Au— 189215, Ca—913159, Mi); E. C. Leonard 2852 (W—1075098), 2981 (w— 1075228), 4183 (W—1076607), 5219 (W--1077822), 9801 (W—13008}6) ; Leonard & Leonard 12087 (W--1)450937). PUERTO RICO: Britton, Cow- ell, & Brown 5378 (E——805365, W—791807). COLOMBIA: AtlAntico: Elias 260 (W—13)25)6). Bolfvar: Heriberto 208 (W--1036960) ; Killip & Smith 1,035 (W—135003)); Romero-Castafieda 9797 (Ac); Schott (F—l1159). Cundinamarca: Arbel4ez 2195 (W—1615650) . VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Holt & Gehriger 17h (W—1),71887). Federal District: Alston 5438 (N); H. Pittier 7887 (W--98798)). Mérida: R. Reed 587 (W--1619027), 585 (Mi); Rufz-Teran & Lépez-Palacios 6177 (X). Sara ie a BOUCHEA PSEUDOCHASCANUM (Walp.) Grenz. Additional & emended bibliography: Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 327. 1893; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 8: 31. 1933; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 5) (2): 7h7. 1934; K. V. O. Dahlgren, Svensk Bot. Tidsk. 32: 231. 1938; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 327 (196) and pr. 3, 1: 327. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 350. 1961; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 147, 355, & 400 (1971) and 2: 627, 628, 631, & 851. 1971. This species has been collected in anthesis and in fruit in January. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria under the name Stachytarpheta dichotoma Vahl. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Guanabara: B. Lutz 523 (Ja, Ja— 64, Poorer tO TL O1G- 2A Vol. 29, no. 1 23668); Mello Filho 1008 (Ja, Ja, Ja--52577); N. Santos 5819 (Ja, Ja); Segadas-Vianna 8,2 (Ja, Z). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Schau. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 9: pl. 33. 1€51 (N, Z). BOUCHEA RUSBYI Moldenke Additional bibliography: M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. 0. 1911; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 39. 1938; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 1031-1032. 1950; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 1, 148. 1952; Moldenke, Phytologia : 503--504. 195; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18): 169. 1958; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 2, 48 (1966) and ed. 3, uhs. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 181 & 00 (1971) and 2: 851. 1971. Erdtman (1966) has examined the pollen of M. Bang 2226 from Bolivia and describes the grains as more or less of the same type as those of B. prismatica (L.) Kuntze, which see, but 129 m x 87 mu in size. Emended citations: BOLIVIA: El Beni: Buchtien 8183 (W—-15)300). Province undetermined: M. Bang 2226 (E-—-7350—isotype, V—-1273— isotype, W—-350081—isotype, W--132302l—-isotype) . BOUCHEA SPATHULATA Torr. Emended synonymy: Bouchea spatulata Torr. ex A. Gray, Syn. Fl. Ne Am., ed. ile 2 (1): 335. 1878. Additional bibliography: A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am., ed. 1, 2 (1): 335. 1878; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 327. 1893; Steyerm. & Moore, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 20: 801. 1933; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 327. 196; Moldenke, Phytologia : 50 (1954) and 5: 6-7, fig. 12--16. 195; Jacke. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 327. 1960; Langman, Sel- ect. Guide Lit. Flow. Pl. Mex. 335. 196; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3 (2): 366. 1969; Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Con- trib. Tex. Res. Found, Bot. 6:] 1807 & 1871. 1970; Moldenke in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. Bot. 6:] 1336. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 54, 67, 401, & 402 (1971) and 2: 851. 1971; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 5 (4): B.A.S.I.C. S.33. 1972: Moldenke, Biol, Ahstr. 5): 1725. 1972; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 23: 210 & hi. 1972; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 290. 197h. Illustrations: Moldenke, Phytologia 5: 6-—-7, fig. 12—15. 195). Recent collectors describe this plant as a bush or shrub, 1——3 feet tall, erect, with large flowers, whose tube isto 3 cm. long & whose limb is 1.5 cm. wide when well pressed, and have found it flowering from July to September, fruiting in August and September, and growing at 3800 feet altitude. The corollas are described as and B. H. Warnock 10749, "purplish" on I. M. Johnston 8367 and Johnston & Muller 381, "purple" on I. M. Johnston 9286 and R. M. Stewart 2938, "lavender-blue" on Johnston & Muller 6,0, and "lilac to bluish" on I. M. Johnston 872). The plant has been found growing on dry limestone slopes or rocky limestone slopes at canyon mouths and along arroyos. Warnock 197 Moldenke, Notes on Bouchea 65 reports that it is "frequent" or "infrequent" in limestone soil in Brewster County, Texas. In Coahuila it is described by Muller as “abundant in desert scrub on steep slopes", while Johnston re- ports it as "common on limestone ledges on north-facing mountain- sides" and "common on rocky flats and ridges". Stewart reports it as "common" on hillsides in Coahuila, while in the same Mexican state Johnston & Muller found it common below the oak and pine belt, in open valleys with scrub oaks and scattered pines, and on limestone ledges. Steyermark & Moore (1933) comment that the species was "Col- lected previously in Texas by Hanson and Havard", while they found it on "Rock ridge above [Boquillas] canyon. The plants are suf- fruticose at the base, have thick coriaceous leaves, and bright purple corollas". Rickett (1969) describes it as "a densely branched shrub with leaves in pairs and threes, their blades rather thick, an inch long and widest at the end; no teeth, no stalks. It is a plant of western Texas and Mexico." The common name "spoon-leaf" is recorded for it. The J. Baird s.n. [July 1936], distributed as B. spathulata, is actually | Aloysia ia macros tachya (Torr.) Moldenke. iipecaps & emended citations: TEXAS: Brewster Co.: H. C. Han- son 718 (W—983030); Moore & Steyermark 346 (Ca-- 71421, D— 695293, E--1008109); C. C. Parry s.n. [Great Caffon of the Rio Grande near Mt. Carmel] (W— 9887—isotype); B. H. Warnock 1079 (Ld), 10766 (Ld). Oldham Co.: Havard 96 (F--252007, W—14755h). MEXICO: Coahuila: I. M. Johnston mn 8357 (¢), 9286 (G); Johnston & Muller 381 (. (Au--299381, G, G, Mi), 60 (Au—299693, G Mi); C. H. Muller 327 (Ca—725273, Ld , Mi) P Purpus 750 (Ca— 1482hh); R. M. Stewart 1189 (Au—301996, G), 2938 (G). BOUCHEA eee var. LONGIFLORA Moldenke Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 210 & 14. 1972; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 5. “(h): BeAeSe I.o. S.22. 1972; Moldenke, Biol. Ab- str. 54: 1725. 1972; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 290. 1974. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its corolla-tubes 3--l cm. long. Citations: MEXICO: Coahuila: I. M. Johnston 872) (Au—-29995)— type, G--isotype). BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES OF THE PACIFIC STATES" by Gayle Pickwell, xviii & 234 pp., illus., Facsimile Replication by Dover Pub- lications, New York, N. Y. 1001. 1972. $2.75 paperbound. This new unabridged replication of the original 197 work is- sued by the Stanford University Press is dedicated to the memory of the author by his son, George V. Pickwell. He has added a "Table of Changes in Nomenclature" augmenting the scientific value and convenience in usage. "My father's original intent was not just the presentation of a handbook for identification....but rather the presentation of the fascinating life stories of these animals, especially as he had himself observed them in the wild through long hours and days of field study. What he learned and wrote is still valid and useful in this context and I hope that a new generation of herpetologists [or even anyone with a temporary amateur or professional herpetological interest] will again find this to be so." The many photographs have reproduced well. The descriptions of these classes generally, of the individuals and their habits and habitats, make valuable and very interesting reading. "THE BOOK OF FLOWERS: Four Centuries of Flower Illustration" by Alice M. Coats, 208 pp., illus., McGraw-Hill Book Company, St. Louis & San Francisco & New York, N. Y. 10020. 1973. $30.00 folio size. This is an exquisitely beautiful, phyto-historically signifi- cant, botanically valuable and interesting labor of love. Flowers (3. 1.) originally printed on paper or vellum for book illustra- tions from 1485 to 1850 comprise the 126 plates, most of which have not previously been reproduced. They are very well presen- ted in either natural colors or black and white according to the original. Most come from rare, treasured books in the libraries of the Royal Horticultural Society, of Kew's Royal Botanic Gardens, and of Birmingham. Accompanying each plate are the English ver- nacular and the Latin scientific names, the source and its date, the artist with a comment on his training and work, and some of the uses and legends associated with the plant. Readers familiar with this author's "Flowers and Their Histories" and "The Plant Hunters" know that she has already carefully researched material from which to cull choice morsels of information. The introduction is an excellent essay on botanical illustra- tion, describing mainly the 16th century herbals, botanical books in embryo, the 17th Fie ee Soe eee the 18th century botany 197k Moldenke, Book reviews 67 "beautifuls" reflecting Linnaeus' classification studies and colonial explorations with their concomitant botanical collecting, and the 19th century which was almost smothered with Redouté's gorgeous roses at the expense of other competent artists who lacked his charisma. "Like a child between its parents, I walk holding by one hand to Agnes Arber's 'Herbals' (1938) and by the other to 'The Art of Botanical Illustration’ by Wilfred Blunt and W. T. Stearn (1950); and only the fact that these two scholarly books are long out of print emboldens me to venture on the same subject." The "Book of Flowers" is a worthy credit to such great parentage. "THE GENUS LESQUERELLA (CRUCIFERAE) IN NORTH AMERICA" by Reed C. Rollins & Elizabeth A. Shaw, xi & 288 pp., illus., Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02138. 1973. $18 00. The last and also first comprehensive monographic treatment of this genus dates from over half a century ago by Edwin B. Payson in 1922. Since then many more collections have been added to herbaria. They have been studied along with all the types or type photographs. More field observations, chromosome numbers, electron microscope studies of pollen grains and trichomes, nat- ural and induced interspecific hybridizations all provide a much broader background upon which to base this newer monograph. Professor Rollins' own first published studies on this genus date back to 1939: he still accepts basically the classical status of the genera Alyssum and Vesicaria, both of the Old World, and of Physaria and Lesquerella, both of the New World. Lesquerella is treated here intentionally without any formal infrageneric alignments of 69 species, including 3 interspecific hybrids and 29 infraspecific taxa in North America. "Cross- pollination is the norm for the genus as a whole....In the field, insects, mostly bees and flies, were repeatedly observed visit- ing the flowers." This splendid study is fully illustrated with excellent plant photographs and line drawings, geographic distribution maps, and fine electron microscope photographs of the above-mentioned pollen grains and trichomes, "MOSSES: UTAH AND THE WEST" by Seville Flowers & edited by Arthur Holmgren, xii & 567 pp., illus., Brigham Young University Press, Provo, Utah 8602. 1973. $14.50. In the Foreword Dr. William Steere quotes from a 1965 letter from Prof. Flowers "My 'Moss Flora of Utah' is nearly complete, except for a few tag ends". In 1929 a progenitor of this study appeared as "Mosses of Utah". Dr. Flowers died in 1968. In the Preface Dr. Arthur Holmgren, who was required to re- 68 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 1 duce this lifetime study by one-third, managed to leave intact the important ecology notes "as it is here that the work of many years in the field shines through the text and illustrations". He justly appraised this work very highly as monumental on the "mosses of Utah and contiguous areas, providing keys, illustra- tions, descriptions and information on geographical distribution and habitats, and detailed ohservations by Seville Flowers. The flora will be useful to bryologists, range men, foresters, eco= logists, and other botanists. This manual will serve as a guide to the moss flora of most of the intermountain region." Tne book recognizes 256 species in 77 genera of 18 families, a surprisingly large number for this dry area, including both cosmopolitan species and endemics often first spotted by this author. Illustrating all these in excellently accurate and de- tailed drawings are 149 usually fullpage plates. "SEASHORE LIFE OF PUGET SOUND, THE STRAIT OF GEORGIA, AND THE SAN JUAN ARCHIPELAGO" by Eugene N. Kozloff, x & 282 & xxviii plates, illus., University of Washington Press, London & Seattle, Washington 98105. 1973. $15.00 clothbound, $6.95 paperbound,. This is truly "a reasonably comprehensive, accurate, and well-illustrated guide to seashore life of Puget Sound and adja- cent waters" responding to the growing interest in this marine enviroment on the part of amateurs, students and professional biologists who surely must be thankful that this helpful and compact source of information is now available. The grossly visible animals and plants are described with some of their especially interesting life habits, pictured and grouped as they are found in the following habitats: floating docks and pilings, rocky shores, sandy beaches and quiet bays. There are 223 black/white photographs and line drawings and 68 lovely color photographs showing more animals than plants because the author is a highly skilled zoologist and marine ecologist long familiar with this area, rather than a botanist. "WATER POLICIES FOR THE FUTURE: Final Report to the President and to the Congress of the United States by the National Water Commission" by Charles F. Luce et al., xxviii & 579 pp., illus., Water Information Center, Port Washington, New York 11050. 1973. $17.50. This is a photographic reproduction of the text of the paper- back edition ($9.30) issued by the United States Government Printing Office in the same year, planned for "enduring casebound format for general and reference use" which it certainly deserves. Our country needs it, Most Of the included information is even applicable to other parts of the world. At the end of each of the 17 chapters there are what seem to be 197 Moldenke, Book reviews 69 logical and necessary recommendations, The chapters deal with such topics as forecasting future demands, pollution control, in- creasing supply, etc., in forthright, non-verbose style. The il- lustrations consist of a few important and intelligible diagrams and several fine black/white photographs that are pertinent to the text. All is well indexed. There are no hare-brained schemes suggested, This printing, in addition to the U. S. Government one — if the books are actually opened and read -~ will keep these ideas circulating for consideration rather than possibly being oblivi- ously buried, as so many committee reports are! "MYCOLOGY GUIDEBOOK" edited by Russell B. Stevens for the Mycolog- ical Society of America, xciv & 703 pp., University of Wash- ington Press, Seattle, Washington 98105. 197. $15.00. With the blessings of the National Science Foundation (in monetary form) bestowed upon the Mycological Society of America a dedicated committee of its leaders interested in improving under- graduate and graduate instruction in "their" subject have pro- duced by offset printing this excellent compendium of enrichment ideas, procedures, sources, organism index, and bibliography. In the first paragraph of the preface are two important sug- gestions that are valid for almost all biology survey courses of groups in this country or in any other: "(1) Introduction of con- siderably more living material and (2) supplementation of the orthodox morphological view with information from genetics, physiology, industrial mycology, fungus ecology and medical my- cology". No matter how inexperienced or experienced in teaching nor how limited by or thoroughly trained in mycological studies, every teacher in this field from now on would be foolish not to consult this unique and valuable guide, A few misspellings slipped through, as, for instance, release on p. xx, compatibility on p. 273, and symbiont on p. 313. “WASHINGTON STATE: National Parks, Historic Sites, Recreation Areas and Natural Landmarks" by Ruth Kirk, 6) pp., illus., University of Washington Press, London & Seattle, Washington 98105. 197). $1.95 paper—back in large magazine format. The 78 well chosen and nicely printed color photographs taken by the naturalist-author and her husband, a former park naturalist, show an appreciative understanding of the plant and animal life, the geological/geographical formations, and the living of the early natives and settlers in these special sites. The descrip- tive text is invitingly written and carries much of ecological import. It is a fine guide book for these places, but it is also really more — a lovely souvenir of trips taken, planned or just dreamed about. 70 PH Yt 0b 0:67 & Vol. 29, no. 1 "QUATERNARY PLANT ECOLOGY: The 14th Symposium of the British Eco- logical Society, University of Cambridge, 28-30 March 1972" edited by H. J. B. Birk & R. G. West, ix & 326 pp., illus., Blackwell Scientific Publications, London, & Halsted Press of John Wiley & Sons, Toronto & New York, N. Y. 10016. 1973 [197]. $4.50 oversize. Well over a hundred scientists, mainly from the British Com- monwealth and Scandinavia, attended this symposium. Carefully prepared papers and their limited discussions are herewith avail- able to many more scientists and students. The book can exist because of anemophily and good human minds, it seems. Using "the present to model the past", pollen analysts are "increasingly investigating the present-day geographical varia~ tion in pollen sedimentation in a variety of depositional envir- omments in an attempt to find suitable quantitative models for interpreting fossil pollen assemblages in terms of past vegeta- tion and environment." The presentations are grouped as follows: (1) methodological problems in palynology by four Americans, (2) pollen dispersal and sedimentation through air and water, (3) pollen representation in various climate zones, (4) plant macro- fossils in lakes, (5) vegetational history and community develop- ment including the juxtaposition of species for which there are no modern analogs (wherein palasoecology may best contribute to modern ecological theories and concepts), (6) palaeo-limnological documenting quantitatively the changes in populations of lake biota over the last few centuries, and (7) a thoughtful summation by a present-day ecologist who mentions that "palaeocological evidence is giving us increasing insight into the influence of human activity, at scales ranging from the very local effects.... to the broad regional changes", "A GUIDE TO NATURAL COSMETICS" by Connie Krochmal, 227 pp., illus,, Quadrangle/The New York Times Book Company, New York, N. Y. 10022. 1973. $8.95. This popularly oriented book discusses, after an interesting historical survey, those natural products for and methods of "“en- hancing attractiveness and appearance that are within the realm of practicability in the ordinary American [or typical western- cultured] home." ost of the materials for lotions, creams, oils, baths, nails, shaving, sachets, soaps, tooth and mouth cleansers, and perfumes are of plant origin, while a few such as musk, lano- lin, beeswax and cochineal dyes are of animal origin. Easy to follow recipes are given for all of these by the auth- or who is really expert in this field. Biologically there are a few slips, such as "insect and animal materials". The essential oil of verbena esteemed in Egypt and Greece [inferring Ancient] would have to have been from the leaves of "Lippia citriodora and others" —- but Lippia citriodora, now known more correctly as 197k Moldenke, Book reviews 71 Aloysia triphylla, is a native of Argentina and has only recently been introduced farther afield. The verbena of the Mediterranean and Fertile Crescent part of the world was and is Verbena officin- alis. Many folks will enjoy using this book. "STURTEVANT'S EDIBLE PLANTS OF THE WORLD" edited by U. P. Hedrick, vii & 686 pp., Facsimile Replication by Dover Publications, New York, N. Y. 1001). 1972. $5.00 paperbound. "This unabridged republication originally appeared as Volume 2, Part II, of the "Report of the New York Agricultural Experiment Station [at Geneva, N. Y.] for the Year 1919" under the more ab- breviated title "Sturtevant's Notes on Edible Plants". These notes, in much more voluminous form, were left by Dr. E. Lewis Sturtevant when he retired as director of this station in 1887. Dr. U. P. Hedrick, its horticulturist, prepared this text in truly usable form, Entries are arranged alphabetically, as "Psophocarpus tetragonolobus DC. Leguminosae. Goa Bean. This plant is grown in India for the sake of its edible seeds and also for use as a string bean. The pod is six to eight inches long, half an inch wide, with a leafy kind of fringe running along the length of its four corners.....Wight calls it a passable vege- table [confirmed by myself after eating it in Sri Lanka this year] «eeeePickering says it is a native of equatorial Africa....observ- ed by Cada Mosto in Senegal in 1)55". Abbreviated footnotes appear directly on each page and the de- tailed bibliography appears at the end of the book, followed by an index to common names. There is a wealth of valuable material well organized here, and therefore especially welcomed in this inexpensive reprinting. "TEXTBOOK OF THEORETICAL BOTANY" by R. C. McLean & W. R. Ivimey= Cook (deceased), vii & 595 pp. from 3317 to 3912, illus., Halsted Press of John Wiley & Sons, New York, N. Y. 10016. 1973. $28.50. This volume is devoted very effectively to ecology and geo- graphy. For the former are developed ecological scope and con- cepts, an analysis of the plant community, and the nature of en- vironment with subdivisions such as sub-aerial, biotic, edaphic, freshwater, marine including productivity of the sea and its beaches. For the latter are developed the basic phytogeographical principles and methods, geological background, climate, distribu- tional areas, migration, dispersal and comcommitant discontinui- ties, floristic components and provinces, and the influences of man, "An ecosystem is a natural 'whole', an organic entity which is more than the sum of its parts considered separately. The holis- 72 POH XT OL 0 Gal & Vol. 29, no. 1 tic concept of Smuts should be part of all biological thinking." This text in its full five volume form should be valuable to any botany student beyond the beginning level, any botany teacher and any professional botanist, but it would be so much more use- ful to many different students and scientists if the indexes in this and the other volumes listed all, rather than just some, of the organisms mentioned even if only to genus. "TRANSPORT OF NUTRIENTS IN PLANTS" by A. J. Peel, iv & 258 pp., illus., Butterworth & Co., Publishers, London WC2B 6AB & Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 197). $15.00. It is impossible to read this study without picking up the author's enthusiasm for his work, his encouragement to others to join in, his own careful studies, his intelligent evaluations of all experimental work on the movement of nutrient solutes into, through and out of phloem for distances of just microns up to many meters as in tall trees. Special attention is given to solute loading control, velocity control, passive and active sieve tube transport, movements and effects, of growth regulator hormones. This is mostly a carefully prepared interim report. References, glossary, abbreviations, author and subject indexes are given. Plant names are often given only to gems or only as synonyms (as, for instance, Lens culinaris for Lens esculenta). "Transport of nutrients is such an essential aspect of the growth of plants that knowledge of the patterns of movement must play an ever-increasing role in the manipulation of economically important species so that these are able to pro- vide the maximum yield." — PHYTOLOGIA .. Designed to expedite botanical publication sig Vol. 29 October, 1974 No. 2 CONTENTS KOYAMA, T., New combinations relevant to the Cyperaceae tribe ey pereae.of tropical AMETICA . 6.0 ae. eer oo aero eae oe 73 -MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. LXXI...... 75 -MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. XLVIII.... . 78 : ROBINSON, H., & BOWERS, F. D., A new species of Oreoweisia from NINA | PRCIIMIGCERE, MERCI) 0 eb a eee a oe 114 ROBINSON, H., Notes on the mosses of Juan Fernandez and southern South America 116 cs 60s eee ae, ee A eee fe ee ee ea Nee ew & oa eee KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). . eee ee ems VIREETIGS 570 hide aed os ms leew ss oS 121 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae ( Asteraceae). CXXX. Notes on Campuloclinium, Koanophyllon, Mikania ' TERI IITIS a 515 Bh kas She x Pac We wine Ga kde 123 CROAT, T. B., Notes on the genus Clitoria (Leguminosae) in Panama.... . 130 WURDACK, J. J., Certamen Melastomataceis XXIII ............... 135 DAVIDSE, G., A new species of Lasiacis:( Gramineae) 2 25. fe Uae ose. 152 GILLIS, W. T., Phantoms in the flora of the Bahamas ............. 154 REAL: Book yeviews oe ini eeis Sas XS ae a 167 eee Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road + | Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 . ¥ U.S.A. Price of this number $1.50; per volume, $9.00 in advance or $9.50 at close of volume; 75 cents extra to foreign addresses — NEW COMBINATIONS RELEVANT TO THE CYPERACEAE TRIBE CYPEREAE OF TROPICAL AMERICA Tetsuo KOYAMA The New York Botanical Garden While preparing the taxonomic treatment for the Cyperaceae volume of the Flora Neotropica, a number of new combinations of names have been proposed for the species of the Cyperaceae tribe Cypereae. Since it will be at least two years before the whole manuscript goes to press, it is attempted here to validate these manuscript names for immediate use. Genus MARISCUS Gaertner (nom. conserv.) MARISCUS APICULATUS (Liebmann), n. comb. Cyperus apiculatus Liebmann in Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. V, 2: 220. 1851. MARISCUS BLODGETTII (Britton), n. comb. Cyperus blodgettii Brit- ton in Bull. Torrey Club 17: 316. 1890. MARISCUS CAMPHORATUS (Liebmann), n. comb. Cyperus camphoratus Liebmann in Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. V, 2: 216. 1851. MARISCUS CEARAENSIS (R. Gross ex Kiikenthal), n. comb. Cyperus cearaensis R. Gross ex Kiikenthal in Pflanzenr. 4(20), 101 Heft: 466. 1936. MARISCUS CILIATUS (Junghuhn), n. comb. Cyperus ciliatus Junghu- hun in Linnaea 6: 25. 1831. MARISCUS CORNELLII-OSTENII (Kiikenthal), n. comb. Cyperus cornel- lii-ostenii Kiikenthal in Feddes Repert. Sp. Nov. 29: 198. 1931. MARISCUS DISCIGERUS (Liebmann), n. comb. Cyperus discigerus Li- ebmann in Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. V, 2: 212. 1851. MARISCUS DISSOLUTUS (H. B. K.), n. comb. Cyperus dissolutus Hum- boldt, Bonpland, & Kunth in Link, Jahrb. Gewdchsk. 1, Heft 3: 87. 1820. MARISCUS EKMANII (Kikkenthal), n. comb. Cyperus ekmanii Kiiken- thal in Feddes Repert. Sp. Nov. 23: 186. 1926. MARISCUS FAMILIARIS (Steudel), n. comb. Cyperus familiaris Steu- del, Synops. Pl. Glumac. 2: 46. 1855. MARISCUS FENDLERIANUS (Béckeler), n. comb. Cyperus fendlerianus Bockeler in Linnaea 35: 520. 1868. MARISCUS FILICULMIS (Vahl), n. comb. Cyperus filiculmis Vahl, Enum. Pl. 2: 328. 1806. MARISCUS FULIGINEUS (Chapman), n. comb. Cyperus fuligineus Chap- iiie fl. soutneast. U. S.-S1L.. 716/725 MARISCUS GRAYI (Torrey), n. comb. Cyperus grayi Torrey in Ann. Lyc. New York 3: 268. 1836. MARISCUS HOUGHTONII (Torrey), n. comb. Cyperus houghtonii Tor- rey in Ann. Lyc. New York 3: 277. 1836. MARISCUS INFUSCATUS (Kunth), n. comb. Cyperus infuscatus Kunth, Boum. PL. 2: 86. 1837. 73 7h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 2 MARISCUS MOHRII (Britton), n. comb. Cyperus mohrii Britton ex C. B. Clarke in Kew Bull. Add. Ser. 8: 10. 1908. MARISCUS MULTIFOLIUS (Kunth), n. comb. Cyperus multifolius Kunth, Enum. Pl. 2: 91. 1837. MARISCUS NANUS (Willdenow), n. comb. Cyperus nanus Willdenow, Son Pls 2272. 9 1798: MARISCUS PICARDAE (Béckeler), n. comb. Cyperus picardae Bécke- ler in Allg. Bot. Zeitschr. 2: 18. 1896. MARISCUS RIGENS (Presl), n. comb. Cyperus rigens Presl, Religq. Haenk. 1: 170. 1828. MARISCUS SCHWEINITZII (Torrey), n. comb. Cyperus schweinitzii Torrey in Ann. Lyc. New York 3: 276. 1836. MARISCUS SERTULARINUS (Liebmann), n. comb. Cyperus sertularinus Liebmann in Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. Kjébenhavn V, 2: 213. 1851. MARISCUS SPECTABILIS (Link), n. comb. Cyperus spectabilis Link, Hort. berol. Desens SiG. eee. MARISCUS SUBCARACASANUS (Kiikenthal), n. comb. Cyperus subcara- casanus Kiikenthal in Arkiv f6r Bot. 22 (A. Nr. 17): 5. 1929. MARISCUS SUBUNIFLORUS (Britton), n. comb. Cyperus subuniflorus Britton in Small, FI. Southeast. U.S. eds) 23 i73tye90se MARISCUS TENUIS (Swartz), n. comb. Cyperus tenuis Swartz, Pro- en. Veg. ind. Oceid: 20.4) 1788". MARISCUS THYRSIFLORUS (Schlechtendal), n. comb. Cyperus thyrsi- florus Schlechtendal & Chamisso in Linnaea 6: 24. 1831. MARISCUS UNIFOLIUS (Béckeler), n. comb. Cyperus unifolius Bock- Edler inmintinnacas Soc Soo) Ore MARISCUS WACKETTII (Kiikkenthal), n. comb. Cyperus wackettii Ku- Kenthal in Pflanzenr. 4(20), 101 Heft: 443. 1936. MARISCUS WRIGHTII (Britton), n. comb. Cyperus wrightii Britton in Bull. Torrey Gilhub 13) 21/5. 886" Genus PYCREUS P. Beauv. PYCREUS CAMAGUEYENSIS (Britton), n. comb. Cyperus camagueyensis Britton in Mem. Torrey Bot. Club. 16: 59. 1920. PYCREUS FILICINUS ( Vahl), n. comb. Cyperus filicinus Vahl, Enum. Pile Deseo als{Oc PYCREUS LANCEOLATUS (Poiret), n. comb. Cyperus lanceolatus Poi- ret, Encycl. Meth. Bot. 7: 245. 1806. PYCREUS NIGER (Ruiz & Pavon), n. comb. Cyperus niger Ruiz & Pa- VOT, Mele berUs miles) 47). Gl. Genus TORULINIUM Desvaux TORULINIUM HARRISII (Kiikenthal), n. comb. Cyperus harrisii Ki- Kenthal in Feddes Repert. Sp. Nov. 23: 191. 1926. TORULINIUM FLEXUOSUM (Vahl), n. comb. Cyperus flexuosus Vahl, Fnum. Pil. 2: 359) 1806. TORULINIUM MACROCEPHALUM (Liebmann), n. comb. Cyperus macroce- phalus Liebmann in Vidensk. Selsk. Skr. Kjébenhavn V, 2: 221. ISS its NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. LX Harold N, Moldenke ALOYSIA GRATISSIMA f. MACROPHYLLA Moldenke, f, nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum ellipticis vel ovato-ellipticis usque ad 3 cm. longis 1.5 cm. latis margine grosseserrato-dentatis subtus densiuscule piloso-pubescentibus re- cedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing its leaf-blades much larger both on sterile and on floriferous shoots, to 3 cm. long and 1.5 cm. wide, the margins conspicuously and rather irregularly coarsely serrate-dentate with more or less divergent acute teeth, and rather densely pilose-pubescent be- neath, more conspicuously so on the vein and veinlet reticulation. The type of this form was collected by Charles Christopher Parry, John Milton Bigelow, Charles Wright, and Arthur Carl Victor Schott in "mountain tracks", Presidio del Norte, Presidio County, Texas, on August , 1852, and is deposited in the Columbia Univer- sity herbarium now preserved at the New York Botanical Garden. AVICENNIA GERMINANS var. GUAYAQUILENSIS (H.B.K.) Moldenke, comb. nov. Avicennia tomentosa var. guayaquilensis H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 2: 230—-231. 1817. LATHYRUS LATIFOLIUS f. RUBICUNDUS Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei corollis rubicundis recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing light-pink corollas. The type of the form was collected by Alma Lance Moldenke and Harold Norman Moldenke (no, 28613) along fencerows at Tabernacle, Burlington County, New Jersey, on June 28, 197, and is deposited in the herbarium of Cairo University at Giza, Egypt. LIPPIA LINDMANII f. OPPOSITIFOLIA Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei foliis decussato-oppositis recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing its leaves arranged in decussate-opposite fashion on the stems. The type of the form was collected by Howard Samuel Irwin and Thomas R. Soderstrom (no. 6616) in cerrado about 10 km. south of Garapfi, at an elevation of 300 to 00 meters, Mato Grosso, Brazil, 13912' S., 5293)' W., on October 3, 1964, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The collec- tors note that the plant is a few-branched erect shrub, the bracts pink, and the corollas pink with a yellow throat. 7S 76 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 2 PAEPALANTHUS BIFIDUS f. BREVIPES Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei pedunculis floriferis fruc- tiferisque plerumque 1—~3 cm. longis recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing its peduncles during full anthesis and/or fruit mostly only 1-—-3 cm. in length. The type of the form was collected by Ynes Enriquetta Julietta Reygadas [née Mexia] (no. 5816) in sandy soil among rocks, at 1250 meters altitude, on the slope of the Serra do Rio Grande, Diamantina, Minas Gerais, Brazil, on May 12, 1931, and is depos- ited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The distinguished collector describes the plant as an herb with brownish-white flowers, and says that it was common locally. PAEPALANTHUS BIFIDUS f. FRUSTUS Moldenke, nom. & stat. nov. Eriocaulon pygmaeum Mart., Flora 2h, Beibl. 2: 60. 181 [not E. pygmaeum Soland., 1809]. PETREA KOHAUTIANA var. PILOSULA Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei recedit foliis ad apicem plerumque distincte emarginatis aristatisque et calycibus recep~ taculisque ubique dense vel parce albido=-pilosulis. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its leaf=-blades normally very distinctly rounded-emargin- ate at the apex, sometimes with the two lobe~like portions of the blade cordately overlapping, and with a sharp and firm pro- jecting erect or divergent arista about 3 mm. long arising from the termination of the midrib. The type of this distinct variety was collected by Luis Rufz- Teran and Santiago Lépez-Palacios (no. 7641) in cultivation as an ornamental at La Cejita, district Valera, Trujillo, Venezuela, on September 22, 1972, and is deposited in my personal herbariun at Plainfield, New Jersey. The collectors describe the plant as an erect shrub, 2 m. tall, with purple "flowers". STACHYTARPHETA SPATHULATA Moldenke, sp. nov, Frutex 1m. altus ramosissimus; ramis ramulisque densissime pubescentibus, pilis divergentibus canescentibus; internodiis perbrevibus; foliis numerosis simillimis spathulatis; petiolis 5-7 mm. longis densissime canescenti-pubescentibus; laminis suborbicularibus 8--12 mm. longis latisque subra viridibus sub- tus albo-canescentibus ad apicem rotundatis ad basin in petiolun abrupte attenuatis marginibus serratis supra dense breviterque pubescentibus, subtus perdensissime albido~pubescentibus subto- mentosis, reticulo venularum supra indistincta subtus saepe dis- tincta; inflorescentiis terminalibus spicatis sessilibus vel subsessilibus 6—-10 cm. longis gracilibus densifloris ubique dense pubescentibus; corollis atrocaeruleis. Shrub, about 1m. tall, mch branched; branches and branch- lets slender, short, numerous, very densely pubescent throughout with divergent canescent hairs; internodes much abbreviated, 197) Moldenke, New and noteworthy plants TI mostly 1--2 cm. long or less; leaves mmerous on branches and branchlets, decussate-opposite or ternate, distinctly spatulate, remarkably uniform in size and shape; petioles 5--7 mm. long, margined, very densely canescent—pubescent with divergent hairs; leaf-blades mostly suborbicular, 8--12 mm. long and wide, dark- green above, white-canescent beneath, rounded at the apex, very abruptly attenuate at base into the petiole, serrate along the margins from the widest part to the apex with rather regular and very distinct teeth, densely short-pubescent above, very densely white-pubescent or subtanentose beneath, the veinlet reticulation mostly indistinct above but often distinct through the pubescence beneath; inflorescence terminal, spicate, sessile or subsessile, 6--10 cm. long, slender, the rachis and appressed calyxes and bracts about 3 mm. wide, densely pubescent throughout like the branchlets; bractlets lanceolate, about 3 mm. long, mostly appres- sed to the calyx; calyx 6 mm. long, densely canescent—puberulent; corolla infundibular, dark-blue, the tube about 10 mm. long, glabrous on the outside. The type of this species was collected by William Russell An- derson (no. 8515) on a rocky hillside in an area of steep rocky (quartzite) hillside sloping down to gallery forest, with seeps and sedge meadows (brejo) just above the forest, at an elevation of 1,00 meters, about 18 km. by road southwest of Diamantina on the road to Curvelo, in the Serra do Espinhago, Minas Gerais, Brazil, on April 10, 1973, and is deposited in my personal her- barium at Plainfield, New Jersey. SYNGONANTHUS BISUMBELLATUS var. FROESII (Moldenke) Moldenke, stat. nov. Syngonanthus froesii Moldenke, Phytologia 1h: 399--l00. 1967. SYNGONANTHUS UMBELLATUS f. MINOR (Miq.) Moldenke, comb. nov. Paepalanthus umbellatus f. minor Miq. in sched. impr. mit. ed. Hohenacker Pl. Hostm. & Kappl. 592b. Haec forma a forma typica speciei statura multo minore differt. Holotyp. in herb. monac, SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. CONFUSUS (KUrn.) Moldenke, stat. nov. Paepalanthus confusus Ktrn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 433. 1863. SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. HIRSUTUS Moldenke, var. nov. _ Haec varietas a forma typica speciei vaginis densissime hirsu- tis pilis patentissimis et foliis brevioribus 8—13 cm. longis versus basin plusminusve patento-hirsutulis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its leaf=-sheaths very densely hirsute (with the hairs standing at right angles to the sheath) and the leaves shorter, only 8--13 cm. long, 3--5 mm. wide, rather obtuse at the apex, and more or less hirsutulous toward the base. 78 Pin V7.0 L0G. 4 Vol. 29, no. 2 The type of the variety was collected by Carl Friedrich Philipp von Martius (no. 561) on the campos at Boa Perna, Minas Gerais, Brazil, probably in 1818, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Botanical Museum at Munich. SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. MELANOLEPIS (Alv. Silv.) Moldenke, comb. nov. onanthus vernonioides var. melanolepis Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 396. 1928. SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. MINOR (Kunth) Moldenke, comb. nov. Paepalanthus vernonioides ¢ minor Kunth, Emm, Pl. 3: 529, 181. SYNGONANTHUS XERANTHEMOIDES var. VERNONIOIDES (Kunth) Moldenke, stat. & comb. nov. Paepalanthus vernonioides Kunth, Emm. Pl. 3: 528. 18h1. VERBENA PLATENSIS f. IVERIANA (Bosse) Moldenke, comb, nov, Verbena teucriodes f. iveriana Bosse ex Voss in Viln., Blumen- gurt. 1: 827. 1095. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. XLVIII Harold N. Moldenke ERIOCAULACEAE Lindl. Additional & emended bibliography: Wikstr., K. Vet. Acad. Handl. Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 73--81, pl. 3 & h. 18203 Wikstr., Trenne Nya Art. Ortsl. Erioc. [7]—[15]. 1821; Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzen- fan. [3], h, 6, 11, 22, 2h, 27, 29, 33, 36, hO, Li, Si, 55, 57, 58, 60, & 63, pl. 1 (I) fig. 16, 1 (IT) fig. 7 & 8, ple 2 (1) fig. 1— i & pl. 2 (II) fig. 1—3. 1833; I\e Rich., Tent. Fl. Abyss. 23 347. 1851; Anon., Journ, Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 20: 522. 1883 Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 502--50. 1893 J. Jacks., Fl. Worcester Co., ed. (4 56. 189; Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. Cs 133-13. 1895; Huber, Bot. Mus. Para. 2: 499--501. 1898; H. H. W. Pearson, Journ, Linn, Soc. Lond. Bot. 3h: 30h, 32h, 320, 331, & 357. 1899; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 231-259, 261, & 262. 1901; Kirby, Brit. Flow. Pl. 147. 1906; Twining, Fl. North- east. Penn, 2). 1917; Malmanche, Contrib. fitud. Anatom. Eriocaul. [thesis]. 1919; Hand.-Mazz. in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 56: 585. 1921; Frémy, Bull. Soc. Linn. Normand., ser. 5, 7: 25--26. 1922; Limpr. in Fedde, Repert. Beih. 12: 31). 1922; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 168—171 [13h--137]. 1923; Backer, Handb. Fl. Java 3: 5-8. 192); Ridl., Journ. Bot. 63: Suppl. 126. 1925; Blewitt, Fl. Waterbury 39. 1926; Kradusel in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 197k Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 719 48 (1): 2h. 1926; O. C. Schmidt in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 52 (1): 156 [138]. 1927; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 9 (1): 160. 1927; Backer, Onkruidfl. 1: Handb. Suiker.-Cult. 7: 176—178 & 8h, pl. 186—188. 1928; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60—€1 [h2—N3]. 1928; M. A. Johnstone, Pl. Ecology 65— 66 & 159. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 89 & 168-171 (1929), 50 (1): 231—232 & 317 (1930), and 53 (2): 261. 1930; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303—306. 1901; Fed- de in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 9 (2): 522—h23 (1932) and 50 (1): 684. 1932; Rydb., Fl. Prairies & Plains, pr. 1, 198, 90, & 956, fig. 107. 1932; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295—296 (1933) and 52 (1): 786. 193); Perrier de la B&thie, Cat. Pl. Mad- ag. 21—22. 1934; Dole, Fl. Vt., ed. 3, 78. 1937; Alston, Kandy Fl, xvi & 76. 1938; Pellegr., Mém. Soc. Linn. Normand. 26 [ser. 2, 1 (h)): 58. 1938; Pellegr., Fl. Mayomb. 3: 58. 1938; Fedde & Schust, in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 29. 190; Vester, Bot. Arch. 1: 346, fig. 126. 1940; Erdtman, Introd. Pollen Analys. 56, [57], & 236, pl. 1, fig. 10 & 11. 1943; Leén, Fl. Cuba 1: 278— 28) & 426, fig. 112 & 113. 1946; P. R. Mill., Ind. Pl. Diseases U. S. 2: 327. 1950; Scoggan, Natl. Mus. Canada Bull. 115: 1/6. 1950; Anon., Taxon 1: 29. 1951; Metcalfe, Taxon 1: 130. 1951; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 1, 163, 523, & 537, fig. 9uA. 1952; Bond, Wild Fls. Ceylon Hills xiii & 232—~233. 1953; Anon., Taxon : 68. 1955; Kramer, Taxon : 238. 1955; Moldenke in R. E. Schult., Bot. Mus. Leafl. Harvard Univ. 17: 66. 1955; Ikuse, Pollen Grains Jap. 6. 1956; M. T. Davis, Taxon 6: [170], 179, & 181. 1957; Kramer, Taxon 6: 22. 1957; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18): 39. 1958; R. McVaugh, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 360A: 93. 1958; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 1,0—1l)1. 1959; Hangulee, Das, & Datta, College Bot. 1: 81. 1959; Kramer, Taxon 8: 77. 1959; Rickett & Stafleu, Taxon 8: 232. 1959; Braga, Pl. Nordest., ed. 2, 20. 1960; K. Jones, Taxon 9: 183 & 187. 1960; Kramer, Taxon 9: 59. 1960; Beug, Leitfaden Pollenbest. 1: vi, 59, & 60, pl. 8, fig. 7~9 & text fig. 17 a & b. 1961; Van Steenis, Pacif, Pl. Areas 1: 103. 1963; Faegri & Iversen, Textb. Pollen Analys., ed. 2, pr. 1, 193 & 221. 1964; Takhtajan, Taxon 13: 163 & 164. 1964; Nair, Pollen Grains West. Himal. Pl. [Asia Monogr. 5:] viii, 35, 42, & 92, pl. 15, fig. 19k. 1965; E.G. Voss, Mich. Bot. h: 17, 22, & 23. 1965; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 2, pr. 1, 163, 523, & 537, fig. 9A. 1966; Faegri & Iversen, ed. 2, pr. 2, 193 & 221. 1966; Nair, Es- sent. Palynol. 21, [23], [3hi, & 9h, fig. h3. 1966; Stuckey, Mich. Bot. 5: 105, 1966; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, vid & 1ii. 1967; Friedrich-Holzhammer & Roessler in Merxnmtiller, Prodr. Fl. Sidw. Afr. 15, 159: [1]--2. 1967; Kramer, Taxon 16: 58 & 211. 1967; C. E. Wood, Taxon 16: 27-28. 1967; Deb, Sengupta, & Malick, Bull. Bot. Soc, Bengal 22: 210. 1968; Gumawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 206—207. 1968; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 1: LL, 16, & 20. 1969; Cronq., Taxon 18: 193. 1969; B. Hansen, Dansk Bot. Ark. 27: 29--33. 1969; Keng, Ord. & Fam. Malay. Seed Pl. 313—31h, fig. 183. 1969; Kirpicznikov, Tax- 80 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 2 on 18: 698. 1969; Kramer, Taxon 18: 22. 1969; Quisumbing, Act. Manil. A.) (9): 38. 1969; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val. Mex., ed. 1, 77--78, fig. 38-B. 1969; Singer, Taxon 18: 309. 1969; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 2: xxriii, xxv, & xxxviii. 1970; Beard, West Austr. Pl., ed. 2, 25. 1970; Lowden, . Taxon 19: 836 & 845. 1970; Matthew, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 91. 1970; Nair, Pollen Morph. Angiosp. 61, 62, 70—72, 79, 83, 85, 123, & 155. 1970; Saxena, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 62. 1970; Thaker, Sabnis, & Bedi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 125. 1970; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Frang¢. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. & Techn. 11: 185, [197], [199], [201], 243, & 283. 1970; Tomlinson & Sm., Tax- on 19: 887. 1970; Venkatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220. 1970; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 2, pr. 2, 163, 523, & 537, fig. 94A. 1971; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. Pl. Ceylon 29 & 9. 1971; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.18: bk & LS. 1971; Kulkarni, Proc. 58th Ind. Sci. Cong. 3 (): Ab- str. 438. 1971; Rydb., Fl. Prairies & Plains, pr. 2, 1: 198, fig. 107 (1971) and pr. 2, 2: 940 & 956. 1971; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 6: 109—111 [13—15], fig. 1 & 2, & 372--373 [20—21]. 1971; Thieret, Southw. Nat. 15: 391. 1971; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitoge- Ogre Est. Se Paulo, ed. is 6: 1155—1164, & Ind. 5, ls 12, 16, 20— 22, 28, & 29. 19723; Anon., Icon. Cormoph. Sin. 1: 979. 1972; Beadle, Evans, Carolin, & Tindale, Fl. Sydney Reg., ed. 2, 590, fig. 49. 1972; Bole, Excerpt. Bot. A.20: 83. 1972; C. A. Bre, Wildfls. La. 11, 238, 20, & 243. 1972; Clifford & Ludlow, Keys Fam, & Gen. Queens]. Flow. Pl. 10, 56, 18, & 201. 1972; I. Ke & L. F. Ferguson & Halliday, Watsonia 9: 59. 1972; Hamzah, Toha, & Van Steenis, Mount. Fl. Java 48, pl. 19, fig. 1 & 2.19723 A. Hansen, Excerpt. Bot. A.19: 245. 1972; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 19: 36h. 1972; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vols. 1-20 part 1: 139, 203, & 271. 1972; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; R. R. Stewart in Nasir & Ali, Fl. West Pakist. Annot. Cat. 36 & 825. 1972; Thorne, Quart. Rev. Biol. 47: 370. 1972; Van dem Berghen, Nat. Belg. 53 (4): 157—169. 1972; Widder, Excerpt. Bot. A.19: 259. 1972; Natl. Acad. Sci. China, Iconogr. Sin. 1: 979. 1972; Alt- schul, Drugs & Foods 19 & 37. 1973; Anon., Biol, Abstr. 56 (1): BASIC. S.88, S.18h, 5.253, & S.25h (1973), 56 (3): BASIC. $.28, 5.89, S.1bh, S.147, S161, S.186, & S268 (1973), 56 (6): BeAeSel-C. S230, S089, SoM, S.1N7, & Sel6l (1973), 56 (9) BeAs S.I.C. S.93 & S.199 (1973), 56 (10): BeA.S.I.C. S91, S.1h7, S. 9, & S.265 (1973), and 56 (11): B.A.S.1.C. S.97. 1973; Birks, Past & Pres. Veg. Skye 0, 87, 152, 18, 213, & 218. 1973; Frohne & Jensen, System, Pflanzenr. 236, 263, & 290. 1973; C. D. Ke Cook, Bull. Soc. Bot. Suisse 83: 55, 59, & 6h. 1973; Harborne in L. P. Mill., Phytochemistry 2: 363. 1973; H. R., Biol. Abstr. 56: 5980. 19735 Kral, Rhodora 75: 382--38). 1973; M. D. S., Biol. Ab- str. 56 (4): 18h8. 1973; Moidenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 69, 75, 123, 1252, 1259, 1261, 3000, 3006, 3007, 5366, 537h, & 7h8h. 19733 Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 55—18h, 500, 502--S0h, 506, 508, 509, & 511 (1973) and 27: 63-65 & 67—73, fig. 1—k. 1973; Re R. Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. 2: 874--876 [thesis]. 1973; Robi- 197) Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 81 chaud & Buell, Veg. N. J. 217, 319, & 327. 1973; Rogerson, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 100: 192, 26, & 326. 1973; Ross-Craig, Drawings Brit. Pl. 31: pl. 6. 1973; Shetler & Read, Fl. N. Am. Rep. 71: 29. 1973; W. Stone, Pl. South. N. J., pr. 2, 323--325 & 817, pl. 28, fig 1& 2, & pl. 6h, fig. 2. 1973; Thorne in Meggers, Ayensu, & Duckworth, Trop. For. Ecosyst. Afr. & S. Am. 29, 30, 33, & %. 1973; Wedge, Pl. Names 18. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 57 (2): Behe SIC. £9 (197) and 57 (hk): BASIC. E.95. 197h3 Asher, Guide Bot. Period. 1 (8): 48. 197); Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 290—293. 1974; Howes, Dict. Useful Pl. 86. 197); Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 57: 678, 679, & 1905. 197); Moldenke, Phytologia 27: hhh, 508--510, & 512 (197) and 28: 192—19h, 401, 403, h26—l30, 432, 197k; He Re, Biol. Abstr. 57: 5680. 197); Rodriguez M., Mem. II Congres. Venez. Bot. 95. 1974; Rogerson & Becker, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 101: 46. 197); Traub, Pl. Life 30: 143. 197); Vogelen- gang, Asher's Guide Bot. Period. 1 (5): 75 & 95. 197h; Wedge, Pl. Names, ed. 2, 2h & 26. 197. The Ktrnicke (1856) reference which occurs so often in the bibliography of this family is often cited as "185", the title- page date, but pages 129-799 were actually not published until April of 1856. The Durand & Schinz (189) item is often cited as "1895", the title-page date, but pages 65 to the end were actu- ally published in 189). Angely (1969) accepts as valid a "Sub-series Eriocaulinales". Harborne (1973) reports for the Eriocaulaceae, as a family, the "general overall flavonoid pattern based on frequency of occur- rence" 6— or 8-hydroxyflavonols and the specific family constit- uents of quercetagetin and patuletin. Pearson (1899) speaks of the Eriocaulaceae as they occur in the characteristic patana grasslands of Ceylon (Sri Lanka), noting that they become very abundant at about 5000 feet alti- tude, especially in swampy (marshy) places, that they, along with peat-mosses, sedges, and grasses, accumulate and provide humus in the hollows with blocked drainage, and that they, the sedges, grasses, and Hedyotis verticillaris provide abundant fibrous remains of dead vegetative parts which persist and re- tain water. My wife and I can attest to the truth of these ob- servations, since we observed the identical situation on the Horton Plains earlier this year in intimate detail. It is of interest to note that Thwaites (1839), famous early worker on the Ceylonese flora, classified the pipeworts in the family Restiaceae. In this, of course, he was not alone among early systematists. BLASTOCAULON Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 75 & 203. 199; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 5. 1970; Anon., Biol. Ab- str. 56 (3): BASIC. 5.28, S.89, & Sly (1973) and 56 (6): B. A.S.I.C. S.30. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 1259, 1261, & 82 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 2 3007. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 55 & 500. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 57 (2): BASIC. E.G. 19743 Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 293. 197k. BLASTOCAULON ALBIDUM (G. Gardn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben- ac., [ed. 2], 75 & 203. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 16. 1973. BLASTOCAULON PROSTRATUM (Korn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben- ac., [ed. 2], 75 & 203. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 336. 1972. BLASTOCAULON RUPESTRE (G. Gardn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verben- ac., [ed. 2], 75 & 203. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 55. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 293. 197k. BLASTOCAULON SPELEICOLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verb- enac., [ed. 2], 75 & 203. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 16. 1973. CARPTOTEPALA Moldenke Synonymy: Carptopetala Moldenke ex Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. 4.23: 293, sphalm. 197). Additional bibliography: Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (1): B.A.S.I.C. $.88 (1973) and 56 (3): BeA.S.I.C. S.28 & S.89. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 75 & 1259. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 26 & ee pee and 28: 5h & 507. 1974; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: CARPTOTEPALA JENNMANI (Gleason) Moldenke Additional synonymy: Carptopetala jenmani (Gleason) Moldenke ex Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 293, sphalm. 197). Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 26 (1973) and 28: Sh. 197k; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 293. 197k. Additional citations: GUYANA: Jenman 1032 [N. Y. Bot. Gard. type photo 5007] (W—photo of type). COMANTHERA L. B. Sm. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben- ac., [ed. 2], 66 & 203. 199; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 7. 1970; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (1): BASIC. S.88 (1973), 56 (3): BASIC. S.28 & S.89 (1973), and 56 (6): B.A.S.I.C. S.30 & S.161. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 75, 1259, & 3007. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 16 & 502. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 293. 197h. COMANTHERA KEGELIANA (Korn.) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 16. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 293. 197. Additional citations: GUYANA: Linder 40 [N. Y. Bot. Gard. type 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 83 photo 5006] (W--photo). ERIOCAULON Gron. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon trimerium Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. 55. 1833. Additional & emended bibliography: Wikstr., K. Vet. Acad. Handl, Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 73--81, pl. 3 & 4. 1820; Wikstr., Trenne Nya Art. Ortsl. Erioc. [7]—[15] (repr.). 1821; Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. [3], 4, 6, ll, 22, 2h, 27, 29, 33, 30, 40, 1, 51, 55, 57, 58, 60, & 63, pl. 1 (I) fig. 1—6, 1 (II) fig. 7& 8, pl. 2 (I) fig. 1—7, & pl. 2 (II) fig. 1—6. 18333 A. Rich., Tent. Fl. Abyss. 2: 37. 1851; Anon., Journ. Linn. Soc, Lond. Bot. 20: 522. 188); Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 502-50. 189); J. Jacks., Fl. Worcester Co., ed. 2, 56. 189; Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost- Afr. C: 133--13h. 1895; H. H. W. Pearson, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 34: 30h, 314, 320, 331, & 357. 1899; N. B. Br. in Thiselt.- Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 231--259, 261, & 262. 1901; Kirby, Brit. Flow. Pl. 147. 1906; Twining, Fl. Northeast. Penn. 2. 1917; Mal- manche, Contrib. ktud. Anatom. Eriocaul. [thesis] 159. 1919; Hand.-Mazz. in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 56: 585. 1921; Frémy, Bull. Soc. Linn, Normand., ser. 5, 7: 25--26. 1922; Limpr. in Fedde, Repert. Beih. 12: 31). 1922; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 168—171 [134--137]. 1923; Backer, Handb, Fl. Java 3: 5-8. 192h; Ridl., Journ. Bot. 63: Suppl. 126. 1925; Blewitt, Fl. Water- bury 39. 1926; Krdusel in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 48 (1): 2h. 1926; O. C. Schmidt in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 52 (1): 156 [138]. 1927; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 9 (1): 160. 1927; Backer, On- kruidfl. 1: Handb., Suiker.-Cult. 7: 176--178 & 8h, pl. 186-188, 1928; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60--61 [h2--h3]. 1928; M. A. Johnstone, Pl. Ecology 65--66 & 159. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 89 & 168-171 (1929), 50 (1): 231—232 & 317 (1930), and 53 (2): 261. 1930; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303—306. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 49 (2): 423 (1932) and 50 (1): 68h. 19325 Rydb., Fl. Prairies & Plains, pr. 1, 198, 90, & 956, fig. 107. 1932; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295--296 (1933) and 52 (1): 786. 193k; Perrier de la B&thie, Cat. Pl. Madag. 21-22. 193; Dole, Fl. Vt., ed. 3, 78. 1937; Alston, Kandy Fl. 76. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 29. 1940; Erdtman, In- trod. Pollen Analys. 56, [57], & 236, pl. 1, fig. 10 & 11. 193; Le6n, Fl. Cub. 1: 279-281 & 426, fig. 112. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 2--12, 1h, 15, 18, 20, 22, 27, 30, 35--37, 39, 43-5, 57, 60, 63, 66-69, 72, 76, 77, 96, 98, 100, 103, 107--127, 129, 130, 132—1h6, 149153, 155, 166, 203— 207, & 214. 1919; P. R. Mill., Ind. Pl. Diseases U. S. 2: 327. 1950; Scoggan, Natl. Mus. Canada Bull. 115: 146. 1950; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 1, 163 & 523, fig. 9A. 1952; Bond, Wild Fls. Ceylon Hills xiii & 232—-233. 1953; Ikuse, Pollen Grains Jap. 46. 1956; R. C. Foster, Cobtrib. Gray Herb. 18): 39. 1958; R. McVaugh, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 360A: 93. 1958; Bullock, Taxon 7: 15 (1958) and 8: 171. 1959; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. 8h PHTET0 £4.06 PA Vol. 29, no. 2 Biol. 2: 140—11. 1959; Gangulee, Das, & Datta, College Bot. 1: 841. 1959; K. Jones, Taxon 9: 183 & 187. 1960; Beug, Leitfaden Pollenbest. 1: vi, 59, & 60, pl. 8, fig. 7-~9, & text fig. 17a & b. 1961; Faegri & Iversen, Textb. Pollen Analys., ed. 2, pr. 1, 193 & 221. 1964; Nair, Pollen Grains West. Himal. Pl. [Asia Mono- gr. 5:] viii, 35, b2, & 92, pl. 15, fig. 194. 1965; E. G. Voss, Mich. Bot. h: 17, 22, & 23. 19653 Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 2, pr. 1, 163 & 523, fig. 9A. 1966; Faegri & Iversen, Textb. Pollen Analys., ed. 2, pr. 2, 193 & 221. 1966; Nair, Es- sent. Palynol. [23], fig. h3. 1966; Stuckey, Mich. Bot. 5: 105. 1966; Friedrich-Holzhamer & Roessler in Merxmiiller, Prodr. Fl. Stidw. Afr. 15, 159: [1]—-2. 1967; Deb, Sengupta, & Malick, Bull. Bot. Soc. Bengal 22: 210, 1968; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 206—-207. 1968; B. Hansen, Dansk Bot. Ark. 27: 29--33. 1969; Quisumbing, Act. Manil. A. (9): 38. 1969; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val. Mex., ed. 1, 77--78, fig. 38-B. 1969; Beard, West Austr. Pl., ed. 2, 25. 1970; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.16: 38—l0. 1970; Matthew, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 91. 1970; Saxena, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 62. 1970; Thaker, Sabnis, & Bedi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 125. 1970; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Frang. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. & Techn. 11: 185 & 283. 1970; Venkatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220, 1970; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax,, ed, 2, pr. 2, 163 & 523, fig. 94A. 1971; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. Pl. Ceylon 29 & 9. 1971; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.18: My & WS. 1971; Kulkarni, Proc. 58th Ind. Sci. Cong. 3 (kh): Abstr. 438. 1971; Rydb., Fl. Prairies & Plains, pr. 2, 1: 198, fig. 107 (1971) and pr. 2, 2: 90 & 956. 1971; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 46: 109—111 [13-15], fig. 1 & 2, & 372--373 [20-21]. 1971; Thieret, Southwest. Nat. 15: 391. 1971; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156--1161 & 1163, maps 1775 & 1776, & Ind. 12. 1972; Anon., Icon. Cormoph. Sin. 1: 979. 1972; Bole, Excerpt. Bot. A.20: 83. 1972; C. A. Br., Wildfls. La. 11, 238, 20, & 243. 1972; Clif ford & Ludlow, Keys Fam. & Gen. Queensl. Flow. Fl. 148 & 201. 1972; I. K. & L. F. Ferguson & Halliday, Watsonia 9: 59. 1972; Hamzah, Toha, & Van Steenis, Mount. Fl. Java 8, pl. 19, fig 1& 2. 1972; A. Hansen, Excerpt. Bot. A.19: 245. 1972; Hocking, Ex- cerpt. Bot. A.19: 36. 1972; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; R. R. Stewart in Nasir & Ali, Fl. West Pakist. Annot. Cat. 36 & 825. 1972; Thorne, Quart. Rev. Biol. 47: 370. 1972; Van den Berghen, Nat. Belg. 53 (lh): 157--169. 1972; Widder, Excerpt. Bot. A.19: 259. 1972; Altschul, Drugs & Foods 19 & 352. 1973; Birks, Past & Pres. Veg. Skye 0, 87, 152, 18h, 213, & 218. 1973; Anon., Biol, Abstr. 56 (1): B.A.S.I1.C. S.88 (1973), 56 (3): BASIC. $.28, S.89, & Sly (1973), 56 (6): BASIS. S88, Shh, S117, S.190, & S.256 (1973), and 56 (10): B.A.S.I.C. S.91, S.1h7, & S. 149. 1973; C. D. K. Cook, Bull. Soc. Bot. Suisse 83: 55, 59, & 6h. 1973; R. Kral, Rhodora 75: 382-38). 1973; M. D. S., Biol. Abstr. 56 (4): 1848. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 75, 1259, 1261, 3000, 3006, 3007, & 5374. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 455--L66, hm, 473—176, 479, & 503 (1973) and 27: 63—65 & 67, 197k Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 85 fig. 1. 1973; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. 2: 874-876 ([thesis]. 1973; Robishaud & Buell, Veg. N. J. 217, 319, & 327. 1973; Ross-Craig, Drawings Brit. Fl. 31: pl. 46. 1973; W. Stone, Pl. South. N. J., pr. 2, 323--325 & 817, pl. 28, fig. 1 & 2, & pl. 6h, fig. 2. 1973; Asher, Guide Bot. Period. 1 (8): 48. 197; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 290, 292, & 293. 197); Howes, Dict. Useful Pl. 86. 197k; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 57: 678. 197k; Mol- denke, Phytologia 27: hj); & 508 (1974) and 28: 101, 192, for, 426-30, 435, 438, L42—b48, 156, 457, 460, 466, 508, & 509. 197h; H. R., Biol. Abstr. 57: 5680. 197). The Eriocavlon trimerium of Martius (1833) is apparently a name he proposed to use to designate all the trimerous species of the genus as a group. Gunawardena (1968) reminds us that the generic name, Eriocaulon, is derived from the Greek, erion, meaning wool, and kaulos, mean- ing stem, from the woolly scapes (peduncles) of some species. Gangulee and his associates (1959) assert that Eriocavlon may be used as an indicator that Drosera is probably present in the neighborhood. I doubt if this rule holds throughout the consider- able geographic range of the genus! Alston (1931) provides an interesting key to the Ceylonese taxa of this genus knom to him at that time [the nomenclature has been brought up-to~date]: 1. Plants entirely submerged; leaves linear; heads to 1/) inch in diameter. 2. Stems 1—3 feet long, leafy throughout; leaves 1--3 inches long. 3. Receptacular bracts hairy; heads gray or white; pistillate petals equal..........E. setaceum var. capillus-naiadis. 3a. Receptacular bracts glabrous; heads black; pistillate petals unequal... sscccsccsecsscceceseehs intermedium. 2a. Stem less than 3 inches long; leaves 8--10 inches long..... E. fluviatile. la. Plants of wet ground; stems less than a foot long; leaves linear or lanceolate. 4. Anthers white or yellow; plants minute...........E. cinerewm. a. Anthers black or greenish. 5. Receptacular bracts acuminate. 6. Heads 1/3 inch in diameter; receptacular bracts hidden by the petals ...e.sseccesecceccccccecseveeceke Longicuspe. 6a. Heads 1/2 inch wide; receptacular bracts not hidden by the PELALS .seeesescccccccscccsseeie robusto—brownianun. Sa. Receptacular bracts not acuminate. CS Lhe: 7. Receptacular bracts (at least the outer ones) hidden by the projecting male parts. 8. Heads 1/), to 1/2 inch wide. 9. Involucre DLaCK eeesscecececccsscscceccesseke atratumn. 9a. Involucre stramineous. 10. Leaves hairy..ssccssecccscceeseeek. Subdcaulescens. 10a. Leaves glabrous. 86 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 2 11. Leaves linear, abruptly dilated at the base.... E. ceylanicum. lla. Leaves lanceolate .cecsseccrccceskes subglaucum. 8a. Heads 1/2 to 1 inch wide; stems 3~-l: inches long..... E. atratum var. major. 7a. Receptacular bracts not hidden by the petals which are usually enclosed. 12. Heads with white or gray hairs; bracts dark. 13. Heads over 1/2 inch wide; plants often hairy....... E. brownianum. ([N.E. The hairy ones are now called Ee nilagirense] 13a. Heads less than 1/2 inch wide. 14. Receptacle glabrous; involucral bracts horizontal; plants minute. 15. Scapes 1-2 inches long; heads 1/8 inch wide... E. trimeni. 15a. Scapes 2—l, inches long; heads 1/l Inch wide.. E. truncatum. lla. Receptacle villous. 16. Leaves not drying red. 17. Involucral bracts horizontal. 18. Leaves 1/3 inch wide at base; pistillate petals linear......sseccecesks thwaitesii. 18a. Leaves 1/6 inch wide at base; pistillate petals oblanceolate......H. ligulaefolium. 17a. Involucral bracts reflexed. 19. Staminate petals all well developed, one largest. 20. Heads 1/6 inch Wide sesecccolie solly ° 20a. Heads 1/), to 1/3 inch wide; transverse veins of leaves prominent..E. collimm, 19a. Staminate petals all very small; trans- verse veins of leaves obscure.E. walkeri. 16a. Leaves drying red..e.ssoeeebe quinquangulare. 12a. Heads stramineous; bracts glabrous. 21. Florets trimerous; bracts acuminate.E. sexangulare. 2la. Florets dimerous; bracts acute.E. willdenovianun. Miller (1950) lists the following fungi as attacking species of Eriocaulon in the United States: Cladochytrium replicatum Kar- ling, in cells of old leaves, a leaf-rot (New York), Endophlyctis texana Karling, in cells of old leaves (Texas), Tolyposporium eriocauli Clint., a seed smt (Connecticut, Massachusetts, and New Hampshire), and Ustilago eriocauli (liasoi ) Clint., a seed smut (Connecticut, Massachusetts, and New Hampshire). He says of the genus as a whole "Rushlike perennial herbs in shallow wa- ter or bogs throughout the Eastern and Central States and south ward; sometimes used in bog gardens." The first, third, and fourth of the fungi probably are attackers of E. pellucidum Michx. since it is the only species of the genus in the states 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 87 mentioned in any abundance. In Texas there are six taxa repre- sented. The Partch 69-l2, distributed as an Eriocaulon sp., is actual- ly Syngonanthus pittieri Moldenke. ERIOCAULON ABYSSINICUM Hochst. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon minimm Ruhl. apud N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 258, in syn. 1901 [not E, min- imum Lam., 1791]. Eriocaulon ee A. Rich. apud N. E, Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 258, in syn. 1901. Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 502 & 503. 1894; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233, 234, & 257-258. 1901; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (1): B.A.S.I. C. S.88. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 75. 1973; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 26: 456 (1973) and 28: 456 & 457. 1974; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 293. 197k. Brown (1902) cites Schimper 19), and Quartin-Dillon s.n. from Ethiopia and asserts that the species occurs "Also in South Afri- ca", He describes it as inhabiting "inundated places" and "on the mountain plains". Lely found it growing in running water on rocks, flowering and fruiting in October, and describes it as "a small sedge...l; inches" tall. It is, of course, not a sedge. Additional citations: NIGERIA: Northern: Lely P.786 (E— 1755950) « Ailes ERIOCAULON ACHITON Korn, Additional & emended bibliography: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 202—20). 1921; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 168 [134]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Venkataredd, Bull. Bot. Surv, India 12: 220. 1970; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 2h: 339—3)0. 1972; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972. Additional illustrations: Fyson, Journ, Indian Bot. 2: 203. 1921. Venkataredd (1970) reports this species as "occasional", flow- ering in August and September, and cites his no. 99102. Sharma (1972) reports a chromosome count of 30. Additional citations: BANGLADESH: W. Griffith 5576 (Pd). THAI- LAND: Larsen, Larsen, Nielsen, & Santisuk 32341 (Ac). ERIOCAULON ADAMESII Meikle Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 111 & 203. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 56. 1973. ERIOCAULON AEQUINOCTIALE Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 63 & 203. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 30. 1972. ERIOCAULON AFRICANUM Hochst, Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 88 Pub YeTa0 L0G Fuh Vol. 29, no. 2 502. 1894; Friedrich-Holzhammer & Roessler in Mermmiller, Prodr. Fl. Siidw. Afr. 15, 159: 2. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 30. 1972. ERIOCAULON AFZELIANUM Wikstr. Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 502. 189k; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop, Afr. 8: 236 & 250-251. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 56. 1973. Brown (19013 cites only Afzelius s.n. and Scott-Elliot 4339 from Sierra Leone and Barter 1019 from Northern Nigeria. ERIOCAULON ALPESTRE Hook. f. & Thoms. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 168 [134]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 27. 1973. Material of this species has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as &, quinquangulare L. Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Hooker & Thomson s.n. [Mont. Khasia 5-6000 ped.] (Pd). State undetermined: Collector undetermined s.n. (Narainhetty, 22d Oct. 1802] (Pd). ERIOCAULON ALTOGIBBOSUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver— benac., [ed. 2], 76 & 203. 1993; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 3h]. 1972. ERIOCAULOM AMBOENSE Schinz Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.—Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 232 & 258--259. 1901; Friedrich-Holzhammer & Roessler in Merumiiller, Prodr. Fl. Stidw. Afr. 15, 159: [1]—2. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 31. 1972. Friedrich-Holzhammer & Roessler (1967) cite for this species only the type collection, Schinz 859, from Uashitenga and Giess & Leippert 7608 and Merxmiller & Giess 2079b and 213) from Namibia. Brown (1901) cites only the original collection, Schinz 859, from Namibia. He has modified the original description of the species and notes that "I do not find that the bracts are lacerate as stated in the original description, and it is only the outermost or involucral bracts that are sometimes obtuse; both in the type specimen which Prof. Schinz has kindly allowed me to examine and in the example at Kew they are as described above. I find only 2 sepals present in the female flowers, but the male flowers seem to be very variable in the mmber of their parts, some having 2 sepals, 3 petals, and stamens, others 2 sepals, 3 petals and 6 stamens, whilst a few have 3 sepals, 3 petals and 6 stamens." ERIOCAULON ANDONGENSE Welw. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233 & 2h7—-248. 1901; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- aes {ed. 2], 118 & 203. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 24: 3h1. 972. 197 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 89 Brown (1901) cites Welwitsch 22, 243, & 2h3b from wet places by cataracts and "spongy rocky places by the springs on the gigantic rocks" and "spongy places on the higher rocks" in Angola, at altitudes of 200 to 3800 feet. He comments that "This is very similar to E. Buchananii, Ruhland, but the heads are not so globose, being more or less flattened at the base, and the se- pals of the female flowers have a rather long acutely acuminate point, whilst in E. Buchananii the point of the sepals is very short and never very acute." ERIOCAULON ANGUSTIFOLIUM Korn, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 76 & 203. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 121 (1973) and 26: 30. 1973. ERIOCAULON ANNAMENSE H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 136 & 203. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 27. 1973. ERIOCAULON ANNUUM Milne-Redhead Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 117, 119, & 203. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 341. 1972. ERIOCAULON ANTUNESII Engl. & Ruhl. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 235 & 22-23. 1901; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. aces {ed. 2], 118 & 203. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 3h1- 2. 1972. Brown (1901) cites only the original collection, Antunes 139, from Hufla, Angola. pan ERIOCAULON APICULATUM H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Perrier de la B&thie, Cat. Pl. Madag. 21. 1934; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 32. 1972. Perrier de la Bathie (1934) says that this plant grows in wet places along the shores of the Simiane River in Madagascar. ERIOCAULON AQUATICUM (J. Hill) Druce Emended synonymy: Eriocaulon septangulare L. ex Mart., Selbst. Pflanzenfam. 11. 1833. Additional & emended bibliography: Wikstr., K. Svensk. Vet. Acad. Handl. Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 73 & 75. 1820; Wikstr., Trenne Nya Art. Ortsl. Erioc. [repr.] [7] & 9. 1821; Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. ll, 22, 38, & 58, pl. 2 (II), fig. 1—6. 1833; Kirby, Brit. Flow. Pl. 147. 1906; M. A. Johnstone, Pl. Ecology 65—66 & 159. 1928; Rydb., Fl. Prairies & Plains, pr. 1, 198 & 940, fig. 107. 1932; R. McVaugh, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 360A: 93. 1958; Beug, Leitfaden Pollenbest. 1: vi,59, & 60, pl. 8, fig. 7--9, text fig. 17a & b. 1961; Rydb., Fl. Prairies & Plains, pr. 2, 1: 198, 90 Pub eT OsL 0.4 Lek Vol. 29, no. 2 fig. 107 (1971) and pr. 2, 2: 940. 1971; I. K. & L. F. Ferguson & Halliday, Watsonia 9: 59. 1972; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; Thorne, Quart. Rev. Biol. 47: 370. 1972; Van den Berghen, Nat. Belg. 53 (4): 157--169. 1972;Birks, Past & Pres. Veg. Skye 40, 87, 152, 18h, 213, & 218. 1973; M. D. S., Biol. Abstr. 56: 1818. 1973; Ross-Craig, Drawings Brit. Pl. 31: pl. 46. 1973; Mol- denke, Phytologia 26: 456 (1973) and 28: 56 & 60. 197h. Additional illustrations: Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. pl. 2 (II), fig. 1—6. 1833; Beug, Leitfaden Pollenbest. 1: 59, text fig. 17a&b, & pl. 8, fig. 7-9. 1961; Ross-Craig, Draw- ings Brit. Pl. 31: pl. 46. 1973. Birks (1973) states that this species has as its principal habitat the Magnocaricion elatae ecologic association on the Isle of Skye as it does the Eriocauleto-—Lobelietum of Blanquet & Ttixen (1952) and the Eriocauletum septangularis of Schoof - Van Pelt & Westhoff (1969) within the alliance Littorellium in Ireland. He claims that no fossil Eriocaulon pollen has yet been identified on Skye. Johnstone (1928) avers that it occurs in some morainic ponds on the moor of Rannoch, Isle of Skye, "the only other British station for which is in the west of Ireland*...."In western Ireland and in the Hebrides there exist a few species whose nearest other stations are in North America. The list in- cludes only these -- the blue-eyed grass (Iridaceae), pipewort, two other water plants and an orchid.....puzzling....One theory explains them by means of a long-lost continent, which bridged the Atlantic between Ireland and America." In more recent years Wegener's "Floating Continent" theory is becoming more popular in explaining situations such as this. Sharma (1972) reports the chromosome counts of 60 and 6). Additional citations: MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 540. 1841 (W). ERIOCAULON AQUATILE Korn, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver benac., [ed. 2], 76 & 203. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 24: 32. ERIOCAULON ARGENTINUM Castell. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 179—180, 458, & h60. 1973. Krapovickas and his associates found this plant growing "en pantano, al borde de una isleta de selva", flowering in December, and distributed it as E. crassiscapum Bong. ERIOCAULON ARISTATUM H. Hess Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.- Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 234 & 249. 1901; Friedrich-Holzhammer & Roessler in Mermmiller, Prodr. Fl. Stidw. Afr. 15, 159: [1] & 2. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 343. 1972. Friedrich-Holzhammer & Roessler (1967) cite only Dinter 7220 and Volk 1806 from Namibia, noting that the type is from Angola. 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 91 Brown (1901) cites only Welwitsch 2); from Hufla, Angola, ERIOCAULON ATABAPENSE Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 343. 1972. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Steyermark & Bunting 103228 (S). ERIOCAULON ATRATUM Korn. Synonyny: Eriocaulon stratum Gunawardena, Gen, & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 206, sphalm. 1968. Additional & emended bibliography: H. H. W. Pearson, Journ, oe Soc. Lond, Bot. 3: 357. 1899; Fyson, Journ, Indian Bot. 2: pl. 26. 1921; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 168 fash) 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handd. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber . 51 (2): 295. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. one aed [ed. 2], 130 & 203. 199; Abeywickrama, Ses Journ, Sci. Biol. 2: 140. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. 1. 206. 1968; Lp ne aa 'Phytologia 26: 180 (1973) and 28: )56 ‘ 57, 197k. Tliustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 26. 1921. Thwaites (186)) cites Thwaites C. P. 61 for this species. Pearson (1899) refers to it as common above 5000 feet altitude in Sri Lanka, citing numbers 60 (from 6200 feet, with straw-colored taveinoral bracts), 71 (the bracts brown with black edges), and 63 (from 8000 feet). He states that "in the type they [the in- volucral bractlets] are 'glossy-black'", concluding that "These {the numbers cited above] appear to be forms of E, atratum". The Van Beusekoms describe the plants as having light-green leaves and grayish-white flowers, while Grierson says "flower-stems 10—20 em. tall, heads )--5 mm. diameter, hemispheric, bracts blackish, flowers white". The species has been collected in muddy places along paths and in shady places among moist rocks at streamsides, "locally abun- dant", at 1200--l500 m. altitude, flowering in March and August. The Thwaites Cc. P. él, referred to above, is actually a mixture with E. ceylanicum Korn. and E. subglaucum Ruhl. In my experience many of Thwaites C[eylon] P|lants] numbers are mixtures of several taxa. This has led to serious misconceptions of species' characters in the past. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Collector undetermined s.n. [Maskeliya, March 1885] (Pd), s.n. [Adam's Peak, 6.111.99] (Pd): Grierson 1043 ie Meldenks, Moldenke, Jayasuriya, & ee) ERIOCAULON ATRATUM var. MAJOR Thwaites Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon caulescens Hook., in herb. [not E. caulescens Kunth, 1971, nor Poir., 1813, nor Salam., 1959, nor 92 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 2 Willd., 181). Additional bibliography: H. H. W. Pearson, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 3h: 357. 1899; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 & 170 [135 & 136]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303 & 305. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 130 & 203. i9h9; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol, 2: 140. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 206. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 238, 239, & 248 (1973) and 28: 56. 197k. Gunawardena (1968) reminds us that E. philippo-coburgi, a syno- nym of E, atratum var. major, was named in honor of the Prince of Saxe-—Coburg-Gotha. The type of E. atratum var. major was collected by George Henry Kendrick Thwaites (C.P. 131) and is deposited in the Peradeniya herbarium. It is described by him as "Parce caulescens. Folia va- ginis valde dilatatis. Sepala exteriora multum latiora quam in E. cristato, cui alioquin haec species simillima est". Pearson (1899) cites his no. 77 from the Ceylonese patana grasslands at 8000 feet altitude. Recent collectors have found the plant in swampy patana grasslands, especially by streams, and in the transition zone between wet panata and forest, at 1500— 2300 meters altitude, flowering in January and March, the flowers described as "white". Jayasuriya & Sumithraarachchi report it as "common on sandy-rocky island in river" Material has been misidentified and distributed in some her- baria as E. longicuspe Hook. f. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Alston 945 (Pd); Amaratunga 1547 (Pd); Fyson sen. [1927-8] (Pd); Hoogland 11503 (Pd); Jaya~ suriya & Sumithraarachchi 1567 (1d); F. Lewis s.n. [Kunadiyapara- wila, Xmas 1917] (Pd) ; A. M. Silva s.n. [21/4/06] (Pd, Pd); Thwaites C.P. 131 (Pd—type), 940 (Pd). ERIOCAULON ATRUM Nakai Additional & emended bibliography: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 46: 110 & 111 [13 & 15]. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 28. 1973. ERIOCAULON AUSTRALASICUM (F. Muell.) Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 153 & 203. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 3h). 1972. ERIOCAULON AUSTRALE R. Er, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 232 & 28. 1973. Durrington found this plant growing in sandy soil at the edge of swampy sedgeland with Todea barbata, flowering and fruiting in February. Additional citations: AUSTRALIA: Queensland: Durrington AQ. 0009162 (N). i 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 93 ERIOCAULON BARBA-CAPRAE Fyson Additional & emended bibliography: Fyson, Journ, Indian Bot, 2: 197, pl. h. 1921; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 168 [13h]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahrosber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 & 203. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 345. 1972. Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. k. 1921. ERIOCAULON BARBEYANUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 304. 1931; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 & 203. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 345. 1972. Alston (19315 asserts that, in his opinion, this taxon may be conspecific with E. fluviatile Trimen, ERIOCAULON BAURI N. E. Br. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 250. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 28. 1973. FRIOCAULON BEAUVERDI Moldenke Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon beauverdi (Beauverd) Moldenke ex Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156. 1970. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 76 & 203. 199; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 2h: 346 (1972) and 28: 56. 197k. ERIOCAULON BIFISTULOSUM Van Heurck & Muell.-Arg. Additional & emended bibliography: Anon., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 20: 522. 188); J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 21: 450. 1885; Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 502. 189; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233, 23h, & 239— 2hl. 1901; Perrier de la Bathie, Cat. Pl. Madag. 21. 193); Mol- denke, Phytologia 26: 457. 1973. Brown (1901) cites only Barter 1021 from Northern Nigeria and Schweinfurth 2)76 and 3-2); from "British East Africa" [Kenya?]. He comments that "After repeated dissection I am quite unable to find any definite character whereby to distinguish E. bifistulo- sun from E. Schweinfurthii; the heads of the latter are rather larger and darker than those of E. bifistulosum, and the peduncles appear to be stouter in the dried state, but thin transverse sec- tions swollen out in water exhibit no difference in character or size. Such differences as are observable between them I believe to be due to vigour of growth and perhaps some difference in the food supply. The flowering bracts appear to be sometimes entirely glabrous, although usually those in the centre of the heads pos- sess some hairs, which are easily overlooked. The hairs may be very deciduous, or the variation in pubescence and in the length of the peduncles may depend upon the depth of the water in which the plant grows submerged. Schweinfurth's 276 appears to have 9h PHY TOL @hA Vol. 29, no. 2 grown in shallow water, is less vigorous than the other specimens and the stem below the leaves is very short or almost wanting in the examples seen, but I cannot find any real structural differ- ence. Sometimes the female flower are all in the central part of the head and the males outside, in other examples the female flowers are central and the males outside [sic]. E. bifistulosum and E. limosum were both founded upon Barter's 1021. "It is not improbable that E. bifistulosum, together with E. fluitans, Baker, from Madagascar, should be united with the Braz— ilian E. melanocephalum, Kunth; there is, however, a slight dif- ference in the structure of the peduncles and in the texture of the bracts and sepals. But they require further investigation from a larger series of specimens than is at my command before a correct decision can be made. From the Indian E. setaceum, Linn. (which it closely resembles in general appearance) the giabrous petals of E. bifistulosum readily distinguish it. The Australian plant named E. setaceum by Bentham is quite different in floral structure from all the species above mentioned." Perrier de la B&athie (193) says that "Baker [Journ. Linn. Soc. 21: 50) fait de cette espéce [E. fluitans J. G. Baker] un syno- nyme de E. melanocephalum Kunth (E. aquaticum Sagot) de la Guyan- ne et du Brésil." ERIOCAULON BLUMEI Korn. Additional bibliography: Backer, Handb. Fl. Java 3: 5-6. 192h; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], ls & 20h. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 346. 1972. Backer (192h) is of the opinion that E. macrophyllum Ruhl. is conspecific with E. blumei Ktrn. ERIOCAULON BOMBAYANUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 126 & 20h. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 36. 1972. ERIOCAULON BONGENSE Engl. & Ruhl. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233 & 2h6—-2),7. 19013 Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 109, 111, 112, 118, & 20). 1949; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (1): BASIC. $8.88. 19733 Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 75~- 1973: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 57. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 293. 197k. Brown (1901) cites Barter 1019a from Northern Nigeria and Schweinfurth 2539 and 2722 from "British East Africa" [Kenyat]. ERIOCAULON BONI H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- erin [ed. 2], 136 & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 18. 973. 197 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 95 ERIOCAULON BRACHYPEPLON Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver~ benac., [ed. 2], 150 & 20. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 347. 1972. ERIOCAULON BREVIPEDUNCULATUM Merr,. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 37 (1972), 25: 233 (1973), and 26: 18. 1973. ERIOCAULON BREVISCAPUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 168 [134]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 & 20). 1949; Saxena, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 62, 1970; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 457 (1973) and 28: hhh. 197k. Saxena (1970) describes this plant as "Rare along riversides, partly in water", flowering in June, and cites Saxena },61) from Madhya Pradesh, India. ERIOCAULON BROMELIOIDEUM H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 136 & 20). 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 18. 1973. ERIOCAULON BROWNIANUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. 29. 1833; H. H. W. Pearson, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 3h: 357. 1899; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 168 [13h]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303 & 305. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Bond, Wild Fls. Ceylon Hills xiii, 232, & 233. 1953; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Bi- ol. 2: 140. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 206. 1968; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow, Pl. Ceylon 49. 1971; Hamzah, Toha, & Van Steenis, Mount. Fl. Java 8, pl. ee te 19723 Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 180 (1973) and 28: 7. 197. Additional illustrations: Bond, Wild Fls. Ceylon Hills 233. 1953; Hamzah, Toha, & Van Steenis, Mount. Fl. Java pl. 19, fig. 2 (in color). 1972. Hamzah, Toha, & Van Steenis (1972) record this species from Java and Sumatra and describe it as growing to 1 meter in height, the leaves 10—80 cm. long, 0.5--2 cm. wide, the "stem" and leaves "fine hairy to a degree". They continue that it is found "In Ja- va in swamps and on marshy banks of lakes (rantjas), only knom from Mts Patuha.....Péngaléngan.....& Diéng, where this conspicu- ous plant is common, even gregarious, often together with Sphagmm and associated with Machaerina, Xyris...., Juncus...., cho= Spora....e, and Scirpus....., at 1600-2300 m. Also in SE. Asia and in Atjeh, and in the mountain swamps and lakes of Sumatra's Westcoast." Bond (1953) confuses this taxon with the similar but hairy E. 96 Poe TOvLOrG Ek Vol. 29, no. 2 nilagirense Steud., comparing it with the totally different E. truncatum Hamilt., noting that both occur in swampy ground up to the highest elevations in the Ceylonese hills and both are in flower "most of the year" —— the former, he says, grows in large tufts of hairy grayish leaves and with flower~stems (scapes) up to 2 feet tall (the heads 3/l, inch wide), while the latter is a delicate plant with bright-green leaves and the scapes only 2—3 inches tall (the heads only 1/8 inch wide). My wife and I col- lected both species in the Horton Plains area of Sri Lanka earlier this year and found them unmistakably distinct. Thwaites cites his C.P. 377 from 7000 feet altitude, while Pearson (1899) cites his n no. . 73 from 5600 feet and no. 16 from 7200 feet, commenting that the species is "common above 5000 feet". My wife and I found E, nilagirense very common, but the true E. brownianum only in scattered localities. Gunawardena (1968) reminds us that the species is named in honor of Robert Brown (1773—1858), who was naturalist on the "Investigator" to Australia in 1801, returning to England after } years to become Librarian of the Linnaean Society in London, dis- coverer of the cell nucleus and Brownian movement, author of many floras, such as those of Australia and Tasmania. Finseka & Vinasithamby (1971) record the common name, "lady's hatpin", for this plant in Sri Lanka. Recent collectors have found at growing in moist patches of grass and in sunny hummocky swamp-meadows by ponds, at altitudes of 5600—7200 feet in Sri Lanka, flowering in February and August. The Cleylon] P{lants] 376, cited below, is a mixture with E. brownianum var. latifolium Moldenke and with E. nilagirense Steud. It was originally misidentified and distributed as E. htianum Mart. The Amaratunga 118 and J. M. Silva s.n. [29.IV. aT, dis- tributed as E. brownianum are actually var. latifolium Voldenke, while Collector undetermined s.n. (Knuckles, 1881], s.r. [Dumbala- gala Hill, Sept. 1888], & s.n. .. [Maha Eliya, 6.V.96], ~ Comanor 980, Cramer 39 & 3259, Mueller—Dombois 67070912, J. M. Silva Sele) [Horton Pla Plain, ~ 20/5/1912), N. D. Simpson 927, a and | J. Ce . C. Willis s.n. [Horton Plains, 26/1/06] are E. nilagirense Steud. ~~ Additional erat tone: INDIA: Assam: Hooker & Thomson s.n. (Mont. Khasia, 3-5000 ped.] (Pd). State undetermined: Wight 2859 (Pd). BANGLADESH: N. Griffith 557) (Pd). SRI LANKA: Amaratunga 1816 (Pd); Moldenke, | Moldenke, Jayasuriya, & Sumithraarachchi 28293 (Ac, Gz, Kh, id, Pd), 28962 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Z); Thwaites C.P. "377 (Pa, Pd), 378, in part (Pa, Pa); L. C. Wheeler 12374 (Pd, W- W—-2716156) . ERIOCAULON BROWNIANUM var, LATIFOLIUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 180. 1973. Recent collectors have encountered this plant in wet patana grassland to forest transition zone, in marshes and ditches, in "sunny, hummocky, swampy meadows by pond", and at the foot of 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 97 sandstone cliffs in a grassy swamp, at altitudes of 3100 to 7000 feet, flowering and fruiting in February, March, and June. Maxwell & Jayasuriya refer to it as a "common marsh plant", while Hepper describes it as a "tufted herb" with erect leaves and whitish in- florescences. It has been widely confused with typical E. brown- janum Mart. and so distributed in herbaria. The type collection is a mixture with E. nilagirense Steud.; in fact, a great many of the Thwaites C.P. mumbers are mixtures of 2 or 3 species. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Amara a 48 (Pd) ; i See 418 (Pd, W—271999)); Hoogland 11502 (Pd); Maxell & J, uriya B69 (Pd); Moidenke, Moldenke, Jayasuriya, & ail tisoarac ant 28297 (Ac, Gz, Kh, La, Pd, Z), 26306 (Pd); J. M. Silva s.n. (29. IV.26] (Pd); Thwaites C.P. 378, in part (Pd—isotype, Pd—isotype) . ERIOCAULON BUCHANANII Ruhl. Emended synonymy: Eriocaulon buchanani Ruhl. ex N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233. 1901. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233, 23h, 2h7, & 28. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 18. 1973. Brown (1901) cites Buchanan 1168, Cameron 50, Kirk s.n., and Whyte s.n. from "British Central T Africa" (Malawi?) an and "Nyasa- land" [Malawi] at altitudes of 3800--1,000 feet. ERIOCAULON BUERGERIANUM Korn. Additional & emended bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 9 (1): 160. 1927; Fedde in just, Bot. Jahresber . 9 (2): 423. 1932; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 46: 373 [21]. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 348. 1972. Additional illustrations: Hayata, Icon. Pl. Formos. 10: fig. 29~- 1921. ERIOCAULCON CABRALENSE Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 168 [13h]. 1929; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [42]. 1932; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber . S1 (2): 295. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 76 & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 18. 1973. Additional illustrations: Alv. Silv., Archiv. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. 23: pl. h. 1921. ERIOCAULON CAESIUM Griseb. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 57 & 20h. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 3,8 (1972) and 25: is9. 1973. ERIOCAULON CAPITULATUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 30 & 20h. 199: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 39. 1972. 98 Po TOL Oe Ba Vol. 29, no. 2 ERIOCAULON CARAJENSE Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 63--65, fig. 1. 1973. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 63--65, fig. 1 (1973) and 28: 38. 197. Illustrations: Moildenke, Phytologia 27: 6h, fig. 1. 1973. Citations: BRAZIL: Pard: Cavalcante 125 (WG. 36706] (Z—-type). ERIOCAULON CAULIFERUM Mak. Additional & emended bibliography: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 6: 372 [20]. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 349. 1972. ERIOCAULON CEYLANICUM Korn. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon ceylanicum var. subacaulescens Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 168 [13]. 1929 Additional bibliography: H. H. W. Pearson, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 34: 357. 1899; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [42]. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 168-~159 [134--135]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303--305. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 140. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 206 & 207. 1968; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow, Pl. Ceylon 9. 1971; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 26: 457 (1973) and 28: 456. 197). Recent collectors have found this plant growing in hummocky ground of depressions in wet black patana grasslands near meander— ing streams in poorly drained areas with Ischaemum as the chief cover, in meadows, and in moist seeps at the edge of deep woods, at altitudes of éh50 to 7200 feet, flowering in March, May, and June, and fruiting in June. Hoogland reports it as "common" in wet patanas, while Maxwell & Jayasuriya refer to it as "very con- mon" in marshes. These latter collectors describe the flowers as white or (on the United States National Herbarium sheet, doubt- less through some error in transcription) as "violet". Fonseka & Vinasithamby (1971) record the common name, "lady's hatpin". Pearson (1899) cites his no. 70 from an ’ altitude of 7200 feet on the Horton Plains -~ an area where my wife and I also found it quite common earlier this year. Thwaites C.P. 61 is a mixture with E. atratum Korn. and Ee subglaucum R Ruhl. The Eriocaulon cristatum var. Thwaites and E. cristatum var. bracteis floralibus denticulatis et longiuscule | cuspidato-acumina- tis Thwaites & Hook. foarte previously cited as synonyms of E. ceylanicum, prove, instead, to belong in the synonymy of E. longi- cuspe Hook. f. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: W. Ferguson 23 (Pd); Gould & Cooray 13787 (Pd), 13811 (Ca~-1376072); Hoogland 11505 (Pd); Koy- ana & Herat 136)0 (Pd); Maxwell & Jayasuriya 877 (Pd, W—-2760939); Wueller-Dombois & Comanor 67070901 (Pd); A. M. (. Silva s.n. [Eliya lake, 9/4/06] (Pd); J. M. J. M. Silva s.n. [Horton Plain, 25/5/1911] (Pd, Pa); Thwaites C.P. tees Pou, in: in part (Pd); J. C. Willis s.n. [Hor- 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 99 ton Plains, 4/5/06] (Pd). ERIOCAULON CINEREUM R. Br. Emended synonymy: Eriocaulon tenue Buch.-Ham. ex Wall., Numer. List 207, no. 6073, hyponym. 1832 [not E. tenue Humb. & Bonpl., aaa nor H.B.K., 1816, nor Humboldt & Kunth, 181, nor Kunth, 1826). Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.—Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 259. 1901; Backer, Handb. Fl. Java 3: 7. 192h; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 9 (1): 160, 1927; Backer, On- kruidfl. 1: Handb. Suiker.-Cult. 7: 177, 178, & 84h, pl. 186. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303 & 30. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 49 (2): 423 (1932) and 51 (2): 296. 1933; Alston, Kandy Fl. 76. 1938; Ikuse, Pollen Grains Jap. 46. 1956; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 10. 1959; Nair, Pollen Grains West. Himal, Pl. [Asia Monogr. 5:] 35, 42, & 92, pl. 15, fig. 19). 1965; Nair, Essent. Palynol. [23], fig. 43. 1966; Deb, Sengupta, & Malick, Bull. Bot. Soc. Bengal 22: 210. 1968; Guna- wardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Quisumb., Act. Manil. A.4 (9): 38. 1969; Beard, West Austral. Pl., ed. 2, 25. 1970; Matthew, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 91. 1970; Saxena, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 62. 1970; Venkataredd, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220. 1970; Thieret, Southw. Nat. 15: 391. 1971; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.19: 364. 1972; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vol. 1-20 part 1: 139. 1972; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; R. R. Stewart in Nasir & Ali, Fl. West Pakist. Annot. Cat. 36. 1972; C. D. K. Cook, Bull. Soc. Bot. Suisse 83: 55, 59, & 64. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 457 & 462. 1973; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. My- sore Dist. 2: 87-875 [thesis]. 1973; H. R., Biol. Abstr. 57: 5680. 1974; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 443 & 4h8. 197h. Additional illustrations: Hayata, Icon. Pl. Formos. 10: fig. 27. 1921; Backer, Onkruidfl. 1: Handb. Suiker.—Cult. 7? pl. 186. 1928; Nair, Pollen Grains West. Himal. Pl. [Asia Monogr. 5:] pl. 15, fig. 19). 1965; Nair, Essent. Palynol. [23], fig. 43. 1966. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in rice fields, in sandy md at the edge of a tank reducing in area, and in very moist soil in general, flowering in February, August, September, and December. Hepper & Jayasuriya report it as "abundant all a- round many of the tanks [in Ceylon] as small green rosettes with short grayish inflorescence", Cramer says that he found it "com- mon along borders of villu among short grasses" at sealevel, the "heads snow-white", and Amaratunga calls it a "bad weed in wet ricefields. Cooray refers to the inflorescence as "gray-white", which is also the description that my wife and I would give of it in our esverience —- certainly we have never seen the heads "snow-white" [unless one is speaking of snow as it appears a few days after it has fallen on the streets of a big modern city] The scape (peduncle) is described as 4-angled. Matthew (1970) describes this plant as "Tiny herbs occurring in gregarious masses in low-lying areas [with] copious masses 100 jet) Hs ddl dg CRN tS Bee Ba Vol. 29, no. 2 of flowers from December onwards", Saxena (1970) asserts that it is "Common in marshy places", flowering in September and October, and cites Saxena 10178 from Madhya Pradesh, India, while Venkata- reddi (1970) found it to be "Frequent", flowering in October and November, citing his no. 101042. Deb and his associates cite Sengupta 111) from Bhutan. Stewart (1972) reports it common in the ricefields of Pakistan at altitudes of 5000 to 7000 feet. Markos describes the California plants as "submerged except for upper part of the flowering stems [peduncles] ." Hepper & Jayasuriya refer to E. cinereum as a "small tufted herb, leaf=-bases bright pink, inflorescefice whitish", but the pink leaf—bases are not evident to me on their specimens (when dried). They found the plant growing in the "open" with sparse vegetation of Xyris and Utricularia. Hepper also encountered it on a "steep slope with wet flush and melastomaceous shrubs." Sharma (1972) reports the chromosome count as 32 and 18, the latter number for the E. sieboldianum forn. Cook (1973) reports on his Italian find of this species as fol- lows: "It was found in shallow water in ricefields at Gréggio and at the Stazione di Risicoltura. On 1 August 1957, H. Merxmuller and W. Wiedmann collected three immature and thus indeterminable rosettes of Eriocavlon near Gréggio (specimens deposited in the herbarium of the Botanische Staatssammlung Munchen, M). In 1972 we revisited this area and found abundant mature E. cinereum. My determination has been checked by T. Koyama, D. Meikle and H. N. Moldenke. I have examined Merxmuller's material and there is no reason to doubt that it is also E. cinereun. "E, cinereum is a common, pantropical weed of ricefields so it is not possible to give the origin of the Vercelli plants. How- ever, it is possible to say that it has been in the Vercelli re- gion for at least 15 years. Among the normal E. cinereum we col- lected two somewhat smaller dark-headed plants. Unfortunately, our material was inadequate for certain identification but the possibility exists of a second species being present." Growing with it were Murdannia blumei (Hassk.) Brenan, Rotala densiflora (Roth) Koehne, and R. ramosior (L.) Koehne, all “also new records for Europe, and Elatine ambigu ambigua Wight and Sparganium erectum ssp. microcarpum (Neuman) Domin, both new for Italy. "Rice has been cultivated around Vercelli since at least 1475." Material of E. cinerewm has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E. trimeni Hook. f. On the other hand, the Amaratunga 1757, distributed as E. cinereum, is actually E. trun- catum Hamilt. and Santapau 13316 is a mixture with E. elenorae Fyson. Additional citations: CALIFORNIA: Stanislaus Co.: Markos s.n. [Krause rice fields, Modesto, Sept. 18, 1947] (W—1976517). SIK- KIM: J. D. Hooker s.n,. [1-5000 ped.] (Pd). PAKISTAN: Northwest Frontier: Nath 40 4035 (Kh). INDIA: Kerala: Santapau 13316, in part (E—-162131) ; Stocks, Law, &c. son. [Malabar & Concan] ant (Pd). Ut- 197k Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 101 tar Pradesh: Collector undetermined 336 (Pd). State undetermined: T. Thomson s.n. [Ganget. Sup.] (Pd). BANGLADESH: Griffith 5565 (Pd); Hooker & Thomson s.n. (Chittagong, 0-1000 ped.] (Pd). SRI LANKA: Alston s.n. [8.IX.26] (Pd); Amaratunga 1149, in part (Pd), 1397 (Pd), 2208 (Pd); Collector undetermined s.n. [Dambulla Rock, 20 Dec. 1881] (Pd), s.n. [Pinnawala Balangoda, Sept. 1895] (Pd); Cooray 69121107R (Pd); Cramer 3160 (Pd); G. Gardner s.n, [Thwaites C.P. 795, Rambodda] (Pd); Hepper & Jayasuriya 1622 (W—-2720107) , 4628 (Pd); Moldenke & Moldenke 2819), (Ld); Moldenke, Moldenke, Jayasuriya, & Albert 28320 (Ld, Pd); Thwaites C.P. 195 {Mawanel- le] (Pd). CHINA: Kwangtung: Sampson & Hance 9666 (Pd). AUSTRAL- IA: New South Wales: Leichhardt s.n. [Botany Bay] (Pd). JAPAN: Honshu: Hashimoto 162) (Bl--158236) . ERIOCAULON CIPOENSE Alv. Silv. Additional bibliograply: Moldcenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 76 & 20). 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 20. 1973. ERIOCAULON COLLETTII Hook. f. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 351. 1972. Illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 3. 1921. ERIOCAULON COLLINUM Hook. f. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon luzulaefolium Thwaites, in herb. [not E. luzulaefolium Mart., 1832). Additional bibliography: H. H. W. Pearson, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 34: 357. 1899; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 50 (1): 232. 1930; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30) & 306. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Abeywick- rama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Bot. 2: 140. 1959; Gunawarden, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Venkatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220. 1970; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. 2: 875 [the- sis]. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 180 (1973) and 28: 101 & 45. 197h. Additional illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 139, fee 5, & pl. 15. 1921. Venkatareddi (1970) found this plant "Common in harvested fields", flowering from December to February, and cites his nos. 68360, 93186, 93372, & 95999. Pearson (1899) cites his nos. 58 (from 3500 feet altitude) and 59 (from 5600 feet) and reports the species as "very common" at those altitudes in Sri Lanka. More recent collectors have encountered it in swamps in high forests, along muddy streams in patana grasslands, in swampy depressions along narrow streams in wet patana, along roadsices, and in marshland beside pools in "rough ground among mountains", growing among marsh grass. Max- 102 Pon YT O.1.0.G 2 Vol. 29, no. 2 well & Jayasuriya report it as "common" in marshy areas. It is described as a tufted erect herb, with small gray or grayish in- florescences (heads), the individual flowers white. Sumithraara- chechi describes the inflorescence heads as "black". It has been found growing at altitudes of from 3500 to 7100 feet, flowering in May and June (in addition to the months previously reported by me in this series of notes). Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbar- ia as E. luzulaefolium Mart. On the other hand, the Moldenke, Moldenke, Jaya " Jayasuriya, — & Sumithraarachchi 28279, 28281, & , & 26292, distributed as E. collinum, are actually E. fluviatile Trimen. Alston (1931) suggests that E. collinum 1 may - be conspecific with E. leucomeles Steud. If this is true, the latter name would have priority. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Alwis s.n. [Hakgala, April 1921] (Pd, Pd); Collector undetermined ed s.n. [Hakgala, 3.06] (Pd); Cooray 68051719 (W—271877h), 68051719R (Pd); Craig 6 (Pd); W. Ferguson s.n. (Abbotsford, Dimbula] (Pd); Hepper 127 (W-- 272000 2), de (Pd, W—~272001h); Koyama 11641 (W--2762878) ; Max- well is asuriya 876 876 (Pd, W—27 3 Moldenke, Moldenke, Jaya- suriya, & Perera 28271 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Id, Pd, Z), 28272 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd), 28283 (Ld, Pd), 28287 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd), 28307 (Ac, Ca, Gz, Kh, Ld, “Ld, Pd); A. A.M. Silva s.n. [Ambewela, "19/ 5/06] (Pa), sine! [path 208hor’ Macdonald, 25/1/06] (Pd), s.n. [Maturata, 18/5/06] (Pd); Suni thraarachchi IBS .113 (Z); Thwaites C.P. 792, in part (Pd), 796, in part (Pd, Pd). ERIOCAULON COLLINUM var. NANJM Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 101. 197k. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 101 & hiS. 197. This variety is based on J. M. Silva s.n., collected along a riverbank on the Horton Plains, ~Nuwara | Eliya District, Central Province, Sri Lanka, on March 20, 1911, and two specimens are de- posited in the herbarium of the Botanic Garden at Peradeniya. The plant is a dwarf herb, the flowering peduncles 2--12 cm. long, and the leaves very thin-membranous and tenuous, 1—l; cm. long, 0.5--1.5 mm. wide, glabrous, plainly fenestrate at the base, and the tips often subfiliform and weak. The variety is known only from the Horton Plains area and has also been collected in anthe- sis in February and April. Citations: SRI LANKA: Moldenke, Moldenke, Jayasuriya, & Sumith- raarachchi 2828), (Ld, Pd, Z); A. Me , Silva s S.n. [N'Eliya lake, 9/ 1/06] (Pd); J. M J. M. Silva s.n. (March 20, 1911] (Pd—type, pastas type) ; Thwaites C C.P. P. 796, in part (Pd). ERIOCAULON COMPRESSUM Lam, Additional bibliography: Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; W. Stone, Pl. South. N. J., pr. 2, ” 323-325, pl. 645. fig sige 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 457—-l58 (1973) and 28: 428. 197h. Additional {lustrations: W. Stone, Pl. South. N. J., pr. 2, 197k Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 103 pl. 64, fig. 2. 1973. It is worth noting that the scapes are 8—10-angled on Nash 92 and 9- or 10-angled on Chickering s.n. [Hayward]. Sharma (1972), reports the chromosome count as 0. Recent collectors have found the plant in anthesis as late as September in New Jersey. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some her- baria as E. septangulare With. and as Lachnocaulon floridanum Small. On the other hand, the Herb. Chapman 555, Hollick s.n s.n. (Aug. 15, '85], and Murril Ta aicteibeted as as E. compressum, are actually E. decangulare Tog O'Neill s.n. [Sept. 12, 1929] is E. decangulare var. latifolium Chapm., J. Davis s.n. (13+-7-21], ler 181 aa aL, and Ulkst s.n. Tost. Te 1917] are E. decangulare f. Moldenke, “and W. H. Brown 66 and Gleason, Smith, & Alex- as, iE are E. pellucidum k Michx. Martindale s.n. (Sep. 1877] is a mixture with E. decangulare L., while R. M. Ha Harper 2116 is a mixture with E. lineare Small. Additional citations: NEW JERSEY: Atlantic Co.: Killip 13295 (W—1)35297); Van Sickle s.n. [Landisville, Aug. 10, 1890] (W— 243226). Burlington Co,: Eames s.n. [VI-12-189h] (W—309077); Leonard & Leonard 6377 (W——2160300) ; Martindale s.n. [Sep. 1877] (W—76l510); Moldenke & Moldenke 28597 (Ac, Gz, Kh, 1d). Cape May Co.: E. C. Leonard 23h (W--2160186). County attatatipa: Cc s.n. TWet Pine Barrens, June 1862] (W--5270). NORTH CAROLINA: Columbus Co.: Godfr & White 710, (W--18115),). New Hanover Co.: Buell & Godfrey 3550 (W—176 gtd Cockney & White 7083 (W-- 1611530). County undetermined: McCarthy s.n. [April 1688] (W— 45272, W--45277). SOUTH vee Setters Co.: J. B. Norton S.N. {March 18, 1921] (W--1115519), s.n. [Ap. 26, 1921] (W— 7215520). Lexington Co.: Weatherby 6123 (W—15675L5) . GEORGIA: Bryan Co.: R. M. Harper 2170 (W—511188). Charlton Co.: F. Harper 5.n. [Okefinokee Swamp, Jan. 11, 1917] (W--911035). Chatham Co.: Hotchkiss & Ehvall 387), (W—25872h6) « Early Co.: Thorne 329) (W#— 200588). Montgomery Co.: R. M. Harper 2146, in part (W—51116k). Sumter Co.: R. M. Harper 2219 (W--511236). Ware Co.: Tyron & Mc Vaugh 11,81 (W--181128). FLORIDA: Brevard Co.: Edw. Palmer 579 (W—-5275). Calhoun Co.: Meigs s.n. [Mch. 1886] ~ (W--937178). Clay Co.: Canby s.n. [Hibernia, March 1869] (W—l527h). Duval Co.: Curtiss 3017 (W--937171), 4585 [March 13] (W—22y)80), 4584 [April 19] (W—22))80); Fredholm 500 (W—214862); J. D. Smith 106 (W-— 937175), 378 (W--93717h). Highlands Co.: Brass 14155 (W--2065019), 14611 (W-=2065083) , 14868 (W-~206521), 14880 (W--2065222). Lake Co.: Nash 92 (W—-228001) . Lee ea + Francis cis 63 (W--10365l1); J. P. Standley 15 (W—569l73); P. C. Standley 12552 (W--896022), 12585 (W—896052), 12821 (W—896278), 1880 ae ea Levy Co.: Ge Ge 104 Bey Ys 2 OitivOv.G; Ek Vol. 29, no. 2 S. Miller 380 (W—-1287747); O'Neill 732 (W--12h162h). Okeechobee Co.: Brass 14582 (W—-206506h). Osceola Co.: J. D. Smith sen. [19 Mch. 1886) (W--937177). Palm Beach Co.: Small, DeWinkeler, & Rane 9815 (W--1738522). Polk Co.: Topping z 241 (W—1729088) . Putnam Co.: Godfrey & Reinert 61111 (W--2385135). Saint Johns Co.: E. Doubleday s.n. (st. John's] (Pd); J. D. Smith 76 (W—937176), 22 (W--937173). Seminole Co.: Blanton 6512 (W—1]85555) ; Garber 3.n. [March 1876] (W--26068). Volusia Co.: H.C. Beardslee s.n. Son. [March 1925] (W—18723k7); A. S. Marsh 157 (W--1285355). Walton Co.: Re. Kral 198) (W--2)70396) . ~ County y undetermined: Chickering SMe [Hayward] (W—155811); J. H. Simpson 548 [border of Ever- glades] (W--h5276); Sperry 549 [Lake Lammonia] (W—1)67112). ALABAMA: Mobile Co.: Mohr s.n. [Mazch 1892] (W--78),511). LOUISI- ANA: Calcasieu Par.: E. Bad's Palmer 7718 (W--1531692). Saint Tam many Par.: Canby, Sargent, & Trelease 256 (W—3697)3); Re Kral 16508 (W--21;70 26). TEXAS: Hardin Co.: E E. Je Palmer 9563 i 153192) . ERIOCAULON COMPRESSUM var. HARPERI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 181 & 57 (1973) and 28: 28. 197). It is of interest to note that the scapes (peduncles) on Tracy sen. [5/9/1898], cited below, are 8--10-angled. Material of this variety has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria under the names E. gnaphalodes Michx. and E. lineare Small. Additional citations: FLORIDA: Bay Co.: R. Kral 19800 (W-- 2470370). Escambia Co.: R. Kral 19876 (W--2h70391), 19880 (W— 270398). Franklin Co.: Biltmore Herb. 2296 (W#—958021), 2296a (W—335121). Highlands Co.: Brass 14659 (W—-2065106). Leon Co.: H. Kurz s.n, [May 16, 1926] (W--128 779k) « Osceola Co.: Mearns 33 (W-~391120) . Wakulla Co.: H. N. Moldenke eo (W--1581782) . Walton Co.: R. Kral 19808 (W--2),70)00). Washington Co.: Small & Wherry 11695 (W--1738872). County undetermined: Herb. Chapman sn. gen. [Florida] (W--l5271). ALABAMA: Baldwin Co.: Tltis, Cross- white, & Kawano 215l,0 (Ca--1357905). Mobile Co.: Curtiss s.n. [1378] (whee 273); R. Kral 26526 (W—27003). MISSISSIPPI: George Co.: R. Kral 1985) (W—-2)70397). Harrison Co.: Tracy 5032 (W--3L1109), s.n. [5/9/1898] (W--309073). LOUISIANA: Saint Tammany Par.: Langlois s.n. [1.V¥.1893] (W--1655533). ERIOCAULON COMPTONII Rendle Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 60 [42]. 1928; Moldenke, known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 151& 20). 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 351-- 3526 19726 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 105 ERIOCAULON CONCRETUM F. Muell. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 153 & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 352. 1972. ERIOCAULON CONICUM (Fyson) C. E. C. Fischer Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 126 & 20). 1949:, Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 352. 1972. ERIOCAULON CONIFERUM Herzog Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 60 [42]. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 76 & 20h. 19493 Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 352. 1972. FRIOCAULON CRASSISCAPUM Bong. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 76, 103, & 20h. 1949; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fito- geogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 12. 19723 Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 58 & 460. 1973. ERIOCAULON CRISTATUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30h. 1931; Fedde in Jyst, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 12h, 126, 132, 13h, 135, 139, & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 39 & 352 (1972) and 26: 19. 1973. Alston (1931) asserts that Trimen's record of this species from Sri Lanka, based, apparently, on his C.P. 789 collection (for which he proposed an innominate varietal status as "var. bracteis floralibus denticulatis et longiuscule cuspidato- acuminatis"), is a misidentification of E, ceylanicum Korn. C.P. 789 is cited by me as E. longicuspe Hook. f., the same dis- position of it as is given also by Hooker. Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Hooker & Thomson s.n. [Mont. Khasia, ~5000 ped.] (Pd); Native collector s.n. [Khasi hills) (Pd). ERIOCAULON CRISTATUM var. MACKII Hook. f. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 126 & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 353. 1972. ERIOCAULON CUBENSE Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 45 & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 353. 1972. 106 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 2 ERIOCAULON CUSPIDATUM Dalz. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 & 204. 1949; Thaker, Sabnis, & Bedi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 125. 1970; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 21. 1973. Thaker and his associates (1970) record this species from Gu- jarat, India. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Stocks, Law, &c. s.n. (Malabar, Concan] (Pd). ERIOCAULON DALZELLII Korn. Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 503. 189); Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 125, 126, 130, & 20h. 1949; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: lyl. 1959; Mol- denke, Phytologia 2: 353 (1972) and 28: 192, kh2, & hhh. 197k. Gould & Cooray encountered this plant in marshy soil along a stream, at 2300 meters altitude, flowering in May. Durand & Schinz (189) report it from Sierra Leone. The W. Ferguson s.n. [Labugama, 1832], distributed as E. dal- zellii, is actually E. fluviatile Trimen. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Stocks, Law, &. s.n. paar Concan] (Pd). SRI LANKA: Gould & Cooray 13767 (Ca-- 1376098) . ERIOCAULON DAMAZIANUM Beauverd Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 76 & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 353. 1972. ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE L. Additional bibliography: Wikstr., K. Svensk. Vet. Acad. Handl,. Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 74. 1820; Wikstr., Trenne Nya Art. Urtsl. Erioc. [7] (repr.). 1821; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verben- ace, [ed. 2], 4-9, 11, 18, 22, & 20h. 199; Bullock, Taxon 8: 171. 1959; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.19: 3. 1971; Angely, Fl. An- al. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 12. 1972; C. A. Br., Wildfls. La, 11, 236, 240, & 243. 1972; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vols. 1-20 part 1: 139. 1972; Robichaud & Buell, Veg. N. J. 319 & 327. 1973; W. Stone, Pl. South. N. J., pr. 2, 323 & 325, pl. 28, fig. 2. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 58 (1973) and 28: 427-430 & 456. 197k. Additional illustrations: C. A. Br., Wildfls. la. 11 (in col- or). 1972; W. Stone, Pl’. South. N. J., pr. 2, pl. 29, fig. 2. 1973. Recent collectors have encountered this plant in pine-palmetto SB The label on Lundell 11902 in the United States National Her- barium is inscribed "Perennial herb, corolla yellow, anthers or- 197 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 107 ange", so this is doubtless a case of transposed labels. A binary head is seen on the United States National Herbarium specimen of J. D. Smith 492. Common names for the species in Florida include Whachelor's button" and, among the Seminole Amerinds, "talakcy{: 1£", Brown (1972) records "hard-heads" for it in Louisiana. It is worthy of note that the scapes (peduncles) are 10-angled on Shreve & Jones 1300, ll-angled on A. S. Hitchcock 375, 10- or li-angled on Hollick s.n. [Aug. 15, 85), | 8--10-angled on Kearney 1558, 9—-13-angled on . Hyams s.n. g.fis [Bengaw, Sept. 1879], and 12—L- angled on Tracy 6417, all deposited in the United States National Herbarium at Washington, Fernald & Long 192) and Godfrey 5760 5760 exhibit characters ap- proaching those of f. p parviceps Moldenke, while Biltmore Herb. 3867c, Curtiss 3016, Nash 847, Small & Heller 180, and P and P. C. Standley 18888 exhibit leaves which | approach — ites of var. - lati- folium Chapm. ~ The following collections, cited herein under f. parviceps, were collected early in the season (mostly in May, June, or July) and are very immature. They may well represent very immature specimens of typical E. decangulare L.: Biltmore Herb. Se Coville 202, Hotchkiss & Ekvall 3755, R. Kral 17208 & 17223, Carthy s.n. [Julio 1885], E. J. Palmer 7981, Small & Heller ie Thaxter s.n sen. [Cullhowee, June 15—July 15, 1887], and Tracy Tracy 7587 737. E. Cc. E. C. Leonard 2344, distributed as E, decangulare, is actually E. compressum Lam.; Martindale s.n. - fAtsion, Sep. 1877] is a mix- ture with E. compressum; Ahles 54809, Holm s.n. [7.1888], and Thomas, Dorris, & Drane 13921 are E. dec are var. minor Mol- denke, while W. W. Me Canby s.n. s.n. [Pine © barrens] is E. pellucidum Michx,. Additional citations: NEV JERSEY: Atlantic Co.: Standley & Kil- lip 7567 (W--1115386). Burlington Co.: M. A. Chase 3552 (W—- Zh231); Martindale s.n. [Atsion, Sep. 1877) (W—Beio) . Mon- mouth Co.: D. C. Eaton s.n. [1860] (W--2588805). Ocean Co.: Ghicker gn. [June 20, 1877] (W--937164); Drushel 8358 (W— 6009 39) 5 gleston 489) (W--586070); Hollick s.n. [Aug. ug. 15, '85] eossiey lyon s.n. [Aug. 15, 1902] (W—1101385); Mackenzie 3694 (Ww—61,8776). Cou County undetermined: N. L. Britton s.n. [Pine Barrens, Aug. '79] (W--309073); W. M. Canby s.n, [Pine barrens] (W115 301) ; Eaton 1565) (Pd). MARYLAND: Wicomico: W. M. Canby 1g2 (W--9 37167); Shreve & Jones 1300 (W--60856)). DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Holm s.n. [8.1900] (B1—253866). VIRGINIA: Norfolk Co.: Kearney 1558 1558 (1 (W— 35628) . bir George Co.: Fernald, Long, & Smart 6790 (W--1682875). Sussex Co.: Fernald & Long 1,92) & Long 192) (W— 2003551). NORTE CAROLINA: Brunswick Co.: 0. Drushel 10075 (W (Ww 1688975). Carteret Co.: Godfrey 5792 (W—~-1768165); McC. McCarthy 5 (W--l)5308). Chowan Co.: Godfrey 535 5345 (W—1768032). Columbus Co.: Godfrey 6341 (W—1768)38) . Craven Co.: We H. Brown 9 (W—512889) ; 108 PUBL TD nOUG TA Vol. 29, no. 2 Godfrey 432 (W--1767)83). Cumberland Co.: Godfrey 550 (W-- 1767577)» Onslow Co.: Godfrey 5760 Sane ane Pender Co.: Godfrey 47h0 (W—176770h) ; Hyams s.r. [Bengaw, Sept. 1879] (W— =o . Rowan Co.: Small & Heller 180 (W—937162). Roanoke Is land: Hotchkiss & Uhler 7225 (2122098) County undetermined: Small & & Heller son. . [North Carolina] (W—l526)). SOUTH CAROLINA: Berkeley Co.: Godfrey & & Tryon 603 (W--183745)). Darlington Co.: Norton s.n. [Cohen 69] (W--1070520). Georgetown Co.: seatre & Tryon 343 (W--18372)3). Greenville Co.: J. D. Smith 16 i 937163). Hampton Co.: Wilbur & Webster oss (zee ” Wale liamsburg Co.: Godfrey & Tryon . 509 (W—-18 37383). GEORGIA: Ben Hill Co.: R. Kral 28773 (W——2673948). Brooks Co.: R. Kral 28685 (W—26739Lh). Calhoun Co.: R. Kral 2862) (W—26739L6). Camden Co.: Drushel 10133 (W-1688980). Dodge Co.: R. Kral 2875 (W— 2673945). Early Co.: Re Kral 27090 (W--267397). Jeff Davis Co.: Shacklette 6919 (B1l--20121)). Laurens Co.: R. Kral 28723 (W- 267392). Screven Co.: R. Kral 2030 (W--21;70322) . “Sapelo Is- land: Duncan 20365 (W—2262623). FLORIDA: Duval Co.: Curtiss 3016 (W--1,5269, W--937159), 5060 [June 20] (W—-2279), > 5060 [Aug. 6] (W—-22),79), 5690 [June 2h] (W--280617), 5690 [Aug. 21] (W—-280617). Franklin Co.: Biltmore Herb. 3867¢ (W—335192) . Hen- dry Co.: Sturtevant 18 (W—252h700). Hernando Co.: Howard 12953 (W--23279 3h ). Highlands Co.: Brass 15282 (W—20 065165) . Lake Co.: Nash 847 (W—-228003, W—937165), 1722 (W—228082, W-- 937166). Lee Co.: A. S. Hitchcock 375 (W—38708); P. C. Stand- ley 12866 12866 (W—-896323) , ~ 18888 888 (W-~1 028667), 18891 (W--1028670) . Levy Co.: Kral & Kral 6920 920 (W--2308)20). Manatee Co.: Perdue LIST (W--2233087). Orange Co.: Murrill 713 (W—1928533). Wash- Gngton Co.: E. S. Ford 3686 (W--2230909). Saint Vincent Island: McAtee 1828 (W--586169) . County undetermined: Herb. Chapman 555 (W--937170); J. H. Simpson 396 [Trahue] (W—l5266). ALABAMA: Baldwin Co.: Mohr s.n. [Oct. 7, 189k] (W-~784513); Tracy 8043 (W--513697). Butler Co.: J. D. Smith 491 (W—937158), 192 (W— 937157). Escambia Co.: R. Kral 3288 (W--2673953). Mobile Co.: Bush 71 (W—318393); Mohr s.n. [Aug. 1870] (W--78516). MISSIS- SIPPI: Covington Co.: Webster | & Wilbur 3373 (W—2068092). Han- cock Co.: Drushel 1009), (W—1688978). Harrison Co.: Demaree 30610 (W--2176872); Tra Tracy 6417 (W--383776), sone (7/2/1895) (w— 309079). Jackson Co.: Tracy 6417 cy 6417 (W—354205). Pearl River Co.: R. Kral 17331 (W—2,7029). LOUISIANA: Calcasieu Par.: Allison 267 (W- (W--51)075). Saint Tanmany Par.: Arséne 12030 (W-—-10 031601), 11663 (W—1031602), 11786 (W--1033018), ) 12259 (W—1033053) ; Langlois Sone [9 .1X.1892] (W—-165968). TEXAS: Hardin Co.: Lundell & , Lundell 11902 (W-~2330383); Tharp s.n. [2-21-12] (W— 17aohwye. 7) 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 109 ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE var. LATIFOLIUM Chapm. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 9, 11, & 20h. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 35h (1972) and 28: 28. 197. Material of this variety has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as E. compressum Lam. The Biltmore Herb. 3867c, Nash 847, Small & Heller 180, and P. C. Standley 18688, cited herein as typical E. decangulare L., , have leaves rather wide for that taxon and may very possibly represent var. latifo- iium instead. They are from Franklin County, Florida, Lake Cow Coun- ty, ty, Florida, Rowan County, North Carolina, and Lee County, Flori- da, respectively. Additional citations: FLORIDA: Marion Co.: O'Neill s.n. [Sept. 12, 1929] (W—1)88)1). County undetermined: Herb. Chapma 553 [Florida] (W—937161), son. [Florida] (W—95501 18—isotype). ALA- BAMA: Baldwin Co.: Mohr & Sargent s.n. [Oct. 7, 189)] (W—781512) . MISSISSIPPI: Harrison Co.: J. De ‘Smith 650 (W—-937160) . ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE var. MINOR Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 22 (1973) and 28: 427 & 429. 197k. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in swamps and on boggy pond shores, flowering (in addition to the months previ- ously reported) in June. Additional citations: DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Holm s.n. [7.1888] (B1--253279). NORTH CAROLINA: Lincoln Co.: Ahles 5),809 (Bl— 180702). LOUISIANA: Jackson Par.: Thomas, Dorris, & Drane 13921 (Bl—2),325) . ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE f. PARVICEPS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 58 (1973) and 28: 427—l30. 197k. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in tufts on sandy peat of bogs in longleaf pine savannas, in sandy clay peat moist from borrow pit bogs, in sandy peat of pine flatwoods bogs, in wet sand and gravel openings in swamps, on Sphagnum hillocks in open white gravelly bogs, in grass-sedge bogs or savannas, on gravel in seepage bogs, in moist pinebarrens, boggy woods, coast- al plain swamps, moist meadows, pinelands and wet open pinelands, white sandy swamps, opem, sandy, acid, and mountain bogs, and savannas, at altitudes from near sealevel to 2500 feet. The flowering-heads are uniformly described as white or gray-white. The scapes are to }); dm. tall on Cory 56611, 7-angled, with the sheath surpassing the leaves. Thaxter s.n. (Cullhowee, June 15—- July 15, 1887] has its scapes 8--10-angled, Ward s.n. [Holmead Swamp, Oct. 3, 1880] has them 7—10-angled, Hyams s.n sn. (Burgaw, Aug. 1878] has them 10-angled, McCarthy s.n. {julio 1885] 7- or 8-angled, and R. M. Harper hi only Q-angled. On J J. Reverchon 4,359a the scapes are 6-angled and the plant is obviously in very young flower-bud condition (collected on May 9). 110 Pine ia a Eee Vol. 29, no. 2 It should be noted here that the leaves are rather long and broad in J. Reverchon 2766 (collected on July 10), Tharp h43hb, and Hotchkiss & Ekvall 3755. One sheet of Hale s.n. [180] has leaves of typical f. 1 f. parviceps length and breadth, while the oth- er sheet has them extra long and broad. One plant on the Ward s. n. [Holmead Swamp, Oct. 3, 1880] exhibits leaves typical for f. parviceps, while the other has them extra long and broad. McCar- thy sen. [julio 1885] consists of 3 typical f. parviceps plants as to leaf=-size and -shape, and a fourth plant with much longer and wider leaves (this latter plant may be a juvenile specimen of typical E. decangulare L, ). The Collector undesignated s.n. (1832), cited below, has leaves of typical f. parviceps parviceps length, but rather broader than is typical for the form. Harper says of his no. 3996: "May be E. decangulare, but rath- er small, pretty far inland, a and blooming - rather late [Aug . 15] for that species", He found it growing among rocks below the highwater mark along the Little River, Cherokee County, Alabama, and adds the comment that "E, lineare was found in the same county in 1906 (see Bull. Torrey Club 33: 527) but that blooms still earlier." Practically all the New Jersey specimens cited below have erect elongate leaves, all the Maryland specimens have short tenu- ous leaves, almost all the District of Columbia collections have rather longish narrow leaves [except one plant of the Ward s.n. collection]. Most of the North Carolina specimens exhibit narrow rather short leaves [except as otherwise noted below] — the col- lections made in July and August appear to have mature heads and are probably correctly identified as f. parviceps, but those col- lected in June or even early July, if also exhibiting larger leaves, may very well prove to be immature examples of typical E. decangulare. Most of the Georgia collections have rather short narrow leaves as is typical of f. parviceps (eB, Cronquist 5u25, Earle 3123, R. M. Harper hl, W. Rhoades 323). Maxon 6469 actually ha has leaves so 0 tiny that t they | greatly resemble those of _ E. pellucidum Michx.! Wurdack & Wurdack 252 is a voucher for ana- tomical material and the collectors note that the plant was "lo- cally abundant". All the South Carolina specimens cited below show narrow somewhat elongate leaves. The following collections, although cited below because of their small heads, are very immature and in view of the early time of collection may actually represent not-yet-fully-developed plants of typical E. decangulare L. whose flower-heads have not yet fully expanded: eee Herb, 2867a [July] & 3867b [July], Coville 202 [June], R. Kral 17208 [Mt [May 29] & 17223 [May May 29], E. J. . Palmer 7981 { June 12], and | Tracy racy 7587. The following have rather r large, leaves and may actually represent immature specimens of var. latifolium Chapm.: Hotchkiss & Ekvall 3755 [June], Small & Heller 180 [June paar 1891], and Thaxter | sen. [Chillhowee, June 15——July | 15, 1399]. 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 1 On the other hand, the following collections, also cited below, are likewise only in flower—bud condition but seem rather defin- itely to be f. parviceps when the sum total of characters is con- sidered: Godfrey 4453 LL 3 Fate, Pollard 484 [July], and P. C. Standley 11756 [June] —~ House . 2602 h has slightly wider leaves but otherwise meets all the im important characteristics of f. parvi- ceps. ~~ In summation: of the specimens cited below the following seem very definitely to represent f. parviceps and may be taken as truly representative: (1) collected in June: Cronquist 5425, Earle 3123, Godfrey 4483; (2) collected in July: Anect 90, Chicke: s.n. (Manchester, July 19, 1373], Fogg 4602, Godfrey 868, God- frey & Tryon 927, House 2602, R. Kral 20651. 1& “20570, UcAtee 989, McCar “n. [julio 188] in part, Pollard 48h, and Tharp 2980, wey. Ue & 4348a; (3) collected in Au August: N. L. Britton s. n. [Manchester, Aug. 28, 1879], M. A. Chase 685h, "Fogg 4655 L655, God= aie eel 5821 & 6166, R. M. Harper Wj) & 3996, Killip 6470, Leggett Rhoades 323, Steele Sn. [Tecoma Park, Aug. 12, 1896], tle; Van Eseltine 190; (4) collected in pabrbecren E. ide Alexander s.n. [Forked River, Sept. 18, 1932], Coville s.n. [Holmead's Swamp, Sept. 29, 1889], Maxon 6469, Olds san. Sen. [Old Powder Mill Swamp, Sept. 1898], and Standley & Bollman n 10258; and (5) collected in October: Dewey 158 and Ward s.n. [Holmead Swamp, Oct. 3, 1880] in part. As some indication of how different from the typical E. decan- gulare L. is the aspect of this plant when fully matured, one should note the large number of the collections cited below which were originally identified by the collectors in the field as E. eee Lam., E. gnaphalodes Michx., E. lineare Small, E. sep- tangulare With., and E. texense Korn. Material of this form has also been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria under the curious designations "Eriocaulon decangularis L." and "Lach- nocaulon anceps (Walt.) Moray". The following collections were previously misidentified and cited by me as E. decangulare before more intensive study reveal- ed the presence of subspecific taxa: E. J. Alexander SoM. [Forked River, Sept. 18, 19321, Biltmore Herb. 3067a & 30607d, Braun s.n. (July 26, 1938], N. L, Britton s.n. [HManchester, Aug. 25, 1879], Gollector undetermined sen. [1832], Cronquist tee gare 3123, 3996, Aw Aw “A. Heller lade TRAC (hao [August 21, 1890], Re oi ae , 20651, & 20970, Leggett tt sen. [Quaker Bridge, Aug. 8th, 1864), Reverchon 2766, W. Rhoades 32 323, Small & Heller 180 [June 25--26, 1891], Tharp Wi3l5, GL3u6, Us3k8a, & sen. [Sealy, 6/28/lj2], and E. H. Walker L160. Additional citations: NEW JERSEY: Burlington Co.: Fogg 1,602 ate Benet TO te OFG Pe Vol. 29, no. 2 (W--1630698), 4655 (W—1630699); Leggett s.n. [Quaker Bridge, Aug. 8th 186] (nN); “Wurdack & Wurdack 2542 (W-=253703)). Ocean Co.: E. J. Alexander s.n. [Forked River, Sept. 18, 1932] (N); N. L. Britton 3.n,. {Manchest ter, Aug. 28, 1879] (N); Chickering s.n. [Manchester, July 19, 1873] (W—-2288395) . MARYLAND: Harford Co.: Ulksi sen, [Oct. 7, 1917] (W—1)39973). Prince Georges Co.: M. A. Chase 685) (Ww--64,2607) ; Killip 6470 (W--108869); E. C. Leonard 706 706 (W--2153188); McAtee 989 (W--6,2738) ; Olds s.n. 1. [Old Powder Mill Swamp, Sept. 1898] (W—-338855); P. C. Standley 11756 (W— 895338) ; E. H. Walker 4160 (N). DISTRICT | OF COLUMBIA: Coville Se n. [Holmead's Swamp, Sept. 29, 1889] (W--l5309) ; 158 (W—— 283491); Maxon 6469 (W—118060); Pollard 48h (W--293635, W— 307440); Steele s.n. [Tacoma Park, Aug. 12, 1896] (W—363620); Van Eseltine 190 (W—-6223h) ; Vasey 8 Ne [Holaiead Swamp, 1881] (W976) ; ; Ward s.n. [Holmead Swamp, “Oct. 3, 1880] (W--152100), s.n. [188] (W--2)2)42). NORTH CAROLINA: Brunswick Co.: Godfrey 4868 (W--176780)). Buncombe Co.: Biltmore Herb. 3867a (N, W— 331152), 3867d (N, W--335)90); Standley & por uian 10258 (W—— 689079). Catawba Co.: Small & Heller 180 [June 25--26, 1891] (N, W--5265). Columbus Co.: Braun s.n. [July 26, a (W—-2666 390) . Dare Co.: Hotchkiss & Ekvall 3762 (W--2l22097) . Jackson Co.: Thaxter s.n, [Cullhowee, June 15—July 15, 1887] (W—l15881) . New Hanover Co.: Biltmore Herb. 3867b (#331151) ; Coville 202 (W—l5307). Onslow Co.: Godfrey 4h83 (W--1767530), 5821 (N, W. W-- 1768188). Pender Co.: Hyams Se as es) Aug. 1878] Ci— 152097). Rowan Co.: A. A. Heller 181 [August 21, 1890] (C); Small & Heller 181 [Aug. 1), 1891] (W—937172). Sampson Co.: Godfrey 6166 (W—1768297). County undetermined: McCarthy s.n. {julio 1885] (W-—-152098, W--2l,3906). SOUTH CAROLINA: Anderson Co.: J. Davis s.n. (13-7-21] (W--1089021). Clarendon Co.: God- frey & Tryon 927 (N, W—-1837695). Lancaster Co.: House 2602 (W- Sl). GEORGIA: Columbia Co.: Collector undetermined s.n. [1832] (C). Douglas Co.: Cronquist 5425 (N, W—19287lL). Lee Co.: Earle 3123 (N). Sumter Co.: R. M. Harper hy (N, W— 384446). Wilcox Co.: W. Rhoades 323 (N). FLORIDA: Manatee Co.: Tracy 7587 (W—12233). ALABAMA: Cherokee Coe: R. M. Harper 3996 (N, W W—2175560). LOUISIANA: Allen Par.: R. ~ Kral 20970 (N, W—21,70h09) « Beauregard Par.: R. Kral 17208 (W--27027). Nat- chitoches Par.: E. J. Palmer 7981 (W--1531711). Rapides Par.: Hale s.n. [180] ~(W--78451h, W—-78515). Saint Tammany pate Anect 90 ; 90 (W--10870h7). Vernon Par.: R. Kral 17223 ep W-~ 2470396), 20651 (N, W--2470395). TEXAS: Austin Co.: Tharp 4)3h6 (N), b43y8a (N), sen. [Sealy, 6/28/)2] (N, alin ee SNe ‘(Bop near near Sealy, 6/28/42) (B1--50060). Hardin Co.: thee Pp, Gim- brede, & Yang 51-1h)9 (Bl--91419); Tharp & Tyson s.n. 6/217 52] (B1--9187¢) . Hen Henderson Co.: Tharp 2880 . (W--1203)08). Jasper 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 13 Co.: Cory 56611 (W+-2007913). Robertson Co.: F. A. Barkley 1350 (w-18 7003). Smith Co.: J. Reverchon 2766 (N, W—LihO232, W— 500957), 4359a (W--S01327). Tyler Co.: Tharp 4l3k5 (N). Waller Co.: E. Hall 675 (W—l5267). NICARAGUA: Cabo Gracias a Dios: Bunting & Licht 438 (N). ERIOCAULON DECEMFLORUM Maxim. Additional & amended bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 130, 133, 13h, & 20). 199; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 46: 372-373 [20—-21]. 1971; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 2h: 354. 1972. ERIOCAULON DECEMFILORUM f. ABERANS Satake Additional & emended bibliography: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 46: 373 [21]. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 354. 1972. Emended illustrations: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 6: 373 [21]. 1971. ERIOCAULON DECIPIENS N. E. Br. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon sonderianum Rendle ex N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 25, in syn. 1901 [not E. sonderiamum Korn., 1856]. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.- Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 235 & 245. 1901; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 119, 120, & 20). 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 354--355 (1972) and 28: 457. 197h. Brown (1901) cites Whyte 115 from Malawi and comments: "This plant is so exceedingly like E, sonderianum, Koernicke, in ex- ternal appearance as to have been mistaken for it, but it dis- tinctly differs in the following particulars: -- The flowering- bracts are much longer, broader, without the fuscous spot on each side of the less pronounced keel, and are less rigid and more membranous; the sepals of the male flowers are larger, much more membranous, not keeled, and are fuscous quite to the apex, whilst in E. sonderianum the apical part of the sepals of the male flowers is white with a whitish mid-line running half-way down the keel. Other differences may, perhaps, be found in the fe- male flowers when known. From E. Dregei, Hochst., it differs in its very acute leaves, and much shorter cilia on the sepals, &c ," ERIOCAULON DENSUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 355 (1972) ERIOCAULON DEPAUPERATUM Merr. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver~- benac., [ed. 2], 141 & 20. 1919; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 355. 1972. [to be contimed] A NEW SPECIES OF OREOWEISIA FROM MEXICO (DICRANACEAE, MUSCT) Harold Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 Frank D. Bowers 1, 2 Botany Department University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee 37916 The genus Oreoweisia is of world wide distrubtion with the greatest concentration of species in Latin America. The mexican representatives of the genus, for unknown reasons, have been very aes coming to the attention of bryologists. The South American ligularis Mitt. was listed by Crum (1951) from Jalisco and by ee M. (1971) as 0. bogotensis (Hampe) Mitt. from the volcanoes Nevada de Toluca and Popocatépetl (State of Mexico) and Ixtaccfhuatl (State of Puebla). A second mexican species, OQ. mexicana H.Robins., was described as new in 1965 from the State of Guerrero. More recent collections of Oreoweisia have now appeared that seem to be a third and previously undescribed species from Mexico. The new species is the first from Mexico having smooth rather than papillose or mamtllose leaf cells. The appearance is rather close to 0. mexicana but that species has the additional differ- ences of broader capsules with urns half as wide as long and larger spores 25-30, in diameter. A bolivian species, 0. tunar- iensis Herz., has described features most similar to the new species from Mexico, but the former has more linear leaves, smaller spores (15-20,), and the median cells of the leaf are distinctly larger than those at the margin. Oreoweisia delgadilloi H.Robinson & F.D.Bowers, sp. nov. Plantae paroicae dense caespitosae ca. 2 cm altae virides inferne albo- vel rufo-tomentosae; folia sat laxe inserta sicca contorta humida erecto-patentia anguste oblonga plerumque ca. 3 mm longa et 0.6-0.7 mm lata margine plana vel leniter recurvata inferne integra superne sensim distincte serrulata apice breviter acuta supra et subtus laevia, cellulis mediis plerumque subquad- ratis vel brevioribus 10-17, latis 7-12, longis basilaribus sensim leniter longioribus prope costam usque ad 50, longis, parietibus basilaribus interioribus leniter tenuioribus, costis T Study supported in part by the Richards Foundation 2 Contribution from the Botanical Laboratory, The University of Tennessee, N.S. no. 420. hh 197 Robinson & Bowers, New species of Oreoweisia 115 subpercurrentibus inferne ca. 100, latis. Folia perichaetialia similaria plerumque 2-3 mm longa inferne laxe convoluta, cellulis basilaribus valde laxioribus. Calyptrae cucullatae ca. 2.5 mm longae laeves. Setae 5-6 mm longae flavae laeves; opercula breviter rostrata ca. 0.5 mm longa; thecae anguste ovali-oblongae plerumque 1.2-1.3 mm longae ca. 0.4 mm latae flavae vel luteae sub orificio parum constrictae anguste rufescentes; dentes rubescentes ca. 250, longi laeves superne ad medium irregulariter fenestrati; sporae 20-25, diam. ovales perminute papillosae. Type: MEXICO: Durango: Hanging on side of cliff, partial shade, meso., ridge. Oak-pine forest with Madrofio along Hwy. 40 about 9 miles west of La Ciudad. 8,650 ft., 30 Dec. 1973. Bowers, Delgadillo M., & Somers 5075 (US, holotype; TENN, iso- type) . Paratypes: MEXICO: Durango: Oak-pine forest with large exposed boulders (granite?) along Hwy. 40 about 4 miles west of La Ciudad. 8900 ft., 30 Dec. 1973. Bowers, Delgadillo M., & Somers 5264-h; On moist, rather sunny rocks. In pine, oak, and juniper forest on flat top of ridge along Hwy 40 about 9 miles west of La Ciudad. Elev. ca. 8500 ft., 26 Dec. 1971. Norris et al 20792 (TENN & Herb. NORRIS); Chihuahua: On soil, partial shade, meso., slope. Oak-pine forest and stream with cliff (limestone) and rocks. 37 miles north of Creel (16 min. north of San Juanita) on road from Creel to La Junta (Hwy. 16). ia 4 Jan. 1974. Bowers, Delgadillo M., & Somers 5395 US, TENN). The new species is named after Dr. Claudio Delgadillo M., bryologist on the staff of the Instituto de Biologia, U.N.A.M. Ciudad Universitaria in Mexico. Literature Cited Crum, H. A. 1951. The Appalachian-Ozarkian element in the moss flora of Mexico with a check-list of all known Mexican mosses. Ph.D. dissertation. Univ. Michigan, Ann Arnor. Delgadillo M., C. 1971. Phytogeographic studies on alpine mosses of Mexico. The Bryologist 74: 331-346. Robinson, H. 1965. Notes on Oreoweisia and Hypnella from Latin America. The Bryologist 68: 331-334. NOTES ON THE MOSSES OF JUAN FERNANDEZ AND SOUTHERN SOUTH AMERICA Harold Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. A recent study of the mosses of the Juan Fernandez Islands off the coast of Chile has resulted in the discovery of three new species and has shown the need for some nomenclatural changes. The necessary additions and changes are presented here along with some notes on related species. Appended are notes on the distin- ctive Duseniella of Chile and Bucklandia of Tierra del Fuego. The sequence of the genera is according to the recent listing of families (Robinson, 1971). Fissidens Fissidens ornaticostatus H.Robinson, new species (Figs. 1-2) Plantae pusillae. Caules ca. 1 mm longi. Folia disticha 1.2 mm longa ca. 0.25 mm lata oblongo-elliptica acuta non acuminata margine minute serrulata prope basim minute dentata, laminis vaginantibus ca. 0.6 mm longis inaequalibus apice conjunctionibus interdum brevissimis, lamina dorsali ad basim sensim decurrente; nervo 25-30u lato ad cellulas 5-6 sub apice attingente, cellulis centralibus nervi (Fig. 1) biserialibus prominentibus 12-25, latis 30-70, longis subbasalibus 75-130, longis, cellulis extern- is utrinque transparentibus anguste fusiformibus 4-5y, latis 20- 40u, longis; cellulis laminarum irregulariter multi-angularibus 8-10, diam. marginalibus interdum 6, diam., eis juxta nervum 12, diam., juxta nervum basim versus 18-40, longis 12, latis; cell- ulis submarginalibus nonnullis laminarum vaginantium plerumque elongatis ad 35, longis. Caetera ignota. Type: JUAN FERNANDEZ: Mas a Tierra: V. Colonial, Q. Seca, 455 m, Skottsberg 26 in part (Holotype, S; isotype slide, US). The new species is most closely related to Fissidens leptochaete Dus. which occurred in the same collection, but the former differs by the very prominent inner cells of the costa, the nonacuminate leaf tip and the essentially non-papillose leaf cells. Walls over the cell lumens are often a little thickened in the centers. Rhacomitrium A number of species from southern South America are notable 116 | 1974 Robinson, Notes on mosses 117 for the relatively stout costa of the leaves. The two most freq- uently cited species are Rhacomitrium nigritum Jaeg. and R. sub- nigritum (C.Mill.) Par. This distinctive group of species reach- es its extreme form in Rhacomitrium bartramii (Roiv.) H.Robinson, new comb., basionym: Bucklandia bartramii Roiv., Arch. Soc. Zool. Bot. Fenn. Vanama 9(2): 91. 1955, of Tierra del Fuego. This last species has the costa totally filling the leaf apex and spores up to 28, in diameter. The characters distinguish the species well, but they do not seem to justify separate generic status. The reduction of the monotypic genus avoids the need to provide a new name for Bucklandia Roiv. which is a later homonym. Dicranoloma Dicranoloma kunkelii H.Robinson, new species (Fig. 3) Planta dioica robustiuscula laxe caespitosa ad 5 cm alta. Caules erecti, sectione transversa fasciculum centralem pusillum ostendit. Folia 8-10 mm longa regulariter falcato-secunda anguste lanceolata in apicem longissimam flexuosam prolongata; nervis inferne ca. 50, latis brevilerexcurrentibus apice marginal- iter et abaxialiter distincte denticulatis; cellulis 10-12, latis, inferioribus valde porosis ad 100y, longis, cellulis superioribus (Fig. 3) plerumque brevibus oblongis vel subquad- ratis 10-20, longis luminibus cellularum laminarum sectione transversa dorso-ventraliter compressis. Caetera ignota. Type: JUAN FERNANDEZ: Mas a Tierra: Cordon rechts v. Yunque, 500 m, Kunkel 312/4 (Holotype, B; isotype, US). Paratype: JUAN FERNANDEZ: Mas a Tierra: Quebrada Damajuana, 400-450 m, C. & I. Skottsberg M216 (S). The species is easily distinguished by the very short but large upper leaf ce’ls. The habit is similar to that of Dicranoloma billardieri (Brid.) Par., but the leaf tips are more flexuous. The differences in areolation and leaf tip indicate that the new species is not particularly closely related to either D. billardieri or any other species in the area. Thamnobryum The recent study indicates that there are five distinct species of the genus in Juan Fernandez. The older name for the genus, Thamnium B.S.G., is a later homonym and transfers to the genus Thamnobryum Nieuwl. are necessary. The five species from Juan Fernandez are as follows. Thamnobryum carolii (Broth.) H.Robinson, new comb., basionym: Thamnium carolii Broth. in Skottsberg, Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez 2: 431. 1924. Thamnob confertum (Mitt.) H.Robinson, new comb., basionym: Porotrichum confertum Mitt., Rep. Sc. Res. Voyage Challenger Bot. 1 (4): 81. 1885. Thamnobryum ingae (Broth.) H.Robinson, new comb., basio- 118 P PMO Oeat A Vol. 29, no. 2 nym: Thamnium ingae Broth. in Skottsb., Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez AI E32.N192L . Thamnobryum proboscideum (Broth.) H.Robinson, new comb., basionym: Thamnium proboscideum Broth. in Skottsb., Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez 2: 433. 1924. Thamnobryum rigidum (Mitt.) H.Robinson, new comb., basionym: Porotrichum rigidum Mitt., J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 12: 467. 1869. The latter species is compared with the closely related New Zealand species, Thamnobryum pandum (Hook.f. & Wils.) Stone & Scott. Duseniella The genus Duseniella Broth. has been placed in the family Meteoriaceae but examination shows that the genus has little in common with that family. On the contrary, the genus has all the characters of the Hookeriaceae including undifferentiated alar cells, double costae and furrowed peristome teeth. The calyptrae are short and conical with sparse hairs. Unfortunately, the name Duseniella is preoccupied and the following change is necessary: Bryodusenia H.Robinson, nom. nov. for Duseniella Broth., Nat. PRLS OE ®12. 1906, not Duseniella K.Schum in Just, Jahresb. 23 (1): 475. 1902. The genus contains one species, Bryodusenia genuflexa (C.Mu11.) H.Robinson, new comb., basionym: Pilotrichum genuflexum C.Miill., Linnaea 18: 676. 1845. The species can be most easily recognized by its slender zigzag leaf tip with prominent retrorse serrations. Achrophyllum The new name Achrophyllum Vitt & Crosby was provided recently (1972) for the genus treated by Brotherus under the name Pterygophyllum. Three species occur in Juan Fernandez and two of these have not yet been transferred. Achrophyllum anomalum (Schwaegr.) H.Robinson, new comb., basionym: Racopilum anomalum Schwaegr., Sp. Musc. Suppl. 3 (2): 278. 1830. Achro- phyllum tenuinervis (Broth.) H.Robinson, new comb., basionym: Pterygophyllum tenuinerve Broth. in Skottsb., Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez 2: 435. 192k. Sematophyllum Sematophyllum kunkelii H.Robinson, new species. Planta dioica mediocris luteo- vel aureoviridis. Caules prostrati ad 6 em longi irregulariter dense multoramosi. Folia subsecunda ca. 2 mm longa 0.35 mm lata oblongo-ovata leviter concava sensim anguste rigide acuminata margine erecta vel inferne incurva superne leniter serrulata, nervis nullis, cellulis mediis linear- ibus 6-7, latis 60-80, longis apicalibus sensim brevioribus ad 25. longis basilaribus luteis ad 40, longis porosis alaribus 197 Robinson, Notes on mosses ng prominentibus 2-3 x 4-5 seriatis hyalinis vel luteolis majoribus rectangularibus 25, latis 75, longis, cellulis alaribus superior- ibus foliorum veternorum saepe rhizoidea producentibus. Folia perichaetialia ad 1.5 mm long oblongo-ovata apicibus ca. 0.25 mm longis abrupte aliquantum breve acuminatis margine distincte dense minute dentata, cellulis apicalibus ca. 25, longis. Setae ca. 10 mm longae rubescentes laeves. Capsulae suberectae ovales inoperculatae ca. 1.5 mm longae. Sporae 12-15u diam. minute papillosae. Type: JUAN FERNANDEZ: Mas a Tierra: Wand Damajuana, Nordgrat, 550 m, freistehend, Kunkel 317/18a (Holotype, B; isotype, US). Paratypes: JUAN FERNANDEZ: Mas a Tierra: Cordon rechts v. Yunque, Muster vom Waldboden in 500 m Hohe, Kunkel 312/3b (B); Quebrada Damajuana, 400-450 m, Skottsberg M208 (S); Forests of Villagra, 400-550 m, Skottsberg M232 (S). The species seems to be endemic to Mas a Tierra. Material was reported by Bartram (1957) as Sematophyllum masafuerae, and the species is very closely related. Sematophyllum kunkelii differs by its smaller and less lustrous leaves. Literature Cited Bartram, E. B. 1957. Mosses collected during Dr. and Mrs. C. Skottsberg's second expedition to the Juan Fernandez Islands, December 1954 to March 1955. Ark. Bot. ser. 2, A: 29-L3. Robinson, H. 1971. A revised classification for the Orders and Families of mosses. Phytologia 21: 289-293. Vitt, D. H. & M. R. Crosby 1972. Achrophyllum—A new name for a genus of mosses. The Bryologist 75: 174-175. Vol. 29, no. 2 PHYTOLOGIA 120 7 pee OE ae ww. [Ne \Gaimen pu) 3. i] . | 5 plo: ol & 0 El Ole? B Ry n uy = o () BIH SG A] oO nto Alo 4 ed re ilty O (om?) N OH 1 no dv oO 28 en| n ®O * & Hn oO fo jor [or doen —&, A oN pg ° le) NH ogo s Tw oO: Ace {e) a 3% Viel LS o ee Py ened Boned on Baie eae [omne) ta Ooms n ° QO | £ gle 3| 3 »} | oO O}-d ola STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CXXIX, A NEW GENUS, VITTETIA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 One of the Largest elements of the Eupatorieae is a series that has been termed in these studies as "Gyptoid", These relatives of the genus Gyptis Cassini are usually marked by more than 5 flowered Fasda; by a simple glabrous style base and papillose style branches, and by annulately ornamented cells of the anther collar. The series includes some non-conforming genera such as Neocuatrecasia R.M.King & H.Robinson or Dasycondylus R.M.King & H.Robinson and is related to the Disynaphioid and Eupatorioid series all of which reach their greatest development in the eastern parts of North and South America. The entire complex gives every indication of considerable age and diversity and there seem to be many isolated genera. One such isolated genus is described on the basis of the common Eupatorium orbiculatum DC. of southern Brazil. The species has been recognized in the past pri- marily by the slender erect rarely branched stems with close-set, short-petioled, opposite, suborbicular leaves. The plant is thinly covered by short glandular puncta- tions and short erect hairs. Details of the heads provide a number of more significant details including minutely pubescent receptacles, achenes with 7-10 ribs, corollas with narrow tubes and flaring bases, the very thick-margined smooth lobes and stylar appendages with crowded sharp papillae. Closest relationship may be to the genera Urolepis (King & Robinson, 1971) and Gyptidium (King & Robinson, 1972) which also have corollas with narrow tubes of less tapering form. These latter differ not only in the more campanulate less trumpet-shaped corolla Limbs but also in the inflated to rounded tips of the apical cells of the Ppappus setae and by the 5 ribs of the achenes. Gyptidium differs further by the papillose or mamillose Surfaces of the corolla lobes. Urolepis differs by the greatly expanded receptacles bearing TO0-150 flowers, the extremely long papillae on the style branches and the large carpopodium with large thin-walled cells. The new genus is named for Dr. Nelly Vittet who was coauthor with Dr. Cabrera on the treatments of the Vernonieae and Eupatorieae for the Compositae Cathar- inenses (1961). 121 122 Pai TeO TL) OrG TA Vol. 29, no. 2 Vittetia R.M.King & H.Robinson, genus novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae). Suffrutices erecti base lignosi multo ramosi. Caules teretes minute puberuli, pilis saepe ad apicem glanduliferis. Folia opposita perbreviter petiolata, laminis orbiculatis vel Late ovatis obtusis crenato-serratis puberulis et glandulo- feris base distincte trinervatis, nervis lateralibus ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae profuse Late corymbosae; pedicelli interdum elongati graciles. Involucri Squamae subimbricatae ca. 15 parum inaequilongae oblongo- lanceolatae extus puberuli et glanduliferae; receptacula plana minute puberula. Flores ca. 12 in capitula; corollae anguste infundibulares inferne sensim anguste tubulares extus profuse glanduliferae, cellulis elong- atis, parietibus plerumque distincte sinuatis, lLobis parum longioribus quam latioribus laevibus integris; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore aliquantum angustata, cellulis oblongis vel longioribus, parieti- bus parum annulate ornatis, appendices oblongae parum Longioribus quam laterioribus; styli inferne glabri non nodulosi, appendicibus linearibus dense argute papillo- sis; achaenia prismatica 7-10 costata dense glandulifera; carpopodia parva prominula, cellulis minutis subquad- ratis 3-4-seriatis, parietibus tenuibus vel parum incrassatis; pappus setiformes uniseriatus, setis ca. 30-40 scabrellis superne parum gracilioribus, cellulis apicalibus argute acutis. Species typica: Eupatorium orbiculatum DC. The genus contains the following single species. Vittetia orbiculata (A.P.Decandolle) R.M.King & H.Rob- vittetia orbiculatsé inson, comb. nov. Eupatorium orbiculatum A.P. Decandolle, Prodr. 5: 172. 1836. Brazil. References Cabrera, A.L. & N.Vittet. 1961. Compositae Catharinenses I, Vernonieae. Sellowia 13: 143-193. & 1963. Compositae Catharinenses II, Eupatorieae. Sellowia 15: 149-258. King, cue: H.Robinson. 1971. Studies in the Eupator- ieae (Asteraceae). XL. The genus, Urolepis. Phytologia 21: 304-305. ; & 1972. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). LXIX. A new genus, Gyptidium. Phytologia 23: 310-311. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CXXX. NOTES ON CAMPULOCLINIUM, KOANOPHYLLON, MIKANIA AND SYMPHYOPAPPUS. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Recent efforts in the study of the Eupatorieae have indicated four isolated cases needing nomenclatural changes. Three of the plants involved have additional features which seem worthy of mention and illustration. Campuloclinium campuloclinioides (Baker) R.M.King & H. Robinson, comb. nov. Ageratum campuloclioides Baker, Mart., Fl. Bras. 6 (25+ 156. 1876. Syn. Trichogonia barrosoana Barroso, Arquivo Jard. Bot. Rio de Janeiro Il:13. 1951; Campuloclinium barrosoana (Barroso) R.M. King & H.Robinson, Phytologia 24:404. 1972. The species has been rejected from various treat- ments of Ageratum with the suggestion of placement in Trichogonia without proper combination (B.L.Robinson, 1913, Johnson, 1971). A recent recollection by Coleman (1970) was from near the type locality in Goyas, Brazil but collections from farther east in Minas Gerais have been recently described as a new species in the genus Trichogonia by Barroso (1951). Our own studies had already shown the later species to be a Campuloclinium (King & Robinson, 1972). Comparison of. the two type specimens loaned through the kindness of the Museo at Rio de Janiero and Kew show that the two species are identical. The above unfortunate combination is necessary. Koanophyllon lobatifolia (Cabrera) R.M.King & H.Robin- son, comb. nov. Bupatorium lLobatifolium Cabrera in Cabrera & Vittet, Sane [Ss 152, hao... The species has unusually lobed leaves with eccentrically placed secondary veins. The sinuses of the leaves occasionally reach the midrib near the base of one of the secondary veins and in some cases a secondary vein runs directly to the end of a shallower sinus where it divides. The basal lobes often have two secondary veins running parallel with little apparent orientation to the margin of the lobe. The venation contrasts greatly to that shown in the illustration accompanying the original description (Cabrera & Vittet, 123 12h Pony sf OCb OGi EA Vol. 29, no. 2 1963). The unusual leaves of the plant do not detract from the completely Koanophyllon type of corollas, anthers, and styles. The anther appendages are short and grooved in the middle as noted in typical Koano- phyllon species. The only feature of the genus that is not evident is the paniculate inflorescence, but the present material has such a sparing inflorescence that the basic structure cannot be determined. Mikania iltisii R.M.King & H.Robinson, nom. nov. Mikania standleyi R.M.King & H.Robinson, Phytol- ogia 28: 272. 1974. not M. standleyi B.L.Robinson, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 77: 59. 26, also of Costa Rica. The species is here renamed for Dr. Hugh Iltis, a collector of the paratype specimen. Symphyopappus catharinensis (Cabrera) R.M.King & H. POBInEon: comb. nov. Eupatorium catharinense Cabrera in Cabrera & Vittet, Sellowia 15: 197. 1963. The species shares almost all features of the genus as circumscribed by King & Robinson (1971b). The one character by which the species is distinct from all others, the ten flowers per head, represents a doubling of the five flowers per head that is otherwise characteristic of the entire Disynaphioid Complex (King & Robinson, 1971la). References Barroso, G.M. 1951. Estudo des especies Brasileiras de Trichogonia Gardn. Arquivos do Jardim Botanico do Rio de Janeiro 11: 7-18. Cabrera, A.L. & N. Vittet 1963. Compositae Catharin- enses. II. Eupatorieae. Sellowia 15: 149-258. Coleman, J.R. 1970. Additional chromosome numbers in Brazilian Compositae. Rhodora 72: 94-99, Johnson, M.F. 1971. A monograph of the genus Ageratum L. (Compositae-Eupatorieae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 58: 6-88, King, R.M. & H.Robinson 197la. Studies in the Eupat- orieae (Asteraceae). LI. The Disynaphioid Complex. Phytologia 22: 109-110. 197 King & Robinson, Studies in the Eupatorieae 125 King R.M. & H.Robinson. 1971b. Studies in the Eupator- ieae (Asteraceae). LIV. The genus, Symphyopappus. Phytologia 22:115-117. 1972. Studies in the Eupatorieae & (Asteraceae). CX. Additions to the genus, Campulo- clinium. Phytologia 24:404-406. Robinson, B.L. 1913. A generic key to the Compositae- Eupatorieae. Contr. Gray Herb. n.s. 42:429-437. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant BMS 70-00537 AO4 to the senior author. 126 Ppa TO LOvGs;i sk Vol. 29, no. 2 Campuloclinium campuloclinioides (Baker) R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype of Ageratum g campuloclinioides Baker, Kew. This and following photographs by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. 1974 King & Robinson, Studies in the Eupatorieae Koanophyllon lobatifolium (Cabrera) R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, Laplata. 127 Ae tc TT iy || iis 128 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 2 Symphyopappus catharinensis (Cabrera)R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, Laplata. Enlargements of Heads. Upper left; Campuloclinium campuloclinioides. Upper right; Koanophyllon Lobatifol: Bottom; Symphyopappus catharinensis. NOTES ON THE GENUS CLITORIA (LEGUMINOSAE) IN PANAMA Thomas B. Croat* Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, Missouri There are 6 species of Clitoria in Panama. Several problems concerning delimitation of these species throughout their range, as well as problems of nomenclature, have prompted this discussion of Panamanian species of Clitoria. A key to these species follows: A. Leaves 5-9 foliate Clitoria ternatea L. alte A. Leaves 3-foliate: B. Plants herbaceous or at most suffruticose, not lianas or trees: C. Stems and petioles glabrous or nearly so; reticulate veins prominently raised on both surfaces; plants usually unbranched Clitoria guianensis (Aubl.) Benth. 4. var. subsessilis (Rose) Croat C. Stems and petioles conspicuously pubescent; reticulate veins not at all raised; plants often branched: D. Leaf blades acuminate at apex; calyx less than 1.5 cm long Clitoria multiflora Mart. & Gal. 3s D. Leaf blades rounded to retuse at apex; calyx more than 2 ecm long Clitoria rubiginosa Juss. De B. Plants lianas, shrubs or trees: E. Lianas; flowers cauliflorous; calyx ca. 2.5 cm long; standard white or pinkish, with reddish stripes, 5-8 cm long; fruits usually conspicuously and densely pubescent, dark brown, more than 20 cm long; flowering mostly December to May. Clitoria javitensis (H.B.K.) Benth. 5. * Credit is given to Mr. Paul R. Fantz, University of Florida, a student of Clitoria, who reviewed the manuscript and gave helpful suggestions. 130 1974 Croat, Notes on Clitoria 251 E. Shrubs or trees, usually more than 6 m tall; flowers cauliferous; calyx 1.5 cm long; standard violet (keel & wing petals white), less than 2.5 cm long; fruits glabrate, tan, less than 15 cm long; flowering July to December Clitoria glaberrima Pittier 6. 1. Clitoria ternatea L., a native of the Old World tropics, is now widespread in cultivation throughout the New World tropics, but especially in areas flanking the Caribbean. 2. Clitoria rubiginosa Juss. ranges throughout the New World tropics. Clitoria glycinoides DC., a name commonly used in the West Indies and South America, is a synonym. Clitoria rubiginosa is found in disturbed open areas in Panama, in tropical dry forest, premontane moist forest, and tropical moist forest along the Pacific slope (Holdridge Life-Zone System). 3. Clitoria multiflora Mart. & Gal. is known in Panama only from Chiriqui Province in Western Panama. It was col- lected in premontane wet forest. I am not familiar with this species. It is possible that it should be referred to as C. polystachya Benth., which is a slightly older name than C. multiflora. 4. Central American plants going by the name Clitoria guianensis (Aubl.) Benth. and West Indian plants called either Clitoria cajanifolia (Presl) Benth. or C. laurifolia Poir. (a synonym of C. cajanifolium) are subspecifically distinct from C. guianensis. Recognition of this taxon was first made by Rose (1899) in a discussion of Mexican Clitoria. The taxon is, however, not distinct at the level of species and the following recombination is therefore proposed. Clitoria guianensis (Aubl.) Benth. var. subsessilis (Rose) comb. novo. Clitoria subsessilis Rose, Contr. U.S. Natl. Herb. 5: 169. 1899. Lectotype Nelson 2748 (US). Clitoria guianensis var. subsessilis ranges from Mexico to Panama and is also found in the West Indies. In Panama the species occurs in savannas and roadsides on the Pacific slope in tropical dry forest and premontane moist forest. Clitoria guianensis var. subsessilis appears to be morpho- logically intermediate between C. guianensis var. guianensis and C. cajanifolia. It differs from the typical variety of C. guianensis principally in having usually broader leaflets which are dull and glaucous beneath. Clitoria guianensis has leaves which are slender (usually less than 1.5 cm broad), shiny and not glaucous on lower surface. Clitoria guianensis 132 P HOY Oct OFGhivl Vol. 29, no. 2 var. subsessilis has leaves which are similar to C. cajanifolia in superficial appearance but that species has the lower blade surface much more pubescent. Clitoria cajanifolia also differs greatly in habit. Plants are usually much larger (usually much more than a meter tall) and they are also often more or less scandent. Both the typical variety of C. guianensis and the var. subsessilis are short suffruticose plants usually about 30 cm tall. Bentham (1858) in his brief monograph of Clitoria reported C. cajanifolia for both South America and the West Indies but did not mention the glaucous condition of the leaves. I assume that his descriptions were based princi- pally on South American collections of C. cajanifolia rather than on West Indian collections. 5. The two remaining species of Clitoria in Panama, C. javitensis (H.B.K.) Benth. and C. glaberrima Pittier, have long been confused with each other, despite their very obvious differences. Clitoria javitensis (H.B.K.) Benth. has undergone a series of nomenclatural changes in Panama. It was long called C. arborescens Ait., a species from St. Vincent (Lesser Antilles), Trinidad, and the Guianas. Later it was considered a distinct species and called C. portobellensis Beurl., the type of which is from Panama in Colon Province. It has now become obvious however after studying specimens from throughout its range that the Panamanian material is not distinct from South American plants going by the older name C. javitensis (H.B.K.) Benth. It is possibly not distinct from C. leptostachya Benth., also a South American species. Clitoria javitensis (H.B.K.) Benth., as now considered to include C. portobellensis Beurl., thus ranges from Panama to Colombia, the Guianas, northern Brazil, Peru, and Ecuador. This is in agreement with Amshoff in her 1939 treatment of the Papilionaceae for the Flora of Surinam where she included Central America in the range of C. javitensis. On the other hand, she made no mention of C. portobellensis. Clitoria javitensis is usually a slender liana with a stem usually no more than 1.5 cm diam. It occurs in densely forested areas of tropical moist forest. In Panama it is known from the Atlantic slope of the isthmus in the vicinity of the Canal Zone, in the Perlas Islands in the Gulf of Panama (Panama Province) and in Darien Province. The species rarely occurs in open areas such as those reported by Johnston in the Flora of San Jose Island. Possibly the area was a disturbed site and the plants were merely persisting there after the forest had been removed. In such cases where the plant has been found in open areas it may form an erect shrub, no doubt the result of a loss of support. 1974 Croat, Notes on Clitoria 133 Clitoria javitensis possibly flowers and fruits to some extent all year but flowers have been seen only from October to May. Flowering is at its peak in the dry season from December to May. Mature fruits have been seen from January to May. Because of the long standing confusion in Panama between javitensis (H.B.K.) Benth. and Clitoria glaberrima Pittier, en following exsiccatae is given for Panamanian specimens of both species. All specimens are at the Missouri Botanical Garden Herbarium (MO) unless otherwise indicated. Clitoria javitensis (H.B.K.) Benth. CANAL ZONE: Barro Colorado Island: Aviles 85; Croat 4216, 2615. 4853; 4967, 50675 5285, 5333, 5595, 6605, 6734, 7071, ae Eg es AO A Et A Ee Se eS. anne | erage eee aS aemneenias” edie! ampere! ameeiomees® Dwyer 8452; Killip 40034; Shattuck 312; Standley 41137 ay a): Wetmore & Abbe 6, 6A; Wilson 23, Woodworth & Vestal 675; Frijoles, Croat 13223; Las “Las Cascadas Plantation, Standley 29557 (US), 297. 29757 7 (US); Darién Station, Standley 311630 (US), 311634 (US); Between France Field and Catival, Stan andley 30327 30327 (US), 30429 (US); Vicinity of Ft. Sherman, Standley a058° ">" (US); Vicinity of Gamboa, Allen 3931; Gamboa Pipeline Road on Tropic Test Center land, M. Correa A. & B. L. Haines 481; Obisbo, Standley 31689 (US); Rfo Paraiso above E. Paraiso, Standley 29893 (US); Westerly arm of Quebrada Salamanca, Dodge, Steyermark & Allen 17007. CHIRIQUI: Remedios and vicinity, Pittier 5469 (sy. COLON: Juan Mina plantation, Rfo Chagres, Region mn above Gamboa, Allen 4114. DARIEN: Mannene to mouth of Rio Cuasi, Kirkbride & Bristan ‘an 1402; Vicinity of Pinas, Duke 10617; R{fo Samba 0-5 mi above Rio Venado, Duke 9262; Tucut{, Chepigana District, Terry & Terry 1372. PANAMA: Sabanas near Chepo, Hunter & Allen 92; Isla del Rey, Duke 9529: San José Island, Erlanson 29° (US), I. Johnston 670 (MO, US); Taboga Island Standley 27915 . (US). VERAGUAS: Isla Coiba, A. Mendez 143 (US). 6. Clitoria glaberrima Pittier is reported here for Panama for the first time. It was known previously only from Venezuela. It apparently has a more restricted range than C. javitensis in Panama. It is known only from drier parts of tropical moist forest in the Canal Zone near Madden Lake, and along the Pacific Ocean and from the tropical dry forest in Panama Province, on Isla Tabaguilla and in Los Santos Province. It is also known from premontane moist forest in the Canal Zone. Clitoria glaberrima is always a shrub or tree 3.5-13 m tall. It flowers during the rainy season from July to December. The fruits mature from October to January. 13h Pn ROL LONG THA Vol. 29, no. Clitoria glaberrima Pittier (All MO) CANAL ZONE: Farfan Beach area, Tyson 1833, 1839; Tyson & Blum 2606, 2618, 2619, 2620; Tyson, Dwyer & Blum 3172; Madden Dam, Alt. 50 ft. Lewis er & Elias 8; Woodson, Allen & Seibert 1553; Correa & Dressler 353; Madden Dam, Boy Scout Camp Road, Dwyer 8387, 9166; Hill above Thatcher Ferry Bridge, Croat 17012. PANAMA: Isla Tabaguilla, Duke 5882. LOS SANTOS: Las Tablas, Dwyer 1180. LITERATURE CITED Amshoff, G. J. H., 1939. Papilionaceae in Pulle, Flora of Surinam 2(2): 1-257. Bentham, G., 1858. Synopsis of the genus Clitoria, J. Linn. Soc. Lond. 2: 33-44. Rose, J. N. 1899. Notes on Mexican species of Clitoria. Cont. U.S. Natl. Herb. 5: 168-170. CERTAMEN MELASTOMATACEIS XXIII. John J. Wurdack U. S. National Herbarium, Smithsonian Institution LAVOISIERA ORDINATA Wurdack, sp. nov. In systemate Cogniauxii L. bicolori Naud. ex descr. et photic. affinis, foliorum pubescentia densiore floribus 5-meris differt. Frutex 0.5-2 m. Ramuli primum quadrati et breviuscule (alis 0.5 mm) 4-alati demum teretes sicut folia sepala extus hypanthiaque dense setulosi, pilis 0.5-1 mm longis erectis vel paulo appressis caduce glanduliferis (in folia ca. 8-10/mm quad.) laevibus et modice vel densiuscule glandulis aureis armati. Folia sessilia patentia laxe conferta, (0.5-)0.8-1.4 em longa lataque ovati-orbicularia vel ovata, apice late acuto vel obtuso basi paulo (0.5-2 mm) cordata 3(-5)-nervata nervulis invisis. Flores 5-meri ad ramorum apices pauciglomerati, pedicellis ca. 0.5 mm longis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 3.5-4 m longum inconspicue 10-costulatum; calycis tubus 0.3 mm longus, lobis 1-2(-2.8) mm longis triangularibus apicibus unisetiferis intus glabris et resinoso-glandulosis. Petala roseo-rubra 8-9.5 X 5.5-5.8 mm obovata apice unisetuloso setula caduce glandulifera alioqui glabra. Stamina dimorphica glabra; fila- menta 3.7-4.2 mm longa; antherarum thecae (rostris exclusis) 3.3 vel 1.8 mm longae rostris 0.6-0.7 mm longis; connectiva 4-5 vel 0.7-1 mm prolongata, appendicibus ventralibus 1.2 X 0.7-1.1 vel 0.3-0.4 X 0.2-0.4 mm rotundatis vel paulo emarginatis. Stigma punctiforme; stylus 5.5 X 0.4-0.6 mm glaber; ovarium (4-)5- loculare apice 5-lobulato ca. 0.5-0.7 mm circum stylum pro- longato; semina 0.7 X 0.3-0.4 mm paulo curvata in lineis paululo foveolata. Type Collection: H. S. Irwin, J. W. Grear, Jr., R. Souza & R. Reis dos Santos 12695 (holotype US 2530439; isotype NY), ‘ collected on rocky slopes of Chapada dos Veadeiros, 15 km west of Veadeiros, Goias, Brazil, elev. 1000 m, 12 Feb. 1966. "Shrub to ca. 2 m tall. Corolla rose-red." Harley, & Smith 32750. From the plane leaves, fine glandular pubescence, and short persistent calyx lobes, L. ordinata would key to spp. 24-26 of Cogniaux' Monograph, differing from them in the 5-merous flowers. Both L. nervulosa Naud. and L. selloana Cogn. have larger (2-4.5 em long) leaves, while the pubescence of L. bicolor (Macbride photograph 36111) is obviously much sparser. The Dawson collec- tion of the Veadeiros species puzzled me several years ago (cf. Los Angeles Co. Mus. Contr. Bot. 28: 7. 1959), but I feel 135 136 Prep Ye TO) 10) G TAA Vol. 29, no» 2 somewhat more intrepid now. In general aspect (leaves and glandular pubescence), L. ordinata resembles Microlicia pilosissima Cogn.; however, the type collection of that Serra da Lapa species (Riedel 1350, LE) has a 3-celled ovary with an essentially truncate apex. i have seen no recent collections of M. pilosissima. LAVOISIERA QUINQUENERVIS Wurdack, sp. nov. In dispositione Cogniauxii sectionis Cataphractae omnibus speciebus foliis 5-nervatis differt. Ramuli sicut folia calycis lobi extus hypanthiaque primum inconspicue glandulis clavatis 0.05-0.1 mm longis sparsiuscule induti mox glabrati, in ramulis inter petiolos inconspicue setulosi, internodiis glandulis caducis exceptis glabris. Folia sessilia laxe conferta subplana, 0.8-1.5 X 0.5-0.9 cm ovata, apice setuloso-acuminato, basi truncata vel paulo amplexante, marginibus exceptis glabrata modice ciliata ciliis rigidiusculis laevibus plerumque 1-1.5 mm longis et O.7-1 mm inter se distanti- bus caduce glanduliferis, 5- -(vel inflorescentiam versus usque ad Q- -) nervata, nervis subtus obtuse elevatis nervulis invisis. Flores 6-meri in ramulis terminalibus solitarii; hypanthium (aa torum) 6 mm longum glandulis caducis exceptis glabrum; calycis tubus 0.7-1 mm longus, lobis 7-8 X 2.5-2.7 mm anguste oblongis (apice anguste acuto) post anthesim deciduis, ad margines ciliis glanduliferis 1.5-3 mm longis ornatis alioqui glabris. Petala 20-25 X 12-15 mm oblongo-obovata rotundata sparse glanduloso- ciliolata, ciliis 0.05-0.1 mm longis, apice unisetoso seta laxa 2-2.5 mm longa. Stamina dimorphica glabra; filamenta 8 vel 6 mm longa; antherarum thecae (rostris exclusis) 5 vel 4 mm longae, rostris 0.5-0.7 mm longis; connectiva (usque ad filamenti insertiones) 7-7.5 vel 2-2.5 mm prolongata, appendicibus ventralibus 1.5 X 1 vel 1 X O.7 mm emarginatis. Stigma puncti- forme; stylus 13 X 0.5-0.7 mm glaber; ovarium 6-loculare glabrum. Type Collection: H. S. Irwin, R. Souza, & R. Reis dos Santos 11197 (holotype US 2530443; isotype ype NY), collected on the campo slope immediately east of Lagoa Paranoa, Distrito Federal, Brazil, elev. 975 m, 11 Dec. 1965. "Shrub ca. 1 m tall, much premeneds Corolla magenta; anthers yellow, the panneaeee scarlet.” In Cogniaux! Monograph, the rigid leaf ciliation would indicate Sect. Cataphractae; in the species group with 3-nerved leaves, all (ex descr. ) have much smaller petals 10-15 mm long as well as individual pubescence and other differences. Actually L. quinquenervis somewhat bridges the gap between Sections Cataphractae and Gentianoideae, but has much stiffer cilia than the species of Sect. Mucorosae (indicated by de Candolle as the gap-bridging group in foliar pubescence). All of the species of Sect. Mucorosae with deciduous calyx lobes have at least the young leaves glandular-setulose beneath and the calyx lobes glandular-setulose externally. From the Macbride photograph (16670), Glaziou 21311, the basis of a nomen nudum, is probably the same as Irwin et al 11197. To conserve the type material, 1974 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 137 all floral dimensions given for L. quinquenervis were taken from dry flowers. RHYNCHANTHERA CONSIMILIS Wurdack, sp. nov. R. roseae Cogn. affinis, hypanthiis sparse glanduloso- setulosis calycis lobis brevioribus differt. Ramuli primum quadrangulati demum teretes sicut inflores- centia sparsissime caduceque glanduloso-setulosi pilis ca. 0.5 mm longis. Petioli 0.3-0.6 cm longi glabri; lamina 2.5-7 X 0.3- 0.8 cm anguste lanceato-oblonga utrinque acuta, rigidiuscula et minute serrulata dentibus ca. O.1 mm altis et O.5 mm inter se distantibus, supra et subtus glabra, trinervata (foliis inferi- oribus indistincte 5-nervatis) nervis secundariis ca. 1 m inter se distantibus supra invisis nervulis plerumque non evolutis. Panicula submultiflora; flores 5-meri in ramulis subsecundi, bracteis parvis usque ad 3 mm longis ellipticis, pedicellis ca. 1 mm longis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 4.5 m longum basim versus sparse glanduloso-setulosum, pilis 0.3-0.5 mm longis, apicem versus glabrum; calycis tubus 0.5 mm altus, sinibus extus glabris, lobis 3 mm longis subulatis minute (0.05 mm) glanduloso- ciliolatis, apice unisetuloso setula O.1-0.2 mm longa. Petala 14 X 9 mm obscure (0.05 mm) glanduloso-ciliolata obovato- elliptica, apice late acuto vel obtuso. Staminum maiorum: filamentum 8 mm longum; antherae thecae (rostro excluso) 6 X 1.2 mm, rostro 3 X 0.25 mm, connectivo 12.5 m prolongato parte apicali per 4 mca. 1.5 mm lata parte basali 0.7 mm lata. Stamina minora: filamenta 5.5 mm longa; antherarum thecae (rostris exclusis) 5 X 1 m, rostro 3 X 0.25-0.3 mm, connectivo 4.5 mm prolongato 0.3 mm lato. Staminodia 4 X 0.2-0.3 mm linearia. Stylus 18 X 0.4-0.3 mm glaber; ovarium 3-loculare apice inconspicue (0.05 mm) glanduloso-puberulo. Type Collection: H. S. Irwin, J. W. Grear, Jr., R. Souza & R. Reis dos Santos 15649 (holotype US 2530431; isotype NY), collected in wet campo near gallery forest of the Rio Torto, ca. 10 km northeast of Brasflia, Distrito Federal, Brazil, elev. 975 m, 6 May 1966. "Shrub ca. 1 m tall. Corolla magenta. Fruit purple." The Paraguayan relative has more sharply angled stems, essentially glabrous (very sparsely glandular-setulose with caducous hairs 0.2 mm long) hypanthia with single toral setulae in the calyx sinuses, and calyx lobes 5-7 mm long. Rhynchanthera verbenoides Cham., R. ternata Cogn., and R. linearifolia Hoehne the latter two ex char.) differ at least in the 5-nerved leaves hispid on the nerves beneath and setulose (except R. ternata) longer calyx lobes. POTERANTHERA ANNECTANS Wurdack, sp. nov. Differt a P. pusilla antherarum fertilium thecis non truncatis connectivis magis prolongatis, staminodiis evolutis. Herba 10-25 cm alta plerumque superne ramosa, caulis ramulorumque internodiis glabris quadrangulatis nodis setis laevibus glanduliferis paucis ca. 1 mm longis armatis. Folia 138 Pre’ TO) L) OG Tek Vol. 29, no. 2 sessilia 7-13 X 0.4-0.6 mm uninervata distanter ciliato- serrulata, ciliis glanduliferis O.7-1 mm longis, vel interdum integra alioqui glabra. Flores numerosi in ramulis terminales S-meri; pedicelli 0.5 mm longi glabri. Hypanthium 1.4 X 0.7- O.9 mm infra torum constrictum glabrum; calycis tubus 0.1-0.15 mn longus, lobis subulatis 1 mm longis (seta exclusa) seta unica glandulifera 0.8 mm longa terminatis interdum setulis paucis glanduliferis marginalibus vel intersepalis armatis. Petala 5 X 2 mm obovato-oblonga, apice abrupte acuto et seta unica glandulifera 0.4 mm longa terminato alioqui glabra. Stamina fertilia: filamenta 2.3 mm longa glabra; antherarum thecae 1.6 X 0.45 X 0.5 mm subulatae poro 0.1 mm diam. ventraliter incli- nato; connectivum 0.8-1 mm prolongatum, appendice ventrali 0.35 X 0.35 mm hebeti. Staminodia: filamenta 2 mm longa glabra; thecae steriles 0.4 X 0.1 mm, connectivo 0.2 mm prolongato, appendice ventrali 0.15 X 0.15 mm. Stigma truncatum; stylus 5.8 X 0.15 mm glaber; ovarium 3-loculare superum glabrum; semina subcochleata muricata 0.4 X 0.25 mm. Type Collection: H. S. Irwin, J. W. Grear, Jr., R. Souza, & R. Reis dos Santos 16322 (holotype US 2501187; isotype NY), collected at gallery forest margin about 86 km north of Xavantina, Mato Grosso, Brazil, elev. 550 m, 31 May 1966. "Herb ca. 10 cm tall. Corolla lavender-purple; anthers yellow. Common." Paratypes (both Mato Grosso, Brazil): Irwin, Souza, Grear, & dos Santos 16977, from periodically flooded campo ca. 30 km south of Xavantina, elev. 400 m; Ratter, de Santos, Souza, & Ferreira R-1364, from ca. 270 km north of Xavantina. The few collections of P. pusilla are much less robust plants with broad-pored anthers only 0.7 mm long, connectives prolonged only O.1 mm, and staminodia not developed; in other qualitative features, the two species are alike. I have recently examined Riedel 1034 (LE) and have again confirmed the absence of staminodia in P. pusilla; the illustrations from both Bongard and Flora Brasiliensis are accurate in floral details. The presence of staminodia in P. annectans negates one of the distinctions from Acisanthera (cf. Fieldiana Bot. 29: 541. 1963), but the combination of other characters still seems at present to warrant generic differentiation. In his original publication of P. pusilla, Bongard cited the collector as Langsdorff, the month of collection as October. Riedel was the botanical collector on Langsdorff's folly-ridden expedition across central Brazil and down the Amazon; the only collection cited by Cogniaux in Flora Brasiliensis was Riedel 1034, which however was collected (fide the label) in May 1827. As listed in the first volume of Flora Brasiliensis, Riedel's itinerary at that time is rather vaguely defined, but the "S. da Chapada" is evidently near Cuiaba in Mato Grosso, rather than in Goias. TIBOUCHINA STELLIPILIS Wurdack, sp. nov. Sect. Pleroma. A sectionis speciebus mihi cognitis foliis 197 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 139 subtus pilis stellatis dense indutis differt. Ramuli primum rotundato-quadrangulati mox teretes sicut petioli foliorum subtus venae primariae bracteae hypanthiaque modice strigosi, pilis laevibus (0.5-)1-1.5(-2) mm longis. Petioli 0.6-1 cm longi; lamina tenuiter coriacea 3-5 X 1.5-2.5 em elliptica vel ovato-elliptica, apice acuto, basi obtusa vel rotundata, 5-nervata paribus exterioribus usque ad basim liberis vel paulo (0.5-1 mm) coalitis nervis secundariis nervulisque subtus ob pilos occultis, supra modice bullato-strigosa pilorum basibus expansis sparse barbellatis 0.5 mm latis apicibus seta laevi unica O.7-1 mm longa ornatis, subtus in superficie pilis stipitato-stellatis (stipite ramisque plerumque 0.1-0.2 mm longis ) dense induta in venulis pilis paulo supra basim stellatis distaliter per 0.7-l mm laevibus sparse vel modice ornata. Panicula pauciflora ca. 3 cm longa; flores 5-meri, pedicellis 2-3 mm longis, bracteis 3-5 mm longis ellipticis caducis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 5.5 mm longum; calycis tubus 0.8 mm longus, lobis 2.3 X 1.7 mm ovatis acutis ad basim contiguis. Petala densiuscule pilis eglandulosis 0.2-0.4 (-0.5) mm longis ciliolata 9-9.5 X 7-7.2 mm obovata apice rotundato-truncato. Stamina paulo dimorphica; filamenta 8 vel 5.5 mm basim versus modice pilis glanduliferis 0.3-0.7 mm longis puberula; antherarum thecae subulatae 7.2 vel 6.8 X 0.7 mm; connectivum 1 vel 0.4 m prolongatum ventraliter paulo bilobulatum. Stigma truncatum; stylus 16 X 0.6-0.4 mm centraliter sparsissime pilis appressis eglandulosis ornatus; ovarii apex dense pilis laevibus 1-1.5 mm longis eglandulosis sericeo-strigosus. Type Collection: G. T. Prance 4806 (holotype US 2521350; isotype NY), collected at the base of sandstone cliffs, Serra Morro do Chapeu, Carolina, Maranhado, Brazil, 29 March 1967. "Subshrub; corolla pale purple." Tibouchina stellipilis would key in Cogniaux' monograph to species 78-80 (all with gland-tipped hypanthial hairs and smooth vegetative pubescence) or species 81-83 (with much sparser smooth pubescence on the lower leaf surfaces). Minutely roughened ("pinoid") foliar hairs among Brazilian species are found in T. formosa Cogn., T. nervulosa Cogn., T. castellensis Brade, and species 57-60, but none of these have truly stellate hairs with long arms. TIBOUCHINA LAEVICAULIS Wurdack, sp. nov. Sect. Pleroma. In systemate Cogniauxii, T. litorali Ule affinis, caulibus laevibus vel sublaevibus petiolis laminisque longioribus differt. Frutex pauciramosus 1.5-3.5 m altus. Ramuli floriferi primum sulcato-quadrangulati demum teretes, nodis exceptis glabri; ramuli non floriferi sparse strigulosi. Petioli 0.8-2 em longi sicut nodi laminae supra pedicelli hypanthiaque dense strigulosi, pilis 0.7-1.4 mm longis subgracilibus densiuscule minuteque barbellatis; lamina 5-13 X 2-5.5 cm rigidiuscula oblongo-elliptica vel oblongo-ovata, apice acuto basi rotundata, subtus dense setulosa pilis gracilibus minute barbellatis, 140 Pel) atnOe Ls OG tek Vol. 29, no. 2 5-nervata nervis secundariis ca. 1.5-2.5 mm inter se distantibus. Panicula oblonga ca. 15 cm longa submultiflora, axe principali nodis exceptis glabro; flores 5-meri, pedicellis 5(-7) mm longis, bracteis duabus anguste ovatis 5 mm longis ad anthesim caducis ca. 1 mm infra hypanthii basim insertis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 7-5 mm longum; calycis tubus 0.6 mm altus, lobis lanceatis 7-7.5 X 3 mm extus strigulosis intus glabris post anthesim deciduis. Petala ciliolata alioqui glabra 12.5-15.5 X 11-13 mm late obovata, apice rotundato vel paulo emarginato. Stamina paulo dimorphica; filamenta 9 vel 8 mm longa centraliter sparsiuscule glanduloso-puberula; thecae subulatae (poro ventraliter inclinato 0.2 mm diam.) 9 vel 7.5 X 1-1.2 mm, connectivo 1 vel 0.6 mm pro- longato ventraliter bilobulato glabro. Stylus 13 X 0.8-0.4 m glaber; stigma punctiforme; ovarium dense sericeo-strigulosum. Type Collection: H. S. Irwin & T. R. Soderstrom 5247 (holotype NY; isotype US), « collected among rocks on dry slopes of Chapada da Contagem, ca. 20 km east of Brasflia, Distrito Federal, Brazil, elev. 700-1000 m, 17 Aug. 1964. "Corolla deep violet." Paratypes (all D. Federal, Brazil): D. Sucre & E. P. Heringer 537, from Ponte da Sao Bartolomeu, 17 June 1965; Irwin, Grear, Souza, & dos Santos 15424, from Corrego Taquari, east of Lagoa Paranod, elev. 975 m, 28 April 1966; J. M. Pires 58094, from between Brasilia and Fercal, 30 June 1964. Tibouchina litoralis, of een I have examined a probable isotype (Mus. Nac. Rio l ee Rio 114953), has moderately fine-setulose stems, nearly sessile le (petiole 0.3-0.5 em long) leaves with the blade 3-4 X 2-2.5 cm, and styles basally sparsely glandular- puberulous. Tibouchina discolor Brade has smooth trichomes, nearly glabrous upper leaf surfaces, and smaller flowers (anther thecae ca. 5 mm long dry, rather than 7-8 mm). From the photo- graph (Macbride 16756), Glaziou 21374 is probably T. laevicaulis. Cogniaux had annotated this Glaziou collection as an undescribed species related to T. reichardtiana Cogn.; however that Guanabara species and its relatives all have moderately strigulose stems, gland-tipped calycine hairs, and basally puberulous styles, as well as (at least in T. reichardtiana and T. gaudichaudiana [DC.] Baill.) non-barbellate hairs on the vegetative parts and hypanthia. The leaves of T. laevicaulis are usually opposite; however, in the Corrego Taquart paratype, the leaves are opposite or ternate. BRACHYOTUM HARLINGII Wurdack, sp. nov. B. tyrianthino Macbr. affinis, petalorum ciliis non glandu- losis antherarum connectivis exappendiculatis differt. Trichomata minutissime sparsiusculeque aspera. Ramuli sicut petioli foliorum venae primariae subtus pedicellique densiuscule appresso-setulosi pilis gracilibus ca. 0.6-0.8 mm longis. Petioli 0.3-0.5 cm longi; lamina (1.2-)1.5-2 X (0.7-)1-1.5 cm, oblongo-elliptica apice obtuso vel rotundato basi rotundata, supra modice laxeque strigulosa pilis gracilibus ca. 1 mm longis, subtus sparsiuscule setulosa pilis gracilibus 0.4-1 mm longis, 197k Wurdack, Certamen Melastanataceis 11 trinervata. Flores S-meri in foliorum superiorum axillis solitarii, pedicellis persistenter bifoliolatis supra foliola ca. 5-8 mm longis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 5 mm longum sicut sepala extus modice laxo-strigosum pilis gracilibus ca. 1-1.3 mm longis; calycis tubus 0.3-0.6 mm longus, lobis 7.3-7.6 X 3.4- 3.6 mm oblongo-lanceatis apice acuto intus per ca. 4-4.5 mm sparse strigulosis. Petala ut videtur atropurpurea 15-16 X 12- 13 mm obovata asymmetrice truncata ciliis 0.1-0.4 mm longis plerumque eglandulosis. Stamina glabra, filamentis 7 mm longis, antherarum thecis 6.5-6.7 X 1 mm oblongis et paulo subulatis, poro minuto 0.2 mm diam., connectivo exappendiculato. Stylus 24 xX 0.4 m glaber per ca. 6 mm exsertus; ovarii apex per 1.6 mm dense strigulosus pilis eglandulosis ca. 0.3-0.8 mm longis, lobis apicalibus vix evolutis ca. 0.2 mm longis. Type Collection: G. Harling, G. Storm, & B. Strom $038 (holotype GB), collected at Campamento San Miguel along Sigsig- Gualaquiza road, Prov. Morona-Santiago, Ecuador, elev. 3000 n, 8 April 1968. "Bush 0.5 m high. Inflorescence violet-blue." Brachyotum tyrianthinum has stouter and more closely appressed stem hairs, glandular corolla cilia, and ventrally appendaged anthers. Among the Ecuadorian species with roughened hairs, B. rugosum Wurdack has 5-nerved leaf blades, 2-3-flowered dichasia, 4-merous flowers, shorter calyx lobes which are glabrous within, and appendaged anthers, while B. rostratum (Naud.) Triana has more expanded upper leaf surface hairs, mostly ternate flowers, sepals glabrous within, glandular petal cilia, and glandular ovary pubescence. None of the near-sym- patric Ecuadorian species (B. fraternum Wurdsack, B. ecuadorense Wurdack, B. fictum Wurdack, B. rugosum, B. rostratum) have parental features which would suggest a possible hybrid origin for B. harlingii. BRACHYOTUM URIBEI Wurdack, sp. nov. B. rugoso Wurdack affinis, trichomatibus minus asperis ramulorum pilis incurvo-patentibus calycis lobis oblongis differt. Trichomata basaliter minutissime aspera. Ramuli sicut petioli foliorum venae primariae subtus pedicellique modice incurvo-setosi pilis gracilibus 2-3 mm longis. Petioli 0.7-1.3 em longi; lamina (3-)4-6.5 X (1.8-)2.5-4.3 cm oblongo-ovata vel oblongo-elliptica apice obtuso basi obtusa vel rotundata, supra paulo rugoso-bullulata et sparsiuscule laxo-strigosa pilis gracilibus 1-2 mm longis, subtus in venis secundariis venulisque sSparsiuscule appresso-setosa pilis gracilibus 1.5-2 mm longis, 5(-7)-nervata. Flores 4-meri in foliorum superiorum axillis solitarii, pedicellis infra bracteolas O.4-1 cm longis supra 0.4-0.5 em, bracteolis 9-11 X 1.1-1.6 mm oblanceatis persisten- tibus. Hypanthium (ad torum) 7 mm longum sicut calycis lobi extus sparsiuscule laxo-strigosum pilis gracilibus plerumque 1.5-2 mm longis; calycis tubus 0.8 mm altus, lobis 7 X 2.7-2.8 mm anguste oblongis acutis intus glabris. Petala 17.5-18 X 14 mm obovato-elliptica apice obtuso ciliis 0.2-0.8 mm longis 12 PH YoROvL OnG Trak Vol. 29, no. 2 eglandulosis alioqui glabra. Stamina glabra; filamenta 5.5-5.6 mm longa; antherarum thecae 5.8-6 X 0.8-0.9 X 1m, poro 0.3 mm diam., connectivi appendice ca. 1 mm longa ca. 0.2 mm bilobulata a thecis ca. 0.5-0.6 mm libera. Stylus 27 X 0.4-0.5 mm glaber ca. 7 mm exsertus; ovarii apex per ca. 3.5 mm dense strigulosus pilis eglandulosis usque ad 1.2 mm longis, lobis apicalibus ca. 1 mm longis. Type Collection: L. Uribe 3847 (holotype US 2370311; isotype COL), collected at "monte Puracé camino hacia la laguna de San Rafael," Depto. Cauca, Colombia, elev. 3000 m, 7 Sep. 1961. "Arbusto de 1-2 metros de altura. Flor con caliz rojo y corola morada.” Brachyotum rugosum has much more obviously roughened trichomes, shorter and strictly appressed stem pubescence, 2-3- flowered inflorescences, and shorter apically subulate calyx lobes. Brachyotum uribei is also somewhat suggestive of B. campanulare (Bonpl.) Triana, which has smooth hairs, smaller leaves, mostly ternate flowers, and gland-tipped petal cilia. Certainly there are no close Colombian relatives. MERIANIA PASTAZANA Wurdack, sp. nov. M. rigidae (Benth. ) Triana arcte affinis, foliis propor- tionaliter longioribus calycibus longioribus ovarii apice circum styli basim minus prolongato differt. Arbor 6-10 m alta, foliorum subtus glandulis minutis 0.03- 0.05 mm longis sparsis caducis exceptis glabra; ramuli primum obtuse sulcato-tetragoni demum teretes, linea interpetiolari tenerrima evoluta. Petioli 1-2 cm longi; lamina 11-18 X 5.3- 9.3 em, elliptica apice hebeti-acuto vel rotundato basi late acuta vel obtusa, coriacea et integra, subtus sparse puncticu- lata, 5-nervata nervis secundariis 4-5 mm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus paulo elevato-reticulatis (areolis ca. 1-1.5 m latis). Panicula 10-25 em longa (pedunculo 4-9 em longo incluso) submultiflora; flores 5-meri, pedicellis 7-9 X 1.5 mm, bracteolis 0.5-0.6 mm longis triangularibus crassis deciduis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 5-6 mm longum teres; calyx 4-4.5 mm longus integer, dentibus exterioribus ohsoletis. Petala 25-34 X 20-24 mm obovata glabra. Stamina isomorphica glabra; filamenta 12-13 mm longa; antherarum thecae 10-12 X 1.6-2 X 1.5 mm subulatae declinatae, poro 0.4 mm diam. dorsaliter inclinato, cornu basali 3.5-4 mm longo hebeti-acuto, connectivo ad basim dorsaliter paulo (0.2-0.3 mm) per 4.5 mm elevato sed dente ascendenti non evoluto. Stigma non expansum; stylus 16-17 X 1.3-0.6 mm glaber; ovarium 5-loculare, apice paulo lobulato 0.3-0.4 mm circum stylum protracto. Type Collection: G. Harling, G. Storm, & B. Strom 10198 (holotype US 2584333A; isotype GB), collected at Mera, Prov. Pastaza, Ecuador, 25 May-6 June 1968. "Tree 10 m with stem thickness 10-12 cm and very hard wood. Buds red; corolla salmon red; filaments red; anthers light yellow; stamen appendage violet blue." Paratypes (both Pastaza, Ecuador): H. Lugo 861 (GB, US), 1974 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 143 Rfo Tigre 4 km from Mera, 20 Mar. 1969. "Corolla clear tomato red."; H. Lugo 821 (GB, US), Colonia Alvarez Niffo 6 km from Mera, 19 Mar. 1969. "Corolla tomato red." Meriania rigida has elliptic-orbicular leaf blades with length/width ratio 1.2-1.5 (rather than 1.8-2.3, rose to red- violet petals which are usually only up to ca. 21 mm long, calyx 2-2.2 mm long above the torus, stamen connectives with a more prominent suggestion of an ascending dorsal appendage (up to 0.9 mm free in Loja collections), and the ovary prolonged around the style base 1.5-1.7 mm. Loja material (Steyermark 54428) of M. rigida shows the acute ovary apex teeth described by Bentham, while Azuay sampling (Maguire & Maguire 61704) has the ovary apex with only bluntly bilobulate teeth as well as only a sugges- tion of an ascending connective tooth (ca. 0.2 mm free, rather than 0.6-0.9 mm as in the Steyermark collection); however subspecific distinction is not justified until more collections can be studied. GRAFFENRIEDA SCANDENS (Gleason) Wurdack, comb. nov. a Ptilanthus scandens Gleason, Bull. Torrey Club 72: 472. 1945. In Cogniaux' generic delimitation, G. scandens would be placed in Calyptrella, but for Ecuadorian floristic convenience, Louis Williams is being followed in combining the genera. In Cuatrecasas 15807 (isotype, US), a calyptrate thin calyx is evident in buds, the dehiscence being slightly (0.2-0.3 mm) above the torus. The dorsal tooth of the anther connective is quite rudimentary in the type, but more evident (0.1-0.15 mm long) in Ecuadorian material (Jativa & Epling 1142, Tobar Donoso, Esmeraldas), which otherwise agrees well with lowland Valle (Colombia) specimens; such a minute appendage is found in other species of Graffenrieda (G. steyermarkii Wurdack, G. micrantha [Gleason] L. Wms.). Costate (but scarcely alate) hypanthia occur in several other species of Graffenrieda. Apparently conspecific with (but perhaps infraspecifically distinguishable from) G. scandens is a population from 1500 m elev. in El Valle, Colombia (Cuatrecasas 23957), with thicker leaf blades and setula-edged hypanthial wings. LEANDRA SUBOBRUTA Wurdack, sp. nov. Sect. Tschudya. E descriptione et photicone L. inaequali- foliae (pc. ) Cogn. affinis, petiolis longioribus ramulorum pilis densioribus longioribusque. Frutex vel arbor parva 1-3 m. Ramuli teretes sicut petioli foliorum venae primariae subtus inflorescentia hypanthiaque pilis erectis gracilibus basim versus sparse barbellatis plerum- que 0.3-0.5 mm longis dense obsiti pilis glanduliferis sparse intermixtis. Petioli (2.5-)3.5-5.5(-7.5) em longi; lamina 8-14(-22) X 3.5-7(-11) cm oblongo-ovata, apice anguste hebeti- acuto basi paulo (0.2-0.6 em) cordata, membranacea et subobscure ciliato-serrulata, supra et subtus modice appresso-setulosa pilis gracilibus laevibus 0.3-0.5 mm longis, 7-nervata, nervis yy PRS TO 'L OG F's Vol. 29, no. 2 secundariis 0O.4-0.5 cm inter se distantibus nervulis laxe reticulatis areolis 1-1.5 mm latis. Panicula 6-15 X 3-7 cm pauciflora, ramis oppositis vel 4-verticillatis; flores 5-meri sessiles, bracteolis ca. 0.5 mm longis ante anthesim caducis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 3 mm longum; calycis tubus 0.2 mm altus, lobis interioribus 0.5 mm altis ovatis ciliolatis, pilis pro parte glanduliferis, dentibus exterioribus conicis setulosis lobos interiores aequantibus; torus intus dense fimbriato- eiliolatus, pilis 0.2 mm longis plerumque glanduliferis. Petala 0.6 X O.4-0.5 mm subobruta obtusiuscula, apice eroso 1-3-setuloso setulis 0.1 mm longis glanduliferis, alioqui glabra. Stamina isomorphica glabra; filamenta 2-2.5 mm longa; antherarum thecae 2.{-3 mm longae subulatae uniporosae, connectivo 0.2-0.25 mm prolongato simpliciter articulato non appendiculato. Stigma truncatum non expansum; stylus 4 X 0.35-0.4 mm basim versus sparsissime inconspicueque setulosus in ovarii collum 0.4 m immersus; ovarium 3-loculare 9/10 superum, apice sparse vel modice setuloso, pilis 0.2 mm longis p. p. glanduliferis. Type Collection: H. S. Irwin, J. W. Grear, Jr., R. Souza, & R. Reis dos Santos 16125 (holotype US 2530466; isotype NY), collected in gallery forest ca. 160 km north of Xavantina, Serra do Roncador, Mato Grosso, Brazil, elev. 500 m, 27 May 1966. Paratypes (all Mato Grosso): Irwin, Grear, Souza, & dos Santos 16298, from ca. 86 km north of Xavantina; D. R. Hunt 5757, from the Xavantina-Cachimbo road 85 km from Xavantina; Ratter, de Santos, Souza, & Ferreira R-1429, from ca. 290 km north of Xavantina; Richards 6636 and 6639, Ratter et al R 2099, and Harley 10174, all from near the Royal Society Base Camp, 12° hot §, 51° 46! w. The suggested Amazonian relative has sparser cauline and inflorescence pubescence averaging 0.8-1 mm long, petioles only O.5-1-7 cm long, upper leaf surface hairs tubercle-based, and hypanthial hairs mostly gland-tipped. The other species treated by Cogniaux in Sect. Tschudya all have short (usually only to 2 em long) petioles. Among the more recently described species, L. purpurea Gleason has longer pubescence throughout and 5-nerved leaves obtuse at the base; L. polyadena Ule has longer pubescence and much more prominent glandular hairs; and L. phelpsiae Gleason has eglandular completely smooth hairs and 5-nerved leaves. MICONIA IRWINII Wurdack, sp. nov. A speciebus 233-235 Monographiae Cogniauxii foliis utrinque acutis differt. Arbor 4-5 m alta, 12-15 cm diam. Ramuli primum paululo compressi mox teretes sicut folia subtus inflorescentia hypanthiaque densissime pilis stellulatis vel pinoideis 0.05- 0.15 mm longis latisque induti. Petioli 1-1.8 cm longi; lamina 4-8 X 2-3.5 em elliptica, apice breviter (0.5-1 cm) gradatimque acuminato, basi late acuta, integra et coriacea, supra primum modice stellulato-puberula mox glabrata et nitidula, trinervata, nervis secundariis 2-3 mm inter se distantibus supra insculptis subtus ob pilos plerumque occultis nervulis non vel vix evolutis. 1974 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 145 Panicula 2.5-3.5 X 2.5-3.5 cm submultiflora, ramulis dichasios 3-5-flores plerumque gerentibus; flores 5-meri sessiles, bracteolis non visis evidenter mox caducis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 2 mm altum; calycis tubus 0.5 mm altus, lobis interiori- bus 0.4 mm altis ovato-rotundatis extus et ad margines modice stellulato-puberulis, dentibus exterioribus parvis non eminenti- bus; fructuum calyces decidui. Petala minutissime granulosa 3-3.3 X 1.8-2 mom obovato-oblonga, apice rotundato. Stamina isomorphica glabra; filamenta 2.6-2.8 mm longa; antherarum thecae 2-2.1 X 0.4-0.5 X 0.5 mm oblongae, poro magno 0.3 mm diam. ventraliter inclinato, connectivo O.4-0.6 mm prolongato ventraliter non appendiculato dorsaliter dente truncato vel paulo emarginato 0.25-0.3 X 0.3 mm descendente armato. Stigma paulo expansum 0.6-0.7 mm diam.; stylus 3.5 X O.4-0.45 mm basim ipsam sicut ovarii apex sparsissime pilis clavatis barbellatis 0.1-0.15 mm longis armatus; ovarium 3-loculare 5 inferum apice excepto glabrun. Type Collection: H. S. Irwin, R. Souza, & R. Reis dos Santos 9385 (holotype US 2530459; isotype NY), collected on a rocky slope ca. 12 km northwest of Veadeiros on the road to Cavalcante, Chapada dos Veadeiros, Goids, Brazil, elev. 1200 mn, 21 Oct. 1965. "Gnarled tree 4 m X 12 cm, frequent. Corolla and anthers white.” % Paratypes (both Goias, fruiting): Irwin, Grear, Souza, & dos Santos 12781, from 15 km northwest of Veadeiros, elev. 1000 m, 13 Feb. 1966; Harley & Barroso 11386, from Chapada dos Veadeiros, 21 Dec. 1968. Miconia burchellii Triana, M. stenocardia Cogn. (ex char.), and M. pohliana Cogn. all have 5-7-nerved leaves rounded to cordulate at the base. Miconia weddellii Naud. (ex char.) has leaves basally rounded (but 3-nerved), racemiform panicles (the branchlets usually not dichotomizing), and anther connectives biauriculate ventrally. From the pubescence, M. herpetica DC. with subsecundiflorous inflorescence branchlets should probably be placed in this alliance, and also M. leucocarpa DC. (which may be an earlier name for M. pohliana). I have referred to M. pohliana Eiten 2960 and 3271 (from Mun. Brotas, Sao Paulo), both of which are conspecific with several collections from the Distrito Federal as well as not distinguishable from Minas Gerais material (Magalhaes 160) distributed as M. leucocarpa. In pubescence, M. nambyquarae Hoehne also resembles the above group of species; I have identified (ex char.) Maguire et al 56568 (from west of Vilhena), Irwin & Soderstrom 6566 (from Garapi), and Prance, Silva & Pires 59178 (from Garapu), all fruiting, as this Mato Grosso species. MICONIA COLLATATA Wurdack, sp. nov. Sect. Glossocentrum. M. minutiflorae (Bonpl.) DC. affinis, foliorum venis secundariis 3-5 mm inter se distantibus calycis limbo distanter denticulato connectivo magis prolongato differt. Frutex vel arbor parva 2-10 m. Ramuli teretes sicut foliorum subtus venae primariae inflorescentiaque primum 1h6 PLY TAO. EL) O.G. Dk Vol. 29, no, 2 sparsiuscule stellulato-puberuli demum glabrati. Petioli (0.5-)1-2 cm longi; lamina 7-11 X 3-4 (-6) cm lanceato-oblonga apice gradatim hebeti-acuminato basi plerumque late acuta, fragilis et obscure undulato-serrulata dentibus 3-5 mm inter se distantibus ca. 0.2 mm altis, supra glabra, subtus in superficie sparsissime stellulato-puberula mox glabrata, trinervata nervis secundariis 3-4 mm inter se distantibus subplanis venulis planis laxe reticulatis areolis 0.5-0.7 mm latis. Paniculae 5-7 cm longae multiflorae, ramis plerumque h-verticillatis; flores 5-meri, pedicellis 0.7-1l. 5(-2. 5) mm longis, bracteolis 0.2-0. 4 mm longis subulatis vel linearibus ad anthesim plerumque caducis ca. 0.1-0.2 mm infra hypanthii basim insertis. Hypanthium (ad torum ) 1.1-1.2 X 1.5 mm primum basim versus sparse stellulato- furfuraceum glabratum; calycis tubus 0.3-0.4 mm altus post anthesim ad torum dehiscens, limbo brevissime (0.1 mm) undula- teque 5-dentato, dentibus exterioribus minutissimis non eminen- tibus. Petala minutissime granulosa 2.1-2.2 XK 1.1-1.3 mm obovato-oblonga, apice rotundato. Stamina paulo dimorphica glabra; filamenta 1.4-2 mm longa; antherarum thecae 0.8-1.1 X 0.3 X 0.35 mm vel 0.6-0.9 X 0.35 X 0.4 mm oblongae vel obovato- oblongae, poro lato 0.3 mm diam. ventraliter inclinato, connectivo 0.5-0.6 vel 0.2 mm prolongato ad basim dente 0.4-0.5 X O.4-0.6 mm dorsali descendente vel appendice 0.2-0.3 X 0.3- 0.5 mm trilobulata ornato. Stigma truncatum non expansum; stylus glaber 3-3.3 X 0.2-0.3 mm; ovarium 3-loculare 3 inferun, apice glabro. Type Collection: H. S. Irwin, R. Souza, J. W. Grear, & R. Reis dos Santos 17991 (holotype US 25304553 isotype NY), collected in in gallery forest bordered by campo, Serra do Caiapo ca. 30 km south of Caiaponia on the road to Jataf, Goias, Brazil, elev. 950m, 29 June 1966. "Shrub ca. 2m tall. Corolla and anthers white.” Paratypes: Brazil: Prance & Silva 59642 (fruiting) and Irwin, Souza, Grear, & dos Santos 17882, Sea from Serra do Caiapo, Goias; Hatschbach | (153 (us), from Barra do Tigre, Bocaiuva do Sul, Parana; aeeenbneh | 142e9h ey from Fda. Lagoa, Cianorte, Parance Paraguay: Hassler 10566 (s) and G 24 (Ss), both from the Sierra de Amambay; P. J P. Jorgensen 841 » without definite locality. Argentina: H. M. Doce 2i ae from Puerto Aguirre, Misiones. In the widespread M. minutiflora, the secondary foliar veins are 1-2 mm apart, the calyx in bud shows distinct rounded lobes 0.1-0.2 mm high, the anther thecae are 3-4 times as long as broad, and the connectives are prolonged about 0.2 mm to the filament insertion (1/5-1/4 the anther length). The numerous other essentially glabrous and visually nondescript species of Sect. Glossocentrum have been scanned for more definite affinities, but all seem to show more divergence than M. minutiflora. Miconia molesta Cogn., from Alto Macahe, Rio de Janeiro, differs (from the description and photograph) at least in the opposite (rather than verticillate) inflorescence branches, the sessile flowers, and the densely furfuraceous 1974 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 147 hypanthia. The general vegetative facies of M. collatata is like that of M. latecrenata (pc.) Naud. of Sect. Chaenanthera. The Hassler collections of M. collatata are undoubtedly to be found in the undetermined folders of Miconia in other herbaria. It is somewhat disquieting that so widespread a species has not hitherto been described. MICONIA PISINNIFLORA Wurdack, sp. nov. Sect. Chaenanthera. M. chrysophyllse (Rich.) Urb. affinis, foliis subtus in superficie glabris differt. Ramuli 3-angulati sicut foliorum venae primariae subtus inflorescentia hypanthiaque densiuscule indumento appresso granuloso-lepidoto induti. Folia ternata; petioli 0.8-1.4 cm longi; lamina anguste oblongo-elliptica apice gradatim (per ca. 2-3 cm) acuminato basi acuta, firme membranacea et integra, 11-15 cm longa, 2.5-4 cm lata, supra glabra, subtus in venis secundariis venulisque sparse granuloso-furfuracea in superficie glabra, breviter (usque ad 0.5 em) 5-plinervata (pari infra- marginali tenui incluso) nervis secundariis 0.3-0.5 cm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus planis arcte reticulatis areolis ca. 0.2-0.3 mm latis. Panicula 7-12 X 8-10 cm multiflora, ramis primariis plerumque 3-4 in quoque nodo, floribus in ramulis brevibus ultimis 2-4 obscure secundis; flores 5-meri breviter pedicellati (pedicellis 0.2-0.5 mm longis et ca. 0.2 mm infra hypanthium articulatis), bracteolis 0.2-0.4 mm longis linearibus valde caducis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 0.9-1 mm longum; calyx 0.15-0.2 mm longus et paullulo (0.05-0.1 mm) undulatus, dentibus exterioribus minutissimis inframarginalibus. Petala 1.1 X 0.7 mm obovato-oblonga extus minutissime granulosa. Stamina paulo dimorphica glabra; filamenta 1 mm longa; antherarum thecae 0.4 X 0.35 mm vel 0.3 X 0.25 mm suborbiculari-obovatae ventraliter usque ad basim rimosae; connectivum 0.5 mm vel O.4 mm prolongatum non appendiculatum. Stigma paullulo expansum 0.25 mm diam.; stylus glaber 0.2 mm diam. in ovarii apicem paulo immersus; ovarium 3-loculare et 1/2 inferum, apice conico sparse lepidoto- puberulo. Type Collection: E. Asplund 18591 (holotype US 2441379), collected in forest near Alpayacu, Mera, Prov. Pastaza, Ecuador, elev. ca. 1100 m, 23 Nov. 1955. "Tree about 10 m high; flowers white." The suggested relative has leaf blades beneath completely covered with lepidote hairs. I had originally identified Asplund 18591 as M. pilgeriana Ule, which has opposite leaves, stellulate hairs, and much laxer leaf vein areoles (ca. 0.5 mm wide). The whorled-leaf species of Sect. Glossocentrum (M. longifolia [Aubl.] DC., M. ternatifolia Triana, M. pastazana Wurdack) all have much laxer leaf veinlets and larger wide-pored (but not rimose) anther thecae. MICONIA DENTICULATA Naud., Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3 Bot. 16: 214. 1851. Miconia chrysanthera Cogn., Bot. Jahrb. 42: 141. 1908. 148 PLY TOL 0G 1. A Vol, 29, no. 2 The type collection (hgtoty te and isotype, P) of M. denticulata is Bonpland 34 51, from Ayavaca, Piura, Peru; an excellent modern match in all ways for the eed is the topo- typical Lopez, Fabris, Sagastegui, & Aguado 7760 (US). Other recent collections (all at US, often with somewhat larger leaves) include Soukup 4669 muten ison & Wright 5064 (topo- typical for M. ¢ chrysaythera), A. Diaz sie Wes astegui & Fukushima 5092, and Lopez, Sagastegui, & Suarez 2641 (Otuzco, Libertad), all except the last-listed from Cajamarca, Peru. The Bonpland collection (G-DEL; Macbride Photograph 25947) annotated by Cogniaux as M. denticulata is duplicated by two Paris spec imens of Bonpland from Saraguro, Ecuador annotated by Triana as "M. elaeoides Ndn.??"; this material, in young bud and fruit, is well-matched by Dodson & Thien 1335 (us), from the Loja-Zamora road, elev. 2800 m, & m, at anthesis, which is M. theaemans (Bonpl. ) Cogn. Reeene Colombian specimens which had ‘besa nut bar identified as M. denticulata are actually of other species. ALLONEURON HEXAMERUM Wurdack, sp. nov. A. bullato Wurdack affinis, foliis amplioribus tenuioribus floribus hexameris differt. Ramuli quadrisulcati sicut petioli foliorum venae primariae subtus inflorescentiaque sparsiuscule vel modice appresso-setosi pilis plerumque 1-1.4 mm longis apicem versus laevibus ad basim paulo expansis et imperspicue papillosis. Petioli (3-)7-11.5 em longi; lamina (12-)17-24 x (8-)11-14 cm oblongo-ovata apice gradatim vel subabrupte per 1-2 cm acuminato basi truncata vel rotundata, membranacea et obscure serrulata, supra sparse strigulosa pilis plerumque 0.5-0.9 mm longis laevibus, subtus in venis secundariis tertiariisque sparse vel modice setulosa pilis gracilibus laevibus (0.4-)0.8-1.2 mm longis in venulis superficieque glabra, 7(-9)-nervata nervis secundariis plerumque 4-6 mm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus planis dense reticu- latis (areolis 0.2-0.3 mm latis). Panicula 10-27 cm longa (pedunculo 3-7 em longo incluso) multiflora; flores 6-meri haplostemoni sessiles. Hypanthium (ad torum) 3 mm longum sicut calyx extus dense setosum pilis plerumque 1-1.3 mm longis basi expansa (0.2-)0.3-0.35 mm diam. imperspicue papillosa. Calyx primum clausus demum in lobos paucos ca. 2 mm longos subper- sistentes dehiscens. Petala 4.2 X 1.8-2 mm anguste obovata apice apiculato extus secus costam crassam interdum sparsissime strigulosa alioqui glabra. Stamina isomorphica glabra; fila- menta 3 mm longa; antherarum thecae 1.7-1.9 X 0.7 X 0.9 mm poro singulo dorsaliter inclinato 0.25 mm diam., appendice dorsali 0.9 X 0.7 mm ovata hebeti. Stigma punctiforme; stylus 4.2 X 0.35-0.2 mm; ovarium 4-loculare omnino inferum apice glabro alis sex 0.3-0.4 mm altis cum hypanthio conjuncto; capsula h-valvata; semina numerosa, corpore O.5 X O.1 mm pyramidato laevi appendice cordiformi 1.3 X 0.05 mm pear Type Collection: Kjell von Sneidern 1 638 (holotype S), collected "in silva primaeva ad La Costa, ad pag. El Tambo, * Depto. Cauca, Colombia, elev. 800 m, 17 Mar. 1938. 197h Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 149 Paratype: von Sneidern 977 p.-p. (S), topotypical, elev. 1200 m. All previously described species of Alloneuron had considerably smaller flowers with (2-)3-celled ovaries (Phytologia 21: 360-365. 1971); seeds (where known) of the other species are without the long appendage seen in those of A. hexamerum. ALLONEURON SNEIDERNII Wurdack, sp. nov. A. hexamero Wurdack affinis, foliis plinervatis subtus minus pubescentibus floribus maioribus 8-9-meris distincte pedi- cellatis differt. Ramuli sulcato-tetragoni sicut petioli (abaxialiter) densiuscule strigulosi pilis robustis ca. 0.3 X 0.15 mm conicis papillatis. Petioli 5-9 cm longi adaxialiter dense strigulosi pilis gracilibus ca. 1 mm longis; lamina 20-33 X 9-19 cm oblongo- ovata apice gradatim per 2-3 cm acuminato basi obtusa, membra- nacea et obscure serrulata, supra paulo rugulosa secus venas primarias modice setosa pilis gracillimis 1-2 mm longis secus venulas sparse caduceque gracili-setulosa in superficie sparse strigulosa pilis 0.2-0.5(-0.8) mm longis robustis, subtus in venis primariis sparsiuscule setulosa pilis gracilibus 0.1-0.2 mm longis in venulis superficieque glabra, breviter (1-1.5 em) 7(-9)-plinervata nervis secundariis tertiariis venulisque ut in A. hexamero. Panicula 11-24 cm longa multiflora, ramis ramulis- que densiuscule setulosis pilis 0.5-1 mm longis ad basim robustis; flores 8-9-meri haplostemoni, pedicellis 1.7-3 mm longis sicut hypanthio calyceque modice vel dense setosi pilis plerumque 1-1.5 X 0.15-0.2 mm basim versus papillatis. Hypanthium (ad torum) 5 mm longum; calyx in alabastris 6.3-6.7 mm longus (apice rostrato ca. 0.5-1.3 mm longo incluso) clausus ad anthesim irregulariter dehiscens lobis plusminusve persisten- tibus. Petala glabra 8.5-9.2 X 4.1-4.5 mm oblongo-obovata apice late acuto et mucronulato. Stamina isomorphica glabra; fila- menta 3-3.7 mm longa; antherarum thecae 2.8-3 X 1.3-1:6 X 1.1- 1.3 mm poro singulo 0.4-0.5 mm diam. dorsaliter inclinato, appendice dorsali 1-1.7 X O.4-0.5 m hebeti-acuta. Stigma truncatum 0.25-0.3 mm diam.; stylus glaber 9 X 0.35-0.2 mm; ovarium 4-5-loculare omnino inferum apice septis 8-9 hypanthio conjuncto. Type Collection: Kjell von Sneidern 906 (holotype S), collected in "silva primaeva, La Costa, ad pag. El Tambo,” Depto. Cauca, Colombia, elev. 1800 m, 31 July 1936. Paratype: von Sneidern 977 p-p. (S), topotypical, elev. 1200 m. The general aspect of the inflorescences in A. sneidernii is like that in Centronia or Graffenrieda. TOPOBEA ASPLUNDII Wurdack, sp. nov. Ex descr. T. indutae Markgr. affinis, foliis minoribus ad basim distincte cordatis ovarii apice densissime crispo-setoso differt. 150 Pay To Lo’ ta Vol. 29, no. 2 Rami teretes sicut petioli pedicelli bracteae calycis lobique extus modice pilis modice graciliterque barbellatis 3-4 mm longis incurvo-erectis induti. Petioli 0.5-1.5 X 0.15-0.2 em; lamina (acumine excluso) 9.5-17 X 7.5-11 cm elliptico-ovata apice abrupte per 0.5-1 cm caudato-acuminato basi O.5-1 cm cordata, firme membranacea et distanter serrulata dentibus patentibus 0.5-l1 cm inter se distantibus et ca. 1 m altis multisetulosis, supra in venis primariis basim versus dense setosa alioqui glabra vel ad basim margines versus sparsissime appresso-setosa, subtus in venis primariis modice incurvo-setosa pilis barbellatis plerumque 1.5-2.5 mm longis in venis secun- dariis superficieque sparse setulosa pilis ca. 1 mm longis laevibus ad basim ipsam stellulato-lepidoto-expansis, 5-nervata (pari inframarginali incompleto neglecto) nervis secundariis 4-5 mm inter se distantibus nervulis subtus paulo elevato- reticulatis areolis plerumque 0.6-0.8 mm latis. Flores 6-meri axillares in quaque axilla 2-3 (4-6 per nodum), pedicellis 0.5- 0.8(-1.2) cm longis; bracteae liberae 9-10 mm longae 5-7 mm latae oblongo-ovatae acuminatae intus apicem versus sparse strigosae basim versus glabrae appresso-ciliatae. Hypanthium (ad torum) 5 mm longum pilis appressis sparsis apicem versus exceptis glabrum; calycis tubus 1.5 mm longus, lobis lanceatis 5-5.5 X 2.5 mm longe (ca. 3 mm) ciliatis; torus intus densissime pilis gracilibus laevibus ad apicem crispulis ca. 3 mm longis ornatus. Petala ca. 13 X 7 mm obovato-oblonga apice late obtuso vel rotundato apicem versus extus sparsissime caduceque strigu- losa et sparse ciliolata alioqui glabra. Antherarum thecae ca. 6 X 1.2 X 1 m anguste oblongae poris duobus 0.6 mm latis dorsaliter inclinatis; connectivum dorsaliter ca. 1 mm supra thecarum basim inconspicue tuberculatum. Stigma paullulo expansum ca. 0.3 mm diam.; stylus glaber 0.3-0.1 mm diam.; ovarium 4-loculare et 1/4-1/3 inferum apice libero ovoideo-conico ca. 2.5 mm alto pilis gracillimis laevibus crispulis ca. 2 mm longis densissimis coronato alioqui glabrum. Type Collection: E. Asplund 10254 (holotype S), collected between Tena and Napo, Prov. Napo, Ecuador, 5 Jan. 1940. "Epiphyte; shrub with long branches. Petals white. Anthers yellow." Paratype: Grubb, Lloyd, Pennington, & Whitmore 1586 (NY, US), from "Shinguipino Forest between Rios Napo and Tena 8 km SE of Tena," Prov. Napo, Ecuador, elev. 450 m, 13 Sept. 1960. "Much branched shrub to 2 m." Topobea induta has 5-plinerved leaf blades up to 25 X 15 cm and with rounded bases, ovate obtuse calyx lobes, petals 8 X 6 mm, and the ovary apex few-setulose. Despite the absence of any recent collections of T. induta, I feel sure, from Markgraf's descriptive comments on pubescence details, of the specific distinctness of T. asplundii. Topobea cutucuensis Wurdack is more distantly related. The paratype of T. asplundii was mentioned in the discussion (Phytologia 24: 208. 1972) of Blakea hirsuta Triana var. rotundata Mgf.; Asplund's flowering collec- tion resolved the generic doubts about the Tena material and 1974 Wurdack, Certamen Melastomataceis 151 rectified the erroneous identification. TOPOBEA EPLINGII Wurdack, sp. nov. T. castanedae Wurdack affinis, foliis subtus non setosis floribus maioribus differt. Ramuli teretes sicut foliorum subtus venae primariae et secundariae pedicelli bracteaeque primum sparse stellulato- pinoideo-furfuracei (pilis 0.05-0.1 mm longis) mox glabrati. Petioli 1.3-3 cm longi; lamina 6-12 X 3-6 cm elliptica apice per 0.5-1.3 cm abrupte caudato-acuminato basi obtusa, integra et tenuiter coriacea, in superficie ubique glabrata, brevissime (0.3-0.5 cm) 5-plinervata (pari inframarginali tenui neglecto) nervis secundariis principalibus plerumque 1.5-2 mm inter se distantibus subtus arcte elevatis. Flores 6-meri in quaque axilla plerumque solitarii, pedicellis 1.5-2 cm longis; bracteae hypanthio et calyci ca. 0.6 cm breviores late orbiculares rotundato-truncatae ad margines membranaceae, exteriores 14 X 16 mm ad basim 4-4.5 mm coalitae, interiores 12 X 22 m liberae imbricatae. Hypanthium (ad torum) 9 m longum glabrum; calyx 7-7.3 mm altus glaber truncatus (dentibus exterioribus obsoletis) ad margines pellucido-membranaceus. Petala 23-24 X 20-21 mm obovata apicem versus sparse glanduloso-ciliolata (0.05 mm ) alioqui glabra. Filamenta (paulo immatura) 7 mm longa glabra; antherae cohaerentes 8.8 X 2 X 2 mm rostratae (rostro ca. 4.5 X 1.2-0.6 mm) poro dorsaliter inclinato 0.7 mm lato, connectivo dorsaliter ad basim inconspicue calcarato (calcari hebeti-acuto 0.8-1 X 0.2 mm parte libera 0O.4-0.6 mm longa). Stigma longe capitatum 3 X 2.6 m; stylus 17 X 0.5-1 mm glaber in ovarii collum 0.7 mm immersus; ovarium 6-loculare basi 3 mm infera apice conico libero 4 mm alto glabro. Type Collection: Carlos Jativa & Carl Epling 1123 (holotype US 2639754), collected in tall primary forest at Tobar Donoso (1° 10! N, 78° 31' W), junction of Rfo San Juan and Rfo Camumbi, Prov. Esmeraldas, Ecuador, elev. 150 m, 25 July 1966. "Liana; fl pink." The suggested Colombian relative has similar foliage which however is moderately setulose beneath and smaller (albeit qualitatively similar) flowers (outer bracts only 7 mm long; hypanthium plus calyx 14 mm long; petals 13 mm wide). No other close relatives are obvious. In Cogniaux' monograph, T. eplingii would key to near T. glaberrima Triana, which has much closer secondary leaf veins ‘Chen mm apart), smaller and acute outer bracts, and smaller flowers with somewhat lobed calyx limb and longer (ca. 1.5 mm) dorsal anther calcar. A NEW SPECIES OF LASIACIS (GRAMINEAE) Gerrit Davidse Missouri Botanical Garden 2315 Tower Grove Avenue St. Louis, MO 63109 As a result of a study of the genus Lasiacis (Davidse, 1972), one new species has been recognized which in the previous treatment of the genus (Hitchcock, 1920) had been included in the widespread Lasiacis sorghoidea (Desv.) Hitchc. & Chase. A full monographic treatment of the genus will soon be published; however, the new species, especially common in Central America and southern Mexico, is described at this time so that the name may be validly used in other published accounts. LASTACIS NIGRA Davidse, sp. nov. Gramen perenne. Culmi usque ad 8 m longi, arcuti, scan- dentes. Foliorum vaginae pilosae variantes ad glabras; colla pilosa, puberula vel glabra; ligulae 0.5-1.3(-2.0) mm longae; laminae lineares vel lanceolatae, 5-11(-15) em longae, (0.3-50.6-1.8(-2.6) cm latae, plerumque pilosae vel puberulae vel glabrae. Paniculae (2-)5-12(-19) cm longae; rami longissimi 1-8(-11) cm; rami ascendentes vel divergentes ferentes spiculas paucas pedicellis longis; pedicelli patentes ad maturitatem. Spiculae obovatae, (3.6-)4.0-5.0(-5.5) mm longae. Glumae inferiores (1.6-)2.0-2.7(-3.2) mm longae, 5-13-nerves; glumae superiores 7-13-nerves. Flosculi inferiores staminati vel steriles; lemmata 9-ll-nervia; antherae rudimen- tales vel 2.3-2.7 mm longae. Flosculi superiores 3.8-4.6 mm longi, 2.5-2.9 mm lati; antherae 2.1-2.8 mm longae. Caryopses 2.4-2.7 mm longae, 1.9-2.4 mm latae. Chromosomatum numerus n=18. Type: COSTA RICA. Alajuela: 3 km N of Palmares along the Carretera Interamericana, 800 m, edge of coffee plantation, culms 8 m tall, hanging from trees, 22 Oct 1968, Pohl & Davidse 11272 (Holotype: ISC; isotypes: CR, EAP, K, MO, US). Lasiacis nigra is a montane species primarily found along forest edges, in roadside thickets and among similar secondary woody vegetation. Most elevation records are between 900-2300 m. The species extends from Sinaloa, southern Nuevo Leon and Tamaulipas in Mexico south throughout Central America. In northwestern South America, it occurs in an arc from Ecuador through Colombia and into Venezuela. 152 1974 Davidse, A new species of Lasiacis 153 Lasiacis nigra is a segregate species from the very vari- able, widespread L. sorghoidea (sensu Hitchcock, 1920). It is more delicate and scandent than L. sorghoidea, has smaller leaves and inflorescences but larger spikelets, and has inflorescences bearing relatively few, large, long-pedicelled spikelets giving them an open appearance. On the other hand, L. sorghoidea typically has large, moderately dense inflores- cences with many small spikelets on short pedicels. The most common type of leaf pubescence pattern in L. sorghoidea is one in which the sheaths are papillose-hispid, the collar is densely hispid, the lower blade surface is velutinous, and the upper blade surface is puberulent or hispidulous. This pattern is rarely encountered in L. nigra in which pubescence varies from nearly glabrous to densely pilose. The specific epithet refers to the shining black color of the mature spikelets of this, as well as all other species of Lasiacis. The importance of this character in fruit dispersal has been discussed by Davidse & Morton (1973). Literature Cited Davidse, G. 1972. .A systematic study of the genus Lasiacis (Gramineae, Panicoideae). Unpublished Ph.D. Thesis. Iowa State University, Ames, lowa. & E. Morton. 1973. Bird-mediated fruit dispersal in the tropical grass genus Lasiacis (Gramineae: Paniceae). Biotropica 5: 162-167. Hitchcock, A. S. 1920. The North American species of Lasiacis. Sovtr.s 0.5. Natl. Herb, (22: 13-21. PHANTOMS IN THE FLORA OF THE BAHAMAS William T. Gillis A phantom is defined by Webster's New International Dictionary (unabridged, second edition) as an illusion, a fallacious appear- ance, a representation of something in appearance but not in reality. There are a number of such phantoms in the Bahama Flora (Britton and Millspaugh, 1920), described as being part of the flora, but which are not there at all, at least not as separate entities. Nathaniel Lord Britton recognized diversity in plants in a way somewhat typical of his period. If differences among specimens could be detected, he named the specimens as discrete species. He never used infraspecific categories. He often fell prey to the same plague that has befallen other writers of insular floras, i.e., that of naming plants as distinct species when in fact the populations possess minor variations that differ from island to island. Britton seldom practised this proliferation of names with such fury as in the Rubiaceae. Most of his "species" in the Bahama flora were described from specimens which he did not collect. He was a keen observer, but may be looked upon in retrospect as having named specimens rather than populations. The "species" of Britton and Millspaugh are the phantoms dis- cussed in this paper. As a step in the revision of the Bahama flora in collaboration with George R. Proctor and Richard A. Howard, the author has examined much of the material available to Britton and Millspaugh when they wrote their flora over 50 years ago, especially type specimens. In addition, he has had the advantage of examining considerably more specimens, both in the field and in herbaria, than were available to Britton and Millspaugh. Additions to the flora have been noted (Gillis, Howard, and Proctor, 1973; Correll, 1973), and names have been updated for a substantial portion of the flora (Gillis, 1974). Now, a closer examination has been made of the so-called endemics within the flora as viewed by Britton and Millspaugh. Shortly after the original Bahama Flora was completed, Taylor (1921) analyzed the distributions as published in the flora and revealed that 12% of the flora was reported to be endemic, or about 120 species. This figure appears to be exceptionally high. The Bahama flora is essentially one which populated the islands during and since the Pleistocene. There has hardly passed enough time for such a degree of endemism to develop. Furthermore, the islands are surrounded on three sides by nearby land masses which 15h 1974 Gillis, Flora of the Bahamas 155 have contributed most of the fauna and flora of their anteced- ents: Hispaniola, Cuba, and the southern United States main- land. In addition, there is a dearth of diverse habitat types in a group of islands such as the Bahamas where no point is greater than 210 feet above sea level, where there are no rivers, and where the substrate is virtually all limestone. It appeared to me that those plants labeled "endemic" in the Bahama flora of Britton and Millspaugh could indeed be found in other neighboring floras, probably under earlier names, if one were but to search for them. I should like to acknowledge with gratitude a generous grant to the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University by an anonymous donor who has interest in the Bahama Flora. Under terms of the fellowship thus underwritten, I have been able to examine consid- erable herbarium material at the Arnold Arboretum and Gray Herbaria, and had opportunities to study the classic Britton and Millspaugh specimens at the New York Botanical Garden and the Field Museum of Natural History, as well as examine older materi- al in herbaria in Europe. The curators of these herbaria have been very gracious in allowing me to examine their material so freely. Of special value were the duplicates of Wright and Grisebach specimens at the Gray Herbarium, often representing type collections of earlier names, originally described from Cuba, but also represented in the Bahamas. A portion of the field work was supported by a grant from the National Geographic Society. As in previous papers, my use of the term "Bahamas" should be construed in its geographical sense to include the Turks and Caicos Islands as well. For ease of reference, this paper will follow the order of species presented in Britton and Millspaugh's Bahama Flora, only Dicotyledons being discussed herein. For brevity, Britton and Millspaugh's Flora is designated by the expression B&M in the text of this paper. The figure in the lefthand margin refers to the page in B&M on which the taxon in question is discussed. Herbarium abbreviations are those of Index Herbariorum (Lanjouw and Stafleu, 1964). 132 Torrubia bracei and Torrubia longifolia. The blollies are notoriously variable plants. There appear even to be some differences in vegetative morphology between staminate and pistillate populations. According to the key in B&M, which employs only characters of the anthocarps, it is not possible to determine identity of sterile, staminate, or flowering pistillate material. Moreover, when examining populations in the field or specimens in the herbarium, there appear to be plants whose characters fall between the limits as de- fined by B&M. As Adams (1972) pointed out, leaf shape differs markedly, even on the same plant. The leaves may be variously oblong to elliptical or obovate, or even sub- 156 PAY TOL OG ts Vol. 29, no. 2 orbicular. The tips may be rounded or emarginate; the bases rounded or cuneate. An examination of individuals in the wild shows that such variation may be contained within a single species. I therefore believe that Torrubia bracei and T. longifolia are not distinguishable. The earliest name available for this species is based on Pisonia discolor Sprengel (1825). If this species is placed in a genus that is segregated from Pisonia on fruits characters, then its name should be Guapira discolor. Guapira discolor (Sprengel) Little, Phytologia 17: 367. 1968. Basionym: Pisonia discolor Sprengel, Syst. Veget. ed. 16, 2: 168. 1825. Torrubia discolor (Spreng.) Britton, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 31: 613. 1904. Guapira longifolia (Heimerl in Urban) Little, Phytologia 17: 367. 1968. Torrubia longifolia (Heimerl in Urban) Britton, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 31: 614. 1904. Pisonia longifolia (Heimerl in Urban) Sarg., Man. Trees North Amer. 314, fig. 251. 1905. Basionym: Pisonia discolor y longifolia Heimerl in Urban, Bot. Jahrb. 21: 627. 1896. Guapira bracei (Britton) Little, Phytologia 17: 367. 1968. Basionym: Torrubia bracei Britton, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 31: 614. 1904. Type: New Providence Island, Ft. Montague coastal coppice, Britton and Brace 168 (NY). Given a specimen of Caesalpinia (other than Subg. Guilandina) from the Bahamas, one has a difficult choice in deciding whether it might be C. bahamensis or C. reticulata. The former is described by B&M as "prickly throughout; leaf- lets scarcely reticulated" and the latter as "unarmed or with a few prickles at the base; leaflets strongly reticu- lated." On the surface, it appears that these are useful characters. But the populations in the field are not so distinct. The type specimen of C. bahamensis in the Lamarck Herbarium at Paris shows only a few weak prickles opposite the leaves. There are populations which show prickles on the stem only far below where most botanists would bother to select a herbarium specimen. Hence, we can see that the presence or absence of prickles is a variable character, variable both as to degree and to position. It does not appear to be consistent enough to use to separate two other- wise identical populations. It is curious that the prickles become less evident in the southern (i.e., drier) sites; one might suppose that these outgrowths might have been inter- preted as responses to droughty conditions. The reticulate nature of the leaves is not a constant character, nor one easy to diagnose. These two names are thus treated as synonymous under C. bahamensis Lam. Maytenus lucayana Britton. This name is known from only the type collection, which is represented by mere fragmentary material in an envelope on a herbarium sheet. It seems to 199 284 342 1974 Gillis, Flora of the Bahamas 157 be representative of a population of Maytenus buxifolia that has unusually broad leaves. The definitive character of having a cordate leaf.base is not consistent within the few scraps representing the type. Unless more of this material can be found and the distinct nature of the plant re- affirmed, it seems best to treat this population as synonymous with M. buxifolia (A.Rich.) Griseb. The type of M. lucayana is at the Field Museum (F-280855), from West End, Grand Bahama Island. Erythroxylon reticulatum Northrop. The characters which Britton and Millspaugh used to separate this species from E. areolatum -- those of longer pedicels and shorter leaves -- appear to be only a difference in populations. Furthermore, the drupes on the type specimen of E. reticulatum are not mature, and only the field notes of Mrs. Northrop suggest that the fruits are purple-black instead of red. I interpret this name to be only a synonym of Erythroxylum areolatum L., and further that the generic name should be spelled thus. Myroxylon ilicifolium (Northrop) Britton. In his exami- nation of Cuban collection by Charles Wright, Grisebach (1860) discussed several species of Xylosma (the conserved name in the Flacourtiaceae for Myroxylon). He described Xylosma infestum and X. buxifolium, both of which are represented by isotypes at GH. Upon thorough examination, I have determined them to be synonymous. There are then two Names with the same date (and page) of publication. I have chosen X. buxifolium for the name to be used when these two are united because it has been used more commonly in the West Indies. It compares favorably with the type of X. ilicifolia Northrop, and is of an earlier publication date. It is likely that Britton and Millspaugh overlooked a paper by Urban (1893) in which this species (X. buxifolium) is attributed to the Bahamas. Xylosma buxifolium Gray ex Griseb., Mem. Amer. Acad. n. ser. 8: 155. 1860. Holotype: Cuba, Wright 1465 (GH). Xylosma infestum Griseb., Mem. Amer. Acad., n. ser. 8: 155. 1860. Isotype: Cuba, Wright 1109 (GH). Xylosma ilicifolia Northrop, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 12: 51. 1902. Myroxyloi Myroxylon ilicifolium (Northrop) Britton, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 4: 141. 1906. Type: Andros, Nichols Town, Northrop and Northrop 388 (Holotype: NY; isotypes: Big) GEL): « The eight species of Metastelma listed for the Bahamas by Britton and Millspaugh may be reduced to five, but there is one additional species found by Howard (1950) on Bimini and represented in herbaria by an earlier collection from South 158 POR YeTHO. LaOwG: Tad Vol. 29, no. 2 Andros. Furthermore, as mentioned by Gillis (1974), the generic name Metastelma in the West Indies is changed to Cynanchum. At the first point in the key to species of Metastelma, B&M separate M, northropiae from all others by its having a long-stipitate gynostegium. It is clear, upon careful examination, that their M. bahamense also has a long- stipitate gynostegium. These two taxa appear to be synony- mous, and they are hereby united under the earlier epithet, bahamense. A new combination in Cynanchum is indicated for this plant of Florida, Cuba, and the Bahamas: Cynanchum bahamense (Griseb.) Gillis, comb. nov. Basionym: Metastelma bahamense Griseb., Cat. Pl. Cub. 174. 1866. Epicion bahamense (Griseb.) Small, Fl. Miami 149, 200. 1912. Type: Not found. Metastelma northropiae Schltr. in Urban, Symb. Antil. 5: 468. 1908. Cynanchum northropiae (Schltr. in Urban) Alain. Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat. 22: 118. 1955. Type: Andros, Conch Sound, Northrop and Northrop 410 (NY). Alain (1955) already determined that Metastelma linearifolium A. Rich. in Sagra could not be transferred to Cynanchum because the epithet was preoccupied in Cynanchum. Hence, he published a new name, C. savannarum. I have determined that this action was unnecessary because these plants are identical to C. blodgettii of the southern United States, and this name was available at the time. Moreover, I believe that the populations described as M. barbatum in the Bahama Flora also represent this species. Hence the following synonymy: Cynanchum blodgettii (Gray) Shinmers, Sida 1: 365. 1964. Basionym: Metastelma blodgettii Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. U2 3. L677.. viypes Blodsett, sim, Bie. Pine Key, Florida (GH). Metastelma linearifolium A. Rich. in Sagra, Hist. Cub. 11: 96. 1850. Amphistelma linearifolium (A.Rich. in Sagra) Griseb., Cat. Pl. Cub. 175. 1866. non Cynanchum linearifolium Hemsl., J. Linn. Soc. 26: 107. 1889 (China). Lectotype: Paris. New name: Cynanchum savannarum Alain, Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist. Nat. 22: 119. 1955. Metastelma barbatum Northrop, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 12: 58. 1902. Type: Andros, Red Bays, Northrop and Northrop 474. Holotype, NY; isotype, GH. Alain recognized that Metastelma hamatum Griseb. could not 1974 Gillis, Flora of the Bahamas 159 be transferred directly to Cynanchum because the epithet was preoccupied in that genus, so he published C. caribaeum as the new name. Having studied these species in the Bahamas very carefully, I have come to the conclusion that C. imaguense is identical with C. caribaeum, and it is not endemic to the Bahamas after all. The new name by Alain was therefore not necessary inasmuch as the basionym Metastelma inaguense Vail was available. The new synonymy follows: Cynanchum inaguense (Vail) Howard & Dunbar, Rhodora 66: 13. 1964. Basionym: Metastelma inaguense Vail, Bull. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 4: 142. 1906. Type: Inagua, Nash and Taylor 913 (NY). Metastelma hamatum Griseb., Cat. Pl. Cub. 173. 1866. non Cynanchum hamatum D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 2: 906. 1840. New name: Cynanchum caribaeum Alain, Mem. Cub. Hist. Nat. 22: 119. 1955. Type: Cuba, Wright 2959. Isotypes: GH, NY. Because of the large number of name changes and the addition of an additional species to the Bahama Qynancha, I feel that a new key would be useful. (C. graminifolium, reported by Howard [1950] as M. graminifolium, has been determined to be C. scoparium, a probable introduction from Florida to Bimini and South Andros.) KEY TO BAHAMIAN SPECIES OF CYNANCHUM 1. Leaves ovate with mucronate tips; gynostegium stipitate +eeeeee-Cynanchum bahamense (Griseb.) Gillis 1. Leaves linear, narrowly oblanceolate, spatulate, or absent; gynostegium sessile or subsessile.......2. 2. Corolla lobes glabrous within; inflorescence a true UME LS 6.6 s's.0 03's 3. Flowers up to 6 mm. long; calyx lobes lanceolate, acute; follicles 6-8 cm. long; leaves sessile »+.+.-Cynanchum angustifolium Pers. 3. Flowers 1.5 - 2.5 mm. long; calyx lobes triangular-ovate, obtuse; follicles 3.5 - 5 cm. long; plant frequently leafless; leaves, when present, petioled....Cynanchum scoparium Nutt. 2. Corolla lobes pubescent within; inflorescence not a WMIDEL.s s.0 5 Vue 4. Flowers borne singly, petals recurved and twisted like a pinwheel; leaves on short shoots........ Cynanchum eggersii (Schltr. in Urban) Alain. 160 346 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 2 4. Inflorescence a compressed raceme on a short shoot; petals straight or recurved, but not twisted like a pinwheel; leaves borne on main AXA Gtareieletal Dia 5. Petals papillose at tip with tufts of villous hairs within from tip to 0.5 mm. below tip; leaves linear; fruits less than 3.5 cm. long......Cynanchum blodgettii (Gray) Shinners. 5. Petals papillose entire length of lobe or with wedge free from hairs in center of inner surface; leaves lanceolate, oblan- ceolate, or spatulate; fruit longer than 3.5 cm.....Cynanchum inaguense (Vail) Howard & Dunbar. In mapping collections of Evolvulus squamosus and E. bahamensis, I noted that the former did not occur south of the Crooked Island Passage, i.e., off the Great Bahama Bank. Furthermore, the latter, as interpreted by the key and description in B&M and the type collections, seemed to occur chiefly south of this Passage. Moreover, neither appeared to occur on the same island. The diagnostic features which distinguished these two taxa were the length of the leaves: scale-like or short-linear in the first, and linear, 6 - 15 mm. in the second. Upon close examination, it may be seen that there is a cline in leaf length, ranging from very short and scale-like in the northwestern portion of the archipelago, increasing in length to the southeast. With this interpretation, there seems to be but one species of woody Evolvulus in the West Indies. The leaf-length increases toward the south of the Great Bahama Bank and is still greater on Long Island and Rum Cay. The leaf length increases to distinctly non-scalar from Crooked Island southward. Moreover, this trend seems to continue onto Hispaniola; there, the species is known as E. arbuscula. Van Oostrstroom (1934), in his monograph of Evolvulus, recognized three species in this group. For the most part, the characters he chose as definitive were considerably overlapping. His key in leading to E. squamosus, indicated that the ovary is "densely hairy, seldom almost or quite glabrous." In the description of the species, however, he stated "capsule globular, hairy at the top or glabrous...." The problems of separation become compounded with additional collections. As with other plants in our flora, there is greater variation within the Greater Antilles than there is for the same species within the Bahamian Archipelago. Such a pattern should not be surprising if a single biotype or a small group of biotypes resulted from one to few introduc-— 1974 359 363 384 Gillis, Flora of the Bahamas 161 tions to the Bahamas from the Greater Antilles. Hence, I interpret the Bahama populations of woody Evolvulus as Evolvulus arbusculus Poir. in Lam. Britton and Millspaugh distinguish their Varronia (Cordia) brittonii from Varronia (Cordia) lucayana on the shape of the leaf: whether the leaves are linear-oblong to oblanceolate or spatulate-obovate! A second character of presence of pilose pubescence at the base of the filaments is also used as a distinguishing character. Again, as in Evolvulus, as one discovers in mapping distributions of specimens (using names assigned to the collections by B&M), Cordia brittonii appears in the northern islands, and C. lucayana in the southern ones. However, if one were given a specimen with no provenance indicated, it would not be possible to determine which species it is, given the infor- mation in B&M or the type specimens! I believe they are indistinguishable, and hereby unite them under Cordia brittonii (Millsp.) Macbride. They are names of the same date of publication, but the name C. brittonii has been used for plants in Cuba, so it has the greater scope of use. The pubescence on the filaments is not a reliable character. The Heliotropium species also appear to be overdescribed. Heliotropium eggersii is known only from the type collection and is interpreted as only an insular form of H. procumbens (the earlier name for H. inundatum of B&M). Heliotropium nanum is surely no different from H. inaguense, but merely the upper, northwestern form of the plant. The earlier name is H. nanum Northrop. The other Heliotropia are under study by Mr. Michael Frohlich so that further disposition of the taxa in the Bahamas will await his conclusions. When Mr. Proctor and I discovered and anomalous Solanum population on Inagua (Gillis and Proctor 12148), we thought we might have a new species. The population turned out to be S. microphyllum which we thought would thus be the first report of this species from the Bahamas. Then, I examined the type of S. didymacanthum which Millspaugh described from Exuma and Cat Islands. These names are determined to be synonymous. The older name to be used for the Bahama populations therefore must be Solanum microphyllum (Lam.) Dunal, Britton and Millspaugh had trouble interpreting variation in the Rubiaceae, and consequently produced more phantom species in this family than elsewhere. One example of this difficulty is represented in Catesbaea. Their key separat- ing C. parviflora and C. foliosa demonstrates so much overlap that the two cannot be determined. An examination of populations in the field shows the extent of this 162 413 422 Pony, TO L10'G Pa Vol. 29, no. 2 variability such that C. foliosa and C. parviflora var. septentrionalis are merely extremes in the variation of leaf size and shape. The plant represented by the types of C. fasciculata and C. parvifolia is another. Hence, I should like to amend my consideration of the name of the Bahama plant (Gillis, 1974) by the following: Catesbaea parviflora Swartz, Prodr. 30. 1788. Type: S. Catesbaea campanulata Sagra ex DC. Prodr. 4: 401. 1830. Catesbaea parviflora var. septentrionalis Krug & Urban, Symb. An. 1: 429. 1899. Lectotype: Florida, Bahia Honda Key, Curtiss 1130 (GH); isotype: GH. Catesbaea fasciculata Northrop, Mem. Torrey Bot. Club 12: 66. 1902. Type: Fresh Creek, Andros, Northrop and Northrop 627 (Lectotype: F-130711; Isotypes: A, GH, NY). Catesbaea foliosa Millsp., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. ser. 2: 312. 1909. Holotype: West Caicos, Wilson 7761 (F- 221880). Another genus which B&M tended to overdescribe was Guettarda. This genus was included in the unfinished treatment of Rubiaceae for North American Flora by Standley (1918-34), who simply accepted Britton's species uncritically. Earlier (Gillis, 1974), I united two species (G. taylori and G. inaguensis) under G. nashii. Since that time, I have again studied these populations from Inagua in the field, and have re-examined the types and isotypes. I have concluded that all of these names represent variations in Guettarda krugii. In this case, I am convinced that B&M named specimens and not populations. It is interesting to note that neither Britton nor Millspaugh ever saw these populations in the field, inasmuch as neither ever visited Inagua, the type localities of their three species. The types in question are at New York with isotypes at the Field Museum. Another overdescribed genus of Rubiaceae for the Bahamas is Borreria. As with Guettarda, B&M tended to overdescribe species when they had not seen the populations in the field themselves. With the exception of the type for Borreria brittonii (later name for B. saxicola Britton which is a later homonym) which Millspaugh collected, the types of their proliferated species were collected by Percy Wilson or George Nash and Norman Taylor. I believe that woody Borreria species in the Bahamas should all be recognized as B. thymifolia Griseb. The various characters used in distinguishing features to separate species in B&M are all variable, not only within populations, but even on the type specimens of these "distinctive" plants themselves! For example, the leaf size of B. wilsonii is intermediate 1974 441 Gillis, Flora of the Bahamas 163 between that of B. inaguensis and b. bahamensis. The "long- ciliate" calyx of B. wilsonii is represented on the type by 7 - 10 hairs between the lobes of the calyx, none of which is more than 0.5 mm. long, and they are not present on all calices. The ciliate nature of the leaves tends to increase, as does stem pubescence, with degree of droughty climate in the southern portion of the island chain. I have collected two adjacent populations of Borreria on Salt Cay (Turks) that superficially appeared to be distinct; one had bronze leaves; the other had dark green leaves. When they were pressed and dried, the two populations were indistin- guishable. The only species which one may argue is different might be B. savannarum, with its thin leaves, 1-3 cm. long (on herbarium sheets, they give the specimen a superficial resemblance to Najas guadalupensis). I would have continued to recognize this as a distinct species except for the fact that specimens available to me have shown all stages of intermediate leaf length on Inagua alone. Hence, it appears to make the most sense to unite all of the woody Borreria species in the Bahamas under B. thymifolia Griseb. Borreria thymifolia Griseb., F. Brit. W. Ind. Is. 350. 1864. Type: Turks Island, Hjalmarsson, s.n. (K). Borreria inaguensis Britton in Britton et Millspaugh, Bahama Flora, p. 422. 1920. Type: Little Inagua, Nash and Taylor 1224 (erroneously given in Bahama Flora as 2124). Holotype: NY; isotypes: F-185973, F-479093). Borreria brittonii Standley, Publ. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Bot. ser. 8: 388. 1931. New name for Borreria saxicola Britton in Britton et Millspaugh, Bahama Flora, p. 422. 1920. non Borreria saxicola K. Schum., Bot. Jahrb. 28: 112. 1901 (Trop. Afr.). Type: South Caicos, Millspaugh and Millspaugh 9242. Holotype: NY; isotype: F-278999. Borreria wilsonii Britton in Britton and Millspaugh, Bahama Flora, p. 423. 1920. Type: Castle Island, Wilson 7787 (Holotype: NY; isotypes: F-221907, GH). Borreria bahamensis Britton in Britton and Millspaugh, Bahama Flora, p. 423. 1920. Type: Crooked Island, Brace 4749. (Holotype: NY; isotype: F-199831). Borreria savannarum Britton in Britton and Millspaugh, Bahama Flora, p. 423. 1920. Type: Inagua, Nash and Taylor 1320. Holotype: NY. Two aster species of the Bahamas are restricted to the northwestern portion of the islands, which suggests their introduction from the United States. These two "endemic" species appear to be extensions of the ranges of two U.S. instead of being Bahamian endemics, or even, in the case of Aster bahamensis, a species which is endemic to the Bahamas and Cuba. Aster lucayanus is really contained within Aster 16) 447 451 P Heme to L110 Gielen Vol. 29, no. 2 concolor L. which extends from Florida to Louisiana and north to New England. The Bahamas are merely the southern- most extension of its range. Our variety is probably var. concolor. Aster bahamensis matches Aster subulatus Michx., and is best matched with var. euroaster Fern. et Griscom. This is the coastal plain population which extends from Florida west to Louisiana and north to upstate New York. The Bahamas are merely a bridge in its distribution between the mainland and Cuban populations, easily understood when one realizes that, at low water level during the Pleistocene, the Great Bahama Bank was nearer the U.S. mainland by several miles, and only a mere 20 miles or so from Cuba. Tetranthus bahamensis Britton was described as a Bahama endemic. There is, however, no doubt that it represents a northern population of the Cuban species, T. litoralis Sw. Although the only distinguishing feature between most Cuban species and the Bahamian ones is that the Cuban populations usually have larger leaves, there are collections from Cuba which are indistinguishable from those of the Bahamas. The rong-bush, Wedelia bahamensis, was described as an endemic to the Bahamas, occurring more abundantly in the southern islands than the far northwestern ones. It is the same as populations in Cuba and Hispaniola of W. calycina, although more uniform than populations in the Greater Antilles. The complex synonymy has been listed in Schulz (1911) but he chose an illegitimate name as the correct one. Hence, a shortened synonymy of relevant names is perhaps in order: Wedelia calycina L.C. Rich. in Persoon, Syn. Pl. 2: 490. 1807. Wedelia jacquinii L.C. Rich. in Persoon, Syn. Pl. 2: 490. 1807 (momen illeg., pro syn.). Wedelia buphthalmoides Griseb., Fl. Brit. W. Ind. Is. pe S72 e864. tiype se Bahamas,,) Swainson (Siete Gs® re Anomostephium buphthalmoides DC., Prod. 5: 560. 1836. Type: G. Seruneum buphthalmoides (DC.) Kuntze., Rev. Gen. Pl. ie Spee 39h: Stemmodontia buphthalmoides (DC.) Cook and Collins, Contre USSe Nat. derbaos e244 LOR Wedelia bahamensis (Britton) O.E. Schulz in Urban, Symb. Antil. 7: 106. 1911. Basionym: Stemmodontia bahamensis Brevecon,, Bully Nev. Bot. Gar. 145 1264 1905. ehypecne New 1974 Gillis, Flora of the Bahamas 165 Providence, coastal thicket, Britton and Brace 302. Holotype: NY. SUMMARY: Twenty-eight names in the Bahama Flora have been reduced to species present in Cuba, Hispaniola, and Florida. These species were considered to be endemics to the Bahamas by Britton and Millspaugh (1920). LITERATURE CITED Adams, C. D. 1972. Flowering plants of Jamaica. Univ. West Indies. Mona, Jamaica. 848 pp. Alain, Hermano. 1955. Novedades en le flora Cubana (vi). Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat. 22: 113 - 23. Britton, N. L. and C. F. Millspaugh. 1920. Bahama Flora. Privately published. Reprinted 1962 by Hafner Publishing Co., New York, N. Y. 695 pp. Correll, Donovan S. 1974. Flora of the Bahama Islands —- new additions. Fairchild Trop. Gard. Bull. 29: 11 - 12, 15. Gillis, William T. 1974. Name changes for the seed plants in the Bahama flora. Rhodora 76: 67 - 138. » Richard A. Howard and George R. Proctor. 1973. Additions to the Bahama flora since Britton and Millspaugh - ie Rhodora 752° 411°— "25. Grisebach, A.H.R. 1864. Flora of the British West Indian Islands. Lovell Reeve Co. London. Reprinted 1963 by J. Cramer, Weinheim, Weldon and Wesley and Hafner Publishing Co., New York. 789 PD. Lanjouw, J. and F. Stafleu. 1964. Index Herbariorum, part l - The herbaria of the world. Regnum Veget. 31: 1 - 251. Oostrstroom, S. J. van. 1934. A monograph of the genus Evolvulus. Meded. Bot. Mus. Herb. Rijks. Univ. Utrecht, No. 14: 1 — 267. Schulz, 0. E. 1911. Compositarum genera nonnulla. in Urban, Symb. Antil. 7: 78 — 144. Standley, Paul C. 1918 - 34. Rubiales, Rubiaceae. North Amer. mi, 32: y= 300. Part Ey l= 86.918); E87 -— 158) (1921); III: 159 -— 228 (1934); Iv: 229 - 300 (1934) Taylor, Norman. 1921. Endemism in the Bahama flora. Ann. Bot. 35: 523-32. 166 PHYTOLOGIA Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University 22 Divinity Avenue Cambridge, MA 02138 Current address: Department of Biology Hope College Holland, MI 49423 Vol. 29, no. 2 BOOK REVIEWS Alma L, Moldenke "ATR POLLUTION AND LICHENS" edited by B. W. Ferry, M. S. Baddeley. & D. L. Hawksworth, x & 389 pp., illus., University of Toronto Press, Toronto 181, Ontario, Canada & Buffalo, New York 14203. 1973. $16.50. This book comes fram a timely symposium of the First Inter- national Mycological Congress at Exeter, England, in September 1971. These sturdy slow-growing plants which manage to live even under the apparently harshest conditions and sometimes manage to attain an age of 500 years (p. 3) have finally met their match in SOo. Now they can serve a noxious or toxic warning role for man, his still growing lumber, and his stone and concrete works as did and do canaries in mines! Now there are even more toxi- tolerant ones, as, for instance, Lecanora conizasoides, a relative newcomer to British urban areas. Even though most of the field and laboratory investigations — carefully reported in seventeen papers — are centered within the British Isles, the problems are found in many parts of this modern world. Many different kinds of botanically aware scientists will promptly appreciate the considerable value of the papers in this book and their bibliographies. Folks not so trained, but seri- ously interested in urban improvement, such as factory engineers, public minded citizens, etc., now have an invaluable source of help in this book. "ROBERT LESLIE USINGER: AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF AN ENTOMOLOGIST" edited by E. G. Llinsley & J. L. Gressitt, xiii & 330 pp., illus., Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California 9118. 1972. $15.00. Published as Volume }; of the Memoirs of the Pacific Coast En- tomological Society by the H. C. Fall Memorial Publication Fund from edited transcriptions of tapes based on his 58 field books as the guide and planned mainly for his family and as a means of passing the time during months of terminal cancer, Usinger here reminisces interestingly and gratefully on "the best of all pos- sible lives". While he fell short of the Biblical "three score and ten" by ten and five, he lived so fully and so usefully as a keenly intelligent and honest person, an admired and loving fam- ily man, an inspiring teacher and writer, a world-traveled and world-renowned entomologist interested primarily in systematics, dipteran disease vectors, and cimicid, reduviid and lygaeid bugs, that one is left awed in eee 167 168 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 2 There are appended Usinger's bibliography and a list of scien- tific names published by him (both prepared by P. D. Ashlock) and a list of some genera and species named for him (prepared by W. C. Gagne). Unfortunately, a few plant and geographical names are misspelled, as, for instance, Cyperus, Sesuvium, Clerodendrm, Boerhaavia, Purshia, and Cali in Colombia. To read this book, with its fine photographs, is a very nos- talgic experience for those who knew him and should be an inspira- tion for the younger life scientists of today. "STABILITY AND COMPLEXITY IN MODEL ECOSYSTEMS" by Robert M. May, lx & 235 pp., illus., Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. 1973. $1.95 paperbound & $11.50 cloth- bound. This is the sixth book in the Monographs in Population Biology Series edited by Robert H. MacArthur and originally launched with that wonderful work on the "Theory of Island Biogeography" by the series editor and Edward 0, Wilson. The author, whose name and ideas are now well known in the field of theoretical ecology, en- tered it with a highly skilled training in physics. A variety of general mathematical "models aimed not at realism in detail, but at providing mathematical metaphors for broad classes of phenomena" are surveyed to show "the different rela- tionships between stability in randomly fluctuating environments as opposed to deterministic ones, between stability versus com- plexity in multispecies models and also with few species models in such limited cycles as vegetation - herbivore - carnivore, and between niche overlaps and limiting similarity which has a weak logarithmic dependence on the degree of environmental variance." The final chapter, "Speculations", has very interesting ma- terial that is best transmitted by individual readings and an important warning: "until such time as we better understand the principles which govern natural associations of plants and ani- mals, we would do well to preserve large chunks of pristine eco— systems. They are unique laboratories." This important and valuable book is primarily directed "at the field and laboratory ecologist, and the text is [too] hopefully accessible to people with minimal mathematical training." "SWANPS, RIVER BOTTOMS AND CANSBRAKES" by Brooke Meanley, 1h2 pp., illus., Barre Publishing Co., Barre, Massachusetts 01005. 1972. $12.50. This is a delightful, popularly oriented book presenting with interesting descriptive text and over 100 fine photographs — often the work of the author himself - an accurate picture of these wet-— lands along our southern Atlantic Coastal Plain. The author has studied these areas for 30 years as a U. S. D. I. biologist. 1974 Moldenke, Book reviews 169 The following places, with their plant and animal life, are portrayed very well ecologically: Okefenokee, Great Dismal Swamp, Altamaha, Ocmulgee canebrakes, White River Wilderness, I'on Swamp, Pinetown Pocosin, Dudley's Hammock, Edisto, Reelfoot, Tensas, Slovac Thicket, Arkansas Great Pecan Forest, Everglades, Big Cy- press, etc. There is a well selected bibliography including notes refer- ring to the specific swamps. There are separate indexes to the plants and animals mentioned in the text giving cammon and scien- tific names and page references. Here, unfortunately, the name "mangrove" is equated with Rhizophora mangle exclusively when it actually refers to at least three species of which the one men- tioned is merely the dominant and most numerous in the area con- sidered, "THE TREES OF SOUTH FLORIDA — Volume I — The Natural Environ- ments and Their Succession" by Frank C. Craighead Sr., xvi & 212 pp., illus., University of Miami Press, Coral Gables, Florida 33134. 1971 (second printing 1972). $5.95. The subtropical and southernmost counties of Florida — Dade, Collier and Monroe - and their numerous offshore islands have been long and well studied and are herein well described by the skillfully trained and dedicated author in each of their follow- ing physiographic provinces with their concommitant plant asso- ciations: Florida Keys, Florida Bay, Saline Mangrove Zone, Freshwater Swamps, Pineland Ridge, Pineland Sloughs, Tree Island Everglades, Hammocks and Cypress Ridge, and Big Cypress Swamp. The effects over the years of hurricanes, fires, frost, light- ning, alligators, and man with his changing of the water table, his crop growing, his high-rise buildings, and his increasing numbers migrating into the area, are discussed. Over one hun- dred effective black and white photographs add much to the text which is interestingly and effectively written so as to hold the attention of the trained scientist as well as the general reader of whom there should be many. "The Everglades National Park can never be restored to its former glories, but much can be saved if we can prevent the de- struction of the interior freshwater swamps of this great eco- system....In the interest of preserving those natural communi- ties that are left, their diverse and in many cases unique characteristics are described in this volume with emphasis on the woody plants as typifying these sites and their changes." There is a glossary, well selected references including a separate section by John Kunkel Small, an index to common names with their scientific equivalents, and a general index. The black mangrove is, unfortunately, given an invalid name in- stead of the presently accepted Avicennia germinans; also the matted and tall frogfruits are put in the genus Lippia instead of in Phyla where they belong. 170 P BYP Oh OC Tk Vol. 29, no. 2 "NUMERICAL TAXONOMY: The Principles and Practice of Numerical Classification" by Peter H. A. Sneath & Robert R. Sokal, xv & 573 pp., illus., W. H. Freeman & Co., Reading, England RG1 3AA & San Francisco, California 910. 1973. $19.50. Much more than just a new edition of "Principles of Numerical Taxonomy" of a decade ago, this is a wholly reorganized and modernized treatment of this relatively new neo-Adansonian field in which the authors are universally considered the initiators and leaders. This "grouping by numerical methods of taxonomic units into taxa on the basis of their character states" has been expedited by and has reciprocally expedited computerization in many fields. The authors limit this treatment to the realm of biological organisms as they did in the previous ones. The text is very carefully organized and thoughtfully presen- ted, stressing its old septalogue, its evidence, resemblance structure, phenetics (vs. phylogeny expressed systematically), identification or discrimination, explained shortcomings and its bigger and better future. The forthcoming generation of taxonomists and assorted types of biologists with incidental taxonanic concerns often cannot handle the scientific Latin of the older alpha taxonomists be=- cause, instead of classical training in Latin and Greek, they have had much more preparation in mathematics, statistics, bio- physics, biochemistry, and practical electron data processing. For them particularly this book and the discipline which it discusses should be of special value. There is an extensive bibliography, an appendix of recent biological studies using these methods of numerical taxonomy and a useful index. "THE DIRECTORY OF PUBLISHING OPPORTUNITIES: A Guide to Academic, Business, Research, Scientific and Technical Publishing Op- portunities" 2nd Edition edited by Mary Bucher Roff & Staff, xii & 722 pp., Academic Media, a division of Cordura Cor- poration, Orange, New Jersey 07050. 1973. $39.50. This is indeed a valuable publication of real worth to all college, university, research and technical institution libraries in this country and abroad. This second edition “seeks to as- sist the writer in finding a suitable opportunity for publica- tion of his manuscript by producing a guide to requirements of 2,490 periodicals" from general to highly specialized and from theoretical to applied in the humanities, social sciences, and physical and natural sciences. The information is effectively organized, much more legible than many compilations in other fields, and reliable. Curiously, however, there is no entry for the journal - PHYTOLOGIA - in which this present review appears, a journal now in its fourth decade and 28th volume}! | 1974 Moldenke, Book reviews 171 "PATTERNS IN PLANT DEVELOPMENT" by Taylor A. Steeves & Ian M. Sus- sex, xvii & 3@ pp., illus., Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632. 1972 [1973]. $10.95. This is another worthwhile book in the Foundations of Develop- mental Biology Series and it is mch more than an illustrated series of maturing plant anatomy stages. Limited to the vascular plants, it deals with embryogenesis, shoot apex organogenesis and expansion into leaf and branch, flower and inflorescence, thorn of simple or compound structure, root apex and branching, differ- entiation of the plant body, secondary growth and vascular cambiun, and the cellular basis of organization. "Each cell differentiates in the location where it was formed [unlike animal embryos]. There it is subjected to an environment consisting of other cells, and it becanes both the recipient of regulatory stimuli arising in its surrounding milieu and the source of stimuli that may affect the course of differentiation in other cells.” Evaluation of major relevant experimental studies adds much of value to this book. The authors state wisely that learning to date in this field of phytomorphogenesis is not sufficient yet for any acceptable generalized theory. This treatment is lucidly pre- sented, suitably indexed, and has each chapter provided with a bibliography. "A DICTIONARY OF USEFUL AND EVERYDAY PLANTS AND THEIR COMMON NAMES" by F. N. Howes, iv & 290 pp., Cambridge University Press, London NW1 2DB & New York, N. Y. 10022. 197k. $12.50. This is a gem of a book that should prove ever so helpful to all kinds of botanists, agriculturalists, horticulturists, libra- rians, etc. because it is carefully and accurately compiled from the 6th edition of "J. C. Willis: A Dictionary of the Flower Plants and Ferns", which through its current 8th edition (1973 is also carefully and accurately compiled. In the earlier editions of Willis this type of material was included in the text. In the later editions it was omitted and is presented by Howes in a form that will fit handily on the shelf next to the latest Willis. Dr. Howes died last year just before this work was ready to go off to the printers. Future editions might consider adding to the section on "climb- ing plants" such common verbenaceous examples as Oxera, Congea, the scandent species of Petrea, Sphenodesme, and Symphorema, to Bibli- cal manna a third kind derived from the algal genus Nostoc, and correcting the scientific names given for Turk's turban to Clero- dendrum indicum rather than "spp." because only this species is known by that name (the others are glorybowers), for headache-tree to Premna obtusifolia (P. integrifolia having been ruled invalid), for fiddlewood to Citharexylum and Petitia (since the name is ap- plied to various taxa in those genera), for lemon-scented verbena to Aloysia triphylla [only], and for hatpins to Eriocaulon, Lach- 172 P Reet Oo L/01G iA Vol. 29, no. 2 nocaulon and Syngonanthus (in the United States & Canada). The following corrections need also to be made: Clerodendrim specio- sissimm instead of C. fallax, C. kaempferi instead of C. squama- tum, C. thomsonae for the misspelled epithet now appearing in the book, and C. philippimum instead of C. fragrans, Gmelina philippensis instead of G. hystrix, Lantana montevicensis instead of L. sellowiana, and Lippia abyssinica instead of L. adoensis. Vervain should be added both to the list of Shakespeare plants and the list of sacred plants. Despite these suggested changes in limited areas -- yes, this is a gem of a book] "THE SPECIES OF THE BEGONIACEAE" 2nd edition by Fred A. Barkley & Jack Golding, iv & 14) pp., illus., privately published by the authors and the American Begonia Society. 197). $5.50 paperbound, Produced by one of the clear offset copying processes from very neat typing, this list "is not a monograph, and is merely a compendium of published names and published synonymy". The authors' far too modestly chosen "merely" covers a tremendous amount of time, energy, expertise and patience to compile this material from such sources as the Index Kewensis, the Gray Card File, Doorenbos' Check List, etc. which eventually developed in- to Barkley's Card File of Begonia Names. This is an alphabetic list of all the species and their vari- eties so far known to have been published with authorities, sources, dates, geographical origin, subgeneric sections and synonymy. Within the family are included Hillebrandia, with its single species, and Symbegonia, with its ten species, along with the huge and better-known Begonia genus. Because so much mater- ial is efficiently collated here, this publication should be a great help to many taxonomic botanists and herbarium curators, to those scientists engaged in any experimental work on the begonias which grow so readily in greenhouses, and to the large group of horticulturists and begonia aficionados. It may be obtained from the second author in Kearny, New Jersey 07032. "FLORA OF WEST PAKISTAN" edited by E. Nasir & S. I. Ali. "An Annotated Catalogue of the Vascular Plants of West Pakistan and Kashmir" by R. R. Stewart, xviii & 1028 pp. Published under P. L. 80 Research Project of the U. S. D. A. & Agri- cultural Research Council, Pakistan. 1972. This full book records results of the author's 60 years of teaching the present and next generation of botanists (including the able editors) and extensive collecting with and without the help of students. He estimates that the flora consists of 128 pteridophyte, 23 gymnosperm, 110 monocot, and 92 dicot taxa. 197) Moldenke, Book reviews 173 Composites or grasses are considered the most mmerous depending upon whether Taraxacum officinalis (misspelled on p. xvii) is counted as a single species or as an aggregate of 88. Legumes with 566 taxa are next in size. The classification followed seems to be quite conservative. Al- most all specimens cited are at Kew or at Gordon College in Rawal- pindi. Some common synonymy is given, geographic distribution is indicated, and those invaluable notes and comments that only the field worker with years of experience can share with readers. Also useful are an alphabetic index to genera and species, annotated indexes to authorities and collectors, and a most helpful note on the nature and range of spelling variants for place and personal names. The present tendency is to adopt the English custom of a fixed family name. "When Shankat Ali was collecting for Gordon Col- lege many of his plants were ticketed Sh. Ali. He is nowS. A. Chaudhary.....more commonly spelled Chaudhri." With a sincere and intelligent combination of missionary com passion and scientific appraisal and concern the author writes that "Pakistan is facing the problems which are becoming more com— mon in the most crowded parts of the world. There are too many people and there are too many goats, sheep and cattle when the carrying capacity of the land is taken into consideration...Over- population is going to lead to a crisis of some sort." "FLORA OF WEST PAKISTAN" edited by E. Nasir & S. I, Ali, No. 9 "AVICENNIACEAE" by S. M. H. Jafri, pp., illus. Published under P. L. 480 Research Project of the U. S. D. A. & Agri- cultural Research Council, Pakistan. 1973. Paperbound. Under the same basic title and editorship as the previously mentioned publication, this one consists of separately treated plant families that are being published as they are readied. Each is provided with the same gridded map showing the districts of West Pakistan. Each is well illustrated. Only the pertinent taxonomic literature is cited for the families, genera and spe- cies. Descriptions of these units are clearcut. Specimens ex- amined are cited. At the end there is an index for each family. Just naturally the smaller families are treated first and the taxonomic interpretation, at least family-wise, tends to be far less conservative than is seen in Stewart's general treatment. This is exemplified in the recognition of the families Monotro- paceae, Iteaceae, Philadelphaceae, Hydrangeaceae, Corylaceae, Grossulariaceae, Mimosaceae, Molluginaceae, Phrymaceae, Avicennia- ceae, etc. The dominant shrubby tree of the mangrove vegetation on the Karachi and neighboring coastline of the Arabian Sea is here re~ garded as typical Avicennia marina (Forsk.) Vierh., but in the opinion of H. N. Moldenke it actually represents a variety known as var, acutissima Stapf & Moldenke, the typical form of the spe- cies being found on the coasts of Arabia and East Africa. Cer- 174 PHY ely OrTiOnG tk Vol. 29, no. 2 tainly it is not the A. alba Blume of R. R. Stewart or the A. officinalis L. of earlier authors. The list of published families to date includes Flacourtiaceae, Hamamelidaceae, Phytolaccaceae, Oxalidaceae, Ericaceae, Monotro- paceae, Frankeniaceae, Polemoniaceae, Iteaceae, Vahliaceae, Averr- hoaceae, ~ Thymelaeaceae, " Martyniaceae, Juglandacese, ae, Philadelpha- ceae, ceae, Hydr angeaceae, Meliaceae, Zanichelliaceae, Elatinaceae, Um- belliferss, Tinaceas, “Corylaceae, Platanaceae, Staphyleaceae, Sphenocleaceae, Burseraceae, Grossulariaceae, Plumbaginaceae, Salvadoraceae, Goodeniaceae, Parnassiaceae, Guttiferas, Pedalia- ceae, Capparidaceae, Loranthaceae, Mimosaceae, Datiscaceae, Morin- gaceae, Sapindaceae, Wolluginaceas, Aizoaceae, Dilleniaceae, Cor- Cor iariaceae, Gannabaceae, Malpighiac ey eee) Tiere Phrymaceae, Tllecebraceas, Juncaginaceae, ivicerviacesa) i langiaceae, Portulacaceas, Polygal- aceae, Dioscoreaceae, Caesalpiniaceae, Brassicaceae, Buddlejaceae, Podophyllaceae, Teo, Oleaceae, Lardizabalaceae, Papaver— aceae, Plantaginaceae, Symplocaceae, Ml iacisiieeeag) Baxaces and Passi floraceae, numbered in that order from 1 to 66. Copies of the "Flora of West Pakistan" can be obtained from the Department of Botany, University of Karachi, Karachi, Pakistan, or from the Stewart Herbarium, Gordon College, Rawalpindi, Pakistan. "QA HISTORY OF THE ORCHID" by Merle A. Reinikka, xx & 316 pp., illus., University of Miami Press, Coral Gables, Florida 3312h. 1972. $15.00. The author, the former editor of "The American Orchid Society Bulletin", had the rich resources of Harvard University's Botani- cal Museum for reference material. This book is an interesting and valuable crystalization of an encyclopedic array of information. The first part of the book is devoted to an historical survey of the orchids' introduction from various corners of the world for horticultural, medicinal (as sex determiner and aphrodisiac), spice (as vanilla), ” and other uses, for the purpose of hybridization (both natural and induced), and for propagation by seed and by mer~ istem sets. It ends with a chronological guide to descriptive and taxonomic orchid literature of well over 300 items extending from the year 1228 for Chao Shih-ken's "Orchid Guide for Kuei-men and Chang=chou" to 1972 for C. A. luer's "The Native Orchids of Flo- rida". The second part of the book is devoted to a chronological pre- sentation of 51 major makers of orchid history with condensed yet interesting biographical sketches of persons including Linnaeus, Banks, Brown, Darwin, Warscewicz, Hooker, Reichenbach, Mueller, Veitch, Sander, Rolfe, Schlechter, Ames and Knudson. The book makes both for relaxing reading to anyone at all in- terested in nature and for careful study about orchids, orchid collecting and orchidists. It is illustrated by a couple dozen 197 Moldenke, Book reviews 175 black/white photographs of orchids and almost 50 portraits of the "makers of orchid history", "EVERGREEN GARDEN TREES AND SHRUBS" edited by Anthony Huxley, text adapted by Denis Hardwicke & Alan R. Toogood, 181 pp., illus., Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., New York, N. YX. 10022. 1973. $4.95. This is one of the accurate, attractive and useful Macmillan Color Identification Pocket Guides with a hard cover. The text has been condensed selectively from H. G. Hillier's "Mamal of Trees and Shrubs" for scientific and common names, habitat, height, cultivated growth form, and cultivation details. Full color plates contain 200 excellently illustrated plants or plant parts. This book was first printed in Great Britain, but because of the long established custom of exchanging garden plants, it can now be of almost the same value to interested folks with gardens in the United States and any other temperate area. "DECIDUOUS GARDEN TREES AND SHRUBS" edited by Anthony Huxley, text adapted by Denis Hartwicke & Alan R. Toogood, 216 pp., illus., Macmillan Publishing Co., Inc., New York, N. Y. 10022. 1973. $4.95. This is yet another of those fine Macmillan Color Identifica- tion Pocket Guides with a hard cover, with the same editor and text adapters of H., G. Hillier's fine work ("Mamal of Trees and Shrubs"), and with 302 effectively and accurately colored illus- trations of plants or plant parts. There follows alphabetically by scientific name the common name, habitat, height, cultivated growth form and cultivation details, making the book quite usable in temperate zone garden3 just about the world over. In this book, as in the preceding one, background drawings scaled against a house indicate the approximate shape and size to be expected in mature forms. This is an excellent added feature for this series. "CHENOPODIUM ALBUM ET ESPECES AFFINES — ftude Historique et Statistique" by André Beaugé, xx & 7 pp., illus., Société d' dition d' Enseignement Supérieur, Paris Ve & Centre Nati- onal de Floristique, Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris. 197). 150 Fr. paperbound. This carefully prepared study is published as one of the "Docu- ments Pour Une rlore de France" edited by Paul Jovet, with the preface by P. Aellen —world authority on the Chenopodiaceae, the presentation by A. Pons, and the introduction by P. Jovet. 176 PH ¥°T’O L OG TX Vol. 29, no. 2 What passes for Chenopodium album (sens. lat.) in most manuals is an almost ubiquitous weedy plant growing in all sorts of dif- ferent forms in all sorts of different habitats. Consequently it has been observed and argued over by a very large range of taxo- nomic "splitters" and "lumpers". Perhaps this study may not con- vert all readers to this newer interpretation, but they will have to take cognizance of all the detailed information skillfully or- ganized between these two book covers for the first time. The first part of the study is devoted to an historical search with highlights on the pre-Linnaean writers, then on Lin- naeus, Haller, Moquin-Tandon, and Aellen, It is illustrated by photographs of some of these workers! herbarium specimens. The second part is devoted to systematic analysis and taxo- nomic conclusions. Beaugé examined over a thousand herbarium specimens of this complex, including types. His bibliography is extensive. He made extended field observations and collected over much of Europe and northern Africa. He grew specimens at three different experimental sites. He developed a list of about 130 characters for comparison studies which he presents in detailed comparative charts and electron micrographs of testa ornamenta- tion and micropyle configuration. At Paris and at Marseille are deposited the new types and isotypes of Chenopodium album var. coronatum A. Beaugé, C. album subsp. reticulatum var. coronmatum A, Beaugé, and C. ficifolium var. coronatum A. Beaugé. "INSECTS IN FLIGHT: A Glimpse Behind The Scenes In Biophysical Research" by Werner Nachtigall, translations by Harold Old= royd, Roger H. Abbott & Marguerite Biederman-Thorson, 153 pp., illus., McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York, N. Y. 10020. 1974. $13.95 oversize. The author succeeds in his wish "to convey to the reader some—- thing of the joy of discovery that comes to a research worker, as well as the trials and problems.....and my own sense of wonder at the sheer inventiveness of nature.....1 hope to have written a book that both the general reader and the student may read with profit, and perhaps [no, assuredly] even other research workers may derive pleasure [and wisdom] from it." The greatest benefits that flight technologists and related workers "may derive from the study of insect flight are: "the dynamics of propulsion for the development of the helicopter; the art of combining turning and twisting movements for the de- velopment of long-range, slow-flying, wing-flapping aircraft; perhaps static theory and constructional ideas.....some con- structural material resembling resilin as an energy accumulator; a retractable contrivance like a set of legs to give a jump start; the thoracic structure of a dragonfly to suggest ideas for cabin construction in light aircraft; and the basic principles of various measuring and monitoring devices." And such fascinating photographs and text! 197) Moldenke, Book reviews 177 "PHYSICS FOR THE LIFE SCIENCES" by Alan H. Cromer, xii & 97 pp., illus., McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York 10020. 197). $11.95. "The purpose of this book is to give students in biology, pharmacy, premedicine, physical therapy, physical education, and the allied health sciences the physics background they need for their professional work." It is not planned for future bio- physicists. Bless this author, for he succeeds wonderfully! Principles are defined directly and simply; examples are often chosen from the human body rather than from some very elaborate mechanical machines; problems are worked out by the use of simple algebra. At the end of the book useful appendices, an annotated bibliography and an index are provided. The topics covered are grouped under mechanics, matter, wave phenanena, electricity, magnetism, and atomic and nuclear physics. “BACTERIAL AND FUNGAL DISEASES OF PLANTS IN THE TROPICS" by George F. Weber, xvii & 673 pp., illus., University of Flo- rida Press, Gainesville, Florida 32603. 1973. $22.50. This excellent book — which should really have had "AND SUB- TROPICS" in its title — is one of the culminating peaks of a half century of phytopathological research at and teaching in the College of Agriculture of the University of Florida by one who has had a near-missionary zeal for training the students sent to him from various tropical and subtropical countries. It brings"™o teachers, students, agricultural agents, exten- sion advisers, growers, crop production managers, farmers and landowners a guide to the identification of plant diseases through the use of diagnostic symptoms and the characteristics of the causal parasite." For almost 100 of the world's most important warm weather crops arranged alphabetically by common host name from abaca (Musa textilis) to yam (Dioscorea alata) "there is a list of specific diseases and causal agents, followed by a description of symptoms and the essential characteristics and etiology of the parasite. Each section is concluded with a list of refer- ences and a list of additional fungi that may be infrequently associated with the host, but nevertheless cause severe damage." Suggestions for prevention and control are general rather than specific for so great a set of variables. There are excellent illustrations, made mostly by the author. Dispensing copies of this book into the hands of those who want to learn, along with other necessary supportive programs, could prove a great help to our world at this time] 178 PH YT O.L O.G.7 A Vol. 29, no. 2 "PHYTOCHEMICAL METHODS: A Guide to Modern Techniques of Plant Analysis" by J. B. Harborne, x & 2768 pp., illus., Chapman & Hall Ltd., London EC)P )EE & Halsted Press of John Wiley & seit Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1973 [197k]. £ 4.80 or $15.50. Despite much recent reported progress in specialized biochemi- cal research usually on animal tissues and products, this book pioneers in phytochemistry, providing a survey to the presently available and most commonly used laboratory methods for the anal- ysis of plant substances and a key to the literature through per- tinent bibliographies with each chapter. The introductory chapter describes the major methods of ex- traction, isolation, separation and identification. Following chapters treat specifically: phenols with their acids, flavonoid and anthocyanin pigments; terpenoids with essential oils, gibber- ellins and carotenoids; organic and fatty acids with alkanes and polyacetylenes; such nitrogen compounds as amino acids, amines, cyanogenic glycosides, indoles, cytokinins and chlorophylls; sugars as monosaccharides, oligosaccharides and their alcohol and other derivatives; macromolecules either like the nucleic acids that serve alike in both plant and animal cells or like the lig- nins and tannins exclusive with the plant world. This clearly written book is directed to students -- with some biology background -- who may be headed for biochemistry, pharma- cognosy, food science, and the obvious field of phytochemistry. "THE ENCYCLOPEDIA OF CHEMISTRY" 3rd edition, edited by Clifford A. Hampel & Gessner G. Hawley, xviii & 1198 pp., illus., Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, Cincinnati, Toronto, London, Melbourne & New York, N. Y. 10001. 1973. $27.50. The original Reinhold Publishing Company's editor's plan for single volumed up-to-date encyclopedias for separate basic sciences continues in this fine source of well explained materi- al, not so erudite that it can be read only by those who don't need to do so nor so simple that an average schoolboy would be tempted to copy topics verbatim for some school report. The first and second editions of 1956 and 1966 seem to have been favorably received; this third edition should be even more wel- come because of the many advances in chemically allied fields and the corresponding increase in the number of students, workers and teachers needing access to such information without too much loss of time in the hunting. Here are over 800 alphabetically arran- ged and well explained articles by about 600 competent authors. An index guides to subdivision topics within such articles. The editorial staff has done an outstanding job in neat copy, in de- letion of outdated information and in avoiding duplication of material under several topics. Pertinent cross-referencing is substituted instead of duplication. A few well selected biblio- graphic sources are given for each major topic treated. 197 Moldenke, Book reviews 179 Biochemists and other biologists running into unfamiliar chem- ical problems will be fortunate if they are able to reach for this book for at least initial help. "WYMAN'S GARDENING ENCYCLOPEDIA" by Donald Wyman, xv & 1222 pp., illus., Macmillan Company, London & New York, N. Y. 10022. 1971. $17.50. From Abaca (Musa textilis) to the orchid Zygopetalum are listed alphabetically almost 10,000 ornamental and economic plants suit- able for temperate zone gardens and greenhouses actually the world around in both northern and southern hemispheres. For each plant scientific and common names, expected height and general descrip- tion, hardiness zone limits, and place of origin are given. The different kinds of names are each cross-referenced. There are many excellent drawings and photographs. The latter are mostly the work of the author himself. They are either in black/white and in color in the form of sixteen beautiful plates which show several outstanding garden scenes. Interspersed are such topics as espalier plants, ornamental grasses, hedges, fas- tigiate trees, etc, "Written by gardeners for gardeners" in this instance includes as main author the outstanding horticulturist emeritus of Har- vard's Arnold Arboretum assisted by over a score of other out- standing horticulturists and as recipients of all this valuable and effectively arranged material the many, many thousands of flower-pot and backyard diggers, horticulture students, teachers, and professionals. "TEE BOLETI OF NORTH CAROLINA" by William Chambers Coker & Alma Holland Beers, viii & 96 pp., 66 plates, Facsimile Republi- cation by Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 1001}. 197). $3.50 paperbound. This is an unabridged copy of what was first published in 193 by the University of North Carolina as "The Boletaceae of North Carolina", The several black/white and color photographs have been well reproduced. There have been many scientists and amateurs who have appreci- ated using this book over the past three decades and finding ac- cess to it more and more limited. Since most of these boletes have a wide extra-limital distribution, readers from many areas will be fortunate now to be able to purchase this work so readily and so reasonably. The approach is strictly taxonomic with field references but with no commitments as to edibility. For the area covered by the title the family consists really only of the many species and varieties of the huge genus Boletus except for a few in Boletinus and Strobilomyces. Unlike some Dover botanical replications, this one has no appendix with up- 180 PHYTOL OG Ik Vol. 29, no. 2 dated nomenclature. "AMERICAN WILD FLOWERS COLORING BOOK" rendered for coloring by Paul E. Sage 48 pp., illus., Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10014. 1971. $1.25 paperbound. This is a quasi-original work that may prove a source of enjoy- ment for wild flower enthusiasts of almost any age providing that they can or have to stay still long enough. The large outlines to be filled in are reasonably well copied mainly from the ex- cellent illustrations in Mary Vaux Walcott's "North American Wild Flowers". The small innards of flowers on many sheets unfortun- ately are like those of many oldtime commercial coloring books — non-commital as to shape and number. Each coloring plate gives the common and scientific name and geographic location of the depicted plant. But this book's inside and back covers have smaller color photographs that can serve both as inspiration and guide ° WWASPS: An Account of the Biology and Natural History of Solitary and Social Wasps" by J. Philip Spradbery, xvi & 08 pp., il- lus., University of Washington Press, Seattle, Washington 98105. 1973. $17.50. Since the most recent comprehensive study in this field is that of Ormerod of over a century ago and therefore relatively inac- cessible, this presentation is both needed and well done. "It aims to provide a detailed account of the ways of wasps such that specialist and naturalist alike can better appreciate the wasps' diverse and remarkable habits,.....{and so should] apoeal toa wide range of entomologists, ethologists, teachers and research workers" and students. Even though the excellent geographic distribution maps and some of the text orientation are limited to the British Isles, al- most all of this information has value around the world because of the wide distribution of several of the species and their sub- specific taxa and because many of the habits or structures are generic are suprageneric in range. Even color plate XII, "British social wasps", depicts social wasps known over much of the world, such as Dolichovespula norwegica, Vespula rufa, and V. austriaca - Trere are many excellent original drawings and and both black/white and color photographs. These include, along with mostly original charts, anatomical and nest drawings and wonderfully clear color photographs for ethologically "doubting Thomases" such as severing the wing of a fly after its capture, obtaining water prior to pulp-collecting, scavenging on the remains of a crushed snail, and dissecting the abdomen of a bee trapped in a spider's web to ob- tain the honey-filled crop. 1974 Moldenke, Book reviews 181 "WILDLIFE AND PLANTS OF THE CASCADES" by Charles Yocom & Vinson Brown, edited by Florence Musgrave, 293 pp., illus., Nature- graph Publishers, Healdsburg, California 9548. 1971. $3.95 paperbound; also available clothbound. This constitutes Volume 8 of the American Wildlife Region Series "covering most of the common Wildlife and Plants of the Pacific Northwest and the area of the Lava Beds". The authors are two outstanding naturalists with deserved enduring and far reaching appeal, especially to budding and learning naturalists who combine this study-hobby with hiking, camping, etc. They have provided reams of valuable and accurate natural history for this book. Over 00 scientifically good line drawings and some poorly printed col- or plates offer further identification help. If this format were presented to the interested public from 20 to 50 years ago, it would have been more appreciatively received. And why are not plants a part of "wildlife"? "THE EXPLORATIONS OF CAPTAIN JAMES COOK IN THE PACIFIC AS TOLD BY SELECTIONS OF HIS OWN JOURNALS 1768—1779" edited by A. Grenfell Price, xvii & 292 pp., illus., Facsimile Replication by Dover Publications, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10014. 1971. $3.50 paperbound. This text is an unabridged republication of The Limited Edi- tions Club publication in 1957 to which is prefixed a valuable new introduction by Percy G. Adams who claims with ample support gleanable from this book itself, from other similar sources and from recorded history that "the most obvious conclusion is that no man ever did more to alter and to correct the map of the earth.... "The scientific advances eifected by some of Cook's supernumer- aries, notably Banks and the Forsters, and by the three voyages [lst - H. M. Bark Endeavour, 2nd - H. M. S. Resolution, 3rd - H. M. S, Discovery followed by Resolution] in general are incalculable... But no previous collection of botanical and zoological lore rival- led the one Cook's scientists turned over to the British Museum". Cook's own journals could not include the biological results of these journeys, but they do make fascinating reading and reveal much of the great man he was, as well as provide accounts of sea~ manship and new local anthropological observations, The editing comments of Price make for smooth narrative and also good reading. 182 PHY TUL OG fA Vol. 29, no. 2 "WOOD AND WOOD GRAINS: Photographic Album for Artists and Design- ers" by Phil Brodatz, xiv & 113 pp., illus., Dover Publica- tions, Inc., New York, N. Y. 1001). 1971. $3.00 paperback. This original Dover publication offers an inexpensive refresh- ing artistic excursion for botanists, teachers, foresters, etc. away from humdrum wood section slides [they are humdrun, actually, only because they are usually so regarded] to enjoy a superb "pic- ture collection of textures, surfaces and interesting materials [often, unfortunately, innominate] which show design in its : broadest sense." Patterns in new and old wood in various sections -- idle, in old buildings, fences, cordwood stacks, in bark texture and in nature's sculptured weathered forms — are revealed quietly and impressively. The last section shows fine photomicrographs of nine different commercial woods, each 10x, 80x and 100x. "DICTIONARY OF BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE" compiled and edited by Benjamin B. Wolman & Staff Psychologists, ix & 78 pp. Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, Cincinnati, Toronto, London, Melbourne & New York, N. Y. 10001. 1973. $19.95. For the very large number of students, young trainees, profes- sionals whose fields skirt or overlap the various areas of psy- chology, psychopharmacology and psychiatry, and interested reading public a bit beyond the 'sob story analyzer' this dictionary can serve as a reliable source of correctly limited and explained terms not often found in smaller general dictionaries. Cross= referencing saves repetition and not at the expense of accessi- bility. "HUMAN" should really be added to the title of this work; it seems to be inferred throughout. "FLORA OF THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST: An Illustrated Manual" by C. Leo Hitchcock & Arthur Cronquist, xix & 730 pp., illus., Univer- sity of Washington Press, Seattle, Washington 98105. 1973. $25 200 e This excellent manual has been distilled from the 5—volume "Vascular Plants of the Pacific Northwest" published from 1955 to 1969 by the same authors and others. The area covered includes the full state of Washington and all adjacent areas. It con— tains only the more common of synonyms and vernacular names. It is copiously illustrated by shrunken but still accurate line drawings by J. R. Janish taken from the 5—volume work. A few Verbenaceae (e.g. the hybrids Verbena bingenensis and V. perriana, both known from Klickitat County) failed to be mentioned, perhaps because they are hybrids, as the infraspecific taxa are also onitted. 197) Moldenke, Book reviews 183 This book will prove of great value in the field and labora- tory for amateurs, botanists, students visiting the region, and technicians on some ecological, agrarian, wildlife management or other studies who need to know the names of the plants involved. "PLANT SCIENCE: An Introduction to World Crops" 2nd Edition by Jules Janick, Robert W. Schery, Frank W. Woods & Vernon W. Ruttan, viii & 740 pp., illus., W. H. Freeman & Company, San Francisco, California 9104. 1974. $14.50. Since the first (1969) edition has been highly praised for its orientation and content and since this new edition is virtually unchanged except for the addition of two timely chapters and their new references, this new edition should prove very valuable as the basic text or as supplementary reading for many different courses in allied fields. "The formal disciplines that have been established in agri- culture (agronomy, horticulture, forestry), botany (systematics, physiology, genetics, ecology, etc.) and the social sciences (eco- nomics, sociology, political science, history) must be interrelated to provide a tuli understanding of the relationship between men and plants." Appropriately, the two new chapters are on "Agricul- ture, Pollution, ana the Enviroment" and "The Organization of Agri- cultural Research Systems". On p. 255 Tectona is misspelled. The definition for a pome re- mains unchanged even after being questioned about it as a "fruit having an inner cartilaginous [a term better not applied in botany ] core surrounded by fleshy tissue." WETHNOBOTANY OF WESTERN WASHINGTON: The Knowledge and Use of In- digenous Plants by Native Americans", Revised Edition by Erna Gunther, 71 pp., illus., University of Washington Press, Seattle, Washington 98105. 1973. $5.00 clothbound, $2.15 paperbound. The text, arranged systematically by scientific names of under 200 plants, describes their uses as food, drink, medicine and/or magic, clothing and other objects by the 18 Amerind tribes of Western Washington. Since the date of first publication back in 1945 additional research in such cultural anthropology and the growing interest on the part of persons concerned about the inter- relationships between man and his enviroment have made this new revision highly desirable. It has been made both more attractive and more valuable by the addition of about 0 accurate line draw- ings of some of the mentioned plants by J. R. Janish that had previously been published in the "Vascular Plants of the Pacific Northwest". 18) PH YT OL O.G.t - Vol. 29, no. 2 "BUTTERFLIES OF THE WORLD" by H. L. Lewis, xvi & 312 pp., illus., Follett Publishing Company, Chicago, Illinois 60607. 1973. $29.95 oversize. The 208 plates with almost 7,000 beautiful natural color prints of authenticated specimens from the renowned entomology collection in the British Museum, the introduction, the text and the index all bear testimony to the photographer-author's lifetime lepidopterist studies combined with a military career that per- mitted his observing and collecting specimens in much of the "British Empire". The plates are grouped in geographical- continental units and then by families within them. The sizes printed are all normal except for reduction in some large forms only. Geographic distribution maps are given on each plate. The text lists for each the scientific name with authority, common name, areas of distribution, terrain, larval food plants, resem- blances and differences between sexes, subspecific taxa and similar species. Only the extremely rare and inaccessible are not included. "Because this book is intended to assist in identifying all species, not just to illustrate particularly beautiful or interesting ones, much care and thought have been given not only to the selection of species for illustration but also to whether male or female, upper or lower sides" should be shown. The price is modest in terms of today's market. The book is a jewel piece of gems attractively and accurately portrayed and described with worldwide scope for scientists, amateur natural- ists and beauty appreciators of many kinds. Because of its scope and scholarly preparation it also is an important refer- ence source. Unfortunately the review copy has pages 290-291 and 29-295 completely blank. "MOLECULAR BIOLOGY: AN INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL GENETICS" Second Edition by J. M. Barry & E. M. Barry, xiii & 1h2 pp., illus., Concepts of Modern Biology Series, Prentice-liall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632. 1973. $9.95 clothbound, $.95 paperbound,. In this new edition, arriving a decade after the first and af- ter entering college students have had some previous exposure to a chemical-molecular operational basis for biological proces- ses, the authors seem to write under less pressure. The explana- tions seem to be clearer, better limited, and therefore easier to understand not only for details of processes (as bacterial DNA replication) but also for the overall picture (as one gene one protein) and for understanding what may be needed for future directions of research in gene regulation in the development of higher organisms. Yet the level of treatment is more advanced. Good illustrations, bibliography, glossary and index make for effic- ient use of this book which deserves wide employment in teaching. PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 29 November, 1974 No. 3 CONTENTS mui, We 12, Ine confused Spermacoce. .... 2. sc. eee ee eee 185 HALE, M. E., Jr., New combinations in the lichen genus Pseudoparmelia TN a nee Ry eo nen wo eApodee heed Fee ete eee 188 MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. LXXII.... . 192 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. XLIX ..... 193 DEGENER, O. & I., Appraisal of Hawaiian taxonomy ............-. 240 ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). III. A new MCRD) > Se PUES TOUT TMD 5 oie ate iy «Xp ata A ee ow are 247 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). eels. Le: SENS. FNAGCHICd. 22. 8s Maree ok ol me we 25] KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceac). ea adA. new genus, Gueviria’. sO oo 8. a ee ee 257 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceac). Crane A new menus, Piquerella . : 02. 28. 3 PAS 2% 264 EES 2A 8s DOME FOVIOWS oo. OL ae gs Smads he ea ae eR 267 ae. CC Uh ee Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 U.S.A. Price of this number, $1.50; per volume, $9.00 in advance or $9.50 at close of volume; 75 cents extra to foreign addresses THE CONFUSED SPERMACOCE William T. Gillis In the process of preparing a new Bahama flora with George R. Proctor and collaborator Richard A. Howard, I have been con- cerned with accurate application of scientific names. Numbers of plants whose names in Britton and Millspaugh's flora (1920) were imprecisely applied have already been noted (Gillis, 1974a and 1974b). One particularly perplexing case turned up -- perplexing because it deals with an invalid name for a wide- spread weed of both New and Old World tropics and sub-tropics. This is the species originally described after a fashion by A. B. Rendle, Spermacoce confusa. When Rendle (1936) described Spermacoce confusa, he neglected to provide a Latin diagnosis, a required procedure as of 1 January 1935. The binomial, therefore, is invalid and has no standing under the Code. It has, however, been used in a number of floras ever since, those of Barbados (Gooding, Love- less, and Proctor, 1965), Jamaica (Fawcett and Rendle, 1936; Adams, 1972), and Cuba (Alain, 1962), to name a few. Because this species is of concern to a number of flora writers pres- ently at work (for Guatemala, Costa Rica, Tropical East Africa, etc.), it is vital to make this binomial valid. I believe that science is best served by validating Rendle's binomial, rather than proposing a different name at this time. Moreover, it is probably best to adopt his concept. Hence, I have chosen as type a collection that had been examined by Rendle himself. I should like to acknowledge with deep appreciation the advice and counsel to Dr. Bernard Verdcourt, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, in choosing a type specimen. Spermacoce confusa Rendle ex Gillis, sp. nov. Herba annua, 30 - 90 cm. alta, caule suberecto aut effuso, scabridiusculo in angulis; radice palari verticali; foliis lan- ceolatis ad linearo-lanceolatis, supra pilosis ad scabridiuscu- lis, subtus scabridiusculis in nervis, subsessilibus, acuminatis, angustatis ad bases, 2.0 - 6.0 cm. longis, 2 - 5 (-10) mm. latis, Saepe uninervibus et revolutis; vagina stipulare 1 - 2 m. lata, ferenti 3 - 5 setas filiformes; floribus 6 - 15 in inflorescen- tiis arctis axillaribus; tubo calycis 1.5 mm. breviore quam fructo, excedenti limbum 4-lobum; corolla lavandula basi gemmaque, aliter alba, 2 mm. longa; lobis corollae ovatis ad 1 mm., minis quam dimidiis longioris quam tubis; staminis insertis ad basem tubi, includis intra tubum; capsula subglobosa, 2.5 mm. longa, setosa, coronata lobis persistentibus sepalorum; semine oblongo, rufo-nigro, foveato leviter. Differt a S. ten- 185 186 12 38 we GY (0) 1G {0) (ch ae Yh Vol. 295 nena uiore habitu annuo, foliis scabridiusculis, et capsula setosa. Type: Jamaica, Lower Clarendon Parish, Inverness, 300 feet altitude, in the open in rocky soil. 7 December 1917, William Harris 12749. Holotype: BM; isotypes: F-479011, GH, IJ, NY. S. tenutor Auct.), non L.: Lam. Tab. Encyce. et Meth. ee27ae Woo, sate Is ieee. Wires, VAS ISSA, ISOS (ereiGe).. IPT, Riri ie - We: Inds plse; p. 549). T8643 Griseb.. Cat). Pll. Cubs, sp.) 14 Ree Hems >, biol | Centr-vAmer > Cozumel I) Suppl: ps, 102.) Wear, Hitchc., Missouri Bot. Gard. Rept. 4: 45. 1893; Urban, Symb. Ant. 4: 608: J921 and 8: 690. 4921; Britton, Fl. Amer. Vargan ise) Denon | LOS eB recon, wel Bermudas, pe S05) LOS sBaycmteson and Millspaugh, Bahama Fl. p. 423. 1920; Freeman and Williams, il, Wrenin, zinicl Woloeyeo) 2 (Gore, Ils jig Aho IOS Simill. Wennoe Selic Js, Wo MOS, UISS- as S. confusa Rendle, nom. invalid.: Rendle, J. Bot. 74: 122 ((Filg’) D=F)> 1936; Faweett and Rendle, Fl. Jamaica 739120 1936; Alain, H., Fl. Cuba 5: 140. 1962; Gooding, Lovelless, and PROCEOR hla BarbadOse pre409.. tooo Adams. Fill. 2 lee Jamaslcaemapr WE W3IT2. oe portoricense Balbus, Small; Fl. S.E SUNS. ed. (25 sui OMS aSeS:s cShabrasMichx7,, FI. “S-USS. ed. 3: 1935. 1897- Annual herb, 30 - 90 cm. high, with a suberect or spreading stem, scabridulus on the angles; with a vertical taproot; leaves lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, pilose to scabridulus above, scabridulus on the veins below, subsessile, acuminate, narrowed at the bases, 2.0 - 6.0 cm. long, 2 - 5 (10) mm. broad, often single-nerved and revolute; the sheathing stipule 1 - 2 mm. broad, beaming 3 = 5 falaform bristles; fllowers 6 — 15 an Guehes axillary inloresicensies; calyx. tube 15 emm, shorter: thank the fruit, exceeding the 4-lobed limb; corolla lavender at the base and in bud, otherwise white, 2 mm. long; lobes of the corolla ovate to 1 mm., less than half as long as the tube; stamens inserted at the base of the tube, included within the tube; capsule subglobose, 2.5 mm. long, setose, crowned by persistent lobes of sepals; seed oblong, red-black, lightly pitted. It differs from S. tenuior by its annual habit, scabridulus leaves, and setose capsule. I should like to acknowledge with appreciation a grant from an anonymous donor to the Arnold Arboretum which enabled me to carry out research on the Bahama flora. 1974 Gillis, The confused Spermacoce 187 LITERATURE CITED Adams, C. D. 1972. Flowering plants of Jamaica. University of the West Indies. Mona, Jamaica. 848 pp. Alain, Hermano. 1962. Flora de Cuba. Vol. 5. Rubiales - Valerianales - Cucurbitales - Campanulales - Asterales. Editorial Universitaria, Universidad de Puerto Rico. Rio Piedras. Britton, N. L. and C. F. Millspaugh. 1920. Bahama Flora. Privately published, reprinted without change, 1962. Hafner Publishing Co. New York, N. Y. 695 pp. Fawcett, William and Alfred Barton Rendle. 1936. Flora of Jamaica. Vol. 7, part 5, British Museum. London. 303 pp. Gillis, William T. 1974a. Name changes for the seed plants in the Bahama flora. Rhodora 76: 67 - 138. 1974b. Phantoms in the flora of the Bahamas. Phytologia 29: 154 - 166. Gooding, E. G. B., A. R. Loveless, and G. R. Proctor: 1965. Flora of Barbados. Overseas Research Publ. No. 7. Ministry of Overseas Development. H. M. Stationery Office. London. ° 486 pp. Rendle, A. B. 1934. Linnaean species of Spermacoce. J. Bot. HER CYR CREE 1936. Spermacoce remota Lam. J. Bot. 74: NOG= 2) Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University 22 Divinity Avenue Cambridge, MA. 02138 Current address: Dept. of Biology Hope College Holland, MI. 49423 NEW COMBINATIONS IN THE LICHEN GENUS PSEUDOPARMELIA LYNGE* Mason E. Hale, Jr. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 The genus Pseudoparmelta was described by Lynge (Ark. f. Botanik, 13(13): 15. 1914) on the basis of P. eyphellata Lynge. He had found "cyphellae" in a Brazilian specimen, but these were recognized later as scars of broken rhizines (Santesson, R. Sv. Bot. Tidskr. 36: 471-474. 1942). The generic name, however, is nomenclaturally valid and includes all species now recognized in Parmelta subgenus Parmelia section Cyclocheila (Hale, M.E. & S. Kurokawa, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 36: 147. 1964). The genus Pseudoparmelita is thus recognized by the presence of simple rhizines and sublinear to irregularly widened, often apically subrotund lobes. Cilia are always absent and the spothecia ad- nate to substipitate with imperforate dises. The upper cortex consists of palisade plectenchyma with a pored epicortex (Hale, ME., Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 10: 9. 19073). Whille Still aurarher heterogeneous group, it is most closely related to Xanthoparmelia in general mor»hLology. in terms of chemical diversity it is second only to Aypotrachina in the family. At the present time at least 65 species can be recognized in Pseudoparmelta and further monographic work will uncover more, especially in Africa. Generally speaking, the genus occurs at lower elevations in dry temperate to subtropical regions with greatest frequency in Africa (Hale, M.E. Bryol. 75: 342-348. 1972). *This work was sunported by @ grant from the Smithsonian Research Foundation. 188 1974 Hale, New combinations in Pseudoparmelia 189 Pseudoparnelia adspersa (Vain.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmeltia adspersa Vain. Acta Soc. Fl. F. Fenn. 7:64. 1890. Pseudorarmelia alabamensis (Hale & McCull.) Hale, comb. nov. Basio- nym: Parmelia alabamensts Hale & McCull. Bryol. 71:44. 1968. Pseudoparmelia amazonica (Nyl.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia amazonica Nyl. Flora 68:611. 1885. Pseudoparmelia amplexa (Stirt.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmeltia amp lexa Stirt. Trans. Glasgow Soc. Field Nat. 5:212. 1877. Pseudoparmelia annexa (Kurok.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia annexa Kurok. in Hale & Kurok. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 36:151. 1964. Pseudoparmelia aptata (Kremplh.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melta aptata Kremplh. in Nyl. Flora 52:291. 1869. Pseudoparmelia arcana (Kurok.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelta arcana Kurok. in Hale & Kurok. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 36:151. 1964. Pseudoparmelia baltimorensis (Gyel. & For.) Hale, comb. nov. Basio- nym: Parmelia baltimorensis Gyel. & Fér. Ann. Crypt. Exot. W967. 1931. Pseudoparmelia basutoensis (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melta basutoensts Hale, Bryol. 75:342. 1972. Pseudoparmelia benguellensis (Vain.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia subconspersa var. benguellensts Vain. Cat. Welw. Afr. Pry 2:401. 1901. Pseudoparmelia caperata (L.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Lichen caperatus L. Sp. Pl. 1147. 1753. Pseudoparmelia caribaea (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia cartbaea Hale in Hale & Kurokawa, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 36: 152. 1964. Pseudoparmelia carneopruinata (Zahlbr.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelta carneopruinata Zahlbr. Akad. Wiss. Wien Math. Nat. Cl. Stipa. dlishi9g. 1902% Pseudoparmelia caroliniana (Nyl.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melita caroliniana Nyl. Flora 68:614. 1885. Pseudoparmelia chapadensis (Lynge) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melta chapadensis Lynge, Ark. Bot. 13(13):153. 1914. Pseudoparmelia cinerascens (Lynge) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melita ecinerascens Lynge, Ark. Bot. 13(13):104. 1914. Pseudoparmelia concrescens (Vain.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melta conerescens Vain. Cat. Welw. Afr. Pl. 2:400. 1901. Pseudoparmelia condyloides (Kurok.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelta condylotdes Kurok. in Hale, Bryol. 75:343. 1972. Pseudoparmelia congruens (Ach.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia econgruens Ach. Lich. Univ. 491. 1810. Pseudoparmelia crozalsiana (B. de Lesd.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia crozalstana B. de Lesd. in Yarm. Lich. de France }: 399+ 1909. Pseudoparmelia cryptochlorophaea (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia cryptochlorophaea Hale, Bryol. 62:18. 1959. 190 Pa Yi) DiO«L 0. Gpleik Vol. 29, no. 3 Pseudoparmelia ecaperata (Mill. Arg.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia ecaperata Mull. Arg. Flora 74:378. 1891. Pseudoparmelia epileuca (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelta eptleuea Hale, Bryol. 75:343. 1972. Pseudoparmelia eruptens (Kurok.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melita eruptens Kurok. in Hale & Kurok. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 367153.. 196. Pseudoparmelia ferax (Mill. Arg.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melia ferax Mull. Arg. Flora 69:257. 1886. Pseudoparmelia euplecta (Stirt.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melia eupleeta Stirt. Scot. Nat. 4:299. 1877-78. Pseudoparmelia geesterani (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melita geesterant Hale, Bryol. 75:344. 1972. Pseudoparmelia hypomilta (Fée) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia hypomilta Fée, Essai Suppl. 123. 1837. Pseudoparmelia inhaminensis (Dodge) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelta inhaminensis Dodge, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 46:130. 1959. Pseudoparmelia inornata (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelta inornata Hale, Phytol. 22:32. 1971. Pseudoparmelia intertexta (Mont. & v.d. Bosch) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia intertexta Mont. & v.d. Bosch in Mont. SydWin Orne Bn: Ela Ge Pseudoparmelia ischnoides (Kurok.) Hale; comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melita tsehnoides Kurok. in Hale & Kurok. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 86-55) LOG Pseudoparmelia labrosa (Zahlbr.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia tenutrima var. labrosa Zahlbr. Denkschr. Wiss. Akad. Wien 10}: 108. 1941. | Pseudoparmelia lecanoracea (MU11. Arg.) Hale,comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia leeanoracea Mull. Arg. Flora 71:529. 1888. Pseudoparmelia leucopis (Kremplh.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melta leucopis Kremplh. Flora €1:461. 1878. Pseudoparmelia leucoxantha (Mill. Arg.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia Leucoxantha Mill. Arg. Flora 64:85. 1881. Pseudoparmelia malaccensis (Nyl.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melita malaccensts Nyl. in Nyl. & Cromb. Journ. Linn. Soc. HondenemcOnsee dees. Pseudoparmelia martinicana (Nyl.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melta martinicana Nyl. Flora 68:609. 1885. Pseudoparmelia meiosperma (Hue) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelta internexa f. melosperma Hue, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. ser. 4, 1:185. 1899. b Pseudoparmelia molybdiza (Nyl.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelta ; molybdiza Nyl. in Cromb. Journ. Bot. Br. & For. 14:19. 1876. j Pseudoparmelia nairobiensis (Stnr. & Zahlbr.) Hale, comb. nov. Basio= nym: Parmelita natrobtensts Stnr. & Zahlbr. Engl. Bot. Jahrb. f 60:51. 1926. ) Pseudoparmelia owariensis (Asah.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melta owartensts Asah. Journ. Jap. Bot. 26:8. 1938. . 1974 Hale, New combinations in Pseudoparmelia 191 Pseudoparmelia pachydactyla (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia pachydactyla Hale, Phytol. 23:345. 1972. Pseudoparmelia prolata (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia prolata Hale, Bryol. 75:344. 1972. Pseudoparmelia pseudosorediosa (Gyel.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia pseudosorediosa Geyl. Fedde Repert. Sp. Nov. 29:288. 1931. Pseudoparmelia pustulescens (Kurok.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia pustulescens Kurok. in Hale & Kurok. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 36:156. 1964. Pseudoparmelia rahengensis (Vain.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melita rahengensis Vain. Ann. Soc. Zool.-Bot. Fenn. 1(3):39. 1923. Pseudoparmelia raunkiaeri (Vain.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melita raunkiaeri Vain. Ann. Acad. Sci. Fenn. 6(7):19. 1915. Pseudoparmelia rupicola (Lynge) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melita ruptcola Lynge, Ark. Bot. 13(13):132. 1914. Pseudoparmelia rutidota (Hook. & Tayl.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelta rutidota Hook. & Tayl. London Journ. Bot. 3:645. 1844. Pseudoparmelia salacinifera (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melta salacinifera Hale in Hale & Kurok. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 36:157. 1964. Pseudoparmelia schelpei (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia schelpet Hale, Bryol. 75:344. 1972. Pseudoparmelia scrobicularis (Kremplh.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelta serobicularis Kremplh. Nat. For. Kjgben. Vid. Medd. Tense) 0. «L673. Pseudoparmelia somaliensis (Mill. Arg.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia somaltensis Mill. Arg. Flora 68:501. 1885. Pseudoparmelia soredians (Nyl.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia soredtans Nyl. Flora 55:421. 1872. Pseudoparmelia subtiliacea (Nyl.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: FPar- melta subttliacea Nyl. Flora €68:614. 1885. Pseudoparmelia subtortula (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melita subtortula Hale, Phytol. 27:3. 1973. Pseudoparmelia texana (Tuck.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelia texana Tuck. Amer. Journ. Sci. Arts, ser. 2, 25:42h. 1858. Pseudoparmelia tortula (Kurok.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melita tortula Kurok. in Hale & Kurok. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 36:157. 1964. Pseudoparmelia vanderbylii (Zahlbr.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelta vanderbylii Zahlbr. Ann. Crypt. Exot. 5:252. 1932. Pseudoparmelia violacea (Kurok.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melta violacea Kurok. in Hale & Kurok. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 36:158. 1964. Pseudoparmelia xanthomelaena (Mull. Arg.) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Parmelta xanthomelaena Mall. Arg. Flora 66:48. 1883. Pseudoparmelia zambiensis (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melta zambiensis Hale, Bryol. 75:346. 1972. Pseudoparmelia zimbabwensis (Hale) Hale, comb. nov. Basionym: Par- melita zimbabwensts Hale, Bryol. 75:346. 1972. NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. LXXII Harold N. Moldenke ASTER SAGITTIFOLIUS f. ALBIFLORUS Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei corollis radialibus albis re- cedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species, A. sagittifolius Wedemeyer, in having the ligules of the ray-florets white. The type of the form was collected by Alma Lance Moldenke and Harold Norman Moldenke (no. 28873) at the edge of woods, Buttz- ville, Warren County, New Jersey, on September , 1974, and is deposited in the Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas, Dallas, Texas. PAEPALANTHUS CANESCENS var. ATRATUS Moldenke, var, nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei recedit pubescentibus valde molliterque hirsutis et bracteis involucrantibus atrobrunneis vel nigris. This variety differs from the typical variety of the species in having the pubescence on stems, leaves, and sheaths softly but con- spicuously villous and the involucral bractlets dark-brown or black. The type of the variety was collected by William Russell Ander- son (no. 6636) in sandy soil of a wet campo by a stream in a region of grassy cerrado with Mimosa trees, sloping down to cerrado among blocky sandstone, then to mesophytic woods along a stream, 16—17 km. by road north of Alto Parafso, at an altitude of about 1600 meters, Chapada dos Veadeuros, Goids, Brazil, on March 8, 1973, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. PAEPALANTHUS ELONGATUS var. LONGIBRACTEATUS Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei bracteis involucrantibus perelongatis 10—-13 mm. longis atrobrunneis firme divaricatis argute attenuatis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its involucral bracts all greatly elongate, 10—13 mm. long, firmly divaricate in stellate fashion, gradually attemate to the sharply acute apex, centrally costate, very dark-brown to blackish, lightly puberulent on the back, and more or less white ciliate- barbellate at the apex. The type of this variety was collected by H. S. Irwin, J. W. Grear, Jr., R. Souza, and R. Reis dos Santos (no. 1237) in a wet meadow, at an altitude of 1000 meters, Chapada dos Veadeiros, about 15 km. west of Veadeiros, Goids, Brazil, on February 8, 1966, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. The collectors describe the plant as cespitose and to 70 cm, tall. ag92 1974 Moldenke, New and noteworthy plants 193 VERBENA MONTICOLA Moldenke, sp. nov. Herba robusta, ramis ramulisque atrogriseis vel atrobrunneis perspicue tetragonis minute puberulis, angulis acutis, nodis an- nulatis, internodis regulariter brevibus 1.5--2 cm. longis; foli- is decussato-oppositis trifidis sessilibus 1--1.5 cm. longis 8 mm. latis, laciniis regulariter 1--1.5 m. latis utrinque strig- illosis; inflorescentiis spicatis terminalibus 1.5—l, om, longis dense multifloris. Robust subligneous herb; stems, branches, and branchlets dark- gray to dark-brown, conspicuously tetragonal, mimtely puberu- lent, the angles rather sharply acute, the nodes mostly annulate, the internodes even on older parts rather uniformly short, 1.5—2 cm. long; leaves decussate-opposite, sessile, 1--1.5 cm. long, 4—8 mm. wide, deeply trifid at the midpoint, strigillose on both surfaces, the segments (including the basal petiole-like one) uniformly 1--1.5 mm, wide, oblong, l-veined, the vein im pressed above, the terminal segments acute; inflorescence soli- tary, terminal, or sometimes paired, rather long-pedunculate, very densely many-flowered, 1.5-- cm. long, spicate; peduncles slender, 2-—-3 cm. long, whitish-puberulent or pilosulous; bract- lets lanceolate, 8—9 mm. long, sharply acute at the apex, most- ly decidedly recurved, strigillose especially on the margins; calyx strigillose, about 6 mm, long, the rim 5-apiculate; corol- la hypocrateriform, violet, its tube slightly surpassing the calyx. The type of this species was collected by A. lopez M. (no. 8079) at the border of a railroad embankment at km. 156, Jalca de la Ramada, Carretera Huamachuco, prov. Huamachuco, La Libertad, Peru, at an altitude of 3500 meters, on December 18, 1973, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden, ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. XLIX Harold N. Moldenke ERIOCAULACEAE Lindl, Additional bibliography: J. Hutchinson, Fam. Flow. Pl., ed. 3, 32, 657, Tl10—-712, 916, 920, 923, 930, 939, 940, 9h, 949, 951, 956, 957, 962, 96h, & 967, fig. 36 & 36a. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 58 (2): B.A.S.IeC. B.12. 1974; Dony, Perring, & Rob, Eng- lish Names Wild Fls. 28 & 101. 197); Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 314. 1974; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 58: 680. 1974; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 29: 76--113. 1974; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 171—172. 1974; Rousseau, Géogr. Florist. Qué. [Trav. & Doc. Centr. Stud. 7:] 120, 382, 470, 480, 498, 509, 550, 625, 705, & 762. 194 PHY TOLOG ITs Vol. 29, no. 3 ERIOCAULON DEPRESSUM R. Br. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 153 & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 355. 1972. ERIOCAULON DIANAE Fyson Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 & 170 [135 & 136] (1929) and 50 (1): 232. 1930; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed, 2], 126, 128, & 20). 1949; Vankatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220. 1970; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 125 (1973), 26: 23 & 25 (1973), and 28: hhh. 197h. Vankatareddi (1970) describes this species as "Fairly common along stream", flowering from July to November, and cites his nos. a a Fee ee G. Thomson s.n. [Maisor, Carnatic], cited below, is a mixture with E. truncatum Hamilt. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Santapau 13286 (E-- 162141), 13319 (E~—162h128), 13320 (E--162127), 13321 (E~ 162126), 1332 (E~162)123). Mysore: G. Thomson s.n. [Maisor, Carnatic] (Pd). ERIOCAULON DIANAE var. LONGIBRACTEATUM Fyson Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Moldenke, Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 & 20h. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 23 & 25. 1973. ERIOCAULON DIANAE var. RICHARDIANUM Fyson Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 & 20. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 356. 1972. ERIOCAULON DICLINE Maxim. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 13) & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 356. 1972. ERIOCAULON DICTYOPHYLLUM Ktérn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 76 & 20h. 1949; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156, map 1775, & Ind. 12. 1972; Molden- ke, Phytologia 26: 182. 1973. eee eee ERIOCAULON DICTYOPHYLLUM f. VIVIPARUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Pot. A.21: 30. 19723; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 182. 1973. 197 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 195 Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Santos & Souza R. 1758 (Ca—1376880, E—2050107). ERIOCAULON DISEPALUM Ridl. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 60 [2]. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verb- enac., [ed. 2], 138 & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 182. 1973. ERIOCAULON DREGEI Hochst. Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 502. 1894; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 2h5. 1901; Perrier de la Bathie, Cat. Pl. Madag. 21. 193); Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 122 & 20h. 199; Mol- denke, Phytologia 24: 357 (1972) and 29: 113. 197. ERIOCAULON DUTHIEI Hook. f. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 & 20. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 23. 1973. ERIOCAULON ECHINULATUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 129, 132, 136, 141, & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 23. 1973. Additional illustrations: Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: pl. 37. 1921. Additional citations: CHINA: Kwangtung: Sampson 1353 (Pd, Pd). ERIOCAULON EDWARDII Fyson Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 60 [2]. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 358. 1972. ERIOCAULON ELEGANTULUM Engl. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 235, 236, & 253—255. 1901; Moldmke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 11, 117, 118, 120, & 20h. 1919; Molden- ke, Phytologia 26: 458. 1973. Brown (1901) cites Dennhardt s.n. and Schweinfurth 3-223 from "British East Africa", Hildebrandt 1056 from Zanzibar, and Holst 3181 from Tanganyika. He comments that "E, elegantulum...... closely resembles E, Hanningtonii, N. E. Br. and E, zambesiense, Ruhland, in general appearance, but the short blackish (not pal- lid) involucral-bracts, which are best seen in the very young heads, readily distinguish it from those species." Additional citations: TANZANIA: Tanganyika: Schlieben 238 (E— 196 P,H Y/T,0), LO G; L.A Vol. 29, no. 3 1707112). ERIOCAULON ELENORAE Fyson Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon eleonorae Fyson apud Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 60 [42]. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 & 20). 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 23 (1973) and 29: 100. 197k. Santapau 13316, cited below, is a mixture with E. cinereum R. Br. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Santapau 13316, in part (E—~162h131), 13317 (E~162h130), 13318 (E--162]129). ERIOCAULON ELICHRYSOIDES Bong. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 76 & 20h. 1993; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 2h: 458 & 471 (1972) and 26: 75 & 76. 1973. ERIOCAULON ESCAPE Hansen Additional & emended bibliography: B. Hansen, Dansk Bot. Ar kiv 27: (31])—33, fig. 1 & 2 a-—c. 1969; A. Hansen, Excerpt. Bot. A.19: 245. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 458—59 (1972) and 25: 232. 1973. Emended illustrations: B, Hansen, Dansk Bot. Arkiv 27: 32 & 33, fig. 1 & 2 a--c. 1969. ERIOCAULON FENESTRATUM Bojer Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 502. 189); Perrier de la B&thie, Cat. Pl. Madag. 21. 193h; Molden— ke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 123 & 20h. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 459. 1972. ERIOCAULON FLUVIATILE Trimen Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303 & 30h. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 130 & 20h. 1949; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 1)0. 1959; Guna- wardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 2h (1973) and 29: 85, 93, 102, & 106. 197h. Alston (1931) asserts that this taxon and E. barbeyanum Ruhl. may be conspecific. Collectors have found E. fluviatile growing submerged on sand in streams, in still water, and "abundant in running streams". The Hu collection cited below, from High Island (Hongkong), is placed here tentatively since it is far out of range. The col- lector describes it as a "mass-forming herb on rock in swift wa- ter, large amount of roots woven into a mat on the rock holding 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 197 sand for minerals", found it in flower and fruit in November, and identified it as E, setaceum L. In Sri Lanka, this past winter, my wife and I found this plant quite common in stagnant pools and very abundant on the dry mar- gins of completely dried-up pools, the entire plants then uni- formly dark-browm or almost black. We found several colonies in cold fresh spring water, the plants there almost entirely sub- merged, the leaves beautiful shiny green, and the inflorescence heads at or just slightly below the surface of the water. All these localities were at about 7000 feet altitude and the plants were in flower and fruit in January. We misidentified the species as E. collinum Hook. f. at the time. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some her- baria as E. collinum Hook. f., E. dalzellii Ktrn., and E, rivulare Dalz. Citations: SRI LANKA: Collector undetermined s.n. [Labugam, Jan, 1885] (Pd, Pd), s.n. [Linigala, Hewessee] (Pd); Ferguson s. n, [Labugama] (Pd); Moldenke, Moldenke, Jayasuriya, & Sumithraa- rachchi 28279 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd), 20281 fis Ta, Pd, Z), 20292 (Ac, Gz, Ld, Pd); Thwaites C.P. 3057 (Pd—type, Pd—isotype). CHINESE COASTAL ISLANUS: High: S. Y. Hu 8737 (W—2697239, Z). ERIOCAULON FULVUM N. E. Br. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233 & 246—29. 1901; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 1II—113 & 20h. 1993 Moldenke, Phytologia Brown (1901) cites only the type specimen, Barter s.n., from Northern Nigeria and comments that this is "A very distinct spe- cies, easily recognised by its slightly glossy buff-coloured heads." ERIOCAULON GIBBOSUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 76 & 20h. 199; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 26: 2h. 1973. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn. in Mart., oie Bras. 3 (1): pl. 63 I. 1863 (N, Z). ERIOCAULON GIBBOSUM var. MATTOGROSSENSE Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 76 & 20h. 1949; Ang ly, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S, Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 2h: 60. 1972. ERIOCAULON GILGIANUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.—Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233, 23h, 236, 256, & 257. 1901; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2}, 118 & 20). 1949; Moldenke, Phytolo— 198 Peony TO LOG TA Vol. 29, no. 3 gia 26: 25. 1973. Brown (1901) keeps E. ciliisepalum Rendle separate from E. gilgianum and cites for it Johnston s.n. and Welwitsch 2uus & 2hi5b from Angola, where it was collected on spongy slopes and in damp fields in which maize had been cultivated. He comments that "Johnston's specimens are stouter, and have more numerous flowers in the head than any of those collected by Welwitsch, but I find no difference in the structure of the flowers and bracts." For E. gilgianum he cites only Antunes 168, also from Angola, but ap- parently did not see any material of it since he says that this is "Stated to be the smallest of the African species and one of the smallest species in the gems, having an especially slender appearance on account of the capillary leaves. I have not seen it." Later workers have united the two taxa. ERIOCAULON GONPHRENOIDES Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 76 & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 25. 1973. Reitz & Klein describe this plant as an "erva, fl6r branca" and found it growing at 100 meters altitude, flowering in De- comber. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Santa Catarina: Reitz & Klein 7683 (L1). ERIOCAULON GRECATUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126, 132, & 20h. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 61. 1972. The Hooker & Thomson collection, cited below, includes a spec imen with one proliferating flower—head, Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Hooker & Thomson s.n. [Mont. Khasia, 000 ped.] (Pd). ERIOCAULON GRISEUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 76 & 20). 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 61. 1972. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn. in Mart., wi, Bras. 3 (1): pl. 60 ID]. 1863, (N, 2). ERIOCAULON HAMILTONIANUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. hl, pl. 1 (II), fig. 7 & 8. 1833; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 (42). 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Moldenke, Phytologia’ 24: 462 (1972) and 25: 239. 1973. Additional illustrations: Mart., Erioc, Selbst. Pflanzenfam. Pied, Cle), fica 1.& 8. 1533. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Mart., Nov. Act. 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 199 Physico-med. Acad. Caes. Leopold.-Carol. Nat. Cur. 17 (1): pl. 1, fig. 2. 1835 (Mu). ERIOCAULON HAMILTONIANUM var. MINIMUM Fyson Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 60 [42]. 1928; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 62. 1972. ERIOCAULON HAMILTONIANUM var. MINOR Fyson Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 60 [42]. 1928; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 462. 1972. ERIOCAULON HENRYANUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Limpr. in Fedde, Repert. Beih. 12: 314. 1922; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 171 [137]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 132 & 20h. 199; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 25. 1973. Sharma (1972) reports the chromosome count for this species as Mon 56 (57, 58)". ERIOCAULON HETESROCHITON Korn. Additional bibliography: Perrier de la Bathie, Cat. Pl. Madag. 21. 1934; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 123 & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 463. 1972. Perrier de la B&athie (193) collected this species in wet places to 1000 meters altitude in Madagascar. ERIOCAULON HETEROLEPIS Steud. Additional bibliography: Backer, Handb. Fl. Java 3: 7. 192k; Backer, Onkruidfl. 1: Handb. Suiker.-Cult. 7: 178 & 84, pl. 158. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. af, 126 & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 23 & 25. 1973. ERIOCAULON HETEROLEPIS var. NIGRICANS Korn. Additional bibliography: Backer, Handb. Fl. Java 3: 7. 192k; Backer, Onkruidfl. 1: Handb. Suiker.-—Cult. 7: 178 & 8h, pl. 188. 1928; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 463. 1972. Illustrations: Backer, Onkruidfl. 1: Handb. Suiker.-Cult. 7: pl. 188. 1928. ERIOCAULON HEUDELOTII N. E. Br. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 232 & 258. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 59. 1973. Brown (1901) cites only the cotype collections, Heudelot 677 & 678, "without precise locality", fran Senegambia, ERIOCAULON HILDEBRANDTII Korn. Additional bibliography: Perrier de la B&thie, Cat. Pl. Madag. 21. 1934; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 6. 1972. 200 Pony, 2, 0-0) Giek Vol. 29, no. 3 ERIOCAULON HONDOENSE Satake Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 25--26, 30, & 39. 1973. Additional citations: JAPAN: Honshu: Togashi MT .68),9 [Fl. Jap. Exsicc. 67] (Ws). ERIOCAULON HOOKERIANUM Stapf Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (2): 261. 1925; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 26. 1973. ERIOCAULON HUMBOLDTII Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 182. 1973. Hatschbach reports finding this plant in the "brejo" of Mato Grosso. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Hawley, Souza, & Fereira 1000 (E---208848); Hatschbach 3231 (Ld); Santos, Souza, & Bertolda R.1689 (N). ERIOCAULON INFAUSTUM N. E. Br. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.—Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 232 & 253-25). 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 466. 1972. Brown (1901) cites only the original type collection, Scott s. n., from rice fields in Quilimane, Mozambique, but he notes that "This is probably the same as a plant collected in Zanzibar by Bojer (88), which is quoted by Koernicke in Linnaea xcvii. 66; in Durand & Schinz, Conspect. Fl. Afr. v. 503; in Engl. Pfl. Ost- Afr., C.133; and by Ruhland in Engl. Jahrb. xxvii. 81, under E. trilobum, Ham." ERIOCAULON INFIRMUM Steud. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 126 & 204. 1949; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 26: 25 & 26. 1973. Sharma (1972) reports the chromosome count for this species as 30. ERIOCAULON INFIRMUM var. KURZII (Fyson) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 466. 1972. ERIOCAULON INTERMEDIUM Korn. Emended synonymy: Eriocaulon setaceum Hook. f. ex Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30h, in syn. 1931 [not E. setaceum Auct. ex Backer & Bakh., 1968, nor Benth., 1893, nor Crantz, 1959, nor Heyne, 1832, nor L., 1753, nor Lour., 1790, nor Rottl., 1960, nor Steen., 1960, nor Wight, 1832, nor Willd., 1959]. Additional & emended bibliography: Thwaites, Enum. Pl. Zeyl. 2: 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 201 341. 1839; Hook. f. in Trimen, Fl. Ceylon 5: 2. 1900; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): "169 (135]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303 & 30). 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ, "Sci. Biol. 2: 140. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 206. 1968; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 6: 372 [20]. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 26 (1973) and 29: 85. 197k. The Thwaites C.P. 791, in part, distributed as and previously cited by me as E. intermedium, seems actually to be E. setaceum L. On the other | hand, some material of E. intermedium has been misidentified and distribated in some herbaria as E. capillus- naiadis Hook. f. These three taxa certainly need critical re- vision. Alston (1931) cites Fyson's work (1921) as "1923". The E. setaceum accredited to "Auct. ex Backer & Bakh." and to Van Steenis in the synonymy cited above is a synonym of E. equiset- oides Van Royen, while that credited to Bentham is E, bifistulo- sum Van Heurck & Muell.-Arz., that credited to Rottboll and to Willdenow is E. cinereum R. Br., that credited to Heyne is E. sexangulare L., that credited to Wight is E. quinquangulare L., and the E, setaceum of Loureiro is Fimbristylis setacea setacea Benth.; E. setaceum L. is a valid species, with E. setaceum eum Crantz in its synonyny. Additional citations: INDIA: Gujarat: Nain 1080 (Ac). ERIOCAULON JAUENSE Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 26. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 290. 197. ERIOCAULON JOHNSTONII Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Perrier de la B&athie, Cat. Pl. Madag. 21. 193; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 467. 1972. Perrier de la B&thie (193) records this species from "Marais: C8te orientale. — E. -- Madag. et Maurice." I have seen no material of it from Madagascar. All that I have seen has been from Mauritius. ERIOCAULON KINLOCHII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 468 (1972) and 25: 227. 1973. ERIOCAULON KLOTZSCHII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Gaegr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 66 & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 68. 1972. ERIOCAULON KOERNICKEI Britten Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 468--)69 (1972). and 25: 152. 1973. 202 Pobeve TOL nO: Genk Vol. 29, no. 3 Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 60 II. 1863 (N, Z). ERIOCAULON KORNICKIANUM Van Heurck & Muell.-Arg. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 59. 1973. Additional citations: ARKANSAS: Logan Co.: R. Kral 24579 (W— 2.70357). OKLAHOMA: Pushtamaha Co.: E. J. Palmer 8320 (W— 1531435) « ERIOCAULON LANCEOLATUM Miq. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Pot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 269 (1972) and 28: hhh. 197. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Stocks, Law, &c. 3.n. (Malabar, Concan] (Pd). ERIOCAULON LANCEOLATUM var. PILOSUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 469—h70 (1972) and 28: Why. 197k. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Santapau 13361 (E-- 1624111). ERIOCAULON LATIFOLIUM J. E. Sm. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 235 & 243. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 59-- Boe (1901) cites Barter sen., Don s.n., and Vogel s.n. from Sierra Leone, collected in rivulets, and comments that "In the original description the sepals of the male flowers are stated to be connate into a 3-lobed tube, but in all the flowers I have dissected they are free." ERIOCAULON LEUCOMELAS Steud. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 306. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; R. Re. Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. 2: 875 [thesis]. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 27-28 (1973) and 28: khh. 197). Alston (1931) suggests that this species and E. collinum Hook. f. are conspecific, with E. leucomelas having nomenclatural pri- ority. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Santapau 13099 (E— 162153), 13168 (E--162)145). mat ae LIGULAEFOLIUM Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 304. 1931. Bibliography: Alston in Trimen, Handb,. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30h. 1931; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Moldenke, Phy- ollog ia 28: 4s (1974) and 29: 86. 197k. Alston (1931) asserts that this taxon differs from E, thwai- tesii Korn. in having its leaves 1/6 inch wide at the base (rather 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 203 than 1/3 inch) and the petals oblanceolate (rather than linear). He designates no type, but obviously has based his description on Ceylonese specimens. The name does not occur on any herbarium sheets that I have seen in the Peradeniya herbarium, nor has my friend, Magdon Jayasuriya, been able to locate any specimen 80 named by Alston at Peradeniya. ERIOCAULON LIGULATUM (Vell.) L. E. Sm. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & 1157, map 1775, & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 60 & 76 (1973) and 28: 438. 197h. Reitz and his associetes describe this plant as an "erva" fram "banhado do campo" or "campo tmido", with white flowers, and found it growing at altitudes of 2 to 1300 meters, flowering in Septem- ber and October. The Irwin, Harley, & Onishi 29319, cited below, has been dis- tributed to at least some herbaria by the New York Botanical Gar- den as "Syngonanthus densifolius var. majus Moldenke Det. H. Moldenke, 1972", but this was doubtless due to an error in trans- cription since I reported the number in writing to the New York Botanical Garden authorities as Eriocaulon ligulatum when it was submitted to me for determination. For some reason unknown to me, the United States National Eer- barium photograph of one of the Berlin herbarium sheets of Sellow B.1290 C.263 has been distributed to other herbaria with a printed label reading "Sellow B-1290 292", The original specimens repre- sented by this photograph and by the ten other photographs cited by me are all deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum in Berlin and have been seen and annotated by me. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Harley, & Onishi 29319 (N); Sellow B.1290 (S—photo, Z—photo), B.1290 C.263 (S--photo, S--photo, Z—-photo, Z--photo). Paran4: Hatschbach 22267 (W—2706985), 24920 (S). Rio Grande do Sul: Rambo 52183 (Rd—5673), 54575 (Rd—-12280). Santa Catarina: Klein 1,336 (Ld); Reitz & Klein 10120 (Ld), 1303 (Ld), 13478 (1d), 13580 (Ac), 13618 (Ld), 137h4 (Ld), 13772 (Ac); Smith & Klein 822 (S). Santa Catarina Island: Klein & Bresolin 7592 (Ac). S&o Paulo: L. Riedel 2388 (S—photo, Z--photo). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: notes and draw- ings by Kornicke (S--photo, Z--photo). ERIOCAULON LINEARE Small Additional bibliography: Kral, Rhodora 75: 382—383. 1973; Mol- denke, Phytologia 26: 183 (1973), 27: lbh (1974), 28: 428 (197k), and 29: 103, 10h, & 111. 197k. Recent collectors have found this plant in flower and fruit in June, August, and September. Henderson encountered it on the sandy margins of a small lake. Kral (1973) cites Kral 36821 & 3949 from Baldwin County and Kral 4312), from Houston County, Alabama, and found it growing in 20h FoHo¥ ‘TUOlL0 Gr A Vol. 29, no. 3 the peaty edges of a Hypericum pond, in wet sands and shallows of a lake shore, sandy beaches, and "abundant on wet sandy pond shores or submerged in shallows". He notes that "This species, while already reported for Alabama by Harper, is rare there. It is part of a group of species that frequents sandy shores of sinkhole lakes and ponds, in contrast to its nearest relative taxonomically, E. texense, which frequents acid pineland bogs from Texas to Georgia and one: has usually died back by the time E. lineare comes into bloom and seed." ~~ The scapes on R. M. Harper 830 are 6-angled. Harper 1608 is a mixture with Syngonanthus flavidulus (Michx.) Ruhl. Material of E. lineare has been misidentified and distributed in some herbar- ia as Lachnocaulon glabrum Korn. and very often as E. pellucidum Michx. On the other hand, the Small, DeWinkeler, & Rane 9815, distributed as E. lineare, is Secu E. compressum Lam., Braun sn. (July 26, 1938] is E E. decangulare ra parviceps Moldenke, an and Re M M. Harper 85 is the type collection of E. lineare var. gigas Moldenke . Additional citations: GHORGIA: Baker Co.: R. Kral 27079 (W-- 2673952) 3 Thorne 4370 (W—2005928). Bulloch Co.: R. M. Harper 830 (W--l,00279—-isotype). Lowndes Co.: R. M. Harper 1608 1608, in in part (W—l31916). Sumter Co.: R. M. Harper 1395 (W—1,31698) . FLORIDA: Bay Co.: R. Kral 15671 ( (W—2,70350).. G Gulf Co.: Bilt- more Herb. 3865 (W—955020), 38 3865a (W--335191). Leon Co.: R. M. Harper 223 r 223 (W—SOl585) ; N. C. Henderson 64-237 (B1--199070) ;_ Kral & Godfrey 15575 (W—270298), 15585 (W--2h70351); Pelton s.n. [July 1h, 1961] (W—2385072). Wakulla Co.: R. Kral 2302) (W— __ 2.7034). Walton Co.: R. M. Harper 47 (W-—-513528); R. Kral 1778 (W--2.7039). ALABAMA: Baldwin Co.: ie M. Harper 22 ~ (W—2365897) . Covington Co.: R. Kral 36821 (W—2673938) , 39494 (W--26739 3h) « Houston Co.: Re Kral 430 (W--2673936). ERIOCAULON LINEARE var. GIGAS Moldenke, Phytologia 27: hh. 197k. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: hl (197) and 28: 28. 197h. The type collection of this variety was inaccurately cited by me previously as typical E. lineare Small. Citations: FLORIDA: Santa Rosa Co.: R. M. Harper 85 (N—type, W—516)—isotype) . ERIOCAULON LINEARIFOLIUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 28. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 36810 (N). Mato Grosso: Hatschbach & Cuimardes 21,560 (S). ERIOCAULON LIVIDUM F. Muell. Additional bibliography: Beard, West Austr. Pl., ed. 2, 25. 197 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 205 1970; Moldenke, Phytologia 24: 473. 1972. ERIOCAULON LONCICUSPE Hook. f. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon cristatum var. bracteis floral- — —_ -— —— ————— — ————— ——— S— CF SC ~~ ——- Enum. Pl. Zeyl., pr. 1, 341. 1864. ZHriocavlon cristatum var. Thwaites ex Hook. f. in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 5: 3, in syn. 1900. Additional bibliography: Thwaites, Enum, Pl. Ceylon, pr. 1, 31. 1864; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 140. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 206. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 473 (1972), 26: 19 (1973), 28: 456 (197k), and 29: 65, 92, 98, & 105. 197h. Gunawardena (1968) asserts that the specific epithet applied to this taxon refers to the "long black cusp" on the bracteoles. Wheeler encountered the plant in "sunny mucky wet meadows" at 4700 feet altitude, flowering and fruiting in July. The Thwaites variety, cited in the synonymy above, was first placed here by Hooker (1900). I erroneously placed it under E. ceylanicum Korn. in earlier installments of this series of notes. The Jayasuriya & Sumithraarachchi 1567, distributed as E. longi- cuspe, is actually E, atratum var. major Thwaites. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: G. Gardner s.n, [Thwaites C. P. 789] (Pd); Moldenke, Moldenke, Jayasuriya, & Sumithraarachchi 28301 (W); L. C,. Wheeler 12176 (Pd). ERIOCAULON LONGIPETALUM Rendle Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 232 & 236-237. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 73. 1972. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection of this species and states that the type locality is an area 3800 to 5500 feet in al- titude. ERIOCAULON LUZULAHFOLIUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135] (1929) and 50 (1): 231. 1930; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 306. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 10. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 26: 20 & 28-29 (1973) and 29: 101 & 102. 197k. Thwaites (1839) places E. trilobum Hamilt. in the synonymy of E. luzulaefolivm, but I regard it as a synonym of E. sollyanum Royle. He cites C.P. 796 for E. luzulaefolium, but I regard that and the Craig 6, also distributed as E. luzulaefolium, as E. col- iinum Hook. f., while the Collector undetermined s.n. [Dolosba- gie, April 1882] is actually E. quinquangulare L. Eriocaulon luzulaefolium is recorded for Sri Lanka (based on a 206 Bay. ? Ooo Gera Vol. 29, no. 3 Gardner collection) by Hooker in Trimen's Flora and by Ruhland (1903), but Fyson states that "The Ceylon plant, C.P. 796, so named, has none of the characteristic truncate appearance of the head on a saucer-shaped involucre and is E. collinum." This is true of C.P. 796, but some of the specimens filed as E. collinm in some herbaria certainly do have the truncate appearance he as- cribes to E. luzulaefolium. Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Jenkins s.n. [Assam] (Pd). ERIOCAULON MACROBOIAX Mart. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 7h. 1972. Someone (Martius? Kornicke?) has written on one of the labels of a Martius collection in the Munich herbarium "Cfr. Dupatya ligulata Vell. Fl. Flum. 1. t. 86" and it is indeed very possible that E. macrobolax is conspecific with E. ligulatum (Vell...) Tie.Bs Sm. The sheaths are completely truncate at their apex in all the Martius collections cited below. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Martius s.n. [in udis deserti versus fluv. Rio S. Franc. vergentibus et in Serra de S. Antonio Minas; Macbride photos 18688] (Mu--type), s.n. [in udis fluvii Rio de S#o0 Francisco: Caiteté] (Mu, Mu, 2). ERIOCAULON MACROPHYLLUK Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Backer, Handb. Fl. Java 3: 6. 192h; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 17h (1972) and 29: 9h. 197k. Backer (192l) is of the opinion that Ee macrophyllum is con= specific with, and the name a synonym of, E. blumei Korn. ERIOCAULON MAGNIFICUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.18: khh. 1971; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 23, 28, 29, & 35 (1973) and 28: 438. 197k. The original specimen represented by the photograph cited below, Ule 1689, is deposited in the herbarium of the Staatsinstitut ftir Allgemeine Botanik in Hamburg and has besn seen and annotated by me. Klein & Bresolin describe the plant as an "erva, fl6r branca" and have collected it in "banhado", at 10 meters altitude, flower- ing in July. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Santa Catarina: Ule 1689 (Z-- pe of isotype). Santa Catarina Island: Klein & Bresolin 6086 Ld e rs ERIOCAULON MAGNIFICUM var, GOYAZENSE Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 475. 1972. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Héringer & Lima 11717 (N— isotype). 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 207 ERIOCAULON MAGNUM Abbiatti Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 60. 1973. Additional citations: PARAGUAY: Hassler 928 (Ca--929581). ERIOCAULON MANNII N. E. Br. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-—Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 234 & 21. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 476. 1972. Brown (1901) cites only Mann 1689, the type collection, which he says is from "Lower Guinea. Gaboon: Sisrra del Crystal." ERIOCAULON MARGARETAE Fyson Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 60 [42]. 1928; Venkatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220. 1970; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 476. 1972; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. 2: 875 [thesis]. 1973. Venkatareddi (1970) refers to this plant as "Occasional", flow- ering in October and November, and cites his no. 101030. ERIOCAULON MEGAPOTAMICUM Malne Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 126. 1973. This species has been collected in flower and fruit from Jam- ary to March. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do Sul: Rambo 523 (Rd—-12296) , 46190 (Rd—-12297), 54863 (Rd—-12293). ERIOCAULON MELANOCEPHALUM Kunth Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 20. 1901; Perrier de la B&athie, Cat. Pl. Madag. ar, 193s Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156— 1157 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 60 (1973) and 28: 456. 197. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Irwin, Anderson, Stieber, & Lee 342) (N). Mato Grosso: Richards 6196a (N), 6h96/6496a (N i. MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn, in Mart., \Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (jsp. Gas fge3 (N, Z).. ERIOCAULON MELANOCEPHALUM ssp. USTERIANUM Beuaverd Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon melanocephalum var. usterianun Beauverd ex Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. as er 1157. 1972. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1157 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 477 (1972) and 28: 456. 197). ERIOCAULON MELANOLEPIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 60 [2]. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. Sl (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jabresbar. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 29 (1973) and 29: 94. 197k. 208 12 Jelwg ot 10) 2h (0) (6p ae Yh Vol. 29, no. 3 ERIOCAULON MESANTHEMOIDES Ruhl. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233, 235, & 2h4—2h5. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 30. 1973. Brown (1901) cites Goetze 293 and Stuhlmann 91)3 from Tangan- yika and comments that "In the very imperfect description given by Ruhland the flower-heads are described as somewhat glabrous (glab- riusculis), and the involucral-bracts as greenish-fuscous. I have not seen Stuhlmann's 9143, but in the plant collected by Goetze (from which I have made the above description), the heads are densely white-pubescent, and the involucral-bracts white. The numerous, narrow, very prominent ribs on the peduncles are quite different fran those of any other African species I have examined! ERIOCAULON MICROCEPHALUM H.5.K. Additional bibliography: Wikstr., K. Svensk. Vet. Acad. Handl. Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 12. 1820; Wkstr., Trenne Nya Art. Ortsl. Erioc. (repr.) 12. 1821; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val. Mex., ed. 1 78, fig. 28-B. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 61 (1973) and 28: 435. 197k. Additional illustrations: Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val. Mex., ed. 1, fig. 38-B. 1969. Martin & Plowman describe this plant as a "prostrate" herb, growing in moist places. Sanchez Sanchez says that it blooms from June to August in the Valley of Mexico. The Lent 143, distributed as E, microcephalum and so cited by me in 1969, is actually Paepalanthus kupperi Suesseng. Additional citations: COSTA RICA: San José: Taylor & Taylor 11738 (N). COLQMBIA: Cundinamarca: Martin & Plowman 81 (0a). ERIOCAULON MINIMUM Lam. Additional bibliography: A. Rich., Tent. Fl. Abyss. 2: 37. 1851; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303 & 306. 1931; Al- ston, Kandy Fl. 76. 1938; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 140. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Mol- denke, Phytologia 2h: 477-78 (1972), 26: 19 (1973), and 29: 86, 87, & 100. 197). Alston (1931) suggests that E. minimum is conspecific with E. truncatum Hamilt. He found it growing among moss at an altitude of 00 feet and it has been collected in anthesis in December. Material has been distributed in some herbaria as E. truncatum Hamilt. ~ | Citations: SRI LANKA: Alston 1039 (Pd); Collector undetermined sen. [Dambulla Rock, 20 Dec. 1881] (Pd). ERIOCAULON MINUTUM Hook. f. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Venkatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220. 1970; Molden- ke, Phytologia 2: 78. 1972. Venkatareddi (1970) found this plant to be "Frequent", flower- 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 209 ing from September to Jamary, and cites his nos. 93425 & 100912 . The Collector undetermined s.n. [Dambulla Rock, 20 Dec. 1881), distributed as FE, trimeni, is a actually E. cinereum R. Br. ERIOCAULON MIQUELIANUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Ikuse, Pollen Grains Jap. 6. 1956; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 30. 1973. Additional citations: JAPAN: Honshu: Togashi MT .6857 [Fl. Jap. Exsicc. 68] (Ws). ERIOCAULON MISERUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 30. 1973. ERIOCAULON MITOPHYLUM Hook. f. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 479. "1972. ERIOCAULON MODESTUM Kunth Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1157 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 3000. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 27 & 30--31 (1973) and 23: 438. 197). Recent collectors have encountered this species on campos and in wet sandy places, flowering in October. Klein & Bresolin de- scribe it as an "erva, fl6r creme". The Rambo 56190, distributed as E, modestum, is actually Leiothrix flavescens (Bong.) Ruhl., while Glaziou 22309 is Paepalanthus pubescens Korn. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do Sul: Rambo 47053 (Rd--12289), 56190 (Rd--12287), 56464 (Rd—-12288). Santa Catarina Island: Klein & Bresolin 6277 (Ld) « MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn. iu Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 62 II. 1863 (N, Z). ERIOCAULON MODESTUM var. BREVIFOLIUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 479. 1972. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goias: Irwin, Grear, Souza, & Reis dos Santos 13781 (N--isotype, W-2709895-—isotype); Ir Irwin, Harley, & Smith 32175 (N). ERIOCAULON MODESTUM f. GRANDIFOLIUM Herzog Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. ist. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1157 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 479. "1972. ERIOCAULON MODESTUM f. VIVIPARUM Herzog Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 3000. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 30—3l. 1973. 210 Pan oro 0 1G ok Vol. 29, no. 3 ERIOCAULON MONTANUM Van Royen Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 481. 1972. Kalkman describes this plant as "forming dense mats on slight- ly damper places; many seedlings between the mature plants; seeds germinating ON the plant; involucral bracts membranous; anthers black; pollen white; styles light-green", and found it growing in fire-induced grass- and fen-fields, at 350 meters altitude, noting "also collected in FAPA". Additional citations: NEW GUINEA: Papua: Kalkman 833 (Ca— M26 3613) « ERIOCAULON MUTATUM N. E. Br. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.—Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 232 & 256--257. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 461. 1973. Brown (1901) cites only Welwitsch 28, 2449, & 2450 from An- gola. ERIOCAULON NAKASIMANUM Satake Additional & emended bibliography: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 46: 110 & 111 [13 & 15]. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 481 & 82. 1972. ERIOCAULON NANTOENSE Hayata Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 9 (1): 160. 1927; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 9 (2): 423. 1932; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 61. 1973. ERIOCAULON NASUENSE Satake Additional & emended bibliography: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 6: 109--111 [13--15], fig. 1 & 2. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: BE 913 Emended illustrations: Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 6: 109 & 110 (ees) Wig. DP es aeys ERIOCAULON NEESIANUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 305. 1931; Moldenke, Phytologia 24: 82 (1972) and 26: 1. 1973. Alston (1931) avers that this species was based originally on Thwaites C.P. 790 and "seems scarcely distinct from E. thwaitesii Korn. though it is keptup by Ruhland". I regard C.P. 790 (at least in part) as E. truncatum Hamilt. It must be remembered, however, that Thwaites' "C. P." numbers are in very many cases mixtures of plants collected in often widely separated places, of- ten by different collectors, and very often represent several species. Actually Kornicke's original description does not cite any collector or collector's number. It merely says "Ceylon (Hb. Berol. ex Hb. N. ab E. In Hb. Kegel. sine patria et col- lectore indicato". The Berlin specimen, which I have seen, is G. Gardner 936. 1974 Moldnke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 211 Alston also claims that this species is mentioned in Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot,, page 63, but I can find no such mention on that page either in volumes 2 or 3 in which Fyson wrote on the Eriocaulaceae. ERIOCAULON NEGLECTUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 479 & 482— 483. 1972. The Liitzelburg collection, cited below, is a mixture with Pae- palanthus lamarckii Kunth and Syngonanthus gracilis var. temuis- simus Ruhl. It was collected on moist campos, flowering in Au- gust. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Liitzelburg 20687, in part (Mu). ERIOCAULON NEPALENSE Prescott Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 61. 1973. The flower-heads on Nath 552 are black, while on Nath 50h they are merely blackish. Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Hooker & Thomson s.n. (Mont. Khasia, 0--€000 ped.] (Pd). East Punjab: Nath 50h (Kh), 4552 (Kh). Kerala: Stocks, Law, &c. s.n, [Malabar, Concan] (Pd). ERIOCAULON NILAGIRENSE Steud. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 168 [134]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 305. 1931; Fedde in Just, Pot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 295. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 461 (1973), 28: Ol, bb, & Was (197), and 29: 86, 96, & 97. 197k. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in swampy de- pressions in wet black patana grasslands along streams with grasses, in wet (running wien situations in small valleys, in wet meadows along small streams, on steep slopes with wet flush and melastome shrubs, in shade along paths, along rivulets in sunny meadows, in open marshy ground, and in the transition zone between wet patana and forest, at altitudes of 1665 to 2700 me- ters in Sri Lanka, flowering anc fruiting there from January to March and May to October. Cramer refers to it as "common" or "fairly common", Koyama as “locally abundant", and Comanor as a "frequent fleshy plant". Cramer speaks of the flowering heads as being "snowy-white", 1.2—1.h cm. in diameter, and Comanor and Koyama refer to them as 'white". Hepper says that the plants are "shortly tufted". Material has almost uniformly been identified and distributed as E. brownianum Mart., a species with glabrous foliage, sheaths, and scapes, or as E, wightianum Mart. Thwaites C.P. 378 is a mixture with E. brownianum var. latifolium Moldenke. 212 Pune y- TeOnk 0 Gri A Vol. 29, no. 3 My wife and I found E. nilagirense extremely widespread and abundant in many localities on the Horton Plains of Sri Lanka. The T. Koyama 1362 in the Britton Herbarium, as well as Bem- bower 29, previously cited by me as typical E. nilagirense, are actually f. parvifolium Moldenke. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Collector undetermined s.n. [Knuckles, 1881] (Pd), s.n. [Yaha Eliya, 6.V.96] (Pd); Comanor 980 (Pd); Cramer 3149 (Pd); Gould & Cooray 13760 (Pd); Moldenke, Moldenke, Jayasuriya, & Sumithraarachchi 28269 (Ac, Ca, E, Gz, Kh, Id, Pd, Tu, Z), 28270 (Ac, Ld, Pd), 2627 (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, ld, Pd, Tu); Mueller-Dombois & Comanor 670709h1 (Pd); A. M. Silva s.n. [Sita Eliya, 21/3/06] (Pd). ae canoe ahe f. PARVIFOLIUM Moldenke, Phytologia 28: Or 197k. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 01, hhh, & 45. 197k. This form differs from the typical form of the species in its shorter leaves at time of anthesis, these being in general only 8--18 CM. long. The type of this form was collected in a ditch in black parana grassland on the Horton Plains along the road fram Farr Inn to World's End, at an altitude of 7000 feet, Nuwara-Eliya District, in the Central Province of Sri Lanka. Other collectors have found the form along rivulets in sunny meadows, at the wet edges of narrow streams mixed with Fimbristylis monticola and Carex arnot- tiana, and on "steep slopes with a wet flush and melastamaceous shrubs", at altitudes of 6300—8100 feet, flowering in January, May, and June. My wife and 1 found it quite abundant in various habitats in the highlands. Additional citations: INDIA: Madras: Bembower 29 (Ca—l95797, N). SRI LANKA: Cramer 3259 (Pd); G. Gardner 938 (Pd); Hepper 428 (Pd, W—2720003); Hoogland 1150 (Pd); T. Koyama 13521 (Pd), 13642 (N); Moldenke, Moldenke, Jayasuriya, & Sumithraarachchi 28273 (Ac, Ca, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu), 28275 (Pd), 28276 (Ac—-isotype, Gz—-isotype, Kh--isotype, Ld--iso , Pd--isotype, Tu-—isotype, Z—-type), 26278 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd), 28286 (Pd), 28298 (Ac, Gz, cee Ld, Pd), 28300 (W), 28302 (Pd); J. M. Silva s.n, [Horton Plains, 20/5/1911] (Pd); N. D. Simpson 927 (Pd); Thwaites C.P. 378, in part [Nuwara Eliya, 1851] (Pd), C.P. 378, in part [Ambagamuwa, 1854] (Pd); Trimen s.n. [Dumbanagala Hill, Sept. 1888] (Pd); L. C. Wheeler 1253 (Pd, W-~-2716373); J. C. Willis s.n, [Horton Plains, 26/1/06) (Pd). ERIOCAULON NIPPONICUM Maxim. Additional & emended bibliography: Ikuse, Pollen Grains Jap. 6. 1956; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 46: 372--373 [20—21]. 1971; Molden~ ke, Phytologia 26: 32 & 39. 1973. 197k Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 213 ERIOCAULON ODORATUM Dalz. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 85. 1972; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow, Pl. Mysore Dist. 2: 875 [thesis]. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: bub. 197k. Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as 5. wightianum Mart. Additional citations: INDIA: Indore: Siranji s.n. [31.3.69] (Oa). Kerala: Stocks, Law, &c. s.n. [Malabar, Concan] (Pd). ERIOCAULON ORYZETORUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. 29. 1833; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; Mioldenke, Phytologia 26‘ 32. 1973. Shama (1972) reports a chromosome count of "c. 60, 90" for this species. ERIOCAULON OVOIDEUM Britton & Small Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 286. 1972. Additional citations: ISLA DE PINOS: Killip 42859 (Ss). ERIOCAULON PALUDICOLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 60 [42]. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 32. 1973. ERIOCAULON PARAGUAYENSE Korn. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1157 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 488. 1972. ERIOCAULON PARKERI B. L. Robinson Additional & emendec bibliography: R. McVaugh, N. Y. State Mus, Bull. 360A: 93. 1958; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; W. Stone, Pl. South. N. J., pr. 2, 323 & 32h. 1973; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 26: 461 (1973) and 28: 27. 197); Rousseau, Géogr. Florist. Québ. [Trav. & Doc. Centr, ftud. Nord. 7:] 120, 382, 480, 509, 559, 625, & 762. 197h. Additional citations: QUEBEC: Québec Co.: Raymond, Kucyniak, Marie-Victorin, & Rolland-Germain 55073 (W—1948)38). MAINE: Pen- obscot Co.: Fernald & Long 13166 (W—1328989). Sagadahoc Co.: Fernald & Long 17 (W--986888). MASSACHUSETTS: Plymouth Co.: Fer- nald & Svenson 860 (W—1885738). CONNECTICUT: New London Co.: R. W. Woodward s.n. (Sept. 2, 1918] (W--1011651). NEW YORK: Iona Is- land: Muenscher & Curtis 5598 (W—1725373). Rogers Island: Muen- scher & Curtis 5600 (W—1725374). PENNSYLVANIA: Lancaster Co.: Heller & Halbach s.n. (September 12, 1891] (W--l5303, W—-l06592). 21h PUA Y TeOPE. 0) GFR Vol. 29, no. 3 MARYLAND: Baltimore Co.: Hermann 9797 (W—-1732730). Cecil Co.: Abbott 232 (W--1285371, W—-2160)))6) , sen. [Aug. 8, 1926] (W— 1683397); Leonard & Leonard 5779 (71212708, W--21605h7) « Char— les Co.: E. H. Walker 3868 Se eg Harford Co.: Shull 69 (W--60867). Wicomico Co.: anby s.n. (Sept. 8, 1887] (W=--4)5287) ; Shreve & Jones 120), penne Worcester Go. E. H. Walker 4220 4220 (W—-2005339). DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA: Steele 8.n. . [Aug. Aug. 28, 1896] (W--363621); Ward 113 (W—-937192), s.n. [Sept. 10, 1882] (W--152101). VIRGINIA: Alexandria City: Dowell 6451 (W—610,25) « Fairfax Co.: Blake 8921 (W—1285196); F. We W. Pennell ell 2587 (W-— 648276) ; Uhler s.n SoM. - [August 6, 1933] (W—2)22085). James City Go.: Fernald & & Long 10988 10988 (W—18101),2) . New Kent Co.: Fernald & Long 13576 (W—-2003389). County undetermined: L. F. Ward s.n. $.N. [Near Custis Spring, Sept. 29, 1878] (W—213902) , Sn. . (Virginia, 1878] (W—22h20). NORTH CAROLINA: Tyrrell Co.: Radford LbLsh (Ca—-M158293) . ERIOCAULON PARVUM Korn. Additional & emended bibliography: Ikuse, Pollen Grains Jap. 46. 1956; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 6: 373 iene 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 89. 1972. ERIOCAULON PELLUCIDUM Michx. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon triangulare With. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 57, in syn. 197). Eriocaulon articulatum Hudson ex Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 56, in syn. 197]. Additional & emended bibliography: J. Jacks., Fl. Worcester Co., ed. 2, 56. 189; Twining, Fl. Northeast. Penn. 2). 1917; wWan- gerin in Just, Bot. dahresber. 53 (2): 261. 1925; Blewitt, Fl. Waterbury 39. "1926; Rydb., Fl. Prairies & Plains, pr. 1, 198 & 90, fig. 107. 1932; Dole, Fl. Vt., ed. 3, 78. 1937; Erdtnan, Introd, Pollen Analys. 56, [57], & 236, pl. 1, fig. 10&U. 1943; Scoggan, Natl. Mus. Sanada Bull. 115: 16. 1950; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 1, 163 & 523, fig. 9A. 1952; E. Ge Voss, Mich. Bot. 4: 17, 22, & 23. 1965; Stuckey, Mich. Bot. 5: 105. 1966; Erdtman, Pollen. Morph. & Pl. Tax., ed. 2, pr. 1, 163 & 523, fig. 94A (1966) and ed. 2, pr. 2, 163 & 523, fie. oA. 1971; Rydb., Fl. Prairies & Plains, pr. 2. 1: 198, fig. 107 (1971) and pr. 2, 2: 940. 1971; Sharma, Nucleus 16: Append. 10. 1972; Thorne, Quart. Rev. Biol. 47: 370. 1972; W. Stone, Pl. Seth. N. as prs ¢, 323 & 32h, pl .ocky, fice 1. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: €1-~l62 (1973), 28: 26, 27, 429, & 457 (1974), and 29: 86, 103, 107, & 110. 197); Howes, Dict. Useful Pl. 86. 1974; Rousseau, Géogr. Florist. Québ. (Trav. & Doc. Stud. Nord. 7:] 120, 470, 498, 509, 705, & 762. 197k. Additional & emended illustrations: Rydb., Fl. Prairies & Plains, pr. 1, 198, fig. 107. 1932; Erdtman, Introd. Pollen An- alys. (s7], pl. a fig. él. 1943; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. & Pleolace, ed. 1; 163, fig. 9A (1952), ed. 2, pr. 19163, fies 197k Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 215 9uA (1966), and ed. 2, pr. 2, 163, fig. 9A. 1971; Rydb., Fl. Prairies & Plains, pr. 2, 1: 198, fig. 107. 1971; W. Stone, Pl. South. N. Je, pre 2, pl. "28, Lise Le IST. Erdtman (19)3) describes "the pollen as "Grains spheroidal; ex- ine folded into long, low ridges separated by narrow grooves, which functionally correspond to the furrows in other grains. The grains are subechinate or warty, provided with a faint reticulate texture. The pollen grains of Aphyllanthes monspeliensis [Aphyl- lanthaceas}] as well as the grains of some species of Berberis [Berberidaceae] and Pinguicula [Lentibulariaceae] show certain resemblances to those of Eriocaulon." The scapes on W. H. Brom 66 ar @ 6--S-angled. Dole (1937) re- fers to this species a are frequent on the shores of lakes and ponds in Vermont; Stuckey (1966) says that it grows in associa- tion with Rorippa islandica var. hispida along moist sandy lake- shores in Cheboygan County, Michigan, and is "abundant, usually more than 10 plants and covering a large portion of the site, usually extending beyond the meter limits" in an area where wind and water erosion has exposed the soil. Yoss (1965, 1967, 1972) found it growing on moist sandy or sandy-mucky lake shores with many rushes (Juncus), many St. Johnsworts (Hypericum), Utricu- laria cornuta, and Littorella americana. The last-mentioned plant exhibits similar leaf-rosettes, but lacks the characteris- tic septate aspect. In fact, he says, the cross-markings in the roots of this pipewort distinguish it at once "from all other submerged rosette-formers". He found it in Schoolcraft and Vilas Counties, Michigan, and describes the plant as growing "On wet sandy or boggy shores or in shallow water, the heads usually emersed (on scapes at least to 40 cm long in water, only a few em long on land); especially characteristic of soft-water and acid lakes, where the rosettes of distinctive leaves and cross- hatched roots may form a dense turf even in deep water (3 to feet or more). [It is] The most common and widespread rosette- former of such lakes [in Michigan], although locally outnumber- ed by Isoétes spp., Littorella uniflora, Juncus pelocarpus f. submersus, Lobelia dortmanna, or other associates." Scoggan (1950) gives the distribution of this plant as "Shal- low water of lakes (Lac Pérot, Matane co.; Lac des Sept Iles, Cha.; Sayabec). (Boreal-) temperate eastern American: Minn, to Mingan Is. and Nfld., southw. to Ind. and N. C.; relic in wes- tern Scotland and Ireland." Recent collectors have found it growing in quiet pools along rivers, in ponds, in shallow water forming floating Sphagnum mats, in shallow water along shores, on "drying mucky" lake shores, on boggy shores, in "shallow pools in bog-barrens", on the margins of ponds among the sandstone and arenaceous slate hills on Newfoundland, on "exsiccated shores", in boggy pond margins, on wet gravelly shores, in flowing water, on sandy and muddy tidal flats, in the swampy edges of freshwater ponds, "common on floating bogs" in Labrador, on sandy and peaty pond 216 jst Te ie O) (hag AA Vol. 29, nos 3 margins, in "mud and water", in swamps and boggy marshes, and in shallow water generally. Hotchkiss & Koehler refer to it as "abundant on soft muddy sand in very shallow water" and "common on soft muck" in Wisconsin and "with Nymphozanthus in 1 1/2 feet of water over sandy bottoms". Other collectors report finding it in water 1 to 6 feet deep -~ Vasey collected specimens with scapes 8h cm. long in water 3--6 feet deep. Iltis and his associates found it "in very dense cover of aquatic plants in shallow water over marly muck, with Potamogeton, Myriophyllum tenellun, etc." and "in very etenstve swinging sedge mat (no Sphagnum hagnum) 7 with Carex sppe, Mariscus, Rynchospora alba alba, Drosera intermedia, Utric- ularia cornuta, ‘ta, Nuphar, and Nymphaea" aun Wisconsin, while au in New Jersey, found it growing on "peaty banks and in shallow water at edge of pond in Chamaecyparis area" [white-cedar swamps]. Besides the months previously recorded by me in these notes, the species has been collected in anthesis in June and the flower heads are uniformly described as "white", the scapes sometimes as "stiffish" [when not under water], and the leaves as dark-green in color. Swift (191) gives us a picturesque description of this plant: "Under the pickerel weed and Labrador tea, fly honeysuckle and pitcher plants, grows the delicate, queer little water-bog dwel- ler pipewort, Eriocaulon articulatum, like tiny lead-white golf balls on the end of sticks. They look like little war clubs, three inches to a foot tall. These, the fisher-wives say, are batons, witches' wands, carried by the pirate folk to cast spells over the bog-trotters, being made of the skulls of honest sailor men the pirates made to walk the plank," Howes (197) records the common name "duck grass" for this plant -- not to be confused with "duckweed" applied to Lemna. Sharma (1972) reports the chromosome counts of 32 and 48, but in this he actually is reporting the counts for E. pellucidum and its European counterpart, E. aquaticum (J. Hill) Druce. The Killip 13295, P. C. Standley Uo des52, 25055 & ecen, and Van Sickle s.n. [Landisville, Aug. 10, 1890], distributed as E. '. pellucidum, a. are all actually E. compressum Lam.; Canby s. n. [Pine barrens] and Drushel 8358 are E. E. decangulare Le; Cory 56611, Coville s.n. [Holmead's Swa Swamp, Sept. 29, 1889], Olds s.n. {01d | Powder Mill Sw: Swamp, Sept. 1893], and P. C. Standley 11756 are E. decangulare f. parviceps Moldenke; “Biltmore Herb. - 3865 & 38654 | and R. M. Harper 22 & 223 are E. lineare Small; an and | Canby s.n. (Sept. eon” 1887], Heller & | & Halbach sen. [September 12, 1891], Radford Lbhsh, Shreve & Jones Jones 120h, | Shull 69, Steele sen. {Aug. 28, 8, 1896], and and L. F. . Fe Ward 113, s.n. (Virginia, 1873], son. [Near Custis Spring, Sept. 29, 29, 18781, “and s.n. [Sept. 10, 1882 J are E. parkeri B. L. Robinson Additional citations: LABRADOR: Gillett & as SUT (WwW— 223286). NEWFOUNDLAND: Fernald, Long, & & Fogg 1476 (W—20502)2) ; 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 217 Fernald & Wiegand 5068 (W—897807); Robinson & Schrenk 112 (W— 217138, W—937189), sen. (12 Aug. 189] (W--217203, W--937190); Rouleau 2508 (W—213019h), 5947 (W). NOVA SCOTIA: Digby Co.: Fernald & Long 20594 (W—-110)229) . Guysborough Co.: Fowler s.n. [Aug. 3, 1901] (W--30715, W-—-605650); C. A. Hamilton 25149 (1— 390372). Halifax Co.: Scoggan 13873 (Ca—40150905, N). Lunerburg Co.: Fernald & Long 2357 (W--2050716). Pictou Co.: H. Saint John 1403 1403 (W—6)48)6). Shelburne Co.: Fernald & Long 23567 (W— 2050715, W—-2050786), 23577 (W--2050717). Yarmouth Co.: Fernald, Bissell, Graves, Long, & Linder 20597 (W--110)230). Cape , Sable Island: H. Saint John 1160 (W--110],093). Madame Island: Rousseau 35579 (Natl. Herb. Canada 130088] (W—165),196). Saint Paul Is- land: Perry & Roscoe 127 (W--1620)0)). NEW BRUNSWICK: Saint John Co.: Fowler s.n. [July 2 21, 1875] (W—81776), s.n. (St. Johns, 1881) (W--5299). QUEBEC: Argenteuil Co.: Marie-Victorin, Rol- land—Germain, Raymond, & Boivin 56488 (W--1948589) ; Rolland- — Germain s.n. (August | a 196] — Carleton Co.: Macoun L507 (W--26470h). Montcalm Co.: . V. Morton 10971 (W¥--2329026) , 11008 (W—2329052); Rousseau & eer 151 (W—2231771). Sagu- enay enay Co.: Cing-Mars, Rousseau, & Bonneau 63-886 (Ca--M307180) . Wolfe Co.: Blais, Deshaies, & Forest 10729 Waxntaaenneye ONTARIO: Algoma Dist.: Taylor, Hosie, "Fitzpatrick, Losec, & Leslie 1339 (W~—17889),). Frontenac Co ae Garwood, Beschel, & al. 2608 (Ca-- 135973). Parry Sound Dist.: Moseley s.n. Tet lle 1909] (W— 752662). Renfrew Co.: Umbach s.n. (Bonnie Chere Mts., July 22, 1899] (W--382991). Muskoka Dist.: Seaman s.n. [Port Stanfield, 1-9-1889] (W--787755). Nipissing Dist.: W. R. Watson 6690 (Ww 1669335). Thunder Bay Dist.: Calder 17h9 (W--2131532). Bis Is- land: E. D. McDonald Jr. 313 (W--192l5)9). MAINE: Aroostook Co.: Kimball s.n. [Hurd Lake, 9 Aug. 1901] (W--12989). Cumberland Co.: J. Blake 660 (W—-2588806) ; Kendall s.n. [Tinney River, July 11, 1899] (W—-3l3981, W--33982). Franklin Co.: Fellows 6311 (W--735937) . Knox Co.: Fellows 5772 (W—982233). Oxford Co.: F. W. Johnson 125 (W--1621618). Penobscot Co.: Fernald 369 (W— 27818), gen. [Orono, 8-16-1690] (W196). Piscataquis Co.: Hermann 1912) (W-—21;13839) . Kount Desert Island: McAtee 3201b (W—-11,67302) , 3203 (W--167305). NEW HAMPSHIRE: Belknap Co.: W. F. Wright 287 (W--671618). Carroll Co.: M. A. Day s.n. [Aug. _ 25, “190h] (W—6h7837). Cheshire Co.: Batchelder Sisfis rn. [Richnond, Sept. 3, 1916] (W--1071372). Pittsburg Co.: .: Kendall, Goldsbor— ough, & Doolittle 99 (W—591915). Sullivan Co.: Standley & & Kil- lip 7682 7682 (W--1117038). VERMONT: Caledonia Co.: A. F. Stevens _ S.N. . [Peachan, 1892] (Wi--309080). Chittenden Co.: S. F. Blake 2572 2 (W--120003). Rutlend Co.: Drushel 10037 (W-—1680971). MASSACHUSETTS: Earnstable Co.: Fernald & Fogg 567 (W--1885739) ; 218 PHY; Ts0,L 0G 18 Vol. 29, no. 3 Fernald & Long 16512 (W—1223366). Hampden Co,: Pillsbury s.n. (Springfield, 30.8.1878] (W--111969). Borfolk = Ss. F. Blake 1,08 (W—120L15)); Mohr & Faxon s.n, [Sept. 15, 1895] Re = 78509). Plymouth Co.: McAtee Atee 1043 (W--©88731) . Suffolk Co.: Herb. Wellesley Coll. s.n. (Wellesley, July 7, 1893] (W--27081h). Worcester Co.: Allard 19510 (W--2008872). Martha's Vineyard: Fogg 2809 (W—1],92395); F. C. Seymour 1239 (W--1103886). CONNEC- TICUT: New Haven Co.: Harger 3000 (W--2509829). Tolland Co.: N. L. Britton s.n. [Mansfield] (W—-309075). County undetermined: Averill s. Sone 1. [Comn.] (W--l5290). NEW YORK: Albany Co.: L. F. Ward 12 Ward 112 (W—-937191), s sen. [Albany Lake, Aug. 18, 1879] Gs 152103). Cayuga Co.: Coville Ser. Piiae 30, 1887] (W--295739) « Chenango Co.: Coville s.n. [McDonough, July 27, 1886] (W—2957)0). Essex Co.: Killip 12590 (W—12854,85), 12745 (W--1285551). Her- kimer Co.: Coville sen. [Oct. 8, 1890] (W-—L5293). Nassau Co.: P, Wilson s.n. wn. [Merrick, Sept. n, 1915] (Kh). Oneida Co.: Ha- berer 2739 (W—1200260); Rowlee s.n. [Crooks Lake, Sept. 5, 1906] (W--605103). Oswego Co.: Clausen & Hinkey 4383 (W—181862) ; Fernald, Wiegand, & Eames 1420 (W—-205089). Saint Lawrence Coe: Mu Muenscher & Clausen usen 3863 (W--16335 36) ; O. P. Phelps 296 (W- 64628). Suffolk Co.: Muenscher & Curtis 6811 (W--1732058) . Sullivan Co.: Mearns 133 (W--6])8010). Wa: Warren Co.: D. S. Carpen- ter s.n. [July 29, 1933] (Ca--1332108); G. W. Clinton s.n. Wace 78517) 5 Vasey s.n. [Lake George, Sept. 1882] (W--784518), sen. [Lake George, rege, 1882) (W--l,5297), sem. [Lake George] (W--),5291, W--l5298). Westchester Co.: Pollard s.n. [near Lake Waccabuc, August 12, 189] (7--309082). NEW JERSEY: Atlantic Co.: stand- ley & Killip 7605 (W--1220018). Cumberland Co.: R. Kral 22590 (Ca—-L306581, ~W--2,70380). Hudson Co.: Van Sickle | S.n. yn. (Secau- cus, July 9, 189] (W--309081). Ocean Co.: Ae ‘Brom s. sen. [Man- eregtee! June 5, '76] (W-~937193); Gleason, Smith, & Alexander 273 (W—1621765) ; Hollick s.n. [Tom's ee “Aug. ose 1885] (w- 30907) ; Leonard & : Leonard | 6432 (#—216033h) ; Moldenke & Molden~ ke 28550 (Ac, Ca, Ey Gz, Kh, Ld Ld, Tu); A. B. Rich s.n. [Tom's River, M May 30, 1887] (W—--78752) . Passaic Coe: Van n Sickle S.n. [Green Pond, Aug. 1, 189] (W—22227). Sussex Co.: Plea kK. , Small 8.2. [Budd's Lake, Reese 12-14, 1890] (W--298339). County un-— determined: W. M. Canby s.n. [Pine barrens] (W--l5268); A. Gray sen. (N. Jo] (W—5300). PENNSYLVANIA: Lackawanna Co.: Topping s.n. [Mud Pond, Aug. 1, '97] (W—298142). Luzerne Co.: Heller & Halbach 691 (W-—-l.5296) . Pike Cos: T. C. Porter sen. [XII Mile Mile Pond, A Aug. g. 18, 1870] (W—l5302). DELAWARE: New Castle Co.: Chickering Bon. [Townsend, July 11, 1873] (W--2588396). MARY- LAND: Anne Arundel Co.: Hotchkiss 7301 (W-~-2005772). Wicomico Cos: J. H. Holmes 165 (W—L5292). VIRGINIA: Fairfax Co.: Harger 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 219 3001 (W—2509830). NORTH CAROLINA: Craven Co.: W. H. Brown 66 (W—51906). INDIANA: Marshall Co.: H. W. Clark 2 (W651). Starke Co.: Evermann 1017 (W—357850) . “MICHIGAN: Cass Co.: Gates & Pepoon 858 ~(W--64 8949) Cheboygan Co.: H. C. Beardslee s.n. [July 1890] (W—517578); Cutler s.n. [aug. 27, 1937] (W—1726536); F. C. Gates 11119 (Gz); Swallen sen. [Douglas Lake, June, July 192k) (W—1137108), gen. [Douglas Lal Lake, July 192) (W--1631153) . Marquette Co.: Dachnowski-Stokes Son. ree 21, 1906] (W—1728327); C.K. Dodge Son. [Sept. 2, 1916] (W—1073131); Metcalf 2172 (¥— 1289298) . Mason Co.: Chaney 67 67 (W——752931). Presque Isle Co.: F. J. Hermann 7012 (W—1632757). WISCONSIN: Marquette Co.: Iltis, Bell, Melchert, Pa Patman, & Witt 12518 (Ca—-15006,). Oconto Co.: Hotchkiss & Kochler ler 1327 (W—132187). Polk Co.: Hotchkiss & Koehler 89 (W--13365). Shawano Co.: Hotchkiss & Koehler 312 (W—-1)32179). Waupaca Co.: Hotchkiss & Martin 136 (Ww 134338) 5 H. H. Iltis 13379 (Ca—M150065). MINNESOTA: Chisago Co.: rs Cc. Taylor s.n. Ans TAug. 1892] (W—l5288). Cook Co.: Butters & Buell» U7 (W—1580306). Lake Co.: Kubichek 163 (W—132761); E E. P. 1s P. Met= calf 1518 (W--1327934). korrison Co.: "Sandberg 887 887 (W—15289). Saint Louis Co.: Moyle 256 (W-—-17252)8). County undetermined: F. F. Wood s.n. [Lake Seigamagah, July 20, 1891) (W--5289). Lo- CALITY “OF | COLLECTION UNDETERMINED : Besuien sen. [July 25. 185] a MOUNTED CLIPPINGS: Kunth, Emum. Pl. 3: 540. 181 (W). ERIOCAULON PERPLEXUM Satake & Hara Additional bibliography: Okuyama, Journ. Jap. Bot. 7: 126. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 24: 491. 1972. ERIOCAULON PLUMALE N. E. Br. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233, 251, & 252. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 462. 1973. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Heudelot 148, from Senegambia, and comments that "This species is well marked by the very different form of the sepals in the male and female flowers, and by the somewhat plumose appearance of the ultimate- ly oblong heads, due to the protruding odd petal of the male flowers. It is allied to the following species [E. senegalense N. E. Br.], but besides the differences noted thereunder, the much shorter, terete, 5—6-ribbed (not acutely angular) pedun- cles will at once distinguish it." ERIOCAULCN POLYCEPHALUM Hook. f. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Saxena, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 62. 1970; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, 220 Pen YT OnbeO Gries Vol. 29, no. 3 Phytologia 26: 32 & 3h. 1973. Saxena (1970) found this species "Occasional in marshy places", flowering in September, and cites Saxena 2972 from Madhya Pra- desh, India. ERIOCAULON PULCHELLUM Korn. Additional & emended bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 503. 1894; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 232 & 237. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 62. 1973. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Afzelius s.n., from Sierra Leone, and comments that "I cannot, from the descrip- tion given, distinguish E. pumilum from E. pulchellum; the only differences assigned are, that the bracts of E. pumilum are slightly larger, and the involucral bracts slightly narrower and longer than in E. pulchellum, and are acute instead of obtuse. The two supposed species were mixed in Afzelius' herbarium. I have only seen E. pulchellum, a small and very distinct species." ERIOCAULON PUMILIO Hook. f. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 494. 1972. ERIOCAULON PYGMAEUM Soland. Additional bibliography: Beard, West Austr. Pl., ed. 2, 25. 1970; Moldenke, Phytologia 24: 9h. 1972. ERIOCAULON QUINQUANGULARE L. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon quinquengulare L. ex Saxena, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 62, sphalm. 1970. Additional bibliography: Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. 2h & 29. 1833; Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 503. 189h; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 259. 1901; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135] (1929) and 50 (1): 231— 232. 1930; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30) & 306. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 140. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Beard, West Austr. Pl., ed. 2, 25. 1970; Matthew, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 91. 1970; Saxena, Bull. Bot. Surv. In- dia 12: 62. 1970; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. Pl. Ceylon 29. 1971; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. 2: 875-876 [thesis]. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 183 (1973), 28: 101, Wi5, 456, & 466 (197K), and 29: 86 & 88. 197k. Matthew (1970) describes this species as "Herbs larger than E. cinereum but less numerous though more widely distributed", while Saxena (1970) refers to it as "Common in marshy places" in Madhya Pradesh, India, flowering in September, and cites Saxena 3578. Fosberg and his associates found the plant to te "very abundant in open wet sandy soil between patches of woods" in Sri Lanka and describes the flower-heads as "dull whitish". They encountered it 197i, Moldenke, otes on Eriocaulaceae 221 in flower in December. lly wife and I found it growing in tremen- dous almost purestand colonies in moist limestone areas along roadsides in Walpattu National Park, Sri Lanka, the colonies some- times extending as far as the eye could reach and also extremely abundant in wet sandy ground, the inflorescence-heads decidedly gray in all stages of maturation in January at about 00 feet al- titude. Cramer describes it as "Common and abundant along open borders of villu; heady snowy-white, to 6 mm. in diameter, sweet- scented." Gunawardena (1968) records the vernacular Singhalese name, "hin-kok-mota", for this species, while Fonseka & Vinasithamby (1971) record "heen-kokmettu". Thwaites (1839) refers to his var. argenteum (Mart.) Thwaites, for which he cites C.P. 792, as abundant on rice paddy borders. Amaratunga calls the plant "hin komota"., Recent collectors have found it growing on rocks, in moist grassy patches, and in drying up paddy fields "rich in annuals", and describe the plant as forming rosettes, the leaves erect, and the flowering inflores- cences white, whitish, or gray. They have collected it at alti- tudes of 30--192 meters, flowering and fruiting from February to May, July, and September to November. Mueller-Dombois says that it was "locally abundant and dominant in moist sand on lake shores", while Koyama speaks of it as "locally abundant in wet sand around tree islands in periodically flooded pond margins" in Sri Lanka. Hevper & Jayasuriya collected it "in [a] peculiar sandy flush with open sparse vegetation of Utricularia and Xyris, calling it a "small tufted herb" with the "leaf-bases bright pink". The three Cooray collections cited below are all voucher spec- imens for ecologic observations. Thwaites C.P. 792 is a mixture with E. setaceum var. capillus-naiadis (Hook. f. y Moldenke, while T. Thomson s s.n. [Plan. Ganget. Inf.] is a mixture with Ee ae latun Korn. oe ee Durand & Schinz (189) record &. quinquangulare from Réunion. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some her- baria as E. luzulaefolium Mart. On the other hand, the Collector undetermined s.n. |Narainhetty], distributed as E. quinquangulare, is actually E. alpestre Hook. f. & Thams., Collector undetermined Sen. [Dambulla Rock, 20 Dec. 1881] and Cramer 3160 are E. cinereun R. Br., and Mueller—Dombois & Cooray 68012817 and | School — teacher sen. [6--1905] are E. walkeri Hook. f. Additional citations: INDIA: State undetermined: T. Thomson s. n. (Plan. Ganget. Inf.] (Pd). SRI LANKA: Alston 1000 (Pd Pd); Alwis s.n. [Tebuwana, Nov. 1920] (Pd); Amaratunga 2189 (Pa); Collector undetermined s.n. [Dolosbagie, April 1382] (Pd), sn. (Galagede- ra, Oct. 1382] (Pd), s.n. [Lenadore, Feb. 1893] (Pd), sen. [Pin- nawala, Balangoda] (Pd); Cooray 7002010), R (Pd), 700202 70020245 R R (Pd), 70032207 R (Pd); L. H. Cramer amer 3168 (W—276075h) ; Fosberg, Mueller Dombois, Wirawan, Cooray, & Balakrishnan 50710 (W267 8 222 Je" hal YE “St (0) 1G WO) (ee at JN Vol. 29, no. 3 Gardner 0.C. 931 [Thwaites C.P. 792, in part] (Pd); Hepper & Ja asuriya 1622 (W—2720106); Hepper & Silva 4729 (Pd, ¥2 72000); T. Koyama a 13315 (Pd); Lewis & Silva s.n. gen. [Delgoda, 29 £31919) (Pd); Moldenke, Moldenke, & & Jayasinghe 28322 he 28322 (Ac, E, G2,. Kh, dd, Pd, Tu); Moldenke, Moldenke, & Jayasuriya ya 28217 ae E, Gz, Kh, LdPa. Tu); 28225 (Ac, 5, G2, Kh, id,) Pd, STs) Moideniar Motors ke, & Gin tehvacsaehiht: 28199 (Ac, EB, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu); Mueller Donbois 67051833 (Pd); Thwaites C.P. 792, in part (Pd); Trimen s. n. n. [Hemeratgoda] (Pd); L. C. Wheeler 12078 (Pd) ERIOCAULON QUINQUANGULARE var. ELATIUS Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 66. 197). Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 5 & 66. 197h. Citations: SRI LANKA: Moldenke, Moldenke, Sumithraarachchi, & Waas 28319 (Ac--isotype, pene ic iscur oe! [a= eouel Pd--isotype, Z--type). ERIOCAULON QUINQUANGULARE var. MARTIANUM Wall. Synonymy: Eriocaulon quinquangulare f. viviparum Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 101. 197k. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 95 (1972), 25: 239 (1973), and 23: 101, U5, Lb, & 456. 197). The f. viviparum, with its proliferating heads, is based on Trimen s.n. from Heneratgoda, Colombo District, Western Province, Sri Lanka, collected in May of 1896 and deposited in the herbar- ium of the Royal Botanic Garden at Peradeniya. It seems, however, that Wallich's earlier var. martianum was established on a plant with similarly proliferating heads and it is most probable that the two taxa are identical. Citations: SRI LANKA: Trimen s.n. [Heneratgoda, May 1896] (Pd). ERIOCAULON RAVENELII Chapm. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 3h--35 (1973) and 28: 28. 197h. Additional citations: FLORIDA: Dade Co.: Small & Carter s.n. {January 1), 1909] (W--1738971). Lee Co.: Francis 6b, (Ww— 103652); Herb. Chapman s.n. [Caloosahatchie] (W--l,5285) ; Re Kral 22923 ~ (W--2)70425). Levy Co.: R. Kral 2290 (W--2470)15) . Martin Co.: Godfrey 65625 (W--260039). County undetermined: Chapman s.n. (W—5236 6); Herb. Chapman 550 (W--937186), 3866 (W--955019) « ERIOCAULON REITZII Moldenke & Smith Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 3000. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 29 & 35. 1973. ERIOCAULON RITCHIEANUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 223 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Saxena, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 62. 1970; Bole, Excerpt. Bot. A.20: 83. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 96 (1972) and 28: Wik. 197. Saxena (1970) refers to this species as "Rare" on riverbanks, "partly in water", flowering in November, and cites Indokar 10961 from Madhya Pradesh, India. ERIOCAULON ROBUSTO=BROWNIANUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303 & 305. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. 2: 876 [thesis]. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 32 & 35 (1973), 28: bh5S (1974), and 29: 85. 197); Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 292. 197). Recent collectors have found this plant growing in pastures and on rocks along creeks inside rainforests, at altitudes of 1500--3000 feet, flowering and fruiting (in addition to months previously reported by me) in February, the flower-heads describ- ed as white. Nain describes the plant as a "robust tufted herb". Sharma (1972) reports the chromosome number as "c 110". Additional citations: INDIA: Gujarat: Nain s.n. [7-9-1971] (Ac, Z). SRI LANKA: Hoogland 11448 (Pd); Thwaites C. P. 220, in part (Pd), 933 (Pd), 3382 (Pd, Pd); Trimen's collector s.n. [Do- talu Oya, 28.1X.85] (Pd). ERIOCAULON ROBUSTUM Steud. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 & 170 [135 & 136]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 35--%. 1973. ERIOCAULON ROSEUM Fyson Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 69. 1972. ERIOCAULON ROSULATUM Korn, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 69. 1972. Additional citations: MOUNT&D ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn. in Mart., Siesuras. 3 (1): pl,.61. 111. 1863 (N, Z). ERIOCAULON SCARIOSUM J. E. Sm. Additional bibliography: Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; Noldenke, Phytologia 26: 63. 1973. aie (1972) reports the chromosome number for this species as . ERIOCAULON SCHIMPERI Korn. Additional & emended bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 503. 1894; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 235 & 243--2h. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 163. 1973. 224 PaHiy OWE OF Gr va: Vol. 29, no. 3 Brown (1901) cites only Schimper 1217, the type, fran "in a swamp at Jan Meda, 8500 ft." in Ethiopia. Additional citations: BURUNDI: Lewalle 2337 (Gz). ERIOCAULON SCHIPPII Standl. Additional bibliography: Rouleau, Taxon Index Vol. 1-20, part 1: 139. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 71. 1972. ERIOCAULON SCHLECHTERI Ruhl. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 232-23) & 255. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 71 (1972) and 28: 42 & 43. 197k. Brown (1901) cites only the type, Schlechter 12093, from "in a swamp at Inhambane", Mozambique, and comments that "The above locality is just south of the Tropic of Capricorn, but doubtless the plant occurs within the Tropical area. I have not seen it." Simon & Williamson describe it as "dominant on [the] wet rocky zone under constant spray", at an altitude of 200 feet, in Zam- bia, flowering there in October. Additional citations: ZAMBIA: Simon & Williamson 1127 (E— 2008719) . ERIOCAULON SCHOCHIANUM Hand .-Mazz. Additional bibliography: Hand.-Mazz. in Engl., Bot. Jahrb. 56: 585. 1921; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 8 (1): 330. 1927; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 50 (1): 89. 1929. Moldenke, Phytologia 25: “ple 1972. ERIOCAULON SEDGWICKII Fyson Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 72. 1972. ERIOCAULON SEEMANNII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 36. 1973. Additional citations: NICARAGUA: Cabo Gracias a Dios: F. Cc. Seymour 3677 (N). ERIOCAULON SELLOWIANUM Kunth Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1157, map 1776, & Ind. 12. 1972; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (6): yee AGA Selstsie 19733 Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: ols 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 63--héh (1973) and 28: 38. 197 e Anderson found this plant growing on "seeping hillside in area of rocky sandstone hilltop cerrado, seeping hillsides, rocky open cerrado in raised places on hillside, and open meso- phytic woods by stream". The Hatschbach 21546 & 26306 and the Smith & Klein 13632, previously cited by me me as typical E. sellowianum, ar are actually var. paranense (Moldenke) Moldenke & Smith. 197) Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 225 Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: W. R. Anderson 61,66 (Ld); Irwin & Soderstrom 7643 (S). Mato Grosso: Hatschbach & , Koezickt 33255 (1d); Ratter, Santos, Souza, & Ferreira R.1592 (N). MOUN- TED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 61 II. 1863 (N, Z). ERIOCAULON SELLOWIANUM var. LONGIFOLIUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 463. 1973. This variety has been encountered in sandy wet soil on campos. The Dombrowski collection cited below was previously erroneously cited by me as var. paranense (Moldenke) Moldenke & Smith. Additional citations: BRAcIL: Paran&: Dombrowski 82 [Herb. Inst. Hist. Nat. 6793] (Ld). ERIOCAILON SELLOWIANUM var. MINOR Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 63 (1973) and 28: 438. 197k. ERIOCAULON SELLOWIANUM var. PARANENSE (Moldenke) Moldenke & Smith Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon sellowianum var. paranaense (Mold.) Mold. & Smith, in herb. Additional bibliography: Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (6): B.A.S.1.C. S.88. 1973; Molcenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 3007. 1973; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 26: h6h (1973) and 28: 438. 197h. Reitz & Klein describe this plant as an “erva, f16r branca" and encountered it in "benhado do campo", The Smith & Klein 13632, cited below, was previously erroneously cited by me as typical E. sellowianum Kunth. On the other hand, the Dombrowski 82, previously cited as var. paranense, is actually var. longi- folium Moldenke. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Hatschbach 2456 (S). Paran&: Hatschbach 26306 (S), 30992 (W—2706692). Santa Catarina: Reitz & Klein 161,00 (La) ; Smith & Klein 13632 (Ac). ERIOCAULON SENEGALENSE N. E. Br. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.—Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233 & 251—252. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 73- 1972. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Heudelot 680, from Sénégal, and comments that "This is closely allied to E. plumale, N. E. Br., differing in its fewer and much longer peduncles (which are out of all proportion to the small size of the rosette of leaves), in the entirely straw-coloured flowering-bracts and se- pals of the female flowers and rather stouter sepals of the male flowers. The outer flowers of the head are all male, with very long stipes between the sepals and the petals, then come several series of female flowers, and the centre occupied with males which have scarcely any stipes, but the stipes may grow out later, as the only head examined was rather young. This and E. plumale are 226 Pip r OL O'Gr & Vol. 29, no. 3 remarkably distinct from all the other African species in the very great difference in the form of the sepals of the male and female flowers, and in the disparity in the number of sepals and petals, for in all the female flowers I have examined I constant- ly found 2 sepals and 3 petals present: occasionally, but rather rarely, a third sepal is present in the male flowers." ERIOCAULON SENILE Honda Additional & emended bibliography: Ikuse, Pollen Grains Jap. 46. 1956; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 6: 372 [20]. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 38. 1973. ERIOCAULON SETACEUM L. Additional bibliography: Wikstr., K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 79. 1820; Wikstr., Trenne Nya Art. Ortsl. Erioc. (repr.) lh. 1821; J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 20: 278. 1883; Anon., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 20: 522. 188); Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 503. 189; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 20. 1901; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 304. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 140. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 206. 1968; Beard, West Austr. Pl., ed. 2, 25. 1970; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. Pl. Ceylon 70. 1971; Satake, Journ. Jap. Bot. 6: 372 [20]. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 6h (1973), 28: 101, Ls, & L456 (197), anc 29: 85 & 94. 197k. The vernacular names, "kok-mota", "pedakokmota", and "penda", are recorded for this plant in Ceylon. In Thailand it has been found growing at altitudes as low as 50m. Thwaites (1839) con- sidered E, intermedium Korn. as a synonym of E. setaceum L., ci- ting his C. P. "791 (794)". Alston (1931) asserts that "E. seta- ceum Hook. f." {not L.] is a synonym of E. intermedium. The C. P. 791 collection, as seen by me in the herbaria at Peradeniya and Berlin, while labeled as E. intermedium, is actually a mix- ture of E. setaceum L. and E. setaceum var. capillus-naiadis (Hook. f.) Moldenke. Some authors in the past (e.g., Fyson, 1921, Abeywickrama, 1959, Moldenke, 1970, Fonseka & Vinasithamby, 1971) have regarded E. capillus-naiadis Hook. f. as synonymous with E. setaceum L., but I am now regarding it as a variety of it. In true E. setaceum the flowering-heads are 3--l mm, in di- ameter and black, while in var. capillus-naiadis they are grayish- white, grayish, or gray and only 2—3 mm. in diameter. The two taxa have been widely confused in herbaria. The following names, previously cited by me as synonyms of E. setaceum, must now be deleted from its synonjmy and shifted to that of var. capillus-naiadis: Eriocaulon capillus-naiadis Hook. f., E. capillus najadis Hook. f., E. capillus-naidis Hook. f., E. setaceum f. capillus-naiadis Haines, and E. setaceum f. capillis-naiadis Haines. rs? 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 227 The S. Y. Hu 8737, distributed as E. setaceum, is actually E. fluviatile Trimen, while S. Y. Hu 8111 is E. truncatum Hamilt. Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Hooker & Thomso & Thomson s.n. (Mont. Khasia, 6000 ped.] (Pd). SRI LANKA: NKA: Collector undeter- mined s.n. hear Pelawatte, March 1887] (Pd); Thwaites C.P. 791, in pa part t% (B, B, Pd); Trimen s.n. [Hewesse, Feb. 1886] (Pd). BURMA: Tenasserim: Helfer 5569 (Pd). THAILAND: Larsen, Larsen, Nielsen, & Sanisuk 32281 (Ac). ERIOCAULON SETACEUN var. CAPILLUS-NAIADIS (Hook. f.) Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 101. 197). Synonymy: Eriocaulon capillus-naiadis Hook. f., Fl. Brit. In- dia 6: 572 & 769. 1893. Eriocaulon capillus najadis Hook. f. apud Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 1) (4-30): 89 & 285. 1903. Eriocaulon capillus-naidis Hook. f. apud Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 193, in syn. 1921. Eriocaulon setaceum f. capillus-naiadis Haines, Bot. Bihar & Orissa 1067. 1924. Eriocaulon setaceum f. capillis-naiadis Haines ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: ll, in syn. 1968. Eriocaulon capillus-naidus Hook. f. ex Moldenke, Fifth Sum- m. 496, in syn. 1971. Eriocaulon capillus-najadis Hook. f. ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 96, in syn. 1971. Bibliography: Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 6: 572 & 769. 1893; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 158. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 89 & 285. 1903; Prain, Bengal Pl., ed. 1, 1127. 1903; Fyson, Journ. Indian Bot. 2: 193. 1921; Haines, Bot. Bihar & Orissa 1067. 1924; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Cey- lon 6: 303. 1931; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 156. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Erioc. 33. 196; Abeywick- rama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 1,0. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. ” suppl. 1, pr. 3, 158. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 286. 1959; Prain, Bengal. Bice ed. 2, 2: 848. 1963; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. "206. 1968; Noldenke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 11. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 19: 23 & 236. °1970; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. Pl. Ceylon 70. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 2: 496. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 101, Us, & P86 (197) and 29: 85. 197h. Fyson (1921), Abeywickrama (1959), Moldenke (1946, 1970, 1971), and Fonseka & Vinasithariby ee. — regarded E. capillus- naiadis as a straight synonym of E E. setaceum L. “After examining specimens in the Peradeniya herbarium, I feel that they are dif- ferent, albeit only of varietal rank. It is, however, very pos- sible that E. intermedium Korn. is also a synonym of this variety. More study is required before this question can be answered defin- itely. The variety has its flowering-heads only 2--3 mm. wide and grayish-white, grayish, or gray in color, while in true £. setace- um they are 3--l mm. wide and black. In fact, Alston describes the "flowers" of var. capillus-naiadis as "white". A notation on the sheet of Collector undetermined s.n. (Hewessee, Feb. 1886] in 228 Pon YetaOein 0 Gore Vol. 29, no. 3 the Peradeniya herbarim says "receptacle hairy, 1 petal larger, no glands" for a specimen of what appears to be this variety. It is most probable that the gray, grayish, grayish-white, or white appearance of its heads is due to its hairiness, whereas the black aspect of the true E. setaceum is probably due to its lack of hairs. Thwaites C.P. 791 is a mixture of E. setacoum and the var. capillus-naiadis, while C.P. 792 is a mixture of the variety with E. quinquangulare L. Collectors of var. capillus-naiadis state that the lower fili- form submerged leaves are green, the flowering-heads only emer- gent above the water. They have encountered the plant along banks of irrigation canals beside rice paddy fields at sealevel and have found it to be "very common" in 10—20 cm. of water in fallow ricefields, flowering and fruiting in December and January. Material of this variety has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as E. sexangulare L. Citations: SRI LANKA: Alston 678 (Pd); Amaratunga 50 (Pd); Collector undetermined s.n. [Hewessee, Feb. 13886] (Pd); Cramer 2779 (Pd, W--27180),8) ; W. Ferguson s.n, (Pd); F. R. Fosberg 51799 (Pd); G. Gardner s.n, [Pasdun Korale; Thwaites C.P. 792, in part] (Pd); Thwaites C.P. 791, in part (Pd). ERIOCAULON SEXANGULARE L. Additional bibliography: Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. 2h, 29, & 63. 1633; A. Rich., Tent, Fl. Abyss. 2: 37. 18513) Neume Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 259. 1901; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 9 (1): 160 (1927) and 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 49 (2): 423 (1932) and 51 (2): 296. 1933; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 1y1. 1959; Lourteig, Taxon 15: 31. 1966; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 206. 1968; Keng, Ord. & Fam. Malay. Seed Pl. 31). 1969; Rouleau, Taxon In- dex Vols. 1-20 part 1: 139. 1972; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; Altschul, Drugs & Foods 19. 1973; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. 2: 876 [thesis]. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: ae : 38--1 (1973), 28: LS, Lh6, & h57 (197k), and 29: 86 & 87. 974. The E. sexangulare Ruhl., previously cited in the synonymy of the present species, belongs, rather, in that of E. stuhlmanni N. E. Br. Recent collectors describe E. sexangulare as a rosette peren- nial, the inflorescence heads whitish, grayish-white, ashy-gray, or pale ashy-blue, and have found it on seashores, in swamps, or swampy places with Xyris in paddy marshes, along the bunds of paddy fields, or on open boggy banks of artificial lakes (tanks), in slow-moving permanent water, in wet sand along the edge of streams, "in wet areas by streams", and "common" among short grass in marshy ground, at altitudes from sealevel to 2500 feet, flowering from February to April, June to August, and October to 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 229 December, fruiting in August. Hu, collecting in Hongkong, seems to have encountered a rather low-growing population, the plants in flower only 10--16 cm, tall, although on two labels he speaks of "tall plants" and "large plants". He found it growing in water "in a swamp formed as a spring running into the sea behind a huge rock by beach, with Pandanus behind" and "in midstream on rocks", the "bracts black with white papillae", flowering and fruiting in February, and "rare", The vernacular name, "kok-mota", is recorded for the species in Sri Lanka in Singhalese. Altschul (1973) cites H. H. Chung 2711 from China and records his statement that the plant is sold there in shops selling fresh medicinal plants and that it is used in Chinese native medicines. Keng (1969) calls the species the "long-leaved pipewort". Material has been misidentified and dis- tributed in some herbaria as E, wightianum Mart. and "E. wighti- anum Martin". On the other hand, the Cramer 2779, distributed as Ee E. sexangulare, is actually E. setaceum var. var. capillus-naiadis (Hook. f.) Moldenke It should be noted that Thwaites (1839) cites his C.P. 220 as E. wallichianum Mart. and C.P. 795 as E. sexangulare. Thwaites C.P. 790 has broader leaves than usual, 9 while Lewis & Silva s.n SoMe (cited below) has one plant with boonies leaves and 3 othe other plants with narrow leaves on the same sheet. In view of Thwaites' notorious habit of combining plants from several localities un- der the same number, it is not at all certain that these plants all came from the same locality. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Herb, Wight 2858 (Pd). SRI LANKA: Alston 1068 (Pd), 121) (Pd); Amaratunga 159 53 (Pd), 107 (Pd), 1240 (Pd); Balakrishnan NBK.1157 (Pd, W--2721815) ; Collector undetermined s.n. [Hunngawatte, June 1895] (Pd); Cramer 2712 (Pd), 28h (Pd, W--2718095, W—2718096), 3105 (Pd); G. Gardner 0.0.937 nee C.P.220, in part; Karawita a Kanda, April 1833] (Pd); Hep- per, Maxwell, & Fernando 4566 (Pd, W--272011h) ; Jayasuriya 1520, in part (dys Lewis & 3 & Silva s sn, [Delgoda, 2h.3.1919] (Pd, Pd); Moldenke, Moldenke, & Sunithraarachchi 28516 (Ac, E, Gz, kh, ld, Pd, Tu); Thwaites C.P. 220, in part [Kukul-korale, Dec. 1833] (Pd), C. P, 220, in part Gaaeteats: July 1846] (Pd), C.P.220, in part (Ratnapura, March 1876] (Pd), C.P.790 (Pd). BURMA: Tenasserin: Falconer s.n. [Moulmein] (Pd). HONGKONG: S. Y. Hu 6503 (W-- 2711187), 6618 (W—2697819), 7138 (W—2697900), 8547 (W--2711170), 8569 (W--2711167), 9306 (W--2711860). HONGKONG ISLANDS: High: S. Sod. Hu 8657 (W—2697718). THAILAND: Larsen, Larsen, Nielsen, & & Santisuk 31 31091 (Ac), 32284 (Ac), 32318 (Ac). INDOCHINA: Viet- nam: m: Squires 3 235 (Pd). “MAEAYA: Singapore: T. Anderson 189 (Pd). ERIOCAULON SEXANGULARE f. VIVIPARUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 75 (1972) and 230 jet Jel NG SG CO) IG LO) (ep at Yk Vol. 29, nos 3 28: WS & Wh6. 1974. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: G. Gardner 0.0.937 [Thwaites C.P.220, in part; Pasdun-Korala, Dec. 1848] (Pd, Pd). ERIOCAULON SOLLYANUM Royle Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 503. 1894; Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 133. 1895; N. E. Br. in Thiselt .-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 254. 1901; Backer, Handb, Fl. Java 3: 6—7. 192h; H. N. Ridl., Journ. Bot. 63: Suppl. 126. 1925; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135] (1929), 50 (1): 231 & 232 (1930), and 53 (2): 261. 1930; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30) & 306. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 10. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Hamzah, Toha, & Van Steenis, Mount. Fl. Java pl. 19, fig. 1. 1972; Molden- ke, Phytologia 26: 39 (1973), 28: lu? (197k), and 29: 86. 197k. Additional illustrations: Hamzah, Toha, & Van Steenis, Mount. Fl. Java pl. 19, fie. U (in color). 1972. This species was named in honor of R. H. Solly (1778--1858), a keen worker on the physiology and anatomy of plants. Gunawardena (1968) erroneously gives Solly's death date as "1758". Hamzah, Toha, & Van Steenis (1972) record this species fram Java, Sumatra, and New Guinea. They describe it as "A glabrous herb, the culms 7--35 cm. tall. Leaves 3--10 cm. long. The re- ceptacle of the heads densely long-hairy." They comment that "In Java on the Priangan Mts (not on Mt. Gedé), on Mts Dieng & Jang (Taman Hidup), locally common, sometimes in dense tufts, in marshy places, and swinging bogs, at 1500—-2000 m. Also known from SE, Asia and Sumatra (as low as 750 m), and from New Guinea! Durand & Schinz (189) record it from Zanzibar. ERIOCAULUN SONDERIANUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 503. 1894; Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 133. 1895; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 245. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 39 (1973), 28: bh3 & L57 (197k), and 29: 113. 197k. It should be noted that the E. sonderianum of Rendle is a synonym of E. decipiens N. E. Br. Durand & Schinz (1894) record E. sonderianum Korn. from Cape Province, South Africa. ERIOCAULON SPONGIOSIFOLIUM Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres ber. 53 (1): 60 [2]. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1157 & Ind. 12. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 39. 1973. ERIOCAULON STEINBACHII (Moldenke) Moldenke Additional bibliography: R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18): 39. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 78. 1972. 1974 Molcenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 231 ERIOCAULON STELLULATUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Molcenke, Phytologia 25: 78--79. 1972. Nain describes this plant as a tufted herb, the flowering heads white, with "stellately spreading involucral bracts", and found it growing in pastures. The T. Thonison s.n. (Plan. Ganget. Inf.] collection, cited below, is a mixture with E E. quinquangu- lare L. ~ Additional citations: INDIA: Gujarat: Nain s.n. (Western Ghats, 7-9-71] (Ac). State undetermined: T. Thomson s.n. [Plan. Ganget. Tors) (Pd, Pd). 2 ERIOCAULON STEYERMARKII Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 183--18) (1973) and 28: 438. 197k. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goifs: Irwin, Harley, & Smith 33115 (N). ERICCAULON STOLONIFERUM Welw. Additional bibliography: N. E. Er. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 23h & 2h1—2l2. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 46. 1973. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Welwitsch 21,56, from "in the cold rapid mountain streams of Morro de Lopollo, 3800—5800 ft.", Huila, Angola. He comments that "According to the notes with Welwitsch's specimen, this plant forms a green carpet on the beds of the streams under the water, and rarely flowers, the heads being frequently viviparous, when their pe- duncles bend down anc produce young plants, forming the so-called stolons. It is allied to E. Woodii, N. E. Br., from Natal." ERIOCAULON STRIATUM Lam. Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 503. 1894; Perrier de la Bathie, Cat. Pl. Madag. 21. 193k; Molden- ke, Phytologia 25: 80. 1972. ERIOCAULON STUHLMANNI N. E. Br. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon sexangulare Ruhl. apud N. &. Pr. in Thiselt.—Dyer, Fl. Tr Trop. ‘op. Afr. 8: ne in syn. 1901 [not E. sexangulare Auct. ex Cuf., 1971, nor Burm. f., 1826, nor Fyson, 1959, nor Heyne, 1832, nor L., 1753, nor hart., 1893, nor sensu auct. Japon., 1965, nor Willd., 1841]. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 232 & 259. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 80 (1972) and 28: 457. 197. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Stuhlmann 3552, and canments that "This plant is unhesitatingly referred by Ruhland to E. sexangulare, Linn., but that species grows 12--16 in. high and the female flowers have very distinct and rather peculiar petals. I have not seen the plant, but think it possible that Ruhland made the 232 Petey Ll0eL50 Gt Vol. 29, no. 3 comparison with E. sieboldianum, Sieb. & Zucc. (E. sexangulare, Mart., not of Linn.) to which, from the description, it appears to ke closely related; but I doubt its identity with that plant. The only African species with which it can be compared is E. ambo- ense, Schinz, from which it differs (according to the characters given by Ruhland in his key to the species) by the connate sepals of the male flowers." ERIOCAULON SUBGLAUCUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 303 & 305. 1931; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 1)0. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 25: 80 (1972) and 29: 86, 91, & 98. 197h. Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E. atratum Korn. and E. subcaulescens Hook. f. The Thwaites C.P.61 collection of July 1866 is a mixture with E. atratum Korn. and E. ceylanicum Korn., so I am regarding the Febru- ary portion of the assemblage as representing the type collection of E. subglaucun. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: G. Gardner 0.C.934 [Thwaites C.P.93l; April] (Pd, Pd); Moldenke, Moldenke, Jayasuriya, & Sumith- raarachchi 28285 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu, Z); Thwaites C.P.61, in part [July 1866] (Pd), C.P.61, in part [February] (Pd--isotype, Pd——isotype). ERIOCAULON SUBMERSUM Welw. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 23h & 2h0--2h1. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 80. 1972. Brown (1901) cites only Welwitsch ofc & 2457, the cotypes, and comments that this species is "Allied to E. bifistulosum, Van Heurck, but differing in having acute sepals to the male flowers, with a few minute white hairs on the keel. The name of this spe- cies antedates by 7 months the E. submersun, Tate, of South Aus- tralia." ERIOCAULON SUBULATUM N. E. Br. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.—Dyer, ra Trop. Afr. 8: 233 & 255--256. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 0. 1973. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Kirk s.n., from “on an island at Victoria Falls", Zambesi River, "British Central Africa", and comments that "This is very near E. ciliisepalun, Rendle, and may be only a robust form of that species, but it dif- fers in appearance, in its stouter subulate leaves, more numerous and stouter peduncles, larger heads, larger flowers, and the slightly different form of the sepals and petals." ERIOCAULON SUISHAENSE Hayata Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon suichaense Hayata apud Wangerin 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 233 in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 9 (1): 160, sphalm. 1927. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 9 (1): 160. 1927; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 9 (2): 423. 1932; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 81 (1972) and 28: 457. 197h. ERIOCAULON TENUIFOLIUW Klotzsch Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 81—82. 1972. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Roraima: Prance, Steward, Ramos, & Farias 9177 (S). ERIOCAULON TEUSCZII Engl. & Ruhl. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-—Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 235, 236, 2h5--26, & 249—250. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 6). 1973. Brown (1901) cites for E. teusczii only Mechow 231 from Malan- ge, Angola, noting "Said to 0 be allied to E. huillense, Engl. & Ruhland, but differing in its larger leaves and heads, pure white sepals, longer female petals and narrow equal male petals. I have not seen it." For &, lacteum he cites Johnston s.n. anc Welwitsch 2h52, 2h52b, & 2453 from Angola, Bryce s.n. from "British Central Africa", and Thompson s.n. from Tanganyika, noting that "Ek. lac- teum may prove to be conspecific with Lk, Teusczii, Engl. & & Ruhl., but the description of the latter does not enable me to identify it." For E. huillense he cites only Antunes s.n., the type, from Huila, Angola, commenting that it is "Said to be allied to E. Teusczii, Engl. & Ruhland, and from description appears to be near E. Bauri, N. E. Br., from South Africa. I have not seen it, and do not understand the use of the term lanceolate as applied to the leaf, which is stated to be only 3/) millimetre broad in the upper part. Probably the sepals are dark olive or fuscous at the apex, rather than green as described." Robinson describes this plant as an erect annual, with the ro- sette leaves "more or less succulent", and found it growing at 4,000 feet altitude, flowering and fruiting in June. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as Syngonan- thus poggeanus Ruhl. i tae ~ Additional citations: ZAMBIA: E. A. Robinson 2266 (iu). ERIOCAULON THOUARSII H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Perrier de la Bathie, Cat. Pl. Madag. 21. 1934; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 83. 1972. Perrier de la Bathie (193) records this species from the east coast of Madagascar, ERIOCAULON THUNBERGII Wikstr. Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 503. 1894; N. & Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233 & 239. 1901; Mioldenke, Phytologia 25: 83. 1972. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Afzelius SMe, from Sierra Leone. 234 Pend 1 Ork OrGr rs” Vol.’ 29, now ERIOCAULON THWAITESII Korn. Additional bibliography: Thwaites, Enum. Pl. Zeyl. 2: 31. 1339; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 10. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 206. 1968; R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. 2: 876 [thesis]. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 33 & 4O--l1 (1973) and 29: 86. 197). Recent collectors have found this species growing in rice paddy fields, in muddy roadside streams, and in wet rock areas, at 2618 feet altitude, flowering and fruiting from January to March. Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E. truncatum Hamilt. The Thwaites C.P.790, cited below, is a mixture with E. neesianum Korn. (of which it is the type collection) and E. truncatum Hamilt.; Fyson s.n. {Kitul- gale, 4/3/82], distributed as E. thwaitesii, is E. truncatum. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Amaratu Amaratunga l9 Lhd (Pa)5 G. Gard- ner 0.0.936 [Thwaites C.P.790, in part] (Pd, Pd); Moldenke, Mol denke, Jayasuriya, & Sumithraarachchi 28310 (Ac, Gz, Ld, Pd, oN 28340 (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Tu), 2831 (Ld); Sul sheaaeacnaud DBS. 116 116 (2); sin thrasrachoht & Fernando DBS .123 (tid)is ERIOCAULON TOFIELDIFOLIUM Schinz Emended synonymy: Eriocaulon tofieldiifolium Schinz apud Friedrich-Holzhammer & Roessler in Merxmliller, Prodr. Fl. Stdw. Afr. 15, 159: [i] & 2. 1967. Additional & emended bibliography: Friedrich-Holzhammer & Roessler in Merumuller, Prodr. Fl. Sudw. Afr. 15, 159: [i] & 2. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 83. 1972. Friedrich-Holzhammer & Roessler (1967) cite for this species only the type, Dinter 378, from "sumpfige Stellen am Waterberg", Dinter 1757, and Volk 27h from Namibia. , ERIOCAULON TOGOENSE Moldenke Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 232 & 237-238. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 65. 1973. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Barter TT3, fron "in the drier part of a swampy pond near Fakun", Borgu, “Niger Ter- ritory [Northern Nigeria]. ERIOCAULON TRANSVAALICUM N. E. Br. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 265. 1973. Lewalle collected this plant at 1900 meters altitude in Bu- rundi. Additional citations: BURUNDI: Lewalle 2707 (Gz). ERIOCAULON TRANSVAALICUM var. HANNINGTONII (N. &. Br.) Meikle Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.—Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 236, 253, & 255. 1901; Mol enke, Known Geogr. 197) Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 235 Distrib, Verbenac., [ed. 2], 117 & 20h. 1949; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 26: 65. 1973. Brown (1901) cites only the type collection, Hannington s.n., from Kwa Chiropa, Tangamyika, and comments that "This is very sim- ilar to E. zambesiense, Ruhland, in appearance, but, in the single sample seen, the peduncles are much shorter and the flowers are quite different in structure. From E, elegantulun, Engl. (which it also closely resembles), the pallid involucral-bracts will at once discriminate it." ERIOCAULON TRILOBATUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Perrier de la Bathie, Cat. Pl. Madag. 21. 1934; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 8. 1972. ERIOCAULON TRUNCATUM Hamilt. Additional & emended bibliography: H. H. W. Pearson, Journ. Limn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 34: 357. 1899; Backer, Handb. Fl. Java 3: 7. 1924; Backer, Onkruidfl. 1 [Handb. Suiker.-Cult. 7]: 177--178 & 84, pl. 187. 1928; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60 [42]. 1928; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 30h & 306. 1931; Alston, Kandy Fl. 76. 1938; Bond, Wild Fls. Ceylon Hills xiii, 232, & 233. 1953; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 140. 1959; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 1: 953. 1966; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Keng, Ord. & Fam. Malay. Seed Pl. 313 & 314, fig. 183. 1969; Sharma, Nucleus 15: Append. 10. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 1,66 (1973), 28: Lh6 (197k), and 29: 86, 96, & 100. 197). Additional illustrations: Backer, Onkruidfl. 1 [Handb. Suiker.- Cult. 7]: pl. 187. 1928; Bond, Wild Fls. Ceylon Hills 233. 1953; Keng, Ord. & Fam. Malay. Seed Pl. 313, fig. 183. 1969. Alston (1931, 1938) suggests that this species and E. minimum Lam, may be conspecific and, if so, the latter would be the valid name for the taxon, Pearson (18995 found E. truncatum "very abun- dant above 5000 feet" altitude in Sri Lanka and cites his nos. 61 (from 5600 feet) and 65 (from 5800 feet). Thwaites (1839) cites his C.P."790 (793)" as very common in company of E. thwaitesii Korn. C.P.790, as seen by me in the Peradeniya herbarium, is a mixture with E. thwaitesii, at least insofar as the Gardner 0.¢. 936 portion is concerned. Recent collectors have found E. truncatum growing in rice- fields, in streams, in loose moist sandy soil, in marshy grass- lands, "in a pocl and along its edge", and in clay soil of sunny roadside ditches more or less in water, flowering and fruiting in practically every month of the year, from sealevel to 1000 feet altitude, and describe the flowering heads in general as grayish- white. Additional vernacular names recorded for it are "babawangan" (in Java) and "short-leaved pipewort" (in Malaya). Sharma (1972) records the chromosome counts of 30 and 32. The G. Thomson s.n. [Maisor, Carnatic], cited below, is a mix- 236 Pen Yel 0. LOG Tk Vol. 29, no. 3 ture with E. dianae Fyson, while Amaratunga 119 is a mixture with E. cinereum R. Br. Hu describes E. truncatum as the "smallest species in the [Hongkong] area....few leaves....heads 2--3 mm. in diameter...... bracts not papillose, rounded at the apex....flowers white" and notes that it is "smaller than 5956 and 5957". Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbar— ia as E. cinereum R. Br., E. setaceumL., E. thwaitesii Korn., and E. t: trimenii Hook. f. On the other hand, the Collector unde- termined s.n. [Dambulla Rock, 20 Dec. 1881], distributed as Pee, truncatum, is 5. minimum Lam. and Moldenke, Moldenke, Dassanayake, & Jayasuriya 28340 & 2831 and Moldenke, Moldenke, Jayasuriya, & Sumithraarachchi chi 29310 are E. thwaitesii Korn. Additional citations: INDIA: Mysore: G. Thomson s.n. [Maisor, Carnatic] (Pd). West Bengal: Helfer 136 . (Gz). SRI LANKA: Al- ston 1210 (Pd), 1215 (Pd), 1216 (Pd), 8.1 s.n. [Peradeniya Estate, 17.9.26] (Pd); Amaratunga 1149, in part (Pd), 1759 (Pd); Collec- tor undetermined s.n. [Meddekande, Balamgoda, Sept. 1895] (Pd); Cramer 291k (Pd); Fyson s.n. [Kitugale, 4/3/82] (Pd); G. Gardner s.n. [Thwaites C.P.790, in part; Rambodde, Jan. 1847] (Pd); J. KM. Silva s.n. [Kalugannamam, 1.2.1927] (Pd); N. D. Simpson 9613 (Pd) ; Thwai tes C.P.790, in part [Ambagama, Dec. 185] (Pd); L. C. Whee- ler ler 12056 (Pd). BANGLADESH: Hooker & Thomson s.n. (Chittagong, 1—1000 ped.] (Pd). HONGKONG: Ss. YX. Hu 5591 (W--2711359), 5958 (W—2697303), 8111 (W--2711196), 8554 (W--2711066). MALAYA: Per- ak: Wray 782 (Pd). ERIOCAULON ULAEI var. RADIOSUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 86 (1972) and 28: 438. 197). Reitz & Klein found this plant growing at 1000 meters alti- tude, flowering and fruiting in October. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Santa Catarina: Reitz & Klein 10251 (2). ERIOCAULCN VANHEURCKII Muell.-Arg. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 60 [42]. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Venkatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220. 1970; Molden- ke, Phytologia 25: 75 & 86—87 (1972) and 28: hl. 197). Venkatareddi (1970) found this plant "Common on plateau", flow- ering in August and September, and cites his nos. 98776 & 99007. Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Santapau 13285 (E-- 16212) , 13322 (E=-162)125),, 13323 (E--16212h), 13360 (E-- 162112). 197) Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 237 ERIOCAULON VOLKENSII Engl. Additional & emended bibliography: Engl., Pflanzerw. Ost-Afr. C: 133--134. 1895; N. 5. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233 & 238. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 128. 1973. Brown (1901) cites Volkens 2032 & s.n. from Tanganyika, found there in damp depressions on Mt. Kilimanjaro, at 1100 feet alti- tude. ERIOCAULON WALFKERI Hook. f. Additional bibliography: Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 304 & 306. 1931; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 140. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: i1--l2 (1973) and 29: 86. 197h. Alston (1931) notes that "This is considered to be a variety of E. quinquangulare by Fyson......but he should have adopted Thwaites' name for it." He also claims that this species is men- tioned by Fyson, Journ. Indian Eot., on a page "31", but I can find no such reference on that page in either voiume 2 or 3 of that journal in which Fyson wrote on the Eriocaulaceae of India. Recent collectors describe Eg. walikeri as a small plant, 5--8 cm, tall, the scaped 7-ribbed, “the heads flat-topped, white, and the bractlets pale-brown in color. They have found it crowing on sandy lagoon margins and "locally abundant" in moist sand with short-sedge vegetation, at 1700 feet altitude, flowering in Janu- ary, April, and June. Material has been misidentified and dis- tributed in sone herbaria as E. quinquangulare L. Additional citations: SKI LANKA: Collector undetermined s.n. [near Vakameri, 21.1V.07] (Pd); Mueller—Dombois & Cooray - 68012817 (Pd); School teacher s.n. [6-l-1905] (Pd); N. D. - Simpson 9875 (Pd); Thwaites 3562 (Pd). ERIOCAULON WELWITSCHII Rendle Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon welwitschii (Rendle) Ruhl., in herb. Additional & emended bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 234 & 249. 1901; Friedrich-Holzhammer & Roessler in Merzmiller, Prodr. Fl. Siidw. Afr. 15, 159: 2. 1967; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: Ofs. 19724 Brown (1901) cites only Welwitsch eb, the type Gomeewes, from "between Lombe and Candumba, between 2400 and 3800 ft.! » Pungo Andongo, Angola, and notes that the collector says "only seen in one place", The E. welwitschii var. pygmaeum Rendle is now con- sidered to be a synonym of E, aristatum H. Hess, which see. Robin- son collected E. welwitschii at 1250 meters altitude, flowering in June. Additional citations: ZAMBIA: E. A. Robinson 3735 (hu). ERIOCAULON WIGHTIANUM Mart. Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon wightianum var. capitulis nigro- cinereis, parce pilosis Thwaites, Mum, Pl. Zeyl. 2: 31. 1839. 238 Pal Yel Oi OG. Lea Vol. 29, nos 3 Additional bibliography: liart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. 29. 1833; H. H. W. Fearson, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 3h: 320 & 357. 1899; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Alston in Trimen, ends Fl. Ceylon 6: 305. 1931; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. ey (2): 296. 1933; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 140. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 2 (1973) and 29: 96. 197h. Thwaites' variety, cited in the synonymy above, is based on Thwaites C.P.3382. Pearson (1899) describes E. wightianum as a "large species, common above 5000 feet" altitude in Sri Lanka, citing his no. 72 from 5600 feet. He also notes that "Eriocaulon wightianum together with Anaphalis oblonga, Exacum zeylanicun, Polygala glaucoides, Blumea flexuosa, etc. parts found in 1'0 feet of wet black humus exposed in road cutting in Ambavela [Sri Lanka] - 5900 ft." The Thwaites C.P.378 [G. Gardner 0.C.938], distributed as E. wightianum, is mum, is actually E. nilagirense Steud., Siranji s.n. (Bie 3. 69] is E. odoratum Dalz., | and Amaratunga 120 is E. sexangulare Mn Additional citations: INDIA: Kerala: Stocks, Law, &c. s.n. [Malabar, Concan] (Pd). West Bengal: Helfer 135 ZenLen ERIOCAULON WIGHTIANUM var. HELFERI Hook. f. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 [135]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 38. 1972. ERIOCAULON WILLDENOVIANUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 503. 189); Backer, Handb. Fl. Java 3: 6. 192); Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: 304 & 306. 1931; Perrier de la B&thie, Cat. Pl. Madag. 21. 193; Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 141. 1959; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 207. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 66 (1973), 28: Ol, 4S, & 457 (1974), and 29: 86. 197k. Alston (1931) asserts that this species differs from E. sex- angulare L. in having its florets dimerous (instead of trimerous) and the bractlets acute (not acuminate). He further comments that "This species is given for Ceylon in the Fl. Brit. Ind. & by Ruh- land; it is scarcely separable from E. sexangulare Linn." My wife and I found it quite abundant in certain of the very low- lying and extremely wet parts of coastal Sri Lanka. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Moldenke, Moldenke, Sumithraa- rachchi, & Waas 26318 (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, Id, Pd, Tu). ERIOCAULON WILLDENOVIANUM var. FERGUSONII Moldenke, Phytologia 28: HOM, 2971. Synonymy: Eriocaulon wallichianum var. fol. hirsutis Ferguson ex Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 57, in syn. 197k. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 28: Ol, lS, & 457. 197k. 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 239 Ferguson's variety is described by him as having the leavas and sheaths "long-pilose", and this description fits quite well the specimen on whose label it is written in the Peradeniya her- barium. The same descroption is written on the sheet of Alston 1069 in the same herbarium, plus the phrase "anthers gray". Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Alston 1069 (Pd); W. Ferguson sen. [Cinnamon Gardens, Colombo, March 1883] (Pd--type). ERIOCAULON WOODII N. E. Br. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Thiselt.—Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 242. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 466. 1973. ERIOCAULON XERANTHEMUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 169 & 170 (135 & 136]. 1929; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 296. 1933; Venkatareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 220. 1970; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 89 (1972), 25: 152 & 239 (1973), and 28: 46. 197k. Venkatareddi (1970) found this plant "occasional", flowering in August and September, and cites his no. 99103. Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Hooker & Thomson s.n. [Mont. Khasia, 000 ped.] (Pd). Kerala: Stocks, Law, &c. Sone [Malabar, Concan] (Pd). THAILAND: Larsen, Larsen, Nielsen, & Santisuk 32183 (Ac). ERIOCAULON ZAMBESIENSE Ruhl. Additional bibliography: N. E. Br. in Tpiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 233, 235, 252--253, & 255. 1901; Perrier de la Bathie, Cat. Pl. Madag. 22. 1934; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 66. 1973. Perrier de la B&thie (193) records this species from central Madagascar, but I have seen no material of it from Madazascar. Brown (1901) cites Buchanan s.n., Whyte s.n. [Mount Malosa], and Whyte s.n. [Mount Zomba] from Nyasaland and says that the last- named collection was erroneously attributed to Johnston by Ruh- land. He further notes that "Ruhland has described the female bracts as villous and the male bracts as subglabrous at the apex, and the pstals of the male flowers as glandless. I find them to be the reverse of this. The heads are viviparous on the Mount Zomba specimens." ERIOCAULON ZOLLINGERIANUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Backer, Handb. Fl. Java 3: 8. 192k; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 2. 1973. ERIOCAULON ZYOTANII Satake Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 90. 1972; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 292. 197k. {to be continued] APPRAISAL OF HAWAIIAN TAXONOMY Otto & Isa Degener "List of Flowering Plants in Hawaii," authored by Harold St. John August 30, 1973, is Memoir Number 1 of the Pacific Tropical Garden of the Island of Kauai. The book, in board covers, compris-= es 519 pages. It is a vade mecum for the professional botanist and advanced student interested in the taxonomy of the Hawaiian Islands. It is indispensable for every institution housing a collection of Polynesian plants. The body of the book devotes pages 9 to 13 to Gymnospermae; 14 to 132 to Monocotyledones; 133 to 369 to Dicotyle- dones3 369 to 374 to "New Names or Combinations"; 375 to 378 to an addendum; and finally an index ending with page 519. "The aim of this publication is to present a list of the flow- ering, or higher, plants known to be in the Hawaiian flora, For each is given the scientific and common names of the plant, genus, species, and infraspecifie taxon. The name of the author of the scientific name is given in full or in abbreviation, and the date of publication is added. If the plant is restricted to one or more of the Hawaiian Islands, hence a native to that region, its scien- tifie name is printed in bold face, - - = and the islands where it occurs are listed. If it is native to the islands, but also to other regions, it is printed in bold face and is marked indig. - = -, If it is an introduced weed, it is printed in Roman type - - =. If the plant is described or mentioned in any of the four basic books on Hawaiian botany, those by Hillebrand, Rock, Degener, and Neal, a page reference to it is given. Since the date of publica- tion of each scientific name is given, it would have been helpful also to have given the full reference to its place of publication. Although these references were verified, this detail is deemed be- yond the scope of the present summary." To be sure, full citation of species would have added to the cost and bulk of the volume quite unnecessary as such information, ex- cept for dates, is readily available in the Index Kewensis. For us the reviewers, however, full citation of trinomials ignored by the Index would have enhanced still more the value of the "List" by saving the reader the drudgery of scouring a library for such ob- secure references. Because the taxonomic characters of a population of plants are so variable and various taxonomists judge the importance of char- acters differently, no two workers can be expected to agree fully on the precise composition of a flora. To the lay person this sin- cere search for truth by each variable taxonomist and his temerity to express it in print may appear as mere quibbling. The present "List" is the mature botanical judgment of the author. It is not necessarily that held by us, the reviewers, no mean emulators. With this in mind, we here do not express any botanical differences, but rather our opinions regarding orthographye In almost 8,000 scientific plant names the reader can expect 20 197 O. & I. Degener, Hawaiian taxonomy 21 typographical and other errors made by the author andor type set- ter, and never noted by the proofreader. Among such annoyances, we wish the author had used in keeping with Article 73, note 6 rather than note 5 of the International Codey the specific names kauaiensis and mauiensis rather than kavaiensis (p. 188 & elsewhere) and mavi-~ ensis Cr. 207 & elsewhere). According to a local gazetteer, the is- lands Kauai and Maui were never called "Kavai" and "Mavio™ On the other hand, he erroneously ascribes the binomial Xanthium pennsyl- vanicum to 0. Degener (p. 369) without comment when the latter ex- pressly stated why he used "pensylvanicume" Incidentally, the cor- rect archaic spelling "pensylvanicum" is used in Recommendation 73D of the Codeo Regarding an epithet taken from the name of a man, the author cites over eighty binomials, such as Calamagrostis Hillebrandi (p. 22) in which the specific word fails to end in "ii." He similar- ly cites about ten binomials such as Carex Nealae (pe 44), honoring Marie C. Neal, without using our preferred orthography "nealiae." At times incorrect specific names, such as "Eragrostis Hosakai" (pe 28) are corrected emphatically to "Hosakae"; yet a bit inconsistent- ly such errors as "Pritchardia Munroii" (p. 58), “Cyrtandra Wawrai" (p. 314) and "Plantago Krajinai" (p. 319) fail of correction and comment. In about fifty cases where species names are of compound origin, the connecting vowel or vowels are wrong. Thus "Drymophloe- Us Olivaeformis" is corrected to Do “oliviformis" (pe Su); yet the name "Alyxia olivaeformis" (pe 279), that cf a common Hawaiian li- ana, remains a stumbling block for the gullible student reader. There, no correction is madee Too many connecting vowels are "iae" instead of the correct "ii." The present comment is registered with the hope that the author will make desirable changes in a future edi- tion, and that botanists of the world wil] vote to alter Recommen- dation 73C (and many others) in the Code into retroactive mandateso It would ease such burdens to memory whether the species name of a certain Hawaiian plant is correctly spelt the archaic way “hille- brandi" and "nealae" or spelled in the more modern way "hillebrandii" and “"nealiae." The spelling of the generic names Exocarpos (see pe. 148) and Si- gesbeckja (see pe 366) have been conserved over all other names in spite of prior date of publications "Eichornia" (pe 79) is an error. "Eichhornia," though strange to a reader not versed in German, is correct, A squirrel in Germany is called Eichh®8tnchen because, we presume, it favors living in Eichen or oak trees, and has ears each with a horn-shaped tuft of fure The botanist Eichhorn, for whom the waterhyacinth genus was named by Kunth in 1842, we imagine, had some forebear somehow associated with the squirrel. Be that as it mays, the double "hh" in Eichhornia is the proper orthographye One of the reviewers who introduced the lovely, silky garden and street tree, the var. sericea, to Hawaii from New Providence Island (Nassau) in 1946, used the binomial Conocarpus erecta L., for the glab reus plant in the Flora Hawaiiensis in 1937. To alter "erecta" to erec us" is not a correction, but quite the opposite. Linnaeus, like many o his contemporaries, was a classical Latin scholar who considered a tre 2h2 Pr YT OM OrGet A Vol. 29, no. 3 feminine, like arbor, the Latin word for tree. Should we alter the bi- and trinomials of these trees, to be consistent we should alter the hie nomials Quercus alba (white oak), Q. macrocarpa (largefruited oak) and Q, rubra (red oak). To consider a "modern" genus ending in "carpus" mascu= Tine is Recommendation 75A of the Code. It is not retroactive, however, as the author Ste John explains on page 206. Botanists are human, and the author is no exception. He favors most 0! the opinions held by a former protégé regarding local Rubiaceae even though three or four colleagues disagree. Chromosome counts, not availab. years ago, appear to discredit some older beliefs regarding relationship: The "List" is so valuable for its many facts regarding our state of knowledge up to 1973 of the local flora that any of the above adverse remarks are trivial. The volume initially sold for $22.50; but due to a disastrous flood April 1974 all unsold copies were damaged and now sell from $5 to $15 depending on their condition. This may be the logical time for the publication of a new edition that will follow the latest precepts demanded by the International Code of Botanical Nomenclatureo The book's "Summary of the Flowering and Seed Plants in the Ha- waiian Flora." page 4, prompts the following digression: We the reviewers believe the Hawaiian Archipelago may well have boasted an endemic flora of 50,000 endemic species and infraspecif- ic taxa before the advent of mano At that time close to 99% of the native organisms occurring in the Islands from sea coast to moun= tain top were endemice The Hawaiian Islands before man's coming were truly a Paradise of the Pacifico Man first discovered the Hawaiian Islands just a few thousand years ago. This man belongs to the Polynesian race, and brought with him during frequent voyages animals and plantse, Among the form= er were dogs, pigs, chickens and, probably as stowaways, ratSe A= mong the latter introductions were many plants useful as clothing, food, and medicine = mostly cultigens of Marquesan, Samoan and Ta- hitian origins. As the Polynesians bred and multiplied on the choicest islands to develop into a superb new strain aptly called Hawaiian, the lowlands particularly in the drier, lee sides and the coastal valleys on the wetter, windward side became heavily populated. “Overpopulation" was tempered not by infectious diseases but rather by famine, war, infanticide, and sacrifice of men on the altar. Set fires and the pursuit of agriculture wiped out much of the original, extensive, dry forests; and "Pritchardia palm groves and shrubby plains where so’ many endemic taxa are usually restricted to very limited areas, Man and especially feral pigs, certainly decimated the vegetation in many areas where agriculture was not practiced. We shall not mén- tion the slaughter for food andor feathers of flightless and other birds, and the hunting of the monk seal. Thus a few thousand years of pseudoneolithic man exerted a profound influence on the biotao The second discovery of the Hawaiian Islands occurred during the Sixteenth Century when a Spanish galieon was shipwrecked on the Is- =phytologia 21: 320-325. 1971. 1974 O. & I. Degener, Hawaiian taxonomy 24,3 land of Hawaii - galleons have been sailing yearly between Acapul- co, Mexico and Manila, Philippines for centuries. In fact, the map of the Pacific Ocean published by Vincenzo Maria Coronelli in 1696 shows a group of islands that might easily represent the Hawaiian Archipelago. Early Spanish maps likewise indicate the awareness of similar islands. The “unwritten literature” or epics of the Hawai- {ans handed down from father to son and from priest to priest re- fer to the coming of Spaniards. In fact some Hawaiians, among them a teacher, living along the Kona Coast of Hawaii maintain their re- lationship to some of these Spaniards. Also, natives were in pos- session of metal of European origin before Captain Cook's coming, and they may have had the pineapple or hala-kahiki since Spanish times. In the Museum ftir VBlkerkunde in Berlin we inspected in 1952 a heroic statue fashioned of typical Hawaiian lava with gas cavities and olivines. It had been dug up in the early Nineteenth Century ina taro patch, so we were told, To us the figure represents a Spanish gran dee, perhaps idolized by the Hawaiians. We doubt the Spaniards, however exerted any baneful influence on the endemic biota. ‘he third discovery of the Hawaiian Islands began with Captain Cook*s landfall in 1778. This opened the Islands up to the present to two hundred years of viciously efficient extermination of endem- ics by the introduction of Occidental and Oriental crop plants, ornamentals, trees for timber, and aggressive Mainland weeds and plant diseases; to livestock and herbivorous game animals prefer- ring an endemic diet; to aggressive insect pests; and to the bull- dozing of vast areas for human habitation, roads, golf courses, etc. Some of such destruction of endemics is unfortunate but justifi- able; yet much is inexcusable, wanton vandalism. Due to population pressure, this destruction during the last few "bulldozer decades" has been geometric rather than arithmetric in Progression, Yet despite wholesale destruction, goodly proportions of most is- lands are still relatively undefiled, particularly in our two Na- tional Parks, in the fogbelt too wet for crop plants and farm ani- mals, and on the precipitous slopes. Botanists of the world should realize that the Hawaiian Islands are still the Mecca for taxonomic research - such work has hardly begun! Too often when a novelty has been discovered that does not fit any description in Hillebrand's "Flora of the Hawaiian Islands," an excellent book for the time it was published posthumously in 1888, tne finder would discard it with the casual remark that endemics are hopelessly polymorphic or that his specimen represents an individual belonging to a swarm of hybrids. To us the author's statement that endemic species and in- fraspecific taxa number 2,668 is patently absurd; nor are we at all in agreement that "The endemic, indigenous, and adventive plants in the flora have been well collected and are now quite well known." It has long been our conviction that the flora of the Hawaiian Islands in Captain Cook's time did not consist of a mere 2,668 taxa, but of 20,000 or more likely 30,000! Diligent monographic work on historical specimens collected since David Nelson's botan- izing during Cook's voyage and diligent collecting and studying of 2bh PUHIYET 0; Or Gra A Vol. 29, no. 3 the presently surviving flora, should enable us to know perhaps about half the elements that were living two hundred years agoe An inkling of our assertion of the number of taxa is shown, for ex- ample, by the author's treatment of the genus Cyrtandra (Gesneri- aceae), beginning on page 308. Note our tabulation, based on the "List," for the major islands of the Hawaiian Archipelago: ISLAND NUMBER OF TAXA SQUARE MILES SUMMIT IN FEET Oahu 128 604 4,045 Maui 29 728 10,025 Hawaii 23 4,030 13,792 Kauai 22 555 5,170 Molokai 13 260 45970 Lanai 4 141 3,370 Cyrtandra taxa are partial to wet jungles, and these peter out above the inversion layer where the terrain becomes increasingly dry. This is at about 7,000 feet elevation. Hawaii and Maui, with high mountains, nevertheless have vast rainforests. Can it be true that they harbor but 23 and 29 Cyrtandrae respectively? Though Kauai has about fifty square miles less area than Oahu, it has a some= what greater elevation. This greater range in resulting tempera- ture might well increase speciation. Kauai, according to the author, has 22 taxa to Oahu's 128! In fact, while Oahu with its 604 square miles has 128; the other five islands with a combined total of 5,814 square miles have only 9l. The explanation for such discrep= ancies is not botanical, but HUMAN. Oahu has been the center of human activity for nigh unto two hundred years. It is the seat of the capital, Honolulu, where the Bishop Museum and the University are located. Most visiting botanists re- sided there, and collected within easy walking, riding or driving distance of the city. Teachers, not excluding the author of the "List," scoured Oahu with their students week-ends and holidays for its botanical riches. The "outside islands," in contrast, al- ways have been neglected. What wealth of plants must still be grow- ing there unknown to man! What applies to Cyrtandra, relatively un- known in the Archipelago excepting on Oahu, applies more or less to the remaining native genera. With this in mind, we appeal to the biological workers of the world to come to this Mecca to collected its neglected riches be- fore "progress" destroys theme With the torch of knowledge flicker- ing feebly during the last decade of questionable political ethics in Washington, Federal funds for Hawaiian taxonomy have nigh dried upe Even the fabulous Marie Ce Neal Herbarium is lying fallow in Honolulu for want of funds. As botanists cannot prevent the contin- uous slaughter of one endemic taxon after another, they should at least attempt to collect, preserve and record as much of the Ha- waiian flora that is still extant so that future generations shall better understand what a splendid Paradise of the Pacific their forebears losto 1974 O. & I. Degener, Hawaiian taxonomy 245 (Courtesy, Museum fiir VOlkerkunde, Berlin) Presumably a Spanish grandee sculptured in Hawaiian lava 26 PHY? Pe Oe L Ora, lok Vol. 29, no. 3 Mi on nn (Courtesy, Museum fiir Volkerkunde, Berlin) Presumably a Spanish grandee sculptured in Hawaiian lava STUDIES IN THE HELIANTHEAE (ASTERACEAE). III A NEW SPECIES OF SCHISTOCARPHA, Harold Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Material of the genus Schistocarpha is frequently encounter- ed among specimens casually determined as Eupatorium. This is particularly true of S. oppositifolia (Kuntze) Rydb. with its reduced female flowers in many series. Unfortunately, the uncritical use o” broad genus concepts such as Eupatorium and Senecio has encouraged such misidenti®ications. The species of Schistocarpha described here had been anotated as Eupatorium in spite of rather distinct rays. Members of the genus Schistocarpha are notable for the capillary pappus and multiseriate unequal unvolucral bracts, both of which provide a resemblance to members of the Eupatorieae. The genus has been placed until recently in the Sencioneae mostly because of the combination of capillary pappus and ray flowers. The structure of the anthers with their keeled appendages, the form of the hairs on the corolla and the form of the paleae on the receptacle has more recently shown the genus to be clearly a member of the Heliantheae (Robinson & Brettell, 1973). The new species of Schistocarpha is distinguished partly by the prominent rays, the unwinged petioles and the sparsely pilose stems. The involucral bracts are glabrous on the outer surface and have. mostly short-pointed tips. Closest relationship seems to be with S. seleri Rydb. and S. longiligula Rydb. and the involucral bracts of the latter have rather densely fringed tips similar to those of the new species. Both S. longiligula and S. seleri have pedicels and branches of the inflorescence densely hirtellous while the new species has only very sparse long-stipi- tate gland-tipped hairs. The new species also has the most easily deciduous pappus seen in the genus, and the achenes are often completely epappose after extraction from the head. The rather recently described Schistocarpha hondurensis Standley & L.O.Williams is close to S. seleri as indicated in the original description. The rays of S. hondurensis seem slightly shorter and broader than typical S. seleri, but the differences originally cited for the petioles have no value, and the rays alone do not seem to warrant species distinction. The species is represented by many collections from southern Mexico, 2h7 2,8 Pah een is converted to a phosphorylated hexose, (9) biosynthesis by chloroplasts of such secondary pro- ducts as proteins, lipids and such pigments as a & b chlorophylls and carotenoids, quinones, polyprenols, sterols, terpenoids and of the fruit maturation changes into chromoplasts. Each chapter is well supplied with bibliography. There is a general index. The charts, diagrams and EM photographs are help- ful. The work provides an excellent survey of this topic. "NWYCOTAXON — An International Journal Designed to Expedite Publi- cation of Research on Taxonomy & Nomenclature of Fungi & Lichens" co-edited by Richard P. Korf and G. L. Hennebert, P. 0. Box 264, Ithaca, New York 14850. Vol. 1, No.1, 6) pp., illus., July—September 197). $6.00 — $16.00 per volume by subscription. Somewhat similar in format, systematics orientation, and offset printing to "PHYTOLOGIA", this new botanical journal, with num- bers to appear quarterly and with each volume consisting of 256 or more pages, is hereby formally welcomed and well-wished. Dr. Korf is the managing and English language editor, while Dr. Hennebert is the French language and book review editor who can be addressed at Huttelaan 36, B-3030 Heverlee, Belgium. This first issue describes the function and policies of MYCOTAXON, prospective authors' instructions, and subscription details, including some new ideas. The major part is devoted to taxonomic papers on Massospora from cicadas. a new Lomentospora from greenhouses, and the retention of Lasiostictis and Bisporella as resurrected older names. += + ~ «& —————— PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 29 December 1974 LimMPm any Ghee ae b DEC 18 LYI4 BOTANICAL GARDEN No. 4 WILLIAMS, L. O., Some helenivid Compositae from Central America ... . SIMPSON, D. R., A new Hintonia (Rubiaceae) from Costa Rica... . MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. L MOLDENKE, A. L., Book reviews Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 U.S.A. i Price of this number, $1.50; per volume, $9.00 in advance or $9.50 at close of volume; 75 cents extra to foreign addresses " “ al SOME HELENIOID COMPOSITAE FROM CENTRAL AMERICA Louis O. Williams Field Museum and Escuela Agricola Panamericana The tribe Helenieae of the Compositae is not greatly different from the tribe Heliantheae, and by some botanists the two are joined. The Guatemalan genera of the tribe Helenieae seem to be fairly distinct from the helianthoid kinds, so as a matter of convenience the tribe Helenieae will be maintained in the Flora of Guatemala. The tribe is a small one in Guatemala, 12 genera and 32 species. Very few additional species are known from the other Central American countries. The field and herbarium work involved in the preparation of the Helenieae for the Flora of Guatemala, and for preliminary notes on Guatemalan and Central American kinds, has been generously supported by the National Science Foundation, to which our sincere thanks are given. DYSSODIA DECIPIENS (Bartling) M. C. Johnston, Rhodora 64:- 13. 1962; Strother, Univ. Cal. Publ. Bot. 48: 25. 1969. Syn cephalantha decipiens Bartling, Ind. Sem. Hort. Goett. 1836: 6. 1836; Schlechtendahl, Linnaea 12: Lit. Ber. 80. 1838. S. san guinea Klatt, Leopoldina 25: 106. 1889. S. macrophylla Klatt, 1. c. 108. Dyssodia sanguinea Strother, 1. c. The genus Syncephalantha was based by Bartling on plants grown from seeds received from Karwinski. Karwinski spent five years in Mexico, principally in Oaxaca, and it may be assumed that the seeds which he collected of this attractive plant came from there. Klatt, in 1889, described two additional species of Syncephalanthus, a varient spelling of the generic name. Syn cephalanthus sanguineus was described from a Warszewicz collect- ion, number 87 "Hab. Guatemala et Costarica." Since the species is not known from Costa Rica and is abundant in Guatemala, I assume that the collection was made in Guatemala. Syncephalanthus macrophyllus was grown in the Berlin Botanical Garden from material of unspecified origin. 273 27h Pin Y TO LO G)1° 4 Vol. 29, no. ih Strother in his study of Dyssodia has maintained both Dyssodia decipiens and D. sanguinea. However the collections available to me in Field Museum, 4 from Oaxaca, 4 from Chiapas and about 40 from Guatemala, seem to me to represent a single species, and will be so treated in the Flora of Guatemala. ESPEJOA MEXICANA DC. Prodr. 5: 660. 1836. Jaumea mexi- cana Benth. & Hook. ex Hemsl. Biol. Cent. Am. Bot. 2: 209. 1881. There is a single species in this genus, EK. mexicana DC., which is found from Mexico south to Nicaragua. The species some— times has been referred to Jaumea, as was done by Hemsley and by Bentham and Hooker. I have, seen inadequate material of Jaumea linearifolia Pers. (the type species of Jaumea) from the sea coast of Argentina and Uruguay, but that seen seems to indicate that Espejoa mexicana does not belong in the same genus. HELENIUM INTEGRIFOLIUM (HBK.) Benth. & Hook. ex Hemsl. Biol. Cent. Am. Bot. 2: 227. 1881 A common plant in the high subalpine meadows of the Cuchu- matanes mountains in Guatemala, extending well north in Mexico. These meadows are badly overgrazed by sheep, but this Helenium is not grazed and is said locally to be poisonous to sheep. We have no proof that this is so, but for some reason the plant is not palatable to sheep. Helenium scorzoneraefolium (DC.) Gray is a very closely related species to be expected in Guatemala, for it is known close by in Chiapas. These two species have often been placed in different genera,— by Rydberg in North American Flora one in Dugaldia and the other in Hecubaea. However, the differences between the two « even at specific level seems minor to me. PECTIS MULTIFLOSCULOSA (DC.) Sch.-Bip. in Seem. Bot. Voy. Herald 309. 1856. Lorentea multiflosculosa DC. Prodr. 5: 102. 1836. Pectis arenaria Benth. Bot. Voy. Sulphur 110. 186. Cheilodiscus littoralis Triana, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 4. Bote 9: 36. 1858. Pectis bibracteata Klatt, Leopoldina 20: 92. 188). P. grandiflora Klatt, Leopoldina 1895: 6. 1895; Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 35: 290. 1896. P. lehmannii Hieron. in Engler, Bot. Jahrb. 28: 620. 1901. An interesting strand plant that occurs along Pacific shores from a bit farther north than Acapulco, Mexico, to Tumbes on the northernmost coast of Perue’ I have seen no specimens from Guate- 1974 Williams, Some Helenioid Compositae 275 mala but my associate, Prof. Antonio Molina Re, tells me that it is abundant along the beach at Champerico.e. The species is known from a single collection each in El Salvador, Honduras and Nicaragua, and from several Costa Rican collections. It is to be expected in Panama, but I have seen no specimens. Photographs of types or authentic material are available at the Field Museum of: Lorentea multiflosculosa (20718); Cheilo- discus littoralis (38045); Pectis bibracteata (22605); and Pectis lehmannii (15472). SCHKUHRIA VIRGATA (Llave & Lex.) DC. Prodr. 5: 654. 1836. Mieria virgata Llave & Lex. Nov. Veg. Descr. 2: 9. 1825. Hop- kirkia anthemoidea DC. Prodr. 5: 660. 1836. Tetracarpum : anthemoideum Rydb. N. Am. Fl. 34: 45. 1914. Te. guatemalense Rydb. 1. ce. T. virgatum Rydb. 1. c. Schkuhria guatemalensis Standl. & Steyerm. Field Mus. Bot. 22: 319. 1940. S. pinnata (Lam.) O. Kuntze var. virgata Heiser, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 32: 271. 1945. S.» anthemoidea var. guatemalensis Heiser, 1. c. Distributed from Arizona through Mexico, and in Central America south to Nicaragua. I am unable to distinguish satisfactorily the common, and often weedy, Schkuhria of Mexico and Central America into the varieties under two species, as was done by Heiser in his revision of the genus. The distinction of S. anthemoidea and its variety guatemalensis is difficult and the characters used for separation seem very weak. The plants found under these names seem to differ in no consistent way from plants determined by Heiser as S. pinnata var. virgata. The number of flowers in a head, whether 5 or fewer or 5-8, and the comparative villosity of the angles of the achenes are tenuous characters and not consistent. I believe that the South American material of S. pinnata (Lam.) O. Kuntze that I have seen is distinct from the North American material, which I am calling S. virgata, the oldest name for this complex in North America. TAGETES IN GUATEMALA. Most specimens of Tagetes in our collection were studied and annotated in 1957-58 by Robert T. Neher. His studies have not been published There are two complex groups of Tagetes in Guatemala, both of them sometimes weedy. One group comprises the cultivated marigolds, Tagetes erecta L., with possible synonyms of T. patula L. and T. remotiflora Kunze. There seems to be intergression between what seems to me to be primitive T. erecta (perhaps represented by the name T. remotiflora) and T. tenuifolia, 276 P H.Y. 7.0 LeO-G EA Vol. 29, no. the commonest Tagetes in Guatemala. Tagetes erecta is widely cultivated and escaped in Guatemala, as in most of the rest of Central America. The primitive form is apparently native in Mexico and Guatemala, but not on southward. The second complex centers around Tagetes foetidissima DC., a species which occurs from middle to highest elevations in Mexico, Guatemala, and south to Costa Rica. It is possible that there may be intergression between T. foetidissima and T. tenuifolia. A species very like T. foetidissima is T. multiflora HBK., abundant in the Andean countries. I suspect that these two names may represent one complex and variable species. At best they are two very closely related species. TAGETES NELSONII Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad. 39: 117. 1903; Contr. Gray Herb. nes. 25: 117. 1903. T. sororia Standl. & Steyerm. Field Mus. Bot. 23: 146. 1944. One of the commonest of the native marigolds of the western highlands of Guatemala. In adjacent Chiapas, Mexico, it is probably also common, but there are relatively few collections to indicate this. The type is from near Tumbala, Chiapas. The plant is sometimes suffrutescent, but usually herbaceous, up to 2 meters tall, and the better forms of it are most attractive. One of the finest examples of this species can be found along the stone fences that surround Indian dwellings and fields on the road to the Sierra de los Cuchumatanes, near the lookout (El Mirador) at about 3,000 meters elevation. This area is a few kilometers north by airline and 1,100 meters above the city of Huehuet~nango. A NEW HINTONIA (RUBIACEAE) FROM COSTA RICA Donald R. Simpson Field Nuseum of Natural History The genus Hintonia (tribe Condamineae) when proposed by Bullock (1935) contained four species and one variety distributed through Mexico from the southern parts of Sonora and Chichuahua to Yucatan and into the highlands of Guatemala. No new taxa have been added until the present, and although many new collections have accumulated since Bullock's publication, they have not appre- ciably extended the distribution range of the genus. The new Costa Rican species proposed below represents a major extension of that range. HINTONIA PULCHRA D. Simp. sp. nov. Arbor, 15 m. alta; ramulis glabris, leviter complanatis, ad nodos tumidis. Folium ellipticum vel anguste oblongum, apice basique longe attentuata, 7-12 mm. longo petiolo incluso 16.5- 18 cm. longum, membranaceum vel chartaceum, glabrum; nervis secondariis utroque 6-8; stipulis peristentibus, brevissime subtriangularibus, cuspidatis, 2 mm. longa cuspide 4 mm. longis. Flores ad quoque nodum bini (i.e. opposita et singulares in quo- que axilla foliorum prodientes); sed duorum plerumque unus abor- tivus est; pedicellis ca. 17 mm. longis, ebracteatis, glabris; receptaculo glabro; lobis calycis quinque, anguste linearibus vel filiformibus, glabris, 27-30 mm. longis; corolla tubiformi, alba, ca. 27 cm. longa, ad basim ca. 6 mm. lata, versus apicem expansa usque 11 cm. ad partem latissimam; staminibus quinque, inclusis, antheris linearibus, 5-6 cm. longis, ca. 0.7 mm. latis; stylo stamen aequans, indiviso, stigmate indiviso, unilaterali, ca. 11 mm. longo. Capsula ca. 3.5 cm. longa, diametro 1.5 cm., oblonga, base acuta, apice rotundato obtuso, glabra, longitudi- naliter 5-nervata et 5-costata; pedicello 2.2 cm. longo; lobis sepalorum persistentibus, 3.4 cm. longis, 1.5-2 mm. latis. Semena horizontaliter affixis, exalatis, clypeatus, diametro ca. 6 mm., 1.5-2.5 mm. crassa; testa granulariter indurata. Tree 15 m. tall. Leaves elliptic to narrowly oblong 16.5- 18 cm. long, membranous to chartaceous. Flower buds two at a node (i.e. borne singly in each leaf axil), but seemingly one of the two aborting; pedicel ca. 17. mm. long, bractless; receptacle gla- brous; calyx lobes 5, narrowly linear or filiform, glabrous, 27- 30 mm. long, corolla white, trumpet-shaped, ca. 27 cm. long, ca. 6 mm. wide below, 11 cm. wide at apex; stamens 5, included, anthers linear, 5-6 cm. long, ca. 0.7 mm. wide; style equaling the stamens, undivided; stigmatic surface ca. 3.5 cm. long by 1.5 cm. in dia- meter, oblong, base acute, apex rounded obtuse, glabrous longitud- inally S-nerved and 5-ribbed, the ribs and nerves alternating, 277 278 PHY TO LO'G tA Vol. 29, no. nerves slightly raised in dried matérial, ribs subalate; fruit- ing pedicel 2.2 cm. long, angled by the continuation of the capsule ribs down the pedicel almost to the base; sepal lobes persistent in fruit, 3.4 cm. long, 1.5-2 mm. broad. Seeds at- tached horizontally, not winged, flattened, shield shaped (i.e. one surface convex, the opposite concave), irregularly circular or somewhat angled in outline, ca. 6 mm. across by 1.5-2.5 mm. thick; seed coat uniformly granular-roughened, reddish brown in dried material. Type: Burger & Liesner 7320 (holotype F, isotypes CR, US). Costa Rica: Prov. Puntarenas; in forest near the air field about 5 km. west of Rincén de Osa, Osa Peninsula, alt. 50-200 m., 8°42'N, 83 31'W, Burger §& Liesner 5438, 7320. This species differs from others of the genus in the longer, membranous leaves, the very long trumpet-shaped corolla, and the wingless seeds. The single capsule available to me was unopened, but in opening it to examine the seeds, the wall tended to split along the septum as it characteristically does in the genus Hin- tonta. Its ecological adaptation and floral biology are unknown but in general aspect the plant is suggestive of certain species of Tocoyena and Randia (viz. T. gutanensts K. Schum., R. rutatana DC., and R. wtllitamsti Standl.). These are species of small trees or shrubs apparently adapted to the heavily shaded shrub layer of tropical, evergreen, rain forest. They produce only a few flowers at a time whose most striking features are the ex- tremely long, tubular, white corollas, and often, the release of a strong fragrance in late evening. The combination of elongated corolla tube, light color, and very strong fragrance released in the evening are presumably adaptations to specialized pollinators, probably some of the species of lepidopterans that are most active at dusk. The exceptional features found in this species, and especially the wingless condition of the seeds, would perhaps be interpreted by some taxonomists as reason for proposing a new monotypic genus. It has not been uncommon for specialists in the Rubiaceae to use the distinction "winged vs. wingless seeds" as a criterion for distinguishing taxa at the generic level. Hooker (1873, p. 8) even used it at the tribal level, separating the tribes Henrique- zieae and Cinchoneae from the Condamineae, Rondeletieae, and Hedyotideae by the former having seeds winged or appendaged vs. seeds wingless in the latter three tribes. Few systematists would now consider a genus to be excluded from or inlcuded in one of these tribes solely on the basis of this difference. Of the recent spe- cialists on the Rubiaceae both Brenekamp (1934) and Verdcourt (1958, pp. 229 § 244) have commented on the value of the seed wing in de- termining relationships between genra. However, I have found no 197h Simpson, A new Hintonia 279 discussion of the value of this feature as a criterion for delimit- ing a genus. There seems to be an implied assumption that varia- tion from a winged to wingless condition does not occur in closely related species. In fact, in the genus Hintonia, there is variation in the expression of several morphological features, including seed Wing, which lends me to conclude that this new species does be- long here. A series of variations toward the form of H. pulchra can be seen in H. lattflora var. latiflora, H. latiflora var. letantha, and H. lwmaeana. For instance, leaf texture, shape, and size all vary from the short, ovate, subcoriaceous leaves of var. latiflora to the slightly longer, elliptic, subcoria- ceous to membranous leaves of var. letantha, to still larger, narrowly oblong, membranous leaves of H. lwnaeana. Although I have seen no seeds of H. lwnaeana, an excellent photograph of the typel shows seeds that are only narrowly winged and that more nearly approximate the size of the seeds of H. pulehra than of the other species of Hintonta. Bibliography: Bremekamp, C. E. B. 1966. Remarks on the position, the delim- itation and the subdivision of the Rubiaceae. Acta Bot. Neer. W5:1-33. Bullock, A. A. 1935. Htntonta latiflora var. letantha Bullock, impHook. Icon. Pli.55%t., 3295. Verdcourt, B. 1958. Remarks on the classification of the Rub- jaceae. Bull. Jard. Bot. Etat 28(3):209-290. 1. Field Museum botanical "phototype collection," negative no. 57,197, of M. G. Luma s.n. (leg. 1878) in herb. P. 280 PUK YoT0)0G Tk Vol, 29, no. Plate I. Htntonita pulchra D. Simp. A, flowering branchlet with one flower showing cut-away view of anthers and style; B, branch- let with capsule (leaves removed); C, seed, lateral view and long- itudinal section. Drawn by Richard W. Roesener. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. L Harold N. Moldenke ERIOCAULACEAE Lindl. Additional bibliography: Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. 9, 96, 104, 110, & 11). 1893; Gomez de la Maza, Jimenez, & lloig y Mesa, Fl. Cuba 9. 1914; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 143, 207, 229, 230, 275, 357, 06, 428, 429, hO, Lok, 495, 585, 627, 636, 649, 664, 673, 735, 737, 778, 887, 976, 1003, 108%, 1102, 1120, i121, 1124; 1228, vii, 1ii, & lvii. 1973; Faris, Irish Nat. Journ. 18: 93. 197); Fitter, Fitter, & Blamey, Wild Fls. Brit. & N. Bu. 260, 261, & 290, fig. 9. 197; Malaisse in Lieth, Phen. & Season. Model. 281--283 & 39, fig. 7c. 1974; Mol- denke, Phytologia 29: 192—239. 197. BLASTOCAULON Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 143. 1973; J. Hutchinson, Fam. Flow. Pl., ed. 3, 712 & 916. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 81-82. 197). CARPTOTEPALA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 207. 1973; J. Hutchinson, Fam. Flow, Pl., ed. 3, 710 & 920. 19733 Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 82. 197k. Hutchinson (1973) reduces this genus to synonymy under Paepalanthus Mart. COMANTHERA L. B. Sm. Additional bibliography: Airy Shaw in J, C, Willis, Dict. Flow. Fle, ed. 8, 2756 1973; ALA Hutchinson Fan. Flow. PL ey ed. 35 710 & 923. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: §2—-83. 197h. ERIOCAULON Gron. Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. 9 & 10). 1893; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow, Pl., ed. 8, 173, 229, 230, 357, 06, 428, 429, 636, 664, 778, 976, 1085, 1120, & 1131. 1973; J. Hutchinson, Fam. Flow, Pl., ed. 3, 710, 712, & 930, fig. 36a. 1973; Dony, Per- ring, & Rob, English Names Wild Fis. 26 & 101. 1974; Faris, Irish Nat. Journ. 18: 93. 197); Fitter, Fitter, & Blamey, Wild Fls. Brit. & N. Eu. 260, 261, & 290, fig. 9. 197k; Malaisse in Lieth, Phen. & Season. Model, 281—~283 & 439, fig. 7c. 197k; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 83-113. 1974; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 171. 197); Rous- seau, Géogr. Florist. Québ. [Trav. & Doc. Centr. ftud. Nord. 7:] 120, 382, 4,70, 480, 498, 509, 550, 625, 705, & 762. 197k. ERIOCAULON AQUATICUM (J. Hill) Druce Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon se @ var. oS Rousseau, Géogr. Florist. Québ. aes & Doc. Centr. Etud. Nord. 7:] 281 282 PHYTO L0G IA Vol. 29, no. 762. 197k. Additional bibliography: Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 429. 1973; J. Hutchinson, Fam. Flow, Pl., ed. 3, 32, 712, & 930, fig. 36a. 1973; Dony, Perring, & Rob, English Names Wild Fls. 28 & 101. 197; Faris, Irish Nat. Journ. 18: 93. 197h; Fitter, Fitter, & Blamey, Wild Fls. Brit. & N. Eu. 260, 261, & 290, fig. 9. 197k; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 89--90, 103, lll, & 216. 197k. Additional illustrations: J. Hutchinson, Fam. Flow. Pl., ed. 3, 712, fig. 36a. 1973; Fitter, Fitter, & Blamey, Wild Fls. Brit. & N. Eu. 269, fig. 9 [in color}. 197). Additional citations: EIRE: Galway Co.: Sparrow s.n. [1 Sept. 1964] (Mi). way ERIOCAULON BIFISTULOSUM Van Heurck & Muell.—Arg. Additional bibliography: Malaisse in Lieth, Phen. & Season. Model. 283 & 439. 1974; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 93--9h, 200, & 232. 197k. ERIOCAULON BROWNIANUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 86, 95-97, & 211. 197k. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Moldenke, Moldenke, Jayasuri- ya, & Sumithraarachchi 28293 (Tu). ERIOCAULON BROWNIANUM var. LATIFOLIUM Moldenke Ne i bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 96--97 & 211. 197k. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Moldenke, Moldenke, Jayasuri- ya, & Sumithraarachchi 28297 (Tu). ERIOCAULON CINEREUM R. Br. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 85, 99--101, 196, 200, 209, 220, 221, 231, 232, & 236. 197. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Cramer 3160 (W-—-27183)3). ERIOCAULON COLLINUM Hook. f. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 86, 101--102, 197, 202, 205, & 206. 197h. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Moldenke, Moldenke, Jayasuri- ya, & Sumithraarachchi 28287 (Tu), 28307 (Tu). ERIOCAULON COMPRESSUM Lam. Additional bibliography: Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. h9 & 104. 1893; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 102—-10, 107, 109, 111, 20h, & 216. 197k. Additional citations: NEW JERSEY: Atlantic Co.: Moldenke & Mol- denke 28597 (Tu). * | 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Driocaulaceae 283 ERIOCAULON CRISTATUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Mcldenke, Phytologia 29: 92, 98, 105, & 205. 197k. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Moldenke & Moldenke 28325 (Ac). ERIOCAULON DALZELLII var. GLABRATUM Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 192. 197k. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 192 & hhh. 197. Citations: INDIA: Gujarat: Nain s.n. [Aurangabad, 7-9-71; N. Y. Bot, Gard. type photo 8816] (Ac--~type, N--photo of type, Z-- isotype, Z—-photo of type). ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE L. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 103, 106— 113, 20h, & 216. 1974. Additional citations: NEW JERSEY: Burlington Co.: Moldenke & Moldenke 29139 (Ac, Kh, Ld, Tu). z ear. ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE f. PARVICEPS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 103, 107, 109—110, 20h, & 216. 197). Additional citations: NICARAGUA: Zelaya: Nelson & Atwood ),68 (Mi). y. iy Degaee ERIOCAULON DIMORPHOPETALUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 63 & 20h, 19193; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 357. 1972. ERIOCAULON DIOECUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 43 & 20). 199; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 357. 1972. ERIOCAULON ECHINOSPERMUM C. Wright Synonymy: Eriocaulon echinospermum Sauvalle ex Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. 49. 1893. Additional bibliography: Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. 9 & 10h. 1893; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 43 & 204. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 358. 1972. ERIOCAULON FULIGINOSUM C, Wright Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon sphaerospermum Sauvalle ex Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. 49. 1893. Eriocaulon tricho- sepalum Sauvalle ex Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. L9. 18936 Additional bibliography: Gamez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. l9 & 10. 1893; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 36, 43, lS, & 20h. 1919; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 1,60. 1972. ERIOCAULON LINEARE Small Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 20320) & 28h Penney: TOE, 0°%6 2A Vol. 29, no. 216. 197k. Additional citations: ALABAMA: Houston Co.: R. Kral 4304 (Mi).. ERIOCAULON MALAISSEI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2): 75. 1972; mao in Lieth, Phen. & Season. Model. 281--283 & 39, fig. 7c. 97h. ERIOCAULON MELANOCEPHALUM Kunth Additional bibliography: Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. 9 & 10. 1893; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 207. 197k. ERIOCAULON MELANOCEPHALUM var. LONGIPES Griseb. Additional bibliography: Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. 9 & 10). 1893; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 476. 1972. ERIOCAULON NILAGIRENSE Steud. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 211--212 & 238. 197k. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Cramer 31)9 (W—-2718353) . ERIOCAULON PELLUCIDUM Michx. Additional bibliography: Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. ee) ed. 8, 29. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 20) & 21-219. 1974. Additional citations: QUEBEC: Argenteuil Co.: Auclair & Walther s.n, (Sept. 22, 1962] (Mi). ONTARIO: Thunder Bay Dist.: Hartley 1606 (Mi). MAINE: Waldo Co.: Friesner 2305) (Mi). VIRGINIA: Au- gusta Co.: Adams & Wherry 239) (W—165322); Killip 32582 (W— 1739993); A. L. Nelson s.n. [Spring Pond, Aug. 9, 1935] (W— 1683089). 7° = ERIOCAULON PSEULOCOMPRESSUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. 9 & 10). 1893: Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 493. 1972. ERIOCAULON SETACEUM L. Additional bibliography: Malaisse in Lieth, Phen. & Season. Model. 283, 285, & 439. 197k; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 197, 200, 221, 226—229, & 236. 197k. ERIOCAULON SEXANCULARE L. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 200, 228-232, & 238. 197k. Hu encountered this plant at the edge of pools of water, de- scribing the heads as "white". Cramer 3105 is a mixture with E. truncatum Hamilt. itd Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Cramer 3105, in part (W— 2718369). HONGKONG: S. Y. Hu 12456 (W--2730666). 197) Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 285 ERIOCAULON SIGMOIDEUM C. Wright Synonymy: Eriocaulon sigmoideum Sauvalle ex Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. 9. 1893. Additional bibliography: Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. 9 & 10h. 1893; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 76. 1972. ERIOCAULON TRUNCATUM Hamilt. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 19, 208, 210, 227, & 234—236. 197h. Cramer 3105 is a mixture with E. sexangulare L. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Cramer 291) (W—2718306), 3105, in part (W—2718369) . i | ee ERIOCAULON ULAEI Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 86 (1972), 28: 438 (197), and 29: 236. 197k. ERIOCAULON WILLDENOVIANUM Moldenke ae bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 231 & 238. 197k. Schmid-Hollinger refers to this species as "often abundant in wet places" in Sti Lanka. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Schmid-Hollinger 7 (W— 2721316). =e LACHNOCAULON Kunth Additional bibliography: Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (2): 261. 1930; K. Jones, Taxon 9: 183. 1960; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1156 & Ind. 12. 1972; Rou- leau, Taxon Index Vols. 1-20, part 1: 203. 1972; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 627. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (3): BASIC. S.28, 5.89, S.1hh, S.147, & S.161 (1973), 56 (6): BAS.I.C. S.88, SU, & S.1N7 (1973), and 56 (10): BAS. Tee s.9l, S 147, & S.149. 19735 Je Hutchinson, Fam. Flow. Pl., ed. 3, 712 & 939. 1973; R. Kral, Rhodora 75: 383--384. 1973; Mol- denke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 1243, 1261, 3006, & 5374. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 466--467, 469, & 506 (1973), 27: 509 (197k), 28: 428 & 509 (1974), and 29: 103 & 111. 197; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 292. 1974; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 57: 678. 1973 A. Le Mol- denke, Phytologia 29: 171--172 & 20h. 197. LACHNOCAULON ANCEPS (Walt.) Morong Additional bibliography: K. Jones, Taxon 9: 183, 1960; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vols. 1-20, part 1: 139. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 466--467 (1973) and 29: 111. 1974; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 292. 197k. Additional citations: GEORGIA: Dodge Co.: R. Kral 287h (W— 2673943). ALABAMA: Baldwin Co.: Dress & Read 7513 (Ld), TEXAS: Hardin Co.: Cory 52778 (W—-192536). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UN- DETERMINED: Beyrich 58 [Carolina] (E--1613),86). 286 PAY TO} OG EA Vol. 29, no. LACHNOCAULON BEYRICHIANUM Sporleder Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 91. 1972. Kral encountered this species in bogs and at their margins in longleaf pine - turkey oak sandhills. Additional citations: NORTH CAROLINA: Bladen Co.: R. Kral 2719, (W—2673950). LACHNOCAULON DIGYNUM Korn. Additional bibliography: R. Kral, Rhodora 75: 383. 1973; Mol- denke, Phytologia 26: 18) (1973) and 28: 28. 197h. Kral (1973) cites R. Kral )0960 from Conecuh County, 33835 fran Escambia County, 3562 from Mobile County, and 35556 from Washington County, Alabama, collected in sandy longleaf pineland bogs, sphagnous swales and in sand-peat muck of bogs in longleaf pine sandhilis, pine flatwoods bogs, and boggy bottoms, flowering and fruiting in July, September, and October. He comments that "This diminutive species, while already reported for Alabama by Moldenke.....is scarce enough in that state to be noteworthy. It ranges in the lower terraces of the coastal plain fram Florida west to southern Mississippi, but is nowhere abundant." He de- scribes the inflorescence-heads as "dull gray=-brown", Additional citations: ALABAMA: Escambia Co.: R. Kral 33835 (Mi, W--2673935). ae LACHNOCAULON ENGLERI Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (3): BASIC. S.1h4h. 1973; Re Kral, Rhodora 75: 383. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Ab- str. 56: 1243. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 67. 1973. Kral (1973) cites R. Kral 32616 from Baldwin County, Alabama, and notes that he found it in "peaty swale in slash pine — sand pine woods near estuary, Gulf Shores" in August. He says that "This species was until now known only for Florida, where it is locally abundant on sandy lakeshores, particularly in areas of karst topography." He describes the inflorescence-heads as "“chocolate-brown" and found it in flower and fruit in August. Actually, I reported the Alabama extension of the range of this species on April 23, 1973, in Phytologia 26: 3. Additional citations: ALABAMA: Baldwin Co.: Dress & Read 796 (Ld); Re Kral 32646 (Mi, W--2673939). LACHNOCAULON ENGLERI var, CAULESCENS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (3): B.A.S.1.C. S.1h. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 1243. 1973; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 26: 3. 1973. LACHNOCAULON FLORIDANUM Small Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 3 (1973) and 29: 103. 197. The Buell & Godfrey 3550, distributed as L. floridanum, is ac- tually Eriocaulon compressun Lam. 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 287 LACHNOCAULON GLABRUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 92 (1972) and 29: 20h. 197k. The Pelton s.n, [July 1), 1961], distributed as L. glabru, is actually Eriocaulon lineare Small. LACHNOCAULON MINUS (Chapm.) Small Additional bibliography: R. Kral, Rhodora 75: 38). 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 3006. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 67 (1973) and 28: 428.197); Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 292. 197k. Kral (19733 cites R. Kral 39503 from Covington County and 3120 from Houston County, Alabama, found growing in sandy pond and lake shores, "tufted on moist sands in seepage around ponds, often very a- bundant" (Houston County, Alabama) or "infrequent on sandy peat of roadcuts through pine flatwoods bogs" (Lowndes County, Georgia). He coments that this is “A first report for Alabama for this species whose range has been thought to be in the lower coastal plain fran Florida north to North Carolina." Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E. engleri Ruhl., a species which it often closely resembles but which may be distinguished by its chocolate-brown heads, while Le. minus has dull-brown or light-brown ones, Additional citations: GEORGIA: Lowndes Co.: R. Kral 28668 (W-- 2673949). FLORIDA: Volusia Co.: Curtiss 689 (Ca—12526). ALABAMA: Covington Co.: R. Kral 39503 (W--2673940). Houston Co.: R. Kral 43120 (Mi, W-2673937). LEIOTHRIX Ruhl, Additional & emended bibliography: Wikstr., K. Svensk. Vet. Acad. Hand]. Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 79, pl. 4. 1820; Wikstr., Trenne Nya Art. Ortsl. Erioc. (repr.) f12]—(is}, 2 a 1621; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 60 [2]. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (2): 261. 1930; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 2: xxxiii (1970) and ed. 1, 6: 1156 & 1160—-1161, map 1782, & Ind. 16. 1972; Airy Shaw in J.C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 429, 649, & 1102. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 5S (9): B. A.S.I.C. S.1yh (1973), 56 (3): BeA.S.1.0. 5.89, S.lhh, S-1h7, & S. 161 (1973), 56 (6): BAS... S.30, 5.88, Shh, S.147, S.161, & S.190 (1973), and 56 (10): B.A.S.I.C. S.91, S.1h7, & S.1h9. 19735 J. Hutchinson, Fam. Flow, Pl., ed. 3, 710 & 90, 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 123, 1261, 3006, & 5374. 1973; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 26: 184—186, 197, 227, 467, 470, L71, h79, & 506 (1973), 27: 509 (197k), 28: 139, liso, & 509°(197h), and 29: 209. 1974; Hocking, ed Bot. A.23: 291 & 292. 1974; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 58: 680. Airy Shaw (1973) still gives Stephanophyllum Guill. as a synonym of Paepalanthus Mart., while actually, as I have pointed out several times over the past years, it is a synonym of Leiothrix. 288 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. LEIOTHRIX AFFINIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 94-95. 1972; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 3006. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 292. 197k. LEIOTHRIX ARGYRODERMA var. BREVIPES Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 96 (1972) and 28: 39. 197k. The Eitens found this plant growing in an open marshy thin humus layer of soil over a sloping rock-face at 2500 meters altitude, flowering and fruiting in November. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: Eiten & Eiten 6608 LEIOTHRIX CURVIFOLIA (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional synonymy: Trichocephalus curvifolius Mart., in herb. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 97-99. 1972. Martius 893 is a mixture of L. curvifolia, L. curvifolia var. lanuginosa (Bong «) Ruhl., and Paepalanthus pubescens Korn. LEIOTHRIX CURVIFOLIA var. LANUGINOSA (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: hl. 1973. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Bong., Mém. Acad. ik ay St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 2: 236-~237, pl. 19 (inf.). 1832 Ne 2c LEIOTHRIX CURVIFOLIA var. MICROPHYLIA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 129. 1973. The Eitens found this plant growing in fields with outcropping slabs of itacolomite quartzite, at 1150 meters altitude, flowering and fruiting in November. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 36203 (N); Eiten & Eiten 6851 (W--2688353). LEIOTHRIX CURVIFOLIA var. PLANTAGO (Mart.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: hh. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 27354 (S); Hatschbach, Smith, & Ayensu 28797 (S). LEIOTHRIX CURVIFOLIA var. SETACEA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: hl. 1973. Ge citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 27430 (S). LEIOTHRIX CUSCUTOIDES Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: hh. 1973. The Eitens found this plant growing on low rounded rocky out- crops in open fields, flowering in November, and describe the flowers as white. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Eiten & Eiten 6709 (W--2688328); Hatachbach, Smith, & Ayensu 28822 (S, W—-2700507). 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 289 LEIOTHRIX DIELSII Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. e eee ed. 1, 6: 1161 & Ind. 16. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: LEIOTHRIX DISTICHOCLADA Herzog Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 60 [2]. 1928; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 99, 1972; Moldenke, Biol, Abstr. 56: 3006. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 292. 197k. LEIOTHRIX DISTICHOCLADA var. GLANDULOSA Herzog Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 60 [2]. 1928; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 99. 1972; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 3006. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A. 23: 292. 197h. LEIOTHRIX EDWALLII Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. — ed. 1, 6: 1161 & Ind. 16. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: - 1973. LEIOTHRIX FLAVESCENS (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1161, map 1782, & Ind. 12 & 16. 1972; Anon,, Biol, ag {9}: 84 ee S.14. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: a and 29: 209. 197h; Hock erpt. ake 23: 292. 197. ie ae ee ne The Rambo 56190 [Herb. Barb. Rodr. 12287], distributed as L. flavescens, is actually Eriocaulon modestum Kunth. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 2736 (S). Parand: Reitz & Klein 17908 (S). LEIOTHRIX FLAVESCENS var. PARVIFOLIA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 131 & 229. 1973; Anon., Biol, Abstr. 55 (9): BASIC. SI. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt, Bot. A. 23: 292. 197h. Reitz & Klein encountered this plant on a wet campo at 900 meters altitude. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Harley, & Onishi 28916 (N--isotype). Santa Catarina: Reitz & Klein 10290 Ld). LEIOTHRIX FLUITANS (Mart.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 5. 1973. Citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 53 I. 1863 (N, Z). LEIOTHRIX FLUMINENSIS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 5 (1973) and 290 Fetes sei On iON Gael JA Vol. 29, no. h LEIOTHRIX FLUMINENSIS var. PUBERULA Moldenke Synonymy: Leiothrix fluminensis var. pilosa Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 28: 459, in syn. 197). Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 132 (1973) and 28: 39 & 459. 197k. The label accompanying the Guillemin collection, cited below, is plainly inscribed as no, "139", while on the type specimen it has been altered to "239" for some reason unknown to me. It is very probable that the specimen cited below as "139" is part of the same type collection of this variety. Guillemin collected in the state of Rio de Janeiro at least from October 19, 1838, to Jamary 15, 1839, and from February 18, 1839, to May 26, 1839, and in So Paulo only fran January 19, 1839, to February 18, 1839. The typical form of the species is known only fram Rio de Janeiro, so it seems safe to assume that the type of the variety is also from that state. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: Guillemin 139 (E—16)22h9) . ia LEIOTHRIX HATSCHBACHII Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 229, nom. nud. 1973. Bibliography: Moldenke Biol, Abstr. 58: 680, 197h. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 30165 (Z—type). Phytologia 25: 229. 1973; Moldenke, LEIOTHRIX HIRSUTA (Wikstr.) Ruhl. Additional & emended bibliography: Wikstr., K. Vet. Acad. Handl, Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 79-81, pl. . 1820; Wikstr., Trenne Nya Art. Ortsl. Erioc. (repr.) 12—[15], pl. h. 1821; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (3): BASIC. S.1h7. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Anstr. 56: 1243. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 132--133 (1973) and 26: 470 & 471. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 291. 197. Additional illustrations: Wikstr., K. Vet. Acad, Handl. Stockh., ser. 2, 1: pl. h. 1820; Wikstr., Trenne Nya Art. Ortsl. Erioc. (repr.) pis ly 1821. Belém & Pinheiro, on the labels accompanying their specimens, describe the plants as 15—35 cm. tall, but it seems obvious that it is the length of the leaves to which they are here referring, because the flowering peduncles on the specimens described as 15 cm. tall are actually 7 cm. tall! They describe the inflorescences as "white" and found the plants in flower in June. . sar eniae citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Belém & Pinheiro 232 (N), 2,39 (N). edea., eat in LEIOTHRIX HIRSUTA f. VIVIPARA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (3): BeA-S.1.C. S147. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 123. 19733 Moldenke, Phy- tologia 25: 133. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 291. 197h. 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 291 LEIOTHRIX LUXURIANS (Korn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 185. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35480 (N); Hatschbach 30065 (N). MOUNTED ILLUSTRA- TIONS: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 5h. 1863 (N, Z). LEIOTHRIX MUCRONATA (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 13). 1973. Additional citations: MOUNTED TLLUSTRATIONS s ear , Mém. Acad. (N, Z)- LEIOTHRIX NUBIGENA (Kunth) Ruhl Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 13h (1973) and 26: 197. 1973. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 55 II. 1863 (N, Z). LEIOTHRIX PEDUNCULOSA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1161 & Ind. 16. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 185. 1973. Angely (1970) misspells Ruhland's surname "Rugland", doubtless a typographic error, LEIOTHRIX PILULIFERA (Korn.) Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 135. 1973. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 55 I. 1863 (N, 2). LEIOTHRIX SCLEROPHYLLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 467. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach & Ahumada 31589 (N). LEIOTHRIX TINGUENSIS Herzog Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot, Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 60 [52]. 1928; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 137. 19736 LEIOTHRIX VIVIPARA var. ANGUSTA Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 138. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 2789 (S, W-——270678)) . MESANTHEMUM Korn. Additional synonymy: Mesanthum Metcalfe, Taxon 1: 130. 1951. Additional & emended bibliography: Anon., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot. 20: 522. 1884; Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 50h. 189; Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 133. 1895; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.—Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 231 & 260—262. 1901; Malmanche, Contrib. Etud. Anatom, Eriocaul. [thesis] 159. 1919; aS in Just, Bot. Jahres- 292 Payee Opis OnGr vA: Vol. 29, no. ber. 48 (1): 2h. 1926; Pellegr., Mém. Soc. Linn. Normand. 26 [ser. 2, 1 (h)]: 58. 1938; Pellegr., Fl. liayombe 3: 58. 1938; Met- calfe, Taxon 1: 130. 1951; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vols. 1-20 part 1: 231. 1972; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 0, 735, & 737s 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (3): BASIC. Selnh, Selh7, & S161 (1973), 56 (6): BAS1eC. Selh7, S161, & S190 (1973), and 56 (10: BoA.S.I.C. So147 & S.149. 19733 J. Hutchinson, Fam. Flow. Pl., ed. 3, 710 & 9. 19733 Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 1261, 3007, & 5374. 19733 Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 467—l68 & 507 (1973) as 28: yl, 460, & 510. 1974; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 57: 678. 197). MESANTHEMUM PRESCOTTIANUM (Bong.) Korn. Additional & emended bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 50h. 189); N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 38: 260—-262. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 67—l68. 1973. Brown (19013 cites only the type collection — "Sierra Leones, without indication of the collector!" and comments that "Bongard states that this plant is a native of Rio de Janeiro, but upon what authority does not appear. He described it from a specimen in the herbarium of Prescott, which was received from Lindley. The Kew example (also received from Lindley), is labelled 'Sierra Leone', which is much more likely to be the right habitat than Brazil, since the other species of Mesanthemum are all from Trop- ical Africa and Madagascar. However, as the plant appears not to have been collected again, the locality requires confirmation." Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn. in Mart., Fl, Brass 3) (2) (ple 60 1. 1863) (Nj 8Z);. MESANTHEMUM PUBESCENS (Lam.) Korn. Additional bibliography: Anon., Journ. Lim. Soc. Lond. Bot. 20: 522. 188); Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 50h. 189k; Perrier de la B&athie, Cat. Pl. Madag. 22. 193); Moldenke, Phyto- logia 25: 14,0 & 11. 1973. MESANTHEMUM RADICANS (Benth.) Korn. Additional & emended bibliography: Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fi. Afr. 5: 50). 1894; Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 133. 1895; N. E. Br. in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 260--261. 1901; Pellegr., Mém. Soc. Linn. Normand. 26 [ser. 2, 1 (4)]: 58. 1938; Pellegr., Fl. Mayombe 3: 58. 1938; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 168 (1973) and 28: Ml. 197). Pellegrini (1938) found this plant on a "Plaine sablonneuse, 4 50m. de la mer", flowering in January, and cites "L. T. 966". Brown (1901) cites Perrottet 8-3 from Sénégal, Afzelius s.n., Don sen, Hart s.n., Scott-Elliot 399, and Smethman s.n. from Sierra Leone, Ansell s.n. from Liberia, Barter 20211 & 20219, Kalbreyer 25, Milson s.n., and Robb s.n. from Nigeria, Milne s. n. from Fernando Po, Jardin s.n, from Gabun, Soyaux s.n. from French Congo, Buttner s.n. and Smith s.n. from Zaire, and Curror 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 293 s.n. from Angola. He comments that "The female flowers of this plant are somewhat variable; in some specimens the sepals are only about 1/3 as long as the corolla, in others about half as long, whilst in Kalbreyer 25 they are 3/ as long; in most examples they are simply denticulate at the apex, but in others they are distinctly ciliate, these two extremes, however, are connected by forms in which the ciliation is represented by one or two hairs only. But I do not consider these differences of specific or even varietal importance in the case of this plant, for in all other characters the plant is fairly uniform. This species was unfor- tunately included in the Flora Capensis before I had discovered that all Curror's plants.(which are labelled 'South of the Tro- pic’) were collected in Angola," Durand & Schinz (189) record this species from "Niger" |Niger Republic?]. Mrs. Richards found it growing in very wet grass and swamp land, Additional citations: ZAMBIA: Mrs. M. Richards s.n. [19.1. 1960] (E—1767815) . To MESANTHEMUM RUTENBERGIANUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Anon., Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot, 20: 522. 1884; Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 50). 189); Perrier de la B&thie, Cat. Pl. Madag. 22. 193); Moldenke, Phyto- logia 26: 46. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS Mart. Additional & emended bibliography: Wikstr., K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 76, pl. 3. 1820; Wikstr., Trenne Nya Art. Urtsl. Erioc. (repr.) 9—11, 14, & [15], pl. 3. 1821; Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. 12--15, 23, 27, 2, 57, & 60, pl. 1 [I], fig. 1--6, & pl. 2 [I], fig. 1—7. 1833; Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. 49 & 110. 1893; Durand & Schinz, Consp. Fl. Afr. 5: 50). 1894; N. E. Br. in Tpiselt.—Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 8: 231 & 262—26. 1901; Malmanche, Contrib. Etud. Anatom. Eriocaul. [thesis]. 1919; Kradusel in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 48 (1): 2h4. 1926; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 60--41 [42—3]. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (2): 261. 1930; Leén, Fl. Cuba 1: 279 & 281. 196; Metcalfe, Taxon 1: 130. 1951; Moldenke in R. E. Schult., Bot. Mus. Leafl. Harvard Univ. 17: 66. 1955; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb. 18): 39. 1958; Braga, Pl. Nordest., ed. 2, 20. 1960; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fito- geogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 2: xiii (1970) and ed. 1, 6: 1156— 116, maps 1777--1781, & Ind. 20--21. 1972; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vols. 1-20 part 1: 271. 1972; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 258, 39h, ho9, 673, 842, & 1102. 1973; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (3): BASIC. Selk7 & S.161 (1973), 56 (6): B. A.S.I.C. S.88, S.147, 5.161, 5.190, 5.256, & S.279 (1973), 56 (9): BASIC. S.93 & S199 (1973), and 56 (10): B.A.S.1.C. S19. 1973; J. Hutchinson, Fam. Flow. Pl., ed. 3, 710, [711], & 919, fig. 364. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 1261, 3000, 3007, h78h, 537k, & 748k. 1973; Thorne in Meggers, Ayensu, & Duckworth, Trop. 294 PH. Y)-T.0).5); O..G 1.8 Vol. 29, neu For. Ecosyst. Afr. & S. Am. 29, 33, & 36. 1973; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 26: 55, 60, 468--48h, 503, 50h, & 508 (1973), 27: 67—69, fig. 2 (1973), 27: 510 (197k), 28: 193—~194, 432, 435, 436, 439, lO, b56, 460, L621, 466, 467, & 510 (1974), and 29: 76--78, 192, 208, 209, & 211. 1974; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 57 (2): B.A.S.I.C. E. 9. 1974; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 290--292. 197); Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 57: 678 & 679. 197h. Thorne (1973) asserts that there are 85 species in this genus, of which 8) are American, 2 are African, and 1 is from Madagascar. It is interesting to note that Airy Shaw (1973) stil maintains the genus Stephanophyllum Guill. as a synonym of Paepalanthus, when actually, as I have previously pointed out several times over the past years, it is congeneric with Leiothrix Ruhl. and ante- dates that name. The Murga Pires 22, distributed as Paepalanthus sp., is actu- ally Syngonanthus paraénsis Ruhl., Murga Pires 737 is S. simplex (Miq.) Ruhl., and R, Espinosa E.988 is not eriocaulaceous. PAEPALANTHUS ACANTHOPHYLLUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 68. 1973. Liitzelburg reports that this species constitutes about 10 per= cent of the vegetation at 1600—1700 meters altitude on the Serra Itubira, in Bahia, where he found it in flower and fruit in Au- gust e Material has been misidentified and distributed in some her- baria as P. amoenus (Bong.) Korn. On the other hand, the Irwin, are actually P. cordatus Ruhl., Irwin, Souza, Grear, & Reis dos Santos 17860 is P. speciosus (Bong.) Korn., and Glaziou 19977, Hatschbach 29948, Mello Barreto 2,87 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 8236 & 8237], and L. B. Smith 7075 are P. urbanianus Ruhl. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Ltitzelburg 216a (Mu), 216b (Mu). Goids: Irwin, Harley, & Smith 3270 (N); Irwin, Reis dos Santos, Souza, & Fonseca 21,69 (N). Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stie- ber, & Kirkbride 35857 (N, W--2709829) . PAEPALANTHUS ACUTIPILUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 187 & 192. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Harley, & Onishi 3022) (N); Koczicki 303 (1d). PAEPALANTHUS AEQUALIS (Vell.) J. F. Macbr. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1157 & Ind. 20. 19723 Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 7, 71, & 48h. 1973. In addition to the months previously reported by me, this spe- cies has been collected in anthesis and fruit in January. 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 295 Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Widgren s.n. [1845] (Mu). S&o Paulo: Brade 658), (Mu). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 48 III. 1863 (N, Z). PAEPALANTHUS ALBO-TOMENTOSUS Herzog Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 60 {h2]. 1928; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 146. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Lutzelburg 279 [Macbride photos 18692] (Mu—cotype), 438 (Mu--cotype, Z—cotype). PAEPALANTHUS ALBO-VAGINATUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Koldenke, Phytologia 26: 187. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as an "erva, fl6r bran- ca" or "fl6r cinzeta" and have encountered it in sandy somewhat wet soil on campos or on "campo limpo", at altitudes of 750 to 1,00 meters, flowering in September, October, December, and Janu- ary, and fruiting in October. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Parand: Hatschbach 2712 (S), 32963 (N). Santa Catarina: Klein 3602 (Ld); Reitz & Klein 4781 (Ld), 5300 (Rd), 6063 (Ac). PAEPALANTHUS ALPINUS Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 68 & 80. 1973. Barclay and his associates refer to this plant as a cespitose perennial from a thick taproot, the leaves in a rosette, and the flowers white. They found it to be common in marshy areas of the pframo zone. Schultes and his associates encountered it on wet roadside banks, flowering and fruiting in June, the flowers again described as white. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: Barclay, Juajib- doy, & Gama 3223 (W—2702256); Humbert, Idrobo, Jaramillo, Perez Arbelaez, & Uribe Uribe 26896 (P); Schultes, Martin, & Plowman 13 — + (W—-2711065) . PAEPALANTHUS ALSINOIDES C. Wright Additional synonymy: Paepalanthus alsinoides Sauvalle ex Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. 9. 1893. Additional bibliography: Gomez de la Maza, Not. Bot. Sist. 9 & 110. 1893; Leén, Fl. Cuba 1: 283. 196; Moldenke, Phytologia 252 16. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS ALSINOIDES var. MINIMUS Jennings Additional bibliography: Leén, Fl. Cuba 1: 283. 196; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 146. 1973. Additional citations: ISLA DE PINOS: Killip 2879 (S), 451h7 (Mu), 45388 (Mu). PAEPALANTHUS AMOENUS (Bong.) Korn. Additional synonymy: Paepalanthus fenzlianus Mart., in herb. 296 Pip YoTs0-b 0 Gal vA Vol. 29, no. 4 [not P. fenzlianus Korn., 1959]. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 187 & 81 (1973) and 28: 439. 197. The P, fenzliamms accreditec to Kornicke, referred to in the synonymy y above, is a synonym of the very similar P. speciosus (Bong.) Korn. The Irwin, Reis dos Santos, Souza, & Fonséta 2649, distribu- ted as P. am amoenus , is | sebaaly P. ac: acan thophyllus Ruhl.; Irwin, Grear, Souza, & Reis dos Santos 13588 & 14300 are ee cordatus Ruhl .; Irwin, Souza, Grear, & r, & Reis dos Santos 17860 - is P. speci- osus (Bong. ong.) Korn.} eee 7887/81, | Irwin, | Souza, & Reis dos Santos 11580 & 11670, Maguire, Waguire, & Murga Pires L790, and Philcox & Onishi i 4892 are P, speciosus var. attenuatus , Moldenke; Claussen s.n., Irwin, Grear, Souza, & Reis dos Santos 12358, 13925, & 15375, and . and Irwin, win, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 2023 20239 are . are P, speciosus var. glaber Ruh Ruhl .; 3 and Glaziou LO9TT, Héringer 10431, and Irwin, Harley, & Smith 3203) are P. urbanianus Ruhl. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Martius 878 [N. Y. Bot. Gard. type photo neg. N.S. 8852] (Mu, Mu, N-—photo, Z—— photo). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): DESMH2a(N, 6a). PAEPALANTHUS ANDICOLA Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 147 (1973) and 26: 180. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS APPLANATUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 118. 1973. Material of this species has been misidentified and distrib- uted in some herbaria as P. speciosus (Bong.) Korn. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Glaziou 19973 [Macbride photos 10570] (C—-isotyve). PAEPALANTHUS ARGENTEUS (Bong.) Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 47 & 25h. 19736 Anderson describes this plant as having a "short trunk" and found it growing on a rocky slope at an altitude of 1250 meters in an area of "gallery forest along stream anc slopes above, one side being rocky (quartzite) with sandy soil, the other side having an area of grass cerrado on red clay." Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: W. R. Anderson 8566 (1d); Hatschbach 27403 (S). PAEPALANTHUS ARGILLICOLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 68. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 291. 197k. 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 297 PAEPALANTHUS ARGILLICOLA var. PILOSUS Molcenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 19 & 229. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 55: 22. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 291. 197h. PAEPALANTHUS ARMERIA Mart. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 68—L69. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: J. E. Pohl s.n. [Chapada de S. Marcos; Macbride photos 18693] (Mu—type, , Z—isotype). PAEPALANTHUS ASPER Alv, Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 78) & 7484. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 136. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS ATER Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 136 & 235. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35763 (N). PAEPALANTHUS AUYANTEPUIENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 150. 1973. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfver: J. A. Steyermark 93957 (Mu). PAEPALANTHUS BAHIENSIS (Bong.) Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 151 (1973) and 26: 202, 228, 23h, & 22. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS BARBIGER Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 136 & 235. 1973. The Eitens found this plant growing in fine light-gray sand with some humus and also on hillsides with small stones and gravel, flowering and fruiting in November. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35299 (N, W—2709803), 35420 (N, W—2709802); Eiten & Eiten 6793 (W—2688329), 689) (N, W——2687695). PAEPALANTHUS BARBULATUS Herzog Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 60 [2]. 1928; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 151--152 (1973) and 26: 2h] & 2h2. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Lutzelburg 212 [Macbride photos 1869),] (Mu-—cotype, Z—cotype), 212aI (Mu—cotype), 212aIl (Mu-~cotype). PAEPALANTHUS BATOCEPHALUS Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1157 & Ind. 20. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 298 Ps. Yt. OjlO.G A. Vol. 29, now k 152. 19736 PAEPALANTHUS BELIZENSIS Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 67—68, fig. 2. 1973.6 Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 67--68, fig. 2 (1973) and 28: 32. 197). Illustrations: Moldenke, Phytologia 27: 68, fig. 2. 1973. Citations: BRITISH HONDURAS: McKee 11373 (N—photo of type, W——26)1)\89--type, Z--photo of type). PAEPALANTHUS BIFIDUS (Schrad.) Kunth Additional synonymy: Eriocaulon fasciculatum L., in herb. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 69 (1973) and 29: 76. 197h. The Eriocaulon pygmaeum Mart., E. (Paepalanthus) pygmaeum Mart., and Paepalanthus palanthus fasciculatus f. pygmaea Korn., previously included in the synonymy of P. bifidus, should now be shifted to the synony- my of P. bifidus f. frustus Moldenke. The G. Gardner 1170 collection, cited below, is a mixture with Pe iamarckii Kunth. 1 ae See 470 & 2599, Essed 8 ofe [Sept. Mexia "cB16, Murga Pires, ee Wurdack, & Silva 6161, Pickel Dy, Le L. Riedel ; Son. n. (Bahia, - 1859], ‘Schwacke wacke 6191 (Herb. Ja: yacda Bot. Belo Horiz. 26668], and J. A. Steyermark x 89671, distributed and previously cited by me as 3 typical Pe bifidus, | are actually all f. brevipes Moldenke, while Martius 558 is the | the type collection of f. frustus Moldenke. ~~ Prance and his associates found P. bifidus growing on white sand in disturbed caatinga. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amaz6énas: Prance, Coélho, Maas, & Pinheiro 11658 (Mu, Mu, N, S); Prance, Ramos, Farias, & Philcox 4835 (S). Par&: Spruce 108 (Mu). Rio Grande do Norte: Tavares 122 (W--2692382). State undetermined: G. Gardner 1170, in part (N). PAEPALANTHUS BIFIDUS f. BREVIPES Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 76. 197k. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 76. 197h. This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav- ing its peduncles during full anthesis and/or fruit only 1-3 cm. in length. Collectors have found this plant growing in dry sandy places, in sandy soil among rocks, in dry sandy or gravelly places in gen- eral, and in dry soil, at altitudes of 300—1250 meters, flowering in May and both flowering and fruiting in April, September, Octo= ber, and December. They describe it as an herb with "brownish- white" flowers. Maguire & Fanshawe refer to it as a "locally com- mon weedy annual about rest house" in Guyana; Mexia also refers to it as "common locally", Some specimens on the Munich sheet of Lutzelburg 7239 approach 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 299 f. frustus in appearance, but probably are merely immature. Material of f. brevipes has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria under the names Eriocaulon congestum H.B.K., E. fas- ciculatum Lam., E. villosum Salzm., Paepalanthus bifidus Kunth, and P, bifidus (Schrad.) Kunth. Citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfvar: Je A. Steyermark 89671 (Mi, N). GUYANA: Maguire & Fanshawe 32204 (tu, “N). SURINAM: “Essed S.n. (Sept. 191] (N, Ut—ll076a). BRAZIL: Bahia: Blanchet et 470 (N) (N), 2599 (M); L. Riedel s.n. [Bahia, 1859] (N), s.n. (Br); Sellow 565 (Br, Bry N-=photo, Z--photo) . Espirito Santo: Liutzelburg (7k, (Mu). Minas Gerais: Martius 555 (N); Mexia 5816 [Herb. Leonard 8345] (B--isotype, Gg--236100--isotype, Go--isotype, Mi—lisotype, N—type, Qu--isotype, S--isotype, Ut--502h7a—isotype, W--15 7189 3— isotype); Schwacke 89 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 26668] (N). Para: Murga Pires, Pires, Black, Wurdack, & Silva 6161 (N). Pernambuco: Pickel 73) (N). PAEPALANTHUS BIFIDUS f. FRUSTUS Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 76. 197). Synonymy: Eriocaulon pygmaeum Mart., Flora 2), Beibl. 2: 60. 1841 [not E. pygmaeum pygmaeum Dalz., 1851, nor Korn., 1863, nor Soland., 1809] . Eriocaulon (Paepalanthus) pygmaeun Mart. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 1), in syn. 1970. Paepalanthus fasciculatus f. aea Korn. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 15, in syn. 1970. Eriocaulon (Paepalanthus ) Pygmaeus Mart. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 240, in syn. 1973. Bibliography: Mart., Flora 2, Beibl. 2: 60. 181; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 879. 1393; Ruhl. in Engl, Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 153 & 237. "1903; Moldenke, Résumé 291. 1959; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 1) & 15. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 2: 509 & 582, 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 20 (1973) and 290 76.°-197h. The type of this interesting form was collected by Bernhard Luschnath (no, 32) "in campis maritimis prope Caballo", Bahia, Brazil, and is deposited in the Munich herbarium. The plant was apparently in flowering and fruiting stage in August. The form is known only from this original collection of thirteen plants and the recent gathering by Irvin and his associates in Goids, who describe it as a cushion herb with white flowers and found it in pastures at 800 meters aititude, flowering in April. Same plants on Lutzelburg 7239, from Espiriro Santo, approach it in habit and appearance, “but are probably only trates specimens of f. brevipes. Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Luschnath 32 [Martius 558] (Br--iso- type, Br--isotype, M--isotype, Mu—type, _ N--photo of isotype, Z— photo of isotype). Goi4s: Irwin, Grear, Souza, & Reis dos Santos 14480 (N). wee aan argadiee eo agr 300 Prey TO) LO) Get eA Vol. 29, no. PAEPALANTHUS BIFRONS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 137. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 36250 (N). PAEPALANTHUS BLEPHAROPHORUS (Bong.) Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 153 (1973) and 26: 18). 1973. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 2: 229--231, pl. 16. 1832 (N, Z). PAEPALANTHUS BOMBACINUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 137 & 235. 1973. Anderson refers to this species as an herb and encountered it "in wet sand in area of gallery forest along stream and slopes above, one side being rocky (quartzite) with sandy soil, and the other side having an area of grassy cerrado on red clay", at 1250 meters altitude. Additional citations: PRAZIL: Minas Gerais: W. R. Anderson 8587 (Ld); Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 36232 (N); Williams & Assis 2926 (E—1309,80) . PAEPALANTHUS BONGARDI Kunth Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1158 & Ind. 20. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 153 (1973) and 26: 142. 1973. Additional citations: MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: pl. 7. 1831 (N, Z). PAEPALANTHUS BRACHYPUS (Bong.) Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 69. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35118a (N). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: pl. 6. 1831 (N, Z). PAEPALANTHUS BRASILIENSIS (Mart.) Mart. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 154--155 (1973) and 26: 202. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Martius s.n. [prope Arraial d'Agua Suja, Junio 1813; Macbride photos 18695] (Mu-—type, Z=-isotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (2) ee ple: 2728630 (Nez): PAEPALANTHUS BRITTONI Moldenke Additional bibliography: Leén, Fl. Cuba 1: 282 & 283, fig. 113. 1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 156--157. 1973. Iliustrations: Leén, Fl. Cuba 1: 282, fig. 113. 196. PAEPALANTHUS BROMELIOIDES Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 137--138, 13, 197h Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 301 & 240. 1973. The Irwin, Harley, & Onishi 29030, distributed as P. bromeli- oides and so cited by me in a previous installment of these notes, appears to represent P, vellozioides Korn, instead, while Irwin, Harley, & Onishi 30225 | is P. corymbosus (Bong.) Kunth. PAEPALANTHUS BRUNNEUS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 158—159. 1973. Additional citations: GUYANA: Cowan & Soderstrom 2153 (N). PAEPALANTHUS BRYOIDES (Riedel) Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 159-161 (1973) and 28: 439. 197k. Anderson encountered this species at an altitude of 100 meters on a "shaded ledge under overhang on steep rocky (quartzite) hill- side sloping down to gallery forest with seeps and sedge meadows just above the forest", flowering in April. The Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 36092, distributed by the New York Betanioal iaagn as "Paepala aepalanthus bryoides (Riedel) Kunth Det. H. Moldenke, 1972" is actually P. vellozioides Korn. The erroneous statement on its accompanying labels doubtless has resulted from an error in transcription by the typist, since I did not so report the identification\ Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: W. R. Anderson 8471 (Ld); Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35232 ( (N, W--2709820), 356L3 (N, W—2709819) ; Hatschbach 27447 (S, W—2706783). ParanA: Hatschbach 33472 (Ld). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Bong.’, Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: pl. 10 (sup.). 1831 (N, Z). PAEPALANTHUS CAESPITITIUS Mart. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 138. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Martius 1082 [Mac- bride photos 10577] (Mu-~-cotype). PAEPALANTHUS CALDENSIS Malme Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1158, map 1777, & Ind. 20. 1972; Moldenke, Phyto- logia "06: 469. 1973. Recent collectors describe this plant as an "erva, 0.05 m. alt., fl6r branca" and have encountered it in "banhado de campo" at al- titudes of 750 to 1300 meters, flowering in November and December. The photograph of Ule 1620, cited below, represents a specimen deposited in the herbarium of of the Staatsinstitut fiir Allgemeine Botanik in Hamburg which has been seen and annotated by me. Additional citations: ZIL: ParanA: Braga 1503 (Rd—2616)); Hatschbach 32759 (Gz). Rio Grande do Sul: K. Enrich 5 56915 (Rd—- 12285); Rambo 5642 (Rd—1228). Santa Catarina: Klein 3321 (Ld), 3406 (Ld), 39% (Ld), 3876 (Ld), Lu70 (Ld); Reitz 6658 (Ac); 302 PeaCy E-O} LOG) alee Vol. 29, no. Reitz & Klein 7705 (Ac), 7903 (1d), 7918 (Ac), 1h12h (Ld); Ule 1620 (Z—photo). PAEPALANTHUS CALVUS Korn, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 1)1~-1}2. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Harley, & Onishi 23748 (N). PAEPALANTHUS CANESCENS (Bong.) Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 469 (1973) and 29: 192. 197k. Examination of authentic material of this species now convinces me that the following collections, previously cited by me as this species, actually all represent P. incanus (Bong.) Korn. instead: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35467, M. A. Chase 10365, Duarte & Graziela Barroso sn. [A. P. Duarte 7933 H Herb. Brad. ad. 27771], I: Ir- Win, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 20803, Irwin, Reis dos Santos, Souza, & Fons&ca 22363, 22662, & 22909, Mexia 5748, Schwacke eke 6477 [Her (Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. O967) & | & 8482 (Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 26665], and Williams & Assis 6901. PAEPALANTHUS CANESCENS var. ATRATUS Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 192. 197h. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 192. 197. Citations: BRAZIL: Goidfs: W. R. Anderson 6636 (Z--type). PAEPALANTHUS CAPANEMAE Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 1)6--1)7. 1973. Anderson describes this plant as an herb with white flower- heads and found it growing on a seeping hillside in a "region of rocky sandstone hilltop cerrado, seeping hillsides, rocky open cerrado in raised places on hillsides, and open mesophytic woods by stream", at an altitude of 1600 meters, flowering in March. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: W. R. Anderson 6468 (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS CAPILLACEUS Klotzsch Additional synonymy: Paepalanthus hippotrichophyllus Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 208-210, pl. 121, fig. m--o. 1931. Paepalanthus (Eupaep., Vivipari) hippotrichophyllus Herzog ex Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 20. 1939. Additional bibliography: Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 208—-210, pl. 121, fig. m—o. 1931; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. 9: 199. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber . 59 (2): 20. 1939; Wangerin & Krause in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (1): 455 [73]. 1941; Worsdell, Ind. Pond: Suppl. 2: 183. 1913 Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6, 13, 29, 6, ho, & 60. 196; Mol- denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., (ed. 2f, 63, 66, 85, 208, & 209. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 72, 75, 96, 98, 279, 1,86, *& 487. 197) Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 303 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 6. 19593 Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 124, 130, 159, 162, & 479 (1971) and 2: 96, 579, 949, & 952. 1971; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 5374 & 7h8h. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 22 (1973) and 26: 147 & 188--190. 1973. Additional illustrations: Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: pl. 121, fig. m—o. 19H. Paepalanthus hippotrichophyllus is based on Liitzelburg 21108, collected at "Igarape Cre-Cru unter Wasser flutend....Per Fundort liegt wohl im Strombereich des Rio Oyapock", supposedly in the state of Parad, Brazil. Macbride photographed the type specimen in the Munich herbarium as his type photograph number 18703. Her- zog (1931) comments that "Die neve Art zeichnet sich durch einen recht abweichenden Habitus vor den meisten Paepalanthus aus und konnte nach ihren ganzen Aussehen am ehesten fur ein [riocaulon gehalten werden. Besonders ins Auge fallend ist die Masse der pferdehaar-ahnlichen verbogenen Blatter und das machtige Wurzel~ werk. Dazu kommen die schwammig-binsenartigen Schafte, die klein- en, ofters mit Blattschopfen proliferierenden Kopchen und das eigentimliche schwarzliche Kolorit, das wohl auf den Einfluss des Standortes zuriickzufuhren ist. An den Bliten, die in ihrem Bau keinerlei Abweichung vom Gattungstypus zeigen, interessiert vor allem das Augtreten machtiger papilloser goldgelber Anhang- sel zwischen den 2=lerpigem bandformig breiter Narbenschenkeln und die feinere Struktur der auffallend kurzen, nicht keulen- formigen, aussen glatten, innen schwach tuberkulaten Haare die bei 4und 2 Bliiten jeweils nur die eingebogene Spitze der Kelch- blatter in burstenartiger Zusammendrangung bedecken. Die sub- mers~aquatische Lebensweise ist in der Gattung Paepalanthus nicht haufig und wohl die Ursache fiir die Eriocaulon-ahnliche Tracht der vorliegenden Art. Dem Wasserleben entspricht auch die aller Sklerenchymbalken entbehrende Struktur der Schafte, die abgesehen von dem 2-schichtigen kleinzelligen und derbwan- digen Rindenzylinder ganz schwammig gebaut sind." Additional citations: GUYANA: Cowan & Soderstrom 2125 (N). BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Brade 13601 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Rio Jan. 25387) (B, Z). Par&: Lutzelburg 2108 [Macbride photos 18703] (Mu, Mu, N--photo, W--photo), 29871 (Mu). PAEPALANTEUS CAPILIACEUS var. SPIRALIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 190. 1973. Additional citations: GUYANA: Maguire & Fanshawe 32292 (Iu— isotype). * i ok PAEPALANTHUS CAPITO Korn. Additional synonymy: Paepalanthus ruficeps Korn., in herb. (not P. ruficeps Ruhl., 1903, nor Alv. Silv., 1928]. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 192—193. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35568 (N); Hatschbach 30232 (N); Martius sen. (Serro 30), 12 Jel 94 Yh CO 1G (0) (ee at I: Vol. 29, no. Frio, prope Tejuco; Macbride photos 18696] (Mu—type). PAEPALANTHUS CARDONAE Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 193. 1973. Steyermark encountered what appears to be this species grow— ing in large clumps in open places at the end of an island, at an altitude of 00 meters, flowering in July. He describes the leaves as rich-green and soft and the flower-heads as white. Bd) citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Je A. Steyermark 106335 (2). a PAEPALANTEUS CATHARINAE Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 3000. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 193--195. 1973. Recent collectors have found this plant in swamps and Sphagnum swamps, in "banhado de campo" and "num banhado" and describe it as an "erva, flér creme", They have found it flowering and fruiting in Jamuary and February. The photograph of Ule s.n., cited below, represents a specimen deposited in the herbarium of the Staatsinstitut fiir Allgemeine Botanik in Hamburg which has been seen and annotated by me. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Paran&: Hatschbach 25713 (S). Rio Grande do Sul: Rambo 53783 (Rd—-12282), 5602 (Rd—12283). Santa Catarina: Mattos 808 (Rb); Reitz & Klein 11169 (1d); Ule sem. [December 1886] (Z--photo). PAEPALANTHUS CATHARINAB var. HATSCHBACHI (Moldenke) Moldenke & Smith Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 3000. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 19h & 195. 1973. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in "banhado de campo", at 1000 to 1,00 meters altitude, flowering in October, December, and February. Reitz & Klein describe it as an "erva, fl6r branca" or "fl6r branco-acinzentado". Additional citations: BRAZIL: Santa Catarina: Reitz & Klein 1637 (2), 7905 (Ld), 10161 (Ld), 12379 (Ld), 13495 (Ac). PAEPALANTHUS CEARAENSIS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Braga, Pl. Bordest., ed. 2, 20. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 195—196. 1973. Braga (1960) reports the vernacular name "alfinete" as used for this species in Cear4, Brazil, as well as for Centranthus ruber P. DC. of the Valerianaceae and Erythraea centaurium Pers. in the Gentianaceae. The F. C. Hoehne 3508 [Macbride photos 18697], cited by me as P. cearaensis in 1973, seems on re-examination to be nothing more than P, lamarckii Kunth. PAEPALANTHUS CHAPADENSIS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 232-233, ple 15h. 1928 [not P. chapadensis Ruhl., 1971]. 197k Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 305 Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 196—197. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS CHIQUITENSIS Herzog Additional Paes; Wan Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 61 {43]. 1928; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb, 18): 39. 1958; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 197—198. 1973. PAEPALANTHUS CHRYSOPHORUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 200--201. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goid4s: Irwin, Harley, & Onishi 29543 (N). Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 27276 (S). PAEPALANTHUS CILIATUS (Bong.) Kunth Emended synonymy: Paspalanthus ciliatus Kunth apud Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 323. 1863 [not P. ciliatus Kunth Herb. ex Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 326, in syn. 1863]. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 201—202. 1973. The Paepalanthus ciliatus "Kunth Herb.", referred to in the synonymy above, is a synonym of P, sellowianus Korn. Additional citations: MOUNTED . ILLUSTRATIONS : Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: pl. 5. 1831 (N, Z). PAEPALANTHUS CILIOLATUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 226—227. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 537h (1973) and 57: 679. 19Th. PAEPALANTHUS CLAUSSENIANUS Korn. Additional synonymy: Actinocephalus claussenianus Korn., in herb. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 228—230. 19736 Anderson and his associates have found this plant growing in wet sand on very rocky sandstone hilitops with occasional wet spots, in sandy soil in brejo (sedge meadow) in an area of "gal- lery forest with adjacent brejo and drier higher slopes with grassy campo or rocky cerrado", and "on wet campo in an area of pebbly cerrado and sandy grassy campo", and describe it as a branched herb 20 cm. to 1.2 m. tall, with white flower—heads. Sick encountered it in cerrado. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goifs: W. R. Anderson 10397 (Ac). Minas Gerais: W. R. Anderson Aes (La); Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35118 (Ub); Hatschbach 27011 (S); Irwin, Fonséca, Souza, Reis dos Santos Santos, & Ramos 2758) (S); Irwin, E Harley, & | & 0- nishi "28977 (N); Marti Martius 879 79 [Macbride photos 18698] (Mu—cotype, Mu-—cotype, Mu—cotype, Z—cotype); Sick B.647 (Mu). MOUNTED es Korn. in Mart., Fi. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 43. 1863. N, Z)e 306 fy TO Oe Pk Vol. 29, no. PAEPALANTHUS COLUMBIENSIS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 231-—-232 (1973) and 28: 435. 197). Saldarriaga & Bakley encountered this plant in marshy areas in open woodland, flowering and fruiting in August. Additional. citations: COLOMBIA: Antioquia: Saldarriaga & Bark- ley 53035 (Ld). PAEPALANTHUS COMOSUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 233. 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35885 (N). PAEPALANTHUS CONDUPLICATUS Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 69. 1973. Killip, in 1935, made this notation on the U. S. National Her- barium sheet of Mexia 57u5: "Paep. near conduplicatus (Glaz. 15525) at Paris", 1. regard the Mexia collection as a mixture of Pe P. planifolius var. conduplicatulus Ruhl. and P. planifolius var. globulifer (Alv. Silv.) Moldenke & Smith. PAEPALANTHUS CORDATUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 237—238. ioe Irwin and his associates describe this plant as an erect herb, to 1.5 m. tall, with light-gray flower-heads, refer to it as "oc- casional in cerrado" at altitudes of 950--1200 meters, and found it fkowering in March. Material has been misidentified and dis- tributed in sane herbaria as P. acanthophyllus Ruhl. and P. amoenus (Bong.) Korn. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Irwin, Grear, Souza, & Reis dos Santos 13588 (N), 14300 (Ca—-1381725, No PAEPALANTHUS CORYMBOSUS (Bong.) Kunth Additional bibliography: Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. 15. 1833; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 239-21. 1973. Irwin and his associates describe this plant as cespitose, the inflorescences on "axes to 20 cm. long", the flower-heads light gray, and found it growing in crevices on steep iron-rich rocky slopes near the summit, at altitudes of 1800 to 2000 meters, flow- ering in January. Material has been misidentified and distributed in same herbar=- ia as P, bromelioides Alv. Silv. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Harley, & Onishi 30225 (Ac, N, W—2709817). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 2: 233--23, pl. 18. 1832 ((N, Z)). PAEPALANTHUS COSTARICENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 21. 1973. 197 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 307 Additional citations: COSTA RICA: Cartago: Croat 398 (E—- 2056103); J. Le6n 2708 (Mu). sha! PAEPALANTHUS COUTOENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 2l1--2)2, 197 . tant collectors have encountered this plant in the restinga formation, flowering in February. They describe it as 4O cm. tall, the "infloresc@ncias arroxeadas" (Belém & Pinheiro 24,85) or with white flowers (Belém & Pinheiro 2113). Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as P. plumi- pes Alv. Silv. and P. polyanthus (Bong.) Kunth. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Belém & Pinheiro 2113 (N), 2485 (Ld, N). Guanabara: Krapovickas, Cristébal, & Marufi- ak 23209 (Ld). Minas Gerais: Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 20701 (N). PAEPALANTHUS CRASSICAULIS Korn. ea bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 2h2--243 & Pring reports encountering this plant on a savanna in Colombia. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: Daniel s.n. [2. 2.1909] (Mu); Pring 164 (E--90837). VENEZUELA: Trujillo: J. A. Steyermark 105022 (S). PERU: Department undetermined: Rufz & Pavon son. [1777-1788] (E--1612101). PAEPALANTHUS CRYOCEPHALUS Alv, Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 2). 1973. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35827 (N). PAEPALANTHUS DICHOTOMUS Klotzsch Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 252-~253. 19733 Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 290. 197. PAEPALANTHUS DICHOTOMUS var. BRASILIENSIS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 253. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 290. 197h. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Hatschbach 27)25 (S--isotype). PAEPALANTHUS DISTICHOPHYLLUS Mart, Additional bibliography: Mart., Erioc. Selbst. Pflanzenfam. 23. 1833; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 69. 1973. Anderson and his associates found this plant growing in an area of sandstone outcrops with shrubby vegetation, adjacent grassy slopes, and the valley of a small stream, mostly sandy soil but with overlying black humus in many places, at an altitude of 1550 meters, flowering and fruiting in February, and describe it as 1.7 308 PEHeyee: OL ONG a Al Vol. 29, no. m,. tall, with white flower-heads. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35863 (Ub); Hatschbach 27372 (S); Martius s.n. [Itam- bé, summus mons; Macbride photos 18699] (Mu--type, Mu--isotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. hh Tits 1863 (NM, Z)\: PAEPALANTHUS DIVARICATUS (Bong.) Kunth ae bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 29 & 258—~ 2 e eo ids sen, [Serro Frio], distributed as P, divaricatus, seems to be P. ramosus (Wikstr.) Kunth instead. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35454 (N). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: pl. 3. 1831 (N, 2). PAEPALANTHUS DOMINGENSIS Ruhl. This taxon is conspecific with P. repens (Lam.) Korn., which see. PAEPALANTHUS DUBIUS Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 262. 1973. The J. E. Pohl sen, [in Brasilia], distributed as P. dubius, is actually P. lanato-albus Mart. PAEPALANTHUS DUIDAE Gleason Synonymy: Paepalanthus dudidae Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 57: 679, sphalm. 197). Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 70. 1973; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 57: 679. 197k. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Maguire, Wurdack, & Bunting 37123 (Mu). % PAEPALANTHUS DUPATYA Mart. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1158 & Ind. 20. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 470-71. 1973. ! Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 3618 (N). PAEPALANTHUS ELONGATUS (Bong.) Korn. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1158 & Ind. 12 & 20. 1972; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 161 & 480 (1971) and 2: 492, 99, 581, & 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 473--79 (1973) and 29: 192. 1974; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 292. 197k. The Martius collection, cited below, appears to be a mixture with var. ciliatus Korn. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Irwin, Grear, Souza, & Reis dos Santos 156 (Ld). Minas Gerais: Martius s.n. [arenosis 197 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 309 apricis ad Vao do Paru4n et alibi], in part (Mu). PAEPALANTHUS ELONGATUS var. ANGUSTIFOLIUS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 75. 1973. Irwin and his associates describe this plant as cespitose, the culms to 70 cm. tall, and found it growing on rocky campos, at 1250 meters altitude, in flower and fruit in March. Citations: BRAZIL: Goids: Irwin, Grear, Souza, & Reis dos San- tos 13351 (Ld, Z). a Pe er Oe oe PAEPALANTHUS ELONGATUS var. CILIATUS Korn. Additional bibliography: Angely, Fl. Anal, & Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1158 & Ind. 20. 19723 Moldenke, Phytologia 26: h7h—h77. 1973. Anderson found this plant growing in "campo limpo in sandy soil, wet in some places", at 1080 meters altitude, and describes it as a perennial herb with white flower~heads. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goi&s: W. R. Anderson 8045 (Ub). Minas Gerais: Martius 877 [Macbride photos 18701] (Mu—cotype, Mu-— cotype), s.n. |arenosis apricis ad Veo do Paru4n et alibi], in part (Mu, Mu); J. E. Pohl s.n, [in Brasilia] (Mu). PAEPALANTHUS ELONGATUS f. GRAMINIFOLIUS Herzog Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: )77—l78. 1973. The actual type specimens of this form in the Munich herbarium is inscribed "Serra do Rio de Contas, 1000 m. 191/VII". Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Lutzelburg 72 [N. Y. Bot. Gard. type photos new ser. neg, 889] (Mu--type, N—photo of type, Z--photo of type). PAEPALANTHUS ELONGATUS var. LONGIBRACTEATUS Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 192. 197k. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 192. 197). Citations: BRAZIL:-Goids: Irwin, Grear, Souza, & Reis dos San- tos 12374 (Z--type). % a ae PAEPALANTHUS ELONGATUS var. NIGER Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 78. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 292. 197h. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goi&s: Irwin, Harley, & Smith 32187 (N—isotype). > PAEPALANTHUS ELONGATUS var. PUBESCENS Alv. Silv. . Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 75 & h78— 794 1973. Anderson encountered this plant in "campo limpo" on sandy soil, wet in some places, at an elevation of 1080 meters, flowering in April, and describes it as a perennial herb with white flower- heads. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Goids: W. R, Anderson 8036 (Ld), 310 PSHtYT 0: L006", & Vol. 29, no. 804) (Ld). Minas Gerais: Irwin, Harley, & Onishi 29039 (N). PAEPALANTHUS ENSIFOLIUS (H.B.K.) Kunth Additional bibliography: Wikstr., K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 79. 1820; Wikstr., Trenne Nya Art. Ortsl. Er- foc. 1) (repr.). 1821; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 479-181. 1973. The Daniel s.n. [2.2.1909], distributed as P, ensifolius, is actually P. crassicaulis Korn. PAEPALANTHUS EURYPHYLLUS Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 8). 1973. Anderson and his associates found this plant growing in an area of hillsides with secondgrowth forest and bracken-covered campos, sloping down to a river, with blocky sandstone and sandy soil. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirk- bride 35679 (N, Z); Magalh%es Gomes 165), [Macbride photos 10603] (B—type, N—-photo of type, N—photo of type, W—photo of type, Z=--isotype); Mello Barreto 1655 [Herb. U. S. Nat. Arb. 2360); Herb, Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 17549] (W—-2121713). PAEPALANTHUS EXIGUUS (Bong.) Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 314. 1863. Synonymy: Eriocaulon exiguum Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 627, [pl. 59]. 1831. Paepalantims exiguus Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 314. 1863. Dupatya exigua (Bong.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745.1891. Dupatya exigua Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 115. 1902. Paepalanthus exigus (Bong.) Korn. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 460, in syn. 197). _ Bibliography: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 627, [pl. 59]. 1831; Bong., Ess, Monog. Erioc. 27. 1831; Steud., Nom, Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 180; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 57) & 613. 1841; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 267. 1852; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 279 & 333. 1855; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 31, & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 401. 189k; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 26, 182, 183, [283], 285, & 290. 1903; Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: [291 & 293, fig. 11 D 8-16. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: },06. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 4: 518. 1930; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed, 2, 15a: 52. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 1941; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (1946) and pr. 2, 2: 01, 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, 3, & 48. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209, 199; Moldenke, Phytologia : 12. 1952; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Mol- denke, Résumé 97, 280, 288, 324, & 487. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: 401. 1960; 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 311 Renn6, Levant. Eerb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; lMoldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 161 & 480 (1971) and 2: 500, 582, & 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 28: 460. 197. Bongard (1831) describes this species as follows: "acaule, foliis linearibus acutis glabris; pedunculis fasciculatis pubes- centibus; vaginis folia adaequantibus glabris. T. LIX. Habitat in graminosis humidis prope Ilheos, provinciae Bahiensis, et in pro- vincia Minas Geraes. Floret..... ‘) The former collection was made by Ludwig Riedel (unnumbered) in grassy damp places at Ilheos, flowering in June, and the latter by the same collector in damp meadows in the Serra do Carassa, both deposited in the Leningrad herbarium. The species has also been found growing in campos and on rocky ground, flowering in February, April, June, November, and December. Anderson and his associates encountered it in wet shady places under a sandstone ledge, mixed with P. miser Ruhl., at 1000 to 1050 meters altitude, in an area of steep rocky hillsides below sandstone cliffs, a stream at the base of the hills, and re- cently burned campo between the hills. Although Jackson (1893) cites a plate "59" in Bongard's work as illustrating this species —- as Bongard himself does (1831) -- Kunth (181) assures us that this plate was never published. Prob- ably it exists only in the Leningrad library or herbarium. Ruhland (1903) cites from Bahia: L. Riedel s.n., and from Minas Gerais: Burchell 5656, Glaziou 17848, | Langsdorff s s.n., H. Magal- hfes s.n. [Herb. Com. Geogr. & Geol. Minas 1290], L. Riedel s.ne, Schwacke 731) & 9236, and A, Silveira s.n. [Herb. Com. Geogr. & Geol, Minas 2980], all deposited in the Berlin herbarium, Sil- veira (1928) cites a no. 253 from near Ouro Preto, collected in 1900, but whether collected by himself or by someone else is not clear. The J. A. Steyermark 5789), distributed as P. exiguus, is a mixture of P. lamarckii Kunth and Syngonanthus g gracilis (Korn.) Ruhl., while the Williams & Assis 6864, cited below, is a mix- ture of P, exiguus and P. gyrotrichus | Ruhl. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Frées & Addison 29299 (Z). Minas Gerais: Anderson, Stieber, & Kirkbride 35637 ( (Ld, N); Burchell 5656 (Br); Magalh&es Gomes 3967 (N); Mendes s Magalhfes 14358 [He: (Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. )52)3] (N); Williams & Assis 686L, in part (N). Par&: Ducke s.n. (Herb. Mus. Goeldi 11430] (Z). Roraima: em & Magalh&es 51-1292) (N). LOCALITY OF COL- pce ARE elt ites = tl Seth Ped PAEPALANTHUS EXIGUUS var, LONGIFOLIUS Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: [291] & 293, fig. 11 D 8--16. 1908. Bibliography: Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: [291] & 293, fig. 11 D 8-16. 1908; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 48. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr . Distrib. Verbenac., (ed. 2], 8h & 209. 1995 Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Bre Pee YoTO.LO0G Ik Vol. 29, no. Summ. 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971. Illustrations: Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: [291], fig. sal 39) 8--16. 1908. This variety is based on Damazio 712, collected in swamps on the Morro da S#o Sebastifo, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in September of 190) and deposited in the Herbier Boissier at Geneva. Beauverd (1908) describes the plant as "Differt a forma typica foliis vix duplo longioribus, recurvatis; caetera ut in typus". He comments that "Cette plante minuscule a &t& signalée dans 1'Etat de Bahia et parait comune dans celui du Minas Geraes, dont Ruhland cite une demi-douzaine de provenances différentes. L'une d'telles est exactement celle d'ot notre zé16 correspondant M. Damazio nous l'a envoyée: la seule différence réside dans la date de floraison qui est fin septembre pour notre plante tandis qu'elle est notée en novembre dans l'Herbier de la Commission géographique de Minas, No. 2980: il se pourrait que cette variation dans la date de flor— aison d'une méme station coincid&t avec la différence que jous avons notée pour la forme des feuilles, et 4 laquelle l'on pour- rait ajouter celle des bractées stipantes, qui selon Koernicke sont de méme forme que les bractées involucrantes, tandis qu'elles en différent trés sensiblement chez les échantillons que nous avons examinés et desquels nous donnens une illustration." The variety is thus far known only from the type collection, PAEPALANTHUS a ea Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 163—16, pl. 103. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 163--16) & 06, pl. 103. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 19373 A. We Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. ia. 12 & 48. 1916; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. "191.95 Moldenke, Résumé 97 & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 103. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 818, collected along the margins of the Rio Extrema, near Gr&o Mogol, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in July of 1926, and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium, Sil- veira (1928) comments that the species as "A P. coloidi Ruhl. foliis minoribus facile distinguitur". Prance & Silva describe the plant as a small herb, frequent in the cerrado zone, flower=- ing in July. Irwin and his associates describe it as a low herb, 15-—-25 cm. tall, growing on wet slopes in campos or in shallow water in an area of rocky slopes and wet campos, at altitudes of 1000 to 1200 meters, flowering in February, and fruiting in Octo- ber. Citations: BRAZIL: Goia&s: Irwin, Grear, Souza, & Reis dos San- tos 12575 (Ac, N); Irwin, Souza, & Reis dos Santos ; 9 (La, N)3 Prance & ce & Silva 58198 (N, (NaN, oS: |, S, W—256L6lha, Boe 197k Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 313 PAEPALANTHUS FALCIFOLIUS Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 327, pl. 4S. 1863. Synonymy: Eriocaulon (Paepalanthus) rigidum Mart., Flora 2h, Beibl. 2: 35. 181 [not E. rigidum Bong., 1831]. Dupatya falci- folia (Korn.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Eriocaulon rigidum Mart. ex Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878, in syn. 1893. Dupatya falcifolia Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Paepalanthus gomesii (Silv.) Ruhl. ex Moldenke, Résumé 325, in syn. 1959 [not P. gomesii Alv. Silv., 1928]. Paepalanthus gomesii Ruhl. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 20, in syn. 1959. Paepalanthus falcifolius Mart. ex Tomiinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 190. 1969. Erio- caulon ascendens Bong., in herb. Bibliography: Mart., Flora 2h, Beibl. 2: 35. 181; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 283, 327, 328, 99, & 507, pl. 4S. 1863; Hieron, in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (4): 22, fig. 11. 1888; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 401. 1894; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 3, 189, 192-19), [283], 287, & 290, fig. 26. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 06. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. : 518. 1930; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 1 & 52, 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, 39, & U8. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (1946) and pr. 2, 2: 01. 196; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 2: 402 (1948) and h: 1203 & 1297. 199; Moldenke, Known Ge- ogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Phy- tologia : 142. 1952; Angely, Fl. Paran. 10: . 1957; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 15. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 97, 280, 291, 325, & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: Ol. 1960; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst, Agron. 70. 1960; Moldenke, Phytologia 19: 103. 1969; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 159-—-161, 167, 173, 17h, & 187—-189. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 161 & 80 (1971$ and 2: Slo, 582, 583, & 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 250. 1973. Illustrations: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 45. 1863; Hieron. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (kh): 22, ee 11. 1888; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 192, fig. 26. 1903. This species is based on P, Clausen 47, Martius 880, and J. E. Pohl s.n., all from Minas Gerais, Brazil, the first-mentioned from the Serra d'Itabira, but the others with no specific locality noted. The type of Eriocaulon rigidum Mart. is P. Clausen 195, deposited in the Berlin herbarium; the E. rigidum Bong., referred to in the synonymy above, is the name-bringing synonym of Paepal- anthus rigidus (Bong.) Kunth. Eriocaulon ascendens is based on Martius 828 in the Munich herbarium. 314 Ronee TOP OG A Vol. 29, no. Magalh&%es Gomes 2718, in the Berlin herbarium, was annotated by Ruhland as "Paepalanthus gomesii Ruhl., n. sp." after the name P, falcifolius had been crossed out by him, but the specimen seems to me to be identical with the latter taxon. Paepalanthus gomesii Alv. Silv. is an entirely different and apparently valid species. Irwin and his associates describe P, falcifolius as a decum- bent shrub with steas to 75 cm. long and with white flower-heads, and have found it growing in wet campos in an area of cerrado in- terspersed with wet rocky campo, at 950 meters altitude. It has been collected in anthesis in February and April, growing also in sandy places, Ruhland (1903) cites from Minas Gerais P. Clausen 7 (Br) & 221 (Br), Magalhes Gomes 3939 (B), Martius 880 (B), and J. E. Pohl sen. (B). Silveira (1928) cites a no, 247 from Venda do Cam- po, Minas Gerais, collected in 189, but whether collected by himself or by someone else is not clear. Material of this species has been misidentified and distribu- ted in herbaria as P. denudatus Korn., P. falcatus Korn., and P. rigidus (Bong.) Kunth. On the other hand, the G. Gardner 5248, distributed as P. falcifolius, is neice P. denudatus Korn., P. Clausen 267, 3 313, & 319 are P. ramosus (Wikstr.) Kunth, and P. Clausen 49 is Eriocaulon sellowianum Kunth. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Clausen }7 (B--cotype), 64 (S), 495 (B); Irwin, Reis dos Santes, Souza, & Fons@ca 23356 ( (N, 2); Ma Macedo 2758 ( (NSS); Magalhies | Gomes mes 2718 [Macbride photos 10612] (B, N-=photo, N-~-photo, W--photo), ~ 3939 (Herb, Jard. Bot, Belo Horiz. 26652] (B, N); Magalh%es Gomes 3 & Selpacks 2718 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo iarae: 26651) (N); Magu Maguire, (N. ¥. Bot. Garde type photos new ser. neg. 96/5) Geaeomaer M-- cotype, Mu--cotype, N--photo of cotype, Z—photo of cotype), SMe [Serro Frio] (B); Mendes Magalh&es 1306 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 39872] (Be--1809, N , W--212)159); J. E. Pohl s.n. (Mu-— cotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes s by Kornicke (B); Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 5. 1863 (B, N, Z). PAEPALANTHUS FALLAX Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: 288— 290, fig. 10 A 1—10. 1908. Bibliography: Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: 288-- 290, fig. 10 A 1--10. 1908; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. h, pr. 1, 170. 1913; Stapf, Ind. Lond. hk: 518. 1930; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 8. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 1949; Prain, Ind, Kew. Suppl. , pr. 2, 170. 1958; Holdenke, Résumé 98 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth’ Summ, 1: 161 (1971) and 23: 951. 1971. Illustrations: Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: 289, fig. 10 A 1--10. 1908. 197 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 315 This species is based on Damazio 1509 from Ouro Preto, Minas Gerais, Brazil, deposited in the | the Herbier Boissier at eaten: Beau- verd (1908) notes that "Cette espéce, voisine du Paepalanthus undulatus Ruhland s'en distingue nettement par ses pédoncules solitaires 4 l'aisselle des feuilles (et non fasciculés par 5-8), par ses graines sensiblement plus courtes que les feuilles, 4 orifice tronqué transversalement (obliquement chez P. undulatus) : en outre, les stigmates sont profondément bifides, bien que les deux rami fications de chaque branche restent parfois soudées jus- qu'au sommet chez plusieurs des fleurs que nous avons examinées, Les appendices, digités-papilleux au sommet, dépassant longement les branches du stigmate; stigmate et appendices sont soudés 4 la base en un style fusiforme trés court. — Les poils du réceptacle et de la base des fleurs sont longuement articulés-aigus; ceux du sommet des sépales et des pétales sont fortement claviformes- articulés, et chez 1a moitié supérieure des pétales des fleurs femelles, les marges sont également ciliées de poils obtusiuscu- les, filiformes-articulés." The species is known thus far only from the original collec- tion. PAEPALANTHUS FASCICULATUS (Rottb.) Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 506. 18). Synonymy: Eriocaulon fasciculatum Rottb., Act. Litt. Univ. Hafn. 1: 271, pl. 2, fig. 1. 1778 [not E. fasciculatum Bong., 1331, nor Lam., 1789, nor Weig., 1959, nor Willd., 1959]. Erio- caulon congestum H.3.i., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 1: 201. 1816. Eriocaulon congestum Humb,. & Bonpl. apud Roem. & Schult. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 867. 1817. Eriocaulon conges- tum Kunth apud Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 77h. 1826. Paepalanthus congestus Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 505. 1841. Eriocaulon congestum Humb. & Kunth ex Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 505 & 613, in syn. 18]1. Paepalanthus congestus ait & Bonpl. ex Kunth, Emn. Pl. 3: 514. 1841. Paepalanthus fasciculatus Kunth ex heesteh, in M. R. Schomb., Reisen Brit.—Guian. [Vers. Fauna & Fl. Brit.-Guian.] 3: 896. 1848. Paepalanthus fasciculatus Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 28h, 357, & 507. 1863. Paepalanthus congestus Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 505. 1863. Dupatya fasciculata (Rottb.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya fasciculata Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 15. 1902. Paepalanthus fasciculatus (Rottb.) Korn. apud Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 160. 1903. Paepalanthus fascic- ulatus f. genuina Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205. 1931. Paepalanthus congestus (H.BAK. ) Kunth ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl, 1: 20, in syn. 1959, Paepalanthus caiiuaourpnatans Mart. ex Moldenke, yr Suppl. 1: 20, in syn. 1959. Paepalanthus fasciculatus (Schrad.) Korn. ex Moldenke, R4sumé Suppl. 1: 20, in syn. 1959. Paspalanthus fasciculatus (Rott. ) Kuntze ex Moldenke, 316 Pie Oi 0G. Tak Vol. 29, no. Fifth Summ. 1: 582, in syn. 1971. Syngonanthus fasciculatus Black ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 636, in syn. 1971. Bibliography: Rottb., Act. Litt. Univ. Hafn. 1: 271, pl. 2, fig. 1. 1778; J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, 2: 206 & 867. 1791; L. C. Rich., Act. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris 1: 113. 17923; H.3.K., Nov. Gen, & Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 1: 201 (1816) and ed. quarto, 1: 252. 1816; Roem. & Schult, in L,, Syst. Veg., ed. 15 nova, 2: 867. 1817; Wikstr., K. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl, Stockh., ser. 2, 1: 76. 1820; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 312, 1821; Wikstr., Trenne Nya Art. Ortsl. Erioc. 11. 1821; Roem. & Schult., Mant. 2: 69. 132k; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 3: 77). 1826; Roem. & Schult., Mant. 3: 671. 1827; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 1840; Paxt., Pock. Bot. Dict., ed. 1, 12). 180; Kunth, Enun. Pl. 32° 497, 505, 506, Sli, 520, 537, 573, 613, & 62h. Iblis Marte, Flora 2: Beibl. 2: 60, 1841; Klotzsch in M, R. Schomb., Reisen Brit.-Guian. 3: [Vers. Fauna & Fl. Brit.—Guian.] 896. 188; Paxt., Pock. Bot. Dict., ed. 2, 124. 189; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 260. 1852; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 275--276 & 333. 1855; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 284, 357--358, 505, & 507. 1863; Benth. & Hook, f., Gen. Pl. 3 (2): 1023. 1883; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 01. 189); Huber, Bol. Mus. Para. 2: 99. 1898; Barnh., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 29: 585--598. 1902; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in kngl., Pflanzenreich 13 (-30): 17, 153, 160, [283], 285, 289, & 290. 1903; Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205-—206. 1931; H. A. Gleason, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 58: 327. 1931; Uittien & Heyn in Pulle, Fl. Surin. 1 [Meded. Konink. Ver. Ind. Inst. 30, Afd. Handelmus. 11]: 216—218. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 19. 1939; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (1946) and pr. 2, 2: 01. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 5-7, 12, 29, 33, 3h, 46, & 48. 196; Moldenke, Alph, List Cit. 1: 132. 1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 37h. 1917; Moldenke in Maguire & al., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 75: 196. 198; Moldenke, Alph, List Cit. 2: 409 & 556 (1948), 3: 701, 702, 7hh, B05, 809, 892, 956, & 975 (199), and hk: 1043, 1074, 1079, 1132 & 1169. 1949; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ted. 2}, 61, 64, 66--68, 8h, & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 12 (1949) and 4: 142--143. 1952; Moldenke, Mutisia 6: [1]. 1952; Mol- denke in Maguire, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 8: 97. 1953; R. E. Schult., Bot, Mus. Leafl. Harvard Univ. 16 (): pl. 11. 1953; Uribe, Mutis- ia 25: 28. 1956; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew, Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 15. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 67, 72, 75, 77, 78, 98, 280, 287, 288, 32h, 325, & 487, 1959; Moldenke, Résum$ Suppl. 1: 16. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960 and pr. 3, 2: 401. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 12 & 13 (1962), h: 5 (1962), and 5: 5. 1962; Lindeman & Gorts-van Rijn in Pulle & Lanjouw, Fl. Surin. 1 {Meded. Konink. Inst. Trop. 30, Afd. Trop. Prod. 11) 331. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 18: 10. 1969; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 20: 295, 297, & il--18. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 197k Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 317 118, 125, 130, 132, 134, 161, & 480 (1971) and 2: 497, 500, Lg 582, 636, 951, & 973. 1971; {oldenke, Phytologia 25: 159 & 16 (1973) and 28: 435. 197k. Illustrations: Rottb., Act. Litt. Univ. Hafn. 1: pl. 2, fig. 1. 1778; R. E. Schult., Bot. Mus. Leafl, Harvard Univ. is (4): “this widespread species is based on Herb. Rottbg11 sen, from Surinam, deposited in the Copenhagen herbarium where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 22281. The type of Eriocaulon congestum was collected by Humboldt and Bon- pland along the banks of the Rfo Y4o in the primeval forests of the Orinoco, Venezuela, and is deposited at Berlin. Paepalan- thus cylindrocephalus is probably based on Spruce 109, in part, from Paré, Brazil. Although the H.B.K. references in the synonymy and biblio-— graphy of this species are often cited as "1815", Barnhart (1902) asserts that both are more correctly given as 1816. The Klotzsch (188) references are sometimes cited as "8: 96", In both places Paepalanthus fasciculatus "Kunth" is mentioned and thus accredited, with as synonyms Eriocaulon fasciculatum Rottb., Eriocaulon fasciculare Weigelt, and E, caespitosum Pospp. — the two latter names, however, belong in the synonymy of Paepal- anthus bifidus (Schrad.) Kunth. As to the author-citation for the binomial here adopted for this species, see my discussion under Paepalanthus bifidus in a previous installment of this series of notes. Unless the inter- pretation here proposed is adopted, the species here under dis- cussion would have to be called P. congestus (H.B.K.) Kunth. The "Eriocaulon fasciculare L." of Raeuschel, sometimes placed in the synonyry yry of P,. fasciculatus, sonnadaey belongs in that of P, lamarckii Kunth, Kunth (181) includes Eriocaulon fasciculare Weigelt and "Er- iocaulon caespitosum (Wikstr.?)" in the synonymy of P. fascicu- latus and cites also "Bong. in Act. Petrop. 1. 1. 62h (excl. Lam.) fide synon. Weigelt. Surin.", but I regard these names as belonging to the synonymy of Paepalanthus bifidus (Schrad.) Kunth. At the close of his description Kunth asks the question "An recte huc relatus? P. polytrichoidi et P. Lamarckii tamen simillimus." On page 506 of his work he erronecusly says that "E. fasciculatum Bong. est Paepalanthus fasciculatus" — it real- ly is P. bifidus. He also compares P. fasciculatus with P. b oides (Riedel) Kunth, P. p perpusillus K Kunth, Philodice eangaae (Bong.) Kunth, and Philodice hof fmannseggii Mart. He also notes that syngonanthus caulescens (Poir.) Ruhl. "Eriocauli fasciculati fors tantum varietatem giganteam esse, suspicatur Poiret" — a4 possibility which is, of course, completely out of the question in light of present knowledge. Steudel (1821) places Eriocaulon 318 Pie ATHOLL One ava Vol. 29, no. fasciculatum Rottb. doubtfully in the synonymy of LE. fasciculatun Lam. [which is now known as Paepalanthus lamarckii Kunth]. It should be noted here that the Eriocaulon fasciculatum of Bongart and of Weigelt, referred to in the synonymy and elsewhere above, are synonyms of Paepalanthus bifidus (Schrad.) Kunth, while that of Lamarck and of Willdenow are synonyms of Paepalan- thus lamarckii Kunth, Uitten & Heyn (1938) cite the H.B.K. reference in the biblio- graphy of this species as "1815", but as indicated above this is incorrect -- pages 201--302 of the folio edition of this work were issued in August of 1616 and pages 153—256 of the quarto edition in May of 1816. Collectors describe Paepalanthus fasciculatus as an erect herb, 6--15 cm. tall, with white or grayish-white flowering-heads, and with white or brovm flowers. They have found it growing in white sand of clearings, coarse white sand of disturbed white-sand sav- annas, damp or damp sandy places, sandy spots, savannas, savanna forests on white sand, moist sandy soil in dense forests, sandy rocky soil, sandy clearings in woods, open patches near rivers in sand and silt, and in slight shade at the edge of forests, along trails and riverbanks, among litter on roadsides, on sand and sandy roadsides, on rocks, rocky cliffs, and savannas with quartz— ite base, “common in sand along railroads", and "frequent in sandy soil of open places", at altitudes of 25 to 900 meters, flowering and fruiting from April to February. Wurdack & Adderley describe it as "locally abundant" and Maguire & Wurdack as "locally fre- quent". Gleason, in his unpublished flora of Guyana, describes the spe- cies as follows: "Softly hirsute; stems slender, --20 cm. tall, erect or recumbent; leaves not greatly crowded at the summit, 1-- 3 cm. long; peduncles very numerous, 3--10 cm. long, the sheaths about equaling the upper leaves; heads 2--l; mm. in diameter, glo- bose, becoming short-cylindric, brownish; bracts acute or obtuse, shorter than the lower flowers and usually concealed. Sandy ground, Tumatumari, Gleason 2 (Venezuela to French Guiana and northern Brazil). In his 1931 work he characterizes the species as "widely distributed and common throughout tropical America". Actually, it is a widely distributed and very variable species found from Colombia and Venezuela, through the Guianas, to north- ern Brazil only. The vernacular name, "speldekussens", is re- corded for it in Surinan, The printed label accompanying Lutzelburg 22455 is inscribed "Nordbrasilien", but in longhand there is also the statement "Orinoco, Esmeraldas", so it would appear that the specimen was actually collected in what is now Amazonas, Venezuela. Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in herbaria as "toward P. fasciculatus f. tenellus Ruhl.", as P. polytrichoides Kunth, Syngonanthus anomalus (Korn.) Ruhl., and S Se umbellatus (Lam.) Ruhl. On the other hand, the Sellow 506 and ke Silva 210, distributed as P. fasciculatus, are actually P. P. bifidus 197 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 319 (Schrad.) Kunth, Martius 555 is P. bifidus f. brevipes Moldenke, Frées 25067 is P. “fasciculatus f. . proliferus Moldenke, André 10h9 Frées 25067, in part, is P. sascioulatus f. proliferus Moldenke, André 1019 & K.1740 (in part), Baldwin 3222, 3389, & 3548, Cuatre- casas 6976, Frées 25067 (in part) & 27 & ses Garcia Barriga & , Jaramil To Meijia 170 06h, H. A. Gleason 2 F. J. Hermann 15, Goodland & & shawe 23001, Maguire, Wurdack, & Bunting 36420, Murga Pires 70) (in (in part) & 908 (in part), ae Pires & Silva 264 (in n part), | F. —_ —-—————-CO '"'"—_ _s- ee + - - SO eee hes 3943 & 5837a, Schultes & Cabrera 1719), Schultes & Lépez 8780, 8837, 9715, & 9860, Sc! Schultes, Ra Raffauf, & : Soejarto . 24210, Spruce 1360, 2128, & sen. [in aaietbos ma hides |, and J. A. Steyermark 57729 are P. fasciculatus f. sphaerocephalus Herzog, Tavares 83) is P. myocephalus (Mart.) Korn., and Tavares 827 is P. tortilis (Bong.) Mart. Hostmann SNe, Maguire & Fans & Fanshawe 23560, and Mur¢a Pires & Silva 4708 are all mixtures with P. bifidus, Vareschi & Magdefrau 6646 uu 6646 is | is a mixture with the type. of P. SE, faeeiculatae” : proliferus Mol Moldenke, Black 8255, Maguire & Wurdack 34898, Spru 109, and Steyermark & . Bunting 102685 are mixtures tures with Es Sate ulatus f. sphaerocephalus, and Black 18-3050 is a mixture with both P., fasciculatus f. sphaerocephalus and Syngonanthus gracil~ is feo.) Ruhl. Ruhland (1903) cites the following specimens: VENEZUELA: Hum- boldt & Bonpland sen. SURINAM: Hostmann 59L, Kegel s.n., Wull- schligel s.n. F gn. FRENCH GUIANA: Leprieur s.n. n, (Br). BRAZIL: Ama- 26nas: Spruce 109, 1360, & 2198, Ule s.n, n, All these are depos- ited in the B Beridn Seeuen amen except _ for the Leprieur collection, Uittien & Heyn (1938) cite the following from Surinam: Boldingh 3910, B. W. 409, Focke 127 & s.n., Hostmann 591, Kegel 1198, Lan- jouw 505, Pulle l2, Splitgerber 702, Versteeg 735, and Wullschla- gel 760, flowering in March, July, August, October, and November, recording the vernacular name "speldekussens", The Garcfa-Barriga 14356 and the Schultes & Cabrera 14970 col- lections cited below are re actually from the border between Amazonas and Vaupés, Colombia, and therefore could have been collected on either side (or both’ sides) of the border. Dr. L. B. Smith, who very kindly determined for me the exact geographic position of "Moscofio", where André 1049 & 1079 were said to have been collected, comments that "Those 2 mumbers so far apart seem suspicious. Bromels near them are from the lower Magdalena and from the Cauca Valley," Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Amazonas: Schultes & Cabrera 16436 (Ss). Cundinamarca: André 1079 (F—-533553), K.1740, in part (F--533655). Meta: Apolinar-Marfa 166 (F—98965h) ; Cuatre- casas 1992 (F--1330800, W—1773271) ; Idrobo & Schultes 551 (W— 320 POHey eT O:L O16 & Vol. 29, no. 2029465); Philipson 2376 (Bm, N, sepia Gi) Philipson, Idrobo, & Fernandez 1477 (Bm, ~We-202615) « Vaupés. P. H. Allen 3083 c= 195197) ; A. Fernandez 2055 (W--2199,86) ; Garefa-Barriga - 1h 299 (W--2173463), 14356 (W--2173495); Humbert & Fernandez 27291 (P); Schultes, Baker, & Cabrera 18068 (3s, W--2172057); Schultes & Cabrera 12391b (Ss), 13110 (Ss, W--2171100), 1173 (Ss, Sayan 14174 (Ss, W--217137h), 1b 14970 (W--2113107), 15531 (Ss), 18347 (Ss, (Ss, W--2172129), 197h9a (Ww (W—-2113117), 1995) (Ss, W-=2172582) VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Holt & Blake 163 (S, W—151786)); Lichy 15 (Ve); Lutzelburg 22,55 (Mu); Maguire & Politi 28309 (Be, F, K, N, Ut, Ve, W); Maguire & Wurdack 31,898, in part (Mu, N)3 Je Ae Steyermark 90336 oo Steyermark & Bunting oe in part ae so ES eto defrau u 66h6, in ee (Ve—2521); L: oe Williams: ere cee Wurdack & Adderley 42913 (N, S). Bolivar: Koyama & Agostini 7388 (N, N), 7409 (N, N); J. A. Steyermark 90336 (S). GUYANA: Cowan & Soderstrom oa 1737 (Fg), 1748 (Fg, N); Whitton 13 (K), 250 (K). SURINAM: Bolander SNe ~(S)3 Boldingh 3910 (Ut--10671, |, Ut——)070a) ; Dirven LP.420 (Ut--29222b) ; Florschutz & Florschiitz 821 (N, Ut- 80225b), 1662 (Ut--80222b) , 1867 (Ut—80223b) ; Focke s. sen. (Ut-- 358); Gonggrijp 09 (Ut—L071a) ; Herb. Rottbgll s.n, [Macbride photos 22281] (N--photo of type, W--photo of type); Hostmann 3la (S), sen, (S, Ut—3hh); Lanjouw 505 [photo 119/120] (N, Ut— LhO7ha); Lanjouw & Lindeman 102 (N, Ut--17885b), 120 (N), 230 (N, Ut--1788lb), 821 (Ny), 3011 (Ut--17886b) ; Maguire 23983 (N)j i Mc Kea 10737 (wis); Pulle 2 42 (Ut--4072a) ; Samuels 236 (N), sen. [For- est of zandery, May 31, , 1916] (N, W--537963); Versteeg 35 ( (Ut-- BISA Ut—,073a) 5 Wullschlagel 760 (Br, Br). FRENCH GUIANA: Hoock sen. [22 Mai 1957] (P); Leprieur s.n. [Cayenne] (Br). BRA- ZIL: ZIL: Amap&: We. A. Egler 120 (Herb. Mus, Goeldi 2576] (Mi), 1421 [Herb. Mus. Goeldi 24577] (Bm), 47238 (N). Amaznas: Black Lg 2555, in part (Be--33291, N, Ut-~9789)a), 48-3050, in part (Be—- 36952, N, Ut--98009a); J. Elias 306 [Herb . Brad. 8084] (Z); Frées 12237 (N), 26083 (N), 28044 (Z), 2846 (Be--75262), 23755 (Z)3 Te Guedes 75 (Be-—-l3298); Holt & Blake 575 (Ut--29330a, W—1519203) ; Killip & Smith 30162 (Er, N, S, W—163331); Lanna 31) [Castellan- os 2378); Herb. Cent. Pesquis. Florest. 1916] (Ac); Lanna & Cas- tellanos 23706 [Lanna 07; Herb. Cent. Pesquis. Florest. est. 2132). (Ld); Lutzelburg 21960 21960 (Mu), 21993 (Mu); Maas & Maas 462 (N); Mur- ga Pires 704, in part part (Be—30178, | Be--30178a), 721, in p part (Be-- 3019ha), 908, in part (Be--30359, Ca—-59921, N, W—22221,67) , 932 [Herb, Jard. Bot. Rio Jan. 6542] (N), 1047 (Be——30h76) , 107) ee (Be—-30199); Murga Pires & Black 932 (Ca—738h0), 1220 (Be— 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 321 18205); Prance, Pena, & Ramos 3865 (Ld, N); Prance, Ramos, Farias, & Coelho 9069 (Ac, N); R. E. Schultes 393 (W—-195329h), 9h), 8720 CW 1988599), 8837 (Z), 9715 (Z); Schultes & & Lépez 9250 (W—-1988652) ; Spruce s.n. 1. [prope Barra] (S, S)3 G. H. He Tate 3 (N). Pard: Killip & Smith 30614 (W--1)63626), 30700, in part (N); Murga Pi- res & Silva a 26h, in in part (N), 4708, in. in part (Ut--73001), 7 14709 (N, W--2252 2621); Spr Spruce 109, in part % (Mu). Roraima: Black o1-132h9 (N), 51-13601 (N); Black & Magalhfes 51-12921 (Be--7071\). LOCAL- ITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED: Vahl sen. (S). MOUNTED ILLUSTRA- TIONS: drawings & notes by Kérnicke (B). PAEPALANTHUS FASCICULATUS var. ICANENSIS Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205. 1931. Synonymy: Paepalanthus fasciculatus var. icanensis Herzog ex Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 19. 1939. Pae- palanthus fasciculatus var. incanensis Herzog ex Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 5, in syn. 19)6. Bibliography: Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205. 1931; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 19. 1939; Molden- ke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 8. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 199; Moldenke, Phy- tologia : 143. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 325, & {87. 1959; Mol- denke, Fifth Summ. 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 582 & 951. 1971. This variety is based on Liitzelburg 22303 and 22448 from Tunuy, Rio Igana, Alto Amaz6nas, Amaz6nas, Brazil, collected on October 25 and 26, 1928, and deposited in the Botanical Museum at Munich. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Black }\8-2510 (Be-~ 33247); Ltitzelburg 22303 [N. Y. Bot. Gard. type photos new ser. | neg. 8851] (Mu--cotype, N--photo of cotype, Z--photo of cotype), 22448 (Mu--cotype); Murga Pires 721, in part (Be--3019)), 750 (Be- 30223). Par&: Ducke 11896 (Z). PAEPALANTHUS FASCICULATUS f. PROLIFERUS Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. }: 5, nom, nud. (1962), Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 23: 300—- 301. 1963. Bibliography: Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. : 5. 1962; Moldenke, Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc, Nat. 23: 300--301. 1963; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 125 & 161 (1971) and 2: 951 & 967. 1971. The acceptance of the termination "-iferus" in the accepted name for this taxon, as also in P. capillaceus var. proliferus, P. squamuliferus, and Syngonanthus caulescens var. proliferus, will be challenged by same purists, who will probably insist that the masculine form of these words must terminate in "-ifer". However, a letter to me from Dr. H. W. Rickett, dated August % 31, 1971, points out that a glance through Linnaeus! "Species Plantarum * (1753) shows that he used the name "Fucus sendigerus". Jackson's "A Glossary of Botanic Terms" (1950) lists bulbiferus, glanduliferus, and spinif- 322 PHY T:OrL-O'GiT'A Vol. 29, no. erus, while Nuttall, in his "Genera" (1818), accepts Cucubalus bacciferus. Dr. Rickett concludes: "So it is best to leave the words as they were published (my usual advice). Forms in “us seem to be respectable, at least in medieval Latin. Of course such words as niger, glaber, integer cannot appear in other form. And procerus is classical Latin." Material of this form has been distributed in herbaria as typical P. fasciculatus (Rottb.) Kunth, and, in fact, the Vareschi & Magdefrau 6646, cited below, is a mixture with the typical form. Citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Vareschi & Magdefrau 6616, in part (Ve--l2521--type, Z—-isotype). BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Frées 25067, in part (N). PAEPALANTHUS FASCICULATUS f. RIGIDUS Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205 [as "rigida'"]. 1931. Synonymy: Paepalanthus fasciculatus f. rigida Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205. 1931. Bibliography: Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205. 1931; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 19. 19393 Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 8. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8h & 209. 199; Molden- ke, Phytologia : 143. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 325, & 1,87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 582 & 951. 1971. ’ This form is based on Liitzelburg 222) from San Felippe, on the Rio Negro, Alto Amaz6nas, Amaz6nas, Brazil, and deposited in the herbarium of the Botanical Museum at Munich. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Liitzelburg 222) [N. Y. Bot. Gard, type photos new ser. neg. 8850] (Mu--type, N-- photo of type, Z--photo of type). PAEPALANTHUS FASCICULATUS f. SPHAEROCEPHALUS Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205 [as "sphaerocephala"]. 1931. Synonymy: Paepalanthus fasciculatus f, sphaerocephala Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205. 1931. Bibliography: Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec, Nov. 29: 205. 1931; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 19. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 48. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8 & 209. 199; Mol- denke, Phytologia : 143. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 325, & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 5: 5. 1962; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 418. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 125 & 161 (1971) and 2: 582 & 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 435. 197k. The type of this rather poorly defined form was collected by Freiherr Philipp von Lutzelburg (no. 22931) at S&o Felippe, on the Rio Negro in Alto Amaz&nas, Amaz6nas, Brazil, on October 26, 1928, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Botanical Museum at Munich. Collectors describe the plant as an herb, to 15 cm. tall, with whitish flower—heads and white flowers. It has been found growing in dense or secondary forests, in low scrub on 197k MNoldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 323 white sand, rocky sandy soil, savannas, sandy savannas, fine-sand savannas, in "slight shade at edge of forests", and in alkaline soil on steep shaded banks of streamlets in pastures, among rocky outcrops on mountain summits, on sandy open hillsides, on exposed granite, and in the shade of boulders, at aliitudes of 25 to 2028 meters, flowering and fruiting in every month of the year. Maguire & Fanshawe refer to it as "locally frequent on white sand", while Maguire, Wurdack, & Bunting describe it as "locally frequent in dense clumps in forest clearings at sabanita edges". Mori en- countered it on open sandy roadsides in brushy clearings and sec- ondary rainforests aiong with many Solanum species. The R. E. Schultes 3943, cited below, has two in situ photo- graphs included on the sheet. Schultes reports the plant to be "alkal oid—negative". Material of this form has been widely misidentified and distrib- uted as the typical form of the species and as P. cylindrocephalus Mart. and P. polytrichoides Kunth. Snethlage 8187 is a mixture with P, bifidus (Schrac. ) Kunth, while Black 48-2555, Maguire & sturdack 34898, Murca Pires 70) & 908, Spruce 109, an and Steyermark & Bunting 102685 are mixtures with typical P. fasciculatus (Rottb. a Kunth and Blac! Black ),8-3050 is a mixture with P P, bifidus and Syngonan- thus gracilis lis (Bong. ) Ruhl. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Amazonas: R. E. Schultes 393 (N). Cundinamarca: André 1049 (N), K.1740, in part (N). Meta: Garcia Barriga & Jaramillo Mejia 1706) (N); F. J. Hermann 1115 (N, N, W—1906238); F. W. Pennell 1543 (F=-l)85405, N, W--101807) . Vaupés: Cuatrecasas 6976 (N, N); Humbert & Schultes 27370 (P); (N); Schultes & Cabrera 1719) (N, S Ss, as Schultes, Raffauf, & Soejarto 24210 (Oa). VENEZUELA: usenet "Maguire & Wardack 34898, in part (Mu, N); Maguire, Wurdack, & Bunting 3620 36420 (M (Mu, N); Je A. Steyermark 57729 (N, 0.65). Steyermark & my Bunting 102685, in part t (Btu). Bolivar: J J. A. Steyermark 86888 (Fg, N, Ve). SURINAM: Lindeman ,228a (W—2559778). GUYANA: Hy ie A. Gleason 25 (N)3 Good- land & Maycock 452 (Mi, N); Maguire & Fanshawe 23001 (N). BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: J. T. Baldwin Jr, 3222 (N), 3389 (N), 358 (N); Black 48-2555, in part (W—2655156), ly )8- 3050, in in part (W——2655155); Ducke 11206 (Bs), 11539 (Bs), 11638 (Bs); Frées 25067, in part QQ), 27963 (N, 2); Goel Goeldi 3869 (Z)5 Killip & Sm & Smith 30160 (N, S, W— 163330); Liitzelburg 22931 22931 (N. Y. Bot. Gard. type photos new ser. neg. 885] (Mu--type, N--photo of type, Z--photo of type); Mori 805 (Ws); Murga Pires 226 (Be—28191), 70h, in part (N, N), 908, in part (N) 5. Pabst st 9429 [ [Herb. Brad. 58033] (Ld); 3 Prance, Maas, Woolcott, Monteiro, & RR Ramos 15682 (Ac, N); Prance, Ramos, Farias, & Philcox 4837 (Ac, N); Schultes & Lépez 8780 (N), 8837 (Ni), 97s 32h Pphy FATCOwL)O Gy Te Vol. 29, no. (N), 9860 (N); Spruce 932 (Mu), 1360 (B, Br, N, S, S), 2128 (Br, N.S “S). Par&: Cavalcante 86 (Bs); Ducke 997 (Bs), 12606 (Bs); We A. Egler 308 (Bs); O. Martins 8156 (Bs); Mur Murga Pires & 3 & Silva 26h, in part + (N); Snethlage age 6187, in in part (Bs); Spruce 109, in part (Mu), son. [in vicinibus - Obidos] (N). PAEPALANTHUS FASCICULATUS f. TENELLUS Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205 [as "tenella"]. 1931. Synonymy: Paepalanthus fasciculatus f. tenella Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205. 1931. Bibliography: Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 29: 205. 1931; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 19. 1939; Molden- ke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6, 7, & 48. 196; Moldenke in Ma- guire & al., Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 75: 196. 1948; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 6h, 67, & 209. 199; uoldenke, Alph. List Cit. 3: 701. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 72, 77, 98, 325, & 87. 19595 Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 12. 1962; Lindeman & Gorts- van Rijn in Pulle & Lanjouw, Fl. Surin. 1 [Meded. Konink. Inst. Trop. 30, Afd. Trop. Prod. 11]: 331. 1968; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. aerA25 132, & 161 (1971) and 2: 582 & 91. 1971. This form is based on Lutzelburg 22978 22978 from Esmeraldas, on the Rfo Orinoco, Amazonas, Venezuela, collected on October 8, "1928, and deposited in the herbarium of the Botanical Museum at Munich. It has been found growing in disturbed caatinga on white sand and along seepages in wet savannas, at altitudes of 300--),00 meters, flowering in March, July, and September. Maguire and his associ- ates describe it as "infrequent on moist escarpments". Lindeman & Gorts-van Rijn (1968) cite Florschutz 1662 and Ma- guire 2191 & 2677 from Surinam, The form differs from the typical form of the species in being much smaller and more slender, with very thin peduncles and the flower-heads smaller, globose, and laxly flowered. The Steyermark & Bunting 102696, distributed as "toward" this form, appears to be the typical form of the species. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Lutzelburg 22978 22978 [N. Y. Bot. Gard. type photos new ser. neg. 8839] (Mu—type, N--photo of type, Z-~photo of type). Bolivar: Maguire, Steyermark, & Ma- guire 53609 (N); J. A. Steyermark 89689 (Mi, N). BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Murga Pires 226 (N); P Prance, Co€lho, Ma Maas, & Pinheiro 11659 (ld, oe ae Ducke 16123 3 (Bs); Murga iaegaieies & Silva 205 (N, (N, Z), 4208 N, ee Co FASCICULIFER Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 73—7h, pl. \2. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: ah, 73--7h, & 406, pl. 42. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. &7 (1): h76. 19373 A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. "1942; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 48. 1963 Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 2: 12 (1948) and 3: 935. 199; Moldenke, 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 325 Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 199; Molden- ke, Phytologia h: 143. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 2. 1928. The type of this species was collected by Alvaro da Silveira (no. 5) in dry fields in the Serra do Cabral, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in June of 1910, anc is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. It is worth noting here that on page 06 of his work, Silveira (1928) cites Silveira 590 from the same locality. Whether this is meant to represent a seconc collection or merely a correction of the number given on page 73 of the work is not clear, If the latter, then it would be the type collection and the material cited by me should be so indicated, Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: A. Silveira 590 [Eerb, Marie-Victorin 158);] (N--photo, Z--photo). Te PAEPALANTEUS FASTIGIATUS (Bong.) Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 386. 1863. Synonymy: Eriocaulon fastigiatum Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 624, [pl. 60]. 1831. Dupatya fastigiata (Bong.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Paepalantus fastigia- tus Korn. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. ee, oer 402. 189). Dupatya fastigiata Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Inc. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. anaes Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 624, [pl. 60]. 1831; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 2. 1831; Steud. Nor. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 565, 1840; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 573 & 613. 1841; D. Dietr., "syn. PL 5% 266. 1852; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 275 & 333. 1855; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 386 & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1892; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and 2: LO2. 189k; Dur and & Jacks., Inc, Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 128, 151, 153, (283], 285, & 290. 1903; Alv, Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 83. 1928; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew, Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 19h); Woldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, 34, & LE. .1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (19L6) and pr. 2, 2: 02. 1946; Kolderke, Known Geogr. Distrib, Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8 & 209. 199; Durand & Jacks., Inc. Kew, Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, xésumé 98, 280, 288, & 187. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 875 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: 402. 1960; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 20: 422. 1970; Molcenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 161 & 480 (1971) and 2: 500 & 951. 1971. This species is based on L. Riecel 268 from rocky places in the Serra de S&c Joze, Minas Cerais, Brazil, deposited in the Lenin- grad herbarium, coliectec in the flowering stage in June. Bon- garc's original description (1831), later acplified by Ruhland (1903), is "Caule brevi, simplici, folioso; foliis caulinis lanceo- latis, longissime acuminatis, basi sulciiiatis, pubescentibus; pecunculis fastigiatis, longissimis vaginisque pubescentibus",. 326 Pony 0 BO Gor A Vol. 29, no. k According to Kunth (181) the original plate 60 which accompanied this description and was cited by Bongard (1831) was never actu- ally published. It probably exists only in the Leningrad herbar- ium or library. Ruhland (1903) cites only the type collection, which is appar- ently the only known collection to date. PAEPALANTHUS FERREYRAE Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 273. 1950. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 273 (1950) and h: 143. 1952; E. J. Salisb., Ind, Kew, Suppl. 11: 175. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 8); & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 142 (1971) and 2: pie laa ts) als PAEPALANTHUS FILIPES Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 380, nom. nud. (1947) & in Maguire, Bull, Torrey Bot. Club 75: 196--197. 198. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 380. 1947; Moldenke in Maguire, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 75: 196--197. 198; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 66 & 209. 19,9; Molden- ke, Alph. List Cit. 3: 701. 1949; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 175. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 75 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 20: 297. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 130 (1971) and 2: 951. 197i. PAEPALANTHUS FILOSUS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 164— 165. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 3, 164— 165, & 290. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 127. 1923; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam,, ed. 2, 15a: 1 & 51. 1930; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & is. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], Bl & 209. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971; Angely, Fl. Anal. & Fitoge- ogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 6: 1158 & Ind. 20. 1972, This species is based on Glaziou 19985 from Perpetua near Dia- mantina, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in April. The type was photographed in the Berlin herbarium by Macbride as his type pho-= tograph number 1060). Ruhland (1903) notes that "Speciei sequenti (P. viridulus Ruhl.] valde similis, vel melius cum ea conjungen- da?" The only differences he notes between the two taxa are that the sepals of the female flowers are obtuse in P. filosus and are subacute in P. viridulus. If there are no other differences, it would hardly seem worthwhile to separate them! Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Glaziou 19985 [Macbride photos 1060] (B--type, Br--isotype, N--isotype, N--photo of type, N--photo of type, W-~photo of type); Schwacke 621 (B, B). S&o Paulo: A. Lutz 353 (Z). ah Ce fie PAEPALANTHUS FIMBRIATUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 197--198, pl. 130. 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus fimbriautus Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. pl. 130, 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 327 sphalm. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 197--198 & 406, pl. 130. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1941; Moidenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & lB. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 1949; Mendes Magalh%es, Anais V Reun. Anual Soc. Bot. Bras. 293. 1956; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 161 (1971) and 2: 582 & 951. 1971. Illustrations: Alv, Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 130. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 685 from sandy fields in the Chapada do Couto, Minas Gerais, Brazil, collected in April of 1913 and deposited in the Silveira herbarium, Silveira (1928) ex- plains that "Nomen specificum 'fimbriatus' propter aspectum cili- orum bractearum involucrantium dedi." Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Mendes Magalh&es 18278 (Z). PAEPALANTHUS FLACCIDUS (Bong.) Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 511. 18). Synonymy: Eriocaulon flaccidum Bong., Mém, Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 636 & 643, pl. 4. 1831. Paepalanthus junip— erinus Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 512. 181. Paepalanthus flaccidus Kunth ex G. Gardn. in Hook. f., Icon. Pl. 6 [ser. 2, 2]: vi & viii, pl. 526. 1343. Eriocaulon juniperinum (Kunth$ D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 260. 1852. Eriocaulon juniperinum Kunth ex Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 282 & 334. 1855. Eriocaulon tortile Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum, 2: [Cyp.] 275. 1855 [not E. tortile Bong., 1831]. Paepalanthus flaccidus var. ({ Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 320. 1863. Paepalanthus flaccidus var. ¢ Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 320. 1863. Dupatya flaccida (Bong.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Eriocaulon juniperinum Steud. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878, in syn. 1893. Dupatya flaccida Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. l, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Paepalanthus flacidus Kunth ex Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 406, sphalm. 1928. Paepalanthus flaccidus Korn. ex Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 2: 582, in syn. 1971. Bibliography: Bong., lMém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Péters., ser. 6, 1: 636 & 643--64h, pl. h. 18313; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 13, 36-37, & 43--55, pl. h. 1831; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 180; Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 511, 512, 578, 579, 613, & 62h. 18)1; G. Gardn. in Hook. f., Icon. Pl. 6 [ser. 2, 2]: vi & viii, pl. 526. 1843; Walp., Ann. 1: 891. 189; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 260. 1852; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 275, 282, & 33h. 1855; Korn, in Mart., Fl, Bras. 3 (1): 320 & 505. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 & 879 (1893) and 2: 02. 189; Malme, Bih. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27 (3), no. 11: 27. 1901; Durand & Jacks., Ind Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 2, 3, 7, 9, 26, 184--186, [283], 285-287, & 290. 328 Pe YT: O° LTO Gri k Vol. 29, no. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 406. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 3: 90 (1930) and 4: S18. 1930; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzen- fam., ed. 2, 15a: O, 42, & 43. 19303 Durand & Jacks ., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pre 2, qe. 1941; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: *878 & 879 (196) and pr. 2, 2: 02. 196; Molden- ke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, ally 36, 1, 8, & 50. 1946; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 1: 223. 196; Abbiatti, Notas Mus. La Plata Bot. 13: 310. 1948; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 3: 710 & 855. 1949; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8h & 209. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia h: 143--1h4. 1952; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 280, 288, 289, 293, 325, 326, & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Sup- pl. 1: 20. 1959; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 & 879 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: 4c2. 1960; Eiten in peers Simpos, Sébre Cerrado 19). 1962; Moldenke, R&sumé Suppl. 8: 2. 196); Tomlinson in’G. Re Metcalfe, Anat, Monocot. Ble ab lis\eseali rie Boy 161, 17H: 187, & 189. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 16 & 23. 1970; Mole denke, Fifth Sum. 1: 161 & 480 (1971) and 2: 500, 503, Sih, 582, 585, & 951. 1971; Angely, Fi. Anal. & Fitogeogr,. ist. Si Paulo, ed, 1, 6: 1158 & Ind. 12 & 20, 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 200 & 2h7. 1973. Illustrations: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. MEET sere 6, 1: pl. h. 1831; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. pl. 4. 1831; G. Gardu. in Hook. £., ccon. Pll. 6 [ser. 2, 2]: pl. oe 1813. This species is based on L. Riedel 103) from sandy somewhat damp places in the Serra da Lapa, Minas Gerais, Brazil, collec- ted in flower in November, and deposited in the Leningrad her- barium. The type of Eriocaulon juniperinum is Sellow 5859 from SHo Paulo, "ad meridiem.", Brazil, and deposited in the Berlin herbarium. Bongard (1831) states that the species is "Valde af- fine E. bifido Schrad. sed recedit: caule non caespitoso nec bifido; staturaque multo altiore'. Kornicke claims (1863) that the typical form has glabrous sheaths, while his var. ? (the Eriocaulon juniperinum of Kunth) has pilose sheaths, but in this connection note Ruhland's comment (below). The Eriocaulon tortile Bong., referred to in the synonymy a- bove, is the name-bringing synonym of Paepalanthus tortilis (Bong.) Mart. Paepalanthus flaccidus has been found growing in swamps, cam- pos or dry campos, damp or sandy places, and in "brejo" near streamlets, at altitudes of 300-~1200 meters, flowering in March, April, June to September, November, and December. Irwin and his associates refer to it as a decumbent herb, the stems to 25 cm. long, and found it growing on lightly wooded shaded slopes. Material of this species has been misidentified and distrib— uted in some herbaria under the name P. bongardii Kunth. On the other hand, the G,. Gardner 52h), and Mello Barreto 6338 & 9644 (Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. Z. 25340), distributed as as P. flacci- 1974 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 329 dus, are actually P. chrysophorus Alv. Silv., while Martius s.n. [prope Cidade de Ouro Preto] is Syngonanthus caulescens (Poir.) Ruhl. Silveira (1928) cites a no, 29, with no collector designated, from Serra de Lavras, Minas Gerais, collected in 1896. Ruhland (1903) cites from the Berlin herbarium the following stairs Roth ecb bg a Cell eee aaa Clausen SoNey G. Gardner Gardner 4379, Glaziou 15518, 17309, & 19995, i Riedel 103), Schwacke 12U21 & 12782. | S80 Paulo: Glaziou a 17850, Lund s.n., foe Ll. Riedel 2291, Schwacke 6616, SeLllow 5859. He notes that "Folia angusta et bracteae involucrantes exteriores glabrae insignia. Varietates 2 a Koernicke waginis pubescentibus aut glabris distinctae muitis formis intermediis conjunctae sunt. Ceterum species magnitudine capitulorum valde variabilis." Additional & emended citations: BRAZIL: Distrito Federal: Ir win, Grear, Souza, & Reis dos Santos 119 (Ld, N); Murga Pires, Silva, & Souza Souza za 9515 (B), 9622 (B), 9627a (Z), 9755 (B). Goids: M. A. Chase 12080 [Herb. Leonard 765) ( (B, Mi, W—1)95706); G. Gardner r 4379, in part (N, S); Glagiou 2229) (Br); E. Santos 1718 [Sacco 1951] (Bd—27116). Minas Gerais: P. Clausen 9_ 9 [Kunth 69] (P), 13 (Br), 69 (B), 168 (B), s.n. [Pico d'Itanbira do Campo} (Br, Br), sen. [Aug.-April 180] (Br), sen. [18)0] (S); G. Gardner 4379, in in part (W—-937207, W—1066871); Glaziou 15538 ~(N), 17309 (Br) ; Herb. Hort. Osw. Cruz 4951 (Mu); Pereira oes (Pabst 3613; Herb. Brad. 3841) (Bd); Regnell III .126h [21/ 2/1820] (W--936250), III.12é4 [12/3/1847] (S, W—200751), III. 1264 [25/2/1870] (S, S); L. Riedel 103) (B—isotype, Tessas isotype) ; Wainio s.n. (Carassa, 1 IV .1895] (S); Widgren 825 (S), gene [X. 1845] (S), s. sen. [1845] (S, S), sen. (S). so Paulo: Brade Boon (Ss), 6583 (i (Mu); Eiten & Eiten n 192h (Iu, N); Eiten, Eiten, Felippe, & & Freitas Campos 3015 (N, N); F. C. Hoehne hne 360 (uu); L. Riedel 2291 (B, M, Ut— 360) 5 Sellow 5859 (B, Br, — photo, Z--photo). State anda tertined: “Vartius s 15 (Br), 883 (B, Mu, Mu, S), s.n. [Brasilia] (B, B); Herb. A. Gray Son. (T); Le Riedel 2191 {San Cerlos] (B), Son. (B, Mu Mu, “S)} Se Sellow s.n. [Bras- ilia]~ (B, B B, Br, N—photo, S, Z—photo). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kérnicke *(B); Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. roversp., ser, 6, 1: pl. lk. 1831 (N,°Z). es FLAVICEPS Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 412--13. 3° Synonymy: Dupatya flaviceps (Korn.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya Ge Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 299, )12—h13, & 506. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. 330 Pater lr Osli0) Galek Vol. 29, Hosa f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 02. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen- reich 13 (4-30): 201, 210, [283], & 290. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Dis- trib. Erioc. 12, 29, & 48. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 280, & 487. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 158. 1969; Molden- ke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162, 480, & 481 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971; Mol- denke, Phytologia 26: 23. 1973. This species is based on an unnumbered Selilow collection from Rio das Pedras, Minas Gerais, Brazil, deposited in the Berlin herbarium, where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph mumber 10605. Thus far the species is known only from this original collection. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Sellow s.n. [Rio das Pedras; Macbride photos 10605] (B--type, N--photo of type, N--photo of type, W--photo of type, Z--isotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B). PAEPALANTHUS FLAVORUTILUS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): Lh--1L5. 1903. Synonymy : Paepalanthus flavo-rutilus Ruhl. ex Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 88. 1928. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 127, Lyy--145, & 290. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 88 & 406. 1928; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 51. 1930; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Erioc. 12 & 48. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 4,87. 1959; Renn6, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; Moldenke, Résu- mé Suppl. 3: 34. 1962; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 583 & 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 192. 1973. This species is based on Schwacke 880 from the Serra do Cipé in Minas Gerais, Brazil, found flowering in the end of April, 1892, and deposited in the Berlin herbarium where it was photo- graphed by Macbride as his type photograph number 10606. Ruhland (1903) cites only the type collection and corments that "Species foliis, bracteis involucrantibus et praecipue indumento capitu- lorum flavo-rutilo insignis et P. ruficipi Ruhl. proxima." Sil- veira (1928) cites a no. 233, collector undesignated, from the game Serra do Cipéd, collected in 1905. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Schwacke 8)80 [Macbride photos 10606] (B--type, N--photo of type, N—-photo of type, W— photo of type). PAEPALANTHUS FOLIOSUS Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 333--33h. 1863. Synonymy: Dupatya foliosa (Korn.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891. {to be continued] BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "TERMITES: A WORLD PROBLEM" by Norman E. Hickin, 232 pp., illus.,. Hutchinson & Co., Publishers, Auckland, Melbourne, Sydney, & London W1; U. S. distibutor - St. Martin's Press, Lawrence, Massachusetts 01843. 1971 [U. S. 1972]. $10.00. This is one of the careful and valuable reports of the Rentokil Library that describes accurately and in direct simple enough language the anatomy, biology, classification, collection, econom- ic significance and control measures through treatment of soil, drywood, powder, testing procedures, and safety in wood preserva- tion efforts as related to these insects. There is a particularly interesting analysis of the insect orders with reference to the wood-boring habit. | Really ever-increasing and spreading man and his ever-increasing | and expanding wooden structures are the ultimate source of the | trouble here being discussed, not the termites whose r6le in the basic and continuing ecological balance is to return poorer and dead wood to humus and provide hames and food to other organisms in the interim. Throughout the tropical and semi-tropical parts of the world they exist in great numbers and many species and even extend somewhat into the temperate zones. Each chapter of this book is well provided with references and helpful illustrations. In a cover pocket there are three excel- lent large charts of termite anatomy and classification. This book should prove very helpful in many places and for many students, technicians, teachers, etc. "THE COCKROACH: Volume I. A Laboratory Insect and an Industrial Pest" by P. B. Cornwell, 391 pp., illus., Hutchinson & Co., Publishers, Auckland, Melbourne, Sydney, & London W1 - U. S. distributor, St. Martin's Press, Lawrence, Mass. 0183. 1968. $10.00. This is a scientifically and practically presented report in the Rentokil Library series. Its 35 items in the bibliography, its many clear anatomical drawings and diagrams, and its directly and interestingly written text vouchsafe its wide use by health officers, technicians, students, teachers, and entomologists of many sorts, In this volume are considered the evolutionary development and classification of roaches, with an identification key to the more common domestic species, correlated anatomy and physiology by systems including mating and ootheca production, movement, envi- rommental limitations and historical dispersal as "man's uninvited 331 332 PHY T OL OG A Vol. 29, no. fellow-traveller" with indications that the "American" cockroach - arrived in the slave ships out of west African ports and their role in disease transmission which is still mainly circumstan- tial except for the undisputed report by Graffer and Martens back in 1950 in "Le r6éle des blattes dans la transmission de salmonel- loses", It would seem that roaches have not been checked closely enough by researchers to determine exactly what they do at night with Salmonella typhimurinum and other microbes. "THE BLUE-GREEN ALGAE" by G. E. Fogg, W. D. P. Stewart, P. Fay & A, E. Walsby, vii & 459 pp., illus., Academic Press, London NW 1 & New York, N. Y. 10003. 1973 [1974]. :11.50 or $2). This is the only modern scientific comprehensive survey of this group of prokaryote cyanophytes available. Fortunately it is an excellent one. Its chapters cover such topics as cellular organization, photosynthesis and chemosynthesis, heterotrophy and respiration, life cycles, freshwater or marine and terres- trial ecology, nitrogen-fixation effects and symbiosis, and, finally, evolution and phylogeny. There is no firm answer yet about parity between endosymbiont blue-greens or cyanelles and chloroplasts in eukaryote green algae. The many illustrations in the book are very good, the index helpful and the bibliography very full. "LIVING ANIMALS OF THE BIBLE", text and illustrations by Walter W. Ferguson, 96 pp., illus., Charles Scribner's Sons, New York, N. Y. 10017. 1972 [1973]. $9.95. The special feature of this book is the fortunate combination of (1) excellent color printing and format, (2) beautiful alive- looking animal paintings, (3) zoologically correct presentations, (4) interestingly and intelligently prepared text, and all these from the talent, labor, and research of one man - Ferguson. His illustrations have been attractive enough for use in many other books and also accurate enough for reproduction in "AUDUBON" magazine, Over one hundred animals are mentioned in the Old Testament (which is less than half the mmber of plants therein mentioned) and almost as many are illustrated here in color. For each is given the Biblical Hebrew name in Sephardic transliteration, the English common name and the "nearest approximation to the scientific name", Biblical quotations are usually taken from the well known King James Version, otherwise from the Revised Standard Version or Anchor Bible if therein more accurate. Unfortunately his reference to manna leaves the impression of only a single kind and source — scale insect secretion(s) that dry as small balls and fall to the ground from the desert tamar- isks on which the insects live. We Moldenkes in our work on "Plants of the Bible" (Ronald Press, New York City, 1952) and in 1974 Moldenke, Book reviews 333 our various studies since then have suggested that there were three very different types of manna described in the Bible. First the sweet resinous gum exudate or solidifying sap that escapes most commonly after scale insects like Coccus manniparus puncture tender green branchlets or tender green leaf-veins. The sap "bleeds" out probably after the insect has stopped sucking and probably more heavily in the hot dry midday hours when "evapora- tion pull" is strongest. This product does not pass through the insects! tiny gut where part of it would be absorbed in the form of simple sugars directly for insect needs, the excess leaving as "honeydew" in such tiny particles that only Bedouin aphid ants would collect it but probably not Bedouin people. We also suspect that the highly specialized scale insects are not enzyme-equipped to utilize resins, This type of manna come from the trees and shrubs known scientifically as Tamarix mannifera (Ehrenb.) Bunge (syn. T. gallica var. mannifera Ehrenb. & T. nilotica var. mannif- era (Ehrenb.) Schweinf.], Alhagi maurorum Medic. [syn. Hedysarum alhagi L. & Alhagi mannifera Desv.}, and Fraxinus ornus L., all of which grow in the Levant. Depending on the location of these shrubs and/or trees, the most suitable weather, the time for the production of the tenderest tissue, and the heaviest feeding/ breeding of the scale insects and therefor the greatest escape of the gum, native folks collect their ow supplies or later even purchase it — Baruch 1: 10 (not Exodus 16: ); & 1) as suggested by Ferguson). Any combination of this material containing mannin as "common" fragments, "flakes" or viscid "fat" was the manna used with the burnt offerings in the service of the temple and became the much- and long-used "manna hebraica" of commerce and medicine. The other two types of manna, both mentioned in that Exodus reference referred to above, do not involve insects or other ani- mals. One type grew up in the night when the ground was moist and "when the sun waxed hot it melted" away or dried out to re- appear the next evening or stank "when the heat of the sun fell upon it" but Without enough drying for it to revive with the sub- sequent emergence of dew. This manna was most probably little green colonies of the algae Nostoc spp. which are found under similarly suitable growing conditions in many places in our world. It is not too likely as a source of sustaining human food even under duress because it has only enough to offer nutrition— ally for short periods of time and grows only when part-time moisture is available and this is usually the non-famine time in the desert or Biblical "wilderness", The third type of manna — the type that "fell from heaven" — was and is still in times of adversity considered quite edible by man and beast because it comprises the light dried fragmented lichens, Lecanora affinis Eversm., L. esculenta (Pall.) Eversm. and L. fruticulosa Eversm. (and perhaps others), which occupy vast tracts of barren plains and mountains in the then and even now isolated areas. After long periods of drought they curl up, 33h PH YL OVLNOiaed A Vol. 29, no. break free and become airborne in the prevailing winds often for great distances. With changes in wind velocity and/or direction and air temperature they are often dropped to the ground in showers, often forming layers several inches thick. This phenom- enon has been recorded in history repeatedly besides the Biblical account from this and other areas. During a great famine period in Persia (Iran) 120 years ago a great airborne shower of these lichens fell "from heaven" to the great joy of the inhabitants who prepared a kind of bread from them, As Ferguson also admits, ex- hausted migratory quails and/or their dung were not the manna of the Bible even though this was the interpretation of many earlier writers. Their presence just happened to add some additional protein and salts to the diet. In reference to "honey", we want to comment that Sampson's "bees" in the lion carcass were more likely to have been bumble- bees than honeybees and that perhaps the reason why there seems to be no reference to beekeeping in the Old Testament was because the domestic Apis mellifica was not yet introduced and that they "honey" mentioned was either the work of wild native bees or the hardened exudated sap from the inflorescence of the date paln, Phoenix dactylifera. Some accidental injury, sane infection, some jaw-cutting by some insects (possibly including bees), and/ or some deliberate slashing by man would permit the rich sap to escape and it could readily develop an alcohol content (the "strong drink" of the common people) before solidifying. The “arrack" of many parts of the Orient, including Sri Lanka, India, Pakistan, etc., is still produced thus from the sap of Cocos and other native palms. This book will delight and enlighten so many readers of all ages and of so many different interests, "BIOLOGICAL CONTROL BY NATURAL ENEMIES" by Paul DeBach, x & 323 pp., illus., Cambridge University Press, London NW 1 2DB & New York, N. Y. 10022. 197k. $5.95 paperbound & $1.95 clothbound. "The adverse effects of pesticide chemicals on biological con- trol have received relatively little public attention as compared to, say, the widely publicized effects on fish and birds, yet these effects on biological control hold the main key to the whole chain of events leading to the massive proliferation of insecti- cide usage......1f we can maintain, improve and, when necessary, increase biological control, pesticide chemical usage can be very greatly reduced.....-It is as simple as that, and technologically much more readily achievable than is generally realized." The first chapter explains with proven examples means of "es= cape from the pesticide dilemma". The others consider parasitic (mostly ichneumonids) and predatory (mostly coleops) insects and pathogenic micro-organisms as functional natural enemies of pests and their ecological impacts, the worldwide efforts of the ex- 1974 Moldenke, Book reviews 335 plorers for natural enemies, the importance of maximizing biolog- ical control research and other methods of biological control — replanting time, rotation, sanitation, pheromone usage, etc, This is an extremely valuable book interestingly, directly and accurately written and illustrated so as to interest a wide range of readers. "THE WATER ENCYCLOPEDIA: A Compendium of Useful Information on Water Resources" edited by David Keith Todd, x & 559 pp., illus., Water Information Center, Port Washington, New York 11050. 1970. $27.50. This is a "practical reference volume containing a variety of water resources data, facts and statistics". Spot checking for accuracy and coverage makes it safe to infer that the information presented here is carefully, scientifically and effectively pre- sented. "Information is presented in tabular form [revealing rather than obscuring items and relationships], the only text consists of explanatory notes and footnotes to make material readily understandable. To facilitate the rapid location of specific data, particular attention has been given to making the index as complete as possible. Time-dependent data, such as hy=- dropower development in the United States, are identified so that the reader can judge the relation of the information to the current situation or to his particular purpose." A well chosen list of source books for each section is given. The chapters composed of these sections cover for the U. S. and occasionally for other parts of the world: climate and precipi- tation, hydrologic elements as runoff and transpiration, surface and ground water with their uses and their quality and quantity, pollution control and resource management, agencies and organi- zations, and - finally - constants and conversion factors. This is indeed a valuable compendium of useful information to assist so many workers, including assorted scientists, technic- jians, students, informable general public, political leaders, etc. It is also a valuable contribution by the editor and the publishing organization for the beginning of the International Hydrological Decade, "ANNUAL REVIEW OF PHYTOPATHOLOGY" Volume 12 edited by Kenneth F. Baker & associates George A. Lentmyer & Ellis B. Cowling, viii & 502 pp., illus., Annual Reviews, Inc., Palo Alto, California 94306. 197. $12.00 U.S.A. & $12.50 elsewhere prepaid, This volume consists of 28 papers mainly on results and in- terpretation of contemporary research, often introduced by his- torical surveys, and dealing with host-pathogen interactions, environmental influences, epidemiology, toxicant-mycorrhizal 1974 Moldenke, Book reviews 336 interactions, resistance breeding, other mycotoxins, appraisal of plant disease, and control chemically by heavy metal, biological- ly and culturally by seed and root bacterization. Each paper carries its own bibliography. There are author and subject indexes for this volume as well as cumlative ones for volumes 8 to 12, reprint information ($1 each), and a list of re- lated articles in other "ANNUAL REVIEWS". The individual papers are typicatly the work of recognized phytopathologists not only from within the U.S. but also from any other spot in the world where such studies are progressing. VEGETATION DYNAMICS" edited by R. Knapp, Part VIII of "HAND BOOK OF VEGETATION SCIENCE" by Reinhold Tiixen, Editor-in-Chief, vi & 36 pp., illus., Dr. W. Junk b.v. Publishers, The Hague, Netherlands. 1974. 85 Dutch Guilders. From pages 293 through 356 there is the valuable bibliography for the 27 papers in this volume by 17 authors, making it the amplest available on the subject of vegetation dynamics with even some of the earlier works carrying their own additional reference lists on successional research work, as, for instance, in Ludi (1930) and Tuxen (1961b). This part alone is worth the 85 guil- ders in terms of "hunting" time and energy to be saved. The carefully prepared papers cover: kinds and rates of changes in vegetation by fluctuations and successions; methods of syndynamical analysis and conclusions so supported; cytogenetic, competitive, allelopathic causes of vegetation changes: classifi- cations of successions as evaluated by Dansereau, 4hittaker, Alik- sandrova, Knapp and Aichinger; productivity and chemical changes in successional stages in terms of biomass, nitrogen and ash ac- cumulations; fluctuations in coniferous taiga, grassland and desert; and synchronology dynamics applied to particular geolog- ical periods and to particular vegetation units in Europe. Most of the figures used are published here for the first time. Most of the papers are in English (occasionally stilted but never indistinct in meaning) with the balance of four in Ger man. It is indeed advantageous to have this volume and the prospect of still others available to theorstical and practical students and scientists dealing with ecological problems. 4 PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 29 January, 1975 No.5 CONTENTS PANIGRAHI, G., Notes on certain taxa of the Commelinaceae of Asia... 337 ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). IV. A new species of Schistocarpha from Panama ............+4.-. 339 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). -. CXXXIV. A new species of Sciadocephala from Panama ... 343 : KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CXXXV. A new species of Ageratina from Panama ....... 347 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CXXXVI_ Four new species of Neomirandea ........... 351 MARSHALL, M. P., & SEYMOUR, F. C., Polybotrya in Nicaragua ..... 362 -CUATRECASAS, J., Miscellaneous notes on neotropical flora, VI. ..... 369 ~MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. LXXIII, ... 386 -MOLDENKE, H.N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. LI. ...... 386 RNG GG) MyBook reviews 2. oO) eo eek wee 395 -MOLDENKE, Pere PO PEVICWS! CS CRS eae Salo, LN alae eee ie 446 t Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke i 303 Parkside Road % Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 : U.S.A. Price of this number $1.50; per volume, $9.00 in advance or $9.50 at close of volume; 75 cents extra to foreign addresses Mase 2 x NOTES ON CERTAIN TAXA OF THE COMMELINACEAE OF ASIA G.Panigrahi Regional Botanist,Botanical Survey of India at Royal Botanic Gardens,Kew. Morton (1966) in his revision of the genus Aneilema R.Br recognised four genera,viz. Aneilema R.Br.(1810),Murdannia Koyle, Dictyospermum Wight (1853) and Tricarpelema J.K.Morton (1966). While laying down the characters for distinguishing the four genera, he re-defined Dictyospermum Wight as follows: Erect herbs; stems simple;leaves shea thing at the base, entire;inflorescence terminal,flowers solitary or 2-3 aggregated in a short sheathing bract;pedicelled;flowers zygomorphic; petals 3,subequal,the upper one lies between the axis and the ovary; stamens 3,one of them often sterile with a bilobed staminode at least as large as the fertile anthers on the anterior side,occa- sionally 2 staminodes present on the posterior side,filaments bea- rdless; capsule globose,trilocular,dehiscent,loculi single-seeded seeds oblong,convex and reticulate on the back. x=l}. Thus resuscitating the genus Dictyospermum Wight,morton made with it seven new combinations at species rank.?ut two of them,viz.D.scaberrimum (Bl.)Morton and D.keyense (Warb.)Morton are not validly published, because he did not give " full and di- rect reference" to the basionym's "original publication with page or plate reference and date" either at pp.435-436 where he made the combinations or at page 471 under "References".Further, one of the new combinations,D.conspicuum (Bl.)Morton (cf.Index Kewen- sis,Suppl.15,1973) had already been made by Hasskarl in Commel. Ind.:22 (1870 (cf.Index Kewensis,Original vol,1895).D.wightii Hassk.(1.c.:19),on the other hand,is a superfluous name for D.ovalifolium Wight(1853); HassKarl had proposed the new name for D.ovalifolium Wight because the latter,according to him, had most -ly elliptic leaves,not ovate leaves. Of the remaining species of Aneilema sensu lato from Asia belonging to the section Dictyospermum, and not yet transferred to the genus Dictyospermum Wight, opportunity is taken here to propose two new names/ combinations,as given below. Again,Morton(1.c.:436) described the genus TRICARPELEMA but based it on the illegitimate name,Aneilema thomsoni (Clarke) Clarke,because the latter was a superfluous name for Dichoesper- mum giganteum Hassk.(1870) ,which Clarke (1874,1877) had cited as a synonym | " Aclisia (?) thomsoni,i.e. Dichaespermum giganteum Hassk.Commelynaceae p:42 Aneilema sp.1ll ex herb.Hook.f. et Thoms. Dr.Hasskarl refers this plant to Dichaespermum under the impregs- ~ion that the barren stamens are alternate with the fertile ones"] Not only then Tricarpelema thomsoni (Clarke)J.K.Morton is an 337 338 PHY TODO Gis Vol. 29, no. 5 illegitimate name but also is not validly published under Article 33 of the Intern.Code Bot .Nomencl.(1972) .Tricarpelema iganteum (Hassk.) comb.nov. is herein proposed to replace T.thomsoni (Clk) Morton.All other species of Dichoespermum Wight (1853) from Asia, including the three on which the genus was originally based by Wight,have been transferred to the genus Murdannia Royle (1839). 1. DICTYOSPERMUM SCABERRIMUM (Bl.) Morton ex Panigrahi,comb.nov. he 5. Commelina scaberrima Blume,©num.Pl.Jav.:4 (1827): Aneilema scaberrimum (Bl. )Kunth,Enum.P1.4:69 (1843) ;Dictyospermum protensum Wight,Ic.P1l.Ind.Orient.6:30,t.2071( 1853) «Syntype: Nepalia,1821,Wallich 5218 (K,chosen as lectotype) ;Aneilema pbotensum Wall.ex Clarke in DC.Monograph.3:219 (1881) ;Panigrahi et nammathy in Proc.Nat.Acad.5%c.India,”ec.B,33:500 (1963); Dictyospermum scaberrimum (Bl.)Morton in J.Linn.Soc.Bot. London 592435 1966) sine relat pag.(not validly published). Distribution: Indian region,Java,°umatra, Philippines. DICTYOSPERMUM KEYENSE (Warb.) Morton ex Panigrahi,Comb.nov. Aneilema keyense Warb.in Bot. Jahrb.13:269 (1891);D.keyense (Warb.) J.K.Morton lec. sine relat pag. (not validly published). Distribution : Papua. DICTYOSPERMUM PHILIPPENSIS Panigrahi,nom.nov. Aneilema humile Merrill in Phil.Journ.Sc.Bot.13:4 (1918) ,non Warb.(1891).Distribution: Philippines. DICTYOSPERMUM MONADELPHUM (B1.) Panigrahi,comb.nov. Commelina monadelpha Bl..Enum.Pl.Jav.1:4 (1827); Aneilema monadelphum (Bl. )Kunth,Enum.P1.4:70(1843); A.scaberrimum (B1.) var. monadelphum (Bl.)Rolla Rao,Notes Roy.BotGard.Edinburgh 15: 183 (1964) .Distribution: Java. TRICARPELEMA GIGANTEUM (Hassk.) Panigrahi,comb.nov. Dichoespermum giganteum Hassk. ,Commel.Ind.:42(1870) .Type: "Habitat regiones tropicas Sikkim,altitudinine 2-5,000' s.m. ubi legit Hook.f.(hrb.Hook.f.et Thoms. Aneilema 1a} Sikkin, Hooker 11, 3 sheets,holotypus et isotypus-K); Aclisia (7?) thomsoni Clarke,Commel.et Cyrtandr.Beng.:46,t.31 (1874) nomen superfl. Aneilema,(?) thomsoni (Clarke)Clarke in J.Linn.Soc. 15:121(1877); Panigrahi et Kammathy in Proc.Nat.Acad.Sc.India, Sect.B 33:500,t.12 (1963) nomen superfl.; Tricarpelema thomsoni (Clarke) Morton,Op.cit.:436 1966) sine relat pag., not validly published,nomen illegitm. ) Distribution: Eastern Himalayas. BIBLIOGRAPHY Brown,R.1816. Prodromus Flora Novae Hollandica,London. Royle,J.F. 1839.1 llust.Bot.Himal.Pl.part XI:403 (1840) & t.95,fig.3 (1839). Wight,R. 1853.Icones Plantarum Indae Orient.vol.6.Madras. STUDIES IN THE HELIANTHEAE (ASTERACEAE). IV. A NEW SPECIES OF SCHISTOCARPHA FROM PANAMA Harold Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The genus Schistocarpha contains about a dozen species in Central America and western South America with the greatest concentration of species in Guatemala and southern Mexico. One new species has recently been described from Guatemala (Robinson, 1974). Two or three species occur in the countries on each side of Panama but until now only the common widespread S. oppositi- folia (Kuntze) Rydb. has been found in the isthmus. A recent collection by Dr. Thomas B. Croat taken in western Panama proves to represent a thoroughly distinct and previously undescribed species. This new species is particularly unique in the numerous rays in about 3 series all bearing small but distinct laminae. Only the common S. oppositifolia has similar large numbers of female flowers but the latter species has the rays tubular, has much broader leaves, has more scarious and unequal involucral bracts and has less laciniate paleae. The new species is named here after the collector. Schistocarpha croatii H.Robinson, sp. nov. lantae suffrutescentes erectae 1-2 m altae? pauce ramosae. Caules rubescentes teretes striati parce breviter pilosi. Folia opposita, petiolis 1.5-4.0 cm longis; laminae ovatae 6-10 cm longae 2.5-5.0 cm latae base cuneatae in petiolis superioribus sensim anguste decurrentes prope basin trinervatae margine multo argute serratae apice breviter anguste acuminatae supra et subtus sparsim breviter pilosae, nervis subtus aliquantum dense pilosis. Inflorescentiae laxe paniculatae, pedicellis ca. 1 cm longis dense puberulis non glanduliferis. Capitula ca. 7-8 m alta et 7-8 mm lata. Squamae involucri ca. 20-22 inaequilongae ca. 4-seriatae 3-5 mm longae et 1.0-1.5 mm latae fulvae oblongae vel late oblongae apice rotundatae margine minute puberulae non scariosae exteriores extus sparsim pilosae. Paleae lanceolatae plerumque profunde bi-tri-laciniatae pallidae margine subscari- osae. Corollae flavae; corollae radii ca. 40-60 bi-tri-seriatae, tubis perangustatis 2.5 mm longis dense hispidulis, limbis oblongis ca. 2.5 mm longis et 0.5 mm latis apice profunde bi-tri- lobatis; corollae disci ca. 30-40 ca. 4.5 mm longae, tubis distinctis angustatis ca. 1.5 mm longis dense hispidulis, limbis anguste infundibularibus subglabris inferne pauce hispidulis, lobis triangularibus ca. 0.6 mm longis et 0.5 mm latis extus submarginaliter multo breviter setiferis; thecae antherarum 339 3h0 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 ca. 1.2 mm longae, appendicibus ca. 250 y longis anguste ovatis; achaenia ca. 1.1 mm longa late obovata glabra vix costata; carpopodia valde asymmetrica minuta; setae pappi ca. 30 facile deciduae plerumque 3.5 mm longae. Grana pollinis ca. 25 y diam. Type: PANAMA: Chiriqui: Las Nubes near Cerro Punta, ca. 2000 m elev. 1.B.Croat 26411 (Holotype, MO). Literature Cited Robinson, H. 1974. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). III. A new species of Schistocarpha. Phytologia 29 (3): 247-250. 1975 Robinson, A new species of Schistocarpha 31 Schistocarpha croatii H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photo- grapher, National Museum of Natural History Poy TOL OG Er & Twin yn Yi MW } will Wi) wf i W \ Wi "yy Me i mM Mi, wi" Wl i i oi aay i ii Mn ‘Mi ih | d i ‘i ‘all MMP Schistocarpha croatii H.Robinson, enlargem nt of head. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CXXXIV. A NEW SPECIES OF SCIADOCEPHALA FROM PANAMA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Recent attempts to revise the Adenostemmatinae (King & Robinson, 1974) indicated the existance of three species of Sciadocephala, all from northern South America. Now material of a fourth species has come to our attention from central Panama. The species is described here as new to be available for inclusion in the treatment of the Eupatorieae for the Flora of Panama. The panamanian plant is related to the type Species of the genus, S. schultze-rhonhofiae Mattfeld, of Ecuador but differs by the more decumbent habit and the more obovate blunt-tipped more nearly entire leaves. The species is namedhere for the collector Dr. Robert L. Dressler of the Smithsonian Tropical Biological Institute in Panama. Sciadocephala dressleri R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. antae decumbentes 30 cm longae vel longiores herbaceae perennes. Caules breviter rufo-puberuli anguste fistulosi. Folia opposita, petiolis 7-25 mm longis superne indistinctis; Laminae ellipticae vel parum obovatae plerumque 10-12 cm lLongaeet 5-6 cm lLatae base anguste cuneatae margine remote subserrulatae apice obtusae vel rotundatae, nervis subtus sparse puberulis, nervis secondariis paucis binis subbasilaribus valde ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae subcymosae pauce cap- ltatae, pedicellis ca. 1-2 cm longis puberulis. Capitula ca. 8-10 mm alta ca. 3 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 7-8 uniseriatae 2.0-3.5 mm longae usque ad 1 mm latae anguste oblongae apice rotundatae vel obtuse acute extus sparsim puberulae base vix connatae. Flores ca. 9. Corollae pallido-virides 5.0-5.5 mm longae anguste infundibulares extus sparsim puberulae, tubis indistinctis, lobis triangularibus ca. 0.7 mm longis et 0.5 mm latis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 400, longa; thecae ca. 1.5 mm longae, appendicibus ovatis ca. 250, longis et latis; styli glabri, appendicibus lLinearibus cremeis. Achaenia usque ad 6 mm longa sparsim minute puberula; carpo- podia immatura; clavulae pappi 5 plerumque 1.0-1.5 mm 343 3h PWY TO L.0/G 7A Vol. 29, no. 5 longae, partibus glanduliferis discretis ca. 0.2 mm longis. Grana pollinis argute spinosa ca. 30, diam. TYPE: PANAMA: Panama. El Llano - Carti highway, about 12 km N of El Llano; 19 July 1974, near stream; corolla pale green, style cream, Robert L. Dressler 4671 (Holotype MO, Isotype US). Reference King, R.M. & H.Robinson. 1974. Studies in the Eupator- leae (Asteraceae). CXXVII. Additions to the Amer- ican and Pacific Adenostemmatinae. Adenostemma, Gymnocoronis and Sciadocephala. Phytologia 29: f= 208 Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant BMS 70-00537 to the senior author. 1975 King & Robinson, A new species of Sciadocephala 35 Sciadocephala dressleri R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, Missouri Botanical Garden. Photo by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. 3h6 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 ii Vet std etal ase } Sciadocephala dressleri R.M.King & H.Robinson, Enlargement of heads and inflorescence. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CXXXV. A NEW SPECIES OF AGERATINA FROM PANAMA, R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 Ageratina is one of the largest genera of the tribe Eupatorieae having well over 200 species mostly at medium to higher elevations in Central America and western South America. The diversity in the genus is indicated to some extent by the 19 known from the small region of Costa Rica (King & Robinson, 1972). Only a rather small area of western Panama seems to be suit- able for the genus but 6 species are nevertheless known from the country, one being added recently (King & Robinson, 1974). The most recent series of collections by Dr. Thomas B. Croat from Panama include material of a seventh species which is described here as new. Distinctions of the species include the narrowly acum- inate trinervate leaves, the less crowded inflorescence, the small heads and the short corolla lobes. Ageratina croatii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. antae suffrutescentes usque ad 1 m altae pauce ramosae. Caules teretes superne aliquantum dense puberuli. Folia opposita, petiolis gracilibus 1.0- 2.5 cm longis; laminae ovatae papyraceae 5-8 cm longae et 1.5-4.0 cm latae base breviter cuneatae vel rotund- atae trinervatae margine multo duplo-serratae apice anguste acuminatae supra et subtus plerumque in nervis Sparsim puberulae, nervis secondariis paucis valde ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae sublaxe Late corymboso- Paniculatae, pedicellis 1.5-5.0 mm longis dense puber- ulis. Capitula ca. 4 mm alta; floribus plerumque 10-15; squamae involucri ca. 15 eximbricatae biseriatae sub- aequilongae lineari-lanceolatae 3.5-4.0 mm longae 0.4- 0.5 mm latae bicostatae apice breviter acutae breviter dense fimbriatae non scariosae inferne margine anguste scariosae extus sparsim puberulae; corollae albae ca. 2.3 mm longae, tubis angustatis ca. 1 mm longis extus Pauce setiferis, limbis anguste infundibularibus extus pauce setiferis, lobis triangularibus 0.3 mm longis et latis intus glabris extus dense setiferis, setis simp- licibus; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 150, longa; thecae antherarum ca. 0.5 mm longae, appendicibus ovato-oblongis ca. 100, longis et 120, latis; styli inferne leniter nodulosi, appendicibus dense papillosis; achaenia ca. 1.3 mm longa superne 347 3h8 PHY T 0.0 G TA Vol. 29, no. 5 valde constricta in costis dense breviter setifera non glandulifera; carpopodia cylindrica ca. 100, longa, cellulis plerumque elongatis ca. 12y latis; setae pappi ca. 20 fragiles ad apicem vix latiores, series second- aria brevia distincta. Grana pollinis ca. 20, diam. TYPE: PANAMA: Chiriqui. Las Nubes near Cerro Punta, ca. 2,000 meters, August 7, 1974, Thomas B. Croat 26432 (Holotype US, Isotype MO). References King, R. M. & H. Robinson. 1972. Studies in the Eupator- ieae (Asteraceae). LXXXV. Additions to the genus Ageratina with a key to the Costa Rican species. Phytologia 24: 79-104. King, R. M. & H. Robinson. 1974. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CXXVIII. Four additions to the genus Ageratina from Mexico and Central America. Phytologia 28: 494-502. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant BMS 70-00537 AO4 to the senior author. 1975 King & Robinson, A new species of Ageratina 309 Ageratina croatii R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. 350 PHY POLIO G TA Vol. 29, now 5 MY (iy i ye ; | fi I Ll! Lui isnnmat Ageratina croatii R.M.King & H.Robinson, Enlargement of Heads. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CXXXVI. FOUR NEW SPECIES OF NEOMIRANDEA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 Recent collections of Neomirandea from two countries have resulted in the discovery of four new species. The collections are from Costa Rica and Panama which have previously proven to be centers of distribution for the genus. Two new species have been collected by Dr. Thomas B. Croat during his most recent trip to Panama and these are to be included in the treatment for the Flora of Panama. Two new species have been collected by the senior author on a recent trip to Costa Rica. The efforts of the senior author in Costa Rica have pointed up the important effect of seasonality in the collection of Neomirandea. Most collections have been made during the months of December to February which closely correlates with the dry season in Costa Rica. The last trip was in June, during the rainy season. Many species common at other times of the year were not found and one of the new species was in an area where previous collectors would certainly have noticed it. In addition, N. costaricensis R.M.King & H.Robinson was originally collected by the senior author during the rainy season and it has now been recollected in quantity again in the rainy season. An earlier attempt to recollect the species at its type locality during late January and early February failed. The species, N. eximia (B.L.Robinson) R.M. King & H.Robinson is apparently common at all seasons. Neomirandea biflora R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae epiphyticae frutescentes subcarnosae ca. 1 m altae pauce vel multo ramosae. Caules teretes glabri inferne usque ad 5 cm diam. Folia opposita anguste petiolata, petiolis plerumque 1-2 cm longis; laminae ovatae plerumque 5-7 cm longae et 2-3 cm latae subcoriaceae base breviter cuneatae margine integrae apice vix acuminatae supra et subtus glabrae, nerviis secondariis pinnatis obscuris. Inflorescentiae Late paniculatae usque ad 25 cm latae et 30 cm altae, ramis Puberulis. Capitula subsessilia in aggregatis plerumque bina vel ternata ca. 10-12 mm alta. Squamae involucri ca. 20 subimbricatae vel imbricatae ca. 4-5 seriatae valde inaequilongae 1-5 mm longae ca. 1-1.3 mm latae 351 352 PEAY cr Orel) O7G ak Vol. 29, now 5 exteriores ovatae interiores oblongae et Laciniatae extus glabrae longitudinaliter atrovittatae. Flores plerumque 2 in capitulo raro 1; corollae ca. 5.5 mm longae late infundibulares lavandulae extus glabrae, tubis et faucibus inferioribus induratis, faucibus intus superne dense hirsutis, lLobis elongatis oblongis ca. 2.5 mm longis ca. 0.8 mm latis, cellulis quadratis, parietibus non sinuosis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 300-350, longa; thecae antherarum ca. 1.5 mm longae, appendicibus oblongo-ovatis ca. 400, longis et 230u latis; styli inferne valde nodulosi glabri; achaenia prismatica ca. 3.5 mm longa subglabra in costis vix remote scab- rida; carpopodia breviter obturaculiformia, cellulis roundatis ca. 12yu diam. ca. 8-seriatis; setae pappi ca. 58 apice vix scabrae vix clavatae. Grana pollinis ca. 25 diam. TYPE: COSTA RICA: San Jose: along route 2, ca. 19 kms generally SE of Empalme. Elevation ca. 8,300 ft. June 11, 1974, Robert Merrill King 6762 (Holotype US). The new species is a member of the typical sub- genus with very obvious pubescence inside of the corolla and with a very enlarged style base. The species is most closely related to the two entire-leaved species, N. araliaefolia (Less.) R.M.King & H.Robinson and N. psoralea (B.L.Robinson) R.M.King & H.Robinson, having [acinate inner phyllaries as in the former and deeply cleft corolla lobes as in the latter. The new species differs from both its closest relatives by the reddish color of the corollas and by the mostly two flowers per head. The plants observed in the field are sometimes 10 or more feet up on trunks of trees but have rhizomes reaching the ground. Neomirandea croatii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. antae epiphyticae frutescentes subcarnosae ca. 1 m altae pauce ramosae. Caules teretes dense hirsuti. Folia opposita breviter anguste petiolata, petiolis Plerumque 5-10 mm longis; laminae late ellipticae vel obovatae plerumque 5.5-9.5 cm longae et 3.0-6.5 cm latae subcoriaceae base breviter cuneatae margine integrae apice leniter breviter acuminatae supra sparsim hispidulae subtus sparsim pilosae in nervis densius pilosae. Inflorescentiae late corymbosae usque ad 12 cm altae et 15 cm latae, ramis ultimis 2-9 mm longis 1975 King & Robinson, New species of Neomirandea 353 puberulis. Capitula ca. 9 mm alta. Squamae involucri ca. 8-9 subimbricatae ca.3-seriatae valde inaequilongae 3-6 mm longae et 0.8-1.0 mm latae Lineari-lanceolatae apice obtusae extus sparsim minute puberulae et raro glanduliferae; receptacula plana minute puberula. Flores plerumque 5 in capitulo; corollae ca. 7 mm longae anguste infundibulares lLavendulae vel purpurascentes intus glabrae extus inferne subglabrae, lobis ovato- oblongis ca. 0.8 mm longis et 0.5-0.6 mm lLatis extus sparsim glanduliferis et minute puberulis; cellulis subquadratis vel breviter oblongis, parietibus non sinuosis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.7 mm longa; thecae antherarum ca. 1.2 mm longae, appendici- bus ovato-oblongis ca. 250u longis et 200u latis; styli inferne non inflati glabri; achaenia prismatica 2.5- 3.0 mm longa subglabra inferne et superne sparsim Ppuberula et breviter setifera; carpopodia distincta brevia, cellulis subquadratis 3-4-seriatis; setae pappi ca. 50 apice vix scabrae vix clavatae. Grana pollinis ca. 25u diam. TYPE: PANAMA: Chiriqui: Las Nubes near Cerro Punta, ca. 2,000 meters elevation, August 7, 1974, Thomas B. Croat 26452 (Holotype US, Isotype MO). N. croatii has a similar appearance and is prob- ably most closely related to N. chiriquensis R.M.King & H.Robinson which occurs in the same general area of Panama. The new species differs by the puberulous stems, by the more pointed and pubescent Leaves which have more prominent secondary veins, by the heads having only 5 florets and by the corollas being puber- ulous and glanduliferous on the outer surface rather than glabrous. Neomirandea gracilis R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae suffrutescentes usque ad 1 m altae pauce ramosae. Caules teretes subglabri superne puberuli. Folia opposita breviter anguste petiolata, petiolis ca. 1-2 mm longis; laminae oblongo-ellipticae plerumque 4-8 cm longae et 1.5-3.0 cm latae papyraceae base rotundatae vel breviter cuneatae margine remote distincte serrulatae apice breviter obtuse acute supra sparsim glandulo-punctatae subtus minute sparsim puberulae dense glandulo-punctatae, nervis primariis subtus subpilosis, nervis secondariis pinnatis obscuris. Inflorescentiae parvae corymbose paniculatae 4.5 cm latae et 3.5 cm altae, ramis puberulis et pauce gland- uliferis, ramis ultimis 1.5-6.0 mm longis. Capitula 354 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. § ca. 6 mm alta et 1.5 mm lata. Squamae involucri fulvi ca. 12 subimbricatae vel eximbricatae ca. 2-seriatae anguste oblongae 1.5-2.5 mm longae et ca. 0.4 mm latae apice anguste rotundatae extus sparsim puberulae et glanduliferae; receptacula glabra. Flores 8-9 in capitulo; corollae ca. 4 mm longae lavendulae anguste infundibulares intus glabrae extus sparsim puberulae et glanduliferae in lobis dense glanduliferae, lobis breviter triangularibus ca. 0.45 mm longis et 0.5 mm latis, cellulis quadratis, parietibus non sinuosis; filamentain parte superiore angusta ca. 0.5 mm longa; thecae antherarum ca. 0.9 mm longae, appendicibus ovato-oblongis ca. 200u longis et 175, latis; styli inferne non inflati glabri; achaenia prismatica ca. 1.7 mm longa puberula et glandulifera; carpopodia distincta perbrevia, cellulis subquadratis ca. 3- seriatis; setae pappi ca. ca. 32-35 apice parum clavatae acutae. Grana pollinis 20-22,diam. TYPE: PANAMA: Veraguas: Valley of Rio Dos Bocas, along road between Escuela Agricola Alto Piedra and Calove- bora, 15.6 kms NW of Santa Fe. Alt. 450-550 meters, 31 August 1974, Thomas B. Croat 27701 (Holotype US, Isotype MO). The new species is related to N. eximia (B.L.Rob- inson) R.M.King & H.Robinson and occurs at the extreme eastern edge of the range of the latter. Neomirandea gracilis differs from most specimens of N. eximia by the serrulate more sessile oblong leaves, by the more sparing inflorescence and by the numerous glands on the corolla lobes. Some material of N. eximia from the same province of Panama show similar sparing inflorescences and serrulation which suggests some past hybridization. The new species shares the leaf serrulations and ep anduler corollas with N. parasitica (Klatt) R.M.King & H.Robinson of Costa Rica Bae h much more sessile oblong leaves of more herbaceous texture. The Costa Rican species has essentially non- puberulous leaves with much less prominent glandular punctations. Neomirandea grosvenorii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. antae grosse herbaceae vel subarborescentes erectae usque ad 5 m altae non ramosae base erectae. Caules subteretes vel valde striati dense granuloso- puberuli. Folia opposita majuscula longipetiolata, petiolis usque ad 33 cm longis adaxialiter distincte 1975 King & Robinson, New species of Neomirandea 355 multilacerate alatis in foliis superioribus valde stipulatis; Laminae late deltoideae vel aceriformes palmatae usque ad 32 cm lLongae et Latae grosse dent- atae vel vadose lobatae ad apicem vix acuminatae base rotundatae vel truncatae 3-5-nervatae supra sparsim plerumque in nervis puberulae subtus glandulo-punctatae in nervis et nervulis dense granuloso-puberulae. Inflorescentiae corymbosae usque ad 30 cm latae et 15 cm altae, ramis dense puberulis, ramis ultimis 1-4 mm longis. Capitula ca. 10 mm longa et 2.5 mm lata. Squamae involucri fulvae ca. 16 imbricatae 4-5-seriatae Ovatae vel oblongae 1.5-7.0 mm longae et ca. 1.5 mm latae apice perbreviter obtusae minute fimbriatae extus glabrae; receptacula glabra. Flores 4-5 in capitulo; corollae ca. 7 mm longae roseae ? inferne tubulares valde indurata, tubis ca. 3.5 longis, faucibus perbrevi- bus infundibularibus intus glabris, lobis anguste oblongis ca. 1.5 mm longis et 0.5 mm latis extus plerumque glabris superne pauce perbreviter setiferis et glanduliferis, cellulis quadratis, parietibus non sinuosis; filamenta in parte superiore subfusiformia ca. 300, longa; thecae antherarum ca. 1 mm longae, appendicibus oblongis ca. 2004 longis et 175, latis; styli inferne inflati glabri; achaenia prismatica ca. 4 mm longa superne breviter pauce setifera ceterum glabra; carpopodia breviter cylindrica, cellulis sub- quadratis ca. 15, diam. ca. 10-seriatis; setae pappi 45-50 flavescentes apice vix scabrae non clavatae. Grana pollinis ca. 25, diam. TYPE: COSTA RICA: Cartago: southern slopes of Volcan Irazu and Volcan Turrialba, ca. 3 kms generally NE of San Rafael de Irazu. Elevation ca. 8,300 ft., June 18, 1974, Robert Merrill King 6823 (Holotype Ss 2. Paratype same Location: R.M. inact ng 6822 (US). The new species is one of the few having enlarged style bases but no hairs on the inner surface of the corolla. The most closely related species in Costa Rica, N. burgeri R.M.King & H.Robinson has larger more retrorse teeth on the petiole and has a long horizontal rhizome from which the erect shoots arise. The new species completely Lacks any horizontal rhizome. Closest relationship is actually to N. panamensis R.M. King & H.Robinson of western Panama. ‘the new species differs by the greater size of its heads and florets, and by the consistently winged petioles of the leaves. In N. panamensis only the leaves at the base of the infloreaeenee seem to have wings on the petioles. Possible distinctions needing confirmation are the 356 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 longer internodes of the thickened broadly fistulose stems and the nonglanduliferous corolla tubes. The new species is named in honor of Gilbert Grosvenor of The National Geographic Society. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant BMS 70-00537 AO4 to the senior author, Field work in Costa Rica was supported by a grant from the National Geographic Society, Washington, 1D) (O3- 1975 King & Robinson, New species of Neomirandea 357 Neomirandea biflora R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, Natjonal Museum of Natural History. 358 PHY TOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 Neomirandea croatii R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 1975 King & Robinson, New species of Neomirandea 359 2723029 Neomirandea racilis R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. PHYTOLOGIA PLANTS OF COSTA RICA UNiTED STATES 2723024 NATIONAL HERBARIUM Vol. 29, no. 5 Neomirandea grosvenorii R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 1975 King & Robinson, New species of Neomirandea 361 Enlargements of heads of Neomirandea. Top left; Neomirandea biflora. Top right; N. croatii. Bottom left; N. gracilis. Bottom right; N. grosvenorii. POLY BOTR YA IN NICARAGUA Melissa Page Marshall! and Frank C. Seymour¢ Literature on the flora of Nicarguais very scattered and sometimes difficult to obtain, usually to be found only in large botanical libraries. Specimens likewise are few and far be- tween. For these reasons, itis especially desirable to publish results of studies in the flora of that country. A good example of the scarcity of literature and specimens is a genus of Ferns, Polybotrya of the Polypodiaceae. As spec- ies not formerly known in Nicaragua are frequently found, itis advisable to include on sucha study all the species known to oc- cur in Central America. Having had occasion to study the speci- mens themselves in several herbaria named below, it may be helpful to pass on some of our notes. The following data we hope will make more accessible a means of identifying speci- mens from Nicaragua. We wish to express our thanks to the following for the privi- lege of studying specimens in their herbaria and consulting their libraries. Dr. Reed C. Rollins, Director ofthe Gray Her. barium; Dr. Richard A. Howard, Director of the Arnold Arbor- etum; and Dr. Daniel B. Ward, Director of the Herbarium of the University of Florida. We express our thanks to Dr. Ward and to Dr. David B. Lellinger of the United States National Herbar- ium for important information. A brief description of the genus, POLYBOTRYA Humboldt & Bonpland, following Copeland. Stem climbing. Rootstock creeping, with linear, needle-like, castaneous paleae, their mar~ gins toothed. Stipes remote, long, scaly at least at base, set- ose or glabrescent. Fronds pinnate to tripinnate. Fertile blade very different from the sterile blade, the segments of fertile blade being much narrower. Veins usually free but in some species joining near the margin. Sporangia covering the lower surface and sometimes found on the upper surface also. 1. At the time of writing, a member of the staff of the Pringle Herbarium of the University of Vermont. Z. Research Associate, Missouri Botanical Garden and Visiting Associate Research Professor , University of Florida. 362 L975 Marshall & Seymour, Polybotrya in Nicaragua 3 ARTIFICIAL KEY TO SPECIES OF POLYBOTR YA Known to occur in Central America 1. Pinnae of sterile fronds simple, glabrous; stipe straw- colored 2. 2. Veins of sterile frond rarely branched except near costa and margin; sterile pinnae entire; pinnae of fertile frond simple or pinnate; stipe of sterile frond straw-colored, scaly near base or glabrous ... ; : mrad ge 1. P. cervina 2. Veins of sterile frond Breed 2=- A fae: sterile pinnae ser- rate to entire; pinnae of fertile frond pinnate to pinnatifid 3. 3. Stipes naked, straw-colored; on sterile frond, pinnae sub- entire; on fertile frond, longest pinnules 12-16 mm long © op! don Cee ee eC erie oP nC Omen . 2, P. Kalbreyeri 3. Stipes scaly, densely so at base 4. 4. Pinnae on sterile frond serrate; on fertile frond, longest pinnules 5-6 mm long; on sterile frond, veins frequently “eae stipes straw-colored - Serr = 5 hte homes Ss P sete areenes 4, Pinnae on Bteciie fond antive or crenate; on fertile frond, longest pinnules about 3 mm long; stipes golden- brown; on sterile frond, veins never rejoining SAY. Se 4.P. salicifelia ee Pamae (at oe. pend one ey ‘eee ectiaoand Be 5. Blades hairy beneath; rachis densely pubescent 6. 6. Blades finely pubescent on veinlets of lower surface, soft and fuzzy to the touch; upper surface of pinnae smooth; segments toothed ..... ott) ©) teh os ean Ree 6. Blades sparingly hairy beeen ee: glabrous above; segments entire .. . ee lene 6. P. costaricensis 5. Blades smooth on upper ad inek surfaces; pubescent some- times on rachis and midvein of pinnae, or very slightly on the midveins of pinnules 7. 7. Fronds small; sterile fronds 14 cm wide, 25-30 cm long; segments denticulate ..... <.¢ « » + Le een aerere 7. Fronds larger; sterile fronds sometimes 25- 30 cm wide, 50 cm long or longer 8. 8. Pinnules cut not quite to axis, pinnatifid 9. 9. Rachis and midveins usually hairy beneath; rootstock 1-2 cm thick; segments close together, touching . 8. P. osmundacea 9. pace Be, eee Weeiste ‘probes 25- 30 cm wide, up to BO em/long’ (oo. 2). 2 ele ww laps & | pes es eRe Ree ECD 8. Pinnules cut to axis; pinnae pinnate 10. 364, Pou eT O0L OG Ta Vol. 29, no. 5 10. Rachis very hairy, increasingly toward apex; stipe glabrous; pinnae up to 20-40 cm long; pinnules petiolate, distinct from BUM ieee Gg a c - ... -10. BP. caudata 10. Rachis plabeous « or satienely aie a 11. Segments close together, touching, widely adherent to ax- is, decurrent, ovate-acute, unequal, subauriculate above wold ,l1. BP. seandens Wve isemenes slightly ceaneated: ee a space; free s space near axis of pinnules also; upper and lower surfaces of pinnae nearly or quite glabrous; segments blunt 12. 12. Segments on lower side of pinnules shorter than those on upper side, 0.8 as long, blunt .12. P. canaliculata 12. Segments on lower side of pinnules longer than those on upper side, 1.5 as long; blade glabrous or almost gill’ DFO USES Se en cer ) one cite) ay fe cr ta ve eee etna COMMENTS Il. POLYBOTRYA CERVINA (L.) Kaulfuss, Enum. 55. 1824: Rhizome creeping, 1-2 cm thick. Stipe with many linear brown scales; scales 1-2 cm long and only 1 mm or less wide. Sterile blades simple pinnate, oblong to oval-oblong, 40-80 mm long, 20-30 cmacross. MPinnae entire, 4-12 pairs, alternate, linear to oblong -linear, 15-25 cm long, about 37 cm across, glabrous, light-green, with entire margin. Veins forking once shortly af- ter the midvein, joined at their apices by a vein running along the margin of the pinna. Fertile fronds longer, simply pinnate or bipinnate. Spores dark-brown, densely covering both the up- per and lower surfaces of the pinnae. A fern of the tropical wet zones of mountain forests, growing either terrestrially or on tree trunks. Specimens from British Honduras, Guatemala, Hon- duras and Costa Rica (GH, FLAS), Porto Rico, Jamaica (FLAS), Cuba (FLAS), South America. 2, FOLYBOTRYA KATLBREYERI'C. Chr., Ind. Fil: lz. t9052 504. 1906. Acrostichum juglandifolium Baker, Journ. Bot. 207. 1881, non Kaulfuss 1824. Polybotrya juglandifolia Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss.) Ii. 4:965. 1904. — P, juglandifolia Baker, Icon. Plantarum Vil nlc. il. PI, 16.9 eee sub Acrosticho. The fol- lowing is a copy of the original description of Acrostichum jug- landifolium in English by Baker, Journ. Bot. 207. 1881.'Rhiz- ome wide-scandent. Stipe of the barren frond a foot long, naked, stramineous. Barren frond oblong-lanceolate, simply pinnate, 1 1/2-2 feet long, subcoriaceous in texture, bright green and quite naked on both surfaces. Pinnae lanceolate, upper sessile, 1975 Marshall & Seymour, Polybotrya in Nicaragua 365 lower shortly petioled, 5-6 in. long, 18-21 lin. broad, acumin - ate, subentire, rather cut away at the base in the lower half. Veins faint; main ones continuous from the costa of the pinnae to the margin about 1/4 in. apart, erecto-patent; veinlets 3-4- jugate, very ascending, simple,the groups regularly joining about a third of the way from the midrib to the edge. Fertile fronds bipinnate. Pinnae lanceolate, 4-6 in. long, 1-1 1/4 in. broad, the lower 1/2-3/4 in. long, growing gradually smaller towards the tip of the pinnae. --On trees in the forests, 5,000 feet. '' Rootstock with long dark linear scales. On fertile blades, pinnules distant, oblong, blunt, longest 12-16 mm long. Type: Costa Rica, New Granada, Kalbreyer 1798. We have seen no specimen of this species. Distribution: Costa Rica. 3. POLYBOTRYA SERRATIFOLIA (Fée) Klotzsch, Linnaea 20: 430. 1847. Soromanes Fée, Achrost. 82. 1845. Rootstock with long reddish filiform scales. Stipe scaly, densely so at base. Pinnae serrate, attenuate. Sterile frond simply pinnate; lower pinnae stalked; stalks about 2 mm long. On fertile frond, pinnae pinnate. Pinnules distant, oblong, blunt, longest5-6 mm long. Veins anastomosing in pairs. Similar to P, cervina, but in P. cervina, sterile pinnae are entire. Distribution: Costa Rica (FLAS), Venezuela, Fendler 261 (GH). 4. POLYBOTRYA SALICIFOLIA Lellinger, Amer. Fern Journ. Peeper izegs 3, 4, 10. 1972. The following description consists of excerpts from the original description. Rootstock climbing, 0.5-1(-2?) mm thick, densely scaly; scales up to 2 mm wide, 1.5 cm long, golden-brown Stipes 25-75 cm long, straw-col- ored, densely scaly. Rachis pilosulous in grooves, sparsely scaly. Sterile pinnae (1)1.5-4 cm wide, (6)1°-23 cm long, mar- gin entire or crenate. Veins branching, not rejoining. Fertile pinnae 0.5-2 cm wide, up to 12 cmlong. Segments 1-2 mm wide, 1-12 mm long. This description is translated from the Latin. We have seen no specimen of this species. Type: Colom- bia, Dept. Santander, Puerto Berrio, Haught 1757 (US). Dis- tribution: Costa Rica, Colombia, Venezuela. 5. POLYBOTRYA VILLOSULA Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. II, 6:168. 1906. Rootstock creeping. Rachis villous. Sterile blade simply pinnate and pinnae lobed; or pinnae pinnate and pinnules lobed. Fertile segments narrower than the sterile. Like the other species of this genus, either terrestrial or climb- ing on tree trunks. It can be confused with no other species of Polybotrya because of the great amount of its pubescence. Itis 366 Pi PTO 0G TA Vol. 29, no. 5 extremely fuzzy, predominantly on the veinlets. The hairs are very short and fine. Distribution: British Honduras, Guatemala, Costa Rica, Panama (GH, FLAS). Type in Herb. Christ. 6. POLYBOTRYA COSTARICENSIS Brade, Bradea 1(1):11, tab. 1, fig. 1. 1969. Rootstock 12 mm thick. Scales of rootstock lanceolate, acute, 0.5-1.8 mm wide, 12-14 mm long. Sterile frond 80 cm long, 70 cm wide, bipinnate at base; pinnae short- stalked, 35 cm long, 16 cm wide; pinnules, sometimes basal ones, subbipinnatifid, rounded at tip, up to 8 cm long, 2.2 cm wide, lobed; lobes rounded at tip, above subglabrate, below sparsely hirsute. Rachis and midribs rather densely puberul- ent and very sparsely hirsute. Fertile fronds bipinnate; pinnul- es linear, up to 8 cm long, [1-1.5 cm wide]. Translation of excerpts from original description. We have seen no specimen of this species. Holotype: Costa Rica, regiao litoral atlantica, Finca Hundresser, coll. A. & A. C. Brade 374 (Herb. Brade). 7. POLYBOTRYA GRACILIS Brade, Bradea 1(1):14, tab. 1. fig.. 3 & tab. 3. 1969. Rootstock 4 mm thick, its scales lanceolate- acuminate, 0.5-1 mm wide, up to5 mm long. Sterile frond 25-30 cm long, 14 cm wide, bipinnate; pinnae short-petioled, the larger 7 cm long, 2 cm wide; pinnules, the lowest, up tol.2 cm long, 0.6 cm wide, with few teeth; rachis and midvein of pin- nae puberulent below. Fertile fronds 25 cm long, 10 cm wide, bipinnate-tripinnatifid; pinnae up to 5 cm long, 1.2 cm wide, pinnate-pinnatifid. . .. Translated excerpts from the original description. We have seen no specimen of this species. MHolo- type: Costa Rica, Tablazo, A. & A. C. Brade 554in Herb. Brade. Distribution: Costa Rica. i 3. POLY BOTR YA) OSMUNDACEA HH: & B: ex Willd. | Sp. 5.99: 1810. Rhizome creeping, 1-2 cm thick, with stipes growing out at intervals. Scales of stipe thin, brown, very linear, general- ly located at the base of the stipe, but also scattered up the length of it. Blades smooth on both surfaces, pubescent some- times on rachis, midvein of pinnae or very slightly on the mid- vein of pinnules. Sterile blade tripinnatifid; lower pinnules deep- ly lobed. Fertile blade similar but segments narrower. The most distinguishing characteristic occurs on the lower pinnae; here the lowest pair of pinnules is reduced in size; the very low- est pinnule is drastically smaller, broad-elliptic in shape. On fertile pinnules, spores appear on the outer edges, becoming denser, shiveling the pinnules until there are long lines of mass- 1975 Marshall & Seymour, Polybotrya in Nicaragua 367 ed spores with only knobs to indicate where the pinnules are. Climbing on tree trunks in wooded ravines. Distribution: Hon- duras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica and Panama. Costa Rica (FLAS). Nicaragua, Castillo, Shimek, as Acrostichum. Cororia Bush, near Bilwaskarma, Atwood 3711 (VT). 9. POLYBOTRYA AUCUPARIA Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. I, 6:166. 1906. Similar to P. serratifolia (Fée) Klotzsch. The fol- lowing is a translation of excerpts from the original description in Latin by Christ, l.c. Rhizomatous. Stipe near base with sub- ulate brown opaque hairy scales, otherwise whole plant glabrous. Frond bipinnatifid, wide at base, oblong, caudate-acuminate, up to 50 cm long, 25-30 cm wide. Pinnae remote, the lower 7 cm distant, petioled; petioles up to 4 cm long; lower pinnae 23 cm long, 11 cm wide, ovate-acuminate, lowest pinnules reduced; lowest and middle pinnules 1-1.5 cm distant, narrowly lanceo- late, somewhat or very obtuse, very slightly crenate-dentate or entire. Nerves mostly simple. We have seen no specimen of this species. Type in Herb. Christ. Distribution: Costa Rica. 10. POLYBOTRYA CAUDATA Kunze, Linnaea 9:23. 1834. Rootstock large, woody, lm long. Stipe glabrous. Fronds up to 7 dm long. Rachis hairy, increasingly toward the apex. Both the stipe and the rachis grooved, as is the midvein of the pinnul- es but not the veins of the lobes. Upper surface of the pinnae glabrous; sometimes a little pubescence on the midveins of the lower surface of the pinnules. Pinnules light-green with short tapering lobes cut to the midvein. Frond leathery in texture. Stipes appearing when fresh,almost succulent. Sterile frond bipinnate. Climbing on forest tree trunks. Distribution: Costa Rica, Panama and Canal Zone. ll. POLYBOTRYA SCANDENS (Raddi) Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. Il, 4:965. 1904. Aspidium scandens Raddi, Pl. Bras. 1: 34, t.49. 1825. BP. acuminata Kaulfuss, Link Hort. Berol. 2: 135. 1833. Rootstock with long reddish filiform scales. Sterile frond bipinnate. Pinnae divided into distinct short-stalked at- tenuate pinnules at base. Rachis almost glabrous. Stipe sparse- ly scaly above, densely so at base. Fertile frond tripinnate, its segments worm-like, linear, 1 cmlong. Stipe and rachis as on sterile fronds. Pinnules of lower pinnae pinnate. Ultimate seg- ments oblong, obtuse, 3-6 mm long. Pinnules of lower pinnae of sterile frond stalked, attenuate, coarsely serrate, largest 2.5 cm wide, 7 cm long. We have seen no specimen of this species. Distribution: Costa Rica, Brazil. 368 PHY TC LOGTLA Vol. 29, no. 5 12. POLYBOTRYA CANALICULATA Klotzsch, Linnaea 20:429. 1847. Closely resembling the preceding in all characteristics except the degree of lobing of the pinnules; lower pinnules of most of the lower pinnae cut down to the midvein. (This occurs for nearly half of the length of the pinnule. ) Segments blunt in- stead of tapering to a tip. Fronds 1 m long. Distribution: Pan- ama, Venezuela. Reported in Nicaragua, Camp Menocal, Shim- ek, as Acrostichum canaliculatum (Klotzsch) Hk. 13. POLYBOTRYA ALFREDII Brade, Bradea 1(1):12, tab. 1, fig.2. 1969. Rootstock 6 mm thick. Scales of rootstock lanceo- late, long-acuminate, 1-1.5 mm wide, 8-14 mm long. Sterile blade on both surfaces glabrous or subglabrous, about 65 cm long, 35-40 cm wide, bipinnate-tripinnatifid; pinnae very short-: stalked, up to 23 cm long, 8 cm wide; pinnules pinnatifid, low- est pinnate, acuminate at tip, up to 4 cm long, 1.8 cm wide; tachis and midveins puberulent. Fertile blades slightly smaller; pinnae 15-18 cm long; segments oblong or rounded. ‘Translation of excerpts of original description. We have seenno specimen of this species. Holotype: Costa Rica, Tablazo, coll. A. & A. C. Brade 98 (Herb. Brade). Bibliography: Brade, A. C. Algunas species novas de Filicieas de Costa Rica da Colecao Alfred & Alexander Curt Brade, Bradea 1 (1):11-14. 1969. Christ, H. Bulletin Herb. Boissier II, 6:166, 168. 1906. 4:965. 1904. Christensen, Carl. Index Filicum 1906 and 4 Supplements and Corrigenda. Copeland, Edwin B. Genera Filicum, 114-115. 1947. MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON NEOTROPICAL FLORA, VI. by José Cuatrecasas Department of Botany, Smithsonian Institution Washington, D.C. 20560 These notes are descriptions of new taxa in the Compositae extracted from studies for forthcoming monographs in preparation. The relationships of these new taxa will be discussed at length in the final generic revision, following similar lines of the previous contributions of this series. See PHYTOLOGIA 27: 169-179, 1973. The basic work for these notes has been partially sponsored by the National Science Foundation (Grant GB. 32086XZ), Washington, D.C. ESPELETIA BROMELIOIDES Cuatr. sp. nov. Caulis lignosus ad 4-5 cm diametro prostratus rhizomatosus vel erectus usque ad 40 cm longus vel decumbens, cortice valde cicatricoso, rugoso-tuberculato cum reliquis foliorum marces- centium tectus, rosulam terminalem ferens et ramulos subtermin- ales foliatos formans. Rosulae 30-50 cm latae virides foliis copiosissimis erectis et erecto-patulis, proximalibus saepe gemmiferis, instructae. Folia coriacea crassiuscula rigida vel flexibilia sessilia. Lamina elongate triangulata sine sensu acuminata vel ensiformi- acuminata, acuta, supra basim leviter vel obsolete attenuata, basi indistincte in vaginam brevem planam vix ampliatam producta, 19-30 cm longa, infra medium usque ad 1.4-2.6 cm lata, basi usque ad 1.2-2 cm angustata, margine revoluta aspectu integerrima sed denticulis callosis crassiusculis mucroniformibus adaxiale recurvis sparsis cum indumento omnino occultis; supra viridis vel olivaceo-viridis nitida, in sicco olivacea, excepto ad costam anguste sulcatam basim versus latiorem densissime crasse- que adpresse villoso-sericeam (pilis tenuissimis sericeis antrorsis ad 3 mm longis) glabra, laevis nervis secundariis obsoletis interdum tantum circa basim una vel duobus venis linearibus angustissime sericeis visibilibus; subtus crasse densissime adpressissimeque villoso-sericea viridi-cinera nitida, pilis tenuissimis antrorsis circa 2 mm; nervatione obsoleta cum vestimento omnino tecta sed infra indumentum valde prominenti, costa crasse basim versus magis ampliata bisulcata costulata laterale striolata circa basim robustiori saepe argute 7-costul- ata, nervis secundariis minoribus 7-10 utroque latere, inferne saepe 3-4 magis notatis, subparallelis, angulo 5-10° ascendenti- bus parte media angulo 15°, sursum nervis gradatim minus con- spicuis magis apertis (20-40°), nervulis minoribus prominentibus erassiusculis minutum reticulum elevatus formantibus, areolis valde profundis angustissimis pilis tenuissimis crispis munitis. 370 F HYoT 0. 0G Fk Vol. 29, no. 5 Vagina crassiuscula brevis levissime ampliata saepe utroque latere 4-nervata, subplana, adulta 1.5-2.5 x 1.4-2.5 (basi)cm. Inflorescentiae terminales racemoide paniculatae vel corymboide-paniculatae erectae 55-85 cm altae 8-24 cm latae. Axis robustissimis lignosus fistulosus vel medullosus extus argute costatus striatusque parte media vulgo 1.5 cm diametro basi usque ad 4 cm diametro, plerumque purpurascens interdum pallide viridis, densiuscule vel copiose villoso-sericeus pilis longis (3 mm) ascendentibus laxiuscule intricatis, inferne dense ceterum copiose foliosus, dimidia parte superiori tantum ramosus. Folia basilaria congesta rosularia simil- issima adjacentia paulo breviora vagina breviori, supra basim 25-15 x 2.2-1 em, cetera folia sterilia sursum gradatim paulo minora 20-12 x 1.5-1.2 cm, plerumque lineari-sublanceolata acuminata basi semiamplectenti textura indumentoque basilaria similia. Rami numerosi erecti robusti recti vel arcuato- ascendentes inferiores usque ad 25 cm longi et 7 mm crassi sed vulgo angustiores, saepe sursum gradatim breviores, purpurascentes interdum pallide virides, semper densiuscule villoso-sericei, pilis albis patulo-ascendentibus 1-1.5 mm dense vestiti, tantum tertio superiori ramulosis, ramulis erectis corymboide dispositis in ramusculos divisis. Ramusculi villoso-hirsutuli purpurascentes, interdum luteo- viriduli, 1-6 capitula primum valde congeste glomerata denique conspicue pedicellata ferentes. Pedicelli antrorso-patulo- pilosi purpurei vel viriduli, ebracteati, 2-15 mm longi, post fructificationem vetusti robustiores 0.2-3 cm longi. Folia ramos subtendentia excedentia, triangulari-linearia acuminata circa 16-10 x 1.8-0.8 em, suprema 4-3 x 0.8-0.3 cm, in bracteas transientia. Bracteae ramusculos pedicellosque subtendentes longiores subcoriaceae triangulari-lineares vel lineares supra glabrae subtus sericeae 3-1 x 0.5-0.15 cm. Capitula subdiscoidea subglobosa, 7-13 mm diametientia visu atropurpurea vel atroviridia, (42-)70-125 flores ferentia. Involucrum cupulatum. Phyllaria sterilia 6-12, raro 4-2, dis- cum attingentia interdum longiora, 1-2 seriata 9-6 x 2-1.4 m, crassiuscula herbacea purpurascentia vel atroviridia vel pallide viridia, linearia sursum attenuata subacutataque, in- curva, adaxiale glabra saepe 5-venosa, abaxiale dense subad- presseque villosa pilis rigidulis acutis ascendentibus 1-1.5 mm longis, interdum glandulis pediculatis intersparsis ad margines conspicuis, apice calloso glabro. Phyllaria fertilia 6.5-4.5 x 2.2-1 mm linearia vel oblonga, externa sterilia simil- ia vel dorso basique incrassata semiamplectentia, cetera deorsum angustata apice angulata ad costam incrassata marginibus membranaceis 2-3 venis utroque latere, dorso et sursum dense breviterque pilosa pilis subadpressis sursum obtusis et sub- clavatis 0.2-0.4(-0.5) mm, plus margine glandulis capitato- pediculatis circa 0.05 mm longis bene conspicuis. Receptaculum convexo-conicum 5-6(-3.4) mm diam, glabrum vel parcissimis pilis. Paleae 4-5(-5.5) x 1.3-2.5 mm subscariosae cum costa 1975 Cuatrecasas, Notes on neotropical flora 371 crassiori rigida, oblongae vel ovali-oblongae basim versus angustatae apice acutae vel subacutae, utroque latere 2-3-venosae, amplectentes, dorso mediale moderate sursum dense antrorso- Pilosae pilis fusco-rubris obtusis vel subclavatis 0.2-0.4 mm, et glandulis pediculatis 0.05 mm saepe copiosis. Flores marginales feminei (21-)30-47 in capitulo 3(-2)-ser- iati. Corolla valde reducta, 1.2-2.5(-3) mm longa semper quam stylus brevior; tubo bene evoluto 0.6-1.2 mm longo basi incrass- ato apice cum annulo interiori crassiusculo instructo, extus dense vel copiose piloso pilis hyalinis crassiusculis obtusis vel subclavatis vel clavatis interdum subacutis 0.2-0.5(-0.8) mm, patulis vel ascendentibus et glandulis capitato-pediculatis inter- sparsis munito, apice adaxiale saepe minuto dente obtuso vel emarginato vel raro lineari elongato; lamina minima lutea vel luteo-viridi, 0.5-1(-1.5) mm longa, elliptica vel lingulata 0.2-0.5 mm lata, minute 2-3-dentata vel edentata, vel in 2,3 (raro 4) lobulos vel lacinulas minutas aequilongas vel inaequales partita vel ad dentem minutum seu inconspicuum reducta, abaxiale plus minusve pilosula. Stylus 2.5-4 mm longus purpurascens, ramulus crassiusculis 0.6-1 mm. Ovaria oblonga triquetra apice obtusa basim angustata acutaque. Achaenia exteriora obovato- oblonga triangulata basi acutissima dorso subplano vel convexo, arcuata, 2.1-2.8 x 1.1-1.3 m, interiora 2.3-3 x 0.6-1 mm, magis oblonga laterale compressa dorso protrudo vel quadrangulata. Flores disci pseudohermaphroditi (21-)40-75 in capitulo. Corolla luteola 4.5-5.5 mm longa, tubulo 1.8-2.5(-3) mm, glabro (raro parcissimis pilis), limbo campanulato-tubuloso, sursum infra lobos sparsis pilis et glandulis, lobis 0.7-1 mm longis inaequalibus, oblongo-triangularibus acutis marginibus incrassatis et papillosis, abaxiale sursum densiuscule pilosis pilis antrorsis rubro-fuscis subclavatis et clavatis vel subobtusis 0.15-0.3(-0.4) mm deorsum sparsis vel copiosis glandulis obovatis subsessilibus, apice calloso nudo. Antherae 1.7-2 mm, appendice ovata subacuta 0.4-0.45 mm longa. Stylus 4.5-6 mm. Nectarium tubulosum 1-1.3 mm longum profunde 5-dentatum. Typus: Venezuela, Mérida: Pdramo de Las Coloradas, Potreros de San Rafael, 2600-2700 m, inflorescencia con eje central, ligulas amarillas, 18-20 Jun 1974, M. Lépez-Figueiras & H. Rod- riguez 9054; holotypus, US; isotypus, MERF. Ibidem planta acaule hasta 70 cm altura total, inflorescencia central, 18-20 Jun 1974, Lépez-Figueiras & H. Rodriguez 9044 (US, MERF, paratypi). Ibidem, inflorescencia central 30-50 cm, eje purpurdceo, ligulas amarillas, estilo purpurdceo, flores del centro cremoso-amarillentas, 18-20 Jun 1974, Lépez-Figueiras & H. Rodriguez 9042 (US, MERF, paratypi). Ibidem, inflorescencia central en fructificacién avanzada, 9 Jan 1974, Lépez-Figueiras, H. Rodriguez & A. Carabot 8955 (US, MERF). Tbidem, 2850 m, rosetas verdes semibrillantes o mates, gregarias por ramificacién basilar, hoja blanco-cinéreo-sericea o argentada envés, 9 Febr 1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Ter4n & Lépez-Figueiras 28533 (US, MERF). Id. El Portachuelo (El Ramal), 2800 m, acaulirrosuleto 4O cm alto, esteril, 4 Ag 1970, Ruiz-Ter4n & Lépez-Figueiras 409 (US, MERF). Ibidem, tronco hasta 40 em, cubierto de residuos de 372 Peay TO L0G 2’ Vol. 29, no. 5 hoja marcescente, hojas verde pélidas, brillantes haz, verdoso cinéreas envés, inflorescencia central muy joven, con capullos, ligulas incipientes amarillas o algo verdésulas, estilos amarillos, flésculos amarillo claros. 8 Febr 1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdn & Lépez-Figueiras 238503 (US, MERF). ESPELETTIA COLORADARUM Cuatr. sp. nov. Caulirosula ad 2.5m alta. Caulis lignosus erectus sursum medulosus deorsum fistulosus, basi 5 cm diam, apice subtruncato- rotundato 3 cm diametro, subapicem dense foliatus internodiis densissime sericeo-barbatus pilis strictis antrorsis 6 mm longis inter folias adpressis, infra rosulam foliis marcescentibus pendulis copiosis et vaginis foliorum emortuorum remanentibus adpressis obsitus, deorsum denique denudatus cortice ochroleuca crebre cicatricoso-striata internodiis subsemicircularibus 1-4 mm longis. Rosulae comosae dense foliatae visu albescenti-cinereae. Gemma terminalis et folia initialia adjacentia revoluta dense longeque albo-villoso-sericea. Folia coriacea rigida subsessilia. Lamina anguste oblanceo- lato-linearis vel sublanceolato-linearis vel linearis apice acuminata valde acuta inferne gradatim usque ad basim in brevem pseudopetiolum anguste alatum raro exalatum angustata, infra basim subite in vaginam planam amplectentem ampliata, margine revoluta visu integra sed dentibus mucroniformibus crassiusculis callosis ad 0.5 mm, abaxiale recurvatis leviter conspicuis, 24-41 em longa, 2-6 cm lata; supra juvenilis dense nitideque longe sericea deinde glabrata costa lanuginosa excepta, denique excepto ad basim lanuginosa omnino glabra, pallide viridis vel luteolo- viridis costa plana vel sursum leviter sulcata deorsum paulo prominenti; subtus dense crasseque lanata albo-cinerea vel albo- ochraceo-virescens, costa prominenti robusta striolata deorsum bisulcata primum dense villoso-sericea deinde glabrata sed inferne persistente longe villoso-gossypina, nervis secundariis valde prominentibus, angulo (60-)65-75°(-80°) ascendentibus, parallelis 2-5(-6) mm inter se distantibus, vulgo 3-4(2-5) in 1 cm, cum ecrasso indumento occultis sed praecipue denique plus minusve signatis, nervis tertiis et minoribus etiam prominentibus reticul- um densum elevatum formantibus areolis profundis cum lanicula repletis. Basi lamina circa basim valde angustata pseudopetiolum alatum formantibus (5-20 mm longum) interdum brevissime (5 mm) ad costam reductum, semper dense longeque villoso-gossypinum. Vagina coriacea semiovata vel subsemiorbicularis vel oblongo-ovata (in juvenilis angustior), 3-2.5(3.5-4) cm longa (6-)5-3 cm lata, argute multi (34-50)-nervata, intus glabra, extus dense adpresse- que albo-sericeo-barbata pilis ad 10 mm longis. Inflorescentia terminalis corymbiforme paniculata valde floribunda usque ad 48 cm alta 40 cm expansa folia rosularum attingens vel paulo excedens. Axis lignosus, basi 2 cm diam, ro- bustus angulatus a basi foliatus et conferte ramosus. Rami principales 16-18, lignosi robusti rigidi ascendentes; inferiores patulo ascendentes longiores verticem attingentes 50-40 cm longi, 1975 Cuatrecasas, Notes on neotropical flora 373 inferne (4-) 10-20 cm longitudine nudi, circa 2/3 vel 1/2 et cum uno duobus paribus foliis oppositis vel plerumque alternis, oblongis acute acuminatis 17-9 x 2-1.8 cm sursum decrescentibus internodia semper valde excedentibus textura indumentoque ceteris foliis similibus, ramulis 5-7 plerumque alternis erectis vel ascendentibus in parcos ramusculos 3-8 capitula plus minusve glomerata ferentes divisis; alteri rami basilares similes sed sursum in totum gradatim breviores, ultimi juxta verticem 10-8 em longi axem excedentes. Axis, rami ramulique omnes epidermide purpurascenti sed dense longeque villoso-gossypini, albicanti, pilis albis sericeis ascendentibus inferne 5 mm, sursum 3 mm longis deinde flexuosis intricatisque crassiuscule molleque tecti. Folia ramos primarios subtendentia rosularia similissima sed breviora, proximalia 36-27 x 3.4-2.5 cm, cetera sursum gradatim minora sed semper partem indivisam ramorum bene super- antia, et vaginis amplectentibus. Folia ramulos subtendentia etiam cetera folia similia rigida et sursum gradatim breviora (14-6 x 2-1.2 cm) cum vagina evoluta amplectenti saepe purpuracea diluteque gossypina, suprema magis acuminata acutissima ad 3-2.5 x 0.7-0.3 cm reducta et in bracteas transientia. Pedicelli 2-7 mm longi primum brevissimi capitulis congeste glomeratis maturitate elongati usque ad 15 mm longi, dense villoso-lanati. Bracteae rigidulae ovato-acuminatae acutae concavo-amplectentes plurinerviae intus glabrae acumine excepto extus lanugineae. Capitula radiata ligulis amotis depresse subglobosa 8-10 mm lata, 66-102 flores ferentia, circulo ligularum 11-16 mm disco 7-LO mm diametro. Involucrum cupulatum leviter albido-lanugino- sum. Phyllaria sterilia 5-8, crasse herbacea, capitulum haud excedentia 7-5 x 4-3 mm, ovata acuminata apice acuta saepe apiculata subplana, intus glabra obsolete 5-9-nervata extus albido longe villoso-lanuginosa pilis strictis antrorsis vel intricatis 1.5-2 mm longis et glandulis intersparsis globoso-obovoideis ad margines plus minusve conspicuis. Phyllaria fertilia 5.5-4 x 3-2.3 mm ovato-acuminata vel ovato-ovalia seu ovato-oblonga acuminataque basim plusminusve angustata, incurvata vel concava, subamplect- entia, intus obsolete plurivenosa, extus dorso longe ascendente villoso pilis strictis 1-2 mm longis sursum brevioribus subapicem aliquis pilis obtusis vel subclavatis saepe intermixtis, apice acuto nudo, glandulis obovoideis subsessilibus intersparsis praecipue sursum ad margines et dorso saepe copiosis conspicuis- que. Receptaculum convexo-conicum glabrum vel sparsissimis minutis pilis obsitum. Paleae 4-5 x 1.2-2 mm ovali-oblongae vel obovato-ovales apice acutatae saepe calloso-apiculatae membran- aceae marginibus late scariosis amplectentes subcucullatae dorso sursum breviter copioseque antrorso-pilosae pilis subclavatis vel clavatis brunnescentibus vel rubescentibus 0.1-0.2(-0.3) mm et glandulis sessilibus vel subsessilibus globoso-obovoideis, sparsis vel copiosis sursum munitae. Flores marginales feminei ligulati 2-3-seriati, 16-32 in capitulo. Corolla alba 4-7.3 mm longa, tubo 0.7-1.2 mm, dense piloso pilis hyalinis patulis vel ascendentibus rectis vel subflex- uosis crasse subclavatis et clavatis 0.2-0.6 mm, et parcis 374 PeHi YeTAO: L)0) 0 A Vol. 29, no. 5 glandulis intersparsis obovatis subsessilibus vel breviter pediculatis, fere inconspicuis, apice tubi saepe 1-2 appendicibus linearibus ad 1.5 mm longis adaxiale praedito; lamina elliptica vel oblonga 1.5-2.2 mm lata, saepe 3-2-dentata, 5-9-nervata adaxiale glabra abaxiale inferne sparse pilosa et glandulosa reliqua glabra. Stylus 2.5-3.5 mm longus ramis crasse subulatis 1-1.5 mm longis. Achaenia nigricantia, exteriora 2.2-2.3 x 1.5 mm obovoideo-triangulata basi acuta, interiora 2.5 x 1 mm magis oblonga laterale compressa subquadrangulata interdum quadrangulata. Flores disci pseudohermaphroditi 47-73 in capitulo. Corolla lutescens 3.8-4.8 mm, tubo 1.5-1.8 mm crassiusculo, copiose vel sparse piloso pilis hyalinis ascendentibus substrictis vel erassiusculis subclavatis 0.1-0.3(-0.4) mm, et sparsissimis glandulis obovoideis subsessilibus, limbo tubuloso-infundibuli- formi subglabro basi parcis pilis, lobis oblongo-triangularibus 0.8-1.2 mm, saepe inaequilongis margine incrassato adaxiale dense papilloso, dorso parcis vel copiosis glandulis obovoideis subsessilibus, et parcis pilis clavatis minutis 0.1-0.2 mm vel nullis. Antherae sagittatae 1.7-1.8 mm appendice circa 0.35 mm ovata. Nectarium 0.6-0.8 mm tubulosum breviter denticulatum. Typus: Venezuela, Mérida: Potreros de San Rafael en P4ramo de Las Coloradas, 2700 m alt, arbolito no ramificado 2.8-3 m, hojas terminales, inflorescencia central, ligulas blancas, 3 Jul 1974, M. Lépez-Figueiras & M. Keogh 9108; holotypus, US; isotypus, MERF. Ibidem, caule 0.7-1 m, lfgulas blancas 18-20 Jun 1974, Lépez-Figueiras & H. Rodriguez 9046, 9047 (paratypi, US, MERF). Ibidem 2850-2950 m, tronco simple 1.5 m alt., 4.2 cm diam. base, résula porte cinéreo, hoja verdoso-amarillenta mate haz, blanco-cinérea envés cogollo verdoso-blanquecino serfceo, meristemo terminal redondeado-truncado 2 em diam., estéril, 9 Febr 1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Ter4n & Lépez-Figueiras 28531 (US, MERF). Loma de La Libertad junto a El Portachuelo (El Ramal) 2850 m, caulirrésula, tallo 1m, hoja coridcea verde clara haz, blanco cinérea envés, estéril, 8 Febr 1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz- Ter4n & Lépez-Figueiras 28512A (US, MERF). Ibidem, La Montafia, 2850-2900 m, caulirrosuleto 2.5 m, estéril, 5 Aug 1970, Ruiz- Ter4n & Lépez-Figueiras 493 (US, MERF). ESPELETIA JOSEPHENSIS Cuatr. sp. nov. Caulirosula usque ad 2.5m alta. Caulis erectus lignosus ad basim 5 ecm diametro apice congeste rosulato-foliosus et sericeo-barbatus, rosula 60-80 em lata, habitu viridi-cinerea, infra rosulam foliis marcescentibus pendulis copiosissimis et eum vaginis foliorum remanentibus adpresse tectus, interdum denique deorsum exfoliatus et trunco visibili, cortice glabrato pallide griseo cicatricibus transversis inaequalibus 4-8 mm distantibus instructo. Gemmae foliaque initialia brevia revoluta dense villoso-sericea albo virescentia. Folia coriacea rigida sessilia vel subsessilia. Lamina oblanceolata sursum gradatim attenuata, acuta deorsum longior gradatim angustata, interdum ad basim breviter pseudopetiolata, 1975 Cuatrecasas, Notes on neotropical flora 375 basi subite in vaginam planam amplectentem ampliata, margine revoluta in adultis leviter undulata, obsolete dentata dentibus callosis mucroniformibus O.5 mm abaxiale recurvis paulo conspic- uis, 30-50 cm longa 4.5-7.5 cm lata, basi usque ad 1.2-0.9(-0.7) em latam angustata, vero sessilis vel interdum breviter ad costam reducta 1-2 cm longe pseudopetiolata; supra griseo-viridis primum pubescens vel puberula pilis albis rectis vel curvis subadpressis tecta ad costam dense adpresseque pubescenti- sericea pilis antrorsis rectis acutis 2 mm, denique glabrata rugulosa costa paulo impressa conspicua nervis secundariis filiformibus leviter impressis discolore signatis, reticulo minutissimo inter rugulositates instructo; subtus pallide viridi-cinerea juvenilis densissime deinde molle lanata, sed costa adpresse villoso-sericea pilis tenuissimis rectis antrorsis eirca 3 mm, denique deciduis denudata, costa crassa elevata striolata utroque latere angulato-sulcata, circa basim gradatim ampliata magis robusta et argutiore striata, nervis secundariis bene prominentibus subregulare parallelis (3-)4-6(-8) mm inter se distantibus (2 in 1 cm), angulo 65°(60-70°) ascendentibus, nervis tertiis cum quaterniis in reticulum polygonalem prominent- em minutum anastomosatis, venulis reticulum prominulum minut- issimum inferne instructis, areolis intrareticularibus minuta lana crispa alba praeditis. Pseudopetiolus 0-2.5 cm longus, angustissime vel haud alatus. Vagina coriacea subsemi- orbicularis multinervata apice rotundata basi leviter arcuata, adaxiale tantum infra apicem dense villoso-lanuginosa reliqua glaberrima, abaxiale dense longeque villoso-subsericeo-barbata pilis strictissimis sericeis antrorsis 10 mm longis inter vaginas compressis. Inflorescencia terminalis magna corymbiforme paniculata subobconica valde floribunda circa 60 em alta 90 cm diametiens folia rosularia paulo longior. Axis lignosus valde robustus basi 2.5 cm crassus, tricostato-sulcatus striatusque a basi foliosus et ramosus. Rami principales 18-20 etiam lignosi robusti rigidi patulo-ascendentes, supremi erecti; inferiores longiores verticem attingentes usque ad 75 cm longi, basim 10 cm longitudinem nudi, supra 5-6 foliis sterilibus alternis vel duobus oppositis (internodiis 8-10 cm longis) sublanceolato- oblongis acuminatis acutis internodia semper valde excedentibus, 2h-9 x 4.5-1.8 cm sursum decrescentibus, textura et indumento ceteris foliis similibus, ramulis 5-7 plerumque alternis interdum oppositis erectis vel ascendentibus in aliquos ramusculos 1-9 capitula plus minusve glomerata ferentes divisis; alteri rami basilares similes sed sursum in totum gradatim breviores, ultimi juxta verticem 10-7 cm longi axem superantes. Axis rami ramuli ramusculique omnes striati epidermide plus minusve purpurascenti et laxiuscule longeque villoso-gossypini, pilis sericeis as- cendentibus inferne ad 5 mm longis albidis vel ochroleucis sursum brevioribus deinde flexuosis intricatisque indumentum lanugineum laxum ad ramulos formantibus. Folia ramos primarios subtendentia rosularia similia sed breviora, proximalia 33-26 x 5-4.5 cm, cetera sursum gradatim minora sed semper partem 376 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 indivisam ramorum superantia, vaginis amplectentibus. Folia ramulos subtendentia etiam cetera folia similia, sed sursum gradatim minora (12-4.5 x 2.7-0.7 cm) et indumento breviori, cum vagina evoluta amplectenti viridi intus glabra extus albo- lanuginea, suprema magis acuminata acutissima in bracteas tran- sientia. Pedicelli primum brevissimi deinde evoluti 3-10 mm longi, copiose longeque villoso-lanuginosi, pilis ad 3 mm longis patulo-flexuosis plerumque intricatis ochraceis (in sicco). Bracteae 10-15 x 4.5-5 mm, amplectentes, ovato-acuminatae plurinervatae extus praecipue deorsum sparse villosae margine ciliatae ciliis 1-1.5 m. Capitulata radiata ligulis amotis semiglobosa vel depresse subglobosa 10-12 mm lata, 78-124 flores ferentia, circulo ligular- um 18-20 mm disco 9-10 mm diametro. Involucrum cupulatum viride, dilute villoso-hirsutulum. Phyllaria sterilia 7-8 crasse herbacea ovato-acuminata acuta, 9-6 x 5-3.5 mm, 5-7-nervata, extus praeci- pue deorsum marginibusque dilute villosula pilis subpatulis tenuibus acutis 1-1.5 mm interdum sursum aliquis obtusis brevior- ibus et dorso margineque glandulis crasse pediculato-capitatis brevibus 0.03-0.05 mm longis copiosis praedita. Phyllaria fertilia 5.5-4.5 x 4-2(-1.5) mm, exteriora quam sterilia similia interiora gradatim angustiora tenuiora, amplectentia oblonga apice angulata acutaque deorsum angustata obsolete plurivenosa, dorso pilis sparsis 0.5-1 mm, sursum copiose pilosa pilis erectis obtusis et subclavatis rubrofuscis 0.6-0.2 mm longis et glandulis copiosis pediculatis vel subsessilibus munita. Receptaculum convexo-conicum glabrum 4-6 mm diametro. Paleae 4.5-5 x 1.5 mm scariosae amplectentes oblongo-ovales apice angustato triangulato subcucullato, rubri-fusco-piloso pilis clavatis 0.2-0.3(-0.4) mm antrorsis erectisque, parcis pilis tenuioribus intersparsis et copiosis glandulis crasse obovoideis subsessilibus vel breviter pediculatis (ad 0.05 mm longis) obsitae. Flores marginales feminei ligulati 2(-3)-seriati, 22-30 in capitulo. Corolla lutea 6.5-7.8 mm longa, tubo 0.7-1 m, copiose piloso pilis crassiusculis hyalinis patulis rectis vel flexuosis subclavatis et clavatis O.4-0.8 mm, et glandulis capitat- is breviter pediculatis 0.03-0.05 mm longis intersparsis. Lamina latiuscule oblonga vel leviter subobovato-oblonga apice obtusa breviter 2-3-dentata, 2-2.6 mm lata basim paulo attenuata basi adaxiale aperta, 5-6-nervata, adaxiale minute mamillato-papillosa abaxiale supra basim parce pilosa glandulosaque sursum glabra vel sparsissimis glandulis. Stylus 3 mm longus ramis crasse subulatis 1.5-1.8 mm. Ovaria obovoideo-oblonga basi acuta exteriora triangulata 2.5 x 1.1 mm, interiora laterale compressa magis oblonga subrhomboideo-quadrangulata 2.6-2.8 x 0.7 mm. Achaenia immatura. Flores disci pseudohermaphroditi 54-94 in capitulo. Corolla luteola 6-6.5 mm longa, tubulo angusto 2.5-2.8 mm longo sparsis pilis hyalinis subclavatis subpatulis 0.2-0.4 mm et sparsis glandulis brevibus crassiusculis capitato pediculatis; limbo infundibuliformi subglabro, lobis oblongo-triangularibus acutis 1 mm longis margine incrassato papillosoque, abaxiale copiosis 1975 Cuatrecasas, Notes on neotropical flora 377 glandulis crassiusculis obovoideis subsessilibus et parcis vel raris (vel nullis) pilis clavatis fusco-rubris 0.1-0.2 m. Antherae 2.2 mm longae sagittatae appendice ovata acutata 0.45 mm longa. Stylus 5-6 mm. Nectarium tubulosum 0.7 mm altum apice irregulariter denticulatun. Typus: Venezuela, Mérida: Pdramo de San José de Acequias arriba de Veguilla, 2600 m alt, arbolito 2-2.5 m, hojas jévenes verdosas haz, blanco lanosas envés, inflorescencias con eje central, ligulas amarillas, 18-20 Jul 1974, M. Lépez-Figueiras & H. Rodriguez 9073; holotypus, US; isotypus, MERF. Pdramo de San José, El Cupis, 3100 m, cauvlirrésula, tronco 60 em, hoja coridcea verde gris4cea haz, verdoso-cenicienta envés, estéril, 1 Febr 1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terd4n & Lépez-Figueiras 28449 (US, MERF). ESPELETIA LEUCACTINA Cuatr. sp. nov. Caulirosula sessilis, vel subsessilis. Caulis ad 30 cm longus 5 cm diametro ad apicem truncato-rotundatum foliis copiosissimis erectis et patulo-erectis rosulam magnam visu viridi-albam formantibus, internodiis dense albo-barbatis pilis sericeis antrorsis ad 10 mm longis inter vaginas foliorum adpressis. Gemma centralis et folia rosularum juvenilia adja- centia, longe angusteque linearia acuta valde margini-revoluta, dense adpresseque albo-sericea argentata nitidaque. Folia coriacea rigida sessilia. Lamina elongata, anguste oblanceolato-linearis, apicem versus angustata acuta, basim versus sensim sine sensu attenuata basi gradatim ampliata et in vaginam dilatatam producta, 32-50 cm longa 1.9-3.2 cm lata, inferne supra basim usque ad 1.6-1 cm latam angustata, margine bene revoluta visu integerrima sed dentibus minutis callosis mucroniformibus inter se saepe 2-4 mm distantibus abaxiale recurvis cum vestimento occultis; supra viridi-cinerea sericea pilis tenuibus antrorsis adpressis densis 0.5-1.5 mm longis vel longioribus, tantum costa conspicua sursum angustissima deorsum gradatim crassiori inferne dilatata robusta striata elevata, densissime longeque argentato-sericea pilis 3-5 mm longis; subtus alba vel viridi-alba longe villoso-lanuginosa pilis 3-6 mm longis sericeis ascendentibus plus minusve curvatis vel intricatis, costa incrassata elevataque infra vestimentum dense sericeum plano-convexa striataque, bilaterale sulcata, inferne gradatim valde ampliata et striis magis numerosis robustisque, nervis secundariis crassiusculis 1.5-3(-4) mm inter se distantibus (3-4 nervis in 1 cm) angulo 70-80° divergentibus (interdum 65-60°), cum nerviis tertiis etiam crassiusculis paulo minoribus et nervulis in reticulum elevatum minutum anastomosantibus, alveolis intrareticularibus valde profundis albo crispo-lanatis. Vagina coriacea vel subcoriacea ovato-oblonga vel interdum trapezoide- triangulata, apice attenuata deorsum leviter ampliata vel, interdum, in valde adulta basi maxime dilatata, triangulata, 4-5 cm longa, basi 3-7 cm lata argute multi-(20-30-)nervata, adaxiale circa apicem adpresse sericea excepta glabra, abaxiale 378 PH yer OF -OiG Ek Vol. 29, no. 5 longe adpresseque sericeo-barbata pilis ad 10 mm longis dense tecta. Inflorescentiae axillares racemiformi-paniculatae, elongatae, foliosissimae. Axis robustus ad 70 em (-90) longus basi 2.5 am ecrassus, argute striatus, primum dense albo-sericeo-barbatus pilis usque ad 10 mm longis, deinde magis intricatis indumento gossy- pino, ramificatione tantum 1/4 superiori, parte integra a basi usque partem floriferam copiose foliosus, foliis valde elongatis linearibus amplectente vaginatis quam rosularibus similissimis, basilaribus 42-40 x 2.2-2 cm, usque ad sursum 23-20 x 1.7-1.5 cm gradatim decrescentibus, vaginis elongatis adpresse amplectentibus, parte ramosa foliis subtendentibus cum ceteris similibus sed gradatim brevioribus. Rami alterni dense lanati, in specimine adhuc juveniles non bene evoluti inferiores quam folia valde breviores, superiores folia attingentia supremi bene excedentes, plerumque 2-6 capitula pedicellata ferentes. Pedicelli 10-15 mm longi. Bracteae subtendentes lanceolato-subulatae inferne amplectentes membranaceae plurinervatae, intus glabrae extremo excepto extus copiose longeque villoso-barbatae. Rami ramusculi pedicellique dense crasseque albo-lanati. Capitula radiata ligulis amotis depresse semiglobosa 15-16 mm lata, circulo ligularum 22-24 mm disco convexo 11-12 mm diamet- ro, 170-220 flores ferentia. Involucrum turbinato-cupulare 15-16 mm diametro 7 mm altum, herbaceum, dense longe subsericeo-villosum fulvescenti-albidum. Phyllaria sterilia 8-9 sublanceolato- subulata acutaque 13-10 x 3-2.5 mm, exteriora discum excedentia sed radios haud superantia, plana, supra acumine excepto glabra 5-7 nervis conspicuis, infra densissime antrorso-villosa subser- icea pilis basi bulboso-ampliatis ceterum tenuissimis usque ad 8 mm longis, et glandulis columnaribus ad 0.07 mm intersparsis. Phyllaria fertilia 9-6 x 3-2 mm sublanceolato-subulata acuta praecipue 5-nervata, extus dense longeque sericeo-villosa exteriora pilis dorso usque 6 mm longis altera pilis 3-1 mm, et glandulis 0.02-0.05 mm longis patulis praedita, interiora scariosa magis oblonga 4.5-5 x 1.2-1.4 mm, 3-nervata valde amplectentia extremo villoso vel hirto-barbulata et ciliata pilis circa 1 mm longis plus pilis brevioribus crassiusculis obtusis 0.2 mm longis, dorso etiam glandulis columnaribus plus minusve copiosis. Receptaculum conicum 5.5-7 mm diametro glabrum. Paleae 4.5-5 x 1.2-1.7 mm, scariosae, hyalinae, oblongae vel ovali-oblongae apice acutissimae, amplectentes costa conspicua nervis lateralibus 1-2 fere obsoletis, suwperne dorso margineque hirsutae ciliataeque pil- is rigidis patulo-erectis subobtusis vel obtusis, interdum subclav- atis, 0.2-0.8(-1) mm longis et parcis glandulis inconspicuis. Flores marginales feminei ligulati 3-seriati, 55-66 in capitulo. Corolla alba, 8-10 mm longa, tubo 1.5-1.8 mm longo crassiusculo, copiose patulo-piloso, pilis mediocribus sed basi bulbiforme incrassatis obtusis vel subobtusis rigidulis paulo curvatis vel fere rectis 0.1-0.4(-0.5) mm longis plus glandulis columaribus patulis robustis 0.02-0.07 mm longis copiose inter- sparsis; apice tubo saepe dente adaxiale minutissimo; lamina 1.8-2.5 mm lata, oblonga basim versum leviter attenuata basi 1975 Cuatrecasas, Notes on neotropical flora 379 aperta, apice paulo attenuata breviter 2-3-dentata, 5(-7)-nervata, adaxiale mamillato-papillosa, abaxiale basi pilosula plus glandul- ifera cetera sursum sparsis glandulis crassiusculis 0.02-0.04 mm conspicuis. Stylus 3-3.3 mm, ramis 1-1.2 mm longis. Ovaria juvenilia 2 mm, basi acuta triangulata dorso gibboso basi acuta, interiora laterale compressa. Flores disci pseudohermaphroditi 116-134 in capitulo. Corolla lutescens 4.2-4.5 mm longa, tubo 1.2-1.5 mm longo crassiusculo copiosis glandulis columnaribus robustis patulis 0.04-0.07 mm longis et parcis vel parcissimis vel haud pilis hyalinis obtusis inferne incrassatis 0.1-0.3 mm, limbo tubuloso subglabro tantum basi raris pilis, lobis triangularibus acutis O.8-1 mm longis margine valde incrassato et adaxiale dense papilloso, maturitate recurvatis abaxiale parcis pilis patulis obtusis 0.1-0.3 mm et parcis glandulis brevibus. Antherae 1.5 mm, sagitatae appendice ovata acutaque. Stylus 4-5 mm apice elongato-conico bilobato dense breviterque papilloso. Nectarium crassum tubulosum 0.6 m longum edentatum. Typus: Venezuela, TAachira: P4ramo del Batallén, 3000 m alt, planta acaule, ejes inflorescenciales robustos, ligulas blancas, en lugares protegidos, siempre cafiadas, 13 Ag 1974, M. Lépez- Figueiras 9151; holotypus US, isotypus MERF. Ibidem, tallo 30 cm long, inflorescencias axilares en botén, Lépez-Figueiras 9152, 9153. Ibidem in Quebrada Ferruginosa entre matorral andino 3300 m alt, rosetas grandes sésiles estériles, hojas con indumen- to apretado semisericeo, 22 Jan 1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Ter4n & Lépez-Figueiras 28408 (US, MERF). ESPELETIA RODRIGUEZII Cuatr. sp. nov. Arbuscula ad 8 m alta saepe sursum parce ramosa ramis extremo copiose comoso-foliosi. Caules sursum ramique teretes striolati nodosi internodiis 1.5-2 cm longis densissime crasseque adpresse barbatis pilis tenuissimis sericeis antrorsis 5-6 mm longis inter vaginas annulares et caulem valde compressis. Vaginae remanentes subcoriaceae, vulgo abaxiale 23 mm adaxiale 12 mm altae. Gemmae terminales et folia inicialia dense crasse adpresseque subto- mentoso-villosa subvelutina subsericea viridi-albicantia. Rosulae foliorum latae laxae visu virides. Folia amplia viridia coriacea petiolata. Lamina oblonga vel elliptico-oblonga utrinque attenuata, oblongo-lanceolata vel oblongo-oblancelota, apice acuta basi cuneata, irregulariter leviterque undulata margine revoluta visu integra sed adaxiale dentibus callosis mucroniformibus usque ad 0.8 mm longis reflexis 3-10 mm inter se distantibus cum indumentum cancellatis plus minusve conspicuis, 30-60 cm longa 7-13(-17) cm lata; supra juven- ilis dense adpresse vel subadpresse villosa pilis tenuibus subrec- tis acutis antrorsis ad 1 mm longis, ad costam albido-vestitam densissimis 2(-2.5) mm longis, adulta rugulosa venulis impressis, puberula sed costa et nervis principalibus conspicuis impressis et minute tomentellis; subtus pallide griseo-viridula densissime villoso-subvelutina, costa robusta elevata subcarinata argute 380 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 striata, nervis secundariis robustis (0.8-)1-2 cm inter se irregulariter distantibus, angulo 60-70°(50-80) ascendentibus circa marginem arcuatis anostomosantibus, nervis tertiis et minoribus bene prominentibus reticulum minutum elevatum cum indumento velatum formantibus, pilis 1-2.5 mm longis patulo- ascendentibus parallelis densissimis indumentum molle aspectu tactoque velutino tectis, sed areolis intra reticulum pilis teneribus crispis albis instructis; lamina vetusta cum reticulo venulorum elevato bene conspicuo indumento depauperato sed semper densiuscule breviterque vestimento lanuginoso tecto. Petiolus robustus 2-4.5 cm longus, supra leviter sulcatus subtus subcarinatus striatus dense tomentosus, basi triangulartus in vaginam productus. Vagina subcoriacea rigida annularis 1-2 em alta adaxiale usque ad 0.5 cm brevior, multivenosa extus dense longeque villoso-sericea, margine insuper plusminusve lanuginosa. Inflorescentiae axillares corymboide paniculatae folia plus minusve aequilongae, 30-40 cm longae 10-25 cm expansae. Axis inferne robustus, striatus circa basim angulatus superficie saepe purpurascens sed insuper primum dense albido-villosus pilis subadpressis vel patulo-ascendentibus circa basim usque ad 6 mm longis ceteris sursum brevioribus, 2 mm longis, saepe deinde indumentum partim deciduum tantum pubescens, plerumque supra medium ramosus, sursum ramosissimus; parte inferiori integra plerumque duobus paribus foliis decussatis munita internodiis: primo 1-13 cm, secundo 1-10 cm, tertio 1.5-9 cm longo, foliis structura caulinariis similima sed brevioribus lam- ina late oblanceolato-oblonga acuta basi cuneata, inferioribus 14-26 x 4-5.5 cm, mediis 12-20 x 3-5.3 em, petiolo 1.5-3 cm longo basi robusta triangulata in vaginam producta, vaginis decussato-connatis in annulo usque ad 1 cm alto instructo ramum cingenti. Prima divisione ramis plerumque oppositis vel sub- oppositis ceteris alternis. Rami ramulique rigidi striati ascendentes primum densiuscule deinde dilute sed copiose villosi vel hirtuli, pilis (3-2 mm) ochraceis acutis subrectis vel leviter flexuosis saepe caudatis subpatulis vel patulo ascendent- ibus vel paulo intricatis. Rami primarii tantum sursum ramosi, parte integra longa etiam 1-2 paribus foliis oppositis cum alteris similibus sed minoribus muniti; foliis subtendentibus cum sterilibus similibus sed sursum supra tertia ramificatione brevissimis in bracteas transientibus. Bracteae 15-5 x 3-1.5(-1) mm, inferne late sublanceolatae acutae sessiles semiamplectentes, sursum gradatim breviores angustioresque, extus dense ochraceo- antrorso-villosae. Pedicelli 1.5-5 cm longi, teneri erecti ebracteolati dilute vel copiose hirtuli, pilis patulo-ascendenti- bus tenuibus leviter flexuosis ad 2 mm longis, capitula singula parva erecta vel nutantia ferentes. Capitula parva, radiata 52-80 flores ferentia, ligulis amotis 7-10 mm diametientia, subglobosa, circulo ligularum 17-22, disco convexo 7-10 mm diametro. MInvolucrum cupulatum viride sed ferrugineo-pubescente, circa 3 mm altum. Phyllaria sterilia saepe 5, interdum 1-2 additionalia interiora, 3.5-4.5 x 2-3.2 m, 1975 Cuatrecasas. Notes on neotropical flora 381 herbaceo-subcoriacea rigidula, ovata subiteque acutata vel ovato-acuminata, plus minusve calloso-apiculata, basi rotundata, conspicue plurivenosa, concava incurva, intus glabra nitidaque, extus dense vel dilute subadpresse villoso-pubescens et ciliata pilis mediocribus acutis vel subacutis ad 1 mm longis, et glandulis capitato-pediculatis ad 0.05 mm longis vel subsessilibus intersparsis. Phyllaria fertilia 4.5-4 x 2.5-1.8 mm subcoriacea ovato-acuminata vel oblongo-obovato-acuminata apice angulato et calloso-apiculato acutoque, basim versus angustata et magis amplectentia, plurivenosa, basi excepta dorso pubescenti margin- ibus ciliatis pilis antrorsis subadpressis brunneo-fuscis acutis vel obtusis ad 0.5 mm longis, interiora breviora ad 3.5 x 1.8-2 mm subscariosa ovali-oblonga apice angulata acuta amplectentia dorso costa carinato-elevata sursum antrorso-pilosa pilis acutis et obtusis vel subclavatis 0.2-0.4 mm, plus glandulis crassius- culis intersparsis ad margines conspicuis 0.03-0.05 mm longis, vel obovoideis subsessilibus. Receptaculum ovoideo-conicum hirtum 2-3 mm diametro 2 mm altum, pilis hyalinis obtusis erectis, 0.1-0.7 mm. Paleae 4-3.5 x 2-1.3 mm, scariosae ovali- oblongae vel oblongo-obovatae apice triangulato apiculato acuto, basim versus attenuatae valde amplectentes, pluribus venis albidis saepe bene conspicuis costa elevato-subcarinata sursum subapice densiuscule barbulatae pilis erectis rubrofuscis crass- iusculis acutis subobtusis et subclavatis 0.2-0.4 mm et copiosis glandulis capitato-pediculatis brevibus sed crassiusculis praeci- pue ad margines conspicuis. Flores radii feminei 13-18 in capitulo 2-seriati. Corolla lutea 6-9 mm longa; tubo 0.8-1 mm apice annulo interno incrassato et minuto dente adaxiali obtuso exserto saepe conspicuo, extus dense patulo-antrorso-barbato pilis plus minusve flexuosis intricatisque vel rectis, crassiusculis, hyalinis, obtusis, 1(-1.5) mm longis et glandulis capitatis 0.02-0.03 mm intersparsis; lamina elliptica vel elliptico-oblonga vel obovato-oblonga 2.2-3.2 mm lata, apice rotundata breviter 2-3 dentata vel retusa basim attenuata aperta, conspicue 4-7-nervata, adaxiale minute mamillato- papillosa abaxiale dilute vel sparse pilosa pilis obtusis ad 0.5 mm et sparsis glandulis globosis sessilibus vel subsessilibus. Stylus 2.5-3 mm ramulis 1-1.2 mm longis. Achaenia nigra 2-2.3 x 1.5-2 mm obovata argute triangulata basi acute cuneata, dorso paulo convexo curvato, parca interiora laterale compressa irregular- iter triangulata vel subquadrangulata 1-1.2 mm lata. Flores disci pseudohermaphroditi 40-61 in capitulo. Corolla lutea 3.5-4.5 mm longa; tubulo 1.5-2 mm longo copiose vel parce piloso pilis patulo-antrorsis hyalinis crassiusculis obtusis 0.2-0.5(-0.8) mm, et glandulis pediculato-capitatis ad 0.06 mm sparsis vel raris; limbo infundibuliformi basi parcis vel parcissimis pilis vel glandulis, lobis oblongo-triangularibus acutis 0.7-0.8 mm longis margine incrassato dense papilloso, extus parcis vel parcissimis pilis fuscis obtusis vel subclavatis 0.1-0.3(-0.4) mm et parcis glandulis subsessilibus. Antherae 1.5-1.6 mm longae basi sagittatae appendice apicali ovata 0.45-0.5 mm longa. Stylus 4-5 mm sursum incrassatus. Nectarium 0.6-0.7 mm 382 Fr HY T-On CoC .e A Vol. 29, no. 5 longum tubulosum apice saepe paulo aperto. Typus: Venezuela, Mérida: Betania, entre Pdramo de Las Coloradas y El Molino, 2400 m, 4rbol 8 m ramificado, ligulas amarillas, 18-20 Jun 1974, Lépez-Figueiras & Henry Rodriguez 9050; holotypus, US; isotypus MERF. Entre la capilla del P4ramo de Las Coloradas y El Molino, 2600 m, arb. 5-6 m, algun- os ramificados desde 1m, otros indivisos, hojas coridceas, inflorescencia axilar, ligulas amarillas, 18-20 Jun 1974, Lépez-Figueiras & Henry Rodriguez 9049; MERF, US, paratypi. Pdéramo de Las Coloradas, borde camino frente a los potreros de San Rafael, 2700 m, arbusto ramificado 2-3 m, ligulas amarillas 18 Apr 1974, Lépez-Figueiras & Carabot-Cuervo 8995 (MERF, US). Id. id. Los Aserruchos, 2800 m, tallo 5 m, hojas coridceas, verdes, verdoso grisd4ceas m4s claras envés, vaina envolvente, estéril, 8 Feb 1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdn & Lépez-Figueiras 28514 (MERF, US). SENECIO BATALLONENSIS Cuatr. sp. nov. Frutex parvus ad 0.5 m altus valde intricate divaricato- ramosus foliosusque. Rami ultimi foliiferi dense crasse adpresseque albo-lanati, denique cicatricosi plus minusve lanuginosi, vetusti glabrati brunnescentes; rami majores rob- usti brunnei. Folia crasse coriacea rigida breviter petiolata, alterna. Lamina elliptica basi obtusa vel rotundata apice obtuse subiteque mucronulata vel brevissime attenuata subapiculataque, 12-25 mm longa, 6-14 mm lata, margine satis revoluta visu integra vel levissime undulato-dentata, dentibus remotis callosis acutis antrorsis 0.2-0.4 mm longis patulis vel reflexis obsoletisque; supra viridis vernicosa nitidissima glaberrima tantum costa signata impressa ad basim lanata, nervis secundariis 4-7 utroque latere leviter depressis plus minusve notatis vel obsoletis; subtus crasse densissimeque cinereo-crispis-lanata, costa crassa elevata tantum conspicua etiam lanata nervis lateralibus obsol- etissimis, superficie infra indumentum enervia sublaevi. Petiolus erassus 1-2 mm longus late vaginans ad ramum adpressus extus dense lanatus. Inflorescentiae terminales rotundato-paniculatae 3-7 cm latae, basi foliosae, congeste floribundae, ramulis ramusculisque alternis angulatis brevibus crassis dense crassiusculeque incano- lanatis; pedicelli crassi 1-3 mm longi dense lanati; bracteae subtendentes coriaceae elliptico-oblongae vel oblongae adaxiale virides vernicosae adaxiale lanatae. Capitula discoidea elongato-cupulata circa 8-9 mm alta 7-9 mm diametientia, disco convexo visu luteo, 40-70 flores ferentia. Calyeculus 7-8 bracteolis subcoriaceis linearibus attenuatis sub- acutis 4.2-5.2 x 1.3-1.8 mm, inferne vel omnium apice excepto dense lanatis, ad apicem pedicelli gradatim instructis. Involu- erum pallido-viride, campanulatum basi albo-lanatum phyllaria 8, crassiuscula, interiora latiora 6.1-6.5 x 3.5-3.8 mm ovalia apice subacutata margine membranacea, tria exteriora 6.2-6.6 x 1975 Cuatrecasas, Notes on neotropical flora 383 1.8-2 mm oblonga sursum attenuata, intermedia late oblonga 6.1-6.5 x 2.5(-3-3.2), apice minutissime pilosula, marginibus parce pilosula, dorso sursum glabra, basim versus plus minusve basi dense lanuginea. Receptaculum convexum 2.5-3 mm dian, marginibus alveolorum longe fimbriatis squamis acutis 1 mm longis. Flores omnes hermaphroditi. Corolla 4.8-5.4 mm longa viridi- lutescens, apice luteola, glabra, tubo 1.2-1.5 mm longo, limbo tubuloso, lobis triangularibus acutis patulis vel recurvis 0.8-0.9 mm longis margine ad apicem dense papilloso-piloso pilis ad 0.075 mm. Antherae 1.6 mm longae basi sagittatae minuteque caudatae, cauda 0.15 mm. Filamenta infra insertionem antherae incrassata. Rami styli exserti apice asymmetrice truncato, penicillato-coronato, pilis 0.05-0.1(-0.25) mm obtusis, marginibus late papilloso- stigmaticis. Ovarium glabrum 5-striatum basi annulo calloso. Pappus 2(-3)-seriatus 5 mm longus, pilis scabridis apice inaequaliter bidentatis. Typus: Venezuela, TAchira: Pdramo del Batallén, en loma despejada, paramuna, con espeletietum, 9 km de la Torre de Televisién, 3400 m alt, friitex 20-50 cm, hoja coridcea rigida verde brillantisima haz, cinéreo-afelpada envés, involucros verde claros, disco amarillo, corolas verdoso-amarillentas, estilos amarillos, 22 Jan 1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Terdén & Lépez-Figueiras 28415; holotypus US; isotypus MERF. Senecio batallonensis belongs to section Granata Cuatr., being closely related to S. andicola Turcz. The endemic species from PAramo del Batallén is distinguished by its dwarf and compact almost prostrate habit, by the elliptic, subsessile, thick leaves, by the glomerate inflorescences with short, thick pedicels bearing relatively larger heads, and by the compact, lanate indumentum on branchlets, leaves (beneath) and inflores- cences. SENECIO LIBERTATIS Cuatr. sp. nov. Frutex 1-2 m altus. Rami erecti striati copiose cicatricoso- tuberculati ad cicatrices copiose antrorso-barbati ceterum plus minusve lanuginosum. Ramuli elongati erecti dense foliosi inter- nodiis brevibus densiuscule barbatis pilis flexuosis ascendentibus vel intricatis 1-1.5 mm longis. Folia alterna brevia subsessilia crasse coriacea plumbo-viridia, antrorsa vel patulo-antrorsa. Lamina 6.5-10 x 2-3.2(-3.6) mm carnosula oblonga apicem leviter attenuata subacuta vel subobtusa circa basim attenuata et in pseudopetiolum 1-1.5 mm longum et latum vaginantem transiens; margine crenata crenis saepe fere deplanatis sed sinubus argutis et longe barbulatis pilis in juv- enile statu usque ad 1 mm tenuissimis flexuosis copiosis intricat- isque in vetustis saepe contractis vel reductis; utrinque in vivo laevis enervia margine non incrassata, in sicco rugulosa et interdum margine leviter crassiori, saepe paulo incurva seu abaxiale convexa, costa vulgo inconspicua interdum adaxiale leviter impressa (in sicco) et ad basim lanuginosula, reliqua superficie glaberrima. Pseudopetiolus 1-1.5 mm longus 1 mm latus, crassus, 38h PHYTO L0G ITA Vol. 29, no. 5 extus carinatus, adaxiale sulcatus breviterque lanuginosus ad basim barbatus, erectus ad caulem adpressus. Inflorescentiae terminales corymbosae, folia valde excedentes, usque ad 20 capitulis radiatis graciliter pedicellatis instructae. Pedicelli 1.5-2.5 cm longi, teneri, argute striati, luteolo- virides, laxe albido-lanuginosi pilis patulis tenuibus valde flexuosis albis intricatis vestiti, bracteolati bracteolis alter- nis membranaceis linearibus acutatis sparse ciliolatis 4a x L-On7 mm, luteolo-viridibus, ad apicem 7-9 bracteolis lineari triangu- laribus, 2.3-3 x 0.S-1 mm ad modum calyculi dispositis. Capitula eylindracea 7-9 mm alta circulo ligularum 11-15 mm, disco 4-5 mm diametro. Involucrum tubulosum viride 4-4.5 mm altum 4 mm diam. Phyllaria 13 in capitulo, crassa, 3.7-4 mm alta, exteriora lineari subulata circa 0.9 mm lata, interiora cum margine scarioso ovalia 1.3 mm lata sed visu etiam linearia, omnia acuta apice ad marginem ciliolato reliqua glabra. Receptaculum planum alveolatum margin- ibus alveolorum dentatis, 2.2-2.4 mm diametro. Flores marginales feminei ligulati 5-8 in capitulo; corolla lutea 6.5-7.5 mm longa, ecrassiuscula, tubo 2 mm longo glabro, lamina elliptica vel oblongo-elliptica 2 mm lata, apice rotundata minuteque bidentata, tenuiter 4-7-nervata, basi adaxiale in angulo acuto aperta, omnis glabra sed apice argute mamillato-papillosa; stylus 3.5 mm ramis subulatis O.7 mm; ovarium 1 mm glabrum. Flores hermaphroditi 15-20 in capitulo; corolla lutea 4.3-4.8 mm longa, glabra, tubo 2.2 mm, limbo tubuloso, lobis 0.8-1 mm longis, oblongo-triangular- ibus apice paulo incrassato acuto minute cucullato, conspicuissime mamillato-papilloso; filamenta infra antheram valde incrassata, antherae 1.5 mm longae basi acutissime sagittatae; ovaria 1.5 mm glabra; rami styli apice truncato papilloso breviter piloso- coronato, adaxiale duobus lineis stigmaticis crassis, abaxiale sursum longe papillosis. Achaenia elliptico-oblonga, 2.2 mm longa 0.5 mm lata basi crasse callosa obtuse 5 costata cum 5 venis conspicuis et 5 venis alternantibus fere obsoletis. Pappus albus 3-3.5 mm altus pilis biseriatis strigosis extremo leviter ampliatis, saepe apice inaequaliter et acute 2-3-dentatis. Typus: Venezuela, Mérida: PdAramo de Las Coloradas, Loma de la Libertad arriba de El Portachuelo (El Ramal), 2850 m alt, arbusto 1-2 m, ligulas y flésculos amarillos, 8 Febr 1973, Cuatrecasas, Ruiz-Ter4n & Lépez-Figueiras 28512; holotypus, US; isotypus MERF. Senecio libertatis belongs to section Arbutoides Cuatr., being closely related to S.pachypus Greenm and S.quiroranus Cuatr. From both relatives it differs mainly in its oblong leaves, acute at apex and narrowed basally into the short petiole, the blades being thick and smooth in life, leadish-green and dull, without thickened margins, the teeth being less prominent, usually almost flattened in the new species with deep notches provided with a long bunch of slender, intricate, flexuose hairs. Besides, the leaves are ascendent slightly incurved, rather coneave or sulcate adaxially. The other two mentioned species have ovate or elliptic leaf blades rounded or obtuse at base, thickly marginate beneath, stronger crenate, and usually 1975 Cuatrecasas, Notes on neotropical flora 385 bent in a spreading or reflexed position. The thinner hairs at the branchlets and other features of the bracts distinguish also §.libertatis. Furthermore, S.pachypus differs by its shining leaves. Acknowledgement The collaboration and support received by the author for the field work of this monographic program, given by the Facultad de Farmacia of the University of Los Andes, Mérida, Venezuela, is very much appreciated. The Facultad de Farmacia has provided excellent transportation and other facilities during the author's trips to the Venezuelan Andes in 1969 and 1973, as well as the invaluable, direct personal help from professors L. Ruiz-Ter4n and M. Lépez-Figueiras in the field work and preparing speci- mens. The continued subsequent cooperation of both colleagues in seeking flowering specimens of Espeletia at type localities and other suspected undescribed species, often in difficult reachable spots, is likewise, extremely appreciated. This cooperation has provided the author with a substantial amount of first-class prepared herbarium material very much needed for completion of his current program. Credit has to be given to the professors Dr. Fernando Pérez Barré, dean of the Facultad de Farmacia; Dr. Hildebrando Rodriguez, the former dean, and Ing. Carlos Liscano of the Facultad de Forestales and formerly Vice-Rector of the University of Los Andes for providing facilities. They have to be praised for their leadership in sponsoring botanical explorations and research in their respective institutions. NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. LXXIII Harold N. Moldenke CEROTHAMNUS HETEROPHYLLUS (Raf.) Moldenke, comb. nov. Myrica heterophylla Raf., Alsog. Amer. 9. 1838. PAEPALANTHUS KARSTENII var. COREI Moldenke, var. nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei scapis maturis plerumque 1--2 cm. altis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its mature inflorescences on peduncles averaging only l-= 2 cm. in length, mostly shorter than, equaling, or just barely surpassing the uppermost leaves. The type of the variety was collected by my very good lifelong friend and colleague, Earl Lemley Core (no. 272a) -- in whose honor it is hereby named — on a p&ramo above Purace, Cauca, Colombia, at an altitude of 11,000 feet, on February 19, 19), and is de- posited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. TRACAULON ARIFOLIUM var. PUBESCENS (Keller) Moldenke, comb. nov. Polygonum sagittatum var. pubescens Keller, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. 30 (2): 45. 1891. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. LI Harold N. Moldenke PAEPALANTHUS FOLIOSUS Korn. Additional synonymy: Dupatya foliosa Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 333-334 & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 402. 189k; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. 30): 190, 196, 197, [283], & 290. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 1,06. 1926; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, & 48. 1946; Molden- ke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8h & 209. 19,9; Du- rand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Ré- sumé 98, 280, & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 162 & )81 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971. This species is based on Sellow B.1298/C.276 from the Serra do Santo Antonio, Minas Gerais, Brazil, deposited in the Berlin Her- barium where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph 386 1975 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 387 number 10607. Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 8 from the Ser- ro Pouso Alto, Minas Gerais, collected in 1908. Ruhland (1903) cites only the type specimen. The Mello Barreto 5301 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 12587], distributed in some herbaria as P, foliosus, is actually P. nig- ricaulis Alv. Silv. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Sellow B.1298/C.276 [Macbride photos 10607] (B—type, B--isotype, N--photo of type, N—photo of type, W--photo of type, Z—isotype) . MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B). Solan aoc FORMOSUS Moldenke, Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 1: li. 1952. Bibliography: Moldenke, Bol. Soc. Venez. Cienc. Nat. 1): 11. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 72 & 87. 1959; G. Taylor, Ind. Kew. Sup- pl. 12: 101. 1959; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: [146] & 166. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 125 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 436 & 39. 197k. The Maguires report this plant as "abundant", "common", "fre- quent", and "locally common" on savannas, at altitudes of 1250 to 1500 meters, and describe it as a herbaceous perennial or bienni- al, 5—15 dm. tall, flowering and fruiting in February and March and dying after flowering. Murga Pires and his associates encoun- tered it on savannas and in "terrestre a beira do campo" at 25 m, altitude, describe it as 1.5 m. tall, and found it in fruiting condition in December. Citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Maguire & Maguire 35177 (N, N), 35235 (N, N, N), 3527h (Mu, Mu, MN, N), 35432 (N, N); Maguire, Phelps, Hitchcock, & Budowski 3175) (N-type), 3178) (N, Ve). ne tala Murga Pires, Black, Wurdack, & Silva 6372 (N, N), 373 (N). PAEPALANTHUS FRATERNUS N. E. Br., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot., ser. 2, 6: 69—70. 1901. Bibliography: N. E. Br., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot., ser. 2, 6: 69-70. 1901; Burkill, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Bot., ser. 3, 6: 13. 1901; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 222—223 & 290. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6, 8, & 60. 196; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 2: 352 (1948) and 3: 975. 1949; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 64, 66, & 209. 1919; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 20: 109 & 296. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 125 & 130 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971. This species is based on McConnell & Quelch 96 & 659 from the summit of Mount Roraima, at 8000 feet altitude, Guyana, and is de- posited in the herbarium of the Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew. Ruhland (1903) inaccurately cites Brown's original reference as "Trans. Linn. Soc. VI, 1, (1901) 69" [actually it is in series 2, volume 6], and comments that the "Species mihi incognita, ex cl. descriptore cum P. falcato Koern. et P. flavescente Koern. (=Leio- 388 PYH-Y DOG 0 Galva Vol. 29, no. 5 thrix falcata Ruhl. resp. L. flavescens Ruhl.) affinis. Sed in speciebus Leiothricis capitula non albo-villosa. Eadem species cum P. Schomburgkii K Klotzsch affinis esse dicitur, sed hic verus Paepalanthus est et a speciebus 2 supra commemoratis Leiothricis valde alienus". Brown (1901) says that it is "Allied to P. fal- catus, Koern., and P. flavescens, Koern. From the former it dif- fers by its more rigid, channelled leaves, less woolly heads, and more acute involucral bracts, and from P, flavescens, Koern., by the narrower and more acute leaves, which have a different pubes- cence, and the very different flower-heads. It also appears to be near P, Schomburgkii, Klotzsch (which I have not seen), but that plant is described as having longer and broader leaves, striate, with prominent veins on the upper side, a subulate point to the’ peduncular sheath, much shorter peduncles, and glabrous involucral bracts." Gleason, in his unpublished flora of British Guiana, describes P. fraternus as follows: "Caudex very short, densely woolly; leaves rosulate, rigid, more or less recurved, 2--3 mm. wide, 2— h cm. long, broadly and abruptly dilated at base, white-pubescent above; peduncles 1—3, 1—-l; dm. tall, sparsely villous, their sheaths much exceeding the leaves; heads hemispheric, §&—10 HM » wide, cinereous; bracts imbricate in several series, appressed, ovate, pubescent. Summit of Mount Roraima, McConnell & Quelch 96, 6&9, 660 (Jenman herbarium only), Tate 13h, 451 (Endemic) ." Recent collectors have found this plant growing | in acid md and on dryish open savannas between low forests, at altitudes of 1925 to 3000 meters, flowering in January, February, April, and September, describing it as a low tufted herb, the hairy leaves flaccid, shining, rich-green or deep-green but not bluish-purple and Stegolepis-like as in P. stegolepoides Moldenke, the scales pale-green, the involucre blackish below, the bracts gray—brown, the flowering-heads dusky- or dull-white, and the flowers white. Wurdack refers to the species as "frequent in small clumps on the upper cumbre and in deep canyons", while he and Steyermark found it "locally frequent in dense masses". Wurdack 34213 is a mixture with Syngonanthus acopanensis Mol- denke, ke, while Tat Tate 13) is a mixture with Leiothrix flavescens var. alpina Moldenke. Material of P., fraternus has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as as P. con convexus Gleason. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: Cardona 2703 (W— 1997709); Irwin hh7 (W—2197669); Pannier & Schwabe Safe eM. [Auyan- tepui ] (Ve); J. Je Ae A. Steyermar rmark 58876 6 (N), 93897 (Lw, N, S), 93959 (Z); Steyermark & Wurdack 190 (Mu, (fu, N), 10h5 (N (N); alta & , Fol~ dats h 4855 (Ve); Wurdack rdack 34213, in part (yy). GUYANA: G. H. c: Foe Tate 43h, in part + (N), | 451 (N (N). PAEPALANTHUS FREYREYSII (Billb. ) Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 370 [as "freyreissii"]. 1863. 1975 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 389 Synonymy: Eriocaulon freyreysii Billb. in Thunb., Pl. Bras. Dec. 1: 7, pl. 1, fig. 2. 1817. Eriocaulon freyreisii Billb. a- pud Roem. & Schult., Mant. 2: 468. 1824. Eriocaulon paludosum Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 625—626 & 651, pl. 9. 1831. Eriocaulon freyreisii Thunb. ex Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 34. 1831. Paepalanthus paludosus Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 502 & 625. 1841. Eriocaulon freurisii Billb. ex D. Detr., Syn. Pl. 5: 266. 1852. Eriocaulon freyreissii Thunb. ex Steud., Syn. Pl, Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 278 & 33h. 1855. Paepalanthus freyreis- sii Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 370—371. 1863. epalan— thus freyreissii Korn. ex V. A. Pouls., Vidensk. Meddel. cae 1888: 321. 1888. Dupatya freyreissii (Thunb.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya freyreissii Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Paepalanthus freyreissii (Thunb.) Korn. ex Ruhl, in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 135. 1903. spepetantins ireyretsst Korn. ex Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 406. 1928. Paepalanthus glaucus Mart. ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 2: 583, in syn. 1971. Bibliography: Thunb., Pl. Bras. Dec. 1: 7, pl. 1, fig. 2. 1817; Roem. & Schult,, Mant. 2: 68—}69. 182); Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 625-626 & 651, pl. 9. 1831; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 5, 6, 13, 26, & 51—52, pl. 9. 1831; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 180; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 502, 52h, 572, S7h, 578, 613, & 625. 18h1; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 259 & 266. 1852; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 278—279 & 33h. 1855; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 370--371 & 507. 1863; V. A. Pouls., Vidensk. Meddel. Kjpbenh. 1888: 321. 1888; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 & 879 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 02. 1894; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 125, 135—136, [283], 285, 286, 290, & 291. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 102 & 06. 1928; stapf, Ind. Lond. 3: 90 & 91. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, l: 878 & 879 (1946) and pr. 2, 2: 402. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, 35, 38, 48, & 52. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8) & 209. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia ): 1). 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 280, 288, 291, 29h, 325, 327, & 487. 1959; Durand &Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 & 879 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: 02. 1960; Molden- ke, Résumé Suppl. 17: 3, 10, & 11 (1968) and 18: 10. 1969; Tom- linson in C, R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 149, 166, 17h, & 189. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 113 & 259. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 & 481 (1971) and 2: 500, 508, 518, 583, 587, & 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 162. 1973. Illustrations: Thunb., Pl. Bras. Dec. 1: pl. i; fig. Pa 1817; Bong., Mém. Acad, Imp. Sci. St. Péters., ser. 6, 1: pl. 9. 1831; 390 Pen 220) Lo Garces Vol. 29, no. 5 Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. pl. 9. 1831. This species appears to be based on Freyreiss 7 deposited in the Stockholm herbarium, while Eriocaulon paludosum is based on L. Riedel 5 from Itacolumi, Minas Gerais, Brazil, deposited at Len- ingrad. The type of P. glaucus is Martius s.n. from "in fontiun limpidorum margine ad Villa do Principe in Serro Frio", Minas Ger- ais, Brazil, deposited in the herbarium of the Botanical Museum at Munich. Billberg (1817) comments: "Obs. Flores feminei cum masculis in disco mixti, nec in radio siti, ut in E. sexangulari. Eriocaulon omnia monoica esse videntur." Dietrich (1852) describes the plant simply as "culmo 3-gono; fol. setaceo-linearibus; capitulo hemi- sphaerico. In Brasilia. »)." Jackson (1893) reduces Eriocaulon paludosum to Paepalanthus plantagineus (Bong.) Korn. Kunth (181) maintains that the spe- cies under discussion here is related to what is now called Leio- thrix graminea (Bong.) Ruhl. and to L. spiralis (Bong.) Ruhl., but this resemblance is certainly only superficial. The P. Clausen s. n., distributed as P, freyreysii, is actually P. cachambuensis Alv. Silv. Recent collectors have found P. freyreysii growing in swamps, Sphagmim bogs, rocky soil, and damp sandy rather stony soil, flow- ering in February, June to August, and December. Silveira (19285 cites A. Silveira 259 from Itacolumi, Minas Gerais, deposited in his own herbarium. Ruhland (1903) cites, al- so from Minas Gerais, Freyreiss s.n., Glaziou 1555 & 18585, Martius s.n., Pohl s.n., L. Riedel 145, Schwacke 9205, 9326, 9977, & 12381, and Vauthier s.n., all deposited in the Berlin herbarium. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Freyreiss 7 (F— photo of type, N--photo of type, S-type, Z--photo of type); Glaz- Belo Horiz. 26711] (N); Martius Ben. [Villa do Principe, Serro Frio; N. Y. Bot. Gard. type photos, new ser., neg. 8838] (fu, N— photo, Z--photo); J. E. Pohl s.n. [in irriguis montanis, 1818] (Br); L. Riedel 45 (N. Y. Bot. Gard. type photos, new ser., neg. 8837] (B, Mu, N—photo, Ut—361, Z—photo), 48 (M, N—photo, S, Z=--photo). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Koérnicke (B); Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pé&tersb., ser. 6, 1: pl. 9. 1831 (N, Z). PAEPALANTHUS FULGIDUS Moldenke in Maguire & Wurdack, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 93 279—-280. 1957. Bibliography: Moldenke in Maguire & Wurdack, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 9: 279=-280. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 72 & 87. 1959; G. Tay- lor, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 13: 98. 19663 Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 125 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 211 & \18. 1975 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 391 1972; Anon., Biol, Abstr. 5 (4): BASIC. 5.189. 1972; Molden- ke, Biol, Abstr. 54: 1725. 1972; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 290. 197k. Citations: VENEZUELA: Bolivar: B. Maguire 33383a (N--type). PAEPALANTHUS FULGIDUS var. ZULOAGENSIS Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 2h. 1972. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 211 & 18. 1972; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 54 (4): BeAS.1.C. S.189. 1972; Moldenke, Biol, Ab- str. 54: 1725. 1972; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 290. 197k. Citations: BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: J. A. Steyermark 103839 (N-type). PAEPALANTHUS FUNCKEANUS Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 4O4—)oS. 1863. Synonymy: Dupatya funkeana (Korn.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 75. 1891. Dupatya funkeana Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Paepalanthus funckianus Korn. apud Ruhl, in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (lj-30): 206. 1903. Dupatya funckiana Kuntze apud Ruhl. in Ingl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 206, in syn. 1903. Du funckeana Kuntze apud Ruhl. in Engl., Pfl- anzenreich 13 (4-30): [283], in syn. 1903. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 4O4--05, 502, & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 02. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 201, 206, [263], & 290. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: 02. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6, 29, & 48. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 64 & 209. 1949; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 19593 Moldenke, Résumé 72, 280, 325, & 487. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: 402. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 18: 9. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 125 & 4,81 (1971) and 2: 951. 1971. This species is based on Funck & Schlim 809 from Agua de Obis- po, at an altitude of 2600 meters, Trujillo, Venezuela, flowering in August, and deposited in the Berlin herbarium. An isotype in the Delessert Herbarium at Geneva was photographed there by Mac- bride as his type photograph number 25168. The surname of the first of the two collectors is misspelled [Funcke] in the Brussels herbarium and elsewhere. Ruhland (1903) comments that the "Vaginae a cl. Koernicke non recte descriptae". He cites only the original collection, which seems to be the only collection known so far. Citations: VENEZUELA: Trujillo: Funck & Schlim 809 [Macbride photos 25168] (B—type, Br—isotype, N—isotype, N—photo of iso- type, N--photo of isotype, W--photo of isotype). a FUSCOATER Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 382—383. 1863. 392 Pon Y-T.0 L OG TA Vol, 29, no. 5 Synonymy: Paepalanthus fusco-ater Korn, in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 507. 1863. Dupatya fuscoater (K6rn.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 7h5. 1891. Dupatya fuscoater Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Dupatya fuscoatra Kuntze apud Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 179, in syn. 1903. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 290, 382—383, & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 02. 189; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 179, [283], & 290. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 181 & 07. 1928; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 19); Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: 02. 196; Mol- denke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, & 48. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8h & 209. 1949; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 19595; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 280, & 87. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: 402. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 & 81 (1971) and 2: 583 & 951. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 1). 1973. This species is based on a Riedel collection from stony locali- ties near Tejuco, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in December, and deposited in the Berlin herbarium. Ruhland (1903) cites only the original collection and this appears to be the only know collec- tion of the species so far. He comments that "Petalorum tubo floris 4 intus piloso insignis". PAEPALANTHUS FUSCOATER var. MINOR Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 181 {as "minora"]. 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus fuscoater var. minora Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 181 & 07. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 181 & hO7. 1928; Molden— ke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 48. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8h & 209. 1919; Moldenke, R6é- sumé 98, 325, & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 583 & 951. 1971. This variety is based on A. Silveira 782 collected in sandy fields between Serro and Diamantina, in the Serra Geral, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in Jamary of 1925, and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) describes it as "Folia minora — 2--), cm longa, 1,5--3-mm medio lata" and on page 07 of his work gives the date of collection as "1926", but whether this is a misprint or is intended as a correction of the date previously given is not clear. oe FUSCUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 2h3—2hh, pl. 162. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. l: 2h3—2h)) & 4,07, pl. 162. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 48. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8) & 1975 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 393 209. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia : 1). 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 162. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 786, collected in sandy fields between Diamantina and Serro, in the Serra Geral, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in June of 1925, and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page 407 of his work, Silveira (1928) gives "1926" as the date of collection, but, again, whether this is a misprint or is meant to be a correction of the date given in the original description is not clear. Also, in his text Silveira cites the illustration as plate "CXLII", but plate 12 is actually an il- lustration of P. percrassus Alv. Silv. and is in its proper se- quence. The illustration of P. fuscus should have been cited by him as pl. 162, which it actually is. Thus far the species is known only from the type collection. PAEPALANTHUS GARDNERIANUS Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 1: 889. 18h9. Synonymy: Cladocaulon brasiliense G. Gardn. in Hook. f., Icon. Pl. 6 (ser. 2, 2]: pl. 528. 183 [not Paepalanthus brasiliensis (Mart.) Mart., 1855]. Eriocaulon cladocaulon Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: (Cyp.] 276. 1855. Dupatya gardneriana (Walp.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya gardneriana Kuntze apud Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 176, in syn. 1903. Bibliography: G. Gardn. in Hook. f., Icon, Pl. 6 [ser. 2, 2]: vi & vidi, pl. 528. 1843; Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 1: 889. 18h9; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.| 276, 333, & 342. 1855; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 278, 373--37h, & 507. 1893; Benth. in Benth, & Hook. f., Gen. Pl. 3 (2): 1023. 1883; Hieron. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 2 (4): 22. 1888; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 552 & 878 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 02. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (-30): 173, 175, 176, [283], 285, & 290. 1903, Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 0. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 19); Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 552 & 878 (1946) and pr. 2, 2: 402. 1946; Moidenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 28, 29, 33, & 48. 1963; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 1919; Moldenke, Phytologia hz: ly. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 259, 280, 287, & 487. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 552 & 878 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: 02. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 162, 38, & 481 (19715 and 2: 497 & 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 142. 1973. Illustrations: G. Gardn, in Hook. f., Icon. Pl. 6 [ser. 2, 2]: pl. 528. 183. Ruhland (1903) cites the original publication of Paepalanthus gardnerianus Walp. (189) as "188", but actually only pages 1— 38h of Walper's work were published in 188; pages 385—1127 did not actually appear in print until 189. 39h PHY 7)0)b,0.G Tak Vol. 29, now 5 Cladocaulon brasiliense G. Gardn. is actually the type species of the genus Cladocaulon. Its specific type is G. Gardner 5250, which, he says, was "Rare on the ascent of Serra da Mendanha, from the Rio Jiquitimhonha, [in the] Diamond district", Minas Ger- ais, Brazil, collected in July, 180. Walpers' binomial is based on the same type and he notes that "Generice a Paepalanthus non differt". Ruhland (1903) cites only the type collection and notes "Specimen non vidi". Only the one previously cited isotype has been seen by me. Gardner (18,3) says that "The remarkable habit of this plant, as well as the curious structure of the female flowers, justly en- title it to rank as a distinct genus. The habit is well represen- ted by the artist [of plate 528], but the dissections are very far from being correct. The female flower I always find to be such as is given in the description, and not that of a true spe- cies of Paepalanthus, as represented in the plate. Nor are the lobes of the imner series of the perianth of the male flower pi- lose." It is perhaps worth noting here that the note appended to a clipping in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden imply- ing that the original publication of the name, P. gardnerianus, should be credited to "L. C. Rich. in Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 1: 889. 188" is erroneous. Consultation of the original reference shows plainly that Richard is there cited as the original author- ity for the group name Eriocauleae, not as author of the descrip- tions which follow in that section of the work, It should also be mentioned that #270" is sometimes cited as the page of the original publication of Eriocaulon cladocaulon Steud., but this is apparently a typographic error for "276", Pana ee aa Sear Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 251-253, pl. 1 Bo 19 e Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 251—253 & 07, pl. 162. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 19373 A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 48. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8h & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 187. 1959; Renn6, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron, 70. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. Tlustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 167. 1928. Silveira (1928) bases this species on A. Silveira 557, collected "Secus margines rivuli in campis in Serra do Garimpo, inter Caeté et Santa Barbara", Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April of 1909, but on p. 07 of the same work he cites Silveira 909 from "Serra do Garim- po prope Cocaes, 1909", perhaps as a second collection. On p. 253 he cites his illustration as "Tabula CLXII", but the plate itself is labeled "CLXVII". He comments that the "Species inter illas quae bracteas involucrantes discum paullum superantes habent, calo- re bractearum involucrantium facile distinguitur." [to be continued] BOOK REVIEWS George M. Hocking School of Pharmacy, Auburn University Auburn, Alabama 36830 "BOTANY. (A GOLDEN SCIENCE GUIDE)." by R.R. Alexander, R.W. Burnett, and H.S. Zim, 160 pp., many col. figs., Golden Press, Western Publishing Co., Inc., 859 Third Ave., New York 10022. 1970. $4.95. An attractive small book which is designed to interest and educate in the elements of botany, including areas of morphology, physiology, taxonomy, genetics, evolution, and ecology. It is designed to be used by adults as well as stu- dents in the high school and college. Great compression of sub- ject matter results in coverage of a large number of facts in this 5 by 7 inch format. GMH "POISONOUS PLANTS OF HAWAII" by Harry L. Arnold, M.D., II+71, 24 pls., Charles E. Tuttle Co., Publishers, Rutland, Vt. 1968. $2.50 In this reprinting of a book originally published in 1944, there are two chapters: I) the common and dangerous plants of Hawaii, including those which are allergenic and the fungi; II) a comprehensive plant list, with alphabetic arrangement by the generic name. Over 90 taxa are taken up, with illustrations of about one third of these. Besides the table of contents, there is an index and preceding this a bibliography. The author is a physician resident in Hawaii, well acquainted with the plants and well informed on the poisonings which occur in that State from plant contact or ingestion. Many of the plants taken up are found in other parts of the world (ex., Nerium oleander). GMH "POLYSACCHARIDES. (SERIES: A COURSE IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY) ." by Gerald 0. Aspinall, xvi, 228 pp., many figs. and tabs., 1 portr. (frontispiece), Pergamon Press, Oxford (etc.), Elmsford, New York 10523. 1970. $8.75 (Hardback). 395 396 Pow Y TT O°L/O1G TA Vol. 29, no. 5 In this small volume we have an excellent survey for col- lege and university students of the important things about the polysaccharides, those substances made up primarily of series of sugar molecules linked together by the removal between each pair of a molecule of water, hence representing sugar an- hydrides. The Professor of Chemistry at Trent University in Ontario (Canada) has split the subject matter into 14 chapters, with a preliminary discussion of the terminology of carbo- hydrates and a terminal index. Each chapter is provided with an abundance of timely references. This book would therefore be of great service to a graduate student or one doing re- search in the field. Besides the usual formulas and reactions there are two schemes on fold-up sheets. The text is generally clear and unburdened by technicalities. The subjects run in the following order: general; isolation and determination of structure; cellulose; starch and glycogen; other glucans (= glucosans) and fructans (= fructosans); mannans, galacto- mannans, and glucomannans; galactans, arabinans, and xylans-— glycuronans; complex acidic polysaccharides (gums, mucilages) ; sulfated polysaccharides; aminopolysaccharides; biosynthesis; and other carbohydrate-containing macromolecules (teic 7 hoic acid, glycoproteins, etc.). GMH "MARINE PHARMACOLOGY" by Morris H. Baslow, (Ph.D), xiv, 286pp., many figs. and tabs., 4 col. pls., The Williams and Wilkins Co., Baltimore, Maryland. 1969. Price not given. In this work, rendered attractive by both the title and the brilliant color plates in the front part of the text, there is consideration of possible medicinal values of both plants and animals, with greater stress on the latter. Thus, 69 pages are devoted to plant organisms (pp. 17-85) and 168 pages (pp. 86- 253) to the animals. The first chapter is introductory, while Chapter Two treats of the antibiotic activity of sea water, of particular interest here being the relatively strong antivirus (virus inactivating capacity) of this abundant product. (The practical therapeutic possibilities are however considered rather slim). Chapters 3 to 7 deal with various groups of plants, mostly algal. Chapter 3 is concerned with Schizophyta (Bacteria) and the Eumycophyta (Fungi). Among the values dis- cussed in this chapter are antibacterial activity, antiviral potency, "“antiyeast'' factors, bacterial toxins, and vitamin sources. Cyanophyta, the Blue-green Algae, are taken up in chapter 4, the Pyrr ophyta (Dinoflagellates) and Cryptophyta (Cryptomonads) in chapter 5, the Chrysophyta (Yellow-green and Golden-brown Algae, and Diatoms) in chapter 6, and the Chlorophyta (Green Algae), Phaeophyta (Brown Algae), and Rhodophyta (Red Algae) in chapter 7. Of the remaining nine chapters, all but the final one are taken up with discussions of 13 animal phyla, using a classification system explained in 1975 Hocking, Book reviews aT a table on pages 5 and 6. Chapter 16 is a summary of the phar- macological potentials of the various substances isolated from marine organisms, plant and animal: this takes the form of tables 19 pages long. A terminal index seems quite comprehen~ sive. At the end of each chapter as well as at the end of the various sections within the chapters many useful references appear. The pages are replete with figures and tables as well as with structural formulas for many compounds. The text is well printed and well bound. This is a book which should be in high demand by librarians as well as by individual scientists. GMH "LEHRBUCH DER ANGEWANDTEN BOTANIK,' Ed. 1, by Walter Baumeister and Gerhart Reichart, XVI + 490 pp., 188 figs., 68 tabs., Gust, Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart, 1969, cloth bound, DM 68.- In this textbook of applied botany, the cultivated plants of the world are considered from many standpoints, with eight sections of the text devoted to these various areas. There is a quite remarkable symmetry in these well-rounded treatments, which will be obvious from comparing the number of text pages devoted to each: General review of cultivated plants, with con- sideration of the type of products concerned, amounts produced in various parts of the world, common types of usage, etc. (39 pp-); Morphology of cultivated plants (47 pp.); Anatomy (48 pp.); Substances required by plants (fertilizers, atmosphere, etc.) (73 pp.); Development of these plants (growth from seedling to Mature plant) (60 pp.); Production of substances by cultivated plants (essential oils, tannins, etc.) (78 pp.); Diseases and infestations (34 pp.); Plant sociology (sociological plant geography) (82 pp.) This is followed by a classified list of teaching and research institutions in the field of cultivated plants (7 pp.); and the index (22pp.). In descending order, the three longest sections are plant sociology, production of plant substances, and substance re- quirements of plants. The plants and plant products considered in this text include food and fodder plants (ex. rye and other cereal crops; legumes; potatoes; other starch-producing plants, such as manioc; sugar plants; fatty oil plants, such as olive tree; fruit and vegetable plants, such as tomatoes); beverage plants like coffee and popular plant "stimulants", such as tobacco; drugs (like Valerian) and spices (as cinnamon); fiber plants (flax); lumber plants (as oaks); plants producing rub- ber, gutta percha, balata, and chicle; and resin and balsam plants (ex. rosin). Such an imposing array of useful plants must certainly be of interest to a large variety of individuals. With such a bait the theoretical aspects of botany would become quite 398 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 attractive. Why then not adopt economic or applied botany in the college curriculum as a beginning course to be followed by the more theoretical branches with their phytogeography, ecology, genetics, and chorology? It would be a case of the "entering wedge." A book like this in the English language should be most attractive and have a ready sale. GMH "AUSTRALIAN NATIVE ORCHIDS IN COLOUR" by L. Cady and E.R. ROEbeEhamy 2 sppe O02 Vcollspliss, 7 colespls. on dust jacket, Charles E. Tuttle Co., Rutland, Vermont 05/701. 1970 Geeed. 11972). $6:75 This small hard-backed volume is beautifully embellished with handsome colored pictures of about 100 native Australian taxa of Orchidaceae. (The seven color plates on both the dust cover and the regular cover are not reproduced in the pages of the book). The book is far more than simply a picture book, however; the descriptive text is quite technical and is ob- viously written for botanists. The book belongs to every library of botany seeking or possessing a comprehensive col- lection in the field. An attempt was made to describe a broad representative collection of the orchids of the Australian continent. Of the 85 genera of orchids known from Australia, 70 are either shown in color or have been discussed. 15 genera with 27 spp. have not been taken up. GMH "FOUNDATIONS OF PLANT GEOGRAPHY" by Stanley A. Cain, xiv + 556 pp-, 63 figs., 32 abs., Hafner Publishing Co., Inc. 1971 CIS44) 9 eS11. 95. Several things can happen to a book after publication: it may be very popular, a best seller, so that the edition is soon exhausted; the book may be a slow seller but useful and impor- tant to some specialists: this edition may be kept for many years in stock (one Dutch firm is still selling books printed in 1923 or before; the Government Printing Office at Washington, D.C., was a few years ago able to sell copies of the Congres- sional Digest or its predecessor which had been printed in the 1700's) or the publishers may destroy the remainder or sell it for a nominal fee to some dealer. The book may be important and with good sales but soon outdated, in which case a new edition is generally prepared, and the old stock disposed of by one means or another. In the case of such a volume as Cain's Foundations, after a lapse of 27 years since its date of pub- lication, sufficient demand has arisen apparently from a new generation of students of plant geography to necessitate the offering again in the form of a reprint edition of the original 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 399 printing. Reprinting of the old classical texts is a great benefit to science and to individuals who need these books. How much time do some of us waste in searching the shelves of the second hand book store (antiquariat) or the pages of book catalogs in an effort to locate some useful book for the in- stitutional or our own library. And if it is a book in high demand, almost invariably it seems that an order is received too late; some one a little faster has already seen the book and purchased it. The present volume is basic to the field with definitions and concepts stated succinctly and accurately. There are five parts: the introduction; paleoecology; areo- graphy (that portion of geography which deals specifically with area); evolution and plant geography; and the significance of polyploidy in plant geography. (Polyploids with new characters and new requirements from the habitat tend to migrate to areas where they are more suited, thus distribution geographically is an important factor in the evolution and development of species). The text is followed by a useful glossary, a bibli- ography (covering the entire volume), and the mixed index. GMH Notes bibliographiques: répertoire cumulatif, Séries 1 4 71, 1946-1968, by Roger Calcoen, 207 pp., Editions Culture et Civilisation, 115, avenue Gabriel Lebon, 1160 Bruxelles, Belgium. $19.00 In this volume we find the re-publication in two alphabet- ical portions of various series of bibliographies on the history of science published by the Comité Belge d'Histoire des sciénces. These include Series 1 to 66 in one alphabetical sequence and as a supplement, another alphabetic sequence with series 67 to 71. These bibliographic citations cover all fields of science and refer to contemporary publications. Each numbered citation includes the author or authors (or where it is a serial, the first word of the serial title is given) and the title of the work. If a book or pamphlet publication, the publisher and place of publication are given, year of pub- lication, size of volume, number of pages, and mention if illustrated. If it is a journal publication, the name of the journal is given, followed by the volume, date, and page num- bers. For most books and brochures, and occasionally for journal articles, there is given a reference to a review. In the case of co-authors, editors, etc., a cross-reference to other numbers is given; however, such cross-references are not numbered, hence the published numbers all refer to different books, articles, pamphlets, or journals. The total number of references for both the main part and the supplement is 5491. The numbered reference citations are followed by an author index, a person's index, and two subject indices, one in French, the other Flemish. Since Belgium is a bilingual country, the title page and the foreword (by Prof. J. Gillis) are in these two languages. 1,00 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 From a study of the first 100 references, publications were found originating from the USA, Netherlands, Spain, Turkey, Belgium, France, Germany, Switzerland, Luxembourg, Eire, Eng- land, Italy, Poland,and Sweden. Publication dates for these ranged from 1945 to 1965, paralleling the dates of the 66 series. The following fields of science were included in the first century of citations: general science, mathematics, astronomy, medicine, biology, zoology, botany, feology (and other earth sciences), military science, pharmacy, anthropology, archeology, agriculture, geography, food science, natural his- tory, anatomy, and physiology. The greatest emphasis is of course on publications of the Low Countries - viz. Benelux. This is an important bibliographic treasury. GMH "WILDFLOWER TRAILS OF THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST" by Art Chipman, IT + 156 pp., 236 col. pls., 1 portrait (dust cover), Pine Cone Publishers, 2251 Ross Lane, Medford, Oregon 9750 19705 452500) From the title, one might conceive that flowering plants found along certain specific "nature trails" are referred to: this is not the case, the reference being to trails in a gen- eral sense. The plants are arranged in the order of the vernacular family names (Arum family to Water plantain family). Included are 236 taxa representative of 49 plant families. The taxa include both species and varieties. Under each taxon are given the botanical origin, vernacular name or names, family (common name), a brief description in popular language, the origin of the name, and uses made of the plant. The emphasis throughout has been on the family name, which is repeatedly used - in the page heading, family heading, under the species description, and in the figures. The area covered includes Washington, Oregon, Idaho, and British Columbia (Canada). Of course all the best known plants are here (Oregon grape, wild ginger, baneberry, columbine, larkspur, buttercups, prickly pear, dogbane, fireweed, mullen) as well as the less known. The colored figures are generally excellent, based on Kodachrome photos. This manual should be very helpful for the amateur interested in identifying the various flowering plants of the western area. The book is bound with a good index. GMH 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 401 "THE ANNALS OF ABSTRACTING, 1665-1970" by Robert Collison (Editor), v, 54 pp.; School of Library Service & the University Library, Univ. Calif., Los Angeles, Cal. 90024. 1971. $2.00. This represents a compilation of abstracting organs, starting with the Journal des Scavans (1665-) and ending with “Bulletin of peace proposals'(1970-). There are notes on prede- cessors and successors for many of the titles, publishing authority, etc. A terminal index with many cross-references makes the contents more accessible. - About 700 abstracting titles are shown. - Omissions: 'International Pharmaceutical Abstracts" (c. 1965-) and "Pharmaceutical Abstracts" (Austin, Texas; 1957-1969). "Excerpta Botanica Sectio A" and "B" first appeared in 1959, not 1955 as stated. GMH PIHE GLEE) OF PLANTS: by E.J.H. Gorner (ERS; FLS)),, xi, 515) pp, 41 pls. (colored and uncolored), 103 text figs., The World Publishing Company, 2231 West 110th St., Cleveland ZemObtToOsm 9645. (912.50). With a brilliant colored plate on the dust cover and with its many colored figures and line drawings inside, the present volume is bound to be attractive to an average person idly flicking the pages. A normal person, granted the time and opportunity, would be tempted to read passages here and there in the text and even to go on from there and read the entire book from the beginning. Samplings of the text would demon- strate how informing and interesting it really is. Let us con- sider only one passage (p. 35); which was selected at random: "The shore is a much more complicated place for plant life than the open sea. There can be no wonder therefore that plant life established on the shore has become vastly more complex. The vegetation that we see at the present day as the tide goes out is the consequence of the rivalry of seaweeds that has gone on for hundreds of millions of years. They have become ex- tremely involved, just as forest consists of many kinds of plants intermingled: tall and short, annuals, perennials, and epiphytes (plants growing, but noUparasitic, on others). Nevertheless, the seaweeds sort themselves according to the environmental factors in a way that illustrates their evol- ution.....The size of the seaweed indicates its store of proto- plasm and measures, of course, its success as a plant growth; and from sizes of seaweeds the suitability of different parts of the shore for plant growth can be judged." This quotation will show what pleasant reading the book is: short simple words, short understandable sentences, the primary importance, hence interest, of the subject matter presented. - The ar- rangement of the book is a progressive one: it begins with the ocean and the life therein, proceeds to the land and follows the o2 PHY DOL0G Ls Vol. 29, no. 5 upward course or evolution of land forms. On land, the flora of the moist forest is followed by that of the drier zones of plains and desert, on the one hand, and back to water - the fresh water habitats - on the other. - Included at the end of the book are: Glossary, 285-90; Bibliography, 291-303; and Index, 305-15. GMH Principes amers a fonction lactone. (Bitter principles with lactone function) by Jacques Couquelet, 70 pp., 5 tabs., 1 fig., Mimeographed (or multigraphed), No other biblio- graphic data available. 1967 (March) A review of many different plant principles, with struct- ural formulas, uses, and botanical origins particularly stressed. There is some discussion of the physiology of taste. Among the groups recognized and taken up are the bitters of the sesquiterpenes, diterpenes, limonoids, meliacins, and cucur- bitacins. 163 references. GMH. "PHLOEM TRANSPORT IN PLANTS" by Alden S. Crafts and Carl E. Crisp, xxii + 481 pp., 64 figs., 54 tabs., W.H. Freeman & Company, 660 Market Str., San Francisco, Calif. 94104. US)7/Als Silo Sio) The text of this attractive book represents a study of translocation or transport of materials occurring in the phloem or bast of the plant axis. These substances include minerals (inorganic substances), water, organic foods (sugars both monosaccharides and oligosaccharides, sugar alkaloids, sugar phosphates, organic phosphates, amino acids, nucleic acids, vitamins, etc.), hormones (growth regulation substances including steroids), viruses, enzymes, and agricultural chem- icals (including pesticides and "chemotherapeutants"). This movement or migration of substances in the plant is important to the other processes of the plant, especially those affect- ing reproduction and growth. Thus, sap movement is directly or indirectly involved in the operations of expansion, flowering, fruiting, dormancy, rejuvenation, and senescence. The direction of flow of chief importance is from the green cholorphyll- bearing tissues to the non-green tissues (from "source to sink"). Translocation in the xylem, chiefly concerned with water and minerals conduction, is not discussed in this volume. Previously, movements of the solution in the sieve tubes was conceived as a mass flow; now it is quite clearly shown that this is actually an oversimplification and that movement of the stream is essentially a rapid diffusion through plasma membranes from cell to cell via the plasmodesmata. This is called the "symplast-apoplast concept", the symplast representing the protoplasmic continuum with no isolated cells and the apoplast 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 03 representing the non-living but permeable cell wall which surrounds the symplast. This viewpoint has been developed over the past few years. In fact, so rapid is the advance of work in this field, that advances over only the last decade are featured in this book. Many of the new findings depend on the use of the electron microscope, which demonstrates for in- stance that the sieve tube pores actually represent smooth microtubules lined by a thin layer of plasmolemma. (The figure on the dust cover is a blow-up of Figure 2.10, showing a sieve plate in cross section with open pores). The volume text is broken into 3 parts: (1) Structure-functional relationships (88 pp.); (2) Experimental results (review of recent work of many researchers (183 pp.); (3) Translocation mechanism (149 pp.). - The senior author has been very fruitful in the research area, with the authorship of at least two other tech- nical books. parts of several more volumes, and many scientific papers. Proofreading was occasionally imperfect with 2 errors in the Preface and one in the introduction (Chapt. I). GMH "THE TREES OF SOUTH FLORIDA. VOLUME I. THE NATURAL ENVIRON~ MENTS AND THEIR SUCCESSION" by F.C. Craighead, Sr., xiv, 212 pp., 92 figs. (photos), 7 maps and charts, Univ. Miami Press, Coral Gables, Fla. 1971. $5.95. In this first volume of a set of two, the physical en- vironment (climate, geology, physiography, etc.) is discussed as related to tree growth and distribution in the southernmost part of the State of Florida (covering Collier, Dade, and Monroe Counties). Most of this area is off the beaten trail and visited by very few persons. The author, however, has thoroughly traversed this region for more than 20 years and with his long career in forestry and entomology as background, is most competent to write about this area. The last of the three chapters occupies more than half the text and is devoted to the nine physiographic provinces of the area and their plant associations: Kays; Florida Bay; Saline Mangrove Zone; fresh- water swamps; pineland ridge; low pineland and sloughs; tree island everglades; hammock and cypress ridge; Big Cypress Swamp. Additional to the text proper there are a glossary, "selected" references, index to common and scientific names, (really a glossary with many local names included), and the general index. Much of the text is pertinent to the problem of pollution and man's interference with natural environments and this text will therefore be of much service to those in- dividuals and organizations interested in the modern problems of Ecology. - The term "periphyton" is not defined in the text, the glossary, or the index to common names. GMH Ol, PH YT OdvorGm. A Vol. 29, no. 5 “THE EVOLUTION AND CLASSIFICATION OF FLOWERING PLANTS" by Arthur Cronquist, xi + 396 pp., 28 figs., (Riverside Studies in Biology). - Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Mass- achusetts. 1968. $6.95. In an Introduction, W.C. Steere (Director, N.Y. Botanical Garden) points out that this book presents a clear and orderly summation of the basic principles of modern taxonomy and is the only work with the essential information presented in system- atic order (botanical arrangement in the form of clear syn- optical keys.) There are chapters on taxonomic principles; origin of the angiosperms; evolution of characters; the sub- classes, orders, and families of dicotyledons and of mono- cotyledons; with a final listing of classes, subclasses, orders, and families of "Magnoliophyta" (here applied as a phylum or division name equivalent to Dicotyledoneae; the term does not appear in the index and does not seem to be used elsewhere in the text). Magnoliophyta is made up of Magnoliatae (dicots) and Liliatae (monocots); under it appears Magnoliidae as a sub-class and under this order Magnoliales and fam. Magnol- iaceae. Croquist's treatment of taxonomic groups is conserva- tive, that is, he is classed among the so-called "lumpers", who as far as possible reduce species to lower categories, such as subspecies, varieties, etc. However, he shows some "liberal" tendencies as in the placing of Rubiaceae and Caprifoliaceae in separate orders (cf. V.L. Harms,Econ. Bot. 23: 294-5; 1969). This is an important text in plant study. GMH "LEWIS AND CLARK: PIONEERING NATURALISTS" by Paul Russel Cotinight,, avec 06Mpp..uelOn piso see fAesin.) ls map), The University of Illinois Press, Urbana, Ill. 61801. 1969. $12.50 Far from being a cut and dried account of the Lewis and Clark western expedition from the standpoint of the botanical and zoological accomplishments made, this book combines an interesting narrative with really important information on the various scientific accomplishments of the mission. One of the most valuable features of the work is the summation of findings and accomplishments of the expedition, and the analytical study of the records, features which are sprinkled through“out the volume. Thus, for instance, one will find a list of the technical botanical terms used by Meriwether Lewis while describing the plants just at one location, Fort Clatsop (p. 258). As another example, at the end of the acount is an effort to determine the fate of the various expedition members several years after this great journey - (p. 346). Such analytical summations of the records are very helpful from several viewpoints. One difficulty in reading the text, par- ticularly in reference consultation, is to determine the dates 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 0S of particular findings or events. This is often the case in biographical and historical accounts. It would be most helpful if dates (year, month, day) were printed at the head of each page. Unfortunately it is not often done; in consequence it takes quite a bit of searching sometimes to find just when this or that took place. Another "would-have-been" help in the book would have been several maps, for the entire journey and for segments of it. The single map used is small and only shows a part of the route covering only three days of travel. The first collection of Rhamnus purshiana is mentioned without fanfare, as though it were just another wild plant. Some idea of its current importance (and for the last century as source of the important crude drug, Cascara Sagrada, now used ex- tensively all around the world and still largely obtained from the Pacific coast areas of the United States, should have been given; several million pounds of this bark are produced annually. A considerable part of the botanical content will be found in the chapter "The fate of the Lewis and Clark booty."" (pp. 356-375). In this chapter is recounted the sad story of lack of forethought, lack of conservation of the re- sources collected so arduously and at such cost by the Ex- pedition. Many of the zoological and ethnological specimens like many of the botanical specimens have been left erode to dust. GMH "HOW TO KNOW THE CACTI - PICTURED KEYS FOR DETERMINING THE NATIVE CACTI OF THE UNITED STATES AND MANY OF THE INTRO- DUCED SPECIES" by E.Y. Dawson, VI, 158 pp., 183 figs., Wm. C. Brown Company, Publishers, 135 S. Locust St., Dubuque, Iowa, USA. 1963. Spiral binding $2.25; cloth bound, $2.75 Like other volumes in this "How to Know" series, the text consists of a single long key, with a short description and a figure of nearly every species. Another common feature is the Index and Pictured-Glossary, which serves both to indicate page locations of the various species in the text and also to define technical terms in words and figures. An introductory section discusses the cacti (Fam. Cactaceae) as a New World family, with general information on geographical distribution, identifying characteristics, preparation of specimens, and morphology. While this volume is gaited for the layman, it would undoubtedly be useful too for professional botanists and others. The spiral binding is a very handy device for field use, because it avoids the aggravations consequent to holding a place in a book while both hands are occupied (with plants and instruments in this case). GMH 406 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 "THE LANGUAGE OF BOTANY" by C. Debenham, iv, 208 pp., 36 pls., Society for Growing Australian Plants, 860 Henry Lawson Drive, Pienie Point, Ni. S.W., Australda. ec. 1971. S2580% Apparently all fields of botany are included in this dic- tionary; thus, terms in taxonomy, plant physiology, histology, morphology, genetics, phytochemistry, plant biochemistry, micro- scopy, plant ecology, phytogeography, and other fields are noted. It is withou question the most recent English dictionary in the field and in some respects would appear to be one of the most useful, modest as it is in appearance with its limp composition cover and low price. It includes many Latin and Greek words which are used either as regular terms in modern science or as roots to compound words. Many excellent line drawings and dia- grams furnish important guidance in morphology, life cycles, taxonomy, and biochemistry. The pages are rather crowded and there is enough text to provide a volume of ca. 400 pages of ordinary type. The definitions seem to be clear and accurate. (One error: p. 117: hypogenous for hypogonous). GMH "CAVEAT EMPTOR" by O. Degener, Newsletter 4 (7): 1-4, Hawaiian Bot. Gardens Foundation. 1970. The plan of establishing a National Park on Hawaii (Hen- drix, G.O., "The Island of Hawaii." A resource study and master plan; 103 pp.; 1970) is criticized. This Park would duplicate other volcanic areas with aa, pahoehoe lava, ash, cinders, and clinkers. It would be preferable to preserve the lush jungle areas of Hawaii which stand in need of conservation since they contain many plants which are not found elsewhere and will be lost in the course of time with the attempts at "improvement," commercialization, and pollution going on in the Hawaiian Is- lands. It is most. important that the cloudbelt forests be con- served; these are of little commercial or agricultural value. The plan to build a super-highway is also condemmed. GMH "AN ILLUSTRATED TAXONOMY MANUAL OF WEED SEEDS" by RJ. Delorit, 175 pp., 192 col. pls., several text figs., Agronomy Pub- lications, River Falls, Wisc. 54022. 1970. This manual which conveniently opens at any page spread by reason of the spiral binding should provide a useful means for the identification of the commonest weed seeds of the United States. However, since weeds are so widely dispersed in the world at large, the book might prove useful in almost any part of the temperate zone which has undergone any intercourse with the other parts of the world. The classification is based on morphological characters of superficial type. Thus, all seeds are placed into one of three large classes, based on the 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 407 apical nature of the seed or the general shape of seed. The color photographs are very effective, showing the seeds mag-: nified 3.6 or 5.8 times. A rather complete description of each seed is given where it appears in the key. There are indexes, a glossary, and introductory information listing all the seeds in alphabetic order by fam. and explaining the use of the key. This book should provide a very handy and effective guide to the botanist, seedman, farmer, and others. GMH "FLORA OF THE SEA" by C.L. Duddington, 207 pp., 26 pls., 33 figs., 1 col. frontispiece, Thomas Y. Crowell Co., 203 Park Avenue South, New York, N.Y. 10003. 1967 (copy- righted 1966). 5% x 8s in. $6.95. In this attractive volume, with its fine photographs and line drawings, we have another weapon in our struggle against those who would selfishly destroy our great natural environment. Those who are aware of the great intricacy and balance of the organic world as well as of its great importance to our human society and its compelling beauty, would surely not knowingly do anything destructive of it. In its fifteen chapters, there is unfolded the great drama of life in the sea. The story un- folds in this way: in Chapter 1, a general account is given of the Algae: Ch. 2 deals with Spirogyra and related algae (sometimes referred to picturesquely as "mermaids' tresses"), and good examples of the group; in Ch. 3, the nucleus and its function are described. The Green Algae (Chlorophyceae) are taken up in Ch. 5; the lichens are discussed in Ch. 6 from the standpoint of their algal component; Ch. 7 deals with organisms in the twilight borderland which separates animals from plants; in Ch. 8, the diatoms are dealt with in a general way. The next four chapters deal with four of the chief algal groups: 9, the Pyrrhophyta (=Dinophyceae = Dinoflagellata); 10, Phaeophyta (brown algae); 11, Rhodophyta (red algae); and 12, Cyanophyta (the blue green algae). The life story of the Algae comes up for discussion in the 13th Ch. The effect of environ- mental differences on Algae is discussed in the next chapter, representing the ecological treatment. The last Chapter deals with the economic values and on the applications of Algae to human needs. Finally, there are a Glossary and Index. - Plate 12 shows a centric diatom (or wheel diatom), the generic name Arachnodiscus being mis-spelled. - This book was published under a different title in Great Britain: "Seaweeds and other Algae.'' - The author is an Englishman who has written other works in the field of microbiology. GMH 1,08 PHY TOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 "PRELUDE TO THE POLYCLAVE" by J.A. Duke, I. Embryo, 34 pp., II. Seed, 22 pp., III. Sterile Specimen, 42 pp., IV. Flower, 32 pp. - Prelude to a palm polyclave; Panama, 18 pp. (i: 8% x 11! im.; others &% x 14 in.) - Legume polyclave. I. Habit., 4 pp. 1966. $17.10. A polyclave (multiple key) is an information retrieval system and is defined by the author as a "coordinated char- acteristic index designed primarily for the identification of unknowns."" Two kinds of data cards are used: (1) red positives intended to indicate the fams. which have the char- acters noted; (2) black negative to indicate the fams. not possessing the particular characters. While these are pub- lished on paper, in the final edition, negative sheets are to be printed as transparencies; by superimposing the negative transparencies over the paper positive, it will be possible to distinguish those genera with a certain character, thus to per- mit rapid identification. (Address: Interoceanic Canal Survey, Gorgas Hospital, Balboa Heights, Canal Zone) (Price of these sets $17.10. Transperencies have a higher cost). GMH "BASIC BIOLOGY" by Alfred M. Elliott and Bruce R. Voeller, xii + 653 pp., many figs. and tabs., 17 col. pls., Appleton- Century-Crofts, Div. of Meredith Corp., 440 Park Ave. So., Newson: oNYam O06) 97,0 tSilOs9 5. In this attractive modern text on biology, the student will find the covers colorfully illustrated with plant tissues which appear to represent some kind of filamentous alga. Hopefully this kind of decoration will stimulate the student to open the book ("crack the book'' as the American slang goes) and study the even more interesting contents. The text has been printed in an unusual combination of two colors, a dark bluish green, and a reddish brown. Plants are chiefly discussed on 113 pages out of 581 text pages in the main body of the book; however, aside from this total treatment, plants are discussed in the general biology sections when "the organism" could be either plant or animal. Specific animal coverage, including that for man (animal physiology), covers 227 pages, roughly twice as much space as for plants. Without question, to beginners animals are of more interest than the apathetic plant, hence greater emphasis on animals would seem to be justified. At the ends of the chapters, there are book and article references, with greater emphasis,wherever that is possible, on the less technical liter- ary materials. Many of the articles are from Scientific Ameri- can, one of the most successful organs for the popularization of science. Several "service" sections occur at the end of the book: a classification scheme for plants and animals, a glos- sary of technical terms, and the index. Thorough and con- scientious study of this book should serve to confer a good 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 09 background of modern physiology on the undergraduate college student or serious layman. It is well presented - all that it needs is the absorptive capability of the student. GMH "JOHN BANISTER AND HIS NATURAL HISTORY OF VIRGINIA, 1678-1692," by Joseph and Nesta Ewan, xxx + 487 pp., 69 figs., 1 map, 1 portr. (dust cover), University of Illinois Press, Ue hanas Lil OlOOM. ei9/ Oe woo O00 The life of this rather obscure man is covered in the presented volume in a span of only 68 pages, running from the time of his birth in 1650 in Gloucestershire, England, to his untimely death at 42 years of age, when apparently shot by accident by another member of his exploratory party. (pp.26-93). Most of this brief aecount is concerned with the most productive years of his life - the scant 14 years he lived in the New World. The balance of 437 pages is devoted to the fruits of his short life - his written works, collections, correspondence, drawings, and plans. Considerable attention is also given to his contem- poraries. (The manner of his death is apparently still a matter of controversy, since for example, Lemmon in his recent "Golden Age of Plant Hunters" (1968), gives a fall from a rock as the cause of the tragedy). The author has added to the intrinsic interest of the subject by the insertion of numerous charts and "exhibits" throughout the text. A great wealth of information is made available in the pages of this book. - The work is divided into two parts, the first concerned with biographical details, including Banister's coming to the New World as an Ang- lican minister (not really as a missionary to the Indians as sometimes claimed), the fate which befell his estate including his various labors, the various books known or supposed to have been his, etc. Part Two publishes his various works, including the "Plant Catalogue," "Insect and Arachnid Catalogue," "Mollusca, Fossils, and Stones," the "General Natural History," and his account "Of the Natives", with a bibliography, indexes to the various plants and animals as well as the general index. The latter is defective in places, for instance the account "Of the Natives" (pp. 372-401) could not be located through the index, either under Banister or the title; likewise the "Natural His- tory" (pp. 345-372) and the "Plant Catalogue" and other cata- logues are lost as far as the index goes. They should certain- ly have been shown. The translation could have been improved (simplified) by using the equivalent of "ye,'' which of course is "the" and which was intended. The legend of Fig. 1 is inadequate, since this is a composite figure of 6 plants, only one of which is Camtosorus rhizophyllus (fern). (This is not indexed in the Index of plants and animals.) The religious beliefs of this minister make for interesting reading. He apparently was a liberal, a follower of Socino (in his Oxford student days) who 410 Py TOL OG hk Vol. 29, no. 5 at times refers to the "pious frauds" (ritual) of some churches of his time. A noteworthy biography! (Minor Errata: Page 34, line 8: the date should have been 1677 not 1697. P. &4, line 16: Dauphiné is correct). GMH "EDIBLE WILD PLANTS OF EASTERN NORTH AMERICA" by Merritt Lyndon Fernald and Alfred Charles Kinsey, XV, 452 pp., 25 pls., 129 figs., Revised by Reed C. Rollins, Harper & Row Publishers, New York, N.Y. and Evanston, Ill. 1958 (1943). S6n9 Die The two original authors of this important text are both no longer with us, but the task of revision has been done by a man who has carried on in the footsteps of the senior author, as Director of the Gray Herbarium at Harvard University. The text is correctly described as "a complete, illustrated guide for the United States and Canada east of the Great Plains."" One might raise his eyebrows at the word "complete," however, noth- ing is complete in this world, not even when a book comes fresh from the press and so one might allow a little tolerance in the use of the word. Perhaps accuracy would have been served by calling it the most complete popular text on the market, if one considers for a moment Sturtevant's "Notes on edible plants" (1919). This volume has five chief divisions ("chapters") following introduction and preface: Chapter I deals with the food plants arranged in accordance with the particular food use desired (soups; potherbs; beverages; syrups; etc.). Chapter II deals with poisonous plants which may be mistaken for edible ones. Chapter III is a detailed enumeration and discussion of edible plants. Chapter IV has to do with mushrooms, seaweeds, and lichens as food, in other words cryptogams, not all of which are considered especially desirable. Chapter V is the Bibliography- index. GMH "A STORY OF NORTH AMERICAN FORESTRY. BERNHARD EDUARD FERNOW,." by Andrew Denny Rodgers, III, IX + 623 pp., 6 portr., (Facsimile of the 1951 edition), Hafner Publishing Co., 31 E. 10th St., New York 10003. 1968 (1951). $11.00. In this biography of the "creator of modern forestry in the United States," the life of the man and the history of American forestry are closely interwoven to produce a pattern of progress, development, and evolution. The combination is so close that in fact one often has difficulty in working out the vital facts of the biographee's life. An important change may be found often in the midst of a paragraph dealing mainly with developments in the science of forestry. A very useful feature 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 411 in such a work would be particularly useful to the reader be- cause there are no references to him in the index. Such a chronology might go as follows: 1851 - born in Prussia 1869 - began the study of forestry 1876 - became engaged to an American girl visitor to Germany, Olivia Reynolds 1877 - took out his first American citizenship papers 1878 - married the girl in New York 1880 - practicing mining engineering but becoming in- creasingly active in forestry matters 1886 - appointed Chief, Forestry Division, U.S. Department of Agriculture 1898-1903 - Dean of Forestry school, Cornell University 1899 - took trip with others interested in forestry to Pacific northwest 1903-1907 - engaged in literary work (editing, writing, lecturing) and as consultant in forest engineering 1907 - teaching at Pennsylvania State College 1908 - appointed Dean of forestry school, University of Toronto (Canada) 1919 - retired from deanship; continued writing 1923 - died in Toronto The volume is replete with data on many sees Ae previously active in forestry and botany. GMH "FLOWERS OF POINT REYES NATIONAL SEASHORE" by Roxana S. Ferris, vi, 119 pp., 1 map, 172 figs., Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, Calif. 1970. Price US $7.95; paper US $2.65). Semi-popular account of the attractive and outstanding taxa of Spermatophyta found in this area of the Pacific seacoast which lies about 30 miles north of San Francisco, California. In this compilation, 181 spp. occurring in twelve plant communities were selected, and briefly described and figured with pen sketches. The figs. are by Jean R. Janish; they are unusual in including for scale purposes, the figure of a "stick" man, rule, etc. As an aid to rapid identification of these plants, "color lists" are included in the front part of the volume, listing spp. with red, blue, yellow orange, and other colors of flower. There is also a brief discussion of the 12 plant associations found in the 53,000 acres of the Point Reyes Peninsula. Selected references and an index complete the volume. Both common and scientific names have been used, and the uses by Indians and others of various plants are described. The volume should be a very handy one for individuals of all ages in identifying the common plants of the region. GMH 12 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 "ORCHIDACEAE" by E. Fotdats, Vol. XV of Flora de Venezuela (directed by T. Lasser)... Part 1s) pp. 1-502,, 18S" tiges UGS), were BA ilebws}, YOil stijecog MOV, weg 3g iS“. HSS £teses) 1970. Part 4: 1-558, 195 ties=5 1970! (Instituto Botanico, Min. Agric. y Cria, Caracas, Venzuela). In this large work of the orchids, the family has been divided into two subfamilies, Cypripedioideae and subfamily Orchioideae, and into 5 tribes, the first tribe Cypripedieae of subfamily Cypripedioideae and the 4 others under subfamily Orchideae. Part 1 is concerned with all 5 tribes; in the case of subtribe 5, Epidendreae, subtribes Lipariinae, Polystachyinae, and the first part of Pleurothalliinae are taken up. In Part 2, this subtribe Pleurothalliinae is continued; in Part 3, the same subtribe is concluded, and subtribes Epidendriinae and Bletiinae are covered, and the first portion of Cyrtopodiinae is included. Part 4 completes the coverage of subtribe Cyrtopodiinae, and continues with subtribes Catasetinae, Stanhopeinae, Maxilariinae (including Zygopetalinae and Lycastinae), and Dendrobiinae. - Included in this monograph are descriptions (in Spanish) of the family, genera, and species, keys for some genera, synonymy, detailed distribution data, discussions, and the line drawings of most species. About 1,000 species are included. Apparently there are no novelties. GMH "KLEINE KRYPTOGAMENFLORA. BAND III. FLECHTEN (LICHENES) VON H. GAMS!, Vili. 244pp., 64 f£1es.,, format 1257 kX 21) ema. plastic binding, Gustav Fischer Verlag, Postfach 431, «7 Stuttgard 1,/Ger. 1967. DM: 28 (US $7.00): In the introductory part there are given a list of lichen specialists (with abbreviations), vegetative, generative, and ecological terminology, important lichen substances and color reactions, keys to the fungal components, algal, and chief groups. Beginning on p. 13 is the chief part of the text, with a combination of key arrangement with specific brief descrip- tive texts. As in earlier parts of this series, all Europe is included in the coverage. 2 classes are recognized: Asco- lichenes (much the larger) and Basidiolichenes. Although there are no novelties, the author has introduced a number of changes from current treatment of the lichens. There is a genus index. This volume will be of special interest to botanists, plant geographers, forest specialists, college teachers, botanical institutes, and the libraries serving these persons. *Available in the US and Canada from: Intercontinental Medical Book Corporation, 381 Park Ave. South, New York, N.Y. 10016. GMH 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 413 "PATHOGENIC ROOT-INFECTING FUNGI" by S.D. Garrett, xi + 294 pp., 25 figs., 14 tabs., Cambridge University Press, Amer. Branch, New York. 1970. $12.50 This book can be regarded as either a sequel to or a re- placement of a previous work by the same author, viz., "Biology of root-infecting Fungi" (1956, 1960). Instead of re-working the first edition, the author decided to compose an entirely new book because of the many important advances in our knowledge of these fungal forms. The work is written for regular reading, preferably chapter by chapter, rather than for occasional re- ference use. Nevertheless it does have important reference values, when one considers the extensive bibliography (27 pages) and the rather full subject index (12 pages). Interest in the text focuses on both biological phenomena and economic importance associated with the functioning of these organisms. An import- ant value in the work is a broad view of the plant as a whole to the soil as a whole rather than simply the relationship of root system to fungal organism. Following the introduction, there are successive chapters on "unspecialized" parasites of both seed plants and older plants; specialized parasites (1) vascular wild fungi; and (2) ectotrophic root-infecting fungi; root-in- fecting fungi which survive by colonization of substrates also utilized by higher plants, and thus termed "competitive sapro- phytic colonization"; survival of such fungi in infected or colontfiled host tissues; dormant survival by resting propagules (dispersal spores, resting spores, chlamydospores, sclerotia) of similar fungi; and control of root-disease of field, intensive, and plantation crops. (One might correctly expect little mention of mycorrhizae since these are non-pathogens; they are mentioned only incidentally on a few pages. The author suggests (p. 81) that the mycorrhizal fungi have evolved from specialized root pathogens.) Throughout the text, examples of the organisms concerned are constantly cited, and often several pages will be devoted to considering the anatomy and physiological be- havior of such an organism, often as related to methods of practical control of infection. - This work should be of much value to plant pathologists, mycologists, agronomists, and others in the field of applied botany. GMH "AN ILLUSTRATED STUDY GUIDE TO PLANT BIOLOGY" ed. 2, by J.W. Geis) and J... Morrison, V+ 145 pp., 138 £fics., 20 tabse, Burgess Publishing Co., 425 South 6th St., Minneapolis, Minn.) (55415. 1971. $4595. The text is divided into 14 units intended to cover 14 weeks of study, which in American academic institutions amounts to one semester (two semesters per year). Each unit is made up of descriptive texts with accompanying illustrations (both line drawings and photographs, mostly photomicrographs), along with 1) PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 spaces for the student to fill in with writing or sketches. Ex- perimental work is detailed and spaces are left for the findings from this; tables and graphs are also provided to be filled in. The text involves morphology, histology, physiology, em- bryology, chemistry, biochemistry, taxonomy, genetics, economic botany, and ecology. (Coverage of chapters: unity and diversity in living world; plant body; cell; growth and development; meri- stems and tissue origins; secondary development of stems; plant- soil system; plant-water relationships; photosynthesis; plant metabolism; flower and gametogenesis; genetics; plant diversity; plant ecology). The authors have used a 5-kingdom classifica- tion scheme based on one by Whitaker (1969), including MineraJia, Protista, Fungi, Plantae, and Animalia. This guide is intended for first year botany and is best adapted to the semester rather than the quarter system. It is best used by the "auto-tutorial" method that is becoming so popular in the U.S.A. but it can easily be adapted to the ordinary old-fashioned course in botany (with conventional lecture, laboratory, and examination). GMH Excerpt from ILLUSTRATED DICTIONARY OF BOTANIC TERMS" by John Lindley (1848). - Reprint (with some changes) of reprint of 1938. J.J. Graham, (Ed.), 48 pp., many figs., School of Earth Sciences, Stanford Univ., Stanford, Calif. 1964. Sile2 5) The pamphlet cited represents a reprinting of part of Book III of Lindley's Introduction to Botany, covering pp. 346-83, plus p. 319 of Book I, preceded by a few notes on the book and its author. The clear cut definitions for terms relating to form, outline, margin, etc., are still useful and applicable - to living and also fossil plants. GMH "MUSHROOMS OF THE GREAT LAKES REGION" by Verne Ovid Graham, vii + 489 pp., 49 pls., Dover Publications, Inc., New York City. 1970 (1944). 5-3/8 x 84 in., paper bound; $4.50. (US) It was an excellent idea to reprint this volume. It repre- sents a good thorough treatment of the higher fungi of the cen- tral United States and eastern Canada, and beyond that it is very useful in other parts of North America since so many of the Ascomycetes and Basidiomycetes treated occur widely all over the continent (except perhaps for the frigid northern regions). The keys, descriptive texts, and figures are nicely balanced, and there are many common names (which unfortunately are not in- dexed in the index at the back of the text), often a help in identification, or at least a short cut to the approximate postiion of the organism. The book is abundantly provided with diagnostic keys, the first one being the important key to genera. 1975 Hocking, Book reviews is a sub-title indicates the coverage geographically to be Illinois, Indiana, Ohio, and the southern half of Wisconsin and Michigan. Included are not only the Basidiomyetes but also some of the larger and more prominent Ascomycetes. A glossary ("Dictionary") of technical terms is useful, especially when supplemented by plates 12 and 49. As usual, the book is printed on strong dur- able paper in a clear type face, the paper in signatures, and the volume strongly bound. GMH "DRUGS AND PHARMACY ON STAMPS" by George Griffenhagen, R. PH., M.S. - ATA Medical Handbook series, v. 2: 95 pp., 21 pls., (Available from American Topical Assn., 3306 N. 50th St., Milwaukee, Wisc. 53216.) (ATA Handbook No. 55). 1967. $5.00. The cover of this brochure communicates the subject matter: the four traditional signs of pharmacy (RX sign; show bottle of colored water; cup of Hygeia; mortar and pestle) as background for a sampling of postage stamps on pharmaceutical subject matters. In this Topical Handbook it seems reasonably certain that all of the postal stamps which have anything to do with pharmacy or drugs have been included, representing a survey of all stamps issued starting with the first adhesive stamps of England (1840) up to the year 1966 and for all countries of the world plus the United Nations. The subject matter is laid out in the following pattern: Introduction; Pharmacopoeia Phila- telica (drugs on stamps) ; pharmacological-thefpeut ic classifi- cation of drugs represented on stamps, including a glossary of technical terms used (thus, under digestants, only 1 drug, Papain, is represented); a listing of the drugs (mostly crude drugs, but with a few inorganic and organic compounds), with detailed commentary on each one and a list of all stamps bearing the drug; index by countries (thus, for Guatemala, only coffee (caffeine) is listed); drug name index (this refers to the pre- vious listing, each item of which has a coded number); drug dosage forms and sources (rather a miscellaneous group, for in- stance, with pictures of administration of medicine, pharma- ceutical equipment, pharmacy congresses, etc.); personalities of pharmacy (by Henryk Szancer) (alphabetical listing with bio- graphical sketch and stamps which have commemorated the person); private die proprietary medicine stamps (Varro E. Tyler) (these are privately printed stamps used to indicate payment of the federal excise tax on proprietaries, 1862-83); drug advertising and postage stamps (involving the use of framed postage stamps used for small change during the Civil War, with advertising on the back of the case and other devices); and finally the anno- tated Bibliography. - At first thought, the price of this volume might appear to be high; however, it is undoubtedly priceless to the serious topical philatelist. The volume is truly a work of love and devotion to a scholarly hobby - the science of philately. GMH 416 P HY, T501\L.0.G Trak Vol. 29, no. 5 Printed books, 1481-1900, in the Horticultural Society (Library) of New York, by Elizabeth Cornelia Hall, compiler, xiii, 279 pp., 1 pl., The Horticultural Society of New York, 128 W. 58th St., New York 10019. 1970 (recd. 1972) $16.00. An alphabetic listing of ca. 4,000 volumes of botanical and horticultural printed matter including facsimiles and re- issues. A reference listing (pp. 243-79) of books is appended with classification into various subjects. The citations are "short-title", that is, very brief without further definition of contents beyond the author name or names and essential words of title with place and date of publication. All other bib- liographic data have been omitted. There are entries also under periodical titles, institutions, and also cross-references to authors when there are more than one. Works in all fields of botany and of horticulture are included. Five incunabula are among the items inventoried, including the Herbarium of Apuleius Barbarus (ca. 1483). GMH "HUMAN POISONING FROM NATIVE AND CULTIVATED PLANTS" by James W. Hardin and Jay M. Arena, x + 167 pp., 55 figs., Duke University Press, Durham, No. Carolina. 1969. $6.00. In this thin volume, the authors - one a professor of botany, the other a medical professor - have told the story in simple and direct language of the dangers of poisoning from plants which occur in the North American continent. However, many or even perhaps a majority of the plants discussed are found on other continents - either as the same species or as one or more closely related species. The book is well written, accurate as far as could be noted from sample readings, and very attractive to the ordinary reader - with a clean appearing format, good illustrations, both line and halftone, well organ- ized and arranged, and with a good list of references and a de- tailed terminal index. What more could one ask from a book of this type? Early in the volume is a listing of dangerous plants arranged under wild growing and cultivated types; the first chapter after the introduction takes up the very important allergenic plants, which are not regarded as truly poisonous plants in the sense of heart or respiratory poison materials, etc. The next chapter deals with dermatitis, then follows one on internal poisoning, and the last is I suppose rather unique - "poisoning of pets". In view of the popularity of cats and dogs, this should be an important attraction for readers. There is a good glossary with many figures to illustrate terminology. The plants are arranged by family, following the Englerian order. GMH 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 417 "TEXTBOOK OF DENDROLOGY covering the important forest trees of the United States and Canada," by W.M. Harlow and E.S. Harrar, Eds, 58 xv + S12 pps 22 £igs.,..05 ples,. Many tabs., col. frontispiece, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, London, Sydney, etc. 1968. In this well-bound handsome volume, a standard work has reappeared to continue its service as a useful and accurate text- book and reference work on the important trees of the forest. The authors are well known professor and dean (respectively) both now in emeritus status. Many important features of ident- ification, distribution, and silvics (forestry data) of about 150 American commercial timber species are presented. Among the new additions is a section on dendrochronology or the cal- culation of date in recent times (the last few thousand years) by means of a study of the wood rings. - Typically, for each tree, the following information is given: accepted botanical name (with authority), common English (American) name; botan- ical features of the tree; general description of the plant, including its habitat, preferred soils, uses, etc.; range (with maps); etc. An introductory section covers the general principles of botany as far as they apply to a study of trees, and this is followed by the systematic portion - the Gymno- sperms (pp. 45-212) and the Angiosperms (pp. 213-453). Follow a glossary, a list of the official "state trees" of the U.S.A. (i.e., tree species voted by state legislatures as the most popular tree; for example, since 1949, Alabama's state tree is the southern pine, Pinus species); the derivations of some scientific names; a synopsis of important references (31 ref- erences); a listing of "selected" references (394 items); and the index. - It is surprising how many of the trees included are of drug use: among some noted were the pines, sassafras, sweet gum, witchhazel, wild cherry, basswood, and others. How- ever, uses of the trees are only casually mentioned at most. GMH "WESTERN EDIBLE WILD PLANTS" ed. 1, by H.D. Harrington, vii, 156 pp., 62 figs., Univ. of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque, elie. BIC Pn Bye 0 B= Presented in this paper-back book is a quasi- popular account of the food plants of the western USA, along with a chapter (4) on the toxic plants of the area. Altogether, the volume takes up 42 plant species, of which 37 are food sources and 5 are poisonous non-food plants. The figures are all line drawings except for the colored plate on the cover which illus- trates Nuphar polysepala, the cow lily. The covered area ex- tends from w. Nebraska and w. Kansas n. to South Dakota (Black Hills) w. to Washington s. to s. California and e. to New Mexico. The book has considerable original material and is based primarily on the author's own experiments and experiences. GMH 18 PHY TODOGITA Vol. 29, now 5 "KNOW YOUR GARDEN SERIES: TREES AND SHRUBS" by Richmond E. Harrison and Charles R. Harrison, 199 pp., 582 col. pls., Charles E. Tuttle Co., Publishers, Ratland (title page error for Rutland), Vermont and Tokyo, Japan. (copyright 1965). $12.50 (Yen 4,500). This attractive volume is a "colour companion" to R.E. Harrison's "Handbook of trees and shrubs for the southern hemisphere". It is essentially an album of colored pictures of cultivated trees and shrubs of southern Australia and of New Zealand; there is a text (of 38 pages) separate from the plates which is chiefly concerned with general statements about culti- vation, taking photographs, etc., or general information about important genera of the plants considered. The plants are arranged in the plate section in the alphabetical order of their botanical names (i.e., the genus). For each figure important information is given: the botanical name, common name (in many cases), height of plant as ordinarily seen in cultivations, brief description, and hardiness. An index of 7 pages terminates the volume, with both common and scientific names listed. The attractive colored illustrations are the chief value of the book, and it provides a convenient way to recognize many plants by riffling through the plate section. All the photographs were taken (Kodachromes) in New Zealand where the authors live. The plates are numbered and likewise the pages bearing the plates, so that locating a plate from the index is simply accomplished. While the emphasis is on plants of Australasia, the book also definitely applies to other southern Hemisphere locations, such as South Africa and southern South America. The authors, a father and son team, were successful in the horticultural business in North Palmerston, New Zealand, the father starting up in 1920, and they gradually became interested in the exposi- tion of their attractive stock in trade through colored slides, etc., and this then developed into the compilation of books, of which this is the third. - Some omissions noted: Albizzia; Melia (beautiful flowers in spring); Juniperus virginiana; Tamarindus. Errata noted: Corrected names shown here: Palmaceae or Palmae (p. 120); Cytisus scoparius (p. 59); Datura rosei (p. 60); Rhaphiolepis (not Raphiolepis) (p. 135); Crataegus (not Crateagnus or Crateagus) (p. 58). An important common name used for Paulownia tomentosa is not mentioned: princess' tree. Robinia species are described as shrubs, how- ever in the case of R. pseudoacacia trees up to 25 fee& high occur (p. 140). Azalea is given as a good genus with 20 plants figured under this name; which is unfortunate since the genus is not recognized now as separate from Rhododendron; for the sake of accuracy the plants should have been listed under Rhododendron. GMH 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 419 "A BRIEF GUIDE TO SOURCES OF SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL INFORMA- TION" by Saul Herner, ix, 102 pp., 15 figs., Information Resources Press, 2100 M St. N.W., Washington DC 20037 1969/1970. $4.25 (card cover). The seven chapters of this book take up the following topics in the area of research and development (R & D): 1) di- rectories - primary: scientific papers, reports, etc.; secon- dary: textbooks, reviews, abstract and indexing organs; tertiary: compendia based on the preceding; 2) ongoing (con- tinuing) R & D for which final results are not yet available; 3) current or recent R & D with results available; 3) current or recent R & D with results available; 4) past R&D; 5) chief American libraries and informational sources; 6) prepar- ing one's own personal reference index files; 7) relation of the scientist and engineer to such informational tools. An appendix furnishes important information on how to obtain cer- tain informational literature from the U.S. federal government. The index following gives good coverage. The text of this guide is based on the presentations at a course presented in 1967 to groups of Federal scientists and engineers and sponsored by the Panel on Education and Training of the COSATI (Committee on Scientific & Technical Information). GMH "BIOCHEMISCHE GENETIK, EINE EINFUEHRUNG UNTER BESONDERER BERUECKSICHTIGUNG HOEHERER PFLANZEN" by D. Hess, XI + 354 pp. 8°, 33 tabs., 140 figs., 1 col. pl. (dust cover), Springer-Verlag, New York, Berlin. 1968 DM 76,--; Us $19.00. This introductory text is based on work for the period up to and including 1968. There are three main parts to the text: (1) Gene and chemical characters; (2) nucleic acids as carriers of genetic data in viruses and bacteria as well as in the higher plants; and (3) the regulation of gene activity. For an intro- ductory text, this volume seems to be quite comprehensive with many excellent figures, numerous structural formulas, and useful tables. This hybrid of chemistry and genetics is one of the Newest active fields of science in which great progress has been made in the last few years. The first part is of particular interest since it takes up various classes of chemical materials - starches, fatty acids, terpenoids, phenots and phenolic de- rivatives, and alkaloids - with discussions of their constitu- tion, biosynthesis, derivatives, genetic transmission, etc. This part will be of special interest to phytochemists. There are four indices, including the bibliography (with 1167 ref- erences). GMH 20 PHY TOLOG IA Vol. 29, no. 5 "POLLEN AND SPORES OF CHILE: MODERN TYPES OF PTERIDOPHYTA, GYMNOSPERMAE, AND ANGIOSPERMAE" by C.J. Heusser, 167 pp. 3 figs., 60 pls., with 687 figs., 1 map, The University of Arizona Press, Box 3398, Tucson, Ariz. 85722 (USA). IG, (Gis se Il mie) SiS, 0f0)- In this monumental work there will be found detailed des- criptions of the pollen grains and spores of 698 species repre- senting 624 genera and 178 fams. of the higher plants (Pteri- dophyta; Spermatophyta) of the very interesting and diverse flora of Chile. 130 endemic genera are represented. Supple- menting the descriptions are photomicrographs of excellent quality. Each plate bearing eight to thirty pollen grains/ spores bears a scale in microns, which makes the figures that much more useful. Other features of the volume include a diagnostic key to generic (and a few specific) identities based entirely on the structure of the reproductive cell; a glossary; a bibliography; and the thorough index. An outstanding palyno- logist, Dr. Lucy M. Cranwell (now Mrs. Watson Smith) has fur- nished an enthusiastic "foreword" to the volume, a sort of im- primatur. The primary purpose in preparing this work was to aid in the study of plant microfossils in the area of the Chilean Pleistocene. While the number of living plant species in Chile runs into the thousands, this work with its emphasis on generic representation should be of great help in any study involving pollens or spores. Most of the pollen studied were obtained from herbarium specimens although a small proportion came from living plants. For identifications, the author has depended in good part on Carlos Munoz' Sinopsis de la Flora Chilena (1959). Preceding the systematic part of the volume, there will be found an historical note, and a general description of the vegetation, methods of study, etc. The area covered includes besides the Chilean mainland, the Juan Fernandez Islands and Easter Island, the latter 2500 miles away from but a possession of Chile. This volume should furnish an excellent model for other similar treatments of pollen/spore materials of other areas of the world, and particularly of Latin America. (Jubaea chilensis (Mol.) Baillon is apparently the same palm referred to in Willis' Dictionary (ed. 7) as J. spectabilis Kunth). GMH "STX-LEGGED SCIENCE" Editio 2, by Brian Hocking, vii + 199 pp., several figs., Schenkman Publishing Co. Inc., 3 Revere St., Cambridge, Mass. 02138. 1971. Cloth $4.95; paper $2.95. This book by the outstanding totaeaoe Catomolony at the University of Alberta (Edmonton, Alta., Canada), was designed to interest, amuse, and educate the layman. It is written in a light and amusing tempo , but, hidden in the amusing and attractive phrases there is a good dose of scientific knowledge. Surrounded as we are by hordes of insects and other arthropods, 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 421 notably the spiders, it is remarkable how little the average person knows about them. There is definitely a cultural gap here and although it seems improbable that the insects will learn much about man, there is no reason that man should not acquire a considerable fund of knowledge about his tiny fellow inhabitants on the planet Earth. There are chapters on the various forms, characters, and capabilities of insects, their sensory powers, the great variety shown among members of the group, the economic importance of some members of Insecta, and so forth and so on. For those who become interested and wish more serious reading, there is at the end of the volume a rather well chosen list of references and finally, something usually omitted from popular books, an index. This would be an excellent book to buy as a gift for almost anyone......... GMH (1) ''THE DEVELOPMENT OF NATURAL HISTORY IN TUDOR ENGLAND" by Ea). and J. EF. M. Hoeniger, iv, 60) pp., 21 pills. (separate), Folger Booklets on Tudor and Stuart Civilization, Univ. Press of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va. 1969. $1.50. This treatment is divided into three parts - the text proper (semi-popular in type), suggested readings, and the excellent plates. The history of biological knowledge in England is traced from ca. 1485 to ca. 1599, thus roughly covering the 16thCentury. (2) "THE GROWTH OF NATURAL HISTORY IN STUART ENGLAND FROM GERARD TO THE ROYAL SOCIETY. idem, iv, 54 pp., 19 pls. (separate); 1969. (Price $1.50). The text is followed by "suggested readings" and the plates. This booklet covers the period roughly from 1600 to 1700, the 17th Century, including discussions on Gerard and his herbal, other herbal writers, such as Parkinson, Thomas Johnson, and Merret, Sir Thomas Browne, and the founding of the Royal Society of London (1660). These publications discuss the importance of the various workers and works and interpret their findings in the con- text of science as a whole. GMH "TEEANALYSE: Eine Anleitung zur Erkennung von Drogen in Teemischungen..."' by L. Horhammer, Ed. 3: 74 pp. (text), with a portfolio containing 60 pls. with 556 figs., 1 col. pl., Springer-Verlag Berlin, 1970. DM. 48; US $13.20. The text describes 275 drugs mostly from the standpoint of their appearance to the eye using 6X hand lens. The accom- panying portfolio shows these drugs, mostly in whole condition (natural size) and as comminuted drug (usually twice natural size). The drugs are divided into 10 groups and taken up in this order: leaf (30 representatives), herb (77), flower (34), fruit (8), wood (7), bark (25), root (36), rhizome (12), and miscellaneous crude drugs, such as algae, fungi, lichens, 22 Pony 10 L O1G 1A Vol. 29, no. 5 exudations, bulbs, tubers, arils, fruit peels, peduncles, and buds (22). The photographs are excellent. The book and port- folio should be of much assistance in the identifying of both teas and the crude drugs represented, and they thus play a double role. The groups are sufficiently small that a diagnos- tic key was apparently thought to be unnecessary. Index. GMH "QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS OF PLANKTON DIATO Dy; M.Hs Hohn, xv + 215 pp., 91 £igs., 84 tabs., 1 map, Bull. Ohio Biol. Survey N.S. 3(1), 1969. Studies were made of diatoms in Lakes Erie, Michigan, Ontario, and Superior, with a description of Lake Erie. A check list of plantkon diatom species and varieties is in- cluded for western Lake Erie, covering the period 1938-1965. The occurrence of individual species over the past 40 years has varied considerably with four chief categories: (1) species previously common, which have more recently disappeared or almost so (ex. Cyclotella stelligera); (2) species previously ab- sent or rare now major dominants (ex. Melosira binderana) ; (3) species remaining stable in numbers (ex. Asterionella formosa); and (4) species increasing in frequency but with the same percentage occurrence (ex. Melosira ambigua). GMH "FLORA OF CHINA" Family 153: Malvaceae. by Shiu-ying HU, 80 pp. plus 24 pls., index; (also 2 cover figs., map, list of fams. covered in Flora of China, on cover) Arnold Arboretum, Harvard Univ., Cambridge, Mass. (USA), 1955. In this monograph, 14 genera of the fam. Malvaceae are keyed down and treated individually to varieties, with all the usual appurtenances of such a monograph together with useful information on medicinal and economic uses of the taxa in China as well as the Chinese names, in Chinese script. Dr. Hu is a acientist at the Arnold Arboretum of many years standing and well known for her many studies of Oriental plants. She is also very much interested in the practical utilization of plants, particularly in medicine and foods, and so is of very great service in communicating to the west the enormous wisdom of the east in these matters which has accumulated over the course of several millenia. - In this work, the places of collection of the various taxa are shown for the various parts of China (with names of collectors, date of collection, etc.). GMH 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 423 "A PRELIMINARY CHECKLIST OF THE FERNS AND SEED PLANTS OF UPHAM WOODS, BLACKHAWK ISLAND, JUNEAU COUNTY, WISCONSIN" by H.H. Iltis, Edit. 2., 17 pp., c. 1971 (mimeographed). Upham Woods is located along the Dells (Dalles) of the Wisconsin River, 2 miles n.w. of Wisconsin Dells (town) and is owned by the University of Wisconsin. Five habitats are rec- ognized and described (prairies; pine woods; maple woods; hem- lock-white cedar woods; and sandstone cliffs). The check list shows ca. 300 taxa and gives the botanical and common names of Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta which have been found in this park. (Order of Engler-Prantl.) Indices of scientific and vernacular names of families are appended. GMH "PRINCIPLES OF RESEARCH IN BIOLOGY AND MEDICINE" by Dwight ieelngle, Ph.D.) xv, 123 pp., 2 tabs.,.J.b. Gippincoet Company, Philadelphia, Penna. 1958. $4.75. This well written and well balanced text presents basic guide-lines for the proceduring of experimental work in these important disciplines. There are chapters on limitation of mind (sensory range, phobias, preconcepts, lack of controls, etc.), causality (types of causes, etc.), probability, chance, and randomization, errors (sampling and personal errors, fallacies), heteropoietic factors (referring to differences in results depending on variable external and internal factors, such as sex), principles of testing validity, reliability, standardization, etc.), the experiment proper (experimental design), interpretation of results, theory in biology and medicine, and relationships among scientists (ethics of teacher- student relationships, senior-—junior investigator, colleagues, etc.). The author has succeeded in endowing the text with con- siderable interest by means of vivid examples, etc. GMH "INDEX PLANTARUM QUAE IN OMNIUM POPULORUM PHARMACOPOEIS SUNT ADHUC RECEPTAE (Indice delle Piante finora ammesse nelle farmacopee ufficiali dei diversi stati del mondo) (Index of plants which are up to now officially recognized in all of the pharmacopeias of the world). 722 pp., 53 figs., 12 tabs., Antonio Imbesi. Messina, Italy XI, Available through Libreria Santo Vanasia, 71, Via M. Macchi, Milano, Italia. 1964. L 24,000. The author of this elaborate tabulation of all the vegeta- ble drugs of all pharmacopoeias of all modern times (from 1772, the date of the first edition of the Danish Pharmacopeia) is the Director of the Institute of Pharmacognosy of the Universita di Messina (Piazza XX Settembre). The following are the principal sections: (1) historical-bibliographical note on pharmacopeias, 2h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 is considered in turn; (2) pharmacognostic observations on the pharmacopeias; (3) alphabetical table of countries with edi- tions, dates, numbers, and abbreviations used; (4) dates of first editions of pharmacopeias; (5) abbreviations of authors of plant epithets; (6) medicinal plants cited in the works of Celsus, Scribonius, Pliny, and Dioscorides; (7) the chief part of the work, a listing of plants by alphabetical order of genus, indicating correct botanical names, parts used, where official, etc. (583 pp.) followed by an Addendum to the same of 17 pages, representing additions necessitated by new editions of the Chilean (3rd), Japanese (7th), and Soviet (9th) which have since appeared. Finally, there is an index of the drug titles by Latin name. A few criticisms are in order: The National Formulary (editions I to XII, from 1880 to 1965) should have been included. This book is legally equivalent to the U.S. Pharmacopeia as a drug compendium, and in the past has had many more crude vege- table drugs than the U.S.P./A very useful compilation which would have facilitated use of the book would have been a one page listing of current pharmacopieas with the edition number and date, using abbreviated titles and in alphabetic order. For instance, Arg. IV, Austr. IX., Belg. IV, B.P. X, Bras. II., etc. This might even have been printed on a book mark. / Quite a number of omissions were noted, mostly representing N.F. drugs: Mitchella; Statice (Limonium carolinanum); Mentha cardiaca. Ipomoea orizabensis is not shown for any US compendium, whereas it was official in the N.F. VIII-XI. The fruit of Xanthoxylum americanum and X. clava-herculis is not indicated although this was official in the N.F. IV-VIII. There is a discussion of the U.S.P. 1830 New York Conven- tion edition; in that year, two pharmacopeial conventions were held, one in New York, the other in Philadelphia and each con- vention published a separate pharmacopeia. However, no attempt apparently was made to include drugs of the N.Y. Convention, in "Index Plantarum." Other errors or omissions: Berberis aquifolium should be Mahonia aquifolium (nom. conservandum) (page 208). Aletris farinosa is 'Starwort" (p. 149). Aluna root should be Alum root (p. 402); Juniperus virginiana was official as red cedar leaves in USP early editions; USP 1830 (NYC) recognized Juniperus communis "berries" (galbuli) and tops. The name Mentha spicata L. is generally recognized not M. viridis L., which is considered a synonym (p. 476); the leaves of Papaver somniferum var. album were formerly recognized in the Spanish Pharm. (according to Tschirch) (p. 513). Pterocarpus santalinus was last official in USP XIV (XIII) (p. 574). 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 25 Another possibility which might have been explored in the compilation of vegetable drugs would have been inclusion of plant names where an active principle is represented. Thus, while Rauwolfia serpentina is not and never has been offical in the USP, yet reserpine, its characteristic alkaloid, has been official there since 1959. (Rauwolfia has been official in the NF. since 1960). Other omissions: Aralia racemosa (NF. IV-V); Baptisia tinctoria (NF IV-V); Chionanthus virginica (NF IV-V); Cocillana (Guarea rusbyi) (NF IV-V); Dicentra canadensis (Corydalis) (NF IV-VII); Dioscorea villosa (NF IV-V); Brauneria pallida and B. angustifolia (NF IV-V); and others. In a work of this size and complexity, errors are bound to occur; in spite of them, we have here a very valuable work, which every library of pharmacy, pharmacology, pharmacognosy, medicine, or economic botany should possess. A second edition within a decade or so would be of great value in bringing the work up to date following the appearance of new editions of the various pharmacopeias. GMH "AMERICA'S SYSTEMATICS COLLECTIONS: A NATIONAL PLAN" by H.S. Irwin, W.W. Payne, D.M. Bates, and P.S. Humphrey (Editors). Riv JO pp. 20) tabs. 1973: This is the report of a special committee of systematic biologists (the Belmont Writing Committee) prepared in Oct. 1972 at a meeting at the Belmont Estate, Maryland, of the Smithsonian Institution. It is concerned with systematic collections in all fields, principally botany and zoology, regarded as a national resource. Ways and means are proposed for making such collections more effective tools in the service of science. Suggestions include a survey of such resources, improving the quality and quantity of professional personnel associated with such collections. Following the discussions, there are a series of tables incorporating much statistical in- formation dealing with these collections, including estimates of needs. GMH "A SCIENTIST AND HIS EXPERIENCES WITH CORRUPTION AND TREASON IN THE U. S. MILITARY-INDUSTRIAL ESTABLISHMENT" by Donald H. Jacobs, xiv + 649 pp., 30 figs., The Jacobs Instrument Co., Ltd., 3114 Beach Drive, Victoria, B.C., Canada. 1969. $30.00. Here have we the epic story of a modern Prometheus attacked by the eagles and hawks of the Defense Department. Jacobs is said to be one of the outstanding inventors responsible for ad- vances in the bomb sights used in military aircraft and his de- sire for perfection and genuine quality in this equipment was 26 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 opposed by the military office holders who apparently showed little or no interest in best defense efforts, hence in effect acted treasonably, according to the author. The story is told in detail, with names, places, and dates; it has the ring of authenticity and truth. In this book, the inventor first tells his life story from 1915, when born in New York City, later of his school and college life, and then of his professional career in Albuquerque, N.M., Los Angeles, New Jersey, and elsewhere. The author explains the unappreciative attitude of the military (p. 324) by saying that "the military people had taken over the scientific weapons field so completely since World War II that all key scientists had been eliminated from control of weapons research, and it was now completely in military hands."" From his statements (and he shows proofs) it appears that the Navy did not pay him fairly for his long hours of labor carried on for many years and for his productive efforts. It seems clear that "the program is...manipulated by Government officials for private gain to the vast detriment of the national military stature." In addition to the difficulties with the U.S. Navy, Mr. Jacobs also got into hot water with the Income Tax Division of the Federal government, which apparently took advantage of the situation. It is not hard to believe the transgressions and the unfairness of the income tax office. Finally, Jacobs got sick of the mess and went to live in the beautiful city of Victoria, B.C. in the Dominion of Canada. GMH "SENOR KON-TIKI" by Arnold Jacoby, 424 pp., 56 black and white photographs, 1 portrait (dust cover), Rand McNally and Company, P.O. Box 7600, Chicago, Illinois 60680. 1967. $6.95. This is the story of Thor Heyerdahl, the man and the scientist, written by a boyhood associate. A chronology might be composed along the following lines for Heyerdahl: X/6/1914: born in Larvik, Norway i//S7/e went to the South Seas (Fatu Hiva, in the Marquesas) with his wife, Liv. III/38: arrived back in Larvik. 1939: visited British Columbia, Canada (Bella Coola, Vancouver, Victoria, Trail). At the latter, he worked at the smelting plant, living at Rossland, the summer at Arrow Lake; and went to U. Wash. (Seattle) Fal1/1941: Baltimore, Maryland, awaiting a call from his nation II/42: Joined Norwegian Armed forces in Canada. 1943: As member of armed forces to England and Scotland. 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 427 X/44: Assigned to active duty in sabotage for the Norwegian army X/44: Returned to Norway (via Murmansk) VIII/45: Discharged from Norwegian Armed Forces IV/38/47 Kon Tiki raft voyage across the Pacific from July, Aug. South America early summer, Second marriage; Santa Fe, New Mexico (USA) 1949 1952: Published "American Indians in the Pacific". 1953: Visit to Galapagos Islands 1955: Visits Easter Island to make archeological studies. 1958: Goes to live in Colla Micheri (Liguria), Italy, his present home 1960: Jacoby went to no. Italy to visit T.H. and write his biography. Heyerdahl's early unpopularity among archeological scientists and rejection of his ideas slowly developing into acceptance and eventually acclaim and high honor is clearly and interest- ingly expounded. This is an informative as well as an in- teresting account of an outstanding person. - There are several misprints; ex., Olso for Oslo, etc.: also a few errors of fact (ex., "genes" for blood factors, p. 399). But these are really minor. GMH "SELECTARUM STIRPIUM AMERICANARUM HISTORIA Nicolai Josephi Jacquin, Facsimile of the 1763 edition, 2 vols.: v. 1: Text. F1-F32 = 10 pp. (unpaginated) + I-XII + 1-284 + 14 pp. (unpaginated); totl 352 pp., V. 2: Plates. (un- paginated); 32.5 x 22 cm, Hafner Publishing Company, Inc. New York City. 1971. $62.50. This impressive work of the Baron Nicolaus Josephus Jacquin (1727-1817) has been admirably reproduced and thus made avail- able to students of botanical taxonomy. The "History of Selected American Plants" is a good deal more than a mere history; the Latin "Historia" can here be interpreted as meaning a syste- matic account of the plant from the standpoint of morphology, habitat, geographical range, etc. In addition to the text and engravings of the original edition, an extensive discussion ("Foreword") of Jacquin and his activities is given, written by Dr. Frans A. Stafleu. (pp. F1-F32). This includes a biograph- ical account: details on his collections and publications: a translation into the English language of the Praefatio (Preface), which is of course, like the entire work, in Latin; discussion of the botanical exploration of the Caribbean Sea before Jacquin's work; an explanation of the various abbreviations and references which appear in Jacquin's work; and references per- taining to Jacquin, his labors, and contemporary botanical his- tory. - As to the work proper, the title page as was usual in 428 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 the period of its publication is elaborate with an engraving of two ships in heavy seas in the background, and in the foreground the land with Indians, plants, and a single white man. The place of publication, Vindobona (Vienna) is indicated, as well as the date 1763. In following pages is the dedication to Francis I, Holy Roman Emperor; the Preface; an index of plants by botanical name (binomial) showing corresponding pages of text and plate number; and then the text proper. The order used is that of the Linnaean system. The plants described and figured were collected in Martinique, Jamaica, what is now Hispaniola but was then denominated "Domingo", and in other islands as well as on the adjoining continental areas. There is at the end of the textual volume an appendix with additional plants, indexes of botanical names and vernacular names, a catalog of authors cited, and a keyed explanation of the plates. The volumes are well bound in cloth, with on the front covers the title in gold and a copy of one of the engravings of Hirtella americana (branch). These .arge olumes are as additions to the library physically attractive as well as being a useful subsidiary reference. GMH "HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE" Edition Two, by Jules Janick, xi + 586 pp., 324 figs., 24 tabs; W.H. Freeman and Company, 660 Market St., San Francisco, California 94104. 1972. $12.00. This hard-back cloth—bound textbook represents a self- contained treatment of the title subject, with adequate back- grounds in botany (systematics, morphology, physiology, etc.) to inform the student adequately in an elementary course. The subject is presented in an interesting and lucid manner, the ideal of any teacher. Numerous illustrations and tabular compilations of data enliven the pages. There are three main divisions ("parts"): biology; technology; industry. Under the first, the classification and structure of horticultural plants are taken up, along with plant growth and development. In part II, there are chapters on controlling the plant environ- ment, directing plant growth, biological competition, mechanisms of propagation, plant improvement, and marketing. Part III in- cludes horticultural geography, production systems (taking up special fields of horticulture, such as plantation’, orchards, vegetable farming, landscape horticulturing, turf production, etc.), and crops, and a last chapter "Esthetics of horticul- ture", which tells us how the beauty of the home and other en- vironments can be impfeved by the intelligent cultivation of appropriate plants. A generally adequate index follows. - The chapter on horticultural crops was of special interest since it indicates what a diversity of plants are included within the scope of horticulture: fruit crops, including nut crops, beverage crops, spice and drug crops, vegetable crops, salad 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 29 plants, solanaceous fruits (ex. tomato), edible legumes, starchy root vegetables, cole crops, vine crops, etc., and ornamental crops. - In the section on spice and drug plants, several errors were noted, eight on page 521 alone. For in- stance, it states rather ambiguously, "there are over 200 species of spice and drug plants collected for use in the United States alone". This was intended to mean that throughout the world (including the USA) 200 such plants are collected for use in the USA. On page 522, ”peppercorms should of course be ‘pepper- corns. Neither peppermint nor spearmint are commonly culti- vated in Japan - these are different entities from "Japanese mint" (J. peppermint) which is widely grown there. Vanilla contains no essential oil as stated (p. 523) but only a fatty oil; the fine aroma is due to vanillin. The "seeds" of celery and other umbelliferous spices are actually fruits. Despite such errors, the book is all-in-all an excellent textbgok. GMH "ANNUAL REVIEW OF ECOLOGY AND SYSTEMATICS" (Editors: R.F. Johnston, P.W. Frank,and C.D. Michener). Vol. 2: ix + 510 pp., 58 figs., 8 tabs., 2 charts, 6 matrices. 1971. No price given. The text is made up of 19 chapters, each one by a scholar or scholars specializing in the subject of his or their review. The following are concerned importantly with plants (or plants and animals or organisms in general): (6) Laboratory stream research: objectives, possibilities, and constraints (C.E. Warren and G.E. Davis). (7) The measurement and application of the calorie to ecological problems (R.T. Paine). (8) Signifi- cance of intestinal microflora in herbivores (R.H. McBee) (11) Adaptive radiation of reproductive characteristics in Angio- sperms. II: Seeds and seedlings (G.L. Stebbins). (This con- cerns the various special adaptations found in seeds and seed- lings which permit them to survive and persist under different environmental conditions). - (12) High-latitude phytoplankton (Mary Belle Allen). (13) The hypothesis of nonspecificity and taxonomic confluence (J.S. Farris). - (14) Principles of cluster- ing (W.T. Williams). - (15) The karyotype in systematics (R.C. Jackson). - (17) Arctic and alpine plant life cycles. (L.C. Bliss). - (18) Phytotelematic biota and community structure determination in plant-held water (B. Maguire, Jr.). (In this contribution, there is a discussion about phytotelemata, small bodies of water occuring on leaves or flowers or in holes in trees and typically populated, at least in the hotter areas of the earth by algae, fungi, protozoa, insects, and other small forms of life. They are richest in biota in the tropical wet areas. Pitcher plants (Sarracenia species) and bromeliads are well known for their water accumulations. The mode of coloniza- tion of organisms is often an enigmatic problem. In this chapter the author who is associated with the University of Alaska had c 4,30 P A YeTHOuLs01G. 2 A Vol. 29, no. 5 discussed the Arctic and Subarctic areas (bathymetry, major currents, light, ice, etc.) and related these environmental parameters to the periodicity and numbers of the phytoplankton. The community of microalgae living in the ice is very unusual and worthy of further study. Anotheyproblem is the possible differences in the plant and animal forms at the Arctic compared with the Antarctic. It has been shown that ice formation is different in the two regions and that fishes in the two regions have differing metabolic states.) This excellent review of per- tinent subjects ends with extensive author and subject indexes. GMH "THE GOLDEN AGE OF SCIENCE" by Bessie Zaban Jones (Editor), xxxvii, 659 pp., Simon and Schuster, 630 Fifth Ave., New Werden, Wore WOW), alo Sila (010) This volume presents a series of biographies of great scientists of the 19”century, written by their contemporaries, usually acquaintances, and originally published in the Annual Reports of the Smithsonian Institution. The individual biography is concerned with the man's works and outlook at the same time that an account of his life is given. There is a minimum of annotation. Among the 30 scientists included are Asa Gray, Joseph Dalton Hooker, and Charles Darwin. In the table of con- tents, the name and vital dates are given; it would have been advantageous to the user to have also included the specialty, such as (Mathematics). GMH "BASIC MICROSCOPIC TECHNICS" by Ruth McClung Jones, xiv + 333 pp. 27 figs., 1 tabl., Univ. of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois (USA) and London (England). 1968. $6.50. While the book is devoted primarily to the microscopic study of animal tissues, much of the content is useful and applicable to that of plant materials. There are chapters on study of the whole organism; killing, fixation, and storage; stains and staining; non-section methods (smears, squashes, prints, etc.); histological stains; hematology; hard tissues; embryology; cytological methods (nuclei, chromosomes, mitochondria, etc.); histochemistry; injection methods; the microscope and simple magnifiers; drawing; collection of specimens; etc. There are appendices on reagents and supplies, formulae, equipment, and dealers. Finally, a glossary, bibliography, and index complete the treatment. The book is based on M.F. Guyer's "Animal Micro- logy" (1906-1953). The author is daughter of C.E. McClung (editor, "Handbook of microscopical technique"; 1929). The book reviewed is a practical and understandable textbook, - Error: page 200: paragraph 4: last line: 0.04 mm. should be 0.025 m. GMH 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 431 "ORDERS AND FAMILIES OF MALAYAN SEED PLANTS: synopsis of orders and families of Malayan Gymnosperms, Dicotyledons, and Monocotyledons,"by Hsuan Keng, xxiii plus 429 pp., 207 figs., 1 frontispiece, 1 fig. on dust cover, Univ. of Malaya Press (available from Univ. of Malaya Co-operative Bookshop, Ltd., Univ. of Malaya, Pantai Valley, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia). 1969. Price M $60. =c. $ U.S. 2U.00. This work can serve in a dual capacity, on the one hand serving as a manual in the teaching of botany and on the other as a convenient scheme of reference for comprehending the arrange- ment and relationships of plant taxa, somewhat like the works of Rendle ("Classification of flowering plants") and of Lawrence ("Taxonomy of vascular plants") except that these works related to temperate land floras whereas the present work considers tropical plants, including many groups not mentioned in Rendle or Lawrence. The arrangement followed for the Gymnospermae is that of Engler-Diels, whereas the monocots and dicots have been set in the order used in McLean and Ivimey-Cook (''Textbook of theoretical Botany," vol. 2; 1956) and by Firbas (in Strasburger, "Lehrbuch der Botanik," ed. 28; 1962). Garnishing many pages are excellent line drawings of various species as means of ill- ustrating the characteristics of the respective families. Such illustration? almost invariably show a branch with leaves and flowers/fruits, individual flowers, floral parts (sometimes as diagrams or exploded to show sequence), a floral diagram, fruit, and seed. The text presents descriptions in brief form with an indication of numbers of genera and species in Malaya, and the economic value of various species, such as in foods, lumber making, medicinals, or technology. There are numerous keys throughout the text, all the way down from the Division Sper- matophyta to genera. The book seems to have been well and accurately written and thoroughly proof-read, since errors were not noted in sample readings of the text. At the end of the volume, there are a Bibliography, Appendix I with order and family names in Malay and Chinese, Appendix II with a simple artificial key to the commoner families, a glossary (with illustrations), an addendum, and an index of scientific names (family and genus). - The coverage is of plants native to or naturalized or commonly cultivated in the Malay Peninsula and on Singapore Island; in a few cases with plants on Sarawak and Sabah. The book should be of interest not only in tropical and sub-tropical areas, but also to taxonomic students everywhere. GMH 432 PHY 1/0570 Gok Vol. 29, no. 5 "SEAWEEDS OF CAPE COD AND THE ISLANDS" by J.M. Kingsbury, X + 213 pp., 115 figs, The Chatham Press, Box 281, Chathan, Mass.) 026337, 1969-)) (Sii2=50): The text of this book alternates with excellent drawings prepared by E. and Marcia Norman. Generally, one text page and an opposite figure are used to cover each species. In this way, some 93 species of Chlorophyta, Phaeophyta, and Rhodophyta are covered. At the end of the descriptive text there are a key to genera and species, a glossary (mostly referring by page number to definitive texts), a very brief bibliography, and the index. The introduction discusses several higher plants growing in sea water (such as eel grass, Zostera marina) which are often mis-— takenly taken for seaweeds or Algae. - In the individual treat- ment of algal species, the botanical name is used in the heading, along with the order to which the plant entity belongs, the etymological derivation of the name, and a general statement on distribution. The descriptive paragraphed information follows in smaller type-face. A successful combination of technical in- formation with non-technical language results in a productive popularization of the scientific facts about Algae. At the same time, the coverage of important and interesting data on seaplants will appeal to the scientist reader as well as to the layman. GMH "WILD EDIBLE PLANTS OF THE WESTERN UNITED STATES" by Donald R. Katie, sists} jog SS) ilo, 2 jpereigegs 1b @@ils julion Metemce— graph Co., Healdsburg, California. 1970. Paper back; $3.95. In this useful volume, plants are included from Southwestern Canada and northwestern Mexico in addition to those of the twelve states included in the Pacific Coast and Rocky Mountain States. The 302 plant species are arranged according to geo- graphical location: (1) generally throughout the west; (2) northwest US; (3) southwest US; (4) The Rocky Mountain states. For each plant the data are presented in the following order: Names, scientific and common; preparation and uses; habitat and distribution; description and illustration. There are a glossary of botanical and food terms, a useful bibliography, and three indices: a plant name index, a non-food use index, and a food use index. The paper is smooth and durable (unlike that of most paper backs), the printing clear, the figures (line drawings) ex- cellent, and the job generally well done. In this day of a re- turn to the wilderness, the appeal of this book should be almost universal since so many are now in sympathy with the ideals of a simple rural life. It will also appeal to those who believe we should consume more fruits and vegetables, to those with money saving in mind, and to those who may desire to experiment with new tastes and aromas. GMH 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 433 "BACK TO EDEN" by Jethro Kloss, VII, IX, 6/71 pp., XIII (Index); total: 700 pp.; 36 figs., 1 portr., Lancer Books, Inc., 1560 Broadway, New York, N.Y. 10036. 1939 (1971). $2.00. This paper-back represents an unchanged reprinting of a popular work on "herbal medicine" available in the 30's. It brings out the pet treatments and fads of the writer, with one chapter devoted to each subject: fruits; oranges; cooking in aluminum containers; fasting; eating meat; fresh air and ex- ercise; and so on. Much of the text is a kind of cookbook. This is now referred to as an “underground classic", meaning that it is not recognized by the medical profession, I suppose. Whereas much of the text expounding well known health principles is sound enough, some parts should have been deleted, such as the section on cancer, which is very misleading. Biographical data on the author who called himself an "herbalist" would have been interesting. Even the dates of his birth and death are not given. The author shows a strong religious belief throughout and appears to equate his system of "natural medicine" to the Creator! GMH "MYCOLOGICAL STUDIES HONORING JOHN N. COUCH" Edited by William Jeekoch, ix +230 pp..5) L portrait, many fies audutabse, The University of North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill, No. Carolina. 1968. $10.00. This fine cloth-bound volume is made up of articles which appeared in a single issue of The Journal of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society (vol. 84, No. 1; Spring, 1968), published by the same press. There are 40 articles in the "Festschrift", published in honor of the Kenan Professor of Botany Emeritus at the University of North Carolina. As would be expected, the first article in the volume is a tribute to this outstanding mycologist ("The career of John Nathaniel Couch"), and includes a listing of his publications (1920-1967). Many of the articles which follow are of outstanding interest to the mycologist and sometimes to botanists of other areas, and as might be expected also to scientists in other disciplines. Thus, one article deals with a patently chemical subject: "Pigments of the Actinoplanaceae". Another one would appeal to the ecologist: "Ecology of Coelomomyces infections of mosquito larvae". The plant physiologist would find of interest the article titled: "Some nutritional requirements of an unidentified Micromonospora". To a cytologist, among other numbers, the paper on "Ultrastruc- ture of Pilimelia anulata (Actinoplanaceae)" would be of interest. The plant pathologist would no doubt find of interest the contri- bution entitled "Extension of the host range of Octomyxa 3h POH Y T0710 Gera Vol. 29, no. 5 brevilegniae’. A parasitologist might well be intrigued by a title: "Infection by Coelomomyces indicus of Anopheles gambiae". Truly there is something for everyone: GMH "UNKRAUTBEKAEMPFUNG" by Dr. Werner Koch, 342 pp., 42 figs., 32 tabs., Verlag Eugen Ulmer, Gerokstr. 19, Stuttgart, B R D (German Bund Republic). 1970. DM. 34.-. In this volume there is dealt with from various viewpoints the very important matter of weeds - their biology and ecology, measures for getting rid of weeds, the herbicides, weed re- moval with various cultivations (cereal grains, maize, sugar beets, mangel wurzel (fodder beets), potatoes, rape and turnip, cabbage, pulses, carrots, celery, red beets, lettuce,and endive, spinach, asparagus, onions, fruits, meadow crops, grapes, etc.), weed extirpation in forestry and measures for the removal of weeds (or other undesired plants) in areas classed as non- farming and non-forest as well as in areas used for horticulture. The last chapter may well be the most important in the book, in view of the present tendency to avoid active herbicidal "poisons" so as to reduce pollution of our environment and to use non-toxic biological controls wherever possible. The book is written in simple German with many graphic aids to an understanding of the subject matter. An innovation of the publisher is the making available to interested persons of "reading samples", being mimeographed passages from the book which should give a good idea of the style, coverage, and utility of the text. GMH “DEVELOPMENTS IN INDUSTRIAL MICROBIOLOGY" by Various Authors, C.F. Koda, (editor), IX, 398 pp., many figures and tables, Proceedings of the 18th General Meeting, Society for Industrial Microbiology. Held at Lafayette, Indiana, August 27-31, - Plenum Press, 227 West 17th Street, New Yionale dls IWexdg NOG Sls a 0) 39 papers are published in this volume, aside from the In- troductions; a fortieth paper was withdrawn (Potentiation of bacterial growth by algal extracts, by J.M. Sharpley). Several main classifications of papers are indicated: (1) Microbio- logical applications for space vehicles and extraterrestrial stations. (2) Preservation of oil-in-water systems. (3) Prob- lems in water microbiology. (4) Fermentations. - As might be expected, there is a wide diversity of topics included in this as in preceding numbers of the series: ranging from anticancer antibiotics, hallucinogenic mushrooms, wood rotting through fungal activity, antibiotic non-medicinal uses, fungicides, etc. All articles of course are concerned with the utilization and control of micro-organisms. The largest single block of papers 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 435 is that dealing with space travel: here such illuminating titles are to be found as these: nutritive value for Algae of fecal pyrolysis gases; microbial protein for the space age; human feces as a nutrient for Algae in closed space ecologies; microbial synthesis of animal feeds from human waste substrates; control of waste putrefaction in space flight; human feces as a nitrogen source for some green Algae; and others. - It is obvious from these articles that the space travellers of the future may ex- pect to sacrifice some of the pleasures of the table for the excitement of supersonic velocity travels to far realms. While earth-bound humans will enjoy their roast beef, green peas, and ice cream, planetary visitors will have to be content apparently with kelp stew, spirogyra broth, and weed coffee!: - The various contributions in this useful book will no doubt be ab- stracted in the various abstract media. - The reviewer will cover several of the chapters for Excerpta Botanica, Sectio A. (ex. KSPENSHADE, M. A. Isolation and cultivation of Basidio- mycetes). GMH "LILIIFLORA& AND MICROSPERMAE" Flora of the U.S.S.R., Vol. IV. V.L. Komarov, (chief editor), xxxiv + 586 pp., 44 pls., 2 maps, Akademiya Nauk SSSR., Botanicheskii Institut, Translated into English. Available from U.S. Dept. Commerce, Springfield, VA. 22151. 1968. Price not given. The families covered are as follows: (XXXIII) Liliaceae; Amaryllidaceae; Dioscoreaceae; Iridaceae; Orchidaceae. The first four families represent Liliiflorae, Orchidaceae the Microspermae. In addition to the systematic part of the text, there are an Addendum (III) with 46 spp. nov. (in Latin) (however, these diagnoses were published in 1935, hence are of interest only as the original treatments) also an alphabetical list of families and genera which appear in this volume; a list of the vegetation regions of the USSR; and an explanatory list of abbreviations for Russian institutions and journals appearing in the text. 14 compilers are listed for this volume. GMH "SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF STRYCHNOS" VIII, by B.A. Krukoff and R.C. Barneby, 29, 1-93, 7 figs., tabs., Memoirs N.Y. Bot Gard. 1969. This number of the series contains new information on 71 spp. of Strychnos together with a number of infra-specific en- tities, together with 14 appendices including summary informa- tion of the taxa so far taken up. A key is provided to fruiting or sterile materials of American Strychnos. Included are the following new species: S. romeubelenii (coastal forests of 436 PHY TOL O7Ger 2K Vol. 29, no. 5 Bahia, Brazil; related to S. rondeletioides Spruce ex Benth.) ; S. araquaensis (Goids, Brazil; related to S. erichsonii Schomb. ex Prog.); S. bahiensis (Bahia, Brazil; belongs to sect. Longiflorae) ; (Para and Amazonas, Brazil; related to S. diaboli Sandwith); S. goiasesis (Goias, Brazil; related to S. panurensis Sprague et Sandwith); S. progeliana (Amazonas, Brazil; related to members of sect. Breviflorae); S. atlantica (Bel- monte, Bahia, Brazil; of sect. Breviflorae); and S. cerradoensis (Minas Gerais, Brazil; related to S. nigricans Progel); and S. neglecta (Amazonas state, Brazil; sect. Breviflorae). One var. nov. is described. There are also range extensions for 33 spp., reinstatement of 3 spp. as valid, and placing in synonymy of 3) Gyae GMH "SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF STRYCHNOS. Ix," by B.A. Krukoff, and R.C. Barneby, Memoirs N.Y. Bot Garden 20: 94-99. 1969. This paper reports the results of a continuing study of specimens in various herbaria of the world. Information is given on 27 species, including extensions of range for 7 of them. There are no novelties. Examination of the types of S. parvifolia DC. and S. rubiginosa DC. indicates that for the time being they are best treated as distinctive spp. As in previous instalments, mention is made of any chemical in- formation or data on medicinal usage or toxic proporties. A total of 54 herbaria has been visited for specimen examination (important exception: Muséum d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris) and it is felt that nearly all specimens extant collected of American Strychnos have been examined. Some recent publications have also been considered in updating the authors’ treatment of this group. GMH "THE BIOLOGY OF PARASITIC FLOWERING PLANTS" by Job Kujit, Kidd fe 24Ouppa,) Uosmeles., 4uitabse Univ. Or Calcfornaal Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles, Calif.; London, England. 1969. $15.00 This is a most interesting book, treating as it does of those mysterious higher plants which thrive by growing on other higher plants, sucking their life-giving sap and thus comparable to such animal parasites as the vampire bats or fleas. In this large folio-sized volume, there are 9 chapters: an introduc- tion; then chapters on the mistletoes; sandalwoods and relatives; the broomrapes and parasitic figworts (Scrophulariaceae) ; members of families Rafflesiaceae, Hydnoraceae, and Balanophor- aceae; genera Cuscuta and Cassytha, and families Lennoaceae and Krameriaceae; the specialized sucking organ called the haustor- ium; physiological aspects of parasitism among plants; and the evolutionary aspects of the parasitic way of life. This is 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 437 followed by an immense bibliography (30 columns) and the triple- columned index. - The book is somewhat deciving if one con- siders the page count; actually it must represent the average book of twice the number of pages at least, since the print is rather small and there are two columns to each large page. The pages of text are decorated with many drawn figures and photo- graphic prints so that it is almost in the order of a graphic account of this group of plants. - One of the most interesting chapters deals with the many genera and species of mistletoes, members of the family Loranthaceae. Surprisingly to most Europeans and Americans is the fact that most taxa of mistletoes are natives of the tropics and sub-tropics, with a mere handful found in the temperate regions. The family is larger than generally realized, with 36 genera and about 1300 species now recognized. This chapter deals with habits and modes of para- sitism; the morphology and biology of the tlowers; embryology including fertilization of the egg cell, growth of embryo, and development of seedling in the early stages of independent life, fruit development and dispersal; and the mutual relationships of the mistletoes. The early history of human knowledge about these and the other parasitic plants is treated in Chapter 1, where also the uses, superstitious beliefs, folklore, etc., are taken up. This book is of value both as a reference work and for the intrinsic interest of the subject to serious students. GMH "THE NARCOTIC COMPLEX OF THE NEW WORLD" by W. La Barre, 14 pp., Bobbs—Merrill Reprint Series in Anthropology. 1971 This represents a review of the use of psychotropic drug agents in the Americas as a means of furthering the religious experience, specifically by fostering shamanism. A shaman is a human priest believed to be in the "possession" of a master spirit or the god. The drugs discussed include tobacco, alcoholic drinks, peyote, Datura spp., caapi, caffeine drugs (yaupon, maté), ololiuhqui, yopo, Salvia divinatorum, hal- lucinogenic toadstools, and coca. Of course there were several other agents in use. GMH "INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE STRUCTURE OF PLAN CELLS" by M.C. Ledbetter, 51 plates and 8 text fig. IX, 188 pages, Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer-Verlag. 1970 Cloth DM 54,--; US $14.80. The tremendous potentialities of the electron microscope have been drawn upon in this volume, which is essentially an album of electron photomicrographs with attached detailed legends. The book is appropriately composed of large sheets (folio size) of heavy shining-smooth paper in order to give maximum reproducibility to the micrographs. The authors are 1,38 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 associated with prestigious institutions - Ledbetter with Brook- haven National Laboratories and Porter with Harvard University. The contents of the book are distributed among ten chapters with the following subject matters: general cell structure; fine structure interphase cell (resting cell) and cell organelles; dividing cells; cell wall and plasmodesmata; vascular tissues (vessels and sieve tubes with companion cells); sclerenchyma (mis-spelled schlerenchyma) (fibers and stone cells) and collen- chyma; epidermal cell and variations; photosynthetic apparatus (mesophyll, chloroplast); cells having special inclusions (chromoplasts, laticifers, tannin cells); germinative tissues (PMC, pollen grains, pollen tube, etc.). The volume has many applications: it will interest general botany students in giving concrete examples of some of the cell mechanism apparatus about which they learn in their classes; it will be equally as useful to advanced students in furnishing visual in- formation on the important furniture of the cell. Another valuable feature of the book is the "Supplementary reading" following the descriptive text for each plate; these references (mostly in English) will enable those interested to read more on the subject, a valuable help if one considers how much time can be wasted in searching for a source of detailed information. (General information of course is easy to come by). Some of the plates represent lower magnifications (in the range of the light microscope) and are intended for orientation purposes. In some cases, such micrographs are marked with a rectangular box and this section shown at higher magnification in a subsequent photograph. Two of the 51 plates are diagrams not photographs. (There are 59 figures all told) There is additionally a micro- graph on the dust cover, the identity of which is not revealed; possibly it is mesophyll cells of Phleum pratense (timothy) (see plate 8.1). - On page 149, the raphid (raphide) cell is dis- cussed and "raphid" or "raphide" (spelled in the text both ways) is defined to mean a bundle of needle-shaped calcium oxalate crystals. Most authorities use raphide to mean the individual acicular crystal, not the bundle. On the same page, “crystal- izes" is a misspelled word. On p. 150, the first reference would be more correctly cited as Handbuch..Pflanzenanatomie. GMH "GOOD-BYE TO ALL THAT" by Harris Lewine, (Designed by Alan Peckolick), 128 pp., many figs. (s.n.), McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, St. Louis, etc. 1970. Price unstated. This volume is in the form of a tin box of Lucky Strike cigarettes (old design) which held 7U cigarettes and was called a "flat seventies". The text is lightened by a miscellanea of illustrations, including many actors and actresses of the screen smoking cigarettes at a time when the vice was considered a fashionable act. It is difficult to understand the sig- nificance of the book or the reason it was written. Apparently 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 439 it is a kind of history of the rise and present decline of cigarette smoking. Cigarette smoking of sorts dates from very early times in America, but the modern cigarette as we known it orizgineted apparently in 1832 among the Egyptians. The book is nostalgic with stories of the past, of an old Auburn Speedster (car), the days when cigarette cards were popular (the reviewer remembers the fad as a schoolboy in England) when at the boys' school he attended the recess was taken up mostly in trading the cards). The book revives many fond memories for the per- son who is old enough to remember. The author is in error in supposing that cocaine induced ‘dreamlike, thoughtful states" (p. 15) (actually cocaine is stimulating). The order of illustrations on a page is not clockwise as stated in the leg- ends. GMH "MODERN DRUG ENCYCLOPEDIA AND THERAPEUTIC INDEX (MDE)" 11th edition. by Arthur J. Lewis, (Editor), XK + 788 pp., The Yorke Medical Group, The Reuben H. Donnelley Corp., 466 Lexington Ave., New York 10017. With Supplement, Jan.- June, 1970. 24 pp. 1970. $26.00 + 0.50 (handling charge). In this text of 822 pages, one will find a current compila- tion of drugs (or "compendium'"') of outstanding value. Strongly bound in an attractive red hard cover, the book deserves and will secure a place on the No. 1 book shelf of many a medical library, physician's office, and pharmacy reference collection. For 35 years the book has been a most useful and a much used work - often the basis of collegiate courses on new drugs. . The many items covered are arranged in alphabetical order from page 1 to page 741 running from Accelerase-PB to Zymafolic. Following this is a therapeutic index going from "abortion therapy "to" X-ray contrast media". Then comes the manufacturers' index from "Abbott Laboratories" to "Wyeth Laboratories", cover- ing of course only the companies whose products are listed here. With this latter index one can see at a glance the chief pro- ducts of each respective firm. Preceding the main body of text are foreword, table of contents, instructions on using the book, and a useful glossary of dispensing forms which have been trade- marked (from Abboject to Zestab). Both pharmaceuticals and bio- logicals are included. Aithough most products can be found by using the total alphabetic sequence of the text, there are eight important groups where drugs have been segregated within the respective group and would have to be looked for in this place. These groups are listed in the Table of Contents and include the adrenal corticosteroids, erythromycins, fluoride-vitamins, in- sulins, penicillins, phenothiazines, sulfonamides (antibac- terial), and thiazide diuretics. Fortunately, these items have been cross-indexed in the text. Thus for instance, if you did not know that Fluphenazine is a phenothiazine derivative, or did not know the manufacturer or the prime therapeutic 40 PHY TsO-L:0 Gi A Vol. 29, no. 5 application, you still would not miss it, since it appears on page 319, between Fluoxymesterone and Fluprednisolone. One criticism I might make is that these cross entries might well be printed in a heavy face type, else they might well be over- looked. For each item, the data are arranged in the following order: trade name, chemical name, description, indications, contraindications, precautions, adverse reactions, dosage and administration method, and availability (dispensing forms). A list of manufacturers with their addresses does not appear: it might be rather useful. GMH "DRUGS FROM A TO Z: A DICTIONARY" by Richard R. Lingeman, xvii + 277 pp., McGraw-Hill Book Co., 330 W. 42nd St., New York 10036. 1969. $6.95. This small volume is both interesting and contemporary, and will answer with useful information some of the questions that come up nowadays so often. For an instance, it is very difficult tc readily vu. ain information on the properties and uses of morni ig-glory seeds. I know this becuase I made a brief search of my library books and found very little. Turn with me to "Drugs from A to Z" (pages 171 to 173) and you will find a rather useful account of this "new" hallucinogenic, with mention of course of the related "ololiuqui’. - Following a brief introduction, there come ~ pages of dictionary from A to Z, in- cluding many slang expressions that are often difficult to find defined (ex. cop, cook up, corrine, etc.). Follow four append- ixes: (1) "nonsynthetic derivatives" of opium, morphine, and cocaine". (Error: some are synthetic, such as dihydromor- phinone); (2) generic names of synthetic opiates; (3) generic and trade names of barbiturate, amphetamine, and combination drugs (Drug Abuse list); (4) miscellanious drugs of potential danger. All lists except No. 1 are in alphabetic order. - In the introduction (p. xiv), mention is made of some synthetic morphine substitutes; one, “laterine"’. I could not find either in this Dictionary or in any of my.reference books. Some omis- sions were noted: jive, liamba; mata cachorro (Amazon area) ; takrouri (Cannabis ?); pantagruelion (Cannabis ?). GMH "RELATIONSHIPS OF TREES OF THE LUQUILLO EXPERIMENTAL FOREST", by E.L. Little, Jr., Chap. 3-B/In ODUM, H.T. and PIGEON, R.F. (eds.): A tropical rain forest; a study of irradiation and ecology at El Verde, Puerto Rico. - U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, Washington, D.C. 1970. A total of 207 species of native trees in 133 genera and 55 plant families are found in the Forest; 50 additional tree species have been introduced. The native trees are classified into 9 geographical groups. Ca. 2/3 grow wild somewhere on the 1975 Hocking, Book reviews Nyy North American continent and over 25% are also found in both Central and South America. 30% are native to other islands of the West Indies but do not reach the continent. The closest relations are with Hispamiola and Cuba. South America seems to be the main source of the original immigrants. Nearly 30% are restricted to Puerto Rico (61-species) and are of particular interest in studying plant relationships and evolution; in- cluded among these are 26 species endemic to the Luquillo Mountains or slightly beyond. GMH "HERBIZIDE UND IHRE RUECKSTAENDE" (Herbicides and Their Residues) by Hans Maier-Bode, 479 pp., 189 tabs., 41 figs., linen, Verlag Eugen Ulmer, Postfach 1032, 7000 Stuttgart 1, Ger- many. 1971. Price: DM 80.-. The herbicides are of much interest in the world today and are frequently mentioned in news dispatches: for instance, the extensive use of these materials in South Viet Nam to destroy vegetation which shelters enemy troops; and the frequent mention of supposedly harmful effects on human beings, apparently first observed in Viet Nam. The author is Professor of Pharmacology at the University of Bonn, and 63 years ago (1908) his own father published in the same press a work entitled: "Die Bekaempfung der Acker-Unkraeuter"! Economics Councillor Fr. Maier-Bode was Director of the Information Office for Plant Protection and Plant Diseases in Augsburg. The two volumes, that one and the present by the son, have however little in common. While it is frequently stated that the herbicides are or may be hazardous, such a state- ment is really meaningless when one considers the large number of chemical substances of many different classes which are being used. In the special (second) part of this book, the author has considered in detail 66 compounds belonging to 10 chemical classes. These have been discussed both from the standpoint of his own researches and those of associates (which were previously unpublished) and from the extensive literature (there are ca. 1500 references in the bibliography). For each compound, there will be found detailed information on the physical-chemical prop- erties of the compounds, their behavior in the soil and in plant and animal organisms, their degradative mechanisms, their acute and chronic toxicity for lower animals and man, their side-effects on the world of living things, the residues which remain on foods and harvested products following their regular application in agricultural practice, and the effects which may be expected to come from these residues. An annex to the text furnishes tabular summarizations of the data, including tolerances for herbicides allowed legally in various countries, oral toxicity of various herbicides, appropriate analytical methods to apply to various herbicides, annual applications of herbicides to agricultural areas of various countries during the years 1963-6, etc. Sub- ject index. This book will be of interest to pest control Wh2 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 5 officials, toxicologists, pharmacologists, human and veterinary medical men, and chemists. GMH "NATIVE AND NATURALIZED PLANTS OF NANTUCKET" by F.C. MacKeever, (Edited by H.A. Ahles), xxviii 130 pp., Univ. Massachusetts Press, Munson Hall, Amherst, Mass. 01003. 1968. $6.50. Nantucket Island, about 50 miles in area, lies off the coast of Massachusetts of which it is a part. This catalog of species arranged the plants in alphabetical order of their families from Aceraceae, with two species of Acer, to Zoster- aceae, with six taxa of Potamogeton and Ruppia. For each taxon, there are given the common name, native home, synonyms, flower- ing period, references (sometimes), and mention in previous books, including four on Nantucket's flora, also Fernald's Gray Manual. There are also additional notes with discussion. The collection number of the author's specimen in the N.Y. Botanical Garden is also given. There are an introductory text and the index. 526 species are represented (Pteridophyta and Sperm- atophyta) and a gr and total of 610 taxa (including varieties, forms, and hybrids). The last preceding work on the Nantucket flora was E. Bicknell's "Ferns and flowering plants of Nantucket (1908-1919). This would be a very useful manual for the botani- cal visitor to the Island and should also be of interest for the adjoining land areas. GMH "ABSTRACTING SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL LITERATURE: an introductory guide and text for scientists, abstractors, and management, by Robert E. Maizell, Julian F. Smith, and T.E.R. Singer, xvii + 297 pp., many tabs., 40 figs., Wiley-Interscience, 605 Third Ave., New York 10016. 1971. $14.50 Abstracting of books, brochures, and articles in journals has become constantly more important with the advance of science and technology; in fact, to a large extent this advance is dependent on the availability of abstracts - the key to the voluminous literature. This volume presents no history of the art and science of abstracting; however, we do know that this convenience extends back about a century in western countries and is parallel in its development to the outgrowth and flourishing of the various fields of science. This handbook should be of much utility to the person who prepares but also to the one who utilizes abstracts, especially those in the information field and those who operate computers. '"Abstractors and abstracting are important" (to quote one heading) and this can be figured on a dollars and cents basis, since the salary of a full time researcher is high ($20,000 a year for a chemist with Ph.D. and something like $20.00 per man-hour). Time saved in literature searching is money saved. The monetary value of abstracting is 1975 Hocking, Book reviews 4h3 not matched by any cash return to the abstractor since many ab- stractors carry on their useful activities as an unpaid voluntary service (ex. Biological Abstracts) while others receive only a small return, properly denominated an honorarium. (It is said that in the Soviet Union, abstractors are well paid and can carry on this work as a regular profession rather than as a side line as it is in the United States). - In this volume, there are chapters on “user groups, clients, and audiences", managing ab- stract operations, selection of material for abstracting, the mode of writing the abstract, kinds of abstracts, exceptions and special cases, access to abstracts through indexing, in-house abstracting bulletins, the role of abstractor in literature searches; auxiliary services of abstracting organizations (such as translations), bridging the time gap with abstracts, evaluat- ing abstractors and abstracting. There are also included useful lists of selected terms and abbreviations, references, and ex- amples of actual published abstracts. It seems that there is an unnecessarily large sample of some minor types of abstracts (ex. Metal Abstracts, with 16 pp.). Both the beginning and the seasoned abstractor will find much of value in this volume. GMH "BIOLOGY OF ACETABULARIA" by J. Brachet and S. Bonotto (editors), XV + 300 pp., 113 figs., 9 tabs., 7 pls. Academic Press, New York 10003. 1970. $10.00. This is a report of the First International Symposium on Acetabularia organized jointly by the Université Libre de Bruxelles (Belgium) and the Centre d'ftude de 1'Energie Nucléaire, Mol (Belgium) under the auspices of the European Communities (EURATOM) held in Brussels and in Mol, 18-20 June, 1969. The 86 partici- pants are listed in alphabetic order. The chief interest of the symposium in this unicellular (acellular) green alga depended on the ability of that part of the cytoplasm separated from the part containing the single nucleus to continue growing and differen- tiating. These capacities are of course generally thought of as being under the direct control of the nucleus. There are papers on morphogenesis, biochemistry, ultrastructure, photosynthesis, and circadian clocks, and the effects of light and radiation. Cyto- | plasmic-nuclear relationships and the autonomy of the mitochondria and chloroplasts are considered in terms of molecular biology. There are chapters on regulatory problems in Acetabularia medi- _terranea (the best known species) and other A. species, RNA synthesis, a stable RNA "species" (strain) in A. mediterranea, cytoplasmic DNA, the effect of DNA synthesis inhibitors (hydroxy urea and ethidium bromide) on morphogenesis in the organism, the fine structure of gametes and zygotes, plastid structure and evolution of plastids, regulation of enzymic activity during / morphogenesis of nucleate and anucleate cells, mechanisms of cell ' wall formation, ultrastructure of organism during formation of the | Secondary nuclei, effects of red and blue light on morphogenesis uhh PHYETOLGOG ISL Vol. 29, no. 5 and metabolism, photosynthesis in chloroplasts isolated from the alga, rhythmic regulation in the genus, amino acids incorporation by chloroplasts isolated from anucleate Acetabularia, GMH "THE PRIMITVE THERAPEUTIC USE OF NATURAL PRODUCTS. A BIBLIOGRAPHY," by B.D, Martin. Self-published. - Pittsburgh, Penna. s.d. CUS AD) Ys The reference citations in this bibliography are arranged in the alphabetic order of the authors’ names. Naturally, the scope is world-wide; the listing includes books, pamphlets, and journal articles, By "primitwe" the compiler intends popular, primary, and not savage or untutored. Included are remedies used by primitve man centuries or millenia ago as well as primitive man of the present period; the literature is both ancient and modern, The bibliographic items are drawn from many different fields - pharmacy, medicine, chemistry, botany, anthropology, etc. The items listed are all available at the Library of Duquesne University, Pittsburgh, Penna., and are available for public use, 1491 numbers are listed. A skeletonized subject index covers the last few pages. GMH "THE MEDICAL MESSIAHS" by James Harvey Young. A social history of health quackery in twentieth-century America. Princeton University Press, Princeton, N. Jersey. XIV + 460 pp., Supls) 9196721 oo Congratulations, Professor Young, for an excellent work, a worthy successor to your "Toadstool Millionaires", which traced the history of proprietary medicines in the United States from the 1700's up to 1906, the year of enactment of the Pure Food and Drug Act. In the present work, the continuing defrauding of the American people is told as it is extended from 1906 up to the most recent times. It is disgraceful to the American nation that such false practices have succeeded and still succeed despite all the efforts made by people of good will to prevent them. However, there is improvement, even though slow, and such exposures as this one should do much to accelerate the improvements in medical formulation and labeling. "The truth shall make you free''--and perhaps also healthier. One of the most interesting chapters deals with Hadacol, which only a few years ago was sold very widely in the States and was advertised with claims for health which were out of all reason. The book is thoroughly documented by the use of footnotes on almost every page. The end-papers are interesting for their reproductions — a hie 1975 Hocking, Book reviews Lbs of American Medical Association posters; however one would need a magnifying glass to read them. The book is an important contribution to the history of medicine and pharmacy in the N.S.A. GMH "PHARMACOLOGY AND THERAPEUTICS" by Ruth D. Musser and John J. O'Neill Ed. 4, The Macmillan Company, 866 Third Avenue, New York 10022. xx + 1033 pp., 47 tabs., many figs.: 1969. $10.95 If a student would wish to have a textbook in which the important matters are stressed and with an effective classi- fication of the subject matter, he should find this book of interest. It represents an unusually well written and well arranged text - systematic, clear-cut, with the essentials plainly given. The book has made effective use of headings, bold face type, italics, tables, figures, and also useful tabular information on the end papers (measure and weight equivalents, and Latin abbreviations). Each chapter is provided with good important references and a set of questions. One useful device is the gray bars bearing a list of the official preparations and dispensing units (sizes), which also serves to separate the various compounds. There are three useful appendixes: (1) general book references; (2) glossary of technical terms; (3) answers to questions in Chaper 4 (Pharma- ceutical arthmetic review). After these, there is a useful index. Although essentially a nurses' textbook, it is actually appropriate for other medical fields, including medicine itself and pharmacy. Included in the text are 14 "sections", each with from one to eleven chapters, a total of 54 chapters in the book. The content follows: introductory; antibiotics and other chemotherapeutic agents; autonomic nervous system agents; central nervous system agents; peripheral nervous system drugs; cardi- Ovascular drugs; urinary system drugs; hormones; metabolic agents; gastrointestinal agents; agents acting on skin and mucous membranes; parasiticides; drugs for allergy; enzymes; toxicology; biologicals. The first edition of this book appeared in 1958 with later editions in 1961 and 1965, in addition to which several supplements have also been issued. The book is well made with good binding, strong paper, clear printing’ through- out. It is a book well worth the price tag. GMH BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "TIMBER: Its Structure and Properties" by H. E. Desch, Fifth ed-. ition, xx & 42) pp., illus., Macmillan Ltd., London & St. Martin's Press, New York, N. Y. 10010. 1973. $17.50. This new edition of this dependable, much-used text and refer= ence source of worldwide scope introduces metric units throughout except for not altering imperial units in direct quotes. Seven additions have been described and illustrated in the chapter on the more important commercial hardwoods. Re-evaluations of timber drying, including a 1970 method of dehumidifying now in commercial production, (2) superficial appearances of Merulius and Coniophora cubical breakdown, (3) composite wood products, () mechanical stress grading practical for commercial usage — add much of value to this new edition. The reference value of this book would have been enhanced if page numbers were added for all entries after the trade or botan- ical names listed in Appendix I or II or even in the index. "THE GENERA OF THE MESEMBRYANTHEMACEAE™ by H. Herre, iv & 316 ppe, illus., A. A. Balkema, Publisher, Rotterdam, P. B. 1675, Netherlands. 1973. Fl. 105 oversize. Such a beautiful production! Taxonomic botanists should and probably will have access to this work, but professional horticul- turists, succulent enthusiasts, ecologists, etc. may not learn of its existence unless it becomes advertised by some U. S. distrib- utor. The attractively accurate and partly colored illustrations by the Bolus Herbarium artists of the University of Cape Town, the excellent distribution maps for each genus, the well worked out keys, the careful taxonomic studies that have grown out of ample field and herbarium experiences, the valuable portraited biograph- ical and bibliographic material, and the detailed descriptions of the plants on the 12), full-size color plates by the author who was a former curator of the Botanical Garden of the University of Stellenbosch in South Africa — all these are the main factors in making this book both a study of considerable scientific value and — a presentation of great beauty. "LOVE OF EARTH" by Herbert E. French, 314 pp., G. P. Putnam's Sons, New York, N. Ye 10016. 1973. $7.95. "Mankind has always been the most spendthrift creature of all, — using up the limited treasures i the earth as if they will be end- 6 1975 Moldenke, Book reviews Lh7 lessly available. Suddenly, he has begun to talk of recycling, of preserving, of conservation, of giving back same proportion of what he has been thus far overtaking most greedily." This author, who previously shared with many readers the sci- entific wonders and beauty of the 70 percent of our globe in his "Of Rivers and the Sea" (1970), herein treats the dry 30 percent in similar interesting fashion under such topics as the birth of earth island, its stone and mineral treasures, forests, animals both wild and herded, farming and urbanization, humankind's con- necting — yet marring — earthwide roads and better means (shank's mare) of enjoyment of our only earth. Good reading for scientist and non-scientist alike. "BABOON ECOLOGY": African Field Research" by Stuart A. Altmann & Jeanne Altmann, viii & 220 pp., illus., University of Chica- go Press, London & Chicago, Illinois 60637. 1973. $.95 paperbound. "In general, our goal was to understand how the animals cope with the problems that they face in their natural habitat; toward this goal, we tried to obtain records that would be adequate, in terms of accuracy of observation, quality of description, and quantity of data." "Although baboons are found in environments ranging all the way from moist, evergreen forest to semi-desert steppe, most of them live in the savannah habitat....Such plant associations cover much of the African continent. Thus, much of the abundance and wide distribution of baboons is the result of being success- ful in a predominant habitat....where they exploit a wide variety of plant and animal food sources, and feed selectively on some of the most concentrated sources of nutrients in their environ- ment....without exposing themselves to excessive risks." What a wonderful experience this couple with their infant, tent, Landrover, recorder, binoculars, alert and well trained minds, etc., must have had mostly in the Amboseli Game Reserve between July 1963 and August 196). This careful account has for its warp and woof interest and accuracy and is embroidered effectively, not superficially, with valuable diagrams, photographs and drawings as it reports primar- ily upon a specific troop of the yellow baboon, Papio cynocephalus L,. "FLORA OF WEST VIRGINIA" Part III, 2nd Edition, by P. D. Straus- baugh & Earl L. Core, pp. 577—877, illus., West Virginia University [Press] Bulletin Series 7) No. 2-1 August 1973, Morgantown, West Virginia 26505. $3.25 each part paperbound. The botanical leaders in this university have always been very conscious of the local flora. Since the original edition of this work [1958] was very carefully 48 PHYTO LO'G°T.A Vol. 29, no. 5 prepared for descriptions, illustrations, range, and keys, all that is needed in this new supply of books for the students is up-to-date taxonamy and county records and an invitingly beauti- ful color photograph of Rhododendron maximum, the state flower, on the cover. This volume covers the flowering plants from the Linaceae through the Plantaginaceae. In reference to Verbena officinalis the cautious comment is made "Reported from 'W. Va.' by Gray's Manual, 8th ed., p. 1210, but we have no specimens." That record is probably based on two collections by Ritter Gustav von Gutten- berg from Harper's Ferry in Jefferson County on August 2th and 28th, 1878. "REVISION OF THE NOSTOCACEAE WITH CYLINDRICAL TRICHOMES: Formerly Scytonemataceae and Rivulariaceae" by Francis Drouet, v & 292 pp., illus., Hafner Press of Macmillan Publishing Con- pany, London & New York, N. Y. 10022, 1973. $14.95. The taxonomic reduction of over 3,000 specific and infra~ specific designations often placed in either of the two families mentioned latterly above into only ) in a section of only one family might concern some readers as crass oversimplification if they were not familiar with the lifetime studies of this careful scientist~-author. Almost all of the 1,700 nomenclatural types not destroyed by war, neglect, or isolation behind political bar- riers were studied, as were also axenic and xenic laboratory cul- tures under varied conditions, and field observations also under varied conditions, times and localities, to a total of 20,000 living and preserved specimens that were viewed microscopically. "The morphology and physiology of trichomes of the blue-green algae alter continuously until the processes of growth or degre- dation have been almost or completely stopped by catastrophic physical or chemical changes of the enviroment or by thickening of cell walls....yet the only criteria of systematic value in this group are trichomatal characteristics." Careful descriptions, drawings, indexing and substantiated disposal of synonymy are give for the accepted following four far- ranging species: Scytonema Hofmannii Ag., Calothrix parietina (Nag.) Thur., C. crustacea Schousb. & Thur., and Raphidiopsis curvata Fritsch & Rich constituting the Nostocaceae with cylindri- cal trichomes. ‘ PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 29 January, 1975 No. 6 CONTENTS LOURTEIG, A., Oxalidaceae extra-austroamericanae. I. Oxalis L. ere t MNNOKYS FIANCRON oo.) a. ee deeb Be eS 449 EL-GAZZAR, A., & BADAWI, A. A., The taxonomic position of EM tS Gt eID Nae oa a ores 472 MOLDENKE, H.N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. LI]. ...... 477 MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. LXXIV. .... 503 ee A BOOK TEVIEWS . 0.) onchs adie a Sob nn oe ee ae 504 Index to authors in Volume Twenty-nine ...........202000ee eee 504 Index to supra-specific scientific names in Volume Twenty-nine ....... 505 Publication dates for Volume Twenty-nine..............000.0005 512 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 U.S.A. Price of this number $1.50; per volume, $9.00 in advance or $9.50 at close of volume; 75 cents extra to foreign addresses IBRARY NEW YORK 3 BOTANICAL GARDEN OXALIDACEAE EXTRA-AUSTROAMER I CANAE I. Oxalis L. Sectio Thamnoxys Planchon Alicia Lourteig Muséum d*Histoire Naturelle, Paris. Abstract. This is the first paper of a series on extra South Americ can Oxalidaceae that I intend to publish by Sections. My research has led me to revise a great number of specimens outside of the South American continent and therefore, some changes in the nomenclature and on the ideas of geographical distribution are the present result. Oxalis L. Sectio Thamnoxys Planchon includes about 30 species most of them confined to South America. Only one, O. Barrelieri L. spreads out to reach Africa and the Pacific Islands. Two are ende- mics of the Antilles: 0. pinetorum (Small) Urban in Cuba and O. sco- paria Norlind ex Urban in Haiti. 0. microcarpa Bentham and 0. Dom- beii Saint Hilaire from the tropical Andes reach Mexico along the Pacific slopes, 0. frutescens L. a widespread species in Central and South America (including the Antilles) is composed of several subs- pecies based on old species namés that I cannot keep in that rank. The following new combinations are established: Q. frutescens L. ssp. frutescens, chiefly for the Antilles, OQ. frutescens L. ssp. pentantha (Jacquin) Lourt., comb. nov., for Venezuela mountains, QO. frutescens L. ssp. borjensis (H.B.K.) Lourt., comb. nov., for the savannas of Colombian—Venezuelian frontier (affluents of the O- rinoco river), Q. frutescens L. ssp. angustifolia (H.B.K.) Lourt, comb. nov., for the S of Texas and Mexico to NW of Argentina and SE of Brazil. The last taxon has much synonymy and is the most widespread o~ ne with large ecological variation; however no separation of any ta- xa can be maintained. Unfortunately, the name adopted by priority, represents only a reduced number of specimens growing under difficult conditions, in very dry soil: stems short, hard, tortuous, leaves crowded, very small, folioles lineal, rather thick and glaucous, almost glabrous. La Secci6én Thamnoxys se caracteriza por poseer el raquis foliar desarrollado apareciendo los dos folfolos laterales opuestos aleja-- dos del terminal, y, las c4psulas turnantes, Exclusivamente americaa na, de regiones c4lidas, cuya distribucién geogr&éfica va desde Texas hasta el NW de Argentina y el SE de Brasil, esta Seccién comprende unas 30 especies de las cuales s6lo seis habitan en Centro- y Nortea- m6rica; QO. Barrelieri es la Gmica que se halla en otros continentes, . NOTA, No se cita la sinonimia exclusiva de Sudamérica. ho 450 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, now 6 Clave de las especies A. CA4psulas globosas, carpelos l-seminados a. Fol. obovados a lineales b. Pecfolos cilfndricos, Fol. obtusos. Céps. globosas l. pinetorum bf Pecfolos + alados. Fol. + retusos. C4ps. globoso—aplanadas 2. scoparia as Fol. ovados, subagudos.....ce...+e-+-ee-cecceerceece Micrecarpa B. C&ps. ovoideas u oblongas, carpelos pluriseminados a. Corola rosada, base blanca. C&ps. ovoideas, glabras 4, Berrelieri a? Corola amarilla (a veces estrfadas de rojo). C4&ps. oblongas b. Pls. glabras o con pelos largos, viscosos o glandulosos. Fol. glaucos con cistolitos blancos,........+e9. Dombeii bz Pls. + pubescentes. Fol. + pubescentes. Fol. forma variada, los laterales emarginados. Dorso carpelar generalmente pi- 1OS0.......- se ccceeccccccecrebo frutescens ssp. angustifolia 1. Oxalis pinetorum (Small) re Fig. 1B Urban, Symb. Antill. 32 376.1908 Knuth, Pflreich.130: 74. 1930. Lotoxalis pinetorum Small, N. Amer. Fl, 25(1): 49,1907. QO. eajalbanensis Urban, Ark. Bot. 24 A (4): 12.1932. QO. frutescens auct. cuban. (Grisebach, Sauvage) non L.: Tipo.Cuba, Isla de los Pinos, Santa Rosalfa, leg. A.A.Taylor (154) 25 VI 1901 NY. Herb&cea (h. 40 cm) base gublefiosa. Tallo erguido o reeostado, glabro o con pelos cortos esparcidos, pubescencia densa en los ramos jévenes. Internodios casi nulos (hojas subopuestas y pseudovertici- los 0 sumamente aproximadas) y h. 4,5 cm. Follaje dimorfo, pero hay especf{menes con un solo tipo de hojas sean las lineales o las otras. Pecfolos (h. 25 mm) finos, pubescentes. Raquis 1-2 mm. Peciolillos carnosos, purpéreos, pilosos (+ + mm). Folfolos en hojas inferiores elfpticos a suborbiculares, obtusos (10-23 x 4-10 mm), en hojas supe- riores angostamente lineales, lenervados (8-20 x 2-5 mm), todos cilia dos, con pubescencia sobre la nervadura media, raramente sobre las d dos faces, + glabrescente. Cimas erguidas terminales, largamente pee cioladas (h. 8 cm), bffidas (ramas h. 25 mm), 7~3l-floras. Br&cteas + pdpureas, ovado-acuminadas (+ 2 mm); bract@éolas (+ 1 mm). Pedice- los glabros (3-4 mm) articulados cerca de + de la base. S&épalos verdosos, algo desiguales, oblongos o elfpticos (2,5—- 4,5 x 1-2 mm), glabros, truncados,obtusos o subagudos, alguno en ca- da flor retuso, Pétalos amarillo—brillantes, obovados (10-12 mm).Es- tambres pilosos, los largos (2,5 mm, los cortos 1,5 mm, soldados h. +. Pistilos (+ 4 mm); estilos pilosos, estigmas pequefos. C&psula globoso-apiculada (4~4,5 mm) glabra, c&liz de su largo; carpelos l-seminados, interiormente glabros. Semillas (2,5 mm, inma- #él epf{teto alude a la localidad tf{pica,. 1975 Lourteig, Oxalidaceae 452 turas) ovoideo-aplanadas, agudas, 8—costadas, lo~l2 estrfas transver-- sales notables. Distribuci6én geogr4fica, Endémica del oeste de Cuba, en savanas hé- medas arenosas.\/, carta l. CUBA. Leg. Wright 2177,1860-64 BM,GH,K,MO,P,S. Prov. Pinar del Rfo, Herradura, Ekman 10682 10 IV 1920 S,. Los Palacios, Ekman 10881, 17 IV 1920 S, MantGa, Darmiji, Ekman 11066, 2 VI 1920 S,UPS.Pinar de Cajalbana, edge of brook, Ekman 17365, 28 VIII 1923 tipo O. cajalba- nensis, S. Pueblo Nuevo, leg. Ekman 17594, 9 X 1923 S, Herradura to Paso Real, Shafer 11775, 11 I 1912 MO,US. Isla de los Pinos. Loma Daquilla, Ekman 12491, 2 XII 1920 S. SE cor- ner of Cerro Daguilla to Sta. Isabel,Killip 43957, 12 IV 1954 US. S Santa Rosalfa, A.A.Taylog 154, 25 VI 1901 tipo e isétipo NY. San Die- go de los Bafios, Rutten~Pekelhaaring 528, 2 VI 1933 U. Ca. 100 m, Ib. Rutten-Pekelharing 612, 11 VII 1946 U. Leg. N. Le & E.G.Britton and Wilson 15111, 27 II-l III 1916 US. OBS, La mayorfa de las flores son microst{leas; los estambres, en las pocas flores maerostileas observadas son mucho m4s pequefios que en las otras flores, 2. Oxalis scoparia Norlind ex Urban bg. MLA Urban, Ark. Bot. 17(7): 33. 1921. Knuth, l.c. 75=76.1930. Q. trouiniana Urban, lc. 20 A (5): 15. 1926. Knuth, loc. 430. Tipo.Haiti, Dep. du Sud, Port A Piment, leg. Ekman (339) 26 VI 1917 Herb4cea (h. 50 cm). Rizoma sublefioso. Tallos sublefiosos en la base, Srguidos, po€o ramificados, Pubescencia corta, curva, subad - presa, espareida., Ramos jévenes pubescentes, glabrescentes, setas en la insercién de los pecfolos. Internodios inferiores h. 20 mm, casi nulos en los fascfculos foliares y hacia el 4pice; cicatrices de la inserci6n foliar esclerosadas. Hojas alternas, subopuestas y pseudo- verticiladas. Pecfolos rf{gidos (h. 40 mm), filodiales (0,2-0,7 mm an cho). Peciolillos carnosos (0,2=0,5 mm) pilosos. Folfolos obovado-o- blongos (nervaduras secundarias poco notables) a lineales (l=nervado dos), truncados, obtusos o subretusos a veces mucronados (8=23 x 1,5 -10 mm), pubescencia esparcida, haz a menudo glabro. Cimas ascenden~ tes largamente pedunculadas (h. 8 cm) mayores que el follaje, gla- bras, bf{fidas, ramas erguidas (h. 30 mm), 2—35—floras., Br&cteas su - buladas, elf{ptica-lineales, acuminadas (+ 1 mm) y bractéolas m4s an- gostas y menores. Pedicelos (1,5=2 mm) articulados cerca de la base, acrescido en el fruto (h. 4 mm). Sépalos verdes, elfpticos, anchos, agudos o subagudos, mucrona= dos (2=2,5 x 1-1,5 mm), 3=nervados, glabros. Pétalos amarillos, obo- vados (ca. 8 mm), Estambres con filamentos anchos en la base, los + del Latfn, por el aspecto de la planta que recuerda una escoba, ra- mas erectas, t+ rf{gidas fastigiadas. 452 PH Y TiO1bL0 Gat & Vol. 29, no. 6 Fig. 1.A, O. scoparia: a, rama xl; b, envés foliolar x3;c,fruto con cSliz x 4;d, pecfolo x 10;Ekman 5864 S. B, O-pinetorum:a, rama x 1; b, envés foliolar x 3; c,fruto con c&liz x 4; Ekman 11066 S. de Faul- trier del. re 1975 Lourteig, Oxal.idaceae 453 largos (0,6-1 mm) cortamente pilosos, los cortos (0,4-0,6 mm) gla- bros soldados h. ¥.Pistilos muy largos (+ 2,5 mm);estilos glandulo- so-pubescentes, ensanchados hacia el Spice; estigmas bf{fidos, papi- losos; ovario esferoidal, carpelos leovulados. C&psula esferoideo~agudas (prolongaci6n de los 4pices carpela- res) glabras (+ 3 mm); carpelos obtusos, 4pice prolongado, l-semina dos, interiormente con pelos diminutos visibles s6lo a fuerte aumen to.Semillas pardas, ovoideo=asimétricas (1,5 mm), apiculadas, 6-cos tadas en zig-zag, estrfas transversales algo irregulares. Distribuci6n geogr4fica. End@émica de Haifi, en lugares sombreados y hémedos, sobre piedras calizas (limestone), en rfos pedregosos.V. carta l. HAITI. Dep. du Sud, E ba Hotte, in steep limestone hill at Chapel- le, Mont Carmel, ca. 1600 m, Ekman 2414, 7 XI 1924 S. Trouin, in li- mestone rocks at Riviére Coupe Oreilles, Ekman 2442,10 XI 1924 tipo QO. trouiniana S; isdétipo UPS. Prope Port 4 Piment, in collibus altio ribus, Ekman 339, 26 VI 1917 tipo S, isétipos A,GH. Massif de la Hot te, E. group, Grand Goave, road Carrefour=-Fauché to Trouin, gorge of Riviére Coupe-Oreille, shaded limestone rocks, Ekman 5864, 15 IV 1926 GH,K,S,US. OBS. £1 especimen—tipo de OQ. scoparia es una planta de hojas m&s pe— quefias y con expansiones m4s angostas que las del tipo de O.troui- niana; esta diferencia es sélo una variacién ecol6gica, en todo lo dem&s son idénticos. 3. Oxalis microcarpa Bentham Fig. 2B Bentham, Pl. Hartweg. 115, 1839. Knuth, l.c. 63-64, Oxalis e Guayaquil Turczaninow, Bull. Soc. Imp. Moscou 31(1):427. 1858. Tipo.Ecuador, prope pagum Zamboronton, leg. Nartweg III.... K. Herb&cea o subarbustiva (h. 1,20 m) pubescente. Rizoma delgado (h.4 mm diém.). RAafces fibrosas, ramificadas. Tallos erguidos, ver- des o parduscos, finamente pubescentes; pubescencia fina, ondulada generalmente retrorsa y larga, hirsuta, blanquecina o amarillenta. Internodios 2,5=5,5 cm. Hojas alternas o subopuestas,. Pecfolos fili- formes, ascendentes (h. 4 cm), pubescentes, canaliculados, ensancha~ dos en la base, pelos en la insercién. Folfolos desiguales, discolo- res, ovados, elfpticos 0 subromboidales (10-38 x 16-20 mm), obtusos © subagudos, pubescencia subadpresa, uniforme, glabrescente esparci- da en el haz, m&s abundante en el envés, borde irregularmente cilia- do; base cuneada o apenas cordada. PedGnculos filiformes, semejantes a los pecfolos (h. 6 cm). Cimas bffidas 10-12-(40-)floras, ramas a- erescidas en la fructificaci6n (h, 6 cm). Br&écteas lineal-acuminae das, bordes hialinos, hirsuto=pubescentes (1-1,5 mm). Pedicelos ar- ticulados cerca de la base (2—3 mm). + asf llamada por la pequefiez de sus c4psulas, sh Pi VP Obs OMG gl A Vol. 29, no. 6 Sépalos verdosos, ovados o elfptico-acuminados (+ 3 x }-1 mm) o agudos raro subagudos, bordes hialinos,a menudo con una cilia en el 4&pice, glabros. Pétalos amarillos (6-7 mm) obovado~subespatulados. Estambres largos (+ 2,5 mm) ligulados por debajo de la mitad, glabros o pubescentes; los cortos (1,5~2 mm) glabros. Pistilo + del largo de los estambres mayores; estilos pilosos; estigmas ensanchados, 2=lobu- lados, capitados, papilosos; carpelos 1+2-ovulados, glabros, C4psula subglobosa (+ 3 mm) glabra, cA4liz + de su largo; carpelos membranosos, delgados, interiormente glabros, l-seminados. Semillas pardas (+ 1,5 mm), 8-costadas, estrfas transversales profundas, pe- quefios tubérculos en la intersecci6én con las costillas en zigezag. Distribuci6n geogr&éfica. Costa pacffica de Ecuador, Colombia, Pana- m& hasta México. PANAMA. Canal Zone.fsthmus of Panam&, Punta de Carachine, Seemann 1063 XII 1847 K. Chagres, Fendler 25,II~IV 1850 K,US; 26, I-II 1850 GH,MO. Rfo Chagres, 1 mil. ab. Madden Lake, Duke 4475, 7 X 1961 MO,P. Madden Dam, Ebinger 876, 13 VIII 1960 US. Las Cascadas Plantation, near summit, Standley 29618, 4 I 1924 US. Fort Sherman, betw. Chagres Batteries and Fort S. Lorenzo, Maxon and Valentine 6991, 14 VI 1923 GH,NY,US. Forest along Quebrada La Palma and Cafi6n Hill, Woodson, A2d~ len & Seibert 720, 18 VI 1938 F,GH,MO. Along banks of Rfo Indio, 70- 100 m, Dodge & Allen 17381, I 1935 BR,K,MO,P. Waterfall of Boquerén, Steyermark and Allen 17230, 30 XII 1934 BR,MO,P,S,US. Prov.Panam4, Rfo Canita, near Jenine, Duke 3838, 23 IX 1961 MO. Da- rien, Mannene, Kirkbride & Bristan 1612 y 1572, 30 IV 1968 MO. Verae guas, S. Mart{n de Porre, 2-4 mil. N Santiago, Tyson 6059, 27 XII 1968 MO. Bayano Cuna, 2 mil. fr. Piria, 120 m, Duke 14359, 23 IX 1967 MO. Rfo Tapia, Standley 28075, 7 XII 1923-11 I 1924 US.Falls of La Chorrera, Lewis et al, 5198, 5 IV 1969 MO. Near confl. Rfo Pacora and Rfo Corso, 450 m, Duke 11955, 9 VI 1967 P. Darien Rfo Chico, fr. Yaviza at junct. with Rfo Chucunaque, Burch et al. 1192, 19 XII 1966 MO. MEXICO. México. Distr. of Galeana Moreno, Camalote, 250 m, Hinton 14349, 26 VI 1939 GH,US,W. Distr. Temascaltepec, Luvianos, Hinton 3976, 25 V 1933 K. Anonas, 880 m, Hinton 4723, 19 IX 1933 GH,K. Ib., Hinton 4572, VIII 1933 GH,K,S,US. Bejuco, 610 m, Hinton 4143, 20 VI 1933 K. Galeana, Atoyac, 25-300 m, Hinton 14596, 9 VIII 1939 GH,US. Manzanillo, 10 Km fr., 30 m, leg. Worth, Morrison & Horton 8620, 8 VIII 1938 K,US. Ib., leg. Stork & Horton, UC. Comayagua, 1 Km S de la Misién, 1000 m, Molina 10938, 20 VII 1962 US. Entre Trincheras y Mon- tafiuelas, 1400 m, Molina 10883, 18 VII 1962 US. Guerrero. Distr. Mina, dense Glade Palneres, 400 m, Hinton 9098, 16 VII 1931 K,UC. Vallecitos, Montes de Oca, Hinton 10359, 24 VI 1937 GH, K,S,UC,US. Michoac4n. Near Km 153, ab. 11 mil. fr. Arteaga to Playa Azul, 720 m, Moore & Bunting 8795, 12 IX 1961 UC,US. Sinaloa. Near Coloma,Rose 3191, 13-20 VII 1897 US. Oaxaca. Array4n, 350 m, Makrinius 623, 12 VII 1926 US. San Miguel del Puerto pr. m. Pacific., Liebmann 71, XI 1942 S. 1975 Lourteig, Oxalidaceae 455 i a Fig.2. A, O. Barrelieri:a, parte de planta xl; b,env&s foliolar x2; c, fruto con c&liz x 4; Amshoff 608 P. B, O. microcarpa: a, hoja x 1; b, folfolo(izq. envés, der. haz) x2; c, parte inflorescencia xl; c; detalle x 4; d, fruto con c4liz x4;Steyermark y Allen 17230 P. C, O.Dombeii; sa, hoja xl; b,envés foliolar x2; c,parte inflorescen- cia x4; d, fruto con c4liz x2; D’Arcy 6057 P. de Faultrier del. 456 PUR Y TO7 O1Ge sd, A Vol. 295 nose 4, Gxalis Barrelieri L. Fige 2A Linnaeus, Sp, Pl. ed. 2: 642. 1763. Miller, Dict. 5: 374,378.1785. Jacquin, Monog. Oxal. 24, 14m. 3. 1794, Candolle, Prodr, 1: 690.1824. Zuccarini, Denkschr. Ak. Muench, 9: 173=4, 1825; Ib., ser. 2. 1: 268 -260. 1831. Progel in Martius, Fl. Brasil, 12(2): 504-5. 1877. Knuth, l.c. 65 psp. Konker in Pulle, Fl. Surin. 3: 49-50. 1951 Lemée, Fl. Guy. Fran¢e. 2: 164-165. 1952, Kabuye in Milne Redhead and Polhill,Fil. E.Afr. 2-3. 1971. Veldkamp in van Steenis, Fl. Males. 7 (1): 155, f. 1 f-g. 1971. [Barrelier, Plant. rar. 64, 14m. 1139. 1714 }. Acetosella Barrelieri (h.) Kze., Rev. 1: 90, 92. 1891. Lotoxalis Barrelieri (L.) Small, l.c. 49. Tipo. L&mina 1139, Barrelier, l.c. Erguida (he 1 m) pubescente. Rafces fibrosas, ramificadas, Ta- llos verdes o + viol&ceos, pubescencia amarillenta o blanca + hirsu- ta, en parte retrorsa, 4pices finamente blanquecino-hirsuto—pubescen- tes. Internodios de largo muy variado (h. 8 cm) a veces cortfsimos apareciendo las hojas subopuestas. Setas en la insercidn de los pe- cfolos., Pecfolos (h. 4 cm), ascendentes, ensanchado en la base, cana- liculados, hirsuto-ciliados en los bordes. Peciolillos carnosos (ca. 1 mm), pilosos. Raquis (he. 15 mm) hirsuto-pubescente,. Laminas disco- lores, envés + glauco, forma y tamafio variados, suborbiculadas, ob-— longas, ovadas o elfpticas (10-55 x 8=25 mm), obtusaa, raro agudas, pelos + largo esparcidos irregularmente eh el envés, generalmente ca- ducos, borde hirsuto»ciliados o sdlo en la base; base aguda, redon— deada 0 subpeltada, asimétrica. Cimas mayores que el follaje (pedén- culos h. 6,5 cm) pubescentes, bffidas, ramas h. 3 cm, 9~11-30~floras, laxifloras, paucifloras. Braécteas rojizas, lanceoladas o triangular- acuminadas (+ 2 mm), pilosas. Pedicelos (h. 2,5 mm) articulados cer- ea de la base.Bractéolas m4s pequefias adpresas al pedicelo, Flores pequefias, limbo de la corola rosado, fauce y base blanca o amarillen- ta. Sépalos verdosos a veces estrfados de rojo (3-3,5 x lxl,5 mm), lineales a ovado=oblongos, agudos, mucronados, + pubescentes, bordes hialinos. Pétalos obovado~subespatulados, unguiculados (7-9 x 3,5 mm) apenas emarginados,. Estambres largos (ca. 3 mm) + pubescentes o gla~ bros, lfgula ascendente ca. de la mitad; los cortos (1,5=2 mm) gla- bros. Pistilos 3,5 — 4 mm; ovario ovoideo, glabro, carpelos 3—4-ovu- lados; estilos pubescentes; estigmas ensanchados, bffidos, subcapita- dos, papilosos. C&psulas ovoideas (7=9 mm) membranosas, agudas, raro oblongas, glabras, c&liz de la mitad de su largo; carpelos 3-(2~4)—seminados, interiormente setoso=pubescentes. Semillas pardas, piriforme~aplana- + dedicada a J. BARRELIER (1606-1673) médico y padre dominicano fran- cés que hizo la primera descripcién y la ilustraci6n de la especie (publicaci6n prelineana) utilizadas por Linné. 1975 Lourteig, Oxalidaceae S57 das (1,5-2 mm), 8-costadas, estrfas trasversales profundas y peque= fias protuberencias sobre las costillas dispuestas en zig-zag. Distribuci6n geogr4fica. En lugares relativamente hfmedos de las An- tillas, América Central y Sudamérica tropical. Introducida en Africa y Asia tropicales y en algunas islas del Pacffico. V. carta l. PANAMA, Prov. Herrera, Road betw. Las Minas and Pese, 600 ft., Duke 12340, 14 VII 1967 MO. Prov. Panam&, 6 mil. E of Chepo, Duke 4065,28 IX 1961 MO. Highway at Rfo Mamomi, ca. & mil, bey. Chepo, Duke 5573, 11 IX 1962 MO. Bocas del Toro, Zigla Road juncthon of Chanquinola and Tuibe rivers, Lazor et al. 2513, 18 IV 1969 MO. Road to "Bomba" Almirante, Blum 1316, 15 X 1965 MO. Cerro Jefe, in cafetal, B“Arcy 3968, 8 IV 1970 MO,P. Santa Rita Ridge, Lewis et al. 5245, 6 IV 1969 MO,P. Isthmus of Panam&, leg. Seemann BM,GOTT, K. COSTA RICA, Prov. Limén, Los Diamantes on Rfo Santa Clara, 1,7 Km E of Quapiles, 200 m, Holm & Iltis 399, 11 VII 1949 A,K. Ca. 12 Km NW of Puerto Lim6n, Godfrey 66400, 12 II 1965 MO. Turrialba, 600 m, Mc Kee 11142, 3 I 1964 K,US. GUATEMALA, Patulul, 250 m, Rodrfquez 15, 26 XII 1920 P. SANTO DOMINGO. Santo Domingo, in ditches at Guibia, llano costero, Ekman 11265, 21 I 1929 A,K,S,US. San Crist6ébal, Lavastre 2187 18 VI 1966 NY. Ib,, Tiirckeim 2530, X 1909 BR. Trujillo, R.& E. Howard 9964, 11 XI 1946 GH,NY,US. Rfo Basima, jungle, Fr. Augusto 1412, 21 III 1964 A,NY. PORTO RICO. Ab, Trujillo, Alto Dam, Alain 9567, 22 VII 1962 NY. Way= side, Guavate, State Forest, 750 m, Liogier 10360, 10 XI 1963 NY. Dist. Baramon, Otero 117, 1937 A,MO. El Yunque to Florida, Km 41, Wagner 12, 1-14 II 1963 &. Ib., Km. 19,3 Wagner 180, 13 IV 1963A,U. Near Florida, Km 28,3, Wagner 516, 1 IV 1964 U. COTE D*IVOIRE. Azaguié, leg. Akké Assi 9669, 11 VII 1967 K. CAMEROUN, Nkolbison, 8 Km W Yaoundé, Centre Agronomique, J. et A. Ray— nal 9507, 8 ¥I 1963 P. “'efou, Nkolbisson, sentier, leg. Tankés Yves 1942, 10 VIII 19¥0 P. N*Kolbisson, 7 Km W of Yaoundé, 700 m, Leeuwem- berg 6048, 2 VII 1965 K,P. WAG. Road to Yaoundé, 14 Km W of Nanga Ebo- ko, 600 m, Leeuwemberg5795, 8 VI 1965 K,P,WAG. Yaoundé—Mbalmayo, San- ford 5186, 13 X 1968 K. Ib., 17 Km de Yaoundé, Mezili 75, V 1968 P. Yaoundé, dans les foss&és des rues, Jacques-F6lix9131, 17 XI 1967 K,P WAG. Prés Nanga-Eboko, bordure de route, Letouzey 5423, 16 VII 1963 P, Bertoua, 25 Km alomg road to Nnaga Eboko, Breteler 608, 5 XI 1960 A, FI,K,P,WAG. Mfomalen (19 Km E Nanga-Eboko), galerie de 1°Ewé, Je et A. Raynal 12057, 30 XI 1964 P. Mbalmayo, bord de fossé en ville, J. et A. Rayhal 10510, 15 III 1963 P, Douala, Bernardi 9044, 29 III 1962 K. Ib., Nyombe, 80 m, C.N.A.D. 2099, 29 IV 1972 P. Ab. 5 Km of Bertona, + 600 m, W.& B. de Wilde 3692, 13 X 1964 WAG. UGANDA. Kampala, 4000 ft., Snowden 1787, IX 1930 K. Ib., 3850~3900, Chandler 1989, X 1937 K. TANZANIA, Tanga Prov. Nuheza Tonwship area, Amani Hill Station, Tan- ner 2279, 2 X 1955 K,UC. Amani Parish, Tanner 2742, 16 IV 1956 K,UC. Ib., Monga, Tanner 2736, 15 IV 1956 GH,K,UC. Lushoto Distr. Monga-A- mani, E Usambaras, Drummond and_Hemsley 3433, 23 VII 1953 K. Tanga Distr., Sigi, Amani, S. Paulo 818, 21 IX 1960 K. Mibngano, Sandford 25, XI 1956 K. Amani, Verdcourt 16, 2 I 1950 K. Amani to Derema, Ka— 458 PHY T.0 .5.0'G:2 A Vol. 29, no. 6 Carte 1 buye 187, 29 VI 1970 kK. CEYLAN.Sabaragamuwa Prov., Ratnapura Dist., Kahawatta to Rakwana, 300 m, Hepper et al. 4560, 29 VI 1972 K,P,US. Ratnapura Dist., Dewalagaw wa, 330 m, Cramer 3101, 14 VIII 1970 US. Ratnapura area, Cornanor 1126, 20 III 1968 US. West. Prov. Kalutara Dist. Maggona, Cramer 2980 20 V 1970 US. Kalutara Dist. Kolana, Cramer 2718, 17 X 1969 US. Kalu- tara Dist., Ellambawatta, Matugama, Balakrishnan 1015, 21 X 1971 K,US MALASIA. Malakka, Singapore, Bot, Gardens, 70 ft., Purseglove 4044, B II 1955 A,L. Cluny Rd. Bot. Gardens, Moho Shah 1035, 14 VIII 1965 A,L. Bot. Gardens, Furtado 9 XI 1927 UC. 7 Mil. Seremban to Kuala Lam pur, T. & P. 292, 8 VII 1870 K.Singapore, 200 ft., Cantley,9 III 1886 Ke Ibs, Ridley 117, II 1889 K. Ib., Ridley I 1917 K. Ib., near Rogei Ridkey XII 1920 K. Singapore Bot. Garden, Cluny Road, Shah 1035,14 VIII 1965 LAE. SUMATRA. N. Noeden, 15-20 m, Lérzing 130 6, 17 III 1928 P. Arch. Ind. Banka, Muntol, + 20 m, Bunnemeyer 1342, 10 X 1917 L. Palembord Dist. Fjabon For. Res,, near Muara Enim, Kostermans 567, 2 II 1956 K,L. JAVA. Bruysman 11, 21 III 1918 K. Batavia, 240 m, Bakhuizen 9 XI 1924 L. Ibo, + 350 m, Bakuizen 6060, 14 VIII 1927 L. Hort. Bot. Buitenzorg 250 m, Schiffner 2109, 23 XI 1893 GH,K,L. Ib., 260 m, Schiffner 211} 1975 Lourteig, Oxalidaceae 459 Carte 1 17 XI 1893 L. Ib., fl. Tjiliwong, Schiffner 2113, I 1894 L. Ib., Schiffner 2114, 21 XII 1893 L. Buitenzorg, Boerlage, 1888 L. Ib., Hal~ lier 43 f yg, 21 1893 L. Ib., Koorders 31312 B, 16 IX 1898 L. Ib., ca. 240 m, ve Ooststroom 12557, 27 I 1950 L. Ib., v. OGoststroom 13630 15 IV 1950 L. Ib., Beatrixland, de Wit et Kraneveld 3949, 7 XI 1943 L. Bogor, Bot. Garden,Alston 12612, 3 XII 1953 K,L. Barenkok. Zeve Leuwiliang. W Buitenzorg, + 350 m, Bakhuizen 6860, 14 VIII 1927 K,P. Ib., Jeswiet 1404, 6 IX 1925 WAG. Ib., Kuntze 4376, 20 V 1875 NY. Bi- limbing=loempass, Coert 1210, 13 I 1935 A,L. Pogal, Coert 1418, 12 XII 1937 L. Bogor Depot, Soegandiredja 255, 1900 L. Bantardjaja Esta- te, 18 Km S of Rangkasbetung, Buwalda 2722, 5 V 1937 L. Bandoeng, Popta 163/36, 23 XI 1948 L. CAROLINE ISLANDS. Ponape, Agric. Stat. Glassman 2839, 14 VIII 1949 uS Ib., Glassman 2429, 2 VII 1949 US. Palau Isl. Koror, Kanehire et Hatusima 4412,IV 1938 GH. Ngerebe’ed, Koror Isl, 10 m, E. & Evans 47433, 22 VIII 1965 US. Koror Isl., Black burn 23, 20 XII 1966 US. Ib., Blackburn E9, 27 XII 1969 US. Ib., Blackburn £42, 15 XII 1966 US. Yap Isl. Woof Ngariy, 10 m, Fosberg 46309, 16 VII 1965 US. Dinay, Cu- shing 315, 30 VI 1965 US. Ib., 25 m, F. and Evans 502, 27 VII 1965 US S. of Yap High School, 0,5~0,7 mil. of Gitam, 50 m, Fosberg 46579, 27 1,60 PH Y T:0cL)0'Q 2 A Vol. 29, no. 6 VII 1965 US. Yap Group, 100 m, Hosaka 3303, 13 VII 1946 US. NUEVA GUINEA, Australian N. Guinea, E. Highlands, Taiora betw. Kainan- tu and Aiyura, 1490 m, v. Royen 4466, 9 VII 1954 L. Papua. Mesime, 200 ft., Gillison 22147, 30 XII 1964 L,LAE.Rouna, ca. 1500 ft., Carr 12487, 3 VI 1935 BM,A,K,L. 2 mil. E of Rouna, 1500 ft, Hartley 10622, 6 IX 1962 K,L,LAE. Sogeri, Bell 35, 24 III 1965 K. So= geri-Rouna divide, 2000 ft., Schodde 2856, 30 VIII 1962 K,L,LAE.Soge— ri, Hombron Bluff, 1740 ft., Womersley & Shaw 8824, 21 VII 1956 A,K, L,LAE. Yogeri Rubbdr St., Gray & Whotne 12557, 16 VI 1960 LAE,UC. Mo~ resby-Sageri Rd., 200 ft., Streimann & Kairo 51636, 11 V 1971 A,K,LAE Central Dist. Nurumai, ca. 12 Km N of Amazon Bay, Pullen 7610,16 VI 1969 A,K. Sogeri Rd. near Rouna Lookout, 300 ft., Pulsford 143, 19 IX 1969 LAE. SAMOA ISLANDS. Upolu, Tanumalala, 200 m, McKEE 3008, 13 VIII 19551. Upolu, Mt. Mangafolan, 450 ft., Sledge 1605, 8 II 1965 K,L. Upolu, near Alafua Coll., Whistler 711116—5, 16 XI 1971 US. 5. Oxalis Dombeii Saint Hilaire Fig. 2C Saint Hilaire, Fl. Bras. Mer. 1: 111.1825'") OQ. Barrelieri auct. (Savigny, etc.) non L.$ OG. darienensis Woodson, Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard. 27: 312~313. 1940. Tipo. PerG, leg. Dombey, P. Herb&cea,erguida (h. 60 cm), glabra o poco pubescente en las partes jévenes, cistolitos blancos presentes a menudo en br&cteas, bractéolas y a veces en sépalos, o pubescencaéa larga, transparente (a veces + viscosa). Rizoma delgado, cilfndrico, Rafces fibrosas + ramificadas. Tallo a veces sublefioso en la base (h. 6 mm didm.) a menudo con pelos glandulosos que pueden pasar desapercibidos si no hay secrecién. Internodios 1,5~4 mm. Hojas alternas, subopuestas o psaudoveeticiladas. Folfolos laterales + asimétricos, Pecfolos (h. 4 cm) canaliculados, a menudo angostamente alados. Raquis h. 6 mm. L4minas oblongas, obovadas o suborbiculadas (945 x 5=22 mm), gla~ bras o con finfsimas cilias y pelos sobre la eave aS en el envés; has con cistolitos blancos a veces muy notables ; 4pice obtuso o retuso; base subpeltada, apenas auriculada. Pedénculos h. 6 cm. Ci~ mas #6s largas que el follaje, bfifidas, ramas largas, 10~25-floras, laxifloras (una rama puede abortar o presentarse acortada con las bractéolas superpuestas). Br&cteas y bractéolas (+ 3 mm y 1,5-4,5 + dedicada a Joseph DOMBEY (1742-1794) médico, naturalista y etndéd— grafo francés que viaj6 en Chile y en PerG en donde recogié el tipo. (1) En OBS. de la especie O. cajanifolia St. Hilaire. (2) son los "petits points blanes" que Savigny describié en su "O. Barrelieri", lo que facilita la identificaci6n de la especie. 1975 Lourteig, Oxalidaceae 461 mm, respectiv.) folif&ceas, verdosas o estriadas de rojo, adpresas al raquis, subamplexicewles, lanceoladas, + acuminadas. Pedicelos (+ 3 mm) glabros, raro pubescentes, articulados cerca de la base. S6palos verdosos, bordes hialinos, ovado-acuminados u oblongos (4,5-7 x 1-2 mm) glabros, agudos,. Pétalos amarillo-anaranjados, ob-= ovado-subespatulados (7-13 mm). Estambres largos (+ 2,5 mm), pubes centes, lfgula delgada notable, aguda, ascendente, en la mitad infe- rior; los cortos (+ ly mm) glabros. Pistilos + 3 mm; ovario oblongo, garpelos h. 10-ovulados; estilos delgados, pubescentes; estigmas ene sanchados, subcapitados. 4 C&psula oblonga o elipsoidea (+ 10 mm), c4liz h. £3 de su largo glabra; carpelos 7-10~seminados, interiormente densa- y finfsimamente pubescente, Semillas rojizas (+ 1 mm), subpiriformes 5=6—costadas con protuberancias en zig-zag en la intersecci6n con las estrfas trans= versales. Distribuci6n geogréfica. En dunas y terrenos 4ridos y salitrosos, ra- ramente en terrenos de cultivo, de la costa pacffica y laderas del Wde los Andes de Peré, Ecuador, Islas Gal&pagos y Panama. PANAMA, Prov. del Darien, Vic. Boca de Cupe, Allen 881, 5 X 1938 ti- po QO. darienensis MO, isétipos GH,NY,P,US. Rfo Chucunaque, Larsen 215 28 I 1962 G. Betw. Cana and Boca de Cupe, vic. of El Real along Rfo Pirré, Stern et_al. 609, 16 VI 1959 GH,MO,US. Junction Rfo Peresenico and Rfo Pirre, D’Arcy (5531) 20 V 1971 MO,P. Ca. 4 mil. S of Canita, Wo & J. D’Arcy 6057, 25 VII 1972 MO,P. Ca. 10 mil. S of El Real on Rfo Pirré, Duke 5371, 4 VIII 1962 MO,P. 2=3 mil. SE of El Real, Duke 4858, 18 VI 1962 MO,P. Rfo Chico, fr. Yaviza junction with Rfo Chucu naque, Burch et_al. 1086, 19 XII 1966 MO. 6. Oxalis frutescens L. non frutescens R. et P. nec Velloso! Linnaeus, Sp, Pl. ed. 1: 435, 1753; ed. 2: 624, 1762. Miller, Dict. 5: 374, 1785 (ed, fr.). Savigny in Lamarck, Encyc. Méth. 4: 684.1797. Thunberg, Diss. Acad. Vpsalae “ab. 2: 77, 90. 1800. Poiret in Lamarck l.c. Supple: 252, 1816. Knuth, 1l.c. 73. 1930. O. Plumieri Yacquin, Oyal, Amer. 23. 1794. Willdenow, Sp. Pl. 2: 801. 1799. Acetosella frutescens (L.) Kze., lec. 92. Lotoxalis frutescens (L.) Small, l.c. 47-48. [Uxyvs lutea frutescens Trifolii bituminosi facie Plumier, Cat. Pl. 2. 1703, Rajus, Hist. 3: 548 N° 8. 1704). 13. 1755]. Urban, Rep. Sp, Nov. Beih. 5: 87, 174. 1920, Tipo. L4mina de Plumier, basada sobre un espec{men recogido en Marti =- nica. Subarbusto o arbusto (h. 1 m) cof tallo desnudo, foliado cuando los especfmenes provienen de bordes de selva; folfolos suborbiculados a ovado-oblongos, glabros o con pubescencia laxa, fina + larga. La especie varfa morfol6gicamente segGn su ecologfa lo que juss tifica el elewado nfmero de binomios creados durante m4s de dos si- 462 PH Y T/OrL0 Gris Vol. 29, no. 6 glos. Actualmente, las colecciones abundantes, de Centro y Sudamé~ rica a pesar de ciertos "blancos"(grandes extensiones)que quedan adn sin explorar, permiten un estudio de las variaciones,. Pesando los caracteres y buscando relaciones posibles no puedo conservar con rango especffico, binomios que corresponden a especf- menes que, relativamente aislados geogr4ficamente, presentan ciertas diferencias, por lo cual los he reducido a subespecies de OQ. frutes- eens L. Estas subespecies se habrfan diferenciado por evoluci6n adap- tativa. Aunque nomenclaturamente las combinaciones resultan @ependien— tes de 0. frutescens L., pienso que esas subespecies derivarf4n de una especie continental, probablemente de Sudamérica, mientras que QO. frutescens L. ssp. frutescens se habrfa diferenciado, aislada en Antillas, continuaci6n de la Cordillera de los Andes. QO. frutescens L. ssp. angustifolia (HoB.K.) Lourt. es la m&s aq bundante y la de mayor 4rea de distribucién; es la sola que retengo para Centroamérica. Lamentablemente, el tipo es una planta muy pe--~ quefia, mal desarrollada debido a condiciones ambientales adversas y que representa una minorfa de especfmenes; asf el epf{teto que lleva la prioridad resulta paradojal en su aplicaci6n, La distribucién de esta subespecie sigue las pendientes de la Cordillera de los Andes en Centroamérica, las sabanas del norte de Sudam@érica, E de Brasil, regién chaquefia de Paraguay, Bolivia y NW de Argentina. Es indudable que faltan colecciones de ciertas regio= nes. No obstante, este caso confirma una vez m&s el paso de especies entre la Serra do Mar y la Cordillera de los Andes. EHRENDORFER,en sus estudios sobre Relbunium llega a esa conclusién especialmente con R. hypocarpium (L.)Hemsley; SLEUMER con Leucothoe, Gaylussacia y Gaultheria; L. B. SMITH con diversas especies de Bromeliaceae, para no citar m4s casos similares que constituyen ejemplos de migracio-- nes tales como se citan en los Orfgenes de la Flora de Santa Catari- na ( Cf, L.B.Smith). Clave de las subespecies A. Tallos hirsuto-pubescentes (raro glabros), pelos curvos + desi- guales. a. Arbusto o subarbusto + rfgio. Fol. suborbiculados, ovados, ob- tusos, raro + retuses’ ciliados, glabros o + pubescentes.Sépa- los oblongos u ovado-oblongos, mucronados, con cilias rfgidas. a. frutescens a? Hierba o subarbusto, pubescencia variada. Hojas alternas o pseudoverticiladas. Fol. lineales, elfpticos, subagudos, u,ob- ovados + emarginados; el central notablemente mayor, los late- rales asimétricos + profundamente emarginados. Sépalos elf{pti- cos o lineales, agudos, mucronados,.........d.e angustifolia B. Tallos + adpreso~pubescentes (pelos finos), pelos hirsutos mez- clados. b. Arbusto o subarbusto. Hojas subcorifceas generalmente "fasci- culadas" en ramitas abortadas. Fol. elfpticos, densa y fina-- mente pubescentes, Sép. pilosos. Fr. dorso carpelar por lo co- MUN NT LOSO cl eicicieleieloielcleretae let eitiieiiissiocce Den pentantie 1975 Lourteig, Oxalidaceae 463 b7Subarbusto ramificado desde la base, Fol. glaucos + suborbicula- dos, oblongos u ovado~oblongos, glabros o pocos pelos sobre el nervio medio o pubescencia finfsima muy corta casi invisible, Sé- palos casi glabros, Carpelos por lo comGn glabros... c. borjensis b. Oxalis frutescens L. ssp. pentantha (Jacq. )Lourt. n. c. O. pentantha Yacquin, Mon. Oxal, 21, l&m, 1. 1794. Knuth, l.c. 61-62, Tipo. Venezuela, Caracas, ex herb. Jacqu‘n, W. Isétipo B, ex herb. Willdenow. c. Oxalis frutescens L. ssp. borjensis (H.B.K.) Lourt. n.c. QO. borjensis H.B.K., Nov. Gen. Sp. Pl. 5: 193. 1621. Tipo. Colombia, in ripa fluminis Urinoci, pr. San Borja, locis humi- dis, umbrosis, leg. Humboldt et Bonpland (841) majo, P. Isétipo B, ex herb, Willdenow sub 0. fruticosa nomen: + 6a. Oxalis frutescens L. ssp. angustifolia (H.B.K.) Lourt. Filgead - angustifolia H.B.K., l.c. 193. Candolle, l.c. 691. Zuccarini, 1. - 168, 1825; lec. 247, 1831. Knuth, &.c. 75. Neaei DC., dc. 690. Zuccarini,l.c. 177; 1.c. 262. Progel, loc. nuth, l,c. 71-72. pilosissima Turczaninow, l.c. Progel in lec psilotricha Turezaninow,l.c. Knuth, lec. 74 O, tephrodes Turezaninow, 1.c. Knuth, lec. 73. O. fasciculata Turezaninow, 1.c. 32(1): 273. 18659. Knuth, l.c. 74. Ex descript. Tipo:Ghiesbrecht 13. QO. Berlandieri Torrey, Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv. 41. 1859. Knuth, lc. 12-73. OQ. camporum Brandegee, Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 4: 377. 1913. Knuth, l.c. O. Lindheimeri Torrey ex Knuth, Not. Bot. Gart. Berlin 7: 291. 1919 ex descript. Tipo: Purpus 3608. OQ. stenomeres Blake, Contr, U.S.Nat, Herb. 24(1): 8. 1922. Knuth, l. c.430. O._ glabrata (Baker) Knuth, l.c. 292. 1919; lec. 75. 1930. O. yucatanensis (Rose) Knuth, loc. 291.1919; lec. 75. 1930. QO. praemorsa Willdenow ex Zuccarini, l.c. 1825 et Knuth, l.c. nomen in synon.! OQ. occidentalis (Rose) Knuth, l.c. 75 in synonym, Lotoxalis angustifolia (H.B.K.)Rose, Contr, U.S.Nat. Herb, 10: 115. 1906. Small, lc. 48. L. dichotoma Rose, L. occidentalis Rose, L. fasciculata (Turcz.),Le glabrata (Baker), L. Neaei (DC)Rose, lc. L. psilotricha Rose, L. tephrodes Rose, L. yucatanensis Rose, loc. 116. “ por la forma de los folfolos del especimen-tipo. xIoOIn Io - 501. Knuth, l.c. 72. ojo |co . 46h, PHY? OL 01Geis Vol. 29, no. 6 Acetosella angustifolia (H.B.K.) Kze., A. Berlandieri (DC.), A. fasciculata (Turcz.), A. Neaei (DC.), Ae psilotricha (Turcz.), A. tephrodes (Turcez.) Kuntze, lec. 92. A. pilosissima (Turcz.) Kuntze, l.c. 93. Tipo. México, Prope la Venta del Peregrino, leg. Humboldt et Bon- pland (3906) P. Isétipo B, ex herb. Willdenow. Subarbusto (h. 40 cm) o arbustito ramificado desde la base le- Aosa, hirsuto-pubescente, ramas ascendentes o tortuosas o decumben- tes. Rafz tortuosa a menudo gruesa (h. 7 mm diém.) ramificada. Ho- jas en pseudoverticilos muy acerdados o internodios largos (no Sin cm). Tallos hirsuto-pubescentes, pubescencia muy variable y desi-- gual, fina, larga. Pecfolos (10-40 mm) ascendentes pubescentes como el tallo. Raquis 0,2-10 mm. Folfolos verde glauco o + purptreos, el central dos veces o m4s el largo de los laterales, elfpticos, sub- agudos u obovados, retusos 0 emarginados (10-45 x 4— 20 mm), los laterales asimétricos oblongos, emarginados, lébulos obtusos o sub-- agudos (4~20 x 1,5-10 mm), raro elfpticos; pubescencia densa en am- bas faces 0 haz glabrescente o glabro, algunos especfmenes poco pu- bescentes, s6lo sobre la nervadura media y con cilias largas. Ci- mas algo mayores que el follaje (+ 2,5 cm), 3~7— (11-15-) floras, ramas acortadas (+ 1 cm) a veces una aborta, subumbeliformes. Br&c- teas (1,5 mm) y bractéolas (+ 1 mm) lineal-acuminadas. PedG&nculos h. 3,5 cm. Pedicelos (+ 5 mm) pilosos, articulados a + 1 mm de la base. Fig. 3. O. frutescens ssp.angustifolia: a, parte de planta x 1; b, hoja x 1; c, folfolo (izq. haz, der. envés) x 2; d, fruto con c4- liz x 8. b, Galeotti 3981, P; a,c,d, Hinton 9094.de Faultrier del. 1975 Lourteig, Oxalidaceae 65 S6palos elf{pticos, agudos mucronados o lineales (3-5,5 x#1,5 mm) pilosos h. glabros, los internos + glabros, 4pice ciliado. Pé— talos amarillos 24-3 veces el largo de los s&épalos, obovado-ungui- culados, apenas retusos. Estambres largos (+ 3 mm) pilosos, 1f{qula aguda ca. la mitad, los cortos (+ 1,5 mm) soldados h. 4. Pistilos 4,5 mm. pilosos; ovario ovoideo; estilos pilosos, estigmas 2tfidos, capitados. C&psulas ovoideas u oblongas (5~6 mm exc. cA4ps. ¢6n carpelos 1 -seminados; raro 8 mm si carpelos 5-semimados),c&liz generalmente la mitad de su largo 0 h. 4/5; carpelos setosos en el dorso, interior- mente cort£simamente pilosos, 13Seminados (muy raro glabros). Semi- llas pa rdas (1,5-2 mm) ovoideo-apiculadas, 8—-costadas, 10-12 estrfas horizontales, profundas, finas protuberancias en las intersecciones en zig-zage OBS. El tipo de O. stenomeres asf{ como Jones & Proctor Facey 3116 y Dwyer et al. 440 son glabros (tallos y hojas) salvo las axilas fo- liares y los tallos muy jdévenes. Distribucién geogr&fica. En terrenos pobres, arenosos, pedregosos y Sabanas y campos. Desde Texas en la frontera con México, Améri- ca Central, N de Sudam@érica, E de Brasil h. Rfo de Janeiro y hacia el W por Paraguay, Bolivia hasta el NW de Argentina (Tucum4n, Cata- marca). "yerba de conejo","agrillo","comino","nacillo"en Centroamérica, "chihechakan", "toch-chakan" en México. ESTADOS UNIDOS, Texas. Rfo Nueces, Berlandier 2524, lectotipo O.Ber- landieri GH; isétipos K,P,US. Cerca del Rfo de las Nueces, Berlan— dier 1094, IV 1831 GH,K. Near San Antonio Viejo, sandy places, Schott 149 pep. VI 1851 F. Pena, Wall, 10 VIII 1935 S. Ib., sand hills, Prin gle 2407, 10 VIII 1889 BM,GH,K,NA,PENN,P,US. Ib., Nealley 289, 1889 US. Ibe, Nealley 23, 1891 US. Ib., Nealley 98, VIII 1892 US. Cameron Co., Mifflin, Lewton 181, 13 IV 1905 NA,US. Riviera, Tharp 3510, 3 VII 1925 US. N edge of Hidalgo Co., 300 ft., Runyon 879, 17 VII 1925 US. 30 mil. S of Hebbronville, Tharp 6400, 15 VI 1928 US. Ib., 17 mil. E, Tharp, 25 VI 1941 GH. Brooks Co., S of Rachal, Sta. Fe Ranch, Lundell 14916, 21 IV 1949 GH,US. Brooks CO., Hamby 695, 5 IV 1940 NA. Kim Higg Co., Hamby 7273, 3 IV 1940 NA. Duval, E Crestonia, Barkley 13775, 19 IX 1943 NA. Kennedy Co., Yturria, C.L. & A.A.sLune dell 8712, 6 V 1940 NA. Brooks, 6,4 mil Falfurrias, Cory 14699, 8 VI 1935 GH. Brooks, 2} mil. S Barroso, Cory 14172, 7 VI 1935 GH. New Mexico. Valley of the Rfo Grande, bel. Dofiafia, Parry et al. (Boundary Comm. 133a or 1633 a?) GH. MEXICO. Leg. Liebman 73, 1841-43 S. Mirador, Liebman 76, X 1841 US. Leg. Pavén, ex herb. Mocifio y Sessé, BM. Sonora. Paso Mayo, Wawra (Kais. Maximilian Reise) 857, W. Soledad, Wawra 157, W. Sinaloa. Mazatl4n, Ortega 7289, VII 1934 K,US. Ib., Rose, Standley & Russell 13825, 31 III 1910 US. Betw. Rosario and Concepcién, Ro- se 3265, 27 VII 1897 tipo 0. occidentalis US. Ib., Rose 1539, 6 VII Along the Trinidad River near Liberty, Small & Wherry 11777, 11 IV pertenece a este t&xon, segdGn M. Johnston etiqueta errénea! 466 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 6 1897 US. Near Coloma, Rose 1650, 14 VII 1897 tipo Lotoxalis dicho- toma US. Ibo, Rose 3237, 21 VII 1898 US. Concordia, 546 m, Trejo 1080 IX 1919 US. Cerro Tecomate, W of Pericos, Scott Gentry 5/57, 29 II 1940 GH,US. Nayarit. Sierra Madre, near Sta. Teresa, Territorio de Tepic, Rose WA WAGON! ashy (ssc Colima. Manzanillo, Palmer 1008, 2-18 III 1891 GH,K,US. Ib., near Cuyutl4n, Ferris 6162, 28 XI 1925 GH,US. Mexico. Temascaltepec, Anonas, 880 m, Hinton 4574, 23 VIII 1933 BM, GH,K,S,US. Luvianos, Hinton 3976, 25 V 1933 BM. Tamaulipas. Aldama, Las Yucas, Dressler 1891, 19 VII 1957 GH. Ib., near Paso Lajas, Dressler 2331 b, 10 X 1957 GH. Puebla. Near T »nuacén, Rose & Ha & Hay 5911, 1,2 VIII 1901 K,US. Ib., near meaeicneeaciant on Cerro Agujereado, 1000-18000 m,Smith et al.3592, 3593, 3612, 3635,3732 y 3751, VII 1961 US. Tehuac&n, Purpus 1231, VI-VII 1905 GH. Ib., Galeotti 3999 A, VIII 1840 P. Ey Riego, Pur- pus 5855, VI 1912 BM,GH,US. Near SEnTenuacen: JN. and J._S. Rose ow Painter 9968, 30 VIII-8 IX 1905 US. Ib., J.N. & J.S.Rose 11248, 1 IX 1906 US. Veracruz. 20 mil. SE of Xalapa, Barkley et al. 2620, 3 VIII 1947 F. Cordillera, savanes, 3000 ped., Galeotti 3991, VI-X 1840 K,P,US, i” s6tipos 0. tephrodes. Zacuapén, Linden 809, VII 1838 tipo O. psilo- tricha , isétipo K. Ib., Purpus 7501, VII 1915 GH,US. Bafios del Carrizal, Purpus 6038, VIII 1912 tipo 0. camporum US. Isétipos BM, GH,NY,US. Vic. of Pueblo Viejo, 2 Km S of Tampico, Palmer 536, l, 2 VI 1910 BM,GH,K,US. Acayuy4n, Ross 10, 3 VII 1962 US. Vole. Tux- tla, 2000 ft., Nelson 483, 13 V 1894 US. 2 Km Plan del rfo Jalapa, 300 m, Nevling & Gémez Pompa 46, VII 1967 GH. Coatzacoalcos, Isth- mus of Tehuantepec, C. Smith 1062, IV 1895 GH. Veracruz, Houston a. 1730 BM. Orizaba. San Juan, Bourgeau V 1866 P. Guerrero. Montes de Oca, Petatl4n, Hinton et al. 10329, 17 VI 1937 K,S. Pr. Venta del Peregrino, flum. Papagayo, Humboldt et Bonpland 3906 tipo 0. angustifolia P. Isdétipo B. Acapulco, Née tipo O. easi, G; isétipo B,K. 4 mil. of Acapulco, Barkley et al. 28, 20 VIII 1947 F. Puerta de Oro, &50 m, Hinton 9094, 15 VII 1936 GH,K, NY,S. Galeana, San Luis, chaparral, Hinton 10880, 2 XI 1937 GH,K, US. Mina, Pino, Hinton 10467, 17 VI 1937 GH,K,US. Acapulco & vic. Palmer 262 X 1894~III 1895 GH,K,US. Acapulco, dans le pare & char~ bon, Thiébaut 1145, P. Petatl4n, Hinton 10329, 17 VI 1927 GH,US. La Caleta-Acapulco, Langman 3353, II 1941 NA. QGaxaca. San Pedro Nolasco, 7500 pedes, Galeotti 3981, 1840 P. Cétes Pacifique, Cordillera, Galeotti 3984 p.p. IX 1839 P. Ca. Tehuante- pec, Andrieux 480, IX-IV 1834 K,W. Ib., Andrieux 460, 1834 P. Ib., Orcutt 3330, 19 IV 1910 BM,K,US. Ib., Orcutt 6462, 19 IV 1910 US. Ib., Alexander 334, 13 I 1945 US. Ib., 10-12 Km E of Niltepec, Mer- rill King 1791, 18 VII 1959 US. 2-4 Km E Tehuantepec, to Oaxaca, M Merrill King 1181, 1 VII 1959 US. 16 Km E Tehuantepec, 50 m, Merrill King 1382, 7 VII 1959 US. 10-12 Km E Tehuantepec, to Oaxaca, Merrill King 1223, 2 VII 1959 US. 2 mil. N Mixteguilla, 50 m, Merrill King 2881, 14 VI 1960 US. La Ventosa, 7 Km E Salina Cruz, ca. 50 m, Mer= 1975 Lourteig, Oxalidaceae 67 rill King 1261, 3 VII 1959 US. 4 Km NE Tehuantepec, 50 m, Merrill King 1316, 5 VII 1959 US, 13 Km NE Tenuantepec, Merrill King 1426, 8 VII 1959 US, 2 Km E Zonatepec, 50 m, Merrill King 1914, 21 VII 1959 US, 4@5 Km E Juchitan, Merrill King 1580, 12 VII 1959 US, Sa- lina Cruz, 40 ft., Fisher 35304, 24 VIII 193? S, US. Tomellin Ca- nyon, 3000 ft., Pringle 4811, 31 VII 1894 GH,K,P,S. Tomellin Cafén Rose & Hough 4685, 24 VI 1899 US. Ibs, J.N. & J.S. Rose 11324, 7 IX 1906 US. Ib., Pringle 4811, 31 VIII 1894 BM,US, Near Tomellin, JN. & JS. Rose & Painter 10036, 4,5 IX 1905 GH,US. Ab Lagunas, 850 ft., Nelson 2651, 5 VI 1895 US. Betw, Guichocovi & Lagunas,Nel- son 2747, 27 VI 1895 US. San Ger6nimo, 200 ft., Nelson 2765, 1-8 VII 1895 GH,US. Ib., Mell 2137, 7 X 1933 US. Juchitan, Rancho Las Anonas, Seler 1984, 2 II 1896 GH,US. Puerto Angel, Rexo 3806, 28 IX 1917 US. Ib., Morton & Makrinius 2606, 12 IV 1933US. 3-4 Km W Ixtaltepec, 50 m, Merrill King 1510, 10 VII 1959 US. Cuicatlén, Cuesta de Quistepec, 1000 m, Conzatti 4028}, 16 VII 1920 US. Cui- catl4n, 2000 ft., Smith 509, 15 VII 1895 GH,US. Ib., 600 m, Gon- z&lez 977, 16 IX 1899 GH. Santa Catalina, Rusby 28, 14 VII 1910 US Dist. Tuxtepec, Chiltepee & vic. 20 m, Calder6n 138, VII 1940-II 194I GH, US. Dist. Tlacolula, pr. Zoquitl4n, C.& D. Seler 75, VI 1888 GH. Chiapas. Aguacate Palenque, Matuda 3820, 16-18 VII 1939 GH. Banks of Rfo Lagas, 4 mil. SW Soyalo,Breedlove 6560, 26 VII 1964 P. Sa- yatitl4n R., 3 mil. NW Pinola, Breedlove 7090, 22 VIII 1964 P.Tra= pichito, near Comit&n, 1350 m, Matuda 5662,2 VI 1945 LL. Sierra de Tonala, Picacho San Gerénimo, Purpus 6633, X 1913 BM,GH,NY,US, WAG. Hac. Monserrate Purpus 9233, IX 1923 NY. Ca. 30 mil. E Tux- tla Gutiérrez,4600 ft., Webster 11694, 24 VI 1962 U. Ib., ab. 9 mil, €, Merrill King 2770, 9 VI 1960 US. E1 Chorreaderg,5,6 mil. E Chiapa de Corzo, 2500 ft., Laughlin 1121, 21 VI 1966 US. Hondu= ras, near Siltepec, 1500 m, Matuda 4404, 9 VII 1941 A,US. San Bar- tolomé, Goldman 776, 22 III 1904 US.Petapa, Goldman 1022, 29 v 1904 US. Santa Margarita, Mell 2022, 15 III 1933 US. Michoac&n. El Muleto, Langlassé 213, 30 VI 1898 GH,K,P,US. Yucat4n. Izamal, Gaumer 715, VI 1895 tipo L. yucatanensis US.Is6- tipos A,BM,GH,R,P,S,UPS. Ib., Gaumer a, 1898 K, Chichankanab, Gau- mer 1925 BM, GH,K,P,S,US. Mérida-Uxmal Rd. Km 40, E.L. & A.A.Lun- dell 8091, V-VIII 1938 US. Ib., Souza Novelo 82, VII 1939 NA. San Anselmo, Gaumer 1926, US, Chithen Itza, Bequaert 44, 7 VI 1929 A, BRITISH HONDURAS. S. d., Peck,1905-7 GH. Belice. Cabbage Hall, ca, 1500 ft.y Dwyer et al. 440, 21 III 1967 P, Belize-Cayo Rd., Gentle 9720, 17 IV 1950 LL. Near Minatee, Gentle 3410, 5 X 1940 GH. E1 Ca yo, Chanek 212, 1933 K. El Cayo Dist., Augustine, Mt. Pine Ridge, Hunt 2, 26 VIII 1959 US. Cayo, Central Farm, Proctor 29623, 3 XII 1968 BM. El Cayo Dist. Mt. Pine Ridge, Mai Forest. Lookout, Hedger 212, 15 VIII 1866 BM. All Pines, 5 ft., Schipp 754, 10 V 1931 BM, Hattieville, Sorensen 7098S, 18 VIYY 1972 US. GUATEMALA. Quatemala. Guatemala, Serre, P. Ib., 5000 pp. Shannon 4702, V 1892 GH, US. Ib., Sutton Hayes,VI 1860 GH. Barranca de Chi- mantl&, 4000 ft., Donnell-Smith 2516, V 1892 K,US. Barranca del Za- pote, Bernouilli 310, I 1866 K. Ib., Rodrfquez 800, 1919 P. Concep- 468 PH Y T:0:Li01G- Ts Vol. 29, no. 6 ci6n, JR. Johnston 545, 8 I 1937 P. Santa Rosa. Santa Rosa, 3000 pp., Heyde & Lux 2991 V 1892 GH,K,MO, US. Jutiapa. Atescatempa, 3000 ft., Heyde & Lux 6312, IV 1894 GH,K,MO, US. Solola. Patulul, 250 m, Rodrfquez 15, 26 XII 1920 P. Cocales, 250 m, Rodrfquez 2131, P. Santa B&rbara, 1370 pd., Shannon 150, VIII 1891 US. Suchitepequez. Las Animas, 650 ped., Shannon 232, IX 1891 US. Ib., 3-4 leguas fr. Mazatenango, Maxon & Hay 3449, 16 II 1905 US. Retalhulen. Mulud, Kellerman 4985, 13 II 1905 US. Quezaltenango. S. José de Buena Vista, Costa Cuca, 900 m, Rodrf- guez 351, 18 II 1920 P. Ib., Rodrfquez 1803, 1 II 1920 P. Huchuetenango. Nenton, C. & E. Seler 2952, 23 V— 1896 GH,US. Escuintla. Eseuintla, 1100 ft., Donnell-Smith 1981,I1II 1890 GH,K, MO,NY,US. El BaGil, 350-1000 m, Tonduz y Rojas 52, 3 III 1921 MO,US. Hozelia, 1112 p., Morales Ruano 501, 1 VIII 1926 US. San Gabriel, 1900 m, Conzatti 329, 13 VI 1897 GH,US. Baja Verapaz. Santa Rosa, 5000 ped., v. Ttirckheim 1440, IX 1888 GH, K,NY,US. Ibe, 1600 m, v. Tiirckweim II 2309, VII 1908 US, Ca. Salama, 504, 1 XII 1924 US. Ib., Cuesta de Cachil, 1200-1600 m, Pittier 159 Petén, Tikal Nat. Park, Bajo de Santa Fe, in pinal, Contreras 1259, 14 VII 1960 LL, S. Pop Rd., Km 5, Sta. Elena, Contreras 5515, 5 ITI 1966 P. La Libertad, Lundell 3615, 4 VI 1933 K,NY,S,US. Tikal, 5 Km Sta. “lena, Tun Ortiz 518, 4 I 1970 P. Santa ‘lena a S. Andrés, Km 18, Tun Ortiz 1160, 28 V 1970 BM,MO. Iz&bal. Gual4n> 620 ft., Deam 6321, 17 VI 1909 GH,MO,US. Ib., 420 ft., Deam 13 I 1905 GH. Vic. Lago Is4bal to Los Mariscos, 600 m, Jones, Proctor & Facey 3116, 26 IV 1966 U. Los Amates, Blake 7309, 9 V 1919 US. Ib., to Iz4bal, Blake 7791, 31 V 1919 tipo 0. stenome- res US, Cristina, Blake 7638, 23 V 1919 US. Santa Lucfa, O. & 1. Degener 26483, 19 IX 1959 US. Chiché, Lundell 3714, 8 VI 1933 S. HONDURAS. El Parafso. Galeras,830 m, L.O. Williams & Molina 10213, 4 VIII 1946 A,MO. Sierra El Chile, entre El Junquillo y El Robledal Quebrada El Coyol, 1300 m, Molina 14179, 12 VI 1964 US. Atlantida. Lancetilla Valley, near Tela, 20-600 m, Gtandley 53058, 6 XII 1927-20 III 1928 US. Betw. Tela and Lancetilla, 80 ft., Yun- cker 4637, 18 VII 1934 MO. Vic. Tela, Mitchell 127, 3 VI 1926 GH. Santa B&rbara.San Pedro Sula, 1000 pp.,Thieme 5171, VI 1888 US,GH. Ib., Thieme 247, 25 IX 1887 F. Ib., Bangham 329, 11 VIII 1929 GH. Moraz&n. Zamorano, 800 m, L.O. Williams & Molina 19363, 19 VIII 1946 A,MO, Ib., 2 Km S of EAP Campus, Pfeifer 1600, VIII 1960 US. Near Pedregal, 850 m, Molina 120, 14 VI 1947 GH. Cortés. Cacholoma, 100 m, Molina 6674, 19 IV 1956 US. Capital. Santa Inés, near Samarano, M. & J. Hern4ndez 5133, 27 IV 1970 GH. Tegucigalpa, Barkley & Ertha 40692, 17 VI 1970 GH. Choluteca. La Laguna, 450 m, Williams & Molina 10859, 17 XI 1946 GH. Marcos de Col6n, Barkley & Ramfrez 40514, 6 VI 1970 GH. 469 Lourteig, Oxalidaceae 1975 - frutescens ssp. +++ 0. angustifolia scopsria + pinetorum Carta 2. 5 ek = Q 2 | NY By | = “J Pier | 4,70 PH ¥ 7.0 L0G) 1 2k Vol. 29, no. 6 Toledo. Dist. Monkey Riv. near Jenkins Creek, Gentle 4466, 21 IX 1942 GH. Cosmaquaya. Vic. Siguatepeque, 1050 m, Yuncker et al. 5581, 1 VIt 1936 GH,K,MO,S. Ib., 1080-1400 m, Standley 56252, 14—=27 II 1928 US. Cop4n. La Florida to Hac. Esp£ritu Santo, Blake 7402, 14 V 1919 US. Dep. Gracias. Hjalmarson a. 1852 S. Gulf of Fonseca, Legis Island, Sinclair a. 1847 BM,K. Pine Land at Los Dragos, 600 ft., Howard et al. 564, 29 VI-l1OVIII 1951 A,BM.2,5 Km W of Amapala, 10 m, Horton & Morrison 8856, 17 VII 1938 K,US. Near Agu&n Riv., below Coyoles, Yuncker et al, 8114, 29 VI 1938 MO. Aguas Calientes, Deam 6130, 2 VI 1909 GH. a. 1853 S. San Jacinto, Velasco 8867, IV 1905 US. San Martfn to La- guna de I}opango, Standley 22514, 1 IV 1922 US. San Salvador, 650- B50 m, Standley 23264, 30 III-24 IV 1922 &H,MO,US. Ib., Standley 19392, 20 XII 1921-4 I 1922 US. Ib., Standley 19560, 20 XII 1921-4 I 1922 GH,US. Vic. San Salvador, Standley 20447, 2-7 II 1922 GH,US Ib., Calder6n 819, 1922 US.Ib., Calderén 264,VI 1921 GH,US. Ib., Ciudad Universitaria,McKee 11354, 7 II 1964 P,US. La Uni6n. La Uni6n, near coast, Grant 705, 11,12 XII 1940 A, F. Na- huizalco, Hartman 66, 22 I 1968 S. Chonchagua, 1200 m, Wall 17 I 1928 S. Vic. La Unién, 150 m, Standley 20840,13-21 II 1922 GH,US. Sonsonate. Rd. to Cerro Verde, betw. Loma Chata and San Isidro,800 m, Molina & Montalvo 21686, 25 II 1968 F. Vic. Izalco, 200-600 m, Pittier 1922, 14 II 1907 US. Ib., Standley 218606, 29,24 III 1922 GH,US. Vic. Armenia, Standley 23437, 18 IV 1922 GH,US. Vic. Sonso- nate, Standley 21993, 18-27 III 1922 GH,US. Santa Ana. Vic. Santa Ana, 655-900 m, Standley 20437, 28-30 I 1922 GH,S,US. Vic. Matap4n,ab. 370 m, Standley & Padilla 3310, 29 I-1 II OVE TF San Vicente. Vic. San Vicente, 400-500 m, Standley & Padilla 3475, 7-14 II 1947 F. Ib., Standley 21389, 211 III 1922 US. San Miguel. Volc4n San Miguel, finca Max Haltmayer, 600 m, Tucker S6Srw22 eh N94 2 IK PE Us. La Libertad. Vic. of Ateos, Standley 23379, 17 IV 1922 US. NICARAGUA. Leg. Tate, a. 1867~8 K, Leg. Wright, a. 1853-6 P, US. Managua.Betw. Managua and Sabana Grande, Greeman 5690, 27 II 1922 MO. Env. de Grenada, 40 m, Levy 101, VII 1869 P. Sierra de Managua 600-900 m, Garnier A 874, IV 1932 US. Vic. of Managua, Garnier A 1186, VIII 1932 US. Managua,Chaves 389, 8 IX 1929 US, Near Granada Maxon et al. 7469, 2 VII 1923 US. Ib., Mt. Mombache, 400 m, Grant 764, 23 XII 1940 GH. Casa Colorada S of Managua, 250 m, Maxon et al. 7454, 27 VI 1923 US. Momotombo, C.L.Smith 116, 28 V 1895 GH. Chinandega. Chinandega, Baker 170, 13 I 1903 GH,MO. Ib., Baker 614 1903 US. Ameya, Maxon et al. 7164 y 7116, 19-21 VI 1923 GH,US, Masaya. Lake Masaya, Seymour & Atwood 3314, 11 I 1970 GH,BM. Matagalpa. 5-10 Km Woof Matagalpa, 600-700 m, L.O.Williams et al. Peds, ls) w NeYSs) [RG 1975 Lourteig, Oxalidaceae 471 Carazo. Casa Colorada, Seymour 553, 12 XII 1968 GH. Zelaga. Rio Grande, Tio Samuel, Molina 2292,22 IV 1949 GH. COSTA RICA. Leg. Serre, P. Llanos de TurfGcares, versant Pacifique, Hacienda de Nuestro Amo, Pittier 16343, I 1902 US. Collines de Nie coya, Tonduz 13506, III 1900 BM,GH,K,P. Ib., Tonduz 13960,BM,US. Nicoya, 200 m, Cook & Doyle 663, 22 I 1903 US. Bords dy chemin de Nicoya, Tonduz 13917, IV 1900 BM. Murciélago Bay, Howell 10214, 2 VITO 1932 US: Guanacaste. 5 Km N of Liberia, Burger 6118, 4 VII 1968 F. Bahfa El Coco, Bahia Playa Hermosa and Sardinal, 0-150 m, W.C. & M. Burger T7158, 29-31 VII 1971 F. Vic. of Cafias, Daubemire 151, 5 IX 1969 F. Ib., Godfrey 67009, 11 III 1965 MO. Cafias Rd., 5 Km SE of Liberia, Harris 83, 1966 F. 8 Km NE of Liberia, Harris 98 y 124, 1966 F. En- tre Cafias y Bagaces, 100 m, Jiménez 974, 1 VIII 1963 F. Ab. 5 Km S of La Cruz, 260 m, Weston 5011, 10 VI 1967 F. 5-15 Km S of La Cruz, + 150 m, L.O.Williams et al. 26416, 1 I 1964 F,. Bahfa Santa Elena, Rfo Guajiniquil, 50-200 m, L.O.Williams et al. 26724, 5 I 1964 F. San José. Santa Ana, Hac. La Lindora, 810 m, Jim@énez 220, 10 IX 1961 F. Quebrada de la Muerte, entre Santa Ana y Villa Colén, Ji-~ ménez 3510,22 XII 1965 F. Puntarenas. Entre Mata de Limén y Cerro de las Mesas, 60 m, Jiménez 713, 1 VI 1963 F. Surubres.Prés San Mateo, 200 m, Biolley 4048 III 1891 us. PANAMA. Panam&.Near Paya Rfo Mar, 10-100 ft., Duke 11783, 3 VI 1967 MO,US. Near Rfo Mar, 5-20 m, Duke 12408, 13 VII 1967 MO. Pla- ya near Rfo Mar, Ebinger 497, 19 VII 1960 F. Bocas del Toro. Nievecita, Woodson & Schery 1029, 3=20 VIII 1940 tipo 0. coccinea MG, isdétipos NY,US. Cocle. 4=6 Mil. E of Nat&, 10-25 m, Duke 12402, 13 VII 1967 MO. Na- t&, Seemann 1227, III 1848 K, Penohomé, Ebinger 996, 25 VIII 1960 F,MO. Rfo Grande, 10 mil. E Nat&, Tyson 5277, 4 I 1969 MO. THE TAXONOMIC POSITION OF ASPARAGUS L. A. El-Gazzar* and A.A. Badawi** Introduction Asparagus is one of the largest genera of Liliaceae, with some 300 species concentrated in various parts of the Old World and charac— terized by the reduction of leaves into small scales or spines with groups of yreen assimilating cladodes in their axils (Airy Shaw, 1966). Because of this morphological peculiarity this genus was put in the same sub-family or tribe with Ruscus, Danae and Semele by all authors (e.g. Lindley, 1853; Bentham and Hooker, 1862 — 83; Krause, 1930; Rendle, 1953; Melchior, 1964) except Hutchinson (1934) who isolated Ruscus, Danae and Semele (with united stamens, extrorse anthers and inflorescences emerging on the surface or margins of cladodes) in a separate family (the Nuscaceae), thus leaving Asparagus as the only genus in his Liliaceae—Asparageae with free stamens, introrse anthers and inflorescences free from cladodes. In doing so, Hutchinson overlooked the numerous similarities between Asparagus and Ruscaceae on one hand, and the several dissimilarities between this genus and the rest of Liliaceae on the other. These dissimilarities have been recently regarded by Dahlgren (1974) as sufficient to justify the removal of Asparagus from Liliaceae to a mono-generic family, the Asparagaceae. In the course of a taxonomic study of Liliaceae sensu lato, novel evidence from the plants' characters has accumulated to decide where Asparagus fits best. Material and methods The widest concept of Liliaceae-Asparagoideae is that of Krause (1930) with 26 genera, four of which (Medeola, Paris, Scoliopus and Trillium) have been isolated as the Trilliaceae, and three (Ruscus, Danae and Semele) as Hutchinson's Ruscaceae. We have been able to procure specimens of 28 species representing 9 (Asparagus, Aspidistra, Clintonia, Convallaria, Disporum, Maianthemum, Polygonatum, Reineckea and Streptopus) of the remaining 19 genera of this sub-family, as well as fresh and herbarium material of 4 Kkuscus spp. and 21 species from 10 genera representing the rest of Liliaceae sensu stricto, making a total of 53 species and 20 genera. Epidermal strips from mature leaves and cladodes were cleared in warm lactic acid, and semi-permanent pollen preparations were made according to the method of [Franks and Watson (1963). Voucher specimens are kept at the herbaria of Cairo and Al-Azhar Universities. * Department of Agricultural Botany, Faculty of Agriculture, Al-Azhar University, Cairo. **Botany Department, Faculty of Science, Ain Shams University, Cairo. 72 1975 El-Gazzar & Badawi, Position of Asparagus 473 The characters and their taxonomic distribution The following characters have been recorded comparatively for the species, and the results are given as Table 1: 1. leaves reduced to spines or scales + / not so —- 2. cladodes present + / absent - 3. associated stomata present + / absent — 4. exine granulose + / smooth - 5. fruit capsule + / globose berry - 6. chromosome number (basic number for Gagea in parentheses) The term ‘associated stomata' is used here (after Chappet and Guyot, 1969) to describe the groups of two or more stomata whose guard cells are in direct contact with each other, and is synonymous with the term ‘contiguous stomata' used by Gopal and Shah (1970) who found these stomata in the cladodes of 4 Asparagus spp. (A. gonoclados, A. plumosus, A. racemosus and A. sprengeri). All four species have been re-examined by us and the results are in full agreement with the findings of Gopal and Shah. However, to further ensure the reliability of the presence or absence of these stomata as a taxonomic character, several specimens of Asparagus officinalis (from Egypt, Finland, France and Switzerland) and A. aphyllus (from Egypt, Jordan and Libya) have been examined and all possessed this feature, indicating that it is constant for the spec-— ies regardless of their geographical ‘istribution. Furthermore, when these stomata are present they are sufficiently abundant not to be missed, thus obviating the need to determine their frequency relative to that of single stomata. The information in Table 1 has also been supplemented by data on the gross morphology of one species from each of Danae and Semele as given by Hutchinson (1969), while the chromosome counts (in column 6) are quoted from Darlington and Wylie (1955), Ornduff (1967 and 1968), Love (1973 and 1974) and Moore (1973 and 1974). The facts in Table 1 speak for themselves: a correlation exists between the recorded characters so that the species fall into two clearly definable groups; Group I takes in all representatives of Ruscaceae and Asparagus from Liliaceae, and Group II incorporates the rest of Liliaceae. Members of Group I are characterized by reduced leaves, the presence of cladodes, associated stomata, globose berries, smooth exine and chromosomes constantly in multiples of 10, whereas those of Group II have green foliage leaves, no cladodes or associated stomata, loculicidal or septicidal capsules (rarely berries), granulose exine and chromosomes in multiples of 6, 7, 8, 9, 11 and 19. The multitude of chromosome counts scored for other genera and species of the two families are also in keeping with this finding, which shows that the present sample has not in any way been biased. This correla-— tion between seemingly unrelated characters is further substantiated by the morphological variation in the subterranean stems of the plants (not shown in Table 1). Thus in all members of Group I these stems are sympodial rhizomes with conspicuous internodes, whereas in Group II they are mostly bulbous or short rhizomes carrying radical leaves. 7h PHYTOLOCGIA Vol. 29, no. 6 Table 1. Comparative observations on 6 characters recorded for 55 species from 22 genera of Ruscaceae and Liliaceae sensu stricto. Columns 1 — 6 correspond with characters 1 — 6 in text respectively; column 7 shows the family to which a species belongs, L = Liliaceae, R = Ruscaceae. species Ly 23 455 6 7 Group I Danae racemosa Medic. . . .« «© © « + + - 40 R Semele androgyna (L.) Kunth . . . . + + - R Ruscus aculeatus L. . . . »© © «© »« *+ + + = = 40 R R. alexandrinus J. Motte... ..++#++-=-- R Row hypoplossumels ie) 6) ce ote ee on maim 40 R R. ponticus Woronow Bae. Uae ie Shee New Gch etch: tae aien R Asparagus abyssinicus (A. Rich.) Hochst. + + + - - L PTA OU ich el eit vel vel fell lem eh we poe, Cote ch Py iene Fi L Ko SepeyAUeibs 99 6 9 0 6 6 9 OG AP RD ep mS L Aeibrachyphylluslurezs (3) 6 «6 « +f t= = 40 L A. _crispus Lam. Hh ak hed ote tele sietences pee oe ea tan! ohm L No oe MNORIS e606 0 O60 GO O60 Oo 6 VY ww sp oS OS L A. flagellaris (Kunth) Baker . . . + + + = = L A. _gonoclados Baker a uch Mot) ee te). pte CR pie Aves L AMmimaracGimus (Ias,)ehates es ne eh) en ct Che an i A. medeoloides Thunb. bo el ep cep teh ho 4 Me Bee 20 L Meo fficinalats ii Ya 9 ue et fe oe we a 20 L AG eee DLUMOS US Daler al. es menor ete ono nent 20 L A. racemosus Willd. Eee ye eh rey Be Ste ctr che eee me L A. scaberulus A. Itich. Pe eC i, ne Ae L A. _springeri Kegel os 6 6 6 6 (ose ee ao S 60 L ARMeSiG Le PUL ATES RO SICe is) ve) oon re et tetra imo 20 L aA. tenuifolius Lam. We sees: Cie Geneects | Ch ea ck 20 L AWmaitetraronusaBreslierge. fe) i esta te te L A. umbellatus Link Pee ee eee eee ee oe, ae 20 L Io Sey) BENE og GO L Group II Aloe arborescens Mill. . . . «© «© » = = = + + 28 L A. ciliaris Haw. He ERs SRCGUn Oy acd Seca ee 42 L Ae meLuirAsy (Derger)” cs! vee) fe ee em ee L A. __grandidentata Salm—Dyck . . - » = = = + + 14 L Ns fem eeors i Wel Gg) G6 6 bo G6 GS Si af Ge L INSU SECS IS UM Ciclo GS Meo do OG Be enoeLGl ot S38 eS) agen L ING Ceressle BEG G 606 oo 16 0 SD Sm 5 Se 14 L A. _spinosissima Jahand. . . . . - - -— = + + L A. variegata L. By a0 os Oeme WO g et Se BGS 14 L A. vera L. eat her Teme el NeMekeri tote cera nine ae ate ote 14 L Asphodelus microcarpus Salz et Viv. - - - — + + 28,84 L Aspidistra elatior Blume . . . . . - = = + + 32,36 L Chlorophytum comosum Baker Sotelo eC ta ae e 2 L 1975 El-Gazzar & Badawi, Position of Asparagus 475 species Le 34 5 6 7 Clintonia borealis (Ait.) Rafin. . .- - — + 28, 32 L Colchicum autumnale L. . . « «© «© »- =- = = + + 36,38 L oe majalis L.. . Sek ea me cole el a 38 L Dipcadi erythraeum Webb et Barth. . = oF L D. serotinum (L.) Medic. ep ee, ue meee teas 2 rin, Corre Cre es L Disporum trachycarpum (Wats) BetH. . -—- — =— + 22 L Gagea fibrosa (Desf.) Schult. it al, Week me ce toe (12) L Gasteria lutzii Poelln. ere ee re a eee 7,14 L Maianthemum biflorum (L.) F.W. Schmidt - - —- + = 36,42,54 L Muscari racemosum (Ge) MATa a 2S ete = ee en ena ee Polygonatum offic. officinale All. . . . . - = = + = 20,26-30 L Reineckea carnea Kunth. . . ...-=- —- = + + 238,42 L Scilla verna Huds. . . 6 et) ee me eee 22 L Streptopus a amplexifolius (L. ys nC. 3. es = = + = 32 L Tulipa gesneriana L. ee, ony see eb ce) pap mt ma eee er Oke L T. sylvestris L. at et 0). on (aes fe, a ee 48 L Discussion When the characters in common between members of Group I are added to the other similarities perpetuated in current taxonomic text—books (e.g. 2-ovuled locules, solitary seeds and confinement to the Old World) they decidedly outweigh the differences between them (in fusion of staminal filaments, attachment of anthers to filaments and the position of inflorescence), which induced Hutchinson (1934) to separate them in two different families, especially when it is realized that the genera in his Ruscaceae are not consistent among themselves in some of these respects: Danae (from Ruscaceae) resembles Asparagus (Liliaceae) in having inflorescences free from cladodes. It therefore seems reasonable to suggest that Asparagus (and consequently Hutchinson's Liliaceae- Asparageae) ought to be transferred to Ruscaceae. This view is in agreement with Dahlgren's (1974) idea of removing Asparagus from Lilia- ceae, but we have not been able to discover a sufficiently convincing correlation among the plants' characters to warrant the isolation of this genus in a separate family (Asparagaceae)as proposed by him. According to Airy Shaw (personal communication) the name Asparagaceae (which is conserved) was proposed by Jussieu in 1789, long before the recognition of Ituscaceae Spreng., and must therefore be retained for the enlarged concept of the family (i.e. Ruscaceae + Asparagus). Acknowledgements We wish to thank Prof. Vivi Tackholm (Cairo University) for the generous loans and donations of herbarium specimens, and Miss. Badeea Diwan (Orman Botanic Gardens, Giza) for assistance with identification of some Aloe and Gasteria spp. Thanks are also due to Mr. H.K. Airy Shaw for advice on nomenclatural matters. 476 PHY TOL0G IA Vol. 29, no. 6 References Airy Shaw, H.K. (1966). Willis's Dictionary of Flowering Plants and Ferns. 7th ed. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. Bentham, G. and Hooker, J.D. (1862 - 83). Genera Plantarum. London. Chappet, A. and Guyot, HM. (1969). Les stomates associés de Vicia faba. C.R. sea. Soc. Biol., 163: 2405 — 2410. Dahlgren, k. (1974). Angiospermernes Taxonomi. I. Akademisk Forlag, Copenhagen. Darlington, C.D. and Wylie, A.P. (1955). Chromosome Atlas of Flowering Plants. George Allen & Unwin, London. Franks, J.W. and Watson, L. (1963). The pollen morphology of some critical Ericales. Pollen et Spores, 5: 51-68. Gopal, B.V. and Shah, G.L. (1970). Observations on normal and abnormal stomatal features in four species of Asparagus L. Amer. J. Bot., 57: 665-669. Hutchinson, J. (1934). The Families of Flowering Plants, vol. 2. Ho gare Clarendon Press, Oxford. Hutchinson, J. (1969). Evolution and Phylogeny of Flowering Plants. Acadenic ‘TSsocoe London and N.Y. Krause, K. (1930). Liliaceae, in Engler and Prantl's Die Naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien. Leipzig. Lindley, J. (1853). The Vegetable Kingdom. 3rd ed. Bradbury and Evans, London. Love, A. (1973). IOPB chromosome number reports XLI. Taxon, 22: 459-464. Love, A. Sedat IOPB chromosome number reports XLV. Taxon, 23: 619-624. Melchior, H. (1964). Engler's Syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien, “2. Berlin. Moore, ee (1973). Index to Plant Chromosome Numbers for 1967 — 1971. Reynum Vegetabile, 90: 105-127. Moore, lt.J. (1974). Index to Plant Chromosome Numbers for 1972. Regnum Vegetabile, 91: 1 - 108. Ornduff, lt. (1967). Index to Plant Chromosome Numbers for 1965. Regnum Vegetabile, 50: 41-45. Ornduff, R. (1968). Index to Plant Chromosome Numbers for 1966. Regnum Vegetabile, 55: 32-37. Rendle, A.B. (1953). The Classification of Flowering Plants, 2nd ed. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. LII Harold N. Moldenke PAEPALANTHUS GARIMPENSIS Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 39). 1975. The plate 162, cited in error by Silveira (1928), actually de- picts P. fuscus Alv. Silv, Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Mendes Magalh&%es 2327 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 3381] (N), 2560 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Belo Horiz. 3865) (N). PAEPALANTHUS GENICULATUS (Bong.) Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 521--522 & 573 [as "P. ? geniculatus"]. 181; Kérn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 361. 1863. Synonymy: Eriocaulon geniculatum Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 625. 1831. Paepalanthus geniculatus Kunth ex Kérn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 293 & 381. 1863. Dupatya geniculata (Bong.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya geniculata Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. l, pr. 1, 145.1902. Paepalanthus paniculatus (Bong.) Kunth ex Mol- denke, Résumé 327, in syn. 1959. Paepalanthus falcatus Gardn. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 21, in syn. 1973 [not P. falcatus (Bong.) Kérn., 189, nor Korn., 1863, nor Mart., 1959]. Bibliography: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 625, [pl. 21]. 1831; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 25. 1831; Bong., Mém, Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 5 (2): 21, pl. 31. 1839; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 18h0; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 521, 573, 613, & 625. 181; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 261. 1852; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 276 & 33h. 1855; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 293, 381, 507, & 508. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 02. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): h, 10, 168, 170, [283], 285, & 290. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 407. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 3: 90. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 115. 191; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (196) and pr. 2, 2: 402. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, 35, & 48. 1916; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbonac., [ed. 2}, 8 & 209. 1949; Molden- ke, Phytologia ): 1. 1952; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 280, 288, 327, & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Résum$ Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: 02. 1960; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 190. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 162 & 481 (1971) and 2: 501, 583, & 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 130, 131, & 21. 1973. Illustrations: Bong., Mém. i Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, at 478 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 6 5 (2): pl. 31. 1839. Under a strict interpretation of the present edition of the International Code, Kunth's transfer of Eriocaulon geniculatum Bong. to the genus Paepalanthus is invalid because he did so with a@ question-mark, indicating doubt in his own mind. However, the transfer was certainly validated by Kérnicke in 1863. Bongard's illustration cited as "Tab. XXI" does not appear ever to have been published, but probably is preserved in the Leningrad libra- ry or herbarium, unless, of course, it is the same as the plate 31 later published. The species is based on L. Riedel 1064, collected "in glareo- sis subhumidis Serra da Lapa", Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in December, and preserved in the Leningrad herbarium. Kunth (181) says of it "Nonnisi ob affinitatem cum praecedente [P. glareosus] huc relatus". Under P. glareosus he says "Sequenti affinis, dis- tinctus statura humiliore, foliis radicalibus vagina brevioribus, patenti-diffusis et capitulorum bracteis exterioribus ovato- acutis, quae valde obtusae in P. geniculato." Bongard's original (1831) description is "subacaule; foliis radicalibus linearibus obtusiusculis pilosis ciliatis; cauliculis subhorizontalibus foliosis; pedunculis adpresse pilosis; vaginis bifidis villosis", Ruhland (1903) cites only the original collection and comments "Cum specie praecedente [P. glareosus] valde affinis, sed jam pe- dunculorum indumento et bracteis involucrantibus exterioribus, ob- tusis bene ab illa differt". Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 341, collected in the Serra do Cipé in 1905. The specific name is sometimes written with an uppercase initial letter for no valid reason. Mrs. Chase collected the species in "sand on open summit of serra", at 1,00 meters altitude. The Paepalanthus falcatus (Bong.) Korn. and P. falcatus Korn., referred to in the synonymy above, are synonyms of P. pedunculatus (Bong.) Ruhl., while P, falcatus Mart. is a synonym of Leiothrix flavescens (Bong.) Ruhl. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: M. A. Chase 10356 (W—1495688); A. P. Duarte 7798 (Herb. Brad. 27770) (lw); Héringer type, Br—-isotype, Br—isotype, N—photo of isotype, N--photo of isotype, Ut--362—isotype, W--photo of isotype). MOUNTED ILLUS- TRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B). PAEPALANTHUS GENTLEI Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19: )O—l1. 1937. Bibliography: Moldenke, N. Am. Fl. 19: 0-1. 1937; Moldenke, Phytologia 1: 333, 350, 351, 356, & 359. 1939; Moldenke, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 522: 1y. 190; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 1: 32 & 231. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. & 48. 196; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 158. 197; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 2: 33) (1948) and 3: 777. 1949; Moldenke, Known Geogr. 1975 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 479 Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 36 & 209. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia hs 144. 19523 Standl. & Steyerm., Fieldiana Bot. 2h: 377—378. 1958; Moldenke, Résumé 3 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 82 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. The Gentle 992 isotypes cited below fram the Cornell University, Iundell, and Montevideo herbaria were previously cited as dupli- cates in the Britton and University of Michigan herbaria from which they have been recently transferred. Additional & emended citations: BRITISH HONDURAS: H. H. Bart- lett 1187 (Ld, Mi); Gentle 992 (F—699366--isotype, It—isotype, Id—isotype, S—isotype, S—isotype, Ug—isotype). oo GIBBOSUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 142—1hh, pl. 89. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 142—1), & 407, pl. 89. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 48. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 187. 1959; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 20: 355. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 89. 1928. This species was based by Silveira (1928) on A. Silveira 505, collected in April, 1908, "in campis, prope Contagem in Serra do Riacho do Vento, inter Diamentina, et Curvello", Minas Gerais, Brazil, and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. He comments that the "Species ob sepala florum femineorum extus dense comata ab affinibus P. arenicola Alv. Silv. excepta, certe distincta". Thus far, P. gibbosus is known only from the type collection. PAEPALANTHUS GLABRIFOLIUS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (- 30): 139. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 125, 139, & 290. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 181 & 07. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Erioc. 12 & 8. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 1919; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 229. 1973. Records of this species from Minas Gerais appear to be erron- eous. Ruhland, in his original description of the species (1903), cites the type collection as from "Prov. Rio de Janeiro" and Glaziou's printed labels are so inscribed. The type locality is "auf Campos des Itatiaia, zwischen Felsen" and this locality is definitely in Rio de Janeiro, However, the type specimen in the Berlin herbarium has "Rio de Janeiro" stricken out on iis label and "Minas" substituted in longhand. A letter from my good friend, Dr. G. F. J. Pabst, dated July 12, 1972, explains this as follows: "The border of the States Rio de Janeiro and Minas goes along the middle of the Serra da Mantiqueira. The Itatiaia re- 80 Poly y tOs ber Gor a Vol. 29, no. 6 gion is in the Mantiqueira, with Pico das Agulhas Negras as the highest part. Collections are usually made in the area belonging to [the] State of Rio de Janeiro. Very, very few collections have been made on the Minas Gerais part of the Itatiaia hills. Campo de Itatiaia usually is called the high plateau better known as Planalto do Itatiaia (2),00 msm), also in the State of Rio de Janeiro. The Minas Gerais part is difficult to reach and has nothing specially interesting, so seldom a botanist goes that way. It is the part you will find cited as Airuoca. Very nice Podocarpus lambertii formation can be seen there however. It is the side opposite to the ocean, thus rather drier, but is rains heavily in summer. It only does not get the constant humid sea winds. I would write without fear of error: State of Rio de Jan- eiro for whatever material is given from Itatiaia." Silveira (1928) cites, in addition, A. Silveira 608, collected in the Serra do Itatiaia in 1913. Thus far, the species is known only from these two collections, and it has been collected in an- thesis in November. Ruhland (1903) notes "Species P. glaucescenti et P. Erigeronti affinis". om ; Citations: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: Glaziou 9001 [Macbride photos 10609] (B-type, N--photo of type, N--photo of type, W— photo of type, Z—isotype). PAEPALANTHUS GLAREOSUS (Bong.) Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 521. 18)1. Synonymy: Eriocaulon glareosum Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 625. 1831. Paepalanthus glareosus Kunth apud Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 292 & 299. 1863. Dupatya glareosa (Bong.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya glareosa Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Bibliography: Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 25. 1831; Bong., Mém. Acad, Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 625 (1831), 3 (1): 555 (1835), and 3 (2): pl. 25. 1835; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 180; Kunth, Enum. Pl. 3: 521, 573, 613, & 625. 1Bhl; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 261. 1852; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 276 & 33h. 1855; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 292, 299, 380—381, 507, & 508. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 02. 189; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 19023 Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 3, 168, 170, [283], 285, & 290. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 407. 1928; Ruhl. in Ingl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 1. 1930; Stapf, Ind. Lond. 3: 90. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 19413 Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: 02. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, 35, & 48. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2}, 8h & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 280, 288, & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: 02. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 & 81 (1971) and 2: 501, 583, & 952. 1971. 1975 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 4,81 Illustrations: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 3 (2)s ph. 25. 1835. Bongard's original (1831) description of this species is "sub- acaule; foliis radicalibus caespitosis patenti-diffusis brevissi- mis linearibus obtusis villosis; cauliculis subhorizontalibus foliosis; pedunculis retrorsum pubescentibus; vaginis foliis lon gioribus bifidis pilosis". It is based on L. Riedel 1043 from "in glareosis siccis Serra da Lapa", Minas Gerais, Brazil, and was collected in anthesis in November. Bongard comments that "Praecedenti [P. geniculatus] affine, a quo distinguendum: sta- tura humiliore; foliis radicalibus vaginis brevioribus patenti-~ diffusis et capitulorum squamis exterioribus ovato-acutis, quae valde obtusae in E, geniculato". Kunth (181) repeats this same list of differences between the two species. Ruhland (1903) cites only the original collection. Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 49 from Serra Pouso Alto, Minas Gerais, collected in 1908. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: L. Riedel 1043 [Macbride photos 10610] (B—isotype, N--photo of isotype, N—photo of iso- type, N--photo of isotype, Ut--363—isotype, W—photo of isotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B). aya GLAUCESCENS Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 391. 30 Synonymy: Dupatya glaucescens (Korn.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya glaucescens Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 15. 1902. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 391 & 506. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 02. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (L- 30): 126, 139, 142, [283], & 290. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: 02. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12, 29, & 49. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8 & 209. 1949; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. l, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 280, & 87. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: 402. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 & {81 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 182. 1973. This species is known thus far only from the original collec- tion made by Friedrich Sellow somewhere in eastern Brazil and de- posited in the Berlin herbarium. Citations: BRAZIL: State undetermined: Sellow s.n, [Brasilia] (B—type, Z—isotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by K6rnicke (B). aes GLAUCOPHYLLUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. a 23—2h, pl. - 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus glaucophylins Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 8, sphalm, 1928, 4,82 PibyY TO: 110 Giierk Vol. 29, no. 6 Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 23-2) & 07, pl. 8. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot, Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 19373 Ae We Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & h9. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8h & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 2h). 1973. Tlustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 8. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 810 from "In campis siccis et saxosis inter Itacambira et Juramento", Minas Gerais, Brazil, collected in July, 1926, and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) comments that the "Species a P. fasciculifero Alv. Silv. pilositate foliorum et bractearum involucrantium praecipue differt." It is known thus far only from the original collection. PAEPALANTHUS GLAUCOPODUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 99--100, pl. 2 & 63 bis. 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus glancopodus Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 2 & 63 bis, sphalm. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 99-100 & 07, pl. 2 & 63 bis. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A.W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 49. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8h & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 325, & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 583 & 952. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 2 & 63 bis. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 756, collected "In campis arenosis prope Milho Verde, in Serra Geral", Minas Gerais, Brazil, in June of 1925 and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Thus far it is known only from the original collection. PAEPALANTHUS GLAZIOVII Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30) : 181, fig. 22. 1903. Bibliohraphy: Ruhl, in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): h, 180, 181, & 290, fig. 22. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfianzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 40 & 52. 1930; Stapf, Ind. Lond. ): 518. 1930; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Erioc. 12 & 49. 1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 231. 19h7; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8h & 209. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia : 14h. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 487. 19593; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. Illustrations: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 181, fig. 22. 1903. This species is based on Glaziou 20016, collected among rocks at Biribiry, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in April, and depos- ited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin, now de- stroyed. It is known thus far only from the original collection. Ruhland (1903) comments that the "Planta habitu valde insignis. Ramificatio psewdo—-dichotoma non adeo pulchra ut in P. guianensi 1975 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 4,83 vel dichotoma, cum interdum ramis tres in uno loco quasi inserti sint. Habitu minus compacto speciebus subsect. Polyactidis § Effusi haud dissimilis." Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Glaziou 20016 (B-type, Br-- isotype, N--photo of isotype, Z—-photo of isotype). PAEPALANTHUS GLEASONII Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6 & 49, hyponym (Feb. 9, 1946), Phytologia 2: 140. July 8, 1916. Synonymy: Paepalanthus robustus Gleason, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 58: 330--331. 1931 [not P. robustus Alv. Silv., 1908]. Bibliography: Gleason, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 58: 330—331. 1931; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 200. 1938; Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 59 (2): 19. 1939; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6, 49, & 53. 1946; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 1,0. 196; Mol- denke, Alph. List Cit. h: 985. 199; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 6, 66, & 209. 199; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia kh: Wh—145. 1952; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 175. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 72, 75, 328, & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 6. 1968; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 297. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 125, 130, & 162 (1971) and 2: 589 & 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 229. 1973. tude of 7100 feet, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. Gleason (1931) notes that "It is obviously closely related to P. convexus Gleason, but is much lar- ger in all its dimensions; it is similarly closely related to P. subcaulescens Brown, which has broader leaves and much smaller heads." Recent collectors have encountered it at altitudes of 8500 to 9000 feet in Brazil. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Roraima: Maguire, Murga Pires, & Maguire 601,87 (N). = PAEPALANTHUS GLOBOSUS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 143-14. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 126, 1y3—1yh, & 290. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 407. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 49. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8h & 209. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. This species id based on Glaziou 15537, collected at Caraga, in the Serra de Capanema, Minas Gerais, Brazil, flowering in February, and deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum at Berlin. The original printed labels of the type collection are inscribed "Rio de Janeiro", but the locality of collection is definitely in Minas Gerais. Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 33 from the Ser- ra do Batatal in the same state, collected in 1906. The species is thus far known only from three collections, Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Glaziou 15537 [Macbride photos L8h PHY T0240 424 Vol. 29, mo. 6 10611] (B—type, N--photo of type, N--photo of type, W—photo of type, Z—-isotype); A. Lutz 1073 (Ja). PAREALANTHIS GHETSSICOLA Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 12h—126, pl. 77. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 124--126 & 407, pl. 77. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; A. We Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & h9. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 19493 Moldenke, Résum6 98 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sumn. 1: 162 fiom) and 2: 952. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 77. 1928. This species is based on A. Silveira 597, collected "In solo gneissicolo in Serra do Caparaé", Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April, 1913, and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page 07 of his work (1928) Silveira gives the collection date as "1911", but whether this is a typographic error or is meant to be a correction of the date given on page 126 is not clear. He comments that "A P. caparoensi Ruhl, foliis obtusis bracteis involucrantibus acutis, appendicibus et stigmatibus praecipue differt". Citations: BRAZIL: Espirito Santo: Irwin 2758 (N). Minas Ger- ais: Schwacke s.n. [Herb. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. 2965] (N, S). PAEPALANTHUS GOMESII Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 67—69, pl. 39. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 67—659 & 07, pl. 39. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 9. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8 & 209. 199; Moacyr do Amaral Lisboa, Revist. Esc. Minas 9. 1951; Moldenke, Ré- sumé 98 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: eae 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 196 (1973) and 29: 313 & 31h. 197k. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 39. 1928. The type of this species was collected by Dr. Francisco de Mag- alhfes Gomes in the Serra do Capanema, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in March of 1893. On page 69 of Silveira's work (19285 no collection number is given for the type collection, but on page 107 of the same work it is cited as F. M. Gomes 13. On page 69 what appears to be a second collection is cited as "in campis ex Serra do Bata- tal, prope Capanema: Alvaro da Silveira, Apr. 1905; n. 13 in her- bario Silveira", Silveira comments that the "Species cum P. erio- phaeo Ruhl. et P. Blepharophoro (Bong. Koern.) affinis, sed foliis glabris et bracteis involucrantibus paucis flavisque diversa". Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Macedo 2792 (N, S). PAEPALANTHUS GONCALENSIS Alv. Silv, Fl. Mont. 1: 259--260, pl. 172 prin. [=171 e 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus goncalensis Alv. Silv. apud A. W, Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938. 1975 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 485 Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 259--260 & 407, pl. 172 prim. [=171]. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 49. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8) & 209. 1949; Moidenke, Résumé 98 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 20: 367 & 368. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 241. 1973. This species is based on Alvaro da Silveira 787, collected "in campis arenosis prope S. Gongalo, inter Serro et Diamantina, in Serra Geral", minas Gerais, Brazil, in June of 1925 and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page 07 of the same work (1928) Silveira records the type as "Silveira 787 prope S. Gongalo do Serros 1926". It should also be noted that on page 260 of his work he cites plate "CLXXI", but the plate is actually mmbered "CLXXII" and is the first of two plates so mumbered. I am there— fore citing it as "pl. 172 prim. [=171]". The true plate 172, which I am citing as "pl. 172 bis" represents P. barreirensis Alv. Silv. There seems to be no plate 173 at all. Silveira com- ments that the "Species ad affine P. homomallo (Bong.) Mart. foliis marginibus incrassatis et non canaliculato-revolutis prae- cipue differt". Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Black & Magalh&%es 51-11797 (2), 51-11859 (2); L. B. Smith 6833 (N, Z), 6837 (W--2120202). PAEPALANTHUS GOUNELLEANUS Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: Fi ae fig. al E B 9-—-17. 1908. Bibliography: Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: [291] & 292, fig. 11 B 917. 1908; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4: 170. 1913; Stapf, Ind. Lond. : 518. 1930; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 49. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 487. 1959; Molden- ke, Fifth Summ, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia 25: 229. 1973. Illustrations: Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: [291], fig. 11 B 9--17. 1908. This species is based on "Sans No. Itatiaya (Bresil) Sitio de Ramos, altitude 2000 m.: leg. E. Gounslle, fevrier 1899", deposi- ted in the Herbier Boissier at Geneva. This type locality has hitherto been regarded by me as in Minas Gerais, but according to a letter recently received by me from Dr. Pabst [see under P. glabrifolius] it is most likely in the state of Rio de Janeiro. Beauverd (1908) comments that "Voisine des Paepalanthus acantholimon Ruhland et P. aretioides Ruhl. cette nouvelles es- pace se distingue de ses deux congénares par ses capitules beau- coup plus petits et ses pédoncules rigides trés tordus beaucoup plus courts que ceux du P, acantholimon (11 cm.) et deux fois plus longs que ceux du P, aretioides (3—h cm); l'extrémité echancrée-cordée des sépales miles et des pétales femelles lui assignant en outre une place 4 part dans le groupe des Rosulati 486 Pel ¥oT0-E 0 Gat « Vol. 29, no. 6 auquel elle sa partie, en portant dés lors 4 cinq des espéces qui en font partie." Thus far it is known only from the original collection. PES GRANATENSIS Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 403-0. 1863. Synonymy: Dupatya granatensis (Kérn.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 45. 1891. Dupatya granatensis Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 403—0) & 507. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: is. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 402. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (h- 30): 201, 205—206, [283], & 290. 1903; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2 aie 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 5, 30, & 9. 19h6; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: 402. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., led. 2], 61 & 209. 199; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 67, 280, & 487. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: 02. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 118 & {81 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. According to Kérnicke's original (1863) description, the type of this species is Linden 2152, and this collection number is re- peated by Ruhland (1903), collected in the vicinity of Bogoté, Cundinamarca, at an altitude of 2,00 m., Colombia, flowering in March, and originally deposited in the Berlin herbarium. He cites also H. Karsten s.n. from the same locality, deposited in the Vienna herbarium. Allen collected the species at 11,000 feet altitude, also in Cundinamarca, while Hermann found it there at 2800 m., flowering in June, and describes his collection as a topotype collection. Macbride's type photograph number 25169 is of Linden 1252 in the Delessert Herbarium at the Conservatoire et Jardin Botaniques in Geneva. Apparently he regarded the "1252" on the label of this specimen as an error for the "2152" on the Berlin label. In this he is probably correct, and so I am regarding the Geneva specimen as an isotype. Citations: COLOMBIA: Cundinamarca: P. H. Allen 3001 (W— 1951927); Hermann 11352 (W-—-1906261); Linden 1252 [Macbride photos 25169] (N—photo of isotype, N—photo of isotype , W—photo of isotype), 2152 (B—isotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B). PAEPALANTHUS GRAO-MOGOLENSIS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 133—13h, pl. 83. 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus grd&o-mogolensis Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. pl. 83. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 133—13k & 407, pl. 83. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 1975 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 4,87 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 9. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 325, & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1 : 162 (1971) and 2: 58h & 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 2h1. 1973. Illustrations: Alv, Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 83. 1928, The type of this species is Alvaro da Silveira 805, collected "In cerrados, locis siccis, prope Gr&o Mogol", Minas Gerais, Bra- zil, in July of 1926 and deposited in the Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) says of it "Species a P. polygono Koern. pilis acutis, foliis primo ciliatis ac valde angustioribus et forma bractearum involucrantium praecipue differt." Thus far it is known only from the original collection. PAEPALANTHUS GRISEUS Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 380, num. md. 197; a in Maguire, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 75: 197—198. 198. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 380. 197; Moldenke in Maguire, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 75: 197—198. 198; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 3: 701. 1949; Moldenke, Known Geogr, Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 66 & 209. 199; E. J. Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 11: 175. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé 75 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 20: 297. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 130 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. This species is based on Maguire & Fanshawe 232), said to be "locally frequent" in damp sand on the Kaieteur Savanna, Guyana, collected on May 5, 19, and deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The collectors note that the "Leaves [are] erect, spreading, to 10 cm. [long])". The species resembles P. tatei Moldenke in habit, but is smaller in all its parts. Citations: GUYANA: Maguire & Fanshawe 232), (N—type). Sig peat ae GUSTAVII Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 227-—-228, pl. 150. 1928. Synonymy: Paepalanthus gustarvii Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 150, sphalm. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 227—228 & 07, pl. 150. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. We Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199, 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 19h1; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 9. 19h6; Moldenke, Phytologia 2: 380. 197; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8 & 209. 1919; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 325, & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 58) & 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 143. 1973. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 150. 1928. This species is based on Alvaro da Silveira 7h, collected in the Serra do Chapadfo, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April of 1925 and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page 07 of his work (1928) Silveira adds the note that the type was actually gathered "prope Serra da Canastra". He comments that the "Species a cl. 4,88 P Hy T0006 1k Vol. 29, no. 6 Gustavo Amancio da Silveira, caro comite meo in itinere ad Serra do Chapad&o, dedicata". Worsdell (191) adopts the incorrect spelling of the specific epithet since it occurs on the illustra- tion cited by hin. Thus far this species is known only from the original collec- tion. PAEPALANTHUS GUYANENSIS Klotzsch in Schomb., Reise Brit.—Guian. 3: 106), hyponym [as "guianensis"]. 181,8 ; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 347. 1863. Synonymy: Paepalanthus guianensis Klotzsch in Schomb., Reise Brit .-Guian. 3: 106L, hyponym. 188. Pae hus guyanensis Kunth apud Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 300. 1863. Du guyanensis (Klotzsch) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891. Dupatya guyanensis Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 15. 1902. Bibiiography: Schomb., Reise [Vers. Fauna & Fl.] Brit.—Guian. 3: 1064. 1848; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 277, 300, 3h7, & 507. 1863; Benth. & Hook. f., Gen. Pl. 3 (2): 1023. 1883; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 745. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: 402. 189); Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. l, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): h, 5, 180, 181, & 290, fig. 21. 1903; Stapf, Ind. Lond. h: 518. 1930; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 0, 42, & 51. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 19h); Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 6 & 49. 196; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 2: 02. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 66 & 209. 199; Bourdu, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 10: 156. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 75 & 87. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 2: 02. 19603 Moldenke, Phytologia 19: 35. 1969; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 190. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 20: 297. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 130 (1971) and 2: 58h & 952. 1971; Mol- denke, Phytologia 26: 253. 1973. Illustrations: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 180, fig. 21. 1903. This species is based on an unnumbered collection by Richard Schomburgk from "auf sandigen Stellen in der Savanne, in der Um- gebung des Rué-imeru-Falls", Guyana, flowering in September and October. On page 181 of his work (1903), Ruhland spells the spe- cific epithet "guianensi" [i.e., guianensis] although in all other places he adopts the spelling "guyanensis", the first valid- ly published spelling. He cites Dupatya dichotoma Kuntze as a synonym, but I keep this separate as a synonym of poopelanthns dichotoms Klotasch, an obviously closely related Ne Gleason, in his unpublished Flora of British Guiana, describes P. guyanensis as follows: "Stems 3—7 cm. tall, freely branched, leafy throughout; leaves very crowded, erect or appressed and overlapping, narrowly linear, obtuse, hirsute; heads solitary 1975 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 89 near the end of the branches, nearly or quite sessile among the leaves, 5 mm. wide; bracts oblong, appressed." He cites only the original collection and regards the species as endemic. Citations: GUYANA: Rich. Schomburgk "A" (B—type, Z--isotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B). PAEPALANTHUS GYROTRICHUS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 132. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 6, 12h, 132, 137, & 290, fig. 1 F. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 19 ; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: hoz. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 49. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8h & 209. "199; Moldenke, Phytologia : 145. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 87. 1959; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 158 & 190. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 191 (1973) and 29: 311. 197. Illustrations: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 6, fig. 1 F. 1903. This species was based by Ruhland (1903) on three collections: (1) W. Schwacke 898 from "zwischen Diamantina und Forma¢&o, unter Felsen", , flowering in April, (2) Glaziou 19986 from "Perpetua, bei Diamantina", flowering in April, and (3) Sena | sn. [Schwacke herb. 14555] from Serra do Cipé, flowering in June, all in Minas Gerais, Brazil, and all deposited in the Berlin herbarium. He comments that the "Species habitu P. myocephalo Mart. similis, sed plane ad eo diversa. Insignis praeter cetera floris pilorum forma. (Spec- imina jam destructa erant). Proxime ad P. pullum Koern. accedit, cujus forsan modo varietas est. Specimina a cl. Glaziou collecta paullo validiora pr. p. caule breviter elongato et ramuloso in- structa sunt." Silveira (1928) cites one of his om collections from Diamantina in 1909. Irwin and his associates found this species "in soil-filled cracks of outcrops in region of high campo slopes, outcrops, and creek margins" at 1,00 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in Feb- ruary. Williams & Assis found it on a campo, flowering in May: their 686), is a mixture with P. sxiguus (Bong.) Korn. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Glaziou 19986 [Mac- bride photos 22282] (B—cotype, N--photo of cotype, W—photo of cotype); Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 202),7 (N, N); Schwacke 84,98 (Herb. Jard. B BOE: Belo Tora 26661) (N--cotype) ; Sena s.n. [Herb. Schwacke 14555] (B—cotype); Williams & Assis 6864, in part (E— 1309479, N). PAEPALANTHUS HABENULIFER Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 263-265, pl. 175. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 251, 263-265, & 07, pl. 175. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moidenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 490 PHY TOrL;0 Gr & Vol. 29, no. 6 49. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8) & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 19713 Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 193. 1973. Tlustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 175. 19238. This species is based on hivaro da Silveira 556, collected "In campis arenosis in Serra do Cipdé", Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April of 1909 and is deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page )07 of his work, Silveira (1928) gives the year of collection as "1905", but whether this is a typographic error or is intended as a correction of the date given with the original description is not clear. He comments that the "Species bracteis involucrantibus interioribus valde longis, habenulis imitantibus, et pilis suprea- is bractearum periogoniorumque mucronatis ac gibbosis ab affini- bus distinctissima," Thus far this species is known only from the original collec- tion. PAEPALANTHUS HARMSII Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 216. 1903. Synonymy: Paepalanthus multistriatus Alv. Silv. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 21, in syn. 1959. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 21h, 216, & 290. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 07. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 49. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 4.87. 1959; Molden- ke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 21. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 586 & 952. 1971. This species is based on H. de Magalh&es 1373, collected in damp places in the Serra de Ibitipoca, Minas Gerais, Brazil, in June, 1896, and deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum in Berlin, where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 10613. The type of P. multistriatus is H. de Magalh&es 1371 in the same herbarium. Ruhland comments that the "Species colore et forma bractearum involucrantium ab affin- ibus bene dignoscenda, cl. Dr. H. Harms dedicata." Silveira (1928) cites H. M. Gomes 268 from the same Serra de Ibitipoca, collected in 1596, aes Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: H. Magalh&es 1371 (B), 1373 [Macbride photos 10613] (B—-type, N--photo of type, N—photo of type, W--photo of type, Z--isotype). PAEPALANTHUS ar aga Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 181-~183, pl. 117. 1928, Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 181—183, 186, & 07, pl. 117. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 76. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 9. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, 1975 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 91 Fifth Summ, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 141. 1973. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 117. 1928. This species is based on Aivaro da Silveira 783, collected "In campis arenosis inter Serro et Datas, in Serra Geral", Minas Ger- ais, Brazil, in June, 1925, deposited in the Silveira herbarium. On page 07 of his work (1928), Silveira gives "1926" as the date of collection of the type, but whether he intends this as a cor- rection of his earlier statement or if it is a typographic error, is not clear. He also notes that this species resembles P. bul- bosus Alv. Silv. [for differences between these two species see my discussion of P. bulbosus in this series of notes]. Of P. hemiglobosus he says "Species ob capitula magna, bulbis pilorum et pilis bractearum perigoniorumque acutis facile dignoscenda", Thus far, the species is know only from the original collec- tion. PAEPALANTHUS HENRIQUEI Alv. Silv. & Ruhl. ex Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 129. 1903. Synonymy: Paepalanthus henriquei Ruhl. ex Alv,. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 63. 1928. Eriocaulon henriquei Alv. Silv. & Ruhl. ex Reitz, Sellowia 7: 12). 1956. Paepalanthus henriquei Alv. Silv. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 21, in syn. 1959. Bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 123, 129, & 290. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 58, 63, & 08. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 12 & 9. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8) & 209. 1949; Reitz, Sellowia 7: 12) (1956) and 11: 31 & 103. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 487. 1959; Molden- ke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 21 (1959), h: 5 (1962), and 17: 10. 1968; Reitz, Sellowia 22: 51. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 502 & 58. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 21. 1973. The type of this species was collected by Henrique Carlos de Magalh%es Gomes (no. 1372) in the Serra de Ibitipoca, Minas Ger- ais, Brazil, flowering in June, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Botanisches Museum in Berlin, where it was photographed by Macbride as his type photograph number 1061. On the type speci- men the binomial is credited only to Silveira. Silveira (1928) cites H. M. Gomes 258, also from the Serra de Ibitipoca, collected in 1896 and this may possibly be part of the type collection. Reitz (1956) cites Rambo 19606 from Santa Cata- rina, Brazil, and records the vernacular names "capim manso", "capipoatinga", "gravatA4 manso", and "semprevivas do campo". Ruhland (1903) comments that the "Species cum P. eriophaeo Ruhl. valde affinis, sed statim pedunculis brevibus atque folio- rum indumento differt." Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbar- ia under the name Paepalanthus blepharocnemis Mart. [a synonym of P. aequalis (Vell) Var. Macbr.], an obviously closely related species. 492 PHY T.0L.0G4 DA Vol. 29, no. 6 Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Magalhfes Gomes 1372 [Macbride photos 1061] (B--type, N—photo of type, N—photo of type, W-- photo of type, Z—isotype); Widgren 333 (Br, N), sen. [Minas Ger- aes, 1845] (Br, N). Rio Grande do Sul: Sehnam 5153 (B). Santa Catarina: Rambo 9606 (Le, N, Sie PAEPALANTHUS HERZOGII Moldenke, Revist. Sudam. Bot. : 17. 1937. Synonymy: Paepalanthus ruhlandii Herzog ex Liitzelburg, Estud. Bot. Nordést. 3: 149-150, hyponym (1923) in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 20: 87. 192) [not P. ruhlandii Alv. Silv., 1903]. Paepalan- thus herzogii Macbr. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: ll, in syn. 1965. Bibliography: Ltitzelburg, Estud. Bot. Nordést. 3: 149—150. 1923; Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 20: 87. 192; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 61 [43]. 1928; A. W. Hill, Ind, Kew. Suppl. 7: 17). 1929; Moldenke, Revist. Sudam. Bot, h: 17. 1937; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 13, 49, & 53. 19h6; Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 158, 197; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 199; Molden- ke, Phytologia h: 145. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 328, & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 11. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 58h, 590, & 952. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 154. 1973. This species is based on Liitzelburg 278, collected on granite, at 1200 meters altitude, in the Serra Marsalina, central Bahia, Brazil, in August, 191\, where, according to the collector (1923), it is typical of the "carrasco" formation. The type specimen, in the herbarium of the Botanische Staatssammlung in Munich, was photographed there by Macbride as his type photograph number 1872. It should be noted that the type is labeled "278a" and its label indicates "Bom Jesus, 1000 m" as the type locality. It was annotated as "P. herzogii Macbr." by Macbride, but his binomial was never validly published by him as far as I have been able to determine. Herzog (192) says that the species is "Aus der Verwandtschaft von P. brachypus Kunth; aber durch die wenig zahlreichen kurzen und fast kahlen Blatter gut unterschieden." Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Litzelburg 278a [Macbride photos 1872] (Mu--type, N--photo of type, W--photo of type, Z—isotype). PAEPALANTHUS HETEROCAULON Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 203-205, pl. 13h. 1928, Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 203--205 & 08, pl. 13). 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew, Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 13 & 9. 19,6; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8h & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé ee 12: h. 1965; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. 1975 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 493 Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 13h. 1928. This species is based on A, Silveira 175, collected "In campis arenosis, inter Serro et Diamantina, in Serra Geral", Minas Gera- is, Brazil, in January of 1925 and deposited in the Silveira her- barium. On page 08 of his work (1928), Silveira gives the year of collection of the type as "1926", but whether this is intended as a correction of the date given by him on page 205 or represents a typographic error, is not clear. Citations: BRAZIL: Rio de Janeiro: Strang 2h) [Herb. Cent. Pesq. Florest. 786] (Z). PAEPALANTHUS HETEROPUS Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 139—1\0, pl. 87. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 139--140 & 08, pl. 87. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183. 191; tloldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 13 & 9. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl, 87. 1928. The type of this species was collected by hivaro Adolpho da Silveira (no. 686) "In campis arenosis prope Itambé do Serro", Minas Gerais, Brazil, in April, 1918, and is deposited in the Sil- veira herbarium. Curiously, on page 08 of his work (1928), Sil- veira writes the name of the type locality as "Serra do Itambé", Thus far, the species is known only from the original collection. PAEPALANTHUS ae ae Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 200—201, pl. 132. 1928. Bibliography: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 200-—-201 & 08, pl. 132. 1928; Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 476. 1937; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 9: 199. 1938; Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 183, 191; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 13 & 9. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8 & 209. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sumn. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. Illustrations: Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: pl. 132. 1928. The type of this species was collected by J. G. Michaeli "In campis arenosis in Serra do Cipé", Minas Gerais, Brazil, in August of 1921 and is no. 721 in the A. Silveira herbarium. Silveira (1928) comments that the "Species ob pilositatem pedunculormm dis- tinctissima". I+¢ is known thus far only from the original collec- tion. PAEPALANTHUS HILAIREI Korn. in Mart., Fl. Eras. 3 (1): 332, pl. 46, fig. 2. 1863. Synonymy: Eriocaulon maximiliani Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 620, pl. 1. 1831 [not E, maximiliani Schrad., 1824]. Eriocaulon bongardii A. St. Hil., Voy. Distr. Diam. 2: 4). 1833. Paepalanthus maximiliani Kunth, Emm. Pl. 3: oy Pont, Oe LtOnGe ik Vol. 29, no. 6 513—51). 1841. Eriocaulon bongardi Kunth ex D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 261. 1852. Eriocaulon bongardi St. Hil. apud Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 273 & 333. 1855. Paepalanthus hilairei var. 0 Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 332. 1863. Eriocaulon (Paepalan- thus) maximiliani Mart. ex Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 332, in syn. 1863. Dupatya hilairei (Korn.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 746. 1891. Dupatya hilairei Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Paepalanthus hilairei f. typica Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (l-30): 195. 1903. Eriocaulon maximil- iani Mart. [in part] ex Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 37, in syn. 196 [not E. maximiliani Schrad., 182]. Paepalanthus hilaire Korn. ex Angely, Fl. Paran. 10: 5, sphalm. 1957. Paepal- anthus hilairei f. compacta Ruhl. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 21, in syn. 1959. Paepalanthus hilarei Korn. ex Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70, sphalm. 1960. Paepalanthus halairi Korn. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 6: 10, in syn. 1963. Paepalanthus hillairei Korn. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 11, in syn. 1965. Paepalanthus hilareae Kunth ex Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 2h, in syn. 1973. Actinocephalus hilairei Korn., in herb. Bibliography: Roem, & Schult., Mant. 2: 70. 182); Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 620 & 637. 1831; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 5 & 6. 1831; A. St. Hil., Voy. Distr. Diam. 2: 143—Ly. 1833; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 180; Kunth, Enum, Pl. 3: 512-51), 516, 572, & 625. 181; Mart., Flora 2h, Beibl., 2: 35. 181; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 5: 261. 1852; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum, 2: [Cyp.] 273~-27h, 333, & 33h. 1855; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 332, 499, & 507, pl. 46, fig. 2. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 76. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew,., pr. 1, 1: 877 & 878 (1893) and pr. 1, 2: 02. 189; Durand & Jacks», Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902; Ruhl. in Engl., Pfl- anzenreich 13 (l-30): 7, 10, 190, 195—196, 251, 284, 286, & 290, fig. 2 C. 1903; Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: 29). 1908; Liitzelburg, Estud. Bot. Nordést. 3: 149. 1923; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 200 & 408. 1928; Stapf, Ind. Lond. h: 518. 1930; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 43 & hh, fig. 16 C. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 15. 1941; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 13, 32, 37, 49, & 50. 1946; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 877 & 878 (1946) and pr. 2, 2: 02. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 8h & 209. 199; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 3: 710 & 731. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 3: 142 (19h9) and hs 145. 1952; Mendes Magalh&es, Anais V Reun. Anual Soc. Bot. Bras. 236. 1956; Angely, Fl. Paran. 10: 5. 1957; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 286, 290, 325, 326, 487, & 9k. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 20 & 21. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 145. 1959; Renné, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 877 & 878 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: 02. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 3: 3h (1962), 6: 10 1975 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 95 (1963), and 12: 11. 1965; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Mono- cot. 3: 160, 162, 17h, 187, & 189-191. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 & kik (1971) and 2: hol, 505, Sth, 586, & 952. 1971; Moldenke, Biol, Abstr. 56: 3000. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 229, 238, 239, & 21 (1973) and 26: 229. 1973. Illustrations: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. Gat pl. 2. 1831; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 6. ee) Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 7, fig. 2 C. 1903; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 1Sa: 43, fig. 16 C. 1930. Kornicke based this species, insofar as his typical "var. .{" is concerned, on the following cotype specimens: from Minas Ger- ais - (1) Martius 897, (2) Schiich s.n., (3) Ackerman s.n., (lh) P. Clausen 3, (5) Arendt s.n., (6) in arenosis et lapidosis Serra Lenheiro, L. Riedel s s.n., and (7) S. Joze atque prope S. Joo, Junio, Te Riedel s.n., and from Rio de Janeiro - (8) inter Rio de Jansiro 6: et campo Campos, , Sellow 8n, and (9) near Sebastianopolis, Lhotzky s.n. He describes the typical form as "var. “ . foliis caulinis glabris vel subtus breviter pilosulis, ciliatis; foliis ramorum ciliatis, ceterum glabris". However, his binomial is obviously only a new name for Eriocaulon maximiliani Bong., the specific epithet of which was not available for use in the genus Paepalanthus because of Schrader's homonym in 182. Therefore Bongard's type specimen should be regarded as the actual type of P. hilairei, This appears to be L. Riedel 289. Macbride photo- graphed a Pohl collection in the Munich herbarium as his type photograph number 18702, but this specimen, as has proved true in the case of many of the photographs which he took, is not the type of anything. It should be noted that the Eriocaulon maximiliani of Martius is in part Paepalanthus hilairei and in part Syngonanthus nitens var. filiformis (Bong.) Ruhl., while E. maximiliani Schrad. is a synonym of P, ramosus (Wikstr.) Kunth. Kornicke's P, hilairei var. f is what we now call P, ramosus; his var. y is what we now call P. hilairei var. maximiliani Ruhl.; while his var.¢ is P. hilairei var. pohlianus Moldenke and his var.é is P. hilairei - var. piauhyensis Ruhl. prea (181) comments that "E. Maximiliani (Schrad. ?) Bong. est Paepalanthus Maximiliani", but actually Bongard's plant is P. hilairei and Schrader's is P, ramosus. Some authors in the past have regarded E. bongardi Kunth as a separate and valid specific taxon. Because of the considerable confusion over the identity of the various plants referred to in the synonymy above, it may be worthwhile to repeat here the original descriptions of same of them. Bongard's Eriocaulon maximiliani (1831) is described as "Caule ramoso, dense folioso; foliis caulinis basi vaginantibus, patentibus, lanceolato-—acuminatis, canaliculatis; junioribus cil- 496 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 29, no. 6 iatis; pedunculis pubescentibus; vaginis glabris". Schrader's Eriocaulon maximiliani (182)) is described as "Cau- lis 2-pedalis, superne in ramos 3--l; cauli similes divisus, foli- osus. Folia coriacea, supra glabra, subtus pubescentia, margine pilis longioribus ciliata; radicalia 3--l-pollicaria, lineari- lanceolata, superne attenuata, plana; caulina 1 1/2 -poll., an- plexicaulia, ovato-lanceolata, longissime acuminata, canaliculata, subsquarrosa. Umbella e pedunculis 300--00 pluribusve subbipol- licaribus pubescentibus, basi ochreatis. Capitula magnitudine grani piperis nigri, obovata, apice albo-pilosa. Involucri foli- ola imbricata, apice rotundata, capitulo paulo breviora calyceque ciliata. Affinis Eriocaulo ramoso Wikstr." Paepaianthus maximiliani Kunth is described by Kunth (181) as follows: "P. Maximiliani. Caule ramoso, dense folioso; foliis caulinis basi vaginantibus, patentibus, lanceolato-acuminatis, canaliculatis; junioribus ciliatis; pedunculis pubescentibus; va- ginis glabris. Bong. Eriocaulon Maximiliani Schrad in Roem. et Schult. Mant. 2. 470)? Bong. in Act. Petrop. 6.1. 620. 637, t. 1. - Brasilia, in arenosis et lapidosis Serra Lenheira et de St. Joze. (Luschnath prope Tejuco legit [v.s.].%." He continues with details, in his usual fashion: "Caulis erectus, ramosus, ad in- sertiones foliorum pilosus. Folia basi dilatata caulem amplecten- tia, patentia, squarrosa, supra canaliculata, subtus conveza, mucronata, subpungentia, juniora pilosiuscula margineque pilis albis ciliata, demm glabriuscula, 2 1/2 — 3-pollicaria. Pedun- culi creberrimi (circa 300), umbellati, aequales, 3—l-pollicares, pubescentes. Vaginae glabrae, apice oblique fissae. Capitula subglobosa, albo-lanata, magnitudine seminis piperis nigri. Bracteae involucrantes steriles, breves, ovato-oblongae, cilia- tae; bracteae flores stipantes acuminatae, ad apicem pilosae,. Receptaculum pilosum. Flores masculi et feminei mixti; illi pedicellati: Sepala 3 exteriora acuta, apice pilosa; 3 interiora in tubum obconicum, apice 3-lobum concreta, acuta. Antherae oblongae, flavae. Fem.: Sepala 3 exteriora oblonga, acuta, mar- gine pilosa; 3 interiora libera, ovata, acuta, basi angustiora, margine pilis longis obsita. Styli (appendices Bong.) simplices, filiformes. Capsula tricocca. Semina lineis longitudinalibus transversalibusque rugulosa. Pili bractearum et calycis exteri- oris masculi et feminei breves, albi, opaci. (Bong.) Differt a planta Schraderiana statura altiore, pedunculis longioribus, squamis (bracteis involucrantibus) capitulo mlto brevioribus. (Bong.) Specimina a Sellowio in Serra da Piedade lecta a Bongar- dianis differunt pedunculis glabris (potius ob pilos delapsos glabratis?)." He cites, and apparently uses as the basis of his description, a Luschnath unnumbered specimen collected near Te- juco "in arenosis et lapidosis Serra Lenheira et de St. Jose". In this same work, Kunth keys out the species as follows: "Stam inibus 3--6 (sive partibus calycis ternariis); capitulis piloso- lanatis; stigmata indivisa (sepala exteriora feminea fructifera haud rigescentia?); umbellata, caulescentia, pedunculis in um- bellum dispositis aequalibus". In his discussion of P. poly- 1975 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 97 anthus (Bong.) Kunth he notes that it "Differt a P, Maximiliani caulibus caespitosis, simplicibus, foliis radicalibus lato- lanceolatis, caulinis adpressis, planis, pedunculis dimidio brev- joribus, pilosis, vaginis bifidis". Ruhland (1903) cites Koérnicke's original publication as page "323" instead of 332 as it actually is. He differentiates the typical form of this species from the other recognized forms as "Differt foliis caulinis glabriusculis vel pilis brevibus spar- sis ornatis; capitulis maturis globosis, persistenter niveo- villosis; bracteis involucrantibus floribus reflexis cito incon- spicuis". He cites from Minas Gerais: Glaziou 15516, Pohl 3h, L. Riedel s.n. [Serra Lenheiro, S. José, & S. Jo&o], & Silveira 33 from Rio de Janeiro: Ihoteky 9.n. Ne a Sellow s.n.; from Coids: Glaziou 22321; and fron "zwischen Al Alegres und Trinidade" Pohl 2033. ~~ Recent collectors describe P. hilairei as an erect plant, to lm. tall, with white flower-heads, and have found it growing on campos slopes. Irwin and his associates found it "on steep sandy slopes with sandstone outcrops at summit". It has been encounter- ed at 1300 m. altitude, flowering in February and from April to September. Paepalanthus hilairei f. compacta, which Ruhland apparently never got around to publishing in his formal monograph of the fam ily, seems to be based on Glaziou 22321 in the Brussels herbarium and P, Clausen s.n. at Berlin. It , should also be noted that Eri- ocaulon | maximiliani Bong. is cited by Kérnicke (1863) as the basis for his Paepalanthus hilairei var. QO. Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria under the names Eriocaulon maximiliani Schrad. and E. rigidum Bong. On the other hand, the Ackermann s.n. [1832], distributed as P. hilairei, is actually Le clausseniamus Korn., Clausen 267 and MM: Martius 380, 886, 897, Salis [In distr. adamant. Majo 1818], and Son. gen. [In di districtu adamant. ad Curralinho] are P. hilairei var. maximiliani Ruhl. (the last-mentioned being a cotype collection of i Tos and Ackerman s.n, [1832] and Lucae s.n. [Tiju- ca] are P. ramosus (Wikstr.) Kunth. The Clausen spec specimen cited below from the Cornell University herbarium was previously cited by me (1952) from the Britton Herbarium, from which it was later transferred to Cornell. The Glaziou 15516 cited by Ruhland (1903) is actually P. ramosus (Wikstr.) Kunth, Additional citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Litzelburg 27 (N). Goids: Cutler 800 (N); Glaziou 22321 (Br, W--1185376). Minas Gerais: Archer & Mello Barreto 5016 [Herb. U. S. Nat. Arb. 177511] (Be-- 39317, W—2121795); Arendt s.n. (B); P. Clausen s.n, [183] (Br), sen. [Aug.—April 18,0] (B: (Br, , Br), Son. (B); Gla: Glaziou 17301 (Br, N); Irwin, Maxwell, & Wasshausen 20138 (N, Z); Lhotzky s-n. s.N. Tnrope Sgiaetianapol} (B); Macedo 2759 (N, S); Mello Barreto to 700 (Herb. 498 Pai YiTO G101G, DA Vol. 29, no. 6 Jard. Bot. Bello Horiz. 4811; Herb. U. S. Nat. Arb. 236376] (W— 2109953), 2499 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Bello Heriz. 7880; Herb. U.S. Nat. Arb. 236368] (W—-2109985), 252 [Herb. Jard. Bot. Bello Hor- iz. 8228; Herb. U. S. Nat. Arb. 236397] (W—2109990), 714 (Herb. Jard. Bot. Bello Horiz. 1754; Herb. U. S. Nat. Arb. 236403] (W-- 2121716); Mexia 5764 (S, W--1571903); L. Riedel 289 (M—cotype, S--cotype), s.n. [Minas] (Br); Sellow B.553,Ar.5,P.3 (B, B). State undetermined: P. Clausen s.n. (It); Glaziou 15516 (Br); Sellow s.n. [Brasilia] (Br). MOUNTED ISLLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B, B, B, B); Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: pl. 1. 1831 (N, Z); Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): pl. 6. 1863 (B). PAEPALANTHUS HILAIREI var. MAXITMILIANI Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen— reich 13 (4-30): 196. 1903. Synonymy: Paepalanthus hilairei var. y Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 332. 1863. Paepalanthus difficilis Ruhl. ex Molden- ke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 20, in syn. 1959. Bibliography: Korn, in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 332. 1863; Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 196, 290, & 291. 1903; Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: 29). 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 408. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 13 & 49. 196; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 84 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Phytologia 4: 145. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 98, 325, & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 20. 1959; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 191. 1969; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 580, 58), & 952. 1971. Ruhland (1903) plainly proposes this trinomial for the P. hil- airei var. Y of Kornicke (1863), and this, in turn, was typified by Kornicke by the following four collections, probably all de- posited in the Munich herbarium: (1) in altis Minarium: Claussen, (2) in districtu adamant. ad Curralinho: M[{artius], (3) in Serra da Piedade: Sellow, and () in campis editis arenosis lapidosis-— que inter Alegres et Rio S. Francisci, Septembri: Riedel. He de- scribes it as "var. Y. apice caulis sterili valde elongato; foli- is caulinis ut in var, %., vel subtus molliter pubescentibus, multo majoribus; foliis ramorum ut in var. >. P. Maximiliani Kunth p.p. (spec. Sellow in Serra da Piedade lect. v.s.)". Ruh- land, however, in 1903 cites only Sellow s.n. [Serra da Piedade], Minas Gerais, in the Berlin herbarium, and L. Riedel s.n. "aus hochgelegenen, sandigen und steinigen Campos zwischen Alegras und dem Rio S. Francisco", also in Minas Gerais, flowering in Septem- ber. He differentiates this variety as "Differt a forma typica foliis caulinis subito angustatis, mucronatis, valde ciliatis, subtus persistenter pubescentibus; vaginis paullo laxioribus quam in confinibus; foliis ramorum ramulorumque primum pubescentibus, dein glabris, rarius subpersistenter pubescentibus (ut in speci- minibus a cl. Riedel collectis); caule sterili perspicue elonga- to; capitulis exacte globosis vel demm verticaliter elongatis, mox 1975 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 499 glabrescentibus; foliis omnibus longioribus quam in typo et inse- quente [var. piauhyensis]". The type of Paepalanthus difficilis appears to be an unnumber— ed collection made by Ludwig Riedel and merely labeled "Brasilia" in the Berlin herbarium and so annotated by Ruhland. It had pre- viously been annotated by Kornicke as P. hilairei var. y. Paepalanthus maximiliani Kunth is cited (in part) by Koérnicke (1863) as a synonym of his P. hilairei var. yY, but Kunth's bino- mial is plainly only a transfer of Bongard's Eriocaulon maximili- ani to the genus Paepalanthus, regardless of Kunth's amplifica- tion of the diagnosis, and so the name belongs in the synonymy of typical P. hilairei Korn. Recent collectors describe P. hilairei var. maximiliani as an herb to 1m. tall, growing in wet fields, in cerrado, and along roadsides, from sealevel to 800 m. altitude, and have found it flowering in April, May, August, and September and in fruit in August. Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 696 from the Serra do Cip6, Minas Gerais, Brazil, collected in 1918. The Guillemin 223 cited by me in a previous installment of these notes (1952) proves to be P, ramosus (Wikstr.) Kunth instead. Material of this variety has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as typical P, hilairei Korn., Eriocaulon maximil- iani Beno? E. ane Bong «, and Actinocephalus hilairei i Korn. tos 15h9 (N, Z); iacaeire 61h (iw); 7) ep eonla ae eee oe anabara: | L. B. Smith 601 (W—2120186, W—2120157, Z). Minas Ger- ais: Archer 062 (W- (W—-1705677) ; P. Clausen s.n. [1838] (Br, N); F. C. Hoehne ehne 5212 (1 (Mu); Martius 886 (au), 88 888 (ita), 897 (Br, Mu), s. ne [in distr. adamant. Majo 1818] (inh eae s.n. [In districtu ada- mant. ad Curralinho] (Mu—cotype), s.n. (Distr. adamant.] (Mu); J. E. Pohl 2033 (Br); L. Riedel s.n. [Brasilia] (B, B); Sellow post _ B.1300,C.280 (B). State undetermined: P. Clausen 267 (It, (It, N); R. E. Pohl s.n. [in Brasilia; Macbride photos 18702] (Mu, ku, N— photo, to, W—-photo). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kérnicke (B). PAEPALANTHUS HILAIREI var. PIAUHYENSIS Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen- reich 13 (4-30): 196. 1903. ar Synonymy: Paepalanthus hilairei var. = Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 332. 1863. Paepalanthus hilairei var. pihauhyensis Ruhl. ex Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 408. 1928. Paepalanthus hilair- ei var. paiuhyensis Ruhl. ex Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Eri- oc. 49, sphalm. 196. Paepalanthus p piauhyensis Ruhl. ex Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 21, in syn. 1959. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 332. 1863; Ruhl in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 196 & 290. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 408. 1928; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 13 500 PoH ¥ 70 in 6 Gt A Vol. 29, no. 6 & 9. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 85 & 209. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia h: 145. 1952; Moldenke, Ré- sumé 98, 325, hao, 487, & 49h. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 21. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 58), 588, 778, & 952. 1971. The type of this variety was collected by George Gardner (no. 2968) somewhere in Piauf, Brazil, and is deposited in the herbar- ium of the Botanisches Museum in Berlin. The variety is plainly based on Kornicke's P. hilairei var. ~, which he has described as "var. ~ . foliis omnibus utrinque pilis mollibus incano-villos- is: in prov. Piauhiensis: Gardner 2968." Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 798 from near Serrinha, Gr&o Mogol, Minas Gerais. As far as I know, these are the only two know collections of the variety. Citations: BRAZIL: Piauf: G. Gardner 2968 (B—-type, W—937185— isotype) . "he PAEPALANTHUS HILAIREI var. POHLIANUS Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 229 & 2h1, hyponym. 1973; comb. nov. | Synonymy: Paepaianthus hilairei var. © Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 332. 1863. Bibliography: Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 332. 1863; Mol- denke, Biol. Abstr. 56: 3000. 1973; Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 229 & 2h1. 1973. This variety is based on two collections by R. E. Pohl from "in prov. Gouazensi et Minarum locis altis", probably deposited in the Berlin herbarium but now destroyed. The original descrip- tion by Kornicke (1863) is "var. J. foliis ramorum supra glabris, subtus pilis subretrorsis mollibus dense et persistenter incano~ pubescentibus". In Phytologia 25: 2h] it was erroneously stated that this taxon is based on Kornicke's var.” . PAEPALANTHUS HISPIDISSIMUS Herzog ex Lutzelburg, Estud. Bor. Nordést. 3: 148 & 150, hyponym. 1923; Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 20: 85. 192h. Bibliography: Lutzelburg, Estud. Bot. Nordést. 3: 148 & 150. 1923; Herzog in Fedde, Repert. Spec. Nov. 20: 85 & 86. 192); Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 61 [3]. 1928; A. W. Hill, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 7: 17). 1929; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Dis- trib. Erioc. 13 & 49. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver- benac., [ed. 2], 85 & 209. 199; Moldenke, Phytologia h: 15. 1952; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 87. 1959; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. This species is based on Lutzelburg 317 from sandstone along the [Alto] Rio de Gurgucia, in southern Piauf, and Lutzelburg 12657 from Bom Jesus [do Rio de Contas], in the "Carrasco—Gebiet" of central Bahia, Brazil, deposited in the Munich herbarium. Liitzelburg (19235 says that it is also found at Brejo do Dorreio and Parnagu4 in southern Piauf. It has been encountered at 1000 m. altitude. 1975 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 501 Herzog (192) comments that "Durch die borstlichen, lang be- haarten in ein dichtes Kugelpolster vereinigten Blatter und die fast pappusdhnlichen behaarten Scheidendffnungen auf den ersten Blick leicht zu erkennende ausserst zierliche Art. Wohl am ehes- ten in die Verwandtschaft von P. Uleanus Ruhl. gehorig." Macbride photographed Lutzelburg 15506 in the Munich herbarium as his type photograph number 1870), but this photograph is of a collection not cited by Herzog. It is also not possible to tell from the photograph if the specimen is part of 15506a or 15506b since the label does not appear in the photograph. Citations: BRAZIL: Bahia: Lutzelburg 15506 [Macbride photos 1870] (N--photo, W--photo), 15506a (Mu, Z), 15506b (Mu). Piauf: Liitzelburg 317 (Mu—cotype). PAEPALANTHUS HOMOMALLUS (Bong.) Mart. ex Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 30. 1863. Synonymy: Eriocaulon homomallum Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 626. 1831. Eriocaulon heteromallum Kunth ex Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 279 & 33k, in syn. 1855. Dupatya heteromalla (Bong.) Kuntze, Rev. Geb. Pl. 2: 716. 1891. Paepalanthus homomallus Mart. apud Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 2: )02. 189). Dupatya homomalla Kuntze apud Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 1902. Paepalanthus honfonallus Mart. ex Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 2: 58), in syn. 1971. Bibliography: Bong., Mém. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Pétersb., ser. 6, 1: 626. 1831; Bong., Ess. Monog. Erioc. 26. 1831; Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 1: 585. 180; Steud., Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: [Cyp.] 279 & 33h. 1855; Korn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 3 (1): 30, 507, & 508. 1863; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 76. 1891; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 1, 1: 878 (1893) and 2: 402. 189; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 1, 145. 19023 Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen- reich 13 (4-30): 6, 8, 214, 217, [283], 286, & 290. 1903; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 260 & 261. 1928; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 2. 1930; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 2, 145. 191; Jacks. in Hook, f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 2, 1: 878 (196) and pr. 2, 2: 02. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 13, 30, 35, & 49. 196; Moldenke, Knomm Ge- ogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 85 & 209. 1949; Moldenke, Alph. List Cit. 3: 855. 1949; Moidenke, Ppytologia : 145. 1952; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, pr. 3, 1y5. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé 280, 289, & 487. 1959; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 21. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., pr. 3, 1: 878 (1960) and pr. 3, 2: 402. 1960; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 12: 11. 1965; Tomlinson in C. R. Metcalfe, Anat. Monocot. 3: 159 & 190. 1969; Moldenke, Phyto- logia 20: 367. 1970; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 162 & 81 (1971) and 2: 502, 58h, & 952. 1971. This species is based on L. Riedel 1047, "Habitat in glareosis Serra da Lapa", Minas Gerais, Brazil, deposited in the Leningrad herbarium. Macbride photographed an isotype in the Berlin herbar— 502 PH Yt O,)L OG k Vol. 29, no. 6 ium as his type photograph number 10615. Bongard's original de- scription (1831) is "acaule; foliis caespitosis 1inearibus obtus- ijusculis piloso-incanis subhomomallis; pedunculo solitario incano; vagina apice barbata. Tab. XXXIX....Flor. Novembri.»+." His plate appears never to have been published. In this connection Steudel (1855) says "Tabulae nr. 36 et sequentes in opera citato nondum sunt evulgatae sed modo diagnoses nimis breves illustrati- ones fusiores adhuc expectantes; hinc inter has specie obiter tantum a Bongardo descriptas plures jam prius a Martio et Kunthio et nunc a me ipso sub aliis denominationibus irrepsisse vis dubi- tari potest." Ruhland (1903) cites only the type collection. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: L. Riedel 1047 [Macbride photos 10615] (B--isotype, Br--isotype, N—photo of iso- type, N--photo of isotype, S--isotype, Ut--36l,--isotype, W—photo ee MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: drawings & notes by Kornicke (B). PAEPALANTHUS HYDRA Ruhl, in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (4-30): 202. 1903. Bibliography: Ruhl, in Engl., Pflanzenreich 13 (-30): 201, 202, & 290. 1903; Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 3: 126. 1908; Alv. Silv., Fl. Mont. 1: 08. 1928; Ruhl. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pf- lanzenfam., ed. 2, 15a: 52. 1930; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 13 & 49. 1946; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 85 & 209. 199; Moldenke, Résumé 98 & 487. 1959; Rennéd, Levant. Herb. Inst. Agron. 70. 1960; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 162 (1971) and 2: 952. 1971. This species is based on two collections from Minas Gerais, Brazil, deposited in the Berlin herbarium: (1) Schwacke 120)0 from damp sandy places at the foot of Serra de Lavras Novas, De- cember 1895, and (2) Schwacke 13856 from Chapada, Serra de Itat- iaia, October, 1899, the former photographed by Macbride at Ber~ lin as his type photograph number 10616. Ruhland (1903) says of the plant "Species foliorum consistentia longe ab omnibus affin= ibus discrepans. Accedit glabrietas foliorum, eorumqe forma, atque vaginae breves, ciliatae." The specific epithet is upper- cased by Prain (1908). Irwin and his associates describe the plant as a "rosette herb, the inflorescences ascending to 20 cm." and found it grow- ing "in cerrado on outcrops, brejo, and gallery forest", at 1150 meters altitude. It has bean collected in anthesis in March, October, and December. Silveira (1928) cites A. Silveira 1) from the Serra do Itatiaia, collected in 1910. Citations: BRAZIL: Minas Gerais: Irwin, Fons8ca, Souza, Reis dos Santos, & Ramos 28565 (N, Z); Macedo 2760 (N, S, S); Maguire, photos 10616] (B—-cotype, N—-photo of cotype, N—photo of cotype, W--photo of cotype), 13856 (B--cotype). [to be continued] NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. LXXIV Harold N, Moldenke LANTANA CAMARA var. VARIA (Kuntze) Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., [ed. 2], 161 & 189, nom, mud. 199; comb. nov. Camara aculeata { subinermis f. varia Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 503. 1891. OXERA PULCHELLA var. BREVICALYX Moldenke, var, nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei calicibus toto 6—9 m, longis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species in having its calyxes during anthesis only 6—9 mm. in total length, including the lobes. The type of the variety was collected by Grady Linder Webster and Richard Hildreth (no. 1633) in woods of Acacia and Dodonaea on iron—-concreted serpentine soil between Riv. Rouge and Riv. Blanche, 19 km. by road southeast of Pouemboutm at an altutude of about 30 m., near Poya, New Caledonia, on August 9, 1968, and is deposited in the herbarium of the University of Michigan at Am Arbor. The collectors describe the plant as a vine with white flowers. PAEPALANTHUS PLANIFOLIUS var. VILLOSUS Moldenke, var, nov. Haec varietas a forma typica speciei foliis supra puberulis subtus dense longeque griseo-villosis recedit. This variety differs from the typical form of the species and from all other described varieties in having its short (10—15 em, long) leaves puberulent above and very densely long-villous beneath with weak, soft, gray, irregularly disposed hairs which are quite conspicuous and persistent on dried specimens, The type of the variety was collected by Francis Raymond Fos- berg (no. 43331) on a mineral soil bank in an open grassy bog 1 km. northwest of the Campo Grande railway station, municipality of Riberfo Pires, SHo Paulo, Brazil, on October 28, 1962, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. The collector notes that the plant was "occasional" at the type locality, with "Large rosettes, heads almost globose", VERBENA SCABRA f. TERNIFOLIA Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei foliis ternatis recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in its apparently uniformly ternate leaves. The type of the form was collected by Robert Eckhardt (no. 1739) at Dove Creek on the Tweedy Ranch at Knickerbocker, Tom Green County, Texas, on July 19, 1974, and is deposited in my personal herbarium at Plainfield, New Jersey. The plant was 1.5 m. tall, with blue flowers, and "locally frequent." 503 BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke "EVOLUTION OF SEX IN PLANTS" by John Merle Coulter, vi & 140 pp., illus., Facsimile Edition by Hafner Press of Macmillan Pub- lishing Co., N. Y. 10022. 1973. $6.95. This replication of the original 191) edition by one of the great botanical teachers and leaders of all time carries a new brief introduction by the well-known algologist, F. Drouet, who states that "the material discussed......[is still] relevant to- day.....-in spite of recent advances in morphology, cytology, general physiology, and systematics of plants and the prodigious growth of the sciences of genetics, electron microscopy, and bio= chemistry." Now the present-day student, the interested layman, and the newer generations of scientists with any interest in this topic can have ready and inexpensive access to the careful descriptions and reasoning that lead to the author's conclusion that "the in- pression one obtains of sexuality as a method of reproduction is that it represents protoplasts engaged in reproduction under pe- culiar difficulties that do not obtain in reproduction by spores or by vegetative multiplication, and that its significance lies in the fact that it makes organic evolution more rapid and far more varied." Index to authors in Volume Twenty-nine Badawi, A. A., 72 Bowers, F. D., lly Croat, T. B., 130 Cuatrecasas, J., 369 Davidse, G., 152 Degener, I., 21,0 Degener, O., 20 El-Gazzar, A., 72 Gillis, W., T.,25h5 485 Hocking, Ge Me, 395 King) Ro Ms, 1, 121; 123, 2c1, 2, 26h, 343, 37, 3 Koyama, T., 73 Lourteig, A. 9 Marshall, M. P., 362 Moldenke. A; L., 66, 167, con, 331, bh6, Sol Moldenke, He Na, 21, 38, 759. 108 192, 193, 281, 386, 477, 503 Panigrahi, G., 337 Robinson, H., 1, 11k, 116, 121, 123, 27, 25%, 257, cOusmo aoe B35 Suits 35L Seymour, F. Ce, 362 Simpson, D. Re, 277 Williams, L. 0., 273 Wurdack, J. Je, 135 Index to supra-specific scientific names in Volume Twenty-nine Acacia, ll, 58, 503 Acanthaceae, },8 Acetabularia, 3, hh Acetosella, 56, 61, 6h Achrophyllum, 118, 119 Acisanthera, 138 Aclisia, 337, 338 Acrostichum, 36) Actinocephalus, 305, 94, 99 Actinoplanaceas, 33 Adenostemma, 1-12, 1-17, 3LL Adenostemmatinae, 1-3, 5, uu, 13, ity 17, 19, 20, Aegiphila, 23 Agave, 59 Ageratina, 37-350 Ageratum, 123, 12), 126, 257 Aizoaceae, 17) Alangiaceae, 17) Albizzia, 18 Alepidocline, 2)8 Aletris, 2h Algae, 396, 07, 432, 435 Alhagi, 333 Alloneuron, 148, 119 Aloe, 47h, 475 Aloysia, 65, 70, 75, 171 Alyssum, 67 Alyxia, 21,1 Amaryllidaceae, 35 Amasonia, 21, 23-25, 27-29, 31-33, 35-37 Amazonia, 2h, 29 Amphistelma, 158 Amsonia, 21, 23 Anaphalis, 238 Aneilema, 337, 338 Angiospermae, )20 Animalia, 11) Anomostephium, 16) Anopheles, 43) Aphyllanthaceae, 215 20, if 9, 343 2 Aphyllanthes, 215 Apis, 334 Apocynaceae, 23 Aralia, ]25 Arbutoides, 38) Archaeopteris, 271 Artemisioides, 257 Ascidiogyne, 258 Ascomycetes, 1), 15 Asparagaceae, 72, 75 As eae, 472, 75 Asparagoideas, 72 Asparagus, 472-76 Asphodelus, 7) Aspidistra, 472, 47 Aspidium, 367 Aster, 163, 16, 192 Asteraceae, 1, 121-125, 27, 2485 251, 257, 265 339, 3n0, 343, 3h, 347, 348, 351 Asterales, 187 Asterionella, 22 Averrhoaceae, 17) Avicennia, 75, 169, 173, 17h Avicenniaceae, 54, 173, 17h Azalea, Bacteria, 396 Balanophoraceae, 36 Baptisia, 25 Basidiomycetes, 1), 15, 35 Begonia, 172 Begoniaceae, 172 Berberidaceae, 215 Berberis, 215, 42) Beuchea, 38 Blakea, 150 Blastocaulon, 81, 82, 281 Bletiinae, 412 Blumea, 238 Boerhaavia, 168 Boletaceas, 179 Boletinus, 179 Boletus, 179 Borreria, 162, 163 Bouchea, 38, 39, 1-65 nl 506 Bouchéa, 52 Brachyotum, 1;0~1),2 Brassicaceae, 17) Brauneria, 25 Breviflorae, 1,36 Bromeliaceae, 62 Bryodusenia, "118 Buchea, 38 Buchia, Tal Bucklandia, TUG, 127 Buddlejaceae, 17h Bursera, )5 pursecacess, 174 Buxaceae, 17) sonima, 31 Cactaceae, 05 Caesalpinia, 156 Caesalpiniaceae, 23, 17) Calamagrostis, 2)1 Callicarpa, 23 Calothrix, ))8 Calyptrella, 13 Camara, 503 Campanulales, 187 Camptosorus, 09 Campuloclinium, 123, 125, 126, 129 Cannabaceae, 17) Capparidaceae, 17h Caprifoliaceae, Ok Carduaceae, 23 Carex, 212, 216, 2) Carptopetala, 82 Carptotepala, 82, 281 Cassytha, 36 Castilleja, 58 Cataphractae, 136 Catasetinae, 12 Catesbaea, 161, 162 Celtis, 58 Centaurium, 30) Centronia, 19 Cerothamms, 386 Chaenanthera, 147 Chamaecypari amaecyparis, 216 PHY T0 5.0°G ts Vol. 29, no. 6 Chascamm, h1, 2 Cheilodiscus, 27h, 275 Chenopodiaceae, 17 Chenopodium, 174, 175 Chionanthus, 25 Chlorophyceae, 07 Chloro » 396 Chlorophytum, 7) Chrysanthemum, 270 Chrysophyta, 396 Cinchoneae, 278 Githarexylum, 171 Cladocaulon, 393, 39) Cladochytrium, 86 Clerodendreae, 2) Clerodendrum, 23, 2h, 27, 168, erg Clintonia, 472, 475 Clitoria, 130-13) Coccus, 333 Coelomomyces, 33, 43h Colchicum, 75 Comanthera, 82, 281 Commelina, 338 Commelinaceae, 337 Compositae, 12, 13, 16, oles 12h, 125, 261, se 273, 275, 39, 358, 359, 3 Condalia, 59 Condamineae, 21%, ets Congea, 171 Coniophora, 1)6 Conocarpus, 2)1 Convallaria, 72, 475 Cordia, 4, 161 Coriariaceae, 17) Corydalis, ]25 Corylaceae, 173, 17) Crataegus, 1,18 Crateagnus, )18 Crategus, 1,18 Croton, 54 Cruciferae, 67 Cucubalus, 322 Cucurbitales, 187 Curatella, 31 Cuscuta, 136 1975 Gyanophyta, 396, 107 Cyclocheila, 188 Cyclotella, 22 Cynanchua, 156-160 Cyperaceae, 73 Cyperus, 73, 7h, 168 Cypripedieae, 12 Cypripedioideae, 12 Cyrtandra, 21, 2h) Cyrtopodiinae, 12 isus, 18 Danae, )72-)75 Dasycondylus, 121 Datiscaceae, 17h Datura, 18, 37 Decachaeta, 257 Dendrobiinas, 112 Denisia, 1 Dicentra, 25 Dichaespermum, 337 Dichoespermum, 337, 338 Dicotyledoneae, 0 Dicotyledones, 20 Dicranaceae, 11) Dicranoloma, 117, 120 Dictyospermum, 337, 338 Dilleniaceae, 17) Dinoflagellatae, 07 Dinophyceae, 1,07 Dioscorea, 177, 25 Dioscoreaceae, 174, 35 Dipeadi, 17 Diplostemma, 21, 23 Disporum, 472, 75 Dodonaea, 503 Dolichovespula, 180 Drosera, 85, 216 Drymophloeus, 2)1 Dugaldia, 27) Dupatya, 206, 310, 313, 315, B25. 327,, 329; 330, 386, 389, 391-393, 477, 480, 481, 486, 488, Loh, SOL Duseniella, 116, 118 Dyssodia, 273, 27h Index 507 Ectomycorrhizae, 267 Effusi, 453 Eichhornia, 2)1 Eichornia, 2h) Elatinaceae, 17) Elatine, 100 Ellenbergia, 258 Elsinoé, 55 Endophlyctis, 86 Epicion, 158 Epidendreae, 112 Epidendriinae, 12 Eragrostis, 21 Ericaceae, 17) Eriocaulaceae, 78, 79, 81, 83, 85, 87, 59, 91, 93,955 979 Iota. 103, 105, 107, 109, 11, 113, 193, * i,82, LOTS u935 L95 Eriocauleae, 39h Eriocaulinales, 81 Eriocaulon, 76, 83, 85-107, ~ 109-111, 113, 171, 19-239, 281-287, 289, 298, 299, 303, 310, 313-315, 317, 318, 325 327, 328, 369, 390, 393, 39h, 477, 478, 480, 481, 491, 493- 497, 499, 501 Erythradenia, 257, 26h Erythraea, 30 Erythrina, 5 Erythroxylon, 157 Erythroxylum, 157 Escholtzia, 60 ee Espejoa, 27) Espeletia, 369, 372, 373, 377, 379 Eumycophyta, 396 Eupaepalanthus, 302, 389 508 FP HY. 1-0 L Oxee7 a4 Vol. 29, no. 6 Eupatorieae, 1, 13, 121-125, Hamamelidaceae, 17); 27, 251, 267, 26h, 343, 3bh, Hartwrightia, 1 37, ShB, 352 Hassleria, 21, 23 Eupatorium, 121-12h, 127, 247 Hecubaea, 27) Evolvulus, 160, 161, 165 Hedyotideas, 278 Exacum, 238 Hedyotis, Hedyotis, 61 Exocarpos, 2)1 Hedysarum, 333 Eysenhardtia, 59 Helenieae, 258, 273 Ferreyrella, erreyrella, 25. 258 Helenium . 27h Fimbristylis, ea 201, 212 Heliantheae, 27, 273, 339, 30 Fissidens, 116, 120 Heliocarpus, oh Flacourtiaceae, 157, 17) TaLisinenia, 161 Fovearia, 38 Henriquezieae, 278 Frankeniaceae, 17) Hillebrandia, 172 Fraxinus, 333 Hintonia, 277-280 Fucus, 321 Hirtella, 428 Fungi, 396, ik Hookeriaceae, 118 Gagea , 473, 75 Hopkirkia, 2 B75 Gasteria, L75 Hydnoraceae, )36 Gaultheria, 62 Hydrangeaceae, 173, 17h Gaplnaeaels, 62 Hypericum, 20), 215 Gei geria, Hypnelia, ns nee 30h, Hypotrachyna, 188 Gentianoideae, 136 Illecebraceae, 17), Gesnera, 33 Iltisia, 257, 258 Gesneria, 33, 35 Ipomoea, 45, 42h Gesneriaceae, 8, 2)), ividaceae, 90, 35 Ghinia, 3, 56 ischaemum, 98 Glossocentrum, 1),5-1,7 Isoetes, 215 Iteaceae, 173, 17h Goodeniaceae, 17) TJubaea, 20 Graffenrieda, 143, 19 Juglandaceae, 17h Gramineae, 152, 153 Juncaginaceae, 17), Grossulariaceae, 173, 17) Juncus, 95, 215 Guapira, 156 Juniperus, 418, 442), Guarea, 25 Karwinskia, 58, 59 Guazuma, 5 Koanophylion, 123, 12h, 127, Guettarda, 162 129, 257, 26) Guevaria, 257-26), Krameriaceae, 30 Guilandina, 156 Lachnocaulon, 103, 111, 171-172, Guttiferae, 17) 20h, 285-287 Gymnocoronis, 1, 2, 9, 10, 12, Lantana, 172, 503 183820593 Lardizabalaceae, 17h Gymnospermae, 20, 420, 31 Lasiacis, 152, 153 Gyptidium, 121, 122 Lathyrus, 75 Gyptis, 121 Lavoisiera, 135-137 1975 Leandra, 143, 1h) Lecanora, 167, 333 Leguminosae, 71, 130 Leiothrix, 209, 287-291, 29h, 7-388, 390, 478 Lemna, 216 Lennoaceae, 136 Lens, 72 Lentibulariaceae, 215 Leonticaceae, 17) Lesquerella, 67 Leucothoe, 62 Lichen, 189 Liliaceae, 435, 472-76 Liliatae, “hos liliiflorae, 35 Limoniun, 42h linaceae, 17, ))8 Lipariinae, 12 Lippia, 70, 75, 169, 172 Littorella, 215 Lobelia, 215 Lomake, 2, 55 Loranthaceae, 174, 37 Lorentea, 27, 275 Lotoxalis, 450, 56, 61, 463, Machaerina, 95 Magnoliaceae, 17h, Lok Magnoliales, 0) Magnoliatae, 0) Magnoliidae, Lok, Magnoliop » Lok Mahonia, or Maianthemum, 472, 475 Walpighiaceae, 17) Malvaceae, 122 Har iScus, 135 tg. elo artyniaceae, 17) meets 412 Maytenus Maytems, 156, 157 Medeola, "y72 Velampodiu » ok Index Melia, 18 Meliaceae, 17h Melosira, 22 Mentha, holy Meriania, 12, 143 Merulius, 16 Mesanthemum, 291-293 Mesanthm, 291 Mesembryanthemaceae, Metastelma, 157-159 Meteoriaceae, 118 Miconia, 1));-1)8 Wicrolicia, 136 Wicromonospora » 433 Microspermae, 1,36 Microspermum, 258, 261 Mieria, 27 Wikania, 123, 12 Mimosa, 192 imosaceae, si oe aaa by 1) Mineralia, )1) WWitchella, 42h Molluginaceae, 173 Monochileae, 23 Monocotyledones, 20 Monotropaceae, 173, 17) Moringaceae, 17), Kucorosae, 136 Murdannia, OOS S514 338 Musa, 177, 179 Muscari, 175 Musci, Nasei, 11) lyrica, 386 Myriophyllum, 216 Myroxylon, Myroxylon, 157 illocactus, 59 Najas, 163 Neocuatrecasia, 121 Neomirandea, 351-355, 357-361 Nerium, 39 Neurolaena, 2,8 Nostoc, 171 Nostocaceae, )),8 Nuphar, 216, 17 Nymphaea, 216 Nymphozanthus, LL6 216 509 510 PoE YoT20) LiOsGyiok Vol. 29, no. 6 Octomyxa, 133 Phyla, 60, 169 Oidium, 55 Physaria, 67 Oleaceae, 17) Phytolaccaceae, 17), Olyra, 36 Pilimelia, )33 Ophyrosporus, 257, 26) Opuntia, 58, 59 Orchidaceae, 398, 12, 435 Orchideae, 12 Orchioideae, 112 Oreoweisia, 11), 115 Oxalidaceae, 17h, Lo, hS1, L53, ~ 155, L57, 459, L6l, 463, L6s, 71 167, 469 Oxalis, hd-Ls3, 455, 456, h59- ‘466, 468, 469 Oxera, ial 503 Oxys, 161 Paepalanthus, 76-78, 192, 208, 209, 211, 287, 288, 293-330, 336-39), "477-603 Palmaceae, ),18 Palmae, 18 Pandanus, 229 Paniceae, 153 Panicoideae, 153 Papaver, ),2); Papaveraceae, 17) Papio, 7 Paris, 72 Parmelia, 188-191 Parnassiaceae, 17) Passifloraceae, 17) Paulownia, )18 Pectis, 27h, 275 Pedaliaceae, 174 Perama, ])1 Petitia, 171 Petrea, 171 Phaeo » 396, 407 Phalacraea, 251-256, 258 Phania, 257 Philadelphaceae, 173, 17) Philodice, 317 Phleum, 1,38 Phoenix, 33h Phrymaceae, 173, 17h Pilotrichm, 118 Pinguicula, 215 Pinus, 59, 417 Piqueri ria, Sie 253, 254, 257-259, 261, Reecan 258, 259, 26-266 Piquerinae, 258 Piqueriopsis, 257, 258 Pisonia, 156 Plantae, 11) Plantaginaceae, 17h, L48 Plantago, 2 Platanaceae, 17), Pleroma, 139 Pleurochrysis, 269 Pleurostigma, };1 Pleurothalliinae, }12 Plexipus, Plumbaginaceae, 17) Podocarpus, 1,80 Podophyllaceae, 17) Poinsettia, 28 Polemoniaceae, 17h Polyactis, 183 Polybotrya, 362-368 Polygala, 238 Polygalaceae, 17) Polygonatum, 472, 475 Polygonum, 386 Polypodiaceae, 362 Polystachyinae, 112 Porotrichm, 117, 118 Porphyridium, 269 portulacacess | 17) Potamogeton, 216 Poteranthera, 137, 138 Premna, 171 Pritchardia, 241, 2h2 Priva, 13, 3 Prosopis, 58, 59 Protista, lak Pseudobombax, },5 1975 Pseudoparmelia, 188-191 Psilophytales, 271 Psophocarpus, 71 Pteridophyta, 20, 423, hh2 Pterocarpus, 2) Pteropsida, 271 Pterygophyllum, 118 Ptilanthus, 13 Purshia, 168 Fyereus, 7 Pyrrhophyta, 07 phyta, 396 Quercus, 54, 58, 22 Racopilum, 118 Rafflesiaceae, 36 Randia, 270 Raphidiopsis, })8 Raphiolepis, 18 Rauwolfia, 25 Reineckea, 72, )75 Relbunium, 1,62 Restiaceae, 81 Rhacomitrium, 116, 117 Rhammus, 40 Rhaphiolepis, 1,18 Rhizophora, 169 Rhododendron, 18, 8 Rhodophyta, 396, 107 Rhynchanthera, 137 Rhynchospora, 95, 216 Rivulariaceae, ))8 Robinia, 18 Rondeletieae, 278 Rorippa, 215 Rosulati, 485 Rotala, 100 Rubiaceae, 1, 161, 165, 22, Rubiales, 165, 187 Ruscaceae, 72, 47h, 475 Ruscus, 72, 47h Salmonella, 332 Salvadoraceae, 17) Salvia, 437 Sarracenia, ),29 Index Su Schizophyta, 396 Schkuhria, 275 Sciadocephala, 1, 2, ll, 12, 19, 20, 33-316 Scilla, 75 Scirpus, 95 Scoliopus, 72 Scrophulariaceae, 36 Scytonema, LL8 Scytonemataceae, },),8 Sematophyllum, 118, 119 Semele, 472-7) Senecio, 27, 382-385 Senecioneae, 21,7 Seruneum, 16), Sesuvium, 168 Sigesbeckia, 2) Solanum, 50, 59, 161, 323 Soromanes, 365 Sparganium, 100 Spermacoce, 185-187 Spermatophyta, 420, 423, 31, 4 Sphagmm, 95, 109, 215, 216 Sphenocleaceae, 17) Sphenodesma, 171 Spirogyra, 07 Stachytarpheta, 42, 43, 47, 48, 2, 55, 56, 60, 62, 63, 76 Stanhopeinae, 12 Staphyleaceae, 17) Statice, 2h Stemmodontia, 16h Stephanophyllum, 287, 29 Stilbaceae, 5) Streptopus, 72, 75 Strobilomyces, 179 Strychnos, 435, 436 Svensonia, 2 Symbegonia, 172 Symphorema, 171 Symphoremaceae, 5) Symphyopappus, 123-125, 128, 129 Symplocaceae, 174 Syncephalantha, 273 Syncephalanthus, 273 Syngonanthus, 77, 78, 87, 172 Schistocarpha, 247-250, 339-342 203 20L, 21,233, 29h, 316, 512 PHY TOL, 0.6.34 Syngonanthus (cont.), 316-319, Bele 3297388,, 95 Tachigalea, 21, 23, 29 Tagetes, 275, 276 Taligalea, 23, 25, 31 Tamarindus, 18 Tamarix, 333 Taraxacum, 173 Tectona, 23, 183 Tetracarpum, 275 Tetranthus, 16) Thamnium, 117, 118 Thamobryum, 117, 118 Thamnoxys, 49 Thymelaeaceae, 17) Tibouchina, 138-140 Tocoyena, 278 Todea, 92 Tolyposporium, 86 Topobaea, 149-151 Torrubia, 155, 156 Toruliniun, 7) Tracaulon, 386 Trachypogon, 31 Tricarpelema, 337, 338 Trichocephalus, 288 Trichogonia, 123, 12) Tschudya, 143, 1) Tulipa, Tulipa, 475 Umbelliferae, 17h Urelepis, 12 121, 122 Ustilago, 86 Utricularia, 100, 215, 216, 221 Vahliaceae, 17) Valerianaceae, 30) Valerianales, 187 Valerianoides, 60 Varronia, 161 Verbena, ara 45-7, 50-52, 55, 62, 70, 78, 192-193" is8, 503 Verbenaceae, 23, 1, 54, 182 Verbenoideae, 23 Vernonieae, 121 Veronica, 62 Vesicaria, 67 Vespula, 180 Vicia, 76 Vitex, 23 _Viticoideae, 2) Vittetia, 121, 122 Vivipari, 302 Wedelia, 16) Wolfiella, 269 Yanthiun, 2)) Xanthoparmelia, 188 Xanthoxylum, 42) Xylosma, 147 Xyris, 95, 100, 221, 228 Zanichelliaceae, 17) Zapania, 52 Zygopetalinae, 12 Zygopetalun, - 179 Vol. 29, no. 6 Publication dates for Volume Twenty-nine No. 1 — September 28, 1974 No. 4 — December 5, 1974 No. 2 — November 5, 1974 No. 5 — December 13, 1974 No. 3 — December 5, 1974 No. 6 — January 4, 1975 TOE EEE 3 5185 00232 2244 Pres 2th Manat yarn Se ateateoaan